CG 515 +

2007 / 2008
FOREIGN VESSEL RULES
The 2007 / 2008 edition of the CG 515 + is a compilation of applicable Title 33 CFR and
Title 46 CFR regulations pertaining to foreign vessels operating in the navigable waters
of the United States.

The information contained in the two volume “Foreign Vessel Rules” was obtained

S
directly from U.S. Government sources available to the public. Changes and updates
have been applied through the date printed on the cover.

N
The format for the CG 515 + is as follows:

IO
Book 1: CFR 33 Navigation and Navigable Waters:

T
¾ Current regulations of the United States Coast Guard, Department of
Transportation pertaining to Navigation and Navigable Waters of the United
States. A
C
¾ Additional Sub-Chapters Pertaining to Maritime Security.
LI

Book 2: CFR 46 Shipping

B

¾ Current regulations of the United States Coast Guard, Department of

Transportation pertaining to Shipping.
U

¾ Appendix A – Forms required or otherwise useful for foreign vessels operating in

.P

U.S. waters from Book 1.

¾ Appendix B – Forms required or otherwise useful for foreign vessels operating in

U.S. waters from Book 2.
.G

¾ ISPS Code and Maritime Transportation Security Act.

C

© 2003-2007 CG Publications
 Shipping

CFR 46 Parts 1 To 199

Chapter I - Coast Guard, Department Of Homeland

Security

Master Table Of Contents

S
Subchapter A – Procedures Applicable To The Public Subchapter I-A – Mobile Offshore Drilling Units

N
Part Page 108 Design And Equipment 124
1 Organization, General Course And Methods Governing 109 Operations 154
Marine Safety Functions 2

IO
2 Vessel Inspections 6 Subchapter N – Dangerous Cargoes
4 Marine Casualties And Investigations. 12
7 Boundary Lines 22 147 Hazardous Ships' Stores 167
8 Vessel Inspection Alternatives 27 147A Interim Regulations For Shipboard Fumigation 171

T
148 Carriage Of Solid Hazardous Materials In Bulk 174
Subchapter B – Merchant Marine Officers And Seamen
Subchapter O – Certain Bulk Dangerous Cargoes
15
16
Manning Requirements
Chemical Testing
32
37 A
150 Compatibilty Of Cargoes
151 Barges Carrying Bulk Liquid Hazardous Material
180
C
Subchapter D – Tank Vessels Cargoes 214
153 Ships Carrying Bulk Liquid, Liquefied Gas, Or
30 General Provisions 40 Compressed Gas Hazardous Materials 268
LI

31 Inspection And Certification 60 154 Safety Standards For Self-Propelled Vessels Carrying
32 Special Equipment, Machinery, And Hull Requirements 64 Bulk Liquefied Gases 326
34 Firefighting Equipment 66
35 Operations 70 Subchapter S – Subdivision And Stability
B

39 Vapor Control Systems 80

170 Stability Requirements For All Inspected Vessels 369
Subchapter E – Load Lines 172 Special Rules Pertaining To Bulk Cargoes 380
U

173 Special Rules Pertaining To Vessel Use 387

42 Domestic And Foreign Voyages By Sea 86
46 Subdivision Load Lines For Passenger Vessels 97 Subchapter V – Marine Occupational Safety And Health
.P

Standards
Subchapter H – Passenger Vessels
197 General Provisions 390
70 General Provisions 101
80 Disclosure Of Safety Standards And Country Of Appendix A – Forms Required Or Useful For Foreign
.G

Registry 103 Vessels Operating In US Waters Found In Book 1 403

Subchapter I – Cargo And Miscellaneous Vessels Appendix B – Forms Required Or Useful For Foreign
Vessels Operating In US Waters Found In Book 2 427
C

90 General Provisions 105

97 Operations 112 ISPS Code 430
98 Special Construction, Arrangement, And Other
Provisions For Certain Dangerous Cargoes In Bulk 114 Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 498

1
 Part 1–Organization, General Course And Methods
Governing Marine Safety Functions
Table Of Contents (1) The Assistant Commandant for Marine Safety, Security, and
Environmental Protection, under the general direction of the
Subpart 1.0 – Organization And General Flow Of Functions Commandant, directs, supervises, and coordinates the activities
of the Standards Directorate, consisting of the Office of Design
Sec. and Engineering Standards, the Office of Operating and
1.01-05 Definitions Of Terms Used In This Part. Environmental Standards, and the Office of Standards Evaluation
1.01-10 Organization. and Development; the Field Activities Directorate, consisting of
1.01-15 Organization; Districts. the Office of Compliance, the Office of Response, and the Office
of Investigations and Analysis; the Waterways Management
Subpart 1.03 – Rights Of Appeal Directorate, consisting of the Great Lakes Pilotage Staff, the
Office of Policy and Planning, and the Office of Vessel Traffic
1.03-10 Definition Of Terms Used In This Subpart. Management; and the Resource Management Directorate,
1.03-15 General. consisting of the Office of Planning and Resources, and the Office

S
1.03-20 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of An OCMI. of Information Resources. The Port Safety and Security programs
1.03-25 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of A District administered by the Chief, Office of Compliance and the Marine
Commander. Environmental Response programs administered by the Chief,

N
1.03-30 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of The Marine Office of Response are guided by regulations contained in 33
Safety Center. CFR chapter I. The Assistant Commandant for Marine Safety,
1.03-35 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of A Recognized Security, and Environmental Protection exercises technical

IO
Classification Society Acting On Behalf Of The Coast control over the Commanding Officer, National Maritime Center
Guard. and, through the District Commander, supervises the
1.03-40 Appeals from decisions or actions of the National administration of the Marine Safety Division of District Offices and
Maritime Center. Officers in Charge, Marine Inspection.

T
1.03-45 Appeals from decisions or actions involving
documentation of vessels. (1)(i) The Director of Standards (G-MS), under the general
1.03-50 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of The Director, direction and supervision of the Assistant Commandant for Marine
Great Lakes Pilotage.

Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552; 14 U.S.C. 633; 46 U.S.C. 7701; 46

C
U.S.C. Chapter 93; Pub. L. 107-296, 116 Stat. 2135; Department
of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1; §1.01-35 also
issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
LI
A
Safety, Security, and Environmental Protection establishes
federal policies for development of marine safety, security, and
environmental protection treaties, laws, and regulations; develops
safety, security and environmental protection standards for the
maritime industry; integrates all marine safety, security, and
environmental protection regulatory programs; prepares

[SOURCE: CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50376, Dec. 6, 1989, unless legislation, regulations, and industry guidance for new safety and
otherwise noted.] environmental protection programs; and maintains an active
program for development of third party consensus industry
standards.
B

Subpart 1.0 – Organization And General Flow Of (1)(i)(A) The Chief, Office of Design and Engineering Standards
Functions (G-MSE), at Headquarters, under the direction of the Assistant
U

Commandant for Marine Safety, Security, and Environmental

§1.01-05 Definitions Of Terms Used In This Part. Protection and the Director of Standards, manages the program
(a) The term Commandant means the Commandant of the Coast for defining the overall regulatory approach for vessels, offshore
.P

Guard. structures, and other marine systems incorporating safety

(b) The term District Commander means an officer of the Coast
Guard designated as such by the Commandant to command all
Coast Guard activities within a district.
.G
considerations regarding the role of the human element; develops
policies and regulations on load line matters and supervises
classification societies authorized to assign load lines on behalf of
the Coast Guard; oversees the development and maintenance of

programs that incorporate risk-based methods in making safety

(c) The term Area Commander means an officer of the Coast determinations and policies; and oversees technical research and
Guard designated as such by the Commandant to command all development for safety and environmental protection associated
Coast Guard activities within an Area. with marine vessels, structures and facilities.
C

§1.01-10 Organization. (1)(i)(B) The Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental

(a) The Commandant is the head of the agency and exercises
overall direction over the policy and administration of the Coast
Guard.
(b) To carry out the regulatory and enforcement aspects of marine
safety, the staff officers designated in this paragraph are assigned
to the Commandant. The chain of military command is directly
from the Commandant to the District Commanders, except for
marine safety regulatory and enforcement matters within the area
of responsibility of Coast Guard Activities Europe. For Activities
Europe, the chain of command is from the Commandant to the
Atlantic Area Commander. The staff officers at Headquarters act
only on the basis of the Commandant's authority and direction.
Standards (G-MSO), at Headquarters, under the direction of the
Assistant Commandant for Marine Safety, Security, and
Environmental Protection and the Director of Standards,
coordinates and integrates program standards for personnel
qualification, vessel manning, vessel and facility operations, cargo
systems and handling, and environmental protection; develops
and maintains standards, regulations and industry guidance for
maritime industry operations to prevent deaths, injuries, property
damage, and environmental harm; develops and maintains safety
standards and regulations for commercial fishing industry vessels
and uninspected commercial vessels; and develops and
maintains health and safety standards and regulations for U.S.
inspected vessels.

2
(1)(i)(C) The Chief, Office of Standards Evaluation and
Development (G-MSR), at Headquarters, under the Direction of
the Assistant Commandant for Marine Safety, Security, and
Environmental Protection and the Director of Standards,
coordinates the development of new standards and programs
across all technical and operational areas of marine safety,
security, and environmental protection; provides comprehensive
analytical support for all standards assessment and development
efforts; and coordinates development of measures of
effectiveness for assessing regulatory programs and consensus
standards.
(1)(ii) The Director of Field Activities (G-MO), under the general
direction and supervision of the Assistant Commandant for Marine
Safety, Security, and Environmental Protection, acts as Program
Manager for the Marine Safety and Marine Environmental
Protection Programs; directs, coordinates, and integrates the
Coast Guard's marine safety, security, and environmental
protection compliance programs, contingency planning, response
operations, and investigations programs; establishes and
coordinates field implementation policies and priorities for all
marine safety commands and units; serves as the focal point for
field support and technical guidance; and provides oversight of
marine documentation and marine personnel administration
matters.
(1)(ii)(A) The Chief, Office of Compliance (G-MOC), at
Headquarters, under the direction of the Assistant Commandant
for Marine Safety, Security, and Environmental Protection and the
Director of Field Activities, administers and balances all marine
safety, security, and environmental protection compliance
programs, including direction of Coast Guard activities and
oversight of third parties and industry programs; develops,
publishes and maintains program policies for vessel compliance,
C
interprets standards and regulations, and provides field guidance
for execution and enforcement; administers the marine inspection
program and foreign vessel boarding program for the enforcement
LI
of commercial vessel material and operational safety standards;
and supervises the administration of the manning of U.S. vessels.
(1)(ii)(B) The Chief, Office of Response (G-MOR), at
B
Headquarters, under the Direction of the Assistant Commandant
for Marine Safety, Security, and Environmental Protection and the
Director of Field Activities, coordinates and integrates field
U
planning, preparedness, and response operations for pollution
incidents, natural disasters, marine accidents, terrorism, and other
threats to public safety, the marine environment, or marine
.P
transportation and commerce; develops, publishes, and maintains
program policies for preparedness and response, interprets laws
and regulations, and provides field guidance for execution;
provides guidance regarding emergency authorities of the Captain
of the Port (COTP); and administers Office programs for ports and
.G
waterway management, bridging compliance and response efforts
with an active presence in the marine environment.
(1)(ii)(C) The Chief, Office of Investigations and Analyses (G-
MOA), at Headquarters, under the direction of the Assistant
C
Commandant for Marine Safety, Security, and Environmental
Protection and the Director of Field Activities, reviews
investigations of marine casualties; manages, develops policy for
and evaluates domestic and international programs and
processes associated with investigations of marine casualties and
injuries; manages analysis of casualties and casualty data, civil
penalties and other remedial programs (including proceedings to
suspend or revoke Coast Guard licenses, documents or
certificates held by mariners); and manages marine employer
drug and alcohol testing programs.
(1)(ii)(D) The Commanding Officer, Coast Guard National
Maritime Center (NMC) under technical control of the Assistant
Commandant for Marine Safety, Security, and Environmental
Protection, administers operational and administrative control of
the Marine Safety Center which conducts reviews and approvals
of plans, calculations, and other materials concerning the design,
3
construction, alterations, and repair of commercial vessels to
determine conformance with the marine inspection laws,
regulations, and implementing directions, and administers the
U.S. Tonnage Measurement program; administers operational
and administrational control over the National Vessel
Documentation Center which administers U.S. vessel
identification and documentation; administers merchant mariner
licensing and seaman's documentation; and exercises
administrative and technical oversight for the Marine Safety
Laboratory (MSL).
(1)(iii) The Director of Waterways Management (G-MW), under
the general direction and supervision of the Assistant
Commandant for Marine Safety, Security, and Environmental
Protection, is the principle advisor to the Assistant Commandant
for Marine Safety, Security, and Environmental Protection on
waterways management objectives, goals, strategies, and related
policy issues; coordinates waterways management issues with
other interested Coast Guard offices; represents the Coast Guard
S
with other DOT modal administrations and other federal, state,
and international governmental organizations on matters
N
concerning waterways management, DOT's Marine
Transportation System (MTS), and port security; in coordination
with the Director of Field Activities, resolves appeals on
IO
waterways management issues from industry and the public
regarding decisions by Captains of the Port; as the Secretary of
Transportation's representative, chairs the U.S. Port Security
Committee; directs and administers the Interagency Committee
on the Marine Transportation System and the Navigation Safety
T
Advisory Council.
(1)(iv) The Director of Resource Management (G-MR), under the
A
general direction and supervision of the Assistant Commandant
for Marine Safety, Security, and Environmental Protection, serves
as Facility Manager for the marine safety programs; coordinates
and integrates financial, informational, and human resources;
plans, acquires, develops, and allocates resources for
development and execution of the Coast Guard's marine safety
programs; provides the focal point for all resource issues in
support of the Standards and Operations Directorates; and
oversees the development and management of the Coast Guard's
direct user fee program.
(2) The Chief Counsel of the Coast Guard at Headquarters, under
the general direction and supervision of the General Counsel,
Department of Homeland Security and the Commandant,
considers cases involving alleged violations of navigation and
vessel inspection laws or regulations prescribed thereunder and
published in this chapter or in 33 CFR chapter I, and reviews
appeals to the Commandant from statutory monetary penalties
assessed therefor. Upon completion of such a review, the Chief
Counsel prepares a proposed action for the Commandant's
consideration or, in appropriate cases, takes final action on behalf
of, and as directed by, the Commandant.
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50376, Dec. 6, 1989, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50458, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 95-072, 60 FR
54106, Oct. 19, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50724, Sept. 27, 1996;
CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51041, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1998-4442, 63
FR 52188, Sept. 30, 1998; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR
48617, Sept. 21, 2001; 68 FR 9533, Feb. 28, 2003; USCG-2006-
24520,71 FR 35818, June 22,2006]
§1.01-15 Organization; Districts; National Maritime Center.
(a) To assist the District Commander, and the Atlantic Area
Commander with respect to Activities Europe, in carrying out the
regulatory and enforcement aspects of marine safety, there is
assigned to each District Commander and to the Atlantic Area
Commander a staff officer designated as Chief, Marine Safety
Division. The chain of military command is from the District
Commander to each Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, within
the district and from the Atlantic Area Commander to the Officer in
Charge, Activities Europe. The Chief of the Marine Safety Division
is a staff officer assigned to the District Commanders and Atlantic
Area Commander, and acts only on the basis of the authority and
direction of the District Commanders, and the Atlantic Area
Commanders with respect to Activities Europe.
(b) The Officers in Charge, Marine Inspection, in the Coast Guard
districts, under the supervision of the District Commanders, and
the Officer in Charge, Activities Europe, under the supervision of
the Atlantic Area Commander are in charge of the marine
inspection offices in the various ports and have command
responsibilities with assigned marine safety zones for the
performance of duties with respect to the inspection, enforcement
and administration of navigation and vessel inspection laws, and
rules and regulations governing marine safety. The Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, has been designated and delegated
to give immediate direction to Coast Guard activities relating to
marine safety functions consisting of inspection of vessels in
order to determine that they comply with the applicable laws,
rules, and regulations relating to construction, equipment,
manning and operation, and to be satisfied that such vessels are
in seaworthy condition for the services in which such vessels are
to be operated; shipyard inspections; factory inspections of
materials and equipment for vessels; the licensing, certificating,
shipment and discharge of seaman; investigations of marine
casualties and accidents; investigations of violations of law;
negligence, misconduct, unskillfullness, incompetence or
misbehavior of persons holding licenses, certificates, or
documents issued by the Coast Guard; initiations of actions
seeking suspension or revocation under 46 U.S.C. chapter 77 of
licenses, certificates and documents held by persons, and
presentation of cases at hearings before Administrative Law
Judges; and the enforcement of navigation, vessel inspection and
seaman laws in general.
(c) The Commanding Officer of the National Maritime Center has
C
been designated and delegated to:
(1) Give direction to Coast Guard activities relating to marine
LI
safety functions consisting of the licensing, credentialing,
certificating, shipment and discharge of seamen;
(2) Refer to the processing Regional Examination Center (REC)
B
or cognizant OCMI potential violations of law, negligence,
misconduct, unskillfulness, incompetence or misbehavior of
persons holding merchant mariner's documents, licenses,
U
certificates or credentials issued by the Coast Guard, and
recommend suspension or revocation under 46 U.S.C. Chapter
77 when deemed appropriate; and
.P
(3) Grant, withhold, suspend, or withdraw course approvals.
(d) The Commanding Officer of the National Maritime Center has
the same authority as an OCMI for the purpose of carrying out the
.G
marine safety functions listed in paragraph (c) of this section
pursuant to the provisions of Subchapter B of this chapter.
(e) Applicants for merchant mariner's documents, licenses,
certificates or credentials may apply to the Coast Guard National
C
Maritime Center or any of the Regional Examination Centers.
Applicants may contact the National Maritime Center at 4200
Wilson Boulevard, Suite 630, Arlington, Virginia 22203-1804, or
by telephone at 202-493-1002. A list of Regional Examination
Locations is available through the Coast Guard Web site at
http://www.uscg.mil.
(f) For descriptions of Coast Guard districts and marine inspection
zones, see 33 CFR part 3.
Subpart 1.03 – Rights Of Appeal
[AUTHORITY: 5 U.S.C. 552; 14 U.S.C. 633; 46 U.S.C. 7701; 46
U.S.C. Chapter 93; Public Law 107-296, 116 Stat. 2135;
Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 1070; §1.01-35
also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.]
4
§1.03-10 Definition Of Terms Used In This Subpart.
(a) The term recognized classification society means the
American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society
recognized by the Commandant.
(b) The term new vessel means:
(1) For vessels which require a Certificate of Inspection, a new
vessel is a vessel which has not received an initial Certificate of
Inspection.
(2) For vessels which do not require a Certificate of Inspection, a
new vessel is a vessel which has not received a Load Line
assignment.
(c) The term existing vessel means a vessel which is not a new
vessel.
§1.03-15 General.
S
(a) Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken
under this chapter or under chapter III of this title, by or on behalf
N
of the Coast Guard, except for matters covered by subpart J of
part 5 of this chapter dealing with suspension-and-revocation
hearings, shall follow the procedures contained in this section
IO
when requesting that the decision or action be reviewed, set
aside, or revised.
(b) When requesting that a decision or action be reconsidered or
reviewed, as may be required by this subpart, such request must
T
be made within 30 days after the decision is rendered or the
action is taken.
A
(c) When making a formal appeal of a decision or action, as
permitted by this subpart, such appeal must be submitted in
writing and received by the authority to whom the appeal is
required to be made within 30 days after the decision or action
being appealed, or within 30 days after the last administrative
action required by this subpart. Upon written request and for good
cause, the 30 day time limit may be extended by the authority to
whom the appeal is required to be made.
(d) A formal appeal must contain a description of the decision or
action being appealed and the appellant's reason(s) why the
decision or action should be set aside or revised.
(e) When considering an appeal, the Commandant or a District
Commander may stay the effect of a decision or action being
appealed pending determination of the appeal.
(f) While a request for reconsideration or review or a formal
appeal is pending, the original decision or action remains in effect,
unless otherwise stayed under paragraph (e) of this section.
(g) The Commandant may delegate authority to act on
administrative appeals under this subpart to the Assistant
Commandant for Marine Safety and Environmental Protection,
and appropriate office chiefs within Marine Safety and
Environmental Protection.
(h) Formal appeals made to the Commandant shall be addressed
to:
(1) Commandant (G-MOC) for appeals involving vessel inspection
issues, load line issues, and vessel manning issues;
(2) Commandant (G-MS) for appeals involving vessel plan review
or tonnage measurement issues;
(3) Commandant (CG-3PC) for all appeals involving suspension
or withdrawal of course approvals, all marine personnel issues
appealed from the National Maritime Center or from an OCMI
through a District Commander, and all appeals regarding the
documentation of a vessel under part 67 or part 68 of this title. All
appeals regarding the documentation of a vessel under part 67 or
part 68 of this title must be addressed to Commandant CG-
3PC(d), Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second St., SW,
Washington, DC 20593, and a copy of each such appeal must be
sent to the National Vessel Documentation Center, 792 T J
Jackson Drive; Falling Waters, WV 25419;
(4) Commandant (G-PSE), for appeals involving the recognition of
a classification society; or.
(5) Commandant (G-M) for appeals involving decisions or actions
of the Director, Great Lakes Pilotage.
(i) Failure to submit a formal appeal in accordance with the
procedures and time limits contained in this subpart results in the
decision or action becoming final agency action.
(j) Any decision made by the Commandant, or by the Assistant
Commandant for Marine Safety and Environmental Protection, or
by an office chief pursuant to authority delegated by the
Commandant is final agency action on the appeal.
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50376, Dec. 6, 1989, as amended by CGD
89-007, CGD 89-007a, 58 FR 60265, Nov. 15, 1993; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50725, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51040,
Sept. 30, 1997; CGD 95-010, 62 FR 67532, Dec. 24, 1997;
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52188, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG-1999-
6216, 64 FR 53222, Oct. 1, 1999; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000;
66 FR 31842, June 13, 2001; 66 FR 44985, Aug. 27, 2001; 68 FR
37091, June 23, 2003].
§1.03-20 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of An OCMI.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action of an OCMI
may, after requesting reconsideration of the decision or action by
the cognizant OCMI, make a formal appeal of that decision or
C
action, via the office of the cognizant OCMI, to the District
Commander of the district in which the office of the cognizant
OCMI is located, or in the case of the Officer in Charge, Activities
LI
Europe, to the Atlantic Area Commander, in accordance with the
procedures contained in Sec. 1.03-15 of this subpart..
§1.03-25 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of A District
B
Commander.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action of a District
Commander made pursuant to §1.03-20 of this subpart, may
U
make a formal appeal of that decision or action, via the office of
the cognizant District Commander, to the Commandant, in
accordance with the procedures contained in §1.03-15 of this
.P
subpart.
§1.03-30 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of The Marine
Safety Center.
(a) Any person directly affected by a decision or action of the
.G
Marine Safety Center involving tonnage measurement or which
otherwise affects a new vessel or plans for a vessel to be built
may, after requesting reconsideration of the decision or action by
the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center, make a formal
appeal, of that decision or action, via the Commanding Officer,
C
Marine Safety Center, to the Commandant, in accordance with
the procedures contained in §1.03-15 of this subpart.
(b) Any person directly affected by a decision or action of the
Marine Safety Center not involving tonnage measurement but
which otherwise affects an existing vessel, prior to initiating a
formal appeal, must request review of that decision or action by
5
the cognizant OCMI. Following review by the cognizant OCMI, the
decision or action under review may be appealed to the District
Commander, in accordance with the procedures contained in
§1.03-20 of this subpart.
[CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51040, Sept. 30, 1997, as amended by
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52188, Sept. 30, 1998]
§1.03-35 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of A
Recognized Classification Society Acting On Behalf Of The
Coast Guard.
(a) Any person directly affected by a decision or action of a
recognized classification society performing plan review, tonnage
measurement, or load line assignment on behalf of the Coast
Guard may, after requesting reconsideration of the decision or
action by the classification society, make a formal appeal, via the
classification society headquarters, to the Commandant, in
accordance with the procedures contained in §1.03-15 of this
subpart.
S
(b) Any person directly affected by a decision or action of a
recognized classification society acting as a marine inspector, as
N
defined in §30.10-43 of this chapter, on behalf of the Coast
Guard, prior to initiating a formal appeal, must request review of
that decision or action by the cognizant OCMI. Following review
IO
by the cognizant OCMI, the decision or action under review may
be appealed to the District Commander, in accordance with the
procedures contained in §1.03-20 of this subpart.
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50376, Dec. 6, 1989, as amended by CGD
T
97-057, 62 FR 51041, Sept. 30, 1997]
§1.03-40 Appeals from decisions or actions of the National
A
Maritime Center.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action of an officer or
employee of the National Maritime Center (NMC) involving any of
the marine safety functions listed in §1.01-15(c) of this subpart
may, after requesting reconsideration of the decision or action by
the NMC, make a formal appeal of that decision or action, via the
NMC, to the Director of Inspection and Compliance, Commandant
(G-PC), on such an appeal will constitute final agency action.
[USCG – 2006-25535, 71 FR 48482, Autg. 21, 2006]
§1.03-45 Appeals from decisions or actions involving
documentation of vessels.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action of an officer or
employee of the Coast Guard acting on or in regard to the
documentation of a vessel under part 67 or part 68 of this title,
may make a formal appeal of that decision or action to the
Director of Inspection and Compliance, Commandant (CG-3PC),
in accordance with the procedures contained in §1.03-15 of this
subpart. The decision of the Director of Inspection and
Compliance, Commandant (CG-3PC), on such an appeal will
constitute final agency action.
§1.03-50 Appeals From Decisions Or Actions Of The Director,
Great Lakes Pilotage.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action of the
Director, Great Lakes Pilotage, may make a formal appeal of that
decision or action to Commandant (G-M), in accordance with the
procedures contained in §1.03-15 of this subpart.
[66 FR 31842, June 13, 2001; 66 FR 44985, Aug. 27, 2001; 68
FR 37091, June 23, 2003
 Part 2 – Vessel Inspections
Table Of Contents which are obtainable from the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, at any local U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Office.
Subpart 2.01–Inspecting And Certificating Of Vessels
(1)(i) CG-3752–Application for Inspection of U.S. Vessel.
Sec.
2.01-1 Applications For Inspections. (1)(ii) CG-986–Application for Inspection of Foreign Vessel.
2.01-5 Certificate Of Inspection.
2.01-6 Certificates Issued To Foreign Vessels. (2) These applications require information on name and type of
2.01-8 Application Of Regulations To Vessels Or Tankships vessel, nature of employment and route in which to be operated,
On An International Voyage. and place where and date when the vessel may be inspected.
2.01-13 Inspection Requirements–Foreign Vessels.
2.01-20 Suspension Or Revocation Of Certificates Of (b) To whom submitted. The completed form must be submitted
Inspection. to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in the Marine
2.01-25 International Convention For Safety Of Life At Sea, Inspection Zone within which the inspection is to be conducted.
1974.

S
2.01-30 Delegation Of OCMI Signature Authority. (c) New vessels. Applications for inspection of new vessels must
2.01-40 Passengers Or Persons In Addition To Crew On Cargo be preceded by the submission of applicable drawings or prints in
Or Tank Vessels. accordance with the specific requirements in subchapters D (Tank

N
Vessels), E (Load Lines), F (Marine Engineering), H (Passenger
Subpart 2.10–Fees Vessels), I (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels), J (Electrical
Engineering), K (Small Passenger Vessels Carrying More Than

IO
2.10-1 Applicability. 150 Passengers Or With Overnight Accommodations For More
2.10-5 Exemptions. Than 49 Passengers), L (Offshore Supply Vessels), O (Certain
2.10-20 General Requirements. Bulk Dangerous Cargoes), S (Subdivision and Stability), and T
2.10-125 Fees For Examination Of Foreign Tankships. (Small Passenger Vessels) of this chapter applicable to that
particular type of vessel or type of service in which the vessel is

T
2.10-130 Fees For Examination Of Foreign Mobile Offshore
Drilling Units. proposed to be operated.
2.10-135 Penalties.

Subpart 2.50–Penalties A
(d) Foreign-built vessels.

(1) Those foreign-built vessels which are specifically authorized

C
2.50-1 Penalty Procedures. by public or private laws to engage in the coastwise trade, and
those foreign-built vessels which are documented to engage in
Subpart 2.75–Approvals Of Safety Equipment, Materials And the foreign trade shall be inspected and certificated as required by
LI

Installations, And Qualifications For Construction Personnel law and/or the regulations in this chapter which are applicable to
their class and employment.
2.75-1 Approvals.
2.75-5 Certificates Of Approval. (2) Foreign-built vessels are not permitted to engage in the U.S.
B

coastwise trade (domestic trade) unless specifically authorized by

Subpart 2.85–Load Lines law. Therefore, when foreign-built vessels are intended for use in
the coastwise trade as defined by the U.S. Customs Service, such
U

2.85-1 Assignment Of Load Lines. vessels will not be inspected and certificated unless specifically
authorized by law to engage in coastwise trade.
Subpart 2.95–Retention Of Records By The Public
.P

[CG FR 65-50, 30 FR 16604, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD

2.95-1 Certificates Or Documents Issued By Coast Guard. 79-023, 48 FR 51006, Nov. 4, 1983; CGD 91-030, 60 FR 13563,
2.95-5 Certificates Or Documents Issued By Others. Mar. 13, 1995; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51041, Sept. 30, 1997; CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51194, Sept. 30, 1997]
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1903; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 2110,
.G

3103, 3205, 3306, 3307, 3703; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701; E.O.
12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of
Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. Subpart 2.45 also
issued under the Act Dec. 27, 1950, Ch. 1155, secs. 1, 2, 64 Stat.
C
§2.01-5 Certificate Of Inspection.
(a) Issuance of certificates. Upon completion of the inspection
of a United States vessel, and on condition that the vessel and its
equipment are approved by the inspector, a certificate of one or

1120 (see 46 U.S.C. App. note prec. 1).
[SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16604, Dec. 30, 1965, unless
otherwise noted.]
[65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000; 67 FR
34756, May 15, 2002]
more of the following Coast Guard forms is issued by the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection:
(1) CG-841–Certificate of Inspection.
(2) CG-854–Temporary Certificate of Inspection.

(b) Description of certificates. The certificates of inspection

Subpart 2.01 – Inspecting And Certificating Of
Vessels
§2.01-1 Applications For Inspections.
(a) Application forms.
(1) Applications for inspections of vessels required to be
inspected under Subtitle II, Title 46 of the U.S. Code, Title 46 and
Title 33 U.S. Code, or under 50 U.S.C. 198 shall be made by the
master, owner, or agent on the following Coast Guard forms
issued to United States vessels describe the vessel, the route the
vessel may travel, the minimum manning requirements, the safety
equipment and appliances required to be on board, the total
number of persons that may be carried, and the names of the
owners and operators. The period of validity is stated on the
certificate. The certificate may be renewed by applying for
inspection under §2.01-1.
(c) Amending certificates. When, because of a change in the
character of the vessel or vessel's route, equipment, etc., the

6
vessel does not comply with the requirements of the Certificate of
Inspection previously issued, a certificate amending such
certificate may be issued at the discretion of the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, to whom a request is made on Coast Guard
form CG-858, Certificate of Inspection Amendment.
[CGD 77-014, 44 FR 5316, Jan. 25, 1979; 65 FR 6494, Feb. 9,
2000]
§2.01-6 Certificates Issued To Foreign Vessels.
(a) Issuance of certificates. Upon completion of an examination
of a foreign vessel, one or more of the following certificates is
issued by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection:
(1) CG-4504–Control Verification for Foreign Vessel–issued to a
foreign vessel that is registered in a country which is signatory to
the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974.
(2)(i) CG-2832A–Letter of Compliance–issued to a foreign vessel
that is suitable for carriage of hazardous cargoes in bulk as
defined in 46 Code of Federal Regulations, subchapter 0 and is in
compliance with Tankship Cargo Venting and Handling Systems
and Minimum Pollution Prevention Regulations and Transfer
Procedures (33 CFR parts 155, 156, 157 and 159), and
Navigation Safety Inspection Regulations (33 CFR part 164).
(2)(ii) Letter of Compliance–issued to Foreign Mobile Offshore
Drilling Units engaged in Outer Continental Shelf activities under
33 CFR 143.210.
(3) CG-840S-1–Tank Vessel Examination Letter–issued to a
foreign vessel that is suitable for carriage of cargoes as defined in
46 Code of Federal Regulations, subchapter D and is in
compliance with Tankship Cargo Venting and Handling Systems
C
and Minimum Safety Standards (SOLAS 74–46 CFR part 35),
Pollution Prevention Regulations and Transfer Procedures (33
CFR parts 155, 156, 157 and 159), and Navigation Safety
LI
Regulations (33 CFR part 164).
(4) Foreign vessels of countries which are nonsignatory to the
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, are
B
issued a Temporary Certificate of Inspection (CG-854) and a
Certificate of Inspection (CG-841) as described in §2.01-5.
U
(b) Description of Certificates.
(1) CG-4504–Control Verification for Foreign Vessels-describes
.P
the vessel, type of certificate required by the International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, country issued by,
and its expiration date. The period of validity of a control
verification for foreign vessel is stated on the certificate.
.G
(2) CG-2832A–Letter of Compliance–describe the vessel and the
period for which the letter is valid.
(3) CG-840S-1–Tank Vessel Examination Letter–describe the
vessel and if there are any deficiencies as to applicable
C
regulations at the time the vessel was examined. If there are
deficiencies they are listed in an attachment to this letter (CG-
840S-2). The Tank Vessel Examination Letter is valid for a period
of 1 year from the date the examination is completed.
(4) Temporary Certificate of Inspection (CG-854) and Certificate
of Inspection (CG-841) are amended as provided for in §2.01-
5(c).
[CGD 77-014, 44 FR 5316, Jan. 25, 1979, as amended by CGD
90-008, 55 FR 30659, July 26, 1990; CGD 91-030, 60 FR 13563,
Mar. 13, 1995]
§2.01-8 Application Of Regulations To Vessels Or Tankships
On An International Voyage.
(a) Where, in various places or portions in this chapter,
requirements are stipulated specifically for vessels on an
7
international voyage or tankships on an international voyage,
it is intended that these requirements apply only to vessels or
tankships, as applicable, which are subject to the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974.
(b) For details regarding application of Convention requirements
to tankships, see §30.01-6 of this chapter; to passenger vessels,
see §70.05-10 of this chapter; to cargo ships other than
tankships, see §90.05-10 of this chapter; and to small passenger
vessels, see §§115.900 and 176.900 of this chapter. (E.O. 11239,
30 FR 9671, 3 CFR, 1965 Supp.).
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16604, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
90-008, 55 FR 30659, July 26, 1990; 65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000]
§2.01-13 Inspection Requirements–Foreign Vessels.
(a) Foreign vessels registered in countries which are parties to the
effective International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea are
normally subject to the examination provided for in Chapter I of
S
that Convention. However, in the case of any vessel involving
novel features of design or construction, upon which that
N
Convention is silent or which involve potential unusual operating
risks, a more extensive inspection may be required when
considered necessary to safeguard the life or property in United
IO
States ports where such vessel may enter. In such a case,
pertinent plans and/or calculations may be required to be
submitted sufficiently in advance to permit evaluation before
inspection.
T
(b) Foreign vessels registered in countries which are not parties to
the effective International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, or
foreign vessels registered in countries which are parties to the
A
effective Convention but which vessels are exempted from part or
all of the Convention, may under conditions specified in applicable
inspection laws be subject to inspection and certification as
specified in regulations governing specific categories of vessels.
(c) For details concerning application of regulations to foreign
vessels, see part 30 (Tank Vessels), part 70 (Passenger
Vessels), part 90 (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels), §147.1
(Dangerous Cargoes), part 148 (Bulk Solid Hazardous Materials),
parts 153 and 154 (Certain Bulk Dangerous Cargoes), and part
175 (Small Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16604, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
73-96, 42 FR 49022, Sept. 26, 1977; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51041,
Sept. 30, 1997]
§2.01-20 Suspension Or Revocation Of Certificates Of
Inspection.
Under the authority if 46 U.S.C. 3313 and 46 U.S.C. 3710, a
certificate of inspection issued to a vessel may be suspended or
revoked if a vessel is found not to comply with the terms of its
certificate or fails to meet a standard required by this chapter.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51195, Sept. 30, 1997, as amended by
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52188, Sept. 30, 1998]
§2.01-25 International Convention For Safety Of Life At Sea,
1974.
(a) Certificates required.
(1) The International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,
requires one or more of the following certificates to be carried on
board certain passenger, cargo or tankships engaged in
international voyages:
(1)(i) Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.
(1)(ii) Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate.
(1)(iii) Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate.
(1)(iv) Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate.
(1)(v) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.
(1)(vi) Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate.
(1)(vii) Safety Management Certificate.
(1)(viii) International Ship Security Certificate.
(2) The U.S. Coast Guard will issue through the Officer In Charge,
Marine Inspection, the following certificates after performing an
inspection or safety management audit of the vessel's systems
and determining the vessel meets the applicable requirements:
(2)(i) Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.
(2)(ii) Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, except when
issued to cargo ships by a Coast Guard recognized classification
society at the option of the owner or agent.
(2)(iii) Cargo Ships Safety Equipment Certificate.
(2)(iv) Exemption Certificate.
(2)(v) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.
(2)(vi) Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate.
(2)(vii) Safety Management Certificate, except when issued by a
recognized organization authorized by the Coast Guard.
(2)(viii) International Ship Security Certificate (ISSC).
(3) When authorized by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, the
American Bureau of Shipping may issue the Cargo Ship Safety
C
Construction Certificate to cargo and tankships which it classes.
(4) The Federal Communications Commission will issue the
LI
following certificates:
(4)(i) Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate.
B
(4)(ii) Exemption Certificate.
(b) Applications.
U
(1) The application for inspection and issuance of a certificate or
certificates is made on the appropriate form listed in §2.01-1, or
.P
by letter, to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in or nearest
the port at which the inspection is to be made and shall be signed
by the master or agent of the vessel. The certificates previously
issued are surrendered at the time the inspection is performed.
Further details are set forth in subchapter D (Tank Vessels),
.G
subchapter H (Passenger Vessels), subchapter I (Cargo and
Miscellaneous Vessels), subchapter K (Small Passenger Vessels
Carrying more than 150 Passengers or with overnight
accommodations for more than 49 Passengers), subchapter L
(Offshore Supply Vessels), subchapter O (Certain Bulk
C
Dangerous Cargoes), and subchapter T (Small Passenger
Vessels), of this chapter.
(2) For vessels other than passenger vessels, you must contact
the local office of the Federal Communications Commission to
apply for the inspection concerning the issuance of a Cargo Ship
Safety Radio Certificate.
(c) Certificates issued.
(1) If a vessel meets the applicable requirements of the
Convention, it shall be issued appropriate certificates listed in
paragraph (a) of this section. These certificates describe the
vessel and state the vessel is in compliance with the applicable
requirements of the Convention.
(2) A Convention certificate may be withdrawn, revoked or
8
suspended at any time when it is determined the vessel is no
longer in compliance with applicable requirements. (See §2.01-70
for appeal procedures.)
(d) CG-969–Notice of Receipt of Application for Passenger
Ship Safety Certificate.
(1) The Passenger Ship Safety Certificate is issued by the
Commandant after determining all applicable requirements of the
Convention have been met. In the event the completion of the
certification of any passenger vessel cannot be effected prior to
the sailing of the passenger ship on a foreign voyage, or in any
case where the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate is not received
from the Commandant before the ship sails on a foreign voyage,
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, will issue a completed
Form CG-969, describing the passenger ship and certifying that
an application for a Passenger Ship Safety Certificate is being
processed, and that in his opinion the vessel meets applicable
requirements of the Convention administered by the Coast Guard.
S
(2) The completed Form CG-969 may be exhibited in explanation
N
of the failure of the passenger ship to have on board a current
Passenger Ship Safety Certificate. This completed form CG-969
may be accepted as prima facie evidence that the passenger ship
IO
described therein is in compliance with the applicable
requirements of the Convention.
(e) Exempted vessel.
T
(1) A vessel may be exempted by the Commandant from
complying with certain requirements of the Convention under his
administration upon request made in writing to him and
A
transmitted via the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. In such
case the exemptions are stated in the Exemption Certificate,
which is issued by the Commandant through the appropriate
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(2) The Federal Communications Commission issues the
Exemption Certificate, which modifies the Cargo Ship Safety
Radio Certificate.
(f) Availability of Certificates. The Convention certificates must
be on board the vessel and readily available for examination at all
times.
(g) Foreign flag vessels. At the request of the government of a
country in which is registered a vessel engaged in an international
voyage, such a vessel may be issued the applicable certificate or
certificates listed in paragraph (a) of this section. The certificate
will be issued only after inspection has been made by the issuing
agency, providing the vessel is found to comply with the
requirements of the Convention.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16604, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
73-96, 42 FR 49023, Sept. 16, 1977; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30659,
July 26, 1990; CGD 95-073, 62 FR 67514, Dec. 24, 1997; USCG-
1999-6216, 64 FR 53222, Oct. 1, 1999; 65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000
[FR Doc. 03-26347 Filed 10-17-03; 8:45 am]
§2.01-30 Delegation Of OCMI Signature Authority.
The OCMI may redelegate to one individual on his or her staff
authority to sign documents issued under this subpart.
[CGD 97-001, 62 FR 17748, Apr. 11, 1997]
§2.01-40 Passengers Or Persons In Addition To Crew On
Cargo Or Tank Vessels.
(a) Under the authority of 46 U.S.C. 3304, a documented vessel
transporting cargo may be allowed by its certificate of inspection
to carry not more than 12 individuals in addition to the crew on
international voyages and not more than 16 individuals in addition
to the crew on other voyages.
(b) The application for permission to carry persons in addition to
the crew may be included in the application described in §2.01-1.
If granted it is endorsed on the certificate of inspection.
CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16604, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51195, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart 2.10–Fees
[SOURCE: CGD 91-030, 60 FR 13563, Mar. 13, 1995, unless
otherwise noted.]
§2.10-1 Applicability.
(a) This subpart establishes vessel inspection fees for all vessels
required to have a Certificate of Inspection and vessel
examination fees for all foreign vessels required to have either a
Letter of Compliance or a Tank Vessel Examination Letter.
(b) The fees in this subpart do not apply to:
(1) Vessels being inspected for the initial issuance of a Certificate
of Inspection;
(2) Foreign passenger vessels;
(3) Training vessels operated by State maritime academies;
(4) Public vessels of the United States except for Maritime
Administration vessels; and
(5) Publicly owned ferries.
[CGD 91-030, 60 FR 13563, Mar. 13, 1995, as amended by CGD
96-067, 62 FR 19232, Apr. 21, 1997]
C
§2.10-5 Exemptions.
(a) Vessels owned or operated by a non-profit organization may
be exempted from payment of the fees required by this subpart,
LI
only if the vessel is used exclusively for one or more of the
following:
(1) Training youth in boating, seamanship, or navigation skills;
B
(2) Educating youth in a course of marine environmental studies;
U
(3) Providing excursions for persons with disabilities as defined
under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) [42 U.S.C.
12102(2)]; or
.P
(4) Providing medical services.
(b) Vessels owned or operated by the Federal government or the
government of any State or political subdivision thereunder may
.G
be exempted from the fees required by this subpart provided the
vessel is used exclusively for one or more of the purposes listed
in paragraph (a) of this section.
C
(c) The term used exclusively in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section does not preclude:
(1) The carriage of adult volunteers or crew, or
(2) The vessel's use for fundraising activities without regard to the
age of the participants aboard the vessel, provided revenues
raised are for the operation and maintenance of the vessel and
that such fundraising activities do not exceed one day of
fundraising for each month of the vessel's operating season.
(d) Vessel owners or operators may submit a written request for
exemption to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, of the
Marine Inspection Zone in which the vessel normally operates.
The exemption request must provide the vessel name, the vessel
identification number, and evidence that the organization and the
vessel meet the criteria set forth in this section.
9
[CGD 96-067, 62 FR 19232, Apr. 21, 1997, as amended by CDG
§2.10-20 General Requirements.
(a) Unless otherwise specified, vessel owners must pay the fees
required by this subpart before inspection or examination services
are provided.
(b) Fees required by this subpart must be paid in U.S. currency by
check or money order, drawn on a U.S. bank, and made payable
to the U.S. Treasury.
(c) All payments must be accompanied by the vessel name and
its vessel identification number.
(d) Unless otherwise specified, fees required by this subpart must
be mailed to the following address: USCG Inspection Fees, PO
Box 105663, Atlanta, GA 30348-5663.
(e) For purposes of this subpart, the address for Commandant (G-
S
MRP) is: Commandant (G-MRP), United States Coast Guard,
2100 Second Street S.W., Washington, DC 20593-0001.
N
(f) Information concerning a vessel's user fee anniversary date
may be obtained from any Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine
IO
Inspection Office.
[CGD 91-030, 60 FR 13563, Mar. 13, 1995, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50459, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50725, Sept. 27, 1996]
T
§2.10-125 Fees For Examination Of Foreign Tankships.
Each foreign tankship of a country party to the International
A
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 as amended, must
pay:
(a) For examination for the issuance of a Letter of Compliance
under §2.01-6(a)(2)(i) of this part, or examination for the annual
endorsement to a Letter of Compliance, a fee of $1,100.
(b) For examination for the issuance of a Tank Vessel
Examination Letter under §2.01-6(a)(3) of this part, a fee of
$1,100.
§2.10-130 Fees For Examination Of Foreign Mobile Offshore
Drilling Units.
Each foreign mobile offshore drilling unit must pay:
(a) For examination for the issuance of a Letter of Compliance
indicating compliance with the design and equipment standards of
either the documenting nation or the International Maritime
Organization Code for Construction and Equipment of Mobile
Offshore Drilling Units, a fee of $1,830.
(b) For examination for the issuance of a Letter of Compliance
indicating compliance with the design and equipment standards of
46 CFR part 108, the inspection fee listed in table 2.10-101 of this
subpart for the same type of mobile offshore drilling unit.
§2.10-135 Penalties.
(a) A vessel owner or operator who fails to pay a fee or charge
established under this subpart is liable to the United States
Government for a civil penalty.
(b) In addition to the fees established in this subpart, the Coast
Guard may recover collection and enforcement costs associated
with delinquent payments of, or failure to pay, a fee. Coast Guard
inspection and examination services may also be withheld
pending payment of outstanding fees owed to the Coast Guard for
inspection and examination services provided.
(c) Each District Commander or Officer in Charge Marine
Inspection may request the Secretary of the Treasury, or the
authorized representative thereof, to withhold or revoke the
clearance required by 46 U.S.C. app. 91 of a vessel for which a
fee or charge established under this part has not been paid or
until a bond is posted for the payment.
[CGD 91-030, 60 FR 13563, Mar. 13, 1995, as amended by CGD
96-052, 62 FR 16703, Apr. 8, 1997]
Subpart 2.50 – Penalties
§2.50-1 Penalty Procedures.
Civil and criminal penalty procedures appear in 33 CFR part 1.
Civil monetary penalty amounts are set forth in 33 CFR part 27.
[CGD 96-052, 62 FR 16703, Apr. 8, 1997]
Subpart 2.75 – Approvals Of Safety Equipment,
Materials And Installations, And Qualifications
For Construction Personnel
§2.75-1 Approvals.
(a) Certain navigation and vessel inspection laws, or regulations
in this chapter or in 33 CFR chapter I, require the Commandant's
approval before specific types of safety equipment, materials, or
installations may be installed or used on vessels subject to Coast
Guard inspection, or on other described vessels, motorboats,
artificial islands, and fixed structures.
(b) The Commandant's approvals are issued to persons,
partnerships, companies, or corporations who offer for sale
specific items of safety equipment, materials, or installations, or
intend them for their own or others' use. These approvals are
intended to provide a control over the quality of such approved
items. The Commandant's approvals apply only to those items
C
constructed or installed in accordance with applicable
requirements, and the details as described in the documents
granting specific approval. If a specific item when manufactured
LI
does not comply with these details, then it is not considered to be
approved and the approval issued does not apply to such
modified item. For example, if an item is manufactured with
changes in design or material not previously approved, the
B
approval does not apply to such modified item. The failure to
comply with applicable requirements and details specified in the
approval subjects the holder to immediate suspension of approval
U
as described in §2.75-40, and if necessary, to a public hearing
seeking withdrawal of approval and removal of all such items from
use or installation as provided in §2.75-50.
.P
(c) The Commandant's approvals are issued to qualified holders
in the form of certificates of approval (Form CGHQ-10030), by
appropriate description and identification in documents filed with
the Office of the Federal Register and published in the FEDERAL
.G
REGISTER, or by letters, or by appropriate markings on
drawings, plans, etc. Under the direction of the Commandant, the
Assistant Commandant for Marine Safety and Environmental
Protection is delegated the authority to exercise the necessary
actions relating to the granting, suspension, cancellation or
C
revocation of approvals for special items of safety equipment,
materials or installations required by law in regulation in this
chapter or in 33 CFR chapter I to have the Commandant's
approval. The authority delegated to the Assistant Commandant
for Marine Safety and Environmental Protection may be further
delegated by him.
(d) The approvals granted to holders qualifying under the
regulations in this chapter or in specifications, copies of which
may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), and to which
official Coast Guard numbers are assigned, will be in the form of
certificates of approval. Unless specifically provided otherwise,
the approval shall be valid for a period of five years from the date
on the certificate of approval, but subject to suspension and/or
cancellation if it is found the item offered, sold, or used as Coast
Guard approved differs in any detail from the item as described in
the certificate of approval and referenced material.
10
(e) A specific Commandant's approval granted to anyone, which
is described in a certificate of approval, or a letter, or marked
plans, etc., cannot be transferred to another without a specific
prior authorization from the Commandant. Such a transfer without
the Commandant's authorization normally terminates such
approval.
(f) A listing of current and formerly approved equipment and
materials may be found on the internet at:
http://cgmix.uscg.mil/equipment. Each OCMI may be contacted
for information concerning approved equipment.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16604, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34533,
Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50459, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD
93-055, 61 FR 13927, Mar. 28, 1996; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50725,
Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51041, Sept. 30, 1997]
§2.75-5 Certificates Of Approval.
S
(a) The Assistant Commandant for Marine Safety and
Environmental Protection or his delegate, will issue a certificate of
N
approval to the manufacturer or party named therein and certify
that such manufacturer or party has submitted satisfactory
evidence that the item described therein complies with the
IO
applicable laws and regulations, which are outlined on the reverse
side of the certificate.
(b) The approval shall be in effect for a period of 5 years from the
date on the certificate of approval unless sooner canceled or
T
suspended by proper authority, or otherwise specifically stated in
the certificate.
A [CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16604, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34533,
Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50725, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51041, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart 2.85 – Load Lines
§2.85-1 Assignment Of Load Lines.
Most U.S. vessels, and foreign vessels in U.S. waters are
required to have load line assignments in accordance with 46
U.S.C. Chapter 51. The load lines marks, when placed on a
vessel, indicate the maximum draft to which such vessel can be
lawfully submerged, in the various circumstances and seasons
applicable to such vessel. See subchapter E (Load Lines) of this
chapter for applicable details governing assignment and marking
of load lines.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51195, Sept. 30, 1997, as amended by
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52188, Sept. 30, 1998]
Subpart 2.95–Retention Of Records By The
Public
§2.95-1 Certificates Or Documents Issued By Coast Guard.
(a) Certificates or documents issued to the public, as required by
laws, rules, or regulations, shall be retained for the applicable
period of time, as follows:
(1) If the certificate or document specifies a definite period of time
for which it is valid, it shall be retained for so long as it is valid
unless it is required to be surrendered; or,
(2) If the certificate or document does not specify a definite period
of time for which it is valid, it shall be retained for that period of
time such certificate or document is required for operation of the
vessel; or,
(3) If the certificate or document is evidence of a person's
qualifications, it shall be retained for so long as it is valid unless it
is required to be surrendered.
(b) Nothing in this section shall be construed as preventing the
Coast Guard from canceling, suspending, or withdrawing any
certificate or document issued at any time.
§2.95-5 Certificates Or Documents Issued By Others.
(a) Certificates or documents issued by other public agencies or
private organizations, which are accepted as prima facie evidence
of compliance with requirements administered by the Coast
Guard, shall be retained for the applicable period of time as
follows:
(1) If the certificate or document specifies a definite period of time
for which it is valid, it shall be retained for so long as it is valid
unless it is required to be surrendered; or
(2) If the certificate or document does not specify a definite period
of time for which it is valid, it shall be retained for the period of
time such certificate or document is required for operation of the
vessel; or,
(3) If the certificate or documents is evidence of a person's
qualifications, it shall be retained for so long as it is valid unless it
is required to be surrendered.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

11
 Part 4 – Marine Casualties And Investigations
Table Of Contents 4.07-25 Testimony Of Witnesses In Other Districts, Depositions.
4.07-30 Testimony Of Witnesses Under Oath.
Subpart 4.01–Authority And Scope Of Regulations 4.07-35 Counsel For Witnesses And Parties In Interest.
4.07-45 Foreign Units Of Coast Guard, Investigation By.
Sec. 4.07-55 Information To Be Furnished Marine Board Of
4.01-1 Scope Of Regulation. Investigation.
4.01-3 Reporting Exclusion.
Subpart 4.09–Marine Board Of Investigation
Subpart 4.03–Definitions
4.09-1 Commandant To Designate.
4.03-1 Marine Casualty Or Accident. 4.09-5 Powers Of Marine Board Of Investigation.
4.03-2 Serious Marine Incident. 4.09-10 Witnesses, Payment Of.
4.03-4 Individual Directly Involved In A Serious Marine Incident 4.09-15 Time And Place Of Investigation, Notice Of; Rights Of
4.03-5 Medical Facility. Witnesses, Etc.
4.03-6 Qualified Medical Personnel. 4.09-17 Sessions To Be Public.

S
4.03-7 Chemical Test. 4.09-20 Record Of Proceedings.
4.03-10 Party In Interest. 4.09-25 U.S. Attorney To Be Notified.
4.03-15 Commandant. 4.09-30 Action On Report.

N
4.03-20 Coast Guard District. 4.09-35 Preferment Of Charges.
4.03-25 District Commander.
4.03-30 Investigating Officer. Subpart 4.11–Witnesses And Witness Fees

IO
4.03-35 Nuclear Vessel.
4.03-40 Public Vessels. 4.11-1 Employees Of Vessels Controlled By Army Or Navy As
4.03-45 Marine Employer. Witnesses.
4.03-50 Recreational Vessel. 4.11-5 Coercion Of Witnesses.
4.11-10 Witness Fees And Allowances.

T
4.03-55 Law Enforcement Officer.

Subpart 4.04–Notice Of Potential Vessel Casualty Subpart 4.12–Testimony By Interrogatories And Depositions

4.04-1
4.04-3
Reports Of Potential Vessel Casualty.
Reports Of Lack Of Vessel Communication.
A 4.12-1 Application, Procedure, And Admissibility.
C
4.04-5 Substance Of Reports. Subpart 4.13–Availability Of Records

Subpart 4.05–Notice Of Marine Casualty And Voyage 4.13-1 Public Availability Of Records.
LI

Records
Subpart 4.19–Construction Of Regulations And Rules Of
4.05-1 Notice Of Marine Casualty. Evidence
4.05-5 Substance Of Marine Casualty Notice.
B

4.05-10 Written Report Of Marine Casualty. 4.19-1 Construction Of Regulations.

4.05-12 Alcohol Or Drug Use By Individuals Directly Involved In 4.19-5 Adherence To Rules Of Evidence.
Casualties.
U

4.05-15 Voyage Records, Retention Of. Subpart 4.21–Computation Of Time

4.05-20 Report Of Accident To Aid To Navigation.
4.05-25 Reports When State Of War Exists. 4.21-1 Computation Of Time.
.P

4.05-30 Incidents Involving Hazardous Materials.

4.05-35 Incidents Involving Nuclear Vessels. Subpart 4.23–Evidence Of Criminal Liability
4.05-40 Alternate Electronic Means Of Reporting.
4.23-1 Evidence Of Criminal Liability.
Subpart 4.06–Mandatory Chemical Testing Following Serious
.G

Marine Incidents Involving Vessels In Commercial Service Subpart 4.40–Coast Guard–National Transportation Safety
Board Marine Casualty Investigations
4.06-1 Responsibilities Of The Marine Employer.
4.06-5 Responsibilities Of Individuals Directly Involved In 4.40-1 Purpose.
C

Serious Marine Incidents. 4.40-3 Relationship To Coast Guard Marine Investigation

4.06-10 Required Specimens. Regulations And Procedures.
4.06-20 Specimen Collection Requirements. 4.40-5 Definitions.
4.06-30 Specimen Collection In Incidents Involving Fatalities. 4.40-10 Preliminary Investigation By The Coast Guard.
4.06-40 Specimen Handling And Shipping. 4.40-15 Marine Casualty Investigation By The Board.
4.06-50 Specimen Analysis And Follow-Up Procedures. 4.40-20 Cause Or Probable Cause Determinations From Board
4.06-60 Submission Of Reports And Test Results. Investigation.
4.40-25 Coast Guard Marine Casualty Investigation For The
Subpart 4.07–Investigations Board.
4.40-30 Procedures For Coast Guard Investigation.
4.07-1 Commandant Or District Commander To Order 4.40-35 Records Of The Coast Guard And The Board.
Investigation.
4.07-5 Investigating Officers, Powers Of. Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1231; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 2103,
4.07-7 Opening Statement. 2306, 6101, 6301, 6305; 50 U.S.C. 198; Department of Homeland
4.07-10 Report Of Investigation. Security Delegation No. 0170.1. Authority for subpart 4.40: 49
4.07-15 Recommendations, Action On. U.S.C. 1903(a)(1)(E). [SOURCE: CGD 74-119, 39 FR 33317,
4.07-20 Transfer Of Jurisdiction. Sept. 17, 1974, unless otherwise noted.]

12
 Subpart 4.01–Authority And Scope Of (2) An injury to a crewmember, passenger, or other person which
requires professional medical treatment beyond first aid, and, in
Regulations the case of a person employed on board a vessel in commercial
service, which renders the individual unfit to perform routine
§4.01-1 Scope Of Regulation.
vessel duties;
The regulations in this part govern the reporting of marine
casualties, the investigation of marine casualties and the
(3) Damage to property, as defined in §4.05-1(a)(7) of this part, in
submittal of reports designed to increase the likelihood of timely
excess of $100,000;
assistance to vessels in distress.
(4) Actual or constructive total loss of any vessel subject to
[CGD 85-015, 51 FR 19341, May 29, 1986]
inspection under 46 U.S.C. 3301; or
§4.01-3 Reporting Exclusion.
(5) Actual or constructive total loss of any self-propelled vessel,
(a) Vessels subject to 33 CFR 173.51 are excluded from the
not subject to inspection under 46 U.S.C. 3301, of 100 gross tons
requirements of subpart 4.05.
or more.
(b) Vessels which report diving accidents under 46 CFR 197.484
(b) A discharge of oil of 10,000 gallons or more into the navigable
regarding deaths, or injuries which cause incapacitation for
waters of the United States, as defined in 33 U.S.C. 1321,
greater than 72 hours, are not required to give notice under
whether or not resulting from a marine casualty.

S
§4.05-1(a)(5) or §4.05-1(a)(6).
(c) A discharge of a reportable quantity of a hazardous substance
(c) Vessels are excluded from the requirements of §4.05-1(a)(5)

N
into the navigable waters of the United States, or a release of a
and (a)(6) with respect to the death or injury of shipyard or harbor
reportable quantity of a hazardous substance into the
workers when such accidents are not the result of either a vessel
environment of the United States, whether or not resulting from a
casualty (e.g., collision) or a vessel equipment casualty (e.g.,

IO
marine casualty.
cargo boom failure) and are subject to the reporting requirements
of Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) under
[CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47077, Nov. 21, 1988, as amended by CGD
29 CFR 1904.
97-057, 62 FR 51041, Sept. 30, 1997]

T
(d) Except as provided in subpart 4.40, public vessels are
§4.03-4 Individual Directly Involved In A Serious Marine
excluded from the requirements of this part.
Incident.
The term individual directly involved in a serious marine
[CGD 76-170, 45 FR 77441, Nov. 24, 1980; 46 FR 19235, Mar.
30, 1981, as amended by CGD 76-170, 47 FR 39684, Sept. 9,
1982; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51195, Sept. 30, 1997; 65 FR 58455,
A incident is an individual whose order, action or failure to act is
determined to be, or cannot be ruled out as, a causative factor in
C
the events leading to or causing a serious marine incident.
Sept. 29, 2000]
[CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47077, Nov. 21, 1988]
Subpart 4.03–Definitions
LI

§4.03-5 Medical Facility.

§4.03-1 Marine Casualty Or Accident. The term medical facility means an American hospital, clinic,
(a) The term marine casualty or accident shall mean any physician's office, or laboratory, where blood and urine specimens
B

casualty or accident involving any vessel other than public can be collected according to recognized professional standards.
vessels if such casualty or accident occurs upon the navigable
waters of the United States, its territories or possessions or any [CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47077, Nov. 21, 1988]
U

casualty or accident wherever such casualty or accident may

occur involving any United States' vessel which is not a public §4.03-6 Qualified Medical Personnel.
vessel. (See §4.03-40 for definition of Public Vessel.) The term qualified medical personnel means a physician,
.P

physician's assistant, nurse, emergency medical technician, or

(b) The term marine casualty or accident includes any other person authorized under State or Federal law or regulation
accidental grounding, or any occurrence involving a vessel which to collect blood and urine specimens.
results in damage by or to the vessel, its apparel, gear, or cargo,
or injury or loss of life of any person; and includes among other [CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47077, Nov. 21, 1988]
things, collisions, strandings, groundings, founderings, heavy
.G

weather damage, fires, explosions, failure of gear and equipment
and any other damage which might affect or impair the
seaworthiness of the vessel.
C
§4.03-7 Chemical Test.
The term chemical test means a scientifically recognized test
which analyzes an individual's breath, blood, urine, saliva, bodily
fluids, or tissues for evidence of dangerous drug or alcohol use.

(c) The term marine casualty or accident also includes

occurrences of loss of life or injury to any person while diving from
a vessel and using underwater breathing apparatus.
[CGD 74-119, 39 FR 33317, Sept. 17, 1974, as amended by CGD
76-170, 45 FR 77441, Nov. 24, 1980]
§4.03-2 Serious Marine Incident.
The term serious marine incident includes the following events
involving a vessel in commercial service:
(a) Any marine casualty or accident as defined in §4.03-1 which is
required by §4.05-1 to be reported to the Coast Guard and which
results in any of the following:
(1) One or more deaths;
[CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47077, Nov. 21, 1988]
§4.03-10 Party In Interest.
The term party in interest shall mean any person whom the
Marine Board of Investigation or the investigating officer shall find
to have a direct interest in the investigation conducted by it and
shall include an owner, a charterer, or the agent of such owner or
charterer of the vessel or vessels involved in the marine casualty
or accident, and all licensed or certificated personnel whose
conduct, whether or not involved in a marine casualty or accident
is under investigation by the Board or investigating officer.
§4.03-15 Commandant.
The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, is that officer who acts as
chief of the Coast Guard and is charged with the administration of
the Coast Guard.

13
§4.03-20 Coast Guard District.
A Coast Guard district is one of the geographical areas whose
boundaries are described in 33 CFR part 3.
§4.03-25 District Commander.
The District Commander is the chief of a Coast Guard district and
is charged with the administration of all Coast Guard
responsibilities and activities within his respective district, except
those functions of administrative law judges under the
Administrative Procedure Act (60 Stat. 237, 5 U.S.C. 1001 et
seq.) and activities of independent units of the Coast Guard, such
as the Coast Guard Yard and the Coast Guard Academy.
§4.03-30 Investigating Officer.
An investigating officer is an officer or employee of the Coast
Guard designated by the Commandant, District Commander or
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for the purpose of
making investigations of marine casualties and accidents or other
matters pertaining to the conduct of seamen. An Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, is an investigating officer without
further designation.
§4.03-35 Nuclear Vessel.
The term nuclear vessel means any vessel in which power for
propulsion, or for any other purpose, is derived from nuclear
energy; or any vessel handling or processing substantial amounts
of radioactive material other than as cargo.
[CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47534, Dec. 14, 1987]
§4.03-40 Public Vessels.
Public vessel means a vessel that–
(a) Is owned, or demise chartered, and operated by the U.S.
C
Government or a government of a foreign country, except a
vessel owned or operated by the Department of Transportation or
any corporation organized or controlled by the Department
LI
(except a vessel operated by the Coast Guard or Saint Lawrence
Seaway Development Corporation); and
(b) Is not engaged in commercial service.
B
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51195, Sept. 30, 1997]
U
§4.03-45 Marine Employer.
Marine employer means the owner, managing operator,
charterer, agent, master, or person in charge of a vessel other
.P
than a recreational vessel.
[CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47534, Dec. 14, 1987]
§4.03-50 Recreational Vessel.
.G
Recreational vessel means a vessel meeting the definition in 46
U.S.C. 2101(25) that is then being used only for pleasure.
[CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47534, Dec. 14, 1987]
C
§4.03-55 Law Enforcement Officer.
Law enforcement officer means a Coast Guard commissioned,
warrant or petty officer; or any other law enforcement officer
authorized to obtain a chemical test under Federal, State, or local
law.
[CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47534, Dec. 14, 1987]
Subpart 4.04–Notice Of Potential Vessel Casualty
[SOURCE: CGD 85-015, 51 FR 19341, May 29, 1986, unless
otherwise noted.]
§4.04-1 Reports Of Potential Vessel Casualty.
A vessel owner, charterer, managing operator or agent shall
immediately notify either of the following Coast Guard officers if
there is reason to believe a vessel is lost or imperiled.
14
(a) The Coast Guard district rescue coordination center (RCC)
cognizant over the area the vessel was last operating in; or
(b) The Coast Guard search and rescue authority nearest to
where the vessel was last operating.
Reasons for belief that a vessel is in distress include, but are not
limited to, lack of communication with or nonappearance of the
vessel.
§4.04-3 Reports Of Lack Of Vessel Communication.
The owner, charterer, managing operator or agent of a vessel that
is required to report to the United States flag Merchant Vessel
Location Filing System under the authority of section 212(A) of
the Merchant Marine Act, 1936 (46 App. U.S.C. 1122a), shall
immediately notify the Coast Guard if more than 48 hours have
passed since receiving communication from the vessel. This
notification shall be given to the Coast Guard district RCC
cognizant over the area the vessel was last operating in.
S
(Information collection requirements approved by the Office of
N
Management and Budget under control number 1625-0048)
§4.04-5 Substance Of Reports.
IO
The owner, charterer, managing operator or agent, notifying the
Coast Guard under §4.04-1 or §4.04-3, shall:
(a) Provided the name and identification number of the vessel, the
names of the individuals on board, and other information that may
T
be requested by the Coast Guard (when providing the names of
the individuals on board for a passenger vessel, the list of
passengers need only meet the requirements of 46 U.S.C. 3502);
A and
(b) Submit written confirmation of that notice to the Coast Guard
facility that the notice was given to within 24 hours.
(Information collection requirements approved by the Office of
Management and Budget under control number 1625-0048)
Subpart 4.05–Notice Of Marine Casualty And
Voyage Records
§4.05-1 Notice Of Marine Casualty.
(a) Immediately after the addressing of resultant safety concerns,
the owner, agent, master, operator, or person in charge, shall
notify the nearest Marine Safety Office, Marine Inspection Office
or Coast Guard Group Office whenever a vessel is involved in a
marine casualty consisting in–
(1) An unintended grounding, or an unintended strike of (allison
with) a bridge;
(2) An intended grounding, or an intended strike of a bridge, that
creates a hazard to navigation, the environment, or the safety of a
vessel, or that meets any criterion of paragraphs (a)(3) through
(7);
(3) A loss of main propulsion, primary steering, or any associated
component or control system that reduces the maneuverability of
the vessel;
(4) An occurrence materially and adversely affecting the vessel's
seaworthiness or fitness for service or route, including but not
limited to fire, flooding, or failure of or damage to fixed fire-
extinguishing systems, lifesaving equipment, auxiliary power-
generating equipment, or bilge-pumping systems;
(5) A loss of life;
(6) An injury that requires professional medical treatment
(treatment beyond first aid) and, if the person is engaged or
employed on board a vessel in commercial service, that renders
the individual unfit to perform his or her routine duties; or
(7) An occurrence causing property-damage in excess of
$25,000, this damage including the cost of labor and material to
restore the property to its condition before the occurrence, but not
including the cost of salvage, cleaning, gas-freeing, drydocking, or
demurrage.
(b) Notice given as required by 33 CFR 160.215 satisfies the
requirement of this section if the marine casualty involves a
hazardous condition as defined by 33 CFR 160.203.
[CGD 94-030, 59 FR 39471, Aug. 3, 1994]
§4.05-5 Substance Of Marine Casualty Notice.
The notice required in §4.05-1 must include the name and official
number of the vessel involved, the name of the vessel's owner or
agent, the nature and circumstances of the casualty, the locality in
which it occurred, the nature and extent of injury to persons, and
the damage to property.
[CGD 76-170, 45 FR 77441, Nov. 24, 1980]
§4.05-10 Written Report Of Marine Casualty.
(a) The owner, agent, master, operator, or person in charge shall,
within five days, file a written report of any marine casualty
required to be reported under §4.05-1. This written report is in
addition to the immediate notice required by §4.05-1. This written
report must be delivered to a Coast Guard Marine Safety Office or
Marine Inspection Office. It must be provided on Form CG-2692
(Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death), supplemented as
necessary by appended Forms CG-2692A (Barge Addendum)
and CG-2692B (Report of Required Chemical Drug and Alcohol
Testing Following a Serious Marine Incident).
C
(b) If filed without delay after the occurrence of the marine
casualty, the report required by paragraph (a) of this section
LI
suffices as the notice required by §4.05-1(a).
[CGD 94-030, 63 FR 19192, Apr. 17, 1998]
B
§4.05-12 Alcohol Or Drug Use By Individuals Directly
Involved In Casualties.
(a) For each marine casualty required to be reported by §4.05-10,
U
the marine employer shall determine whether there is any
evidence of alcohol or drug use by individuals directly involved in
the casualty.
.P
(b) The marine employer shall include in the written report, Form
CG-2692, submitted for the casualty information which:
(1) Identifies those individuals for whom evidence of drug or
.G
alcohol use, or evidence of intoxication, has been obtained; and,
(2) Specifies the method used to obtain such evidence, such as
personal observation of the individual, or by chemical testing of
the individual.
C
(c) An entry shall be made in the official log book, if carried,
pertaining to those individuals for whom evidence of intoxication is
obtained. The individual must be informed of this entry and the
entry must be witnessed by a second person.
(d) If an individual directly involved in a casualty refuses to submit
to, or cooperate in, the administration of a timely chemical test,
when directed by a law enforcement officer or by the marine
employer, this fact shall be noted in the official log book, if carried,
and in the written report (Form CG-2692), and shall be admissible
as evidence in any administrative proceeding.
[CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47534, Dec. 14, 1987]
§4.05-15 Voyage Records, Retention Of.
15
(a) The owner, agent, master, or person in charge of any vessel
involved in a marine casualty shall retain such voyage records as
are maintained by the vessel, such as both rough and smooth
deck and engine room logs, bell books, navigation charts,
navigation work books, compass deviation cards, gyro records,
stowage plans, records of draft, aids to mariners, night order
books, radiograms sent and received, radio logs, crew and
passenger lists, articles of shipment, official logs and other
material which might be of assistance in investigating and
determining the cause of the casualty. The owner, agent, master,
other officer or person responsible for the custody thereof, shall
make these records available upon request, to a duly authorized
investigating officer, administrative law judge, officer or employee
of the Coast Guard.
(b) The investigating officer may substitute photostatic copies of
the voyage records referred to in paragraph (a) of this section
when they have served their purpose and return the original
records to the owner or owners thereof.
S
§4.05-20 Report Of Accident To Aid To Navigation.
N
Whenever a vessel collides with a buoy, or other aid to navigation
under the jurisdiction of the Coast Guard, or is connected with any
such collision, it shall be the duty of the person in charge of such
IO
vessel to report the accident to the nearest Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection. No report on Form CG-2692 is required unless
one or more of the results listed in §4.05-1 occur.
[CGD 74-119, 39 FR 33317, Sept. 17, 1974, as amended by CGD
T
88-070, 53 FR 34533, Sept. 7, 1988]
§4.05-25 Reports When State Of War Exists.
A During the period when a state of war exists between the United
States and any foreign nation, communications in regard to
casualties or accidents shall be handled with caution and the
reports shall not be made by radio or by telegram.
§4.05-30 Incidents Involving Hazardous Materials.
When a casualty occurs involving hazardous materials,
notification and a written report to the Department of
Transportation may be required. See 49 CFR 171.15 and 171.16.
[CGD 76-170, 45 FR 77441, Nov. 24, 1980]
§4.05-35 Incidents Involving Nuclear Vessels.
The master of any nuclear vessel shall immediately inform the
Commandant in the event of any accident or casualty to the
nuclear vessel which may lead to an environmental hazard. The
master shall also immediately inform the competent governmental
authority of the country in whose waters the vessel may be or
whose waters the vessel approaches in a damaged condition.
[CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47534, Dec. 14, 1987]
§4.05-40 Alternate Electronic Means Of Reporting.
The Commandant may approve alternate electronic means of
submitting notices and reports required under this subpart.
[USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53223, Oct. 1, 1999]
Subpart 4.06–Mandatory Chemical Testing
Following Serious Marine Incidents Involving
Vessels In Commercial Service
[SOURCE: CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47078, Nov. 21, 1988, unless
otherwise noted.]
§4.06-1 Responsibilities Of The Marine Employer.
(a) At the time of occurrence of a marine casualty, a discharge of
oil into the navigable waters of the United States, a discharge of a
hazardous substance into the navigable waters of the United
States, or a release of a hazardous substance into the
environment of the United States, the marine employer shall
make a timely, good faith determination as to whether the
occurrence currently is, or is likely to become, a serious marine
incident.
(b) When a marine employer determines that a casualty or
incident is, or is likely to become, a serious marine incident, the
marine employer shall take all practicable steps to have each
individual engaged or employed on board the vessel who is
directly involved in the incident chemically tested for evidence of
drug and alcohol use.
(c) The determination of which individuals are directly involved in
a serious marine incident is to be made by the marine employer.
A law enforcement officer may determine that additional
individuals are directly involved in the serious marine incident. In
such cases, the marine employer shall take all practicable steps
to have these individuals tested in accordance with paragraph (b)
of this section.
(d) The requirements of this subpart shall not prevent vessel
personnel who are required to be tested from performing duties in
the aftermath of a serious marine incident when their performance
is necessary for the preservation of life or property or the
protection of the environment.
(e) The marine employer shall ensure that all individuals engaged
or employed on board a vessel are fully indoctrinated in the
requirements of this subpart, and that appropriate vessel
personnel are trained as necessary in the practical applications of
these requirements.
[66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001]
§4.06-5 Responsibilities Of Individuals Directly Involved In
C
Serious Marine Incidents.
(a) Any individual engaged or employed on board a vessel who is
determined to be directly involved in a serious marine incident
LI
shall provide blood, breath or urine specimens for chemical tests
required by §4.06-10 when directed to do so by the marine
employer or a law enforcement officer.
B
(b) If the individual refuses to provide blood, breath or urine
specimens, this refusal shall be noted on Form CG-2692B and in
the vessel's official log book, if one is required.
U
(c) No individual may be forcibly compelled to provide specimens
for chemical tests required by this part; however, refusal is
.P
considered a violation of regulation and could subject the
individual to suspension and revocation proceedings under part 5
of this chapter and removal from any duties which directly affect
the safety of the vessel's navigation or operations.
.G
§4.06-10 Required Specimens.
Each individual required to submit to chemical testing shall, as
soon as practicable, provide the following specimens for chemical
testing:
C
(a) Urine specimens, collected in accordance with §4.06-20 and
part 16 of this chapter.
(b) Blood or breath specimens, or both, collected in accordance
with §4.06-20.
§4.06-20 Specimen Collection Requirements.
(a) All inspected vessels certificated for unrestricted ocean routes,
and all inspected vessels certificated for restricted overseas
routes, are required to have on board at all times a breath testing
device capable of determining the presence of alcohol in a
person's system. The breath testing device shall be used in
accordance with procedures specified by the manufacturer.
(b) The marine employer shall ensure that urine specimen
collection and shipping kits meeting the requirements of 49 CFR
Part 40 are readily available for use following serious marine
16
incidents. The specimen collection and shipping kits need not be
maintained aboard each vessel if they can otherwise be readily
obtained within 24 hours from the time of the occurrence of the
serious marine incident.
(c) The marine employer shall ensure that specimens required by
§4.06-10 are collected as soon as practicable following the
occurrence of a serious marine incident.
(d) When obtaining blood, breath, and urine specimens, the
marine employer shall ensure that the collection process is
supervised by either qualified collection personnel, the marine
employer, a law enforcement officer, or the marine employer's
representative.
(e) Chemical tests of an individual's breath for the presence of
alcohol using a breath testing device may be conducted by any
individual trained to conduct such tests. Blood specimens shall be
taken only by qualified medical personnel.
S
[66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001]
N
§4.06-30 Specimen Collection In Incidents Involving
Fatalities.
IO
(a) When an individual engaged or employed on board a vessel
dies as a result of a serious marine incident, blood and urine
specimens must be obtained from the remains of the individual for
chemical testing, if practicable to do so. The marine employer
shall notify the appropriate local authority, such as the coroner or
T
medical examiner, as soon as possible, of the fatality and of the
requirements of this subpart. The marine employer shall provide
the specimen collection and shipping kit and request that the local
A authority assist in obtaining the necessary specimens. When the
custodian of the remains is a person other than the local authority,
the marine employer shall request the custodian to cooperate in
obtaining the specimens required under this part.
(b) If the local authority or custodian of the remains declines to
cooperate in obtaining the necessary specimens, the marine
employer shall provide an explanation of the circumstances on
Form CG-2692B (Report of Required Chemical Drug and Alcohol
Testing Following a Serious Marine Incident).
§4.06-40 Specimen Handling And Shipping.
(a) The marine employer shall ensure that blood specimens
collected in accordance with §§4.06-20 and 4.06-30 are promptly
shipped to a testing laboratory qualified to conduct tests on such
specimens. A proper chain of custody must be maintained for
each specimen from the time of collection through the authorized
disposition of the specimen. Blood specimens must be shipped to
the laboratory in a cooled condition by any means adequate to
ensure delivery within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt by the
carrier.
(b) The marine employer shall ensure that the urine specimen
collection procedures of §16.113 of this chapter and the chain of
custody requirements of 49 CFR Part 40 are complied with. The
marine employer shall ensure that urine specimens required by
§§4.06-20 and 4.06-30 are promptly shipped to a laboratory
complying with the requirements of 49 CFR part 40. Urine
specimens must be shipped by an expeditious means, but need
not be shipped in a cooled condition for overnight delivery.
[66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001]
§4.06-50 Specimen Analysis And Follow-Up Procedures.
(a) Each laboratory will provide prompt analysis of specimens
collected under this subpart, consistent with the need to develop
all relevant information and to produce a complete analysis report.
(b) Reports shall be sent to the Medical Review Officer meeting
the requirements of 49 CFR 40.121, as designated by the marine
employer submitting the specimen for testing. Wherever a
urinalysis report indicates the presence of a dangerous drug or
drug metabolite, the Medical Review Officer shall review the
report as required by 49 CFR Part 40, Subpart G and submit his
or her findings to the marine employer. Blood test reports
indicating the presence of alcohol shall be similarly reviewed to
determine if there is a legitimate medical explanation.
(c) Analysis results which indicate the presence of alcohol,
dangerous drugs, or drug metabolites shall not be construed by
themselves as constituting a finding that use of drugs or alcohol
was the probable cause of a serious marine incident.
[CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47078, Nov. 21, 1988, as amended by CGD
90-053, 58 FR 31107, May 28, 1993; 66 FR 42964, August 16,
2001]
§4.06-60 Submission Of Reports And Test Results.
(a) Whenever an individual engaged or employed on a vessel is
identified as being directly involved in a serious marine incident,
the marine employer shall complete Form CG-2692B (Report of
Required Chemical Drug and Alcohol Testing Following a Serious
Marine Incident).
(b) When the serious marine incident requires the submission of
Form CG-2692 (Report of Marine Casualty, Injury or Death) to the
Coast Guard in accordance with §4.05-10, the report required by
paragraph (a) of this section shall be appended to Form CG-2692.
(c) In incidents involving discharges of oil or hazardous
substances as described in §4.03-2(b) and (c) of this part, when
Form CG-2692 is not required to be submitted, the report required
by paragraph (a) of this section shall be submitted to the Coast
Guard Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction
over the location where the discharge occurred or nearest the port
C
of first arrival following the discharge.
(d) Upon receipt of the report of chemical test results, the marine
LI
employer shall submit a copy of the test results for each person
listed on the CG-2692B to the Coast Guard Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection to whom the CG-2692B was submitted.
B
(e) The Commandant may approve alternate electronic means of
submitting reports and test results as required under paragraphs
(a) through (d) of this section.
U
[CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47078, Nov. 21, 1988, as amended by CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51041, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR
.P
53223, Oct. 1, 1999]
Subpart 4.07–Investigations
§4.07-1 Commandant Or District Commander To Order
.G
Investigation.
(a) The Commandant or District Commander upon receipt of
information of a marine casualty or accident, will immediately
cause such investigation as may be necessary in accordance with
C
the regulations in this part.
(b) The investigations of marine casualties and accidents and the
determinations made are for the purpose of taking appropriate
measures for promoting safety of life and property at sea, and are
not intended to fix civil or criminal responsibility.
(c) The investigation will determine as closely as possible:
(1) The cause of the accident;
(2) Whether there is evidence that any failure of material (either
physical or design) was involved or contributed to the casualty, so
that proper recommendations for the prevention of the recurrence
of similar casualties may be made;
(3) Whether there is evidence that any act of misconduct,
inattention to duty, negligence or willful violation of the law on the
17
part of any licensed or certificated person contributed to the
casualty, so that appropriate proceedings against the license or
certificate of such person may be recommended and taken under
46 U.S.C. 6301;
(4) Whether there is evidence that any Coast Guard personnel or
any representative or employee of any other government agency
or any other person caused or contributed to the cause of the
casualty; or,
(5) Whether the accident shall be further investigated by a Marine
Board of Investigation in accordance with regulations in subpart
4.09.
[CGD 74-119, 39 FR 33317, Sept. 17, 1974, as amended by CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51041, Sept. 30, 1997]
§4.07-5 Investigating Officers, Powers Of.
(a) An investigating officer investigates each marine casualty or
S
accident reported under §§4.05-1 and 4.05-10.
N
(b) Such investigating officer shall have the power to administer
oaths, subpoena witnesses, require persons having knowledge of
the subject matter of the investigation to answer questionnaires
IO
and require the production of relevant books, papers, documents
and other records.
(c) Attendance of witnesses or the production of books, papers,
documents or any other evidence shall be compelled by a similar
T
process as in the United States District Court.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17099, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
A CGD-104R, 37 FR 14234, July 18, 1972]
§4.07-7 Opening Statement.
The investigating officer or the Chairman of a Marine Board of
Investigation shall open the investigation by announcing the
statutory authority for the proceeding and he shall advise parties
in interest concerning their rights to be represented by counsel, to
examine and cross-examine witnesses, and to call witnesses in
their own behalf.
§4.07-10 Report Of Investigation.
(a) At the conclusion of the investigation the investigating officer
shall submit to the Commandant via the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, and the District Commander, a full and complete
report of the facts as determined by his investigation, together
with his opinions and recommendations in the premises. The
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, and the District Commander
shall forward the investigating officer's report to the Commandant
with an endorsement stating:
(1) Approval or otherwise of the findings of fact, conclusions and
recommendations;
(2) Any action taken with respect to the recommendations;
(3) Whether or not any action has been or will be taken under part
5 of this subchapter to suspend or revoke licenses or certificates;
and,
(4) Whether or not violations of laws or regulations relating to
vessels have been reported on Form CG-2636, report of violation
of navigation laws.
(b) At the conclusion of the investigation, the investigating officer
shall submit the report described in paragraph (a) of this section,
to the Commandant via the Merchant Marine Detail Officer or the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, and the Commander, Coast
Guard MIO Europe for a European port or Commander,
Fourteenth Coast Guard for an Asian or Pacific port. The
Merchant Marine Detail Officer or the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, and Commander, Coast Guard MIO Europe or
Commander, Fourteenth Coast Guard District shall forward the
investigating officer's report to the Commandant with the
endorsement described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this
section.
[CGD 74-119, 39 FR 33317, Sept. 17, 1974, as amended by CGD
75-196, 41 FR 18655, May 6, 1976; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51042,
Sept. 30, 1997]
§4.07-15 Recommendations, Action On.
Where the recommendations of an investigating officer are such
that their accomplishment is within the authority of the District
Commander or any of the personnel under his command,
immediate steps shall be taken to put them into effect and his
forwarding endorsement shall so indicate.
§4.07-20 Transfer Of Jurisdiction.
When it appears to the District Commander that it is more
advantageous to conduct an investigation in a district other than
in the district where the casualty was first reported, that officer
shall transfer the case to the other district together with any
information or material relative to the casualty he may have.
§4.07-25 Testimony Of Witnesses In Other Districts,
Depositions.
When witnesses are available in a district other than the district in
which the investigation is being made, testimony or statements
shall be taken from witnesses in the other districts by an
investigating officer and promptly transmitted to the investigating
officer conducting the investigation. Depositions may be taken in
the manner prescribed by regulations in subpart 4.12.
§4.07-30 Testimony Of Witnesses Under Oath.
(a) Witnesses to marine casualties or accidents appearing before
an investigating officer may be placed under oath and their
C
testimony may be reduced to writing.
(b) Written statements and reports submitted as evidence by
LI
witnesses shall be sworn to before an officer authorized to
administer oaths and such statements and/or reports shall be
signed.
B
§4.07-35 Counsel For Witnesses And Parties In Interest.
(a) All parties in interest shall be allowed to be represented by
counsel, to examine and cross-examine witnesses and to call
U
witnesses in their own behalf.
(b) Witnesses who are not parties in interest may be assisted by
.P
counsel for the purpose of advising such witnesses concerning
their rights; however, such counsel will not be permitted to
examine or cross-examine other witnesses or otherwise
participate in the investigation.
.G
§4.07-45 Foreign Units Of Coast Guard, Investigation By.
Investigations of marine casualties conducted by foreign units of
the Coast Guard shall be in accordance with the regulations in
this part and all actions taken in connection with the investigations
of such marine casualties entered in the official log(s) of the
C
vessel(s) concerned.
§4.07-55 Information To Be Furnished Marine Board Of
Investigation.
When a Marine Board of Investigation is convened in accordance
with §4.09-1, the investigating officer shall immediately furnish the
board with all testimony, statements, reports, documents, papers,
a list of witnesses including those whom he has examined, other
material which he may have gathered, and a statement of any
findings of fact which he may have determined. The preliminary
investigation shall cease forthwith and the aforementioned
material shall become a part of the Marine Board of
Investigation's record.
Subpart 4.09–Marine Board Of Investigation
§4.09-1 Commandant To Designate.
18
If it appears that it would tend to promote safety of life and
property at sea or would be in the public interest, the
Commandant may designate a Marine Board of Investigation to
conduct an investigation.
[CGD 76-170, 45 FR 77441, Nov. 24, 1980]
§4.09-5 Powers Of Marine Board Of Investigation.
Any Marine Board of Investigation so designated shall have the
power to administer oaths, summon witnesses, require persons
having knowledge of the subject matter of the investigation to
answer questionnaires, and to require the production of relevant
books, papers, documents or any other evidence. Attendance of
witnesses or the production of books, papers, documents or any
other evidence shall be compelled by a similar process as in the
United States District Court. The chairman shall administer all
necessary oaths to any witnesses summoned before said Board.
§4.09-10 Witnesses, Payment Of.
S
Any witness subpoenaed under §4.09-5 shall be paid such fees
for his travel and attendance as shall be certified by the chairman
N
of a Marine Board of Investigation or an investigating officer, in
accordance with §4.11-10.
IO
§4.09-15 Time And Place Of Investigation, Notice Of; Rights
Of Witnesses, Etc.
Reasonable notice of the time and place of the investigation shall
be given to any person whose conduct is or may be under
investigation and to any other party in interest. All parties in
T
interest shall be allowed to be represented by counsel, to cross-
examine witnesses, and to call witnesses in their own behalf.
A §4.09-17 Sessions To Be Public.
(a) All sessions of a Marine Board of Investigation for the purpose
of obtaining evidence shall normally be open to the public, subject
to the provision that the conduct of any person present shall not
be allowed to interfere with the proper and orderly functioning of
the Board. Sessions will not be open to the public when evidence
of a classified nature or affecting national security is to be
received.
§4.09-20 Record Of Proceedings.
The testimony of witnesses shall be transcribed and a complete
record of the proceedings of a Marine Board of Investigation shall
be kept. At the conclusion of the investigation a written report
shall be made containing findings of fact, opinions, and
recommendations to the Commandant for his consideration.
§4.09-25 U.S. Attorney To Be Notified.
The recorder of a Marine Board of Investigation shall notify the
United States Attorney for the District in which the Marine Board
of Investigation is being conducted of the nature of the casualty
under investigation and time and place the investigation will be
made.
§4.09-30 Action On Report.
Upon approval of the report of a Marine Board of Investigation the
Commandant will require to be placed into effect such
recommendations as he may deem necessary for the better
improvement and safety of life and property at sea.
§4.09-35 Preferment Of Charges.
(a) If in the course of an investigation by a Marine Board there
appears probable cause for the preferment of charges against
any licensed or certificated personnel, the Marine Board shall,
either during or immediately following the investigation and before
the witnesses have dispersed, apprise the District Commander of
such evidence for possible action in accordance with part 5 of this
subchapter, without waiting for the approval of the report by the
Commandant. Such action or proceedings shall be independent
and apart from any other action which may be later ordered by the
Commandant or taken by other authorities.
Subpart 4.11–Witnesses And Witness Fees
§4.11-1 Employees Of Vessels Controlled By Army Or Navy
As Witnesses.
No officer, seaman, or other employee of any public vessel
controlled by the Army or Navy (not including the Coast Guard) of
the United States, shall be summoned or otherwise required to
appear as a witness in connection with any investigation or other
proceeding without the consent of the Government agency
concerned.
§4.11-5 Coercion Of Witnesses.
Any attempt to coerce any witness or to induce him to testify
falsely in connection with a shipping casualty, or to induce any
witness to leave the jurisdiction of the United States, is punishable
by a fine of $5,000.00 or imprisonment for one year, or both such
fine and imprisonment.
§4.11-10 Witness Fees And Allowances.
Witness fees and allowances are paid in accordance with 46 CFR
5.401.
[CGD 79-080, 45 FR 2046, Jan. 10, 1980, as amended by CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50726, Sept. 27, 1996]
Subpart 4.12–Testimony By Interrogatories And
Depositions
§4.12-1 Application, Procedure, And Admissibility.
(a) Witnesses shall be examined orally, except that for good
cause shown, testimony may be taken by deposition upon
application of any party in interest or upon the initiative of the
investigating officer or Marine Board of Investigation.
(b) Applications to take depositions shall be in writing setting forth
the reasons why such deposition should be taken, the name and
address of the witness, the matters concerning which it is
expected the witness will testify, and the time and place proposed
for the taking of the deposition. Such application shall be made to
LI
an investigating officer or the Marine Board of Investigation prior
to or during the course of the proceedings.
(c) The investigating officer or Marine Board of Investigation,
B
shall, upon receipt of the application, if good cause is shown,
make and serve upon the parties an order which will specify the
name of the witness whose deposition is to be taken, the name
U
and place of the taking of such deposition and shall contain a
designation of the officer before whom the witness is to testify.
Such deposition may be taken before any officer authorized to
.P
administer oaths by the laws of the United States.
(d) The party desiring the deposition may submit a list of
interrogatories to be propounded to the absent witness; then the
opposite party after he has been allowed a reasonable time for
.G
this purpose, may submit a list of cross-interrogatories. If either
party objects to any question of the adversary party, the matter
shall be presented to the investigating officer or Marine Board of
Investigation for a ruling. Upon agreement of the parties on a list
C
of interrogatories and cross-interrogatories (if any) the
investigating officer or Marine Board of Investigation may
propound such additional questions as may be necessary to
clarify the testimony given by the witness.
(e) The subpoena referred to in subpart F of this subchapter
together with the list of interrogatories and cross-interrogatories (if
any) shall be forwarded to the officer designated to take such
deposition. This officer will cause the subpoena to be served
personally on the witness. After service the subpoena shall be
endorsed and returned to the investigating officer or Marine Board
of Investigation.
(f) When the deposition has been duly executed it shall
returned to the investigating officer or Marine Board
Investigation. As soon as practicable after the receipt of the
deposition the investigating officer or Marine Board
Investigation shall present it to the parties for their examination.
The investigating officer or Marine Board of Investigation shall
rule on the admissibility of the deposition or any part thereof and
of any objection offered by either party thereto.
[CGD 74-119, 39 FR 33317, Sept. 17, 1974, as amended by CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50726, Sept. 27, 1996]
Subpart 4.13–Availability Of Records
§4.13-1 Public Availability Of Records.
Coast Guard records are made available to the public in
accordance with 49 CFR part 7.
[CGD 73-43R, 40 FR 13501, Mar. 27, 1975]
Subpart 4.19–Construction Of Regulations And
Rules Of Evidence
S
§4.19-1 Construction Of Regulations.
The regulations in this part shall be liberally construed to insure
N
just, speedy, and inexpensive determination of the issues
presented.
IO
§4.19-5 Adherence To Rules Of Evidence.
As hearings under this part are administrative in character, strict
adherence to the formal rules of evidence is not imperative.
However, in the interest of orderly presentation of the facts of a
T
case, the rules of evidence should be observed as closely as
possible.
A Subpart 4.21–Computation Of Time
C
§4.21-1 Computation Of Time.
The time, within which any act, provided by the regulation in this
subchapter, or an order of the Marine Board of Investigation is to
be done, shall be computed by excluding the first day and
including the last unless the last day is Sunday or a legal holiday,
in which case the time shall extend to and include the next
succeeding day that is not a Sunday or legal holiday: Provided,
however, That where the time fixed by the regulations in this
subchapter or an order of the Board is five days or less all
intervening Sundays or legal holidays, other than Saturdays, shall
be excluded.
Subpart 4.23–Evidence Of Criminal Liability
§4.23-1 Evidence Of Criminal Liability.
If, as a result of any investigation or other proceeding conducted
hereunder, evidence of criminal liability on the part of any licensed
officer or certificated person or any other person is found, such
evidence shall be referred to the U.S. Attorney General.
Subpart 4.40–Coast Guard–National
Transportation Safety Board Marine Casualty
Investigations
[SOURCE: CGD 76-149, 42 FR 61200, Dec. 1, 1977, unless
otherwise noted.]
§4.40-1 Purpose.
This subpart prescribes the joint regulations of the National
Transportation Safety Board and the Coast Guard for the
investigation of marine casualties.
[CGD 82-034, 47 FR 45882, Oct. 14, 1982]
§4.40-3 Relationship To Coast Guard Marine Investigation
be
Regulations And Procedures.
of
(a) The Coast Guard's responsibility to investigate marine
casualties is not eliminated nor diminished by the regulations in
of
this subpart.
19
(b) In those instances where the National Transportation Safety
Board conducts an investigation in which the Coast Guard also
has responsibility under 46 U.S.C. Chapter 63, the proceedings
are conducted independently but so as to avoid duplication as
much as possible.
[CGD 76-149, 42 FR 61200, Dec. 1, 1977, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51195, Sept. 30, 1997]
§4.40-5 Definitions.
As used in this subpart:
(a) Act means title III of Public Law 93-633, the Independent
Safety Board Act of 1974, (49 U.S.C. 1131).
(b) Board means the National Transportation Safety Board.
(c) Chairman means the Chairman of the National Transportation
Safety Board.
(d) Major marine casualty means a casualty involving a vessel,
other than a public vessel, that results in:
(1) The loss of six or more lives:
(2) The loss of a mechanically propelled vessel of 100 or more
gross tons;
(3) Property damage initially estimated at $500,000 or more; or
(4) Serious threat, as determined by the Commandant and
concurred in by the Chairman, to life, property, or the environment
by hazardous materials.
(e) Public vessel means a vessel owned by the United States,
C
except a vessel to which the Act of October 25, 1919, c.82, (41
Stat. 305, 46 U.S.C. 363) applies.
LI
(f) Vessel of the United States means a vessel:
(1) Documented or required to be documented under the laws of
the United States;
B
(2) Owned in the United States; or
U
(3) Owned by a citizen or resident of the United States and not
registered under a foreign flag.
.P
[CGD 76-149, 42 FR 61200, Dec. 1, 1977, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51195, Sept. 30, 1997]
§4.40-10 Preliminary Investigation By The Coast Guard.
(a) The Coast Guard conducts the preliminary investigation of
.G
marine casualties.
(b) The Commandant determines from the preliminary
investigation whether:
C
(1) The casualty is a major marine casualty; or
(2) The casualty involves a public and a non-public vessel and at
least one fatality or $75,000 in property damage; or
(3) The casualty involves a Coast Guard and a non-public vessel
and at least one fatality or $75,000 in property damage; or
(4) The casualty is a major marine casualty which involves
significant safety issues relating to Coast Guard safety functions,
e.g., search and rescue, aids to navigation, vessel traffic systems,
commercial vessel safety, etc.
(c) The Commandant notifies the Board of a casualty described in
paragraph (b) of this section.
20
[CGD 76-149, 42 FR 61200, Dec. 1, 1977, as amended by CGD
82-034, 47 FR 45882, Oct. 14, 1982]
§4.40-15 Marine Casualty Investigation By The Board.
(a) The Board may conduct an investigation under the Act of any
major marine casualty or any casualty involving public and non-
public vessels. Where the Board determines it will convene a
hearing in connection with such an investigation, the Board's rules
of practice for transportation accident hearings in 49 CFR part
845 shall apply.
(b) The Board shall conduct an investigation under the Act when:
(1) The casualty involves a Coast Guard and a non-public vessel
and at least one fatality or $75,000 in property damage; or
(2) The Commandant and the Board agree that the Board shall
conduct the investigation, and the casualty involves a public and a
non-public vessel and at least one fatality or $75,000 in property
S
damage; or
N
(3) The Commandant and the Board agree that the Board shall
conduct the investigation, and the casualty is a major marine
casualty which involves significant safety issues relating to Coast
IO
Guard safety functions.
[CGD 82-034, 47 FR 45882, Oct. 14, 1982]
§4.40-20 Cause Or Probable Cause Determinations From
T
Board Investigation.
After an investigation conducted by the Board under §4.40-15, the
Board determines cause or probable cause and issues a report of
A that determination.
§4.40-25 Coast Guard Marine Casualty Investigation For The
Board.
(a) If the Board does not conduct an investigation under §4.40-
15(a), (b)(2) or (3), the Coast Guard, at the request of the Board,
may conduct an investigation under the Act unless there is an
allegation of Federal Government misfeasance or nonfeasance.
(b) The Board will request the Coast Guard to conduct an
investigation under paragraph (a) of this section within 48 hours of
receiving notice under §4.40-10(c).
(c) The Coast Guard will advise the Board within 24 hours of
receipt of a request under paragraph (b) of this section whether
the Coast Guard will conduct an investigation under the Act.
[CGD 82-034, 47 FR 45882, Oct. 14, 1982]
§4.40-30 Procedures For Coast Guard Investigation.
(a) The Coast Guard conducts an investigation under §4.40-25
using the procedures in 46 CFR 4.01-1 through 4.23-1.
(b) The Board may designate a person or persons to participate in
every phase of an investigation, including an on scene
investigation, that is conducted under the provisions of subpart
4.40-25 of this part.
(c) Consistent with Coast Guard responsibility to direct the course
of the investigation, the person or persons designated by the
Board under paragraph (b) of this section may:
(1) Make recommendations about the scope of the investigations.
(2) Call and examine witnesses.
(3) Submit or request additional evidence.
(d) The Commandant provides a record of the proceedings to the
Board of an investigation of a major marine casualty under
paragraph (a) of this section.
(e) The Board, under the Act, makes its determination of the facts,
conditions, circumstances, and the cause or probable cause of a
major marine casualty using the record of the proceedings
provided by the Commandant under paragraph (d) of this section,
and any additional evidence the Board may acquire under its own
authority.
[CGD 76-149, 42 FR 61200, Dec. 1, 1977, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51195, Sept. 30, 1997]
§4.40-35 Records Of The Coast Guard And The Board.
(a) Records of the Coast Guard made under §4.40-30 are
available to the public under 49 CFR part 7.

(f) An investigation by the Coast Guard under this section is both (b) Records of the Board made under §§4.40-20 and 4.40-30 are
an investigation under the Act and under 46 U.S.C. Chapter 63. available to the public under 49 CFR part 801.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

21
 Part 7 – Boundary Lines
Table Of Contents §7.1 General Purpose Of Boundary Lines.

GENERAL The lines in this part delineate the application of the following U.S.
statutes: 33 U.S.C. 152 relating to the length of towing hawsers;
Sec. 33 U.S.C. 1201 et seq., the Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge
7.1 General Purpose Of Boundary Lines. Radiotelephone Act; 46 U.S.C. 5102(b)(6), which exempt from
7.5 Rules For Establishing Boundary Lines. load line requirements certain vessels on domestic voyages; 46
U.S.C. 3301(6) requiring the inspection of seagoing barges which
ATLANTIC COAST are defined in 46 U.S.C. 2101(32); 46 U.S.C. 3301(7) requiring
the inspection of seagoing motor vessels which are defined in 46
7.10 Eastport, ME To Cape Ann, MA. U.S.C. 2101(33); 46 U.S.C. 3302(d) which exempts from
7.15 Massachusetts Bay, MA. inspection requirements certain vessels under 150 gross tons that
7.20 Nantucket Sound, Vineyard Sound, Buzzards Bay, operate within the waters of southeastern Alaska and the State of
Narragansett Bay, MA, Block Island Sound And Washington; and 46 U.S.C. 8304, "Implementing the Officers'
Easterly Entrance To Long Island Sound, NY. Competency Certificates Convention, 1936."

S
7.25 Montauk Point, NY To Atlantic Beach, NY.
7.30 New York Harbor, NY. [CGD 81-058, 50 FR 25230, June 18, 1985, as amended by CGD
7.35 Sandy Hook, NJ To Cape May, NJ. 95-028, 62 FR 51195, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR

N
7.40 Delaware Bay And Tributaries. 52188, Sept. 30, 1998]
7.45 Cape Henlopen, DE To Cape Charles, VA.
7.50 Chesapeake Bay And Tributaries. §7.5 Rules For Establishing Boundary Lines.

IO
7.55 Cape Henry, VA To Cape Fear, NC. (a) For application of the Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone
7.60 Cape Fear, NC To Sullivans Island, SC. Act, 33 U.S.C. 1201 et seq., the line is 12 nautical miles seaward
7.65 Charleston Harbor, SC. of the baseline from which the territorial sea is measured.
7.70 Folly Island, SC To Hilton Head Island, SC.
(b) Barges of 100 gross tons and over operating on the sheltered

T
7.75 Savannah River/Tybee Roads.
7.80 Tybee Island, GA To St. Simons Island, GA. waters of British Columbia as defined in the United States-
7.85 St. Simons Island, GA To Little Talbot Island, FL. Canada treaty of 1933 (49 Stat. 2685, TS 869) are not required to
7.90
7.95
7.10
St. Johns River, FL.
St. Johns Point, FL To Miami Beach, FL.
Florida Reefs And Keys from Miami, FL To Marquesas
A be inspected as seagoing barges under 46 U.S.C. 3301.

(c) Except as otherwise described in this part, Boundary Lines are

C
Keys, FL. lines drawn following the general trend of the seaward, highwater
shorelines and lines continuing the general trend of the seaward,
GULF COAST highwater shorelines across entrances to small bays, inlets and
LI

rivers.
7.105 Marquesas Keys, FL To Rio Grande, TX.
ATLANTIC COAST
HAWAII
B

§7.10 Eastport, ME To Cape Ann, MA.

7.110 Mamala Bay, HI. (a) A line drawn from the easternmost extremity of Kendall Head
to latitude 44°54'45" N. longitude 66°58'30" W.; thence to the
U

PACIFIC COAST range marker located in approximate position latitude 44°51'45"

N. longitude 66°59" W.
7.115 Santa Catalina Island, CA.
.P

7.120 Mexican/United States Border To Point Fermin, CA. (b) A line drawn from West Quoddy Head Light to latitude
7.125 Point Vincente, CA To Point Conception, CA. 44°48.5' N. longitude 66°56.4' W. (Sail Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy
7.130 Point Conception, CA To Point Sur, CA. "1"); thence to latitude 44°37.5' N. longitude 67°09.8' W. (Little
7.135 Point Sur, CA To Cape Blanco, OR. River Lighted Whistle Buoy "2LR"); thence to latitude 44°14.5' N.
7.140 Cape Blanco, OR To Cape Flattery, WA. longitude 67°57.2' W. (Frenchman Bay Approach Lighted Whistle
.G

7.145 Strait Of Juan De Fuca, Haro Strait And Strait Of Buoy "FB"); thence to Mount Desert Light; thence to Matinicus
Georgia, WA. Rock Light; thence to Monhegan Island Light; thence to latitude
43°31.6' N. longitude 70°05.5' W. (Portland Lighted Horn Buoy
ALASKA "P"); thence to Boon Island Light; thence to latitude 42°37.9' N.
C

longitude 70°31.2' W. (Cape Ann Lighted Whistle Buoy "2").

7.150 Canadian (BC) And United States (AK) Borders To
Cape Spencer, AK. §7.15 Massachusetts Bay, MA.
7.155 Cape Spencer, AK To Cape St. Elias, AK. A line drawn from latitude 42°37.9' N. longitude 70°31.2' W.
7.160 Point Whitshed, AK To Aialik Cape, AK. (Cape Ann Lighted Whistle Buoy "2") to latitude 42°22.7' N.
7.165 Kenai Peninsula, AK To Kodiak Island, AK. longitude 70°47.0' W. (Boston Lighted Horn Buoy "B"); thence to
7.170 Alaska Peninsula, AK To Aleutian Islands, AK. Race Point Light.
7.175 Alaska Peninsula, AK To Nunivak, AK.
7.180 Kotzebue Sound, AK. §7.20 Nantucket Sound, Vineyard Sound, Buzzards Bay,
Narragansett Bay, MA, Block Island Sound And Easterly
Authority: 14 U.S.C. 633; 33 U.S.C. 151, 1222; Department of Entrance To Long Island Sound, NY.
Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.SOURCE: CGD 81- (a) A line drawn from Chatham Light to latitude 41°36.1' N.
058, 50 FR 25230, June 18, 1985, unless otherwise noted. longitude 69°51.1' W. (Pollack Rip Entrance Lighted Horn Buoy
"PR"); thence to latitude 41°26.0' N. longitude 69°46.2' W. (Great
Round Shoal Channel Lighted Buoy "2"); thence to Sankaty Head
Light.
GENERAL

22
(b) A line drawn from the westernmost extremity of Nantucket
Island to the southwesternmost extremity of Wasque Point,
Chappaquiddick Island.
(c) A line drawn from Gay Head Light to Block Island Southeast
Light; thence to Montauk Point Light on the easterly end of Long
Island.
§7.25 Montauk Point, NY To Atlantic Beach, NY.
(a) A line drawn from Shinnecock East Breakwater Light to
Shinnecock West Breakwater Light.
(b) A line drawn from Moriches Inlet East Breakwater Light to
Moriches Inlet West Breakwater Light.
(c) A line drawn from Fire Island Inlet Breakwater Light 348° true
to the southernmost extremity of the spit of land at the western
end of Oak Beach.
(d) A line drawn from Jones Inlet Light 322° true across the
southwest tangent of the island on the north side of Jones Inlet to
the shoreline.
§7.30 New York Harbor, NY.
A line drawn from East Rockaway Inlet Breakwater Light to
Ambrose Light; thence to Highlands Light (north tower).
§7.35 Sandy Hook, NJ To Cape May, NJ.
(a) A line drawn from Shark River Inlet North Breakwater Light "2"
to Shark River Inlet South Breakwater Light "1".
(b) A line drawn from Manasquan Inlet North Breakwater Light to
Manasquan Inlet South Breakwater Light.
A N. longitude 75°56.7' W.; thence to Rudee Inlet Jetty Light "1".
C
(c) A line drawn along the submerged Barnegat Inlet North
Breakwater to Barnegat Inlet North Breakwater Light "2"; thence
to Barnegat Inlet Light "5"; thence along the submerged Barnegat
LI
Inlet South Breakwater to shore.
(d) A line drawn from the seaward tangent of Long Beach Island
to the seaward tangent of Pullen Island across Beach Haven and
B
Little Egg Inlets.
(e) A line drawn from the seaward tangent of Pullen Island to the
U
seaward tangent of Brigantine Island across Brigantine Inlet.
(f) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of Absecon Inlet North
.P
Jetty to Atlantic City Light.
(g) A line drawn from the southernmost point of Longport at
latitude 39°18.2' N. longitude 74°32.2' W. to the northeasternmost
point of Ocean City at latitude 39°17.6' N. longitude 74°33.1' W.
.G
across Great Egg Harbor Inlet.
(h) A line drawn parallel with the general trend of the seaward,
highwater shoreline across Corson Inlet.
C
(i) A line formed by the centerline of the Townsend Inlet Highway
Bridge.
(j) A line formed by the shoreline of Seven Mile Beach and
Hereford Inlet Light.
§7.40 Delaware Bay And Tributaries.
A line drawn from Cape May Inlet East Jetty Light to latitude
38°55.8' N. longitude 74°51.4' W. (Cape May Harbor Inlet Lighted
Bell Buoy "2CM"); thence to latitude 38°48.9' N. longitude
75°02.3' W. (Delaware Bay Entrance Channel Lighted Buoy "8");
thence to the northernmost extremity of Cape Henlopen.
§7.45 Cape Henlopen, DE To Cape Charles, VA.
(a) A line drawn from the easternmost extremity of Indian River
Inlet North Jetty to latitude 38°36.5' N. longitude 75°02.8' W.
Indian River Inlet Lighted Gong Buoy "1"); thence to Indian River
23
Inlet South Jetty Light.
(b) A line drawn from Ocean City Inlet Light "6" to latitude 38°19.4'
N. longitude 75°05.0' W. (Ocean City Inlet Entrance Lighted Buoy
"4"); thence to latitude 38°19.3' N. longitude 75°05.1' W. (Ocean
City Inlet Entrance Lighted Buoy "5"); thence to the easternmost
extremity of the south breakwater.
(c) A line drawn from Assateague Beach Tower Light to latitude
37°50.2' N. longitude 75°24.9' W. (Chincoteague Inlet Lighted Bell
Buoy "CI"); thence to the tower charted at latitude 37°52.6' N.
longitude 75°26.7' W.
(d) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Cedar Island
to latitude 37°34.7' N. longitude 75°36.0' W. (Wachapreague Inlet
Entrance Lighted Buoy "1"); thence due south to shore at
Parramore Beach.
(e) A line drawn from the seaward tangent of Parramore Beach to
S
the lookout tower on the northern end of Hog Island chartered in
approximate position latitude 37°27.2' N. longitude 75°40.5' W.
N
§7.50 Chesapeake Bay And Tributaries.
A line drawn from Cape Charles Light to latitude 36°56.8' N.
IO
longitude 75°55.1' W. (North Chesapeake Entrance Lighted Gong
Buoy "NCD"); thence to latitude 36°54.8' N. longitude 75°55.6' W.
(Chesapeake Bay Entrance Lighted Bell Buoy "CBC"); thence to
latitude 36°55.0' N. longitude 75°58.0' W. (Cape Henry Buoy "1");
thence to Cape Henry Light.
T
§7.55 Cape Henry, VA To Cape Fear, NC.
(a) A line drawn from Rudee Inlet Jetty Light "2" to latitude 36°50'
(b) A line drawn from Bodie Island Light to latitude 35°49.3' N.
longitude 75°31.9' W. (Oregon Inlet Approach Lighted Whistle
Buoy "OI"); thence to Oregon Inlet Radiobeacon.
(c) A line drawn from Hatteras Inlet Light 255° true to the eastern
end of Ocracoke Island.
(d) A line drawn from the westernmost extremity of Ocracoke
Island at latitude 35°04' N. longitude 76°00.8' W. to the
northeasternmost extremity of Portsmouth Island at latitude
35°03.7' N. longitude 76°02.3' W.
(e) A line drawn across Drum Inlet parallel with the general trend
of the seaward, highwater shoreline.
(f) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Cape Lookout
to latitude 34°38.4' N. longitude 76°40.6' W. (Beaufort Inlet
Lighted Bell Buoy "2BI"); thence to the seaward extremity of the
Beaufort Inlet west jetty.
(g) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of Masonboro Inlet
north jetty to latitude 34°10.3' N. longitude 77°48.0' W.
(Masonboro Inlet Lighted Whistle Buoy "A"); thence to the beach
in approximate position latitude 34°10' N. longitude 77°49.4' W.
§7.60 Cape Fear, NC To Sullivans Island, SC.
(a) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity to Cape Fear to
latitude 33°49.5' N. longitude 78°03.7' W. (Cape Fear River
Entrance Lighted Bell Buoy "2CF"); thence to Oak Island Light.
(b) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Bird Island at
approximate position latitude 33°51.2' N. longitude 78°32.6' W. to
latitude 33°50.3' N. longitude 78°32.5' W. (Little River Inlet
Entrance Lighted Whistle Buoy "2LR"); thence to the
northeasternmost extremity of Waties Island at approximate
position latitude 33°51.2' N. longitude 78°33.6' W.
(c) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of Murrells Inlet north
jetty to latitude 33°31.5' N. longitude 79°01.6' W. (Murrells Inlet
Lighted Bell Buoy "MI"); thence to Murrells Inlet South Jetty Light.
(d) A line drawn from Georgetown Light to latitude 33°11.6' N.
longitude 79°05.4' W. (Winyah Bay Lighted Bell Buoy "2WB");
thence to the southernmost extremity of Sand Island.
§7.65 Charleston Harbor, SC.
A line drawn from Charleston Light on Sullivans Island to latitude
32°40.7' N. longitude 79°42.9' W. (Charleston Lighted Whistle
Buoy "2C"); thence to Folly Island Loran Tower (latitude 32°41.0'
N. longitude 79°53.2' W.).
§7.70 Folly Island, SC To Hilton Head Island, SC.
(a) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Folly Island to
latitude 32°35' N. longitude 79°58.2' W. (Stono Inlet Lighted
Whistle Buoy "1S"); thence to Kiawah Island bearing
approximately 307° true.
(b) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Kiawah Island
to latitude 32°31' N. longitude 80°07.8' W. (North Edisto River
Entrance Lighted Whistle Buoy "2NE"); thence to Botany Bay
Island in approximate position latitude 32°33.1' N. longitude
80°12.7' W.
(c) A line drawn from the microwave antenna tower on Edisto
Beach charted in approximate position latitude 32°29.3' N.
longitude 80°19.2' W. across St. Helena Sound to the abandoned
lighthouse tower on Hunting Island charted in approximate
position latitude 32°22.5' N. longitude 80°26.5' W.
(d) A line drawn from the abandoned lighthouse on Hunting Island
in approximate position latitude 32°22.5' N. longitude 80°26.2' W.
to latitude 32°18' N. longitude 80°25' W.; thence to the standpipe
on Fripp Island in approximate position latitude 32°19' N.
longitude 80°28.7' W.
A (f) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of the Fort Pierce Inlet
C
(e) A line drawn from the westernmost extremity of Bull Point on
Capers Island to latitude 32°04.8' N. longitude 80°34.9' W. (Port
Royal Sound Lighted Whistle Buoy "2PR"); thence to the
LI
easternmost extremity of Hilton Head at latitude 32°13.2' N.
longitude 80°40.1' W.
§7.75 Savannah River/Tybee Roads.
B
A line drawn from the southwesternmost extremity of Braddock
Point to latitude 31°58.3' N. longitude 80°44.1' W. (Tybee Lighted
Whistle Buoy "T"); thence to the southeasternmost extremity of
U
Little Tybee Island bearing approximately 269° true.
§7.80 Tybee Island, GA To St. Simons Island, GA.
.P
(a) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Savannah
Beach on Tybee Island 255° true across Tybee Inlet to the shore
of Little Tybee Island south of the entrance to Buck Hammock
Creek.
.G
(b) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Little Tybee
Island at Beach Hammock to the easternmost extremity of
Wassaw Island.
(c) A line drawn from Wassaw Island in approximate position
C
latitude 31°52.5' N. longitude 80°58.5' W. to latitude 31°48.3' N.
longitude 80°56.8' W. (Ossabaw Sound North Channel Buoy
"OS"); thence to latitude 31°39.3' N. longitude 81°02.3' W. (St.
Catherines Sound Buoy "St. C."); thence to latitude 31°31.2' N.
longitude 81°03.8' W. (Sapelo Sound Buoy "S"); thence to the
easternmost extremity of Blackbeard Island at Northeast Point.
(d) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Blackbeard
Island to latitude 31°19.4' N. longitude 81°11.5' W. (Doboy Sound
Lighted Buoy "D"); thence to latitude 31°04.1' N. longitude
81°16.7' W. (St. Simons Lighted Whistle Buoy "ST S").
§7.85 St. Simons Island, GA To Little Talbot Island, FL.
(a) A line drawn from latitude 31°04.1' N. longitude 81°16.7' W.
(St. Simons Lighted Whistle Buoy "ST S") to latitude 30°42.7' N.
longitude 81°19.0' W. (St. Mary's Entrance Lighted Whistle Buoy
"1"); thence to Amelia Island Light.
24
(b) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Amelia Island
to latitude 30°29.4' N. longitude 81°22.9' W. (Nassau Sound
Approach Buoy "6A"); thence to the northeasternmost extremity of
Little Talbot Island.
§7.90 St. Johns River, FL.
A line drawn from the southeasternmost extremity of Little Talbot
(Spike) Island to latitude 30°23.8' N. longitude 81°20.3' W. (St.
Johns Lighted Whistle Buoy "2 STJ"); thence to St. Johns Light.
§7.95 St. Johns Point, FL To Miami Beach, FL.
(a) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of St. Augustine Inlet
north jetty to latitude 29°55' N. longitude 81°15.3' W. (St.
Augustine Lighted Whistle Buoy "ST. A."); thence to the seaward
extremity of St. Augustine Inlet south jetty.
(b) A line formed by the centerline of the highway bridge over
Matanzas Inlet.
S
(c) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of Ponce de Leon
Inlet north jetty to latitude 29°04.7' N. longitude 80°54' W. (Ponce
N
de Leon Inlet Lighted Bell Buoy "2"); thence to Ponce de Leon
Inlet Approach Light.
IO
(d) A line drawn from Canaveral Harbor Approach Channel Range
Front Light to latitude 28°23.7' N. longitude 80°32.2' W.
(Canaveral Bight Wreck Lighted Buoy "WR6"); thence to the radio
tower on Canaveral Peninsula in approximate position latitude
28°22.9' N. longitude 80°36.6' W.
T
(e) A line drawn across the seaward extremity of the Sebastian
Inlet Jetties.
North Jetty to latitude 27°28.5' N. longitude 80°16.2' W. (Fort
Pierce Inlet Lighted Whistle Buoy "2"); thence to the tank located
in approximate position latitude 27°27.2' N. longitude 80°17.2' W.
(g) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of St. Lucie Inlet
north jetty to latitude 27°10' N. longitude 80°08.4' W. (St. Lucie
Inlet Entrance Lighted Whistle Buoy "2"); thence to Jupiter Island
bearing approximately 180° true.
(h) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of Jupiter Inlet North
Jetty to the northeast extremity of the concrete apron on the south
side of Jupiter Inlet.
(i) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of Lake Worth Inlet
North Jetty to latitude 26°46.4' N. longitude 80°01.5' W. (Lake
Worth Inlet Lighted Bell Buoy "2LW"); thence to Lake Worth Inlet
Lighted Buoy "3"; thence to the seaward extremity of Lake Worth
Inlet South Jetty.
(j) A line drawn across the seaward extremity of the Boynton Inlet
Jetties.
(k) A line drawn from Boca Raton Inlet North Jetty Light "2" to
Boca Raton Inlet South Jetty Light "1".
(l) A line drawn from Hillsboro Inlet Light to Hillsboro Inlet
Entrance Light "2"; thence to Hillsboro Inlet Entrance Light "1";
thence west to the shoreline.
(m) A line drawn from the tower located in approximate position
latitude 26°06.9' N. longitude 80°06.4' W. to latitude 26°05.5' N.
longitude 80°04.8' W. (Port Everglades Lighted Whistle Buoy "1");
thence to the signal tower located in approximate position latitude
26°05.5' N. longitude 80°06.5' W.
(n) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of Bakers Haulover
Inlet north jetty 090° true to longitude 80°07.2' W.; thence to the
seaward extremity of Bakers Haulover Inlet south jetty.
§7.100 Florida Reefs And Keys From Miami, FL To Marquesas
Keys, FL.
(a) A line drawn from the tower located in approximate position
latitude 25°46.7' N. longitude 80°08' W. to latitude 25°46.1' N.
longitude 80°05.0' W. (Miami Lighted Whistle Buoy "M"); thence
to Fowey Rocks Light (latitude 25°35.4' N. longitude 80°05.8' W.);
thence to Pacific Reef Light (latitude 25°22.3' N. longitude
80°08.5' W.) thence to Carysfort Reef Light (latitude 25°13.3' N.
longitude 80°12.7' W.); thence to Molasses Reef Light "10"
(latitude 25°00.7' N. longitude 80°22.6' W.); thence to Alligator
Reef Light (latitude 24°51.1 N. longitude 80°37.1' W.); thence to
Tennessee Reef Light (latitude 24°44.7' N. longitude 80°46.9' W.);
thence to Sombrero Key Light (latitude 24°37.6' N. longitude
81°06.6' W.); thence to American Shoal Light (latitude 24°31.5' N.
longitude 81°31.2' W.); thence to latitude 24°27.7' N. longitude
81°48.1' W. (Key West Entrance Lighted Whistle Buoy); thence to
Cosgrove Shoal Light (latitude 24°27.5' N. longitude 82°11.2' W.);
thence due north to a point 12 miles from the baseline from which
the territorial sea is measured in approximate position latitude
24°47.5' N. longitude 82°11.2' W.
GULF COAST
§7.105 Marquesas Keys, FL To Rio Grande, TX.
A line drawn from Marquesas Keys, Florida at approximate
position latitude 24[deg]47.5' N, longitude 82[deg]11.2' W; along
the 12-mile line which marks the seaward limits of the territorial
sea (as defined in 33 CFR 2.22(a)(1)) to Rio Grande, Texas at
approximate position latitude 25[deg]58.6' N, longitude
96[deg]55.5' W.
§7.110 Mamala Bay, HI.
HAWAII
A (a) A line drawn from Monterey Harbor Light "6" to latitude
C
A line drawn from Barbers Point Light to Diamond Head Light.
PACIFIC COAST
LI
§7.115 Santa Catalina Island, CA.
(a) A line drawn from the northernmost point of Lion Head to the
B
north tangent of Bird Rock Island; thence to the northernmost
point of Blue Cavern Point.
U
(b) A line drawn from White Rock to the northernmost point of
Abalone Point.
.P
§7.120 Mexican/United States Border To Point Fermin, CA.
(a) A line drawn from the southerly tower of the Coronado Hotel in
approximate position latitude 32°40.8' N. longitude 117°10.6' W.
to latitude 32°39.1' N. longitude 117°13.6' W. (San Diego Bay
Channel Lighted Bell Buoy "5"); thence to Point Loma Light.
.G
(b) A line drawn from Mission Bay South Jetty Light "2" to Mission
Bay North Jetty Light "1".
(c) A line drawn from Oceanside South Jetty Light "4" to
C
Oceanside Breakwater Light "3".
(d) A line drawn from Dana Point Jetty Light "6" to Dana Point
Breakwater Light "5".
(e) A line drawn from Newport Bay East Jetty Light "4" to Newport
Bay West Jetty Light "3".
(f) A line drawn from Anaheim Bay East Jetty Light "6" to Anaheim
Bay West Jetty Light "5"; thence to Long Beach Breakwater East
End Light "1". A line drawn from Long Beach Entrance Light "2" to
Long Beach Light. A line drawn from Los Angeles Main Channel
Entrance Light "2" to Los Angeles Light.
§7.125 Point Vincente, CA To Point Conception, CA.
(a) A line drawn from Redondo Beach East Jetty Light "2" to
Redondo Beach West Jetty Light "3".
25
(b) A line drawn from Marina Del Rey Light "4" to Marina Del Rey
Breakwater South Light "1". A line drawn from Marina Del Rey
Breakwater North Light "2" to Marina Del Rey Light "3".
(c) A line drawn from Port Hueneme East Jetty Light "4" to Port
Hueneme West Jetty Light "3".
(d) A line drawn from Channel Islands Harbor South Jetty Light
"2" to Channel Islands Harbor Breakwater South Light "1". A line
drawn from Channel Islands Harbor Breakwater North Light to
Channel Islands Harbor North Jetty Light "5".
(e) A line drawn from Ventura Marina South Jetty Light "6" to
Ventura Marina Breakwater South Light "3". A line drawn from
Ventura Marina Breakwater North Light to Ventura Marina North
Jetty Light "7".
(f) A line drawn from Santa Barbara Harbor Light "4" to latitude
34°24.1' N. longitude 119°40.7' W. (Santa Barbara Harbor Lighted
S
Bell Buoy "1"); thence to Santa Barbara Harbor Breakwater Light.
N
§7.130 Point Conception, CA To Point Sur, CA.
(a) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Fossil Point
at longitude 120°43.5' W. to the seaward extremity of Whaler
IO
Island Breakwater.
(b) A line drawn from the outer end of Morro Bay Entrance East
Breakwater to latitude 35°21.5' N. longitude 120°52.3' W. (Morro
Bay Entrance Lighted Bell Buoy "1"); thence to Morro Bay West
T
Breakwater Light.
§7.135 Point Sur, CA To Cape Blanco, OR.
36°36.5' N. longitude 121°53.2' W. (Monterey Harbor Anchorage
Buoy "A"); thence to the northernmost extremity of Monterey
Municipal Wharf No. 2.
(b) A line drawn from seaward extremity of the pier located 0.3
mile south of Moss Landing Harbor Entrance to the seaward
extremity of the Moss Landing Harbor North Breakwater.
(c) A line drawn from Santa Cruz Light to the southernmost
projection of Soquel Point.
(d) A straight line drawn from Point Bonita Light across Golden
Gate through Mile Rocks Light to the shore.
(e) A line drawn from the northwestern tip of Tomales Point to
latitude 38°15.1' N. longitude 123°00.1' W. (Tomales Point
Lighted Horn Buoy "2"); thence to latitude 38°17.2' N. longitude
123°02.3' W. (Bodega Harbor Approach Lighted Gong Buoy
"BA"); thence to the southernmost extremity of Bodega Head.
(f) A line drawn from Humboldt Bay Entrance Light "4" to
Humboldt Bay Entrance Light "3".
(g) A line drawn from Crescent City Outer Breakwater Light "5" to
the southeasternmost extremity of Whaler Island at longitude
124°11' W.
§7.140 Cape Blanco, OR To Cape Flattery, WA.
(a) A line drawn from the seaward extremity of the Coos Bay
South Jetty to latitude 43°21.9' N. longitude 124°21.7' W. (Coos
Bay Entrance Lighted Bell Buoy "1"); thence to the seaward
extremity of the Coos Bay North Jetty.
(b) A line drawn from the lookout tower located in approximate
position latitude 46°13.6' N. longitude 124°00.7' W. to latitude
46°12.8' N. longitude 124°08.0' W. (Columbia River Entrance
Lighted Whistle Buoy "2"); thence to latitude 46°14.5' N. longitude
124°09.5' W. (Columbia River Entrance Lighted Bell Buoy "1");
thence to North Head Light.
(c) A line drawn from latitude 46°52.8' N. longitude 124°12.6' W.
(Grays Harbor Light to Grays Harbor Entrance Lighted Whistle
Buoy "2"); thence to latitude 46°55.0' N. longitude 124°14.7' W.
(Grays Harbor Entrance Lighted Whistle Buoy "3"); thence to
Grays Harbor Bar Range Rear Light.
§7.145 Strait Of Juan De Fuca, Haro Strait And Strait Of
Georgia WA.
(a) A line drawn from the northernmost point of Angeles Point to
latitude 48°21.1' N. longitude 123°02.5' W. (Hein Bank Lighted
Bell Buoy); thence to latitude 48°25.5' N. longitude 122°58.5' W.
(Salmon Bank Lighted Gong Buoy "3"); thence to Cattle Point
Light on San Juan Island.
(b) A line drawn from Lime Kiln Light to Kellett Bluff Light on
Henry Island; thence to Turn Point Light on Stuart Island; thence
to Skipjack Island Light; thence to latitude 48°46.6' N. longitude
122°53.4' W. (Clements Reef Bouy "2"); thence to International
Boundary Range B Front Light.
ALASKA
§7.150 Canadian (BC) And United States (AK) Borders To
Cape Spencer, AK.
(a) A line drawn from the northeasternmost extremity of Point
Mansfield, Sitklan Island 040° true to the mainland.
(b) A line drawn from the southeasternmost extremity of Island
Point, Sitklan Island to the southernmost extremity of Garnet
Point, Kanagunut Island; thence to Lord Rock Light; thence to
Barren Island Light; thence to Cape Chacon Light; thence to Cape
Muzon Light.
(c) A line drawn from Point Cornwallis Light to Cape Bartolome
Light; thence to Cape Edgecumbe Light; thence to the
A (c) A line drawn from Arch Rock to the northernmost extremity of
C
westernmost extremity of Cape Cross.
(d) A line drawn from Surge Bay Entrance Light to Cape Spencer
LI
Light.
§7.155 Cape Spencer, AK To Cape St. Elias, AK.
(a) A line drawn from the westernmost extremity of Harbor Point
B
to the southernmost extremity of LaChaussee Spit at Lituya Bay.
(b) A line drawn from Ocean Cape Light to latitude 59°31.9' N.
U
longitude 139°57.1' W. (Yakutat Bay Entrance Lighted Whistle
Buoy "2"); thence to the southeasternmost extremity of Point
Manby.
.P
(c) A line drawn from the northernmost extremity of Point Riou to
the easternmost extremity of Icy Cape.
§7.160 Point Whitshed, AK To Aialik Cape, AK.
.G
(a) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Point
Whitshed to the easternmost extremity of Hinchinbrook Island.
(b) A line drawn from Cape Hinchinbrook Light to Schooner Rock
C
Light "1".
26
(c) A line drawn from the southwesternmost extremity of
Montague Island to Point Elrington Light; thence to the
southernmost extremity of Cape Puget.
(d) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Cape
Resurrection to the Aialik Cape.
§7.165 Kenai Peninsula, AK To Kodiak Island, AK.
(a) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Kenai
Peninsula at longitude 151°44.0' W. to East Amatuli Island Light;
thence to the northwesternmost extremity of Shuyak Island at
Party Cape; thence to the easternmost extremity of Cape
Douglas.
(b) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Pillar Cape
on Afognak Island to Spruce Cape Light; thence to the
easternmost extremity of Long Island; thence to the
northeasternmost extremity of Cape Chiniak.
S
(c) A line drawn from Cape Nunilak at latitude 58°09.7' N. to the
northernmost extremity of Raspberry Island. A line drawn from the
N
westernmost extremity of Raspberry Cape to the northernmost
extremity of Miners Point.
IO
§7.170 Alaska Peninsula, AK To Aleutian Islands, AK.
(a) A line drawn from the southernmost extremity of Cape
Kumlium to the westernmost extremity of Nakchamik Island;
thence to the easternmost extremity of Castle Cape at Chignik
Bay.
T
(b) A line drawn from Second Priest Rock to Ulakta Head Light at
Iliuliuk Bay entrance.
Devilfish Point at Captains Bay.
(d) A line drawn from the easternmost extremity of Lagoon Point
to the northwesternmost extremity of Cape Kutuzof at Port Moller.
§7.175 Alaska Peninsula, AK To Nunivak, AK.
(a) A line drawn from the northernmost extremity of Goose Point
at Egegik Bay to Protection Point.
(b) A line drawn from the westernmost extremity of Kulukak Point
to the northernmost extremity of Round Island; thence to the
southernmost extremity of Hagemeister Island; thence to the
southernmost extremity of Cape Peirce; thence to the
southernmost extremity of Cape Newenham.
(c) A line drawn from the church spire located in approximate
position latitude 59°45' N. longitude 161°55' W. at the mouth of
the Kanektok River to the southernmost extremity of Cape Avinof.
§7.180 Kotzebue Sound, AK.
A line drawn from Cape Espenberg Light to latitude 66°52' N.
longitude 163°28' W.; and thence to Cape Krusenstern Light.
 Part 8 – Vessel Inspection Alternatives
Table Of Contents
Delegated Function Related to General Vessel Safety
Subpart A–General Assessment means issuance of the SOLAS Cargo Ship Safety
Construction Certificate or issuance of the SOLAS Cargo Ship
Sec. Safety Equipment Certificate.
8.100 Definitions.
8.110 Incorporation By Reference. Exclusive Surveyor means a person who is employed solely by
8.120 Reciprocity. a classification society and is authorized to conduct vessel
8.130 Agreement Conditions. surveys. Independent surveyors, hired on a case-by-case basis,
or surveyors of another classification society are not considered
Subpart B–Recognition Of A Classification Society exclusive surveyors for the performance of delegated functions on
behalf of the Coast Guard.
8.200 Purpose.
8.210 Applicability. Gross Tons means vessel tonnage measured in accordance with
8.220 Recognition Of A Classification Society. the International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships,

S
8.230 Minimum Standards For A Recognized Classification 1969. Vessels not measured by this convention must be
Society. measured in accordance with the method utilized by the flag state
8.240 Application For Recognition. administration of that vessel.

N
8.250 Acceptance Of Standards And Functions Delegated
Under Existing Regulations. MARPOL 73/78 means the Protocol of 1978 relating to the
8.260 Revocation Of Classification Society Recognition. International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from

IO
Ships, 1973, and includes the Convention which means the
Subpart C–International Convention Certificate Issuance International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from
Ships, 1973, including Protocols I and II and Annexes I, II, and V
8.300 Purpose. thereto, including any modification or amendments to the
Convention, Protocols or Annexes which have entered into force

T
8.310 Applicability.
8.320 Classification Society Authorization To Issue for the United States.
International Certificates.
8.330 Termination Of Classification Society Authority.

Subpart D–Alternate Compliance Program

A Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) means any person
from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard designated
as such by the Commandant and who, under the superintendence
C
and direction of a Coast Guard District Commander, is in charge
8.400 Purpose. of an inspection zone for the performance of duties with respect to
8.410 Applicability. the inspection, enforcement, and administration of 46 U.S.C.,
LI

8.420 Classification Society Authorization To Participate In Revised Statutes, and acts amendatory thereof or supplemental
The Alternate Compliance Program. thereto, and rules and regulations thereunder.
8.430 U.S. Supplement To Class Rules.
8.440 Vessel Enrollment In The Alternate Compliance Recognized Classification Society means the American Bureau
B

Program. of Shipping or other classification society recognized by the

8.450 Termination Of Classification Society Authority. Commandant under this part.
U

[Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3103, 3306, 3316, 3703; Department of SOLAS means International Convention for the Safety of Life at
Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. [SOURCE: CGD 95- Sea, 1974, as amended.
010, 62 FR 67532, Dec. 24, 1997, unless otherwise noted.]
.P

§8.110 Incorporation By Reference.

(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this
Subpart A–General subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. To enforce
§8.100 Definitions. any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this
.G

Authorized Classification Society means a recognized
classification society that has been delegated the authority to
conduct certain functions and certifications on behalf of the Coast
Guard.
C
section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of the change in the
FEDERAL REGISTER and the material must be available to the
public. All material is available for inspection at the Office of the
Federal Register, 800 North Capitol St., NW., Suite 700,

Washington, DC and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design

Class Rules means the standards developed and published by a
classification society regarding the design, construction and
certification of commercial vessels.
Classed means that a vessel meets the classification society
requirements that embody the technical rules, regulations,
standards, guidelines and associated surveys and inspections
covering the design, construction and through-life compliance of a
ship's structure and essential engineering and electrical systems.
Commandant means the Commandant of the Coast Guard.
Delegated Function means a function related to Coast Guard
commercial vessel inspection which has been delegated to a
classification society. Delegated functions may include issuance
of international convention certificates and participation in the
Alternate Compliance Program under this part.
and Engineering Standards, 2100 Second St., SW., Washington,
DC 20593-0001, and is available from the sources listed in
paragraph (b).
(b) The material incorporated by reference in this subchapter and
the sections affected are as follows:
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
–ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive, Houston, TX 77060.
Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, 1996–31.01-
3(b), 71.15-5(b), 91.15-5(b)
Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, 1997–31.01-
3(b), 71.15-5(b), 91.15-5(b)
Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, 1998–31.01-
3(b), 71.15-5(b), 91.15-5(b)
Rules for Building and Classing Mobile Offshore Drilling Units,
1998–107.205(b)

27
 U. S. Supplement to ABS Rules for Steel Vessels for Vessels
on International Voyages, 21 October 1996–31.01-3(b), 71.15-
5(b), 91.15-5(b)
U.S. Supplement to ABS Rules for Steel Vessels for Vessels on
International Voyages, 1 August 1997–31.01-3(b), 71.15-5(b),
91.15-5(b)
U.S. Supplement to ABS Rules for Mobile Offshore Drilling
Units, 1 June 1998–107.205(b)
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
–11 West 42nd St., New York, NY 10036.
ANSI/ASQC Q9001–1994, Quality Assurance in Design,
Development, Production and Servicing, 1994–8.230
Lloyd's Register of Shipping (LR)
–100 Leadenhall Street, London EC3A 3BP.
Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Ships, 1998–
31.01-3(b), 71.15-5(b), 91.15-5(b)
Lloyd's Register of Shipping Supplemental Requirements, 19
September 1998–31.01-3(b), 71.15-5(b), 91.15-5(b)
[CGD 95-010, 62 FR 67532, Dec. 24, 1997, as amended by
USCG-1999-5004, 64 FR 30439, June 8, 1999; 65 FR 58455,
Sept. 29, 2000]
§8.120 Reciprocity.
(a) The Commandant may delegate authority to a classification
society that has its headquarters in a country other than the
United States only to the extent that the flag state administration
of that country delegates authority and provides access to the
American Bureau of Shipping to inspect, certify and provide
related services to vessels flagged by that country. The
Commandant will determine reciprocity on a "case-by-case"
basis.
C
(b) In order to demonstrate that the conditions described in
paragraph (a) of this section are satisfied, a classification society
LI
must provide to the Coast Guard an affidavit, from the
government of the country that the classification society is
headquartered in, listing the authorities delegated by the flag state
administration of that country to the American Bureau of Shipping,
B
and indicating any conditions related to the delegated authority.
(c) The Commandant will not consider an application for
U
authorization to perform a delegated function submitted under this
part until the conditions described in paragraph (a) of this section
are satisfied. Where simultaneous authorization by a foreign
.P
government for ABS is involved, this requirement may be waived.
(d) The Commandant will not evaluate a classification society for
recognition until the conditions described in paragraph (a) of this
section are satisfied for at least one of the authorized delegations
.G
being sought. Where simultaneous recognition by a foreign
government for ABS is involved, this requirement may be waived.
(e) The Commandant may make a delegation regarding load lines
under 46 U.S.C. 5107 or measurement of vessels under 46
C
U.S.C. 14103 without regard to the conditions described in
paragraph (a) of this section.
§8.130 Agreement Conditions.
(a) Delegated functions performed by, and statutory certificates
issued by, an authorized classification society will be accepted as
functions performed by, or certificates issued by, the Coast
Guard, provided that the classification society maintains
compliance with all provisions of its agreement with the
Commandant. Any agreement between the Commandant and a
recognized classification society authorizing the performance of
delegated functions will be written and will require the
classification society to comply with each of the following:
(1) Issue any certificates related to a delegated function in the
English language.
28
(2) Maintain a corporate office in the United States that has
adequate resources and staff to support all delegated functions
and to maintain required associated records.
(3) Maintain all records in the United States related to delegated
functions conducted on behalf of the Coast Guard.
(4) Make available to appropriate Coast Guard representatives
vessel status information and records, including outstanding
vessel deficiencies or classification society recommendations, in
the English language, on all vessels for which the classification
society has performed any delegated function on behalf of the
Coast Guard.
(5) Report to the Commandant (G-MOC) the names and official
numbers of any vessels removed from class for which the
classification society has performed any delegated function on
behalf of the Coast Guard and include a description of the reason
for the removal.
S
(6) Report to the Commandant (G-MOC) all port state detentions
N
on all vessels for which the classification society has performed
any delegated function on behalf of the Coast Guard when aware
of such detention.
IO
(7) Annually provide the Commandant (G-MOC) with its register
of classed vessels.
(8) Ensure vessels meet all requirements for class of the
T
accepting classification society prior to accepting vessels
transferred from another classification society.
A (9) Suspend class for vessels that are overdue for special renewal
or annual survey.
(10) Attend any vessel for which the classification society has
performed any delegated function on behalf of the Coast Guard at
the request of the appropriate Coast Guard officials, without
regard to the vessel's location–unless prohibited to do so under
the laws of the United States, the laws of the jurisdiction in which
the vessel is located, the classification society's home country
domestic law, or where the classification society considers an
unacceptable hazard to life and/or property exists.
(11) Honor appeal decisions made by the Commandant (G-MSE)
or Commandant (G-MOC) on issues related to delegated
functions.
(12) Apply U.S. flag administration interpretations, when they
exist, to international conventions for which the classification
society has been delegated authority to certificate or perform
other functions on behalf of the Coast Guard.
(13) Obtain approval from the Commandant (G-MOC) prior to
granting exemptions from the requirements of international
conventions, class rules, and the U.S. supplement to class rules.
(14) Make available to the Coast Guard all records, in the English
language, related to equivalency determinations or approvals
made in the course of delegated functions conducted on behalf of
the Coast Guard.
(15) Report to the Coast Guard all information specified in the
agreement at the specified frequency and to the specified Coast
Guard office or official.
(16) Grant the Coast Guard access to all plans and documents,
including reports on surveys, on the basis of which certificates are
issued or endorsed by the classification society.
(17) Identify a liaison representative to the Coast Guard.
(18) Provide regulations, rules, instructions and report forms in
the English language.
(19) Allow the Commandant (G-M) to participate in the
development of class rules.
(20) Inform the Commandant (G-M) of all proposed changes to
class rules.
(21) Provide the Commandant (G-M) the opportunity to comment
on any proposed changes to class rules and to respond to the
classification society's disposition of the comments made by the
Coast Guard.
(22) Furnish information and required access to the Coast Guard
to conduct oversight of the classification society's activities related
to delegated functions conducted on behalf of the Coast Guard.
(23) Allow the Coast Guard to accompany them on internal and
external quality audits and provide written results of such audits to
appropriate Coast Guard representatives.
correction of the deficiencies identified by the Coast Guard.
§8.230 Minimum Standards For A Recognized Classification
Society.
(a) In order to receive recognition by the Coast Guard a
classification society must:
(1) Establish that it has functioned as an international
classification society for at least 30 years with its own class rules;
(2) Establish that is has a history of appropriate corrective actions
in addressing vessel casualties and cases of nonconformity with
class rules;
(3) Establish that it has a history of appropriate changes to class
rules based on their application and the overall performance of its
classed fleet;
(4) Have a total classed tonnage of at least 10 million gross tons;

S
(24) Provide the Coast Guard access necessary to audit the
authorized classification society to ensure that it continues to (5) Have a classed fleet of at least 1,500 ocean-going vessels

N
comply with the minimum standards for a recognized over 100 gross tons;
classification society.
(6) Have a total classed tonnage of ocean-going vessels over 100

(25) Use only exclusive surveyors of that classification society to
accomplish all work done on behalf of, or under any delegation
from, the Coast Guard. For tonnage-related measurement service
only, however, classification societies may use part-time
employees or independent contractors in place of exclusive
IO
gross tons totaling no less than 8 million gross tons;
(7) Publish and maintain class rules in the English language for
the design, construction and certification of ships and their
associated essential engineering systems;

T
surveyors.
(8) Maintain written survey procedures in the English language;
(26) Allow its surveyors to participate in training with the Coast
Guard regarding delegated functions.
A (9) Have adequate resources, including research, technical, and
managerial staff, to ensure appropriate updating and maintaining
C
(b) Amendments to an agreement between the Coast Guard and of class rules and procedures;
an authorized classification society will become effective only
after consultation and written agreement between parties. (10) Have adequate resources and geographical coverage to
LI

(c) Agreements may be terminated by one party only upon written
notice to the other party. Termination will occur sixty days after
written notice is given.
B
carry out all plan review and vessel survey activities associated
with delegated functions as well as classification society
requirements;

(11) Employ a minimum of 150 exclusive surveyors;

Subpart B–Recognition Of A Classification
(12) Have adequate criteria for hiring and qualifying surveyors
Society
U

and technical staff;

§8.200 Purpose.
(13) Have an adequate program for continued training of
This subpart establishes criteria and procedures for vessel
.P

surveyors and technical staff;

classification societies to obtain recognition from the Coast
Guard. This recognition is necessary in order for a classification
(14) Have a corporate office in the United States that provides a
society to become authorized to perform vessel inspection and
continuous management and administrative presence;
certification functions delegated by the Coast Guard as described
in this part.
.G

(15) Maintain an internal quality system based on ANSI/ASQC

Q9001 or an equivalent quality standard;
§8.210 Applicability.
This subpart applies to all vessel classification societies seeking
(16) Determine classed vessels comply with class rules, during
recognition by the Coast Guard.
appropriate surveys and inspection;
C

§8.220 Recognition Of A Classification Society.

(17) Determine that attended vessels comply with all statutory
(a) A classification society must be recognized by the
requirements related to delegated functions, during appropriate
Commandant before it may receive statutory authority delegated
surveys and inspection;
by the Coast Guard.
(18) Monitor all activities related to delegated functions for
(b) In order to become recognized, a classification society must
consistency and required end-results;
meet the requirements of §8.230.
(19) Maintain and ensure compliance with a Code of Ethics that
(c) A classification society found to meet the criteria for
recognizes the inherent responsibility associated with delegation
recognition will be notified in writing by the Commandant.
of authority;
(d) If the Coast Guard determines that a classification society
(20) Not be under the financial control of shipowners or
does not meet the criteria for recognition, the Coast Guard will
shipbuilders, or of others engaged commercially in the
provide the reason for this determination.
manufacture, equipping, repair or operation of ships;
(e) A classification society may reapply for recognition upon
(21) Not be financially dependent on a single commercial enterp-

29
rise for its revenue;
(22) Not have any business interest in, or share of ownership of,
any vessel in its classed fleet; and
(23) Not be involved in any activities which could result in a
conflict of interest.
(b) Recognition may be granted after it is established that the
classification society has an acceptable record of vessel
detentions attributed to classification society performance under
the Coast Guard Port State Control Program.
§8.240 Application For Recognition.
(a) A classification society must apply for recognition in writing to
the Commandant (G-MSE).
(b) An application must indicate which specific authority the
classification society seeks to have delegated.
(c) Upon verification from the Coast Guard that the conditions of
reciprocity have been met in accordance with §8.120, the
requesting classification society must submit documentation to
establish that it meets the requirements of §8.230.
§8.250 Acceptance Of Standards And Functions Delegated
Under Existing Regulations.
(a) Classification society class rules will only be accepted as
equivalent to Coast Guard regulatory standards when that
classification society has received authorization to conduct a
related delegated function.
(b) A recognized classification society may not conduct any
delegated function under this title until it receives a separate
C
written authorization from the Commandant to conduct that
specific function.
LI
§8.260 Revocation Of Classification Society Recognition.
A recognized classification society which fails to maintain the
minimum standards established in this part will be reevaluated
and its recognized status revoked if warranted.
B
Subpart C–International Convention Certificate
Issuance
U
§8.300 Purpose.
This subpart establishes options for vessel owners and operators
.P
to obtain required international convention certification through
means other than those prescribed elsewhere in this chapter.
§8.310 Applicability.
This subpart applies to:
.G
(a) Recognized classification societies; and
(b) All U.S. flag vessels that are certificated for international
C
voyages and are classed by a recognized classification society
that is authorized by the Coast Guard to issue the applicable
international certificate as specified in this subpart.
§8.320 Classification Society Authorization To Issue
International Certificates.
(a) The Commandant may authorize a recognized classification
society to issue certain international convention certificates.
Authorization will be based on review of:
(1) Applicable class rules; and
(2) Applicable classification society procedures.
(b) The Coast Guard may delegate issuance of the following
international convention certificates to a recognized classification
society:
30
(1) International Load Line Certificate;
(2) International Tonnage Certificate (1969);
(3) SOLAS Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate;
(4) SOLAS Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate;
(5) International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk;
(6) International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied
Gases in Bulk;
(7) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Mobile Offshore
Drilling Unit Safety Certificate;
(8) MARPOL 73/78 International Oil Pollution Prevention
Certificate; and
S
(9) MARPOL 73/78 International Pollution Prevention Certificate
N
for the Carriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk.
(c) The Coast Guard will enter into a written agreement with a
IO
recognized classification society authorized to issue international
convention certificates. This agreement will define the scope,
terms, conditions and requirements of that delegation. Conditions
of these agreements are presented in §8.130.
T
§8.330 Termination Of Classification Society Authority.
(a) The Coast Guard may terminate an authorization agreement
with a classification society if:
A (1) The Commandant revokes the classification society's
recognition, as specified in §8.260; or
(2) The classification society fails to comply with the conditions of
the authorization agreement as specified in §8.130.
(b) In the event that a flag administration of a country changes
conditions related to the authority that is delegated to ABS, the
Commandant may modify or revoke the Coast Guard's
authorization of that classification society that has its
headquarters in that country.
(c) Certificates issued by a classification society which has had its
authorization terminated will remain valid until the next
classification society survey associated with that certificate is
required or until the certificate expires, whichever occurs first.
Subpart D–Alternate Compliance Program
[SOURCE: 63 FR 44353, Aug. 18, 1998, unless otherwise noted.]
§8.400 Purpose.
This subpart establishes an alternative to subpart 2.01 of this
chapter for certification of United States vessels.
§8.410 Applicability.
This subpart applies to:
(a) Recognized classification societies; and
(b) U.S. flag vessels that are certificated for international voyages
and are classed by a recognized classification society that is
authorized by the Coast Guard to participate in the Alternate
Compliance Program (ACP) as specified in this subpart and
whose vessel type is authorized to participate in the ACP per the
applicable subchapter of 46 CFR chapter I.
§8.420 Classification Society Authorization To Participate In
The Alternate Compliance Program.
(a) The Commandant may authorize a recognized classification
society to participate in the ACP Authorization will be based on a
satisfactory review of:
(1) Applicable class rules; and
(2) Applicable classification society procedures.
(b) Authorization for a recognized classification society to
participate in the ACP will require development of a U.S.
Supplement to the society's class rules that meets the
requirements of §8.430 of this part, which must be accepted by
the Coast Guard.
(c) A recognized classification society will be eligible to receive
authorization to participate in the ACP only after it has performed
a delegated function related to general vessel safety assessment,
as defined in §8.100, for a two-year period.
(d) If, after this two-year period, the Coast Guard finds that the
recognized classification society has not demonstrated the
necessary satisfactory performance or lacks adequate
experience, the recognized classification society will not be
eligible to participate in the ACP. The Coast Guard will provide
the reason for this determination to the recognized classification
society. A classification society may appeal the decision of the
Coast Guard concerning recognition to the Commandant in
writing in accordance with 46 CFR 1.03-15(h)(4).
(e) The Coast Guard will enter into a written agreement with a
recognized classification society authorized to participate in the
ACP. This agreement will define the scope, terms, conditions and
requirements of the necessary delegation. Conditions of this
agreement are presented in §8.130.
A (1) The Commandant revokes the classification society's
C
§8.430 U.S. Supplement To Class Rules.
Prior to receiving authorization to participate in the ACP, a
recognized classification society must prepare, and receive
LI
Commandant (G-MSE) approval of, a U.S. Supplement to the
recognized classification society's class rules. This supplement
must include all regulations applicable for issuance of a Certificate
of Inspection (COI) which are not, in the opinion of the
B
Commandant, adequately established by either the class rules of
that classification society or applicable international regulations.
U
§8.440 Vessel Enrollment In The Alternate Compliance
Program.
(a) In place of compliance with other applicable provisions of this
.P
title, the owner or operator of a vessel subject to plan review and
inspection under this subchapter for initial issuance or renewal of
a COI may submit the vessel for classification, plan review and
inspection by a recognized classification society authorized by the
Coast Guard to determine compliance with applicable
.G
international treaties and agreements, the classification society's
class rules, and the U.S. Supplement prepared by the
classification society and accepted by the Coast Guard.
(b) A vessel owner or operator wishing to have a vessel inspected
C
under paragraph (a) of this section shall submit an Application for
Inspection of U.S. Vessel (CG-3752) to the cognizant OCMI, and
indicate on the form that the inspection will be conducted by an
authorized classification society under the ACP.
(c) Based on reports from an authorized classification society that
31
a vessel complies with applicable international treaties and
agreements, the classification society's class rules, and the U.S.
Supplement prepared by the classification society and accepted
by the Coast Guard, the cognizant OCMI may issue a certificate
of inspection to the vessel. If the OCMI declines to issue a
certificate of inspection even though the reports made by the
authorized classification society indicate that the vessel meets
applicable standards, the vessel owner or operator may appeal
the OCMI decision as provided in subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
(d) If reports from an authorized classification society indicate that
a vessel does not comply with applicable international treaties
and agreements, the classification society's class rules, and the
U.S. Supplement prepared by the classification society and
accepted by the Coast Guard, the cognizant OCMI may decline to
issue a certificate of inspection. If the OCMI declines to issue a
certificate of inspection, the vessel owner or operator may:
(1) Correct the reported deficiencies and make arrangements with
S
the classification society for an additional inspection;
N
(2) Request inspection by the Coast Guard under other provisions
of this subchapter; or
IO
(3) Appeal via the authorized classification society to the Chief,
Office of Compliance, Commandant (G-MOC), U.S. Coast Guard,
2100 Second St. SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001.
§8.450 Termination Of Classification Society Authority.
T
(a) The Coast Guard may terminate an authorization agreement
with a classification society to participate in the Alternate
Compliance Program if:
recognition, as specified in §8.260; or
(2) The classification society fails to comply with the conditions of
the authorization agreement as specified in §8.130.
(b) In the event that a flag administration of a country changes
conditions related to the authority that is delegated to ABS, the
Commandant may modify or revoke the Coast Guard's
authorization of that classification society that has its
headquarters in that country.
(c) Certificates issued by a classification society which has had its
authorization to participate in the Alternate Compliance Program
terminated, will be subject to the provisions of §8.330.
(d) Owners or operators of vessels enrolled in the ACP and
classed by a classification society that has its authority to
participate in the ACP terminated, must:
(1) Change the classification society for the vessel to a
classification society that is authorized to participate in the ACP;
or
(2) Disenroll the vessel from the ACP.
(e) The Coast Guard will provide guidance to a vessel owner
affected by the revocation of a classification society's authority to
participate in the ACP. This will include notification of when the
action required under paragraph (d) of this section must be
completed.
 Part 15 – Manning Requirements
Table Of Contents and shipping laws of the United States, including uninspected
vessels (46 U.S.C. 7101-9308).
Subpart A–Purpose And Applicability
(b) The navigation and shipping laws state that a vessel may not
Sec. be operated unless certain manning requirements are met. In
15.101 Purpose Of Regulations. addition to establishing a minimum of licensed individuals and
15.102 Paperwork Approval. members of the crew to be carried on board certain vessels, they
15.103 General. establish minimum qualifications concerning licenses, citizenship,
15.105 Incorporation By Reference. and conditions of employment. It is the responsibility of the owner,
charterer, managing operator, master, or person in charge or
Subpart I–Vessels In Foreign Trade command of the vessel to ensure that appropriate personnel are
carried to meet the requirements of the applicable navigation and
15.1001 General. shipping laws and regulations.
15.1010 California.
15.1020 Hawaii. (c) Inspected vessels are issued a certificate of inspection which

S
15.1030 New York And New Jersey. indicates the minimum complement of licensed individuals and
15.1040 Massachusetts. crew (including lifeboatmen) considered necessary for safe
15.1050 North Carolina. operation. The certificate of inspection complements the statutory

N
requirements but does not supersede them.
Subpart J–Vessels Subject To Requirements Of STCW
(d) The regulations in subpart J of this part apply to seagoing

IO
15.1101 General. vessels subject to the International Convention on Standards of
15.1103 Employment And Service Within Restrictions Of A Training, Certification and watchkeeping for Seafarers as
License, Document, And STCW Endorsement Or Of A amended (STCW ).
Certificate Of Training.
(e) Neither any person serving on any of the following vessels,

15.1105 Familiarization And Basic Safety-Training.
15.1107 Maintenance Of Merchant Mariners' Records By Owner
Or Operator.
15.1109 Watches.
15.1111 Work Hours And Rest Periods.
T
nor any owner or operator of any of these vessels, need meet the
requirements of subpart J, because the vessels are exempt from
A application of STCW:

(1) Uninspected passenger vessels as defined in 46 U.S.C.

C
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 2101, 2103, 3306, 3703, 8101, 8102, 8104, 2101(42).
8105, 8301, 8304, 8502, 8503, 8701, 8702, 8901, 8902, 8903,
8904, 8905(b), 8906 and 9102; and Department of Homeland (2) Fishing vessels as defined in 46 U.S.C. 2101(11)(a).
LI

Security Delegation No. 0170.1. [SOURCE: CGD 81-059, 52 FR

38652, Oct. 16, 1987, unless otherwise noted.] (3) Fishing vessels used as fish-tender vessels as defined in 46
U.S.C. 2101(11)(c).
[64 FR 63213, Nov. 19, 1999; 65 FR 64388, Oct. 27, 2000; 67 FR
B

34756, May 15, 2002; 67 FR 66063, Oct. 30, 2002; 68 FR 35801, (4) Barges as defined in 46 U.S.C. 2101(2), including non-self-
June 17, 2003] propelled mobile offshore-drilling units.
U

(5) Vessels operating exclusively on the Great Lakes.

Subpart A–Purpose And Applicability
(f) Personnel serving on the following vessels, and the owners
.P

§15.101 Purpose Of Regulations.
The purpose of the regulations in this part is to set forth uniform
minimum requirements for the manning of vessels. In general,
they implement, interpret, or apply the specific statutory manning
requirements in title 46, U.S.C., parts E & F, implement various
.G
and operators of these vessels, are in compliance with subpart J
and are not subject to further obligation for the purposes of
STCW, on account of the vessels' special operating conditions as
small vessels engaged in domestic voyages:

international conventions which affect merchant marine (1) Small passenger vessels subject to subchapter T or K of title
personnel, and provide the means for establishing the 46, CFR.
complement necessary for safe operation of vessels.
(2) Vessels of less than 200 GRT (other than passenger vessels
§15.102 Paperwork Approval.
C

subject to subchapter H of title 46 CFR).

(a) This section lists the control numbers assigned by the Office of
Management and Budget under the Paper Reduction Act of 1980
(Pub. L. 96-511) for the reporting and recordkeeping requirements
in this part.
(b) The following control numbers have been assigned to the
sections indicated:
(1) OMB 1625-0079–46 CFR 15.1107
(2) [Reserved]
[CGD 95-62, 62 FR 34538, June 26, 1997]
(g) Licensed personnel serving on vessels identified in
paragraphs (e)(5), (f)(1), and (f)(2) of this section will be issued,
without additional proof of qualification, an appropriate STCW
certificate or endorsement when the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection determines that such an endorsement is necessary to
enable the vessel to engage in an international voyage. The
STCW certificate or endorsement will be expressly limited to
service on the vessel or the class of vessels and will not establish
qualification for any other purpose.
[CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38652, Oct. 16, 1987, as amended by CGD
95-062, 62 FR 34538, June 26, 1997]

§15.103 General. §15.105 Incorporation By Reference.

(a) The regulations in this part apply to all vessels which are (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with
subject to the manning requirements contained in the navigation the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5

32
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other
than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast
Guard must publish notice of change in the FEDERAL
REGISTER and must ensure that the material is available to the
public. All approved material is available for inspection at the
Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street NW.,
Suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office
of Operating and Environmental Standards, 2100 Second Street
SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is available from the
sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part and the sections affected are as follows:
International Maritime Organization (IMO)
4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, England
STCW–The International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended,
(STCW Convention), and Seafarer's Training, Certification and
Watchkeeping Code (STCW Code)–15.103; 15.1101; 15.1103;
15.1105; 15.1109.
[CGD 95-062, 62 FR 34539, June 26, 1997, as amended by
USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53223, Oct. 1, 1999]
Subpart I–Vessels In Foreign Trade
[SOURCE: CGD 92-061, 60 FR 24796, May 10, 1995, unless
otherwise noted.]
§15.1001 General.
Self-propelled vessels engaged in foreign commerce are required
to use a pilot holding an appropriately endorsed Federal first class
pilot's license issued by the Coast Guard when operating in the
navigable waters of the United States specified in this subpart.
A (h) Estero Bay, CA. The waters including various moorings,
C
§15.1010 California.
The following offshore marine oil terminals located within U.S.
LI
navigable waters of the State of California:
(a) Carlsbad, CA. The waters including the San Diego Gas and
Electric, Encina Power Plant, lying within an area bounded by a
B
line beginning at latitude 33°10'06"N, longitude 117°21'42"W,
thence southwesterly to latitude 33°08'54"N, longitude
117°24'36"W, thence southwesterly to latitude 33°04'30"N,
U
longitude 117°21'42"W, thence northeasterly to latitude
33°05'36"N, longitude 117°18'54"W, thence northwesterly along
the shoreline to latitude 33°10'06"N, longitude 117°21'42"W.
.P
(b) Huntington Beach, CA. The waters including the Golden
West Refining Company, Huntington Beach Marine Terminal,
lying within an area bounded by a line beginning at latitude
33°39'06"N, longitude 118°00'0"W, thence westerly to latitude
.G
33°39'18"N, longitude 118°05'12"W, thence southeasterly along a
line drawn three nautical miles from the baseline to latitude
33°35'30"N, longitude 118°00'00"W, thence easterly to latitude
33°35'30"N, longitude 117°52'30"W, thence northwesterly along
C
the shoreline to latitude 33°39'06"N, longitude 118°00'00"W.
(c) El Segundo, CA. The waters including the Chevron USA, El
Segundo Marine Terminal, lying within an area bounded by a line
beginning at latitude 33°56'18"N, longitude 118°26'18"W, thence
westerly to latitude 33°56'18"N, longitude 118°30'48"W, thence
southeasterly along a line drawn three nautical miles from the
baseline to latitude 33°51'48"N, longitude 118°27'54"W, thence
easterly to latitude 33°51'48"N, longitude 118°24'00"W, thence
northwesterly along the shoreline to latitude 33°56'18"N, longitude
118°26'18"W.
(d) Oxnard, CA. The waters including the Southern California
Edison Company, Mandalay Generating Station, lying within an
area bounded by a line beginning at latitude 34°14'12"N,
longitude 119°16'00"W, thence westerly to latitude 34°14'12"N,
longitude 119°19'36"W, thence southeasterly along a line drawn
three nautical miles from the baseline to latitude 34°09'24"N,
33
longitude 119°17'20"W, thence easterly to latitude 34°09'24"N,
longitude 119°13'24"W, thence northwesterly along the shoreline
to latitude 34°14'24"N, longitude 119°16'00"W.
(e) Goleta, CA. The waters including the ARCO, Ellwood Marine
Terminal, lying within an area bounded by a line beginning at
latitude 34°26'12"N, longitude 119°57'00"W, thence southerly to
latitude 34°22'48"N, longitude 119°57'00"W, thence southeasterly
along a line drawn three nautical miles from the baseline to
latitude 34°21'06"N, longitude 119°50'30.5"W, thence northerly to
latitude 34°24'18"N, longitude 119°50'30"W, thence northwesterly
along the shoreline to latitude 34°26'12"N, longitude
119°57'00"W.
(f) Gaviota, CA. The waters including the Texaco Trading and
Transportation, Gaviota Marine Terminal, lying within an area
bounded by a line beginning at latitude 34°28'06"N, longitude
120°16'00"W, thence southerly to latitude 34°25'06"N, longitude
120°16'00"W, thence easterly along a line drawn three nautical
S
miles from the baseline to latitude 34°25'24"N, longitude
120°08'30"W, thence northerly to latitude 34°28'24"N, longitude
N
120°08'30"W, thence westerly along the shoreline to latitude
34°28'06"N, longitude 120°16'00"W.
IO
(g) Moss Landing, CA. The waters including the Pacific Gas and
Electric Company Power Plant, lying within an area bounded by a
line beginning at latitude 36°49'00"N, longitude 121°47'42"W,
thence westerly to latitude 36°49'00"N, longitude 121°51'00"W,
thence southerly to latitude 36°47'00"N, longitude 121°51'00"W
T
thence easterly to latitude 36°47'00"N, longitude 121°47'54"W,
thence northerly along the shoreline to latitude 36°49'00"N,
longitude 121°47'42"W.
including the Pacific Gas and Electric Company mooring and the
two Chevron Oil Company Terminals lying within an area
bounded by a line beginning at latitude 36°25'00"N, longitude
120°52'30"W, thence westerly to latitude 36°25'00"N, longitude
120°56'00"W, thence southerly to latitude 36°22'00"N, longitude
120°56'00"W, thence easterly to latitude 36°22'00"N, longitude
120°52'12"W, thence northerly along the shoreline to latitude
36°25'00"N, longitude 120°52'30"W.
(i) San Luis Obispo Bay, CA. The waters including the Unocal
Corporation Avila Terminal and the approaches thereto, lying in
an area bounded by a line beginning at latitude 35°09'42"N,
longitude 120°46'00"W, thence southerly to latitude 35°07'00"N,
longitude 120°46'00"W, thence easterly to latitude 35°07'00"N,
longitude 120°43'00"W, thence northerly to latitude 35°10'24"N,
longitude 120°43'00"W, thence westerly along the shoreline to
latitude 35°09'42"N, longitude 120°46'00"W.
[CGD 92-061, 60 FR 24796, Jan. 4, 1995, as amended by USCG-
1998-4442, 63 FR 52189, Sept. 30, 1998]
§15.1020 Hawaii.
The following offshore marine oil terminals located within U.S.
navigable waters of the State of Hawaii: Barbers Point, Island of
Oahu. The waters including the Hawaiian Independent Refinery,
Inc. and the Chevron moorings lying within an area bounded by a
line bearing 180 degrees true from Barbers Point Light to latitude
21°14.8'N, longitude 158°06.4'W, thence easterly to latitude
21°14.8'N, longitude 158°03.3'W, thence northeasterly to latitude
21°15.6'N, longitude 158°01.1'W, thence northwesterly to latitude
21°18.5'N, longitude 158°02.0'W, thence westerly along the
shoreline to latitude 21°17.8'N, longitude 158°06.4'W.
§15.1030 New York And New Jersey.
The following U.S. navigable waters located within the States of
New York and New Jersey when the vessel is making an intra-
port transit, to include, but not limited to, a movement from a dock
to a dock, from a dock to an anchorage, from an anchorage to a
dock, or from an anchorage to an anchorage, within the following
listed operating areas:
(a) East River from Execution Rocks to New York Harbor, Upper
Bay;
(b) Hudson River from Yonkers, New York to New York Harbor,
Upper Bay;
(c) Raritan River from Grossman Dock/Arsenal to New York
Harbor, Lower Bay;
(d) Arthur Kill Channel;
(e) Kill Van Kull Channel;
(f) Newark Bay;
(g) Passaic River from Point No Point to Newark Bay;
(h) Hackensack River from the turning basin to Newark Bay; and
(i) New York Harbor, Upper and Lower Bay.
Note:
"Intra-port transit" as used in this section includes the
movement of a foreign-trade vessel inbound from sea from the
point where a State-licensed pilot ceases providing pilotage to
another point within the identified areas (i.e., a dock or
anchorage). Likewise, intra-port transit also includes the
movement of a foreign-trade vessel outbound to sea from a point
within the identified areas (i.e., a dock or anchorage) to the point
where a State licensed pilot begins providing pilotage.
§15.1040 Massachusetts.
The following U.S. navigable waters located within the State of
Massachusetts when the vessel is in transit, but not bound to or
C
departing from a port within the following listed operating areas:
(a) Cape Cod Bay south of latitude 41°48'54"N;
LI
(b) The Cape Cod Canal; and
(c) Buzzards Bay east of a line extending from the southernmost
B
point of Wilbur Point (latitude 41°34'55"N longitude 70°51'15"W)
to the easternmost point of Pasque Island (latitude 41°26'55"N
longitude 70°50'30"W).
U
[CGD 92-061, 60 FR 24796, May 10, 1995, as amended by
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52189, Sept. 10, 1998]
.P
§15.1050 North Carolina.
(a) The following navigable waters of the United States within the
State of North Carolina when the vessel is maneuvering while
berthing or unberthing, is approaching or passing through a
.G
bridge, or is making any intra-port transit, which transit may
include but is not limited to movement from a dock to a dock, from
a dock to an anchorage, from an anchorage to a dock, or from an
anchorage to an anchorage, within either of the following areas:
C
(1) The waters of the Cape Fear River from the boundary line
established by 46 CFR 7.60 to Latitude 34°16.5'N.
(2) The waters of the Northeast Cape Fear River from its
confluence with the Cape Fear River at Point Peter to Latitude
34°17'N.
(b) This subpart does not apply to any vessel on the waters
specified in paragraph (a) of this section if the laws of the State of
North Carolina require a State-licensed pilot on the vessel.
[CGD 97-073, 63 FR 57255, Oct. 27, 1998]
Subpart J–Vessels Subject To Requirements Of
STCW
34
[AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 2101, 2103, 3306, 3703, 8101, 8102,
8104, 8105, 8301, 8304, 8502, 8503, 8701, 8702, 8901, 8902,
8903, 8904, 8905(b), 9102; Pub. L. 103-206, 107 Stat. 2439; 49
CFR 1.45 and 1.46.]
[SOURCE: CGD 95-062, 62 FR 34539, June 26, 1997, unless
otherwise noted.
§15.1101 General.
(a) Definitions. For purposes of this subpart, the term–
(1) STCW means the International Convention on Standards of
Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as
amended in 1995;
(2) STCW Code means the Seafarer's Training, Certification and
Watchkeeping Code;
(3) Seagoing vessel means a self-propelled vessel in
commercial service that operates beyond the Boundary Line
S
established by 46 CFR part 7. It does not include a vessel that
navigates exclusively on inland waters;
N
(4) Rest means a period of time during which the person
concerned is off duty, is not performing work (which includes
IO
administrative tasks such as chart corrections or preparation of
port-entry documents), and is allowed to sleep without being
interrupted; and
(5) Overriding operational conditions means circumstances in
T
which essential shipboard work cannot be delayed for safety or
environmental reasons, or could not reasonably have been
anticipated at the commencement of the voyage.
A (b) Except as otherwise provided in §15.1103(d), the regulations
in this subpart apply to seagoing vessels subject to STCW.
(c) A vessel that has on board a valid Safety Management
Certificate and a copy of a Document of Compliance issued for
that vessel in accordance with 46 U.S.C. 3205 is presumed in
compliance with the regulations in this subpart.
§15.1103 Employment And Service Within Restrictions Of A
License, Document, And STCW Endorsement Or Of A
Certificate Of Training.
(a) On board a seagoing vessel operating beyond the Boundary
Line, no person may employ or engage any person to serve, and
no person may serve, in a position requiring a person to hold an
STCW endorsement, including master, chief mate, chief engineer,
second engineer, officer of the navigational or engineering watch,
or radio operator, unless the person serving holds an appropriate,
valid STCW certificate or endorsement issued in accordance with
part 10 or 12 of this chapter.
(b) On board a seagoing vessel of 500 GT or more, as
determined under the International Tonnage Convention, no
person may employ or engage any person to serve, and no
person may serve, as a rating forming part of the navigational
watch, except for training, unless the person serving holds an
appropriate, valid STCW certificate or endorsement issued in
accordance with part 12 of this chapter.
(c) After January 31, 2002, on board a seagoing vessel driven by
main propulsion machinery of 750 kW [1,000 hp] propulsion
power or more, no person may employ or engage any person to
serve, and no person may serve, in a rating forming part of a
watch in a manned engine-room, nor may any person be
designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-
room, except for training or for the performance of duties of an
unskilled nature, unless the person serving holds an appropriate,
valid STCW certificate or endorsement issued in accordance with
part 12 of this chapter.
(d) You must hold documentary evidence to show you meet the
requirements of §10.1105 (if licensed) or §12.35-5 (if unlicensed)
of this chapter if you are a master or crewmember on board a
vessel that is–
(1) Subject to the STCW;
(2) Not a Ro-Ro passenger ship; and
(3) Carrying more than 12 passengers when on an international
voyage.
(f) After January 31, 2002, on board a seagoing vessel required to
comply with provisions of the Global Maritime Distress and Safety
System (GMDSS) in Chapter IV of SOLAS, no person may
employ or engage any person to serve, and no person may serve,
as the master, chief mate, or officer of the navigational watch,
unless the person serving holds the appropriate certificate for
operator of radio in GMDSS.
(g) On board a seagoing vessel required to comply with
provisions of the GMDSS in Chapter IV of SOLAS, no person may
employ or engage any person to serve, and no person may serve,
as the person designated to maintain GMDSS equipment at sea,
when the service of a person so designated is used to meet the
maintenance requirements of SOLAS Regulation IV/15, which
allows for capability of at-sea electronic maintenance to ensure
that radio equipment is available for radio communication, unless
the person so serving holds documentary evidence that he or she
is competent to maintain GMDSS equipment at sea.
(h) After January 31, 2002, on board a seagoing vessel fitted with
an Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA), no person may employ
or engage any person to serve, and no person may serve, as the
master, chief mate, or officer of the navigational watch, unless the
person so serving has been trained in the use of ARPA in
C
accordance with §10.205 or §10.209 of this chapter, whichever is
appropriate.
LI
[67 FR 66063, Oct. 30, 2002]
§15.1105 Familiarization And Basic Safety-Training.
(a) After January 31, 1997, on board a seagoing vessel, no
B
person may assign any person to perform shipboard duties, and
no person may perform those duties, unless the person
performing them has received–
U
(1) Training in personal survival techniques as set out in the
standard of competence under STCW Regulation VI/1; or
.P
(2) Sufficient familiarization training or instruction that he or she–
(2)(i) Can communicate with other persons on board about
elementary safety matters and understand informational symbols,
.G
signs, and alarm signals concerning safety;
(2)(ii) Knows what to do if a person falls overboard; if fire or
smoke is detected; or if the firm alarm or abandon-ship alarm
sounds;
C
(2)(iii) Can identify stations for muster and embarkation, and
emergency-escape routes;
(2)(iv) Can locate and don life-jackets;
(2)(v) Can raise the alarm and knows the use of portable fire
extinguishers;
(2)(vi) Can take immediate action upon encountering an accident
or other medical emergency before seeking further medical
assistance on board; and
(2)(vii) Can close and open the fire doors, weather-tight doors,
and watertight doors fitted in the vessel other than those for hull
openings.
35
(b) After January 31, 1997, on board a seagoing vessel, no
person may assign a shipboard duty or responsibility to any
person who is serving in a position that must be filled as part of
the required crew complement, and no person may perform any
such duty or responsibility, unless he or she is familiar with it and
with all vessel's arrangements, installations, equipment,
procedures, and characteristics relevant to his or her routine or
emergency duties or responsibilities, in accordance with STCW
Regulation I/14.
(c) After January 31, 1997, on board a seagoing vessel, no
person may assign a shipboard duty or responsibility to any
person who is serving in a position that must be filled as part of
the required crew complement or who is assigned a responsibility
on the muster list, and no person may perform any such duty or
responsibility, unless the person performing it can produce
evidence of having–
(1) Received appropriate approved basic safety training or
S
instruction as set out in the standards of competence under
STCW Regulation VI/1, with respect to personal survival
N
techniques, fire prevention and fire-fighting, elementary first aid,
and personal safety and social responsibilities; and
IO
(2) Achieved or, if training has been completed, maintained
competence within the last 5 years, in accordance with STCW
regulation VI/1.
(d) Subject to training requirements that may apply for issue or
T
renewal of a license or document under part 10 or 12 of this
chapter, a person who is serving on a seagoing vessel
immediately before February 1, 1997, and has not received
A training or instruction in basic safety training, may continue to
serve until February 1, 2002, without receiving such training or
instruction, if he or she can produce evidence of having
participated in well-organized drills and other structured exercises
or in on-board safety-training programs during which his or her
performance was evaluated and weaknesses were brought to his
or her attention.
(e) Fish-processing vessels in compliance with the provisions of
46 CFR part 28 on instructions, drills, and safety orientation are
deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of this section
on familiarization and basic safety-training.
§15.1107 Maintenance Of Merchant Mariners' Records By
Owner Or Operator.
Each owner or operator of a U.S.-documented seagoing vessel
shall ensure that procedures are in place, in respect of each
merchant mariner holding a license or merchant mariner's
document and serving on any such vessel, to ensure that the
following information is maintained throughout his or her service,
and is readily accessible to those in management responsible for
the safety of the vessel and for the prevention of marine pollution:
(a) Medical fitness (such as results of a recent evaluation by a
medical professional certifying that the mariner is physically able
to perform the tasks and duties normally associated with a
particular shipboard position or does not have an apparent
medical condition that disqualifies him or her from the
requirements of a particular shipboard position).
(b) Experience and training relevant to assigned shipboard duties
(i.e., record of training completed, and of relevant on-the-job
experience acquired).
(c) Competency in assigned shipboard duties (evidenced by
copies of current licenses, documents, or endorsements that the
mariner holds, as well as by a record of the most recent basic
safety assessment and by instances where ship-specific
familiarization has been achieved and maintained).
§15.1109 Watches.
Each master of a vessel that operates beyond the Boundary Line
shall ensure observance of the principles concerning
watchkeeping set out in STCW Regulation VIII/2 and section A-
VIII/2 of the STCW Code.
§15.1111 Work Hours And Rest Periods.
(a) After January 31, 1997, each person assigned duty as officer
in charge of a navigational or engineering watch, or duty as a
rating forming part of a navigational or engineering watch, on
board any vessel that operates beyond the Boundary Line shall
receive a minimum of 10 hours of rest in any 24-hour period.
(b) The hours of rest required under paragraph (a) of this section
may be divided into no more than two periods, of which one must
be at least 6 hours in length.
(c) The requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section
need not be maintained in the case of an emergency or drill or in
other overriding operational conditions.
(d) The minimum period of 10 hours of rest required under
paragraph (a) of this section may be reduced to not less than 6
consecutive hours as long as–
(1) No reduction extends beyond 2 days; and
(2) Not less than 70 hours of rest are provided each 7-day period.
(e) The minimum period of rest required under paragraph (a) of
this section may not be devoted to watchkeeping or other duties.
(f) Watchkeeping personnel remain subject to the work-hour limits
in 46 U.S.C. 8104 and to the conditions when crew members may
be required to work.
(g) The Master shall post watch schedules where they are easily
accessible. They must cover each affected member of the crew
and must take into account the rest requirements of this section
as well as port rotations and changes in the vessel's itinerary.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

36
 Part 16 – Chemical Testing
Table Of Contents employed in the preparation of fish or fish products, or in a
support position, and who have no duties that directly affect the
Subpart A–General safe operation of the vessel;

Sec. (2) Scientific personnel on an oceanographic research vessel;

16.101 Purpose Of Regulations.
16.105 Definitions Of Terms Used In This Part. (3) Individuals on industrial vessels who are industrial personnel,
16.107 Waivers. as defined in this chapter; and
16.109 Public Interest Exclusion (PIE)
16.113 Chemical Drug Testing (4) Individuals not required under part 15 of this subchapter who
16.115 Penalties have no duties that directly affect the safe operation of the vessel.

Subpart B–Required Chemical Testing Dangerous drug means a narcotic drug, a controlled substance,
or a controlled-substance analog (as defined in section 102 of the
16.203 Employer, MRO, And SAP Responsibilities. Comprehensive Drug Abuse and Control Act of 1970 (21 U.S.C.

S
16.240 Serious Marine Incident Testing Requirements. 802)).
16.250 Reasonable Cause Testing Requirements.
Drug test means a chemical test of an individual's urine for

N
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 7101, 7301, and 7701; evidence of dangerous drug use.
Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
[SOURCE: CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47079, Nov. 21, 1988, unless Employer means a marine employer or sponsoring organization.

IO
otherwise noted.]
Fails a chemical test for dangerous drugs means that the
[66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001] result of a chemical test conducted in accordance with 49 CFR 40
was reported as "positive" by a Medical Review Officer because
the chemical test indicated the presence of a dangerous drug at a

T
Subpart A–General level equal to or exceeding the levels established in 49 CFR part
40.
§16.101 Purpose Of Regulations.
(a) The regulations in this part provide a means to minimize the
use of intoxicants by merchant marine personnel and to promote
A Marine employer means the owner, managing operator,
charterer, agent, master, or person in charge of a vessel, other
C
a drug free and safe work environment. than a recreational vessel.

(b) These regulations prescribe the minimum standards, Medical Review Officer (MRO) means a person who is a
LI

procedures, and means to be used to test for the use of licensed physician and who is responsible for receiving and
dangerous drugs. reviewing laboratory results generated by an employer's drug
testing program and evaluating medical explanations for certain
(c) As part of a reasonable cause drug testing program drug test results.
B

established pursuant to this part, employers may test for drugs in

addition to those specified in this part only with approval granted Operation means to navigate, steer, direct, manage, or sail a
by the Coast Guard under 49 CFR part 40 and for substances for vessel, or to control, monitor, or maintain the vessel's main or
U

which the Department of Health and Human Services has auxiliary equipment or systems. Operation includes:
established an approved testing protocol and positive threshold.
(a) Determining the vessel's position, piloting, directing the vessel
.P

§16.105 Definitions Of Terms Used In This Part.
Chemical test means a scientifically recognized test which
analyzes an individual's breath, blood, urine, saliva, bodily fluids,
or tissues for evidence of dangerous drug or alcohol use.
.G
along a desired trackline, keeping account of the vessel's
progress through the water, ordering or executing changes in
course, rudder position, or speed, and maintaining a lookout;
(b) Controlling, operating, monitoring, maintaining, or testing: the

Consortium/Third party administrator (C/TPA) means a
service agent who provides or coordinates the provision of a
variety of drug and alcohol testing services to employers. C/TPAs
typically perform administrative tasks concerning the operation of
the employers' drug and alcohol testing programs. This term
C
vessel's propulsion and steering systems; electric power
generators; bilge, ballast, fire, and cargo pumps; deck machinery
including winches, windlasses, and lifting equipment; lifesaving
equipment and appliances; firefighting systems and equipment;

and navigation and communication equipment; and

includes, but is not limited to, groups of employers who join
together to administer, as a single entity, the DOT drug and
alcohol testing programs of its members.
Crewmember means an individual who is:
(a) On board a vessel acting under the authority of a license,
certificate of registry, or merchant mariner's document issued
under this subchapter, whether or not the individual is a member
of the vessel's crew; or
(c) Mooring, anchoring, and line handling; loading or discharging
of cargo or fuel; assembling or disassembling of tows; and
maintaining the vessel's stability and watertight integrity.
Passes a chemical test for dangerous drugs means the result
of a chemical test conducted in accordance with 49 CFR part 40
is reported as "negative" by a Medical Review Officer in
accordance with that part.

(b) Engaged or employed on board a vessel owned in the United
States that is required by law or regulation to engage, employ, or
be operated by an individual holding a license, certificate of
registry, or merchant mariner's document issued under this
subchapter, except the following:
(1) Individuals on fish processing vessels who are primarily
Positive rate for random drug testing means the number of
verified positive results for random drug tests conducted under
this part plus the number of refusals of random drug tests
required by this part, divided by the total number of random drug
test results (i.e., positives, negatives, and refusals) under this
part.

37
Refuse to submit means you refused to take a drug test as set
out in 49 CFR 40.191.
Serious marine incident means an event defined in 46 CFR
4.03-2.
Service agent means any person or entity that provides services
specified under this part or 49 CFR part 40 to employers and/or
crewmembers in connection with DOT drug and alcohol testing
requirements. This includes, but is not limited to, collectors, BATs
and STTs, laboratories, MROs, substance abuse professionals,
and C/ TPAs. To act as service agents, persons and
organizations must meet the qualifications set forth in applicable
sections of 49 CFR part 40. Service agents are not employers for
purposes of this part.
Sponsoring organization is any company, consortium,
corporation, association, union, or other organization with which
individuals serving in the marine industry, or their employers, are
associated.
Stand-down means the practice of temporarily removing a
crewmember from the performance of safety-sensitive functions
based only on a report from a laboratory to the MRO of a
confirmed positive test for a drug or drug metabolite, an
adulterated test, or a substituted test, before the MRO has
completed verification of the test result.
Substance Abuse Professional (SAP) means a person who
evaluates employees who have violated a DOT drug and alcohol
regulation and makes recommendations concerning education,
treatment, follow-up testing, and aftercare.
Vessel owned in the United States means any vessel
C
documented or numbered under the laws of the United States;
and any vessel owned by a citizen of the United States that is not
documented or numbered by any nation.
LI
[CGD 86-067, 53 FR 47079, Nov. 21, 1988; 53 FR 48367, Nov.
30, 1988, as amended by CGD 90-014, 56 FR 31033, July 8,
1991; CGD 90-053, 58 FR 31107, May 28, 1993; CGD 93-051, 59
B
FR 28792, June 3, 1994; 59 FR 62226, Dec. 2, 1994; CGD 91-
223, 60 FR 4525, Jan. 23, 1995; 66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001]
U
§16.107 Waivers.
(a) To obtain a waiver from 49 CFR 40.21 or from this part you
must send your request for a waiver to the Commandant (G-
.P
MOA).
(b) Employers for whom compliance with this part would violate
the domestic laws or policies of another country may request an
exemption from the drug testing requirements of this part by
.G
submitting a written request to Commandant (G-MOA), at the
address listed in §16.500(a).
(c) An employer may request a waiver from the Coast Guard in
order to stand-down a crewmember following the Medical Review
C
Officer's receipt of a laboratory report of a confirmed positive test
for a drug or drug metabolite, an adulterated test, or a substituted
test pertaining to the crewmember. Consistent with 49 CFR 40.21,
the request for a waiver must include as a minimum: Information
about the organization and the proposed written company policy
concerning stand-down. Specific elements required in the written
waiver request are contained in 49 CFR 40.21(c).
[66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001]
§16.109 Public Interest Exclusion (PIE).
Service agents are subject to Public Interest Exclusion (PIE)
actions in accordance with 49 CFR Part 40, subpart R. The PIE is
an action which excludes from participation in DOT's drug and
alcohol testing program any service agent who, by serious
noncompliance with this part or with 49 CFR part 40, has shown
that it is not currently acting in a responsible manner.
38
[66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001]
§16.113 Chemical Drug Testing.
(a) Drug testing programs required by this part must be conducted
in accordance with 49 CFR part 40, Procedures for Transportation
Workplace Testing Programs. This subpart summarizes the
responsibilities of documented and licensed mariners, marine
employers, MRO, SAP and other chemical testing service
providers in 49 CFR part 40. The regulations in 49 CFR part 40
should be consulted to determine the specific procedures which
must be established and utilized. Drug testing programs required
by this part must use only drug testing laboratories certified by the
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS).
(b) Each specimen collected in accordance with this part will be
tested, as provided in 49 CFR 40.85, for the following:
(1) Marijuana;
(2) Cocaine;
S
(3) Opiates;
(4) Phencyclidine (PCP); and
N
(5) Amphetamines.
[66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001]
IO
§16.115 Penalties.
Violation of this part is subject to the civil penalties set forth in 46
U.S.C. 2115. Any person who fails to implement or conduct, or
who otherwise fails to comply with the requirements for chemical
T
testing for dangerous drugs as prescribed under this part, is liable
to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more
than $5,000 for each violation. Each day of a continuing violation
A will constitute a separate violation.
[66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001]
Subpart B–Required Chemical Testing
§16.203 Employer, MRO, And SAP Responsibilities.
(a) Employers.
(1) Employers must ensure that they and their crewmembers
meet the requirements of this part.
(2) Employers are responsible for all the actions of their officials,
representatives, and agents in carrying out the requirements of
this part.
(3) All agreements and arrangements, written or unwritten,
between and among employers and service agents concerning
the implementation of DOT drug testing requirements are
deemed, as a matter of law, to require compliance with all
applicable provisions of this part and DOT agency drug testing
regulations. Compliance with these provisions is a material term
of all such agreements and arrangements.
(b) Medical Review Officer (MRO).
(1) Individuals performing MRO functions must meet the training
requirements and follow the procedures in 49 CFR Part 40.
(2) MROs may report chemical drug test results to the Coast
Guard for unemployed, self-employed, or individual mariners.
(c) Substance Abuse Professional (SAP). Individuals
performing SAP functions must meet the training requirements
and follow the procedures in 49 CFR Part 40.
[66 FR 42964, August 16, 2001]
§16.240 Serious Marine Incident Testing Requirements.
The marine employer shall ensure that all persons directly
involved in a serious marine incident are chemically tested for
evidence of dangerous drugs and alcohol in accordance with the
requirements of 46 CFR 4.06.
§16.250 Reasonable Cause Testing Requirements.
(a) The marine employer shall require any crewmember engaged
or employed on board a vessel owned in the United States that is
required by law or regulation to engage, employ or be operated by
an individual holding a license, certificate of registry, or merchant
mariner's document issued under this subchapter, who is
reasonably suspected of using a dangerous drug to be chemically
tested for dangerous drugs.
contemporaneous physical, behavioral, or performance indicators
of probable use. Where practicable, this belief should be based
on the observation of the individual by two persons in supervisory
positions.
(c) When the marine employer requires testing of an individual
under the provisions of this section, the individual must be
informed of that fact and directed to provide a urine specimen as
soon as practicable. This fact shall be entered in the vessel's
official log book, if one is required.

(b) The marine employer's decision to test must be based on a (d) If an individual refuses to provide a urine specimen when
reasonable and articulable belief that the individual has used a directed to do so by the employer under the provisions of this
dangerous drug based on direct observation of specific, section, this fact shall be entered in the vessel's official log book,
if one is required.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

39
 Part 30 – General Provisions
Table Of Contents 30.15-1 Conditions Under Which Equivalents May Be Used–
TB/ALL.
[NOTE: Parts 151 through 157 in 33 CFR subchapter O contain
additional design, equipment, and operations requirements Subpart 30.25–Commodities Regulated
relating to pollution prevention for vessels that carry oil.]
30.25-1 Cargoes Carried In Vessels Certificated Under The
Subpart 30.01–Administration Rules Of This Subchapter.
30.25-3 Benzene.
Sec.
30.01-1 Purpose Of Regulations. Subpart 30.30–Interim Procedures For Evaluating Vessel
30.01-3 Incorporation By Reference. Personnel Licensing And Certification Programs Of Foreign
30.01-5 Application Of Regulations–TB/ALL. Countries
30.01-6 Application To Vessels On An International Voyage.
30.30-1 Scope And Purpose.
Subpart 30.10–Definitions 30.30-3 Evaluation Materials.

S
30.30-5 Submission Of Evaluation Materials.
30.10-1 Definition Of Terms–TB/ALL. 30.30-7 Availability Of Materials.
30.10-2 Accommodation Space–TB/ALL. 30.30-9 Evaluation.

N
30.10-2a Anniversary Date–TB/ALL. 30.30-11 Determinations.
30.10-3 Approved–TB/ALL.
30.10-5 Cargo–TB/ALL. Authority: 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 7101, 7301, and 7701;

30.10-5a Cargo Area–TB/ALL.
30.10-5b Cargo Control Station–TB/ALL.
30.10-6 Cargo Handling Room–TB/ALL.
30.10-6a Category A Machinery Space–TB/ALL.
IO
Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
[SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16657, Dec. 30, 1965, unless
otherwise noted.]
[64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000; 65 FR

T
30.10-7 Certificated–TB/ALL.
30.10-9 Classification Requirements–TB/ALL. 10943, Mar. 1, 2000; 67 FR 34756, May 15, 2002]
30.10-11 Coastwise–TB/C.
30.10-13 Cofferdam–TB/ALL.
30.10-14 Combination Carrier–TB/ALL.
30.10-15 Combustible Liquid–TB/ALL.
A Subpart 30.01–Administration
§30.01-1 Purpose Of Regulations.
C
30.10-17 Commandant–TB/ALL. (a) The rules and regulations in this subchapter are prescribed for
30.10-19 Coast Guard District Commander–TB/ALL. all tank vessels in accordance with the intent of the various
30.10-19aControl Space–TB/ALL. statutes administered by the Coast Guard and to provide for a
LI

30.10-20 Deadweight Or DWT–TB/ALL. correct and uniform administration of the vessel inspection
30.10-21 Flammable Or Inflammable–TB/ALL. requirements applicable to tank vessels.
30.10-22 Flammable Liquid–TB/ALL.
30.10-23 Flame Arrester–TB/ALL.
B

[CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5712, Apr. 12, 1968]

30.10-25 Flame Screen–TB/ALL.
30.10-27 Flashpoint–TB/ALL. §30.01-3 Incorporation By Reference.
U

30.10-29 Gas Free–TB/ALL. (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with
30.10-31 General Rules And Regulations–TB/ALL. the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5
30.10-33 Great Lakes–TB/L. U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other
30.10-35 Headquarters–TB/ALL.
.P

than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast

30.10-37 Keel Laying Date–TB/ALL. Guard must publish notice of change in the Federal Register; and
30.10-38 Lightweight–TB/ALL. the material must be available to the public. All approved material
30.10-39 Liquefied Flammable Gas–TB/ALL. is available for inspection at the Office of the Federal Register,
30.10-41 Lakes, Bays, And Sounds–TB/B. 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and at
30.10-42 Machinery Space–TB/ALL. the U.S. Coast Guard Office of Design and Engineering
.G

30.10-43 Marine Inspector Or Inspector–TB/ALL. Standards (G-MSE), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC
30.10-45 Ocean–TB/O. 20593-0001, and is available from the sources indicated in
30.10-47 Officer In Charge, Marine Inspection–TB/ALL. paragraph (b) of this section.
30.10-48 Oil Fuel–TB/ALL.
C

30.10-48aOil Fuel Unit–TB/ALL. (b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
30.10-49 Permit–TB/ALL. part, and the sections affected are as follows:
30.10-50 Pilot Boarding Equipment And Point Of Access.
30.10-55 Pressure Vacuum Relief Valve–TB/ALL. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
30.10-57 Recognized Classification Society–TB/ALL. 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
30.10-59 Reid Vapor Pressure–TB/ALL. ASTM D 323-94, Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure of
30.10-61 Rivers–TB/R. Petroleum Products (Reid Method)–30.10-22; 30.10-59
30.10-62 Self-Propelled Tank Vessel–TB/ALL.
30.10-62aService Spaces–TB/ALL. [64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943, Mar. 1, 2000]
30.10-63 Spark Arrester–TB/ALL.
30.10-65 Tank Barge–B/ALL. §30.01-5 Application Of Regulations–TB/ALL.
30.10-67 Tankship–T/ALL. [NOTE: 33 CFR subchapter O (parts 151 through 157) contains
30.10-69 Tank Vessel–TB/ALL. additional design, equipment, and operations requirements
30.10-71 Tankerman–TB/ALL. relating to pollution prevention for vessels that carry oil.]

Subpart 30.15–Equivalents (a) The regulations in this subchapter contain requirements for
materials, design, construction, inspection, manning, and

40
operation of tank vessels, including handling and stowage of
cargo and duties of officers and crew. However, vessels
certificated as passenger, cargo, and miscellaneous vessels,
whose principal purpose or use is not the carriage of flammable or
combustible liquid cargo in bulk, may be granted a permit to carry
limited quantities of flammable or combustible liquid cargo in bulk
in the grades indicated:
indicated by letters in the heading of the section or paragraph.
The first letter or two letters indicate the type of vessel and the
letter or letters following the oblique line indicate the waters in
which such vessels may operate. These letters are described as
follows:
(1) "T" signifies a tankship.

(1) Passenger vessels: (2) "B" signifies a tank barge when it precedes an oblique line; or
it signifies service on bays, sounds, and lakes other than the
(1)(i) Grade E in an integral tank; and Great Lakes when it follows an oblique line.

(1)(ii) Grade E in a portable tank, including a marine portable tank (3) "ALL" signifies service on all waters.
(MPT), in accordance with subpart 98.30 or 98.33 of this chapter.
(4) "O" signifies service on ocean waters.
(2) Cargo vessels:
(5) "C" signifies services on coastwise waters.
(2)(i) Grades D and E in an integral tank; and
(6) "L" signifies service on Great Lakes waters.

S
(2)(ii) Grades D and E and certain specifically named Grade C in
a portable tank, including an MPT, in accordance with subpart (7) "R" signifies service on river waters.

N
98.30 or 98.33 of this chapter.
(d) This subchapter is applicable to all U.S.-flag vessels indicated
(3) Miscellaneous vessels, such as cable, salvage, pile-driving in Column 2 of Table 30.01-5(d), except as follows:

and oil-drilling-rig vessels:
(3)(i) Grades B, C, D, and E in a fixed independent or integral
tank authorized by the Commandant; and
IO
(1) Any vessel operating exclusively on inland waters which are
not navigable waters of the United States.
(2) Any vessel while laid up and dismantled and out of

T
(3)(ii) Grades D and E and certain specifically named Grade C in commission.
a portable tank, including an MPT, in accordance with subpart
98.30 or 98.33 of this chapter. (3) With the exception of vessels of the U.S. Maritime
(b) [Reserved]
A Administration, any vessel with title vested in the United States
and which is used for public purposes.
C
(c) The vessels and services to which each regulation applies are
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

41
 C
.G
.P
U
B

42
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

43
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

44
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

45
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

46
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S

(e) This subchapter shall be applicable to all foreign flag vessels
carrying combustible or flammable liquid cargo in bulk while in the
navigable waters over which the United States has jurisdiction,
except that:
A §30.01-6 Application To Vessels On An International Voyage.
C
(1) A vessel of a foreign nation signatory to the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, which has on board a
LI
current valid Safety Equipment Certificate, or a vessel of a foreign
nation having inspection laws approximating those of the United
States, together with reciprocal inspection arrangements with the
United States and which has on board a current valid certificate of
B
inspection issued by its government under such arrangements, in
either case, shall be subject only to the requirements of §35.01-1
and the safety and cargo handling requirements in subparts 35.30
U
and 35.35 of this subchapter. In addition, these vessels shall
report marine casualties occurring while they are in the navigable
waters of the United States as required by subpart 35.15.
.P
(2) A foreign flag vessel, except a public vessel, which operates
on or enters the navigable waters of the United States, or which
transfers oil in any port or place subject to the jurisdiction of the
United States, must comply with the provisions of §31.10-21a and
.G
subparts 32.53, 32.59 and 34.05 of this chapter, as applicable.
(f) Notwithstanding the exceptions previously noted in paragraph
C
(e) of this section, foreign vessels of novel design or construction,
or whose operation involves potential unusual risks, shall be
subject to inspection to the extent necessary to safeguard life and
property in United States ports, as further provided by §2.01-13 of
subchapter A (Procedures applicable to the Public) of this
chapter.
(g) Manned barges carrying any of the cargoes listed in Table
30.25-1 will be considered individually by the Commandant and
may be required to comply with the requirements of subchapter O
of this chapter, as applicable, as well as the requirements of this
subchapter.
(h) Subpart 30.30 contains procedures for evaluating vessel
personnel licensing and certification programs of foreign countries
which license or certificate personnel serving on tank vessels that
enter or operate in U.S. navigable waters and ports.
47
S
N
IO
T
[67 FR 34756, May 15, 2002]
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this
section, the regulations in this subchapter that apply to a vessel
on an international voyage apply to a vessel that:
(1) Is mechanically propelled and of at least 500 gross tons; and
(2) Is engaged on a voyage:
(2)(i) From a country to which the International Convention for
Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS 74) applies, to a port outside
that country or the reverse;
(2)(ii) From any territory, including the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, all possessions of the United States, and all lands held by
the United States under a protectorate or mandate, whose
international relations are the responsibility of a contracting
SOLAS 74 government, or which is administered by the United
Nations, to a port outside that territory or the reverse; or
(2)(iii) Between the contiguous states of the United States and the
states of Hawaii or Alaska or between the states of Hawaii and
Alaska.
(b) The regulations that apply to a vessel on an international
voyage in this subchapter do not apply to ships engaged on a
voyage solely on the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence River as
far east as a straight line drawn from Cap des Rosiers to West
Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north side of Anticosti Island,
the 63rd Meridian;
(c) The Commandant or his authorized representative may
exempt any vessel on an international voyage from the
requirements of this subchapter if the vessel:
(1) Makes a single international voyage in exceptional
circumstances; and
(2) Meets safety requirements prescribed for the voyage by the
Commandant.
(d) The Commandant or his authorized representative may
exempt any vessel from the construction requirements of this
subchapter if the vessel does not proceed more than 20 nautical
miles from the nearest land in the course of its voyage.
[CGD 72-131R, 38 FR 29320, Oct. 24, 1973, as amended by
CGD 80-123, 45 FR 64586, Sept. 30, 1980; CGD 90-008, 55 FR
30660, July 26, 1990; CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25286, May 20, 1996;
66 FR 48617, Sept. 21, 2001]
Subpart 30.10–Definitions
§30.10-1 Definition Of Terms–TB/ALL.
Certain terms used in the regulations in this subchapter are
defined in this subpart.
§30.10-2 Accommodation Space–TB/ALL.
The term accommodation space means any public space such
as a hall, dining room, mess room, lounge, corridor, lavatory,
cabin, office, hospital, cinema, game and hobby room, pantry that
contains no cooking appliances, and a similar space open to the
passengers and crew.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3842, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-2a Anniversary Date–TB/ALL.
The term anniversary date means the day and the month of
each year, which corresponds to the date of expiration of the
Certificate of Inspection.
[65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000]
§30.10-3 Approved–TB/ALL.
The term approved means approved by the Commandant unless
otherwise stated.
A [CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976]
C
§30.10-5 Cargo–TB/ALL.
The term cargo means combustible liquid, flammable liquid, or
LI
liquefied flammable gas unless otherwise stated.
§30.10-5a Cargo Area–TB/ALL.
The term cargo area means that part of a vessel that includes the
B
cargo tanks and other tanks into which cargo or cargo vapors are
intentionally introduced, holds containing these tanks, all
intervening space within, between, below, or outboard of these
U
tanks or holds, and the deck area over the length and beam of the
vessel above these tanks, holds, or spaces.
.P
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3842, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-5b Cargo Control Station–TB/ALL.
The term cargo control station means a location that is manned
during cargo transfer operations for the purpose of directing or
.G
controlling the loading or unloading of cargo.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3842, Jan. 26, 1976]
C
§30.10-6 Cargo Handling Room–TB/ALL.
The term cargo handling room means any enclosed space
where cargo is pumped, compressed, or processed. Examples of
cargo handling rooms are pump rooms, compressor rooms, and
cargo valve rooms.
[CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19983, Dec. 28, 1968]
§30.10-6a Category A Machinery Space–TB/ALL.
The term Category A machinery space means any space and
trunks and ducts to such a space that contains:
(a) Internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion;
(b) Internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than
main propulsion where the total aggregate power is at least 500
brake horsepower;
(c) Internal combustion machinery that uses a fuel that has a flash
48
point of less than 43.3°C (110°F); or
(d) One or more oil fired boilers or oil fuel units.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3842, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-7 Certificated–TB/ALL.
The term certificated when applied to tank vessels refers to a
vessel covered by a certificate of inspection issued by the Coast
Guard; when applied to men employed on tank vessels, the term
refers to a certificate of ability issued by the Coast Guard.
§30.10-9 Classification Requirements–TB/ALL.
The term classification requirements means applicable rules
and supplementary requirements of the American Bureau of
Shipping, or other recognized classification society.
§30.10-11 Coastwise–TB/C.
Under this designation shall be included all tank vessels normally
S
navigating the waters of any ocean or the Gulf of Mexico 20
nautical miles or less offshore.
N
§30.10-13 Cofferdam–TB/ALL.
The term cofferdam means a void or empty space separating two
IO
or more compartments for the purpose of isolation or to prevent
the contents of one compartment from entering another in the
event of the failure of the walls of one to retain their tightness.
§30.10-14 Combination Carrier–TB/ALL.
T
The term combination carrier means a tank vessel designed to
carry alternatively liquid and solid cargoes in bulk.
§30.10-15 Combustible Liquid–TB/ALL.
The term combustible liquid means any liquid having a
flashpoint above 80°F. (as determined from an open-cup tester,
as used for test of burning oils). In the regulations of this
subchapter, combustible liquids are referred to by grades, as
follows:
(a) Grade D. Any combustible liquid having a flashpoint below
150°F. and above 80°F.
(b) Grade E. Any combustible liquid having a flashpoint of 150°F.
or above.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16657, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
73-96, 42 FR 49023, Sept. 26, 1977]
§30.10-17 Commandant–TB/ALL.
The term Commandant means the Commandant of the Coast
Guard.
§30.10-19 Coast Guard District Commander–TB/ALL.
The term Coast Guard District Commander means an officer of
the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant to
command all Coast Guard activities within his district which
include the enforcement and administration of Subtitle II, Title 46,
U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33, U.S. Code, and regulations
issued under these statutes.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16657, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51197, Sept. 30, 1997]
§30.10-19a Control Space–TB/ALL.
The term control space means an enclosed space in which is
located a ship's radio, main navigating equipment, or emergency
source of power or in which is located centralized fire recording or
fire control equipment, but not including firefighting apparatus that
must be located in the cargo area or individual pieces of
firefighting equipment.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-20 Deadweight Or DWT–TB/ALL.
The term deadweight or DWT means the difference in metric
tons between the lightweight displacement and the total
displacement of a vessel measured in water of specific gravity
1.025 at the load waterline corresponding to the summer
freeboard assigned according to 46 CFR, subchapter E.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-21 Flammable Or Inflammable–TB/ALL.
The words flammable and inflammable are interchangeable or
synonymous terms for the purpose of the regulations in this
subchapter.
§30.10-22 Flammable Liquid–TB/ALL.
The term flammable liquid means any liquid which gives off
flammable vapors (as determined by flashpoint from an open-cup
tester, as used for test of burning oils) at or below a temperature
of 80°F. Flammable liquids are referred to by grades as follows:
(a) Grade A. Any flammable liquid having a Reid1 vapor pressure
of 14 pounds or more.
1
(b) Grade B. Any flammable liquid having a Reid vapor pressure
under 14 pounds and over 8 1/2 pounds.
1
(c) Grade C. Any flammable liquid having a Reid vapor pressure
of 8 1/2 pounds or less and a flashpoint of 80°F. or below.
1
[ American Society for Testing Materials Standard D 323
(incorporated by reference, see §30.01-3), Method of Test for
Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method).]
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16657, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
73-96, 42 FR 49023, Sept. 26, 1977; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29,
2000]
LI
§30.10-23 Flame Arrester–TB/ALL.
The term flame arrester means any device or assembly of a
cellular, tubular, pressure, or other type used for preventing the
passage of flames into enclosed spaces.
B
§30.10-25 Flame Screen–TB/ALL.
The term flame screen means a fitted single screen of corrosion-
U
resistant wire of at least 30 by 30 mesh, or two fitted screens,
both of corrosion-resistant wire, of at least 20 by 20 mesh, spaced
not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 1/2 inches apart.
.P
§30.10-27 Flashpoint–TB/ALL.
The term flashpoint indicates the temperature in degrees
Fahrenheit at which a liquid gives off a flammable vapor when
heated in an open-cup tester. For the purpose of the regulations
.G
in this subchapter, flashpoints determined by other testing
methods will be equivalent to those determined with an open-cup
tester, as follows:
C
TABLE 30.10-27 – EQUIVALENT FLASHPOINTS
[In degrees Farenheit]
Open-cup Tag closed-cup Pensky-Martens
Tester tester Closed tester
(A.S.T.M) (A.S.T.M)
80 75
150 140
§30.10-29 Gas Free–TB/ALL.
The term gas free means free from dangerous concentrations of
flammable or toxic gases.
§30.10-31 General Rules And Regulations–TB/ALL.
The term general rules and regulations means
requirements contained in this chapter.
§30.10-33 Great Lakes–TB/L.
Under this designation shall be included all tank vessels
navigating the Great Lakes.
§30.10-35 Headquarters–TB/ALL.
The term Headquarters means the Office of the Commandant,
U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16657, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5712, Apr. 12, 1968; CGD 88-070, 53 FR
34533, Sept. 7, 1988]
§30.10-37 Keel Laying Date–TB/ALL.
The term keel laying date means the date upon which
progressive construction identifiable with a specific vessel begins,
including construction of the first module or prefabricated section
of the hull that is identifiable with that vessel.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976]
S
§30.10-38 Lightweight–TB/ALL.
The term lightweight means the displacement of a vessel in
N
metric tons without cargo, oil fuel, lubricating oil, ballast water,
fresh water, feedwater in tanks, consumable stores, and persons
and their effects.
IO
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-39 Liquefied Flammable Gas–TB/ALL.
T
The term liquefied flammable gas means any flammable gas
having a Reid vapor pressure exceeding 40 pounds, which has
been liquefied.
A [CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15267, Dec. 6, 1966]
C
§30.10-41 Lakes, Bays, And Sounds–TB/B.
Under this designation shall be included all tank vessels
navigating the waters of any of the lakes, bays, or sounds other
than the waters of the Great Lakes.
§30.10-42 Machinery Space–TB/ALL.
The term machinery space means any space that contains
machinery and related equipment including Category A machinery
spaces, propelling machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and
internal combustion engines, generators and centralized electrical
machinery, oil filling stations, refrigeration, stabilizing, ventilation,
and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces and trunks to
such spaces.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-43 Marine Inspector Or Inspector–TB/ALL.
The terms marine inspector or inspector mean any person from
the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard assigned under
the superintendence and direction of an Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, or any other person as may be designated for the
performance of duties with respect to the enforcement and
administration of Subtitle II, Title 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title
33, U.S. Code, and regulations issued under these statutes.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16657, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 11597, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR
52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
§30.10-45 Ocean–TB/O.
Under this designation shall be included all tank vessels normally
navigating the waters of any ocean or the Gulf of Mexico more
than 20 nautical miles offshore.
§30.10-47 Officer In Charge, Marine Inspection–TB/ALL.
the The term Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, means any
person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard
designated as such by the Commandant and who under the
superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard District
49
Commander is in charge of an inspection zone for the
performance of duties with respect to the enforcement and
administration of Subtitle II, Title 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title
33, U.S. Code, and regulations issued under these statutes.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16657, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51197, Sept. 30, 1997]
§30.10-48 Oil Fuel–TB/ALL.
The term oil fuel means oil used as fuel for machinery in the
vessel in which it is carried.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-48a Oil Fuel Unit–TB/ALL.
The term oil fuel unit means the equipment used for the
preparation of oil fuel for delivery to an oil fired boiler, the
equipment used for the preparation of heated oil fuel for delivery
to an internal combustion engine, and any oil fuel pressure pump,
filter, and heater that deals with oil at a pressure of more than 1.8
kilograms per square centimeter (25 p.s.i.) gauge.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-49 Permit–TB/ALL.
The term permit refers to endorsement on the certificate of
inspection, authorizing the presence on board of liquid flammable
or combustible cargoes in bulk, issued by an Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, for a tank vessel which is found to be in
substantial compliance with the regulations in this subchapter.
§30.10-50 Pilot Boarding Equipment And Point Of Access.
(a) Pilot boarding equipment means a pilot ladder,
accommodation ladder, pilot hoist, or combination of them as
C
required by this subchapter.
(b) Point of access means the place on deck of a vessel where a
LI
person steps onto or off of pilot boarding equipment.
[CGD 79-032, 49 FR 25455, June 21, 1984]
B
§30.10-55 Pressure Vacuum Relief Valve–TB/ALL.
The term pressure vacuum relief valve means any device or
assembly of a mechanical, liquid, weight, or other type used for
U
the automatic regulation of pressure or vacuum in enclosed
places.
.P
§30.10-57 Recognized Classification Society–TB/ALL.
The term recognized classification society means the
American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society
recognized by the Commandant.
.G
§30.10-59 Reid Vapor Pressure–TB/ALL.
The term Reid vapor pressure means the vapor pressure of a
liquid at a temperature of 100°F., expressed in pounds per square
inch absolute, as determined by the Reid Method as described in
the American Society for Testing Materials Standard D 323
C
(incorporated by reference, see §30.01-3), Method of Test for
Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products. This Standard is available
at Headquarters for reading purposes or it may be purchased
from the Society at 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken,
PA 19428-2959.
[65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
§30.10-61 Rivers–TB/R.
Under this designation shall be included all tank vessels whose
navigation is restricted to rivers and/or to canals, exclusively.
§30.10-62 Self-Propelled Tank Vessel–TB/ALL.
Self-propelled tank vessel means a self-propelled tank vessel
other than a tankship.
[CGD 79-116, 62 FR 25135, May 8, 1997]
50
§30.10-62a Service Spaces–TB/ALL.
Service spaces are spaces that are used for galleys, pantries
containing cooking appliances, lockers, storerooms, paint and
lamp rooms and similar spaces that contain highly combustible
materials, laundries, garbage and trash disposal and stowage
rooms, workshops other than those forming part of the machinery
spaces, and similar spaces and trunks to such spaces.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976]
§30.10-63 Spark Arrester–TB/ALL.
The term spark arrester means any device, assembly, or method
of a mechanical, centrifugal, cooling, or other type and of a size
suitable for the retention or quenching of sparks in exhaust pipes
from internal combustion engines.
§30.10-65 Tank Barge–B/ALL.
The term tank barge means a nonself-propelled tank vessel.
S
[CGD 79-116, 62 FR 25135, May 8, 1997]
N
§30.10-67 Tankship–T/ALL.
The term tankship means a self-propelled tank vessel
constructed or adapted primarily to carry oil or hazardous material
IO
in bulk in the cargo spaces.
[CGD 79-116, 62 FR 25135, May 8, 1997]
§30.10-69 Tank Vessel–TB/ALL.
T
The term tank vessel means a vessel that is constructed or
adapted to carry, or that carries, oil or hazardous material in bulk
as cargo or cargo residue, and that–
A (a) Is a vessel of the United States;
(b) Operates on the navigable waters of the United States; or
(c) Transfers oil or hazardous material in a port or place subject to
the jurisdiction of the United States.
[CGD 79-116, 62 FR 25135, May 8, 1997]
§30.10-71 Tankerman–TB/ALL.
The following ratings are established in part 13 of this chapter.
The terms for the ratings identify persons holding valid merchant
mariners' documents for service in the ratings issued under that
part:
(a) Tankerman-PIC.
(b) Tankerman-PIC (Barge).
(c) Restricted Tankerman-PIC.
(d) Restricted Tankerman-PIC (Barge).
(e) Tankerman-Assistant.
(f) Tankerman-Engineer.
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17155, Apr. 4, 1995]
Subpart 30.15–Equivalents
§30.15-1 Conditions Under Which Equivalents May Be Used–
TB/ALL.
(a) Where in this subchapter it is provided that a particular fitting,
material, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof,
shall be fitted or carried in a vessel, or that any particular
provision shall be made or arrangement shall be adopted, the
Commandant may accept in substitution therefore any other
fitting, material, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof, or any
other arrangement: Provided, That he shall have been satisfied by
suitable trials that the fitting, material, appliance, apparatus, or
equipment, or type thereof, or the provision or arrangement is at
least as effective as that specified in this subchapter.
(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the
Commandant that the use of any particular equipment, apparatus,
or arrangement not specifically required by law is unreasonable or
impracticable, the Commandant may permit the use of alternate
equipment, apparatus, or arrangement to such an extent and
upon such conditions as will insure, to his satisfaction, a degree of
safety consistent with the minimum standards set forth in this
subchapter.
Subpart 30.25–Commodities Regulated
§30.25-1 Cargoes Carried In Vessels Certificated Under The
Rules Of This Subchapter.
The cargoes listed in Table 30.25-1 are flammable or combustible
and when transported in bulk must be in vessels certificated
under the rules of this subchapter. A mixture or blend of two or
more cargoes appearing in Table 30.25-1 may be transported
under the provisions of this subchapter. A category A, B, or C
noxious liquid substance (NLS) cargo, as defined in §153.2 of this
chapter, that is listed in Table 30.25-1 and any mixture containing
one or more category A, B, or C NLS cargoes listed in Table
30.25-1 may be carried in bulk under this subchapter if the vessel
is not regulated under part 153 of this chapter. If the vessel is
regulated under §153.1 of this chapter, category A, B, and C NLS
cargoes must be carried under part 153, or, as an alternative in
the case of category C oil-like NLS, under 33 CFR part 151.
Requirements for category D NLS cargoes and mixtures of non-
NLS cargoes with category D NLS cargoes are in 33 CFR part
151.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

51
 C
.G
.P
U
B

52
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

53
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

54
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

55
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

56
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

57
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 CGD 92-100, 59 FR 17005, Apr. 11, 1994; CGD 94-900, 59 FR
45135, Aug. 31, 1994; CGD 94-902, 60 FR 34042, 34045, June
29, 1995; CGD 95-900, 60 FR 39267, Aug. 2, 1995; 65 FR 67136,
Nov. 8, 2000]

§30.25-3 Benzene.
The provisions contained in 46 CFR part 197, subpart C, apply to
liquid cargoes containing 0.5% or more benzene by volume.

[CGD 88-040, 56 FR 65006, Dec. 13, 1991]

Subpart 30.30–Interim Procedures For

Evaluating Vessel Personnel Licensing And
Certification Programs Of Foreign Countries
[SOURCE: CGD 79-081a, 45 FR 23427, Apr. 7, 1980, unless
otherwise noted.]

S
§30.30-1 Scope And Purpose.
(a) This subpart contains procedures for evaluating vessel
personnel licensing and certification programs of foreign

N
countries. Evaluations are done for countries which license or
certificate personnel serving on tank vessels that enter or operate
in U.S. navigable waters and ports.

IO
(b) The purpose of each evaluation is to determine whether a
foreign licensing and certification program has standards that are
comparable to or more stringent than U.S. standards.

T
(c) A determination that licensing and certification standards of a
foreign country are not comparable to or more stringent than U.S.

A standards will subject tank vessels manned with officers licensed

by that country to the prohibition in 33 U.S.C. 1228(a)(5) on
operation with those officers in U.S. navigable waters and ports.
C
§30.30-3 Evaluation Materials.
The materials to be submitted for evaluation must include the
LI

English text of the following:

(a) All laws, decrees, orders, and regulations relating to manning,

B

training, qualification, and watchkeeping of personnel on tank

vessels engaged in foreign trade.
U

(b) A copy of each type of license and certificate issued by the

country to tank vessel personnel.
.P

§30.30-5 Submission Of Evaluation Materials.

(a) The evaluation materials listed in §30.30-3 should be sent to
Commandant (G-MOC), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100
Second Street, SW., Washington, DC 20593. The materials
should include the name and address of the person to whom
correspondence concerning the evaluation can be sent.
.G

(b) Updated materials may be submitted at any time during the

evaluation process.
C

[CGD 79-081a, 45 FR 23427, Apr. 7, 1980, as amended by CGD

95-072, 60 FR 50461, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50726, Sept. 27, 1996]

§30.30-7 Availability Of Materials.

Evaluation materials submitted in accordance with this subpart
will be available for inspection and copying between 7:30 a.m.
and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Thursday, except holidays, at
Coast Guard Headquarters, room 1104, 2100 Second Street,
SW., Washington, DC 20593. Telephone: (202) 372-1251.

[CGD 79-081a, 45 FR 23427, Apr. 7, 1980, as amended by CGD

95-072, 60 FR 50461, Sept. 29, 1995]

[CGD 81-101, 53 FR 28972, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended by CGD §30.30-9 Evaluation.

88-100, 54 FR 40009, Sept. 29, 1989; CGD 88-100, 55 FR Materials submitted in accordance with this subpart will be
17276, Apr. 24, 1990; CGD 88-040, 56 FR 52122, Oct. 17, 1991; evaluated by comparison to the regulations in parts 5, 10, and 13

58
of this chapter, and by comparison to the U.S. laws referenced in
those regulations.
[CGD79-081a, 45 FR 23427, Apr. 7, 1980, as amended by CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997]
(b) Notice of each determination made in accordance with this
section and a brief explanation of reasons therefore will be
published in the FEDERAL REGISTER. A copy of this notice will
also be sent to the person whose name is provided in accordance
with §30.30-5.

§30.30-11 Determinations.
(a) After evaluation of materials submitted in accordance with this
subpart, a determination will be made as to whether the licensing
and certification program described by the materials has
standards that are comparable to or more stringent than
standards set by the regulations and laws referenced in §30.30-9.
(c) Each determination remains in effect for 5 years unless sooner
cancelled.
(d) Any request to reconsider a determination must be submitted
to the address listed in §30.30-5 and must include a statement of
reasons in support. The person submitting the request will be
notified in writing of the action taken.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

59
 Part 31 – Inspection And Certification
Table Of Contents Inspectors may at any time lawfully inspect any tank vessel.

Subpart 31.01–General Subpart 31.10—Inspections

Sec.
31.01-1 Inspections Required–TB/ALL.
31.01-10 Authority Of Marine Inspectors—TB/ALL.
Subpart 31.10—Inspections
31.10-18 Firefighting Equipment: General–TB/ALL.
31.10-18aLiquefied Gas Vessels: Additional Firefighting
Equipment Inspections.
31.10-19 All Firefighting Equipment May Be Tested–TB/ALL.
§31.10-18 Firefighting Equipment: General–TB/ALL.
(a) It shall be the duty of the owner, master, or person in charge
of a tank vessel to require and have performed at least once in
every 12 months, the tests and inspections of all hand portable
fire extinguishers, semiportable fire extinguishing systems, and
fixed fire extinguishing systems on board, as described in
paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. The owner, master, or
person in charge shall keep records of such tests and inspections
showing the dates when performed, the number and/or other
identification of each unit tested and inspected, and the name(s)

S
31.10-21aPeriodic Gauging Of Tank Vessel Midbodies More Than of the person(s) and/or company conducting the tests and
30 Years Old That Carry Certain Oil Cargoes–TB/ALL. inspections. Such records shall be made available to the marine
31.10-32 Loading Information-TB/ALL. inspector upon request and shall be kept for the period of validity

N
of the vessel's current certificate of inspection. Where practicable,
Subpart 31.40–Certificates Under International Convention these records should be kept in or with the vessel's logbook. The
For Safety Of Life At Sea, 1974 conduct of these tests and inspections does not relieve the owner,

IO
master, or person in charge of his responsibility to maintain this
31.40-1 Application–T/ALL. firefighting equipment in proper condition at all times.
31.40-5 Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate–T/ALL.
31.40-10 Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate–T/ALL. (b) The following tests and inspections of portable fire

T
31.40-15 Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate–T/ALL. extinguishing equipment shall be made:
31.40-25 Exemption Certificate–T/ALL.
31.40-30 Safety Management Certificate–T/ALL. TABLE 31.10-18(b)
31.40-35
31.40-40
31.40-45
Availability Of Certificates–T/ALL.
Duration Of Convention Certificates–T/ALL.
American Bureau Of Shipping–T/ALL.
A Type Unit
Soda Acid
Test
Discharge. Clean hose and inside of
extinguisher thoroughly. Recharge.
C
Foam Discharge. Clean hose and inside of
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3205, 3306, 3307, extinguisher thoroughly. Recharge.
3703; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701; 49 U.S.C. 5103, 5106; E.O. 12234, Pump tank (water or Discharge. Clean hose and inside of
LI

45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR antifreeze). extinguisher thoroughly. Recharge with
54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Department of Homeland clean water or antifreeze.
Security Delegation No. 0170.1. Section 31.10-21 also issued Cartridge operated Examine pressure cartridge and
under the authority of Sect. 4109, Pub. L. 101-380, 104 Stat. 515.
B

(water, antifreeze or replace if end is punctured or if

[SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16662, Dec. 30, 1965, unless loaded steam). cartridge is otherwise determined to
otherwise noted.] have leaked or to be in unsuitable
U

condition. Remove liquid, clean hose

[65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000] and inside of extinguisher throroughly.
Recharge with clean water, solution, or
.P

Subpart 31.01–General antifreeze.

Insert charged cartridge.
§31.01-1 Inspections Required–TB/ALL. Stored pressure (water, See that pressure gage is in operating
(a) Every tank vessel subject to the regulations in this subchapter antifreeze, or loaded range. If not, or if seal is broken, weigh
shall be inspected every 5 years or more often, if necessary, by stream). or otherwise determine that full charge
.G

the Coast Guard to see that the hull, boilers, machinery, is in extinguisher. Recharge if pressure
equipment, apparatus for storage, and appliances of the vessel is low or if extinguishing agent is
comply with marine inspection laws, and the regulations in this needed.
subchapter, and when applicable, subchapters E, F, J, O, Q, S, Carbon dioxide Weigh cylinders. Recharge if weight
loss exceeds 10 percent if weight of
C

and W of this chapter and 33 CFR parts 155 and 157.

charge. Inspect hose and nozzle to be
1
(b) Tank vessels which are laid up, dismantled, and out of sure they are clear.
commission are exempt from inspections required by law or Type Unit Test
regulations in this subchapter, provided that such vessels are Dry chemical Examine pressure cartridge and
cleaned of all cargo residue and maintained in a gas free (cartridge-operated replace if end is punctured or if
condition. type. cartridge is otherwise determined to
have leaked or to be in unsuitable
(c) For inspection and tests of tanks containing certain dangerous condition. Inspect hose and nozzle to
cargoes in bulk, see part 98 and subchapter O of this chapter. see if they are clear. Insert charged
cartridge. Be sure dy chemical is
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16662, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by freeflowing (not caked) and chamber
CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3709, Feb. 25, 1970; CGD 80-009, 48 FR contains full charge.
36458, Aug. 11, 1983; CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51006, Nov. 4, 1983; Dry chemical (stored See that pressure gage is in operating
CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25286, May 20, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR pressure type). range. If not, or if seal is broken, weigh
51043, Sept. 30, 1997; 65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000] or otherwise determine that full charge
of dry chemical is in extinguisher.
§31.01-10 Authority Of Marine Inspectors–TB/ALL. Recharge if pressure is low or if dry

60
 chemical is needed.
2
Vaporizing liquid Pump a few strokes into clean pail and
(pump type). replace liquid. Keep water out of
extinguisher or liquid. Keep
extinguisher completely full of liquid.
2
Vaporizing liquid See that pressure gage is in operating
(stored pressure type). range. Weigh or check liquid level to
determine that full charge of liquid is in
extinguisher. Recharge if pressure is
low or if liquid is needed.
1
Cylinders must be tested and marked, and all flexible
connections and discharge hoses of semi-portable carbon dioxide
and halon extinguishers must be tested or renewed, as required
by §§147.60 and 147.65 of this chapter.
2
Vaporizing-liquid type fire extinguishers containing carbon
tetrachloride or chlorobromomethane or other toxic vaporizing
liquids shall be removed from all vessels.
(c) The following tests and inspections of fixed fire extinguishing
equipment shall be made:
TABLE 31.10-18(c)
Type System Test
Foam Systems utilizing a soda solution shall
have such solution replaced. In all
cases, ascertain that powder is not
caked.
Carbon dioxide Weigh cylinders. Recharge if weight
loss exceeds 10 percent of weight of
1
charge.
1
Cylinders must be tested and marked, and all flexible
connections on fixed carbon dioxide and halon extinguishers must
A operable.
C
be tested or renewed, as required by §§147.60 and 147.65 of this
chapter.
LI
(d) Deck foam systems shall be tested at the inspection for
certification and the periodic inspection by discharging foam for
approximately 15 seconds from any nozzle designated by the
marine inspector. It shall not be required to deliver foam from all
B
foam outlets, but all lines and nozzles shall be tested with water to
prove them to be clear of obstruction. Before the inspection for
certification and periodic inspection of deck foam systems utilizing
U
a mechanical foam system, a representative sample of the foam
liquid shall be submitted to the manufacturer who will issue a
certificate indicating gravity, pH, percentage of water dilution and
.P
solid content.
(e) At each inspection for certification, periodic inspection, and at
such other times as considered necessary, the inspector shall
determine that all fire extinguishing equipment is in suitable
.G
condition and that the tests and inspections required by
paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section have been conducted. In
addition, the marine inspector may require such tests as are
considered necessary to determine the condition of the
equipment.
C
(f) On all fire extinguishing systems, all the piping, controls,
valves, and alarms shall be checked by the marine inspector to
ascertain that the system is in good operating condition.
(g) The fire main system shall be operated and the pressure
checked at the most remote and highest outlets by the marine
inspector. All fire hose shall be subjected to a test pressure
equivalent to the maximum pressure to which they may be
subjected in service, but not less than 100 p.s.i. The marine
inspector shall check that the hose couplings are securely
fastened in accordance with the regulations of this subchapter.
(h) At each inspection for certification, periodic inspection, and at
such other times as considered necessary, all carbon dioxide
cylinders for fixed, semiportable, and portable systems shall be
examined and replaced if any corrosion is found. They shall also
61
be checked by weighing to determine their contents, and if found
to be more than 10 percent under the required contents of carbon
dioxide, they shall be recharged.
(i) Steam smothering lines shall be tested with at least 50 pounds
per square inch of air pressure or by blowing steam through the
lines at the working pressure and a survey made for detecting
corrosion and defects using hammer test or such other means as
may be necessary.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16662, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5712, Apr. 12, 1968; CGD 84-044, 53 FR
7748, Mar. 10, 1988; 65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000]
§31.10-18a Liquefied Gas Vessels: Additional Firefighting
Equipment Inspections.
(a) Once during each 12 month period after the month an original
Certificate of Inspection is issued for a liquefied gas vessel under
§31.05-1, the master shall ensure that the firefighting systems
S
required in part 154 of this chapter for a liquefied gas vessel
meets the following:
N
(1) The exterior water spray system must past a water spray test.
IO
(2) The dry chemical system must meet the manufacturer's
specifications for–
(2)(i) The amount of dry chemical powder; and
T
(2)(ii) The pressure for nitrogen bottles.
(3) The piping, valves, and controls of the system must be
(b) On the same date that the requirements under paragraph (a)
of this section are met, the master shall record in the vessel's
official logbook the following information:
(1) The date of the inspection.
(2) The identification of each device inspected.
(3) The name of the inspector.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26006, May 3, 1979]
§31.10-19 All Firefighting Equipment May Be Tested–TB/ALL.
(a) During the inspection of fire-fighting equipment, the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, may require fire apparatus to be
tested, and used, except as provided under §§31.10-18(h) and
34.15-90(a) of this subchapter.
(b) [Reserved]
§31.10-21a Periodic Gauging Of Tank Vessel Midbodies More
Than 30 Years Old That Carry Certain Oil Cargoes–TB/ALL.
(a) As used in this section, the term "midbody" means the 40-
percent midship length (0.40L) of the tank vessel. The age of the
midbody is determined from its year of original construction.
(b) Midbodies of all tank vessels certificated to carry a pollution
category I oil cargo listed in 46 CFR Table 30.25-1 must undergo
an initial gauging survey and periodic regauging surveys as
follows:
(1) An initial midbody gauging survey must be accomplished no
later than the next drydocking inspection after the midbody
becomes 30 years old.
(2) Regaugings:
(2)(i) Midbodies of double hull tank vessels, or single hull tank
vessels with independent tanks, that operated in fresh water at
least 6 months in every 12-month period since the last drydock
examination must be regauged at intervals not exceeding 10
years;
(2)(ii) Midbodies of all other tank vessels must be regauged at
intervals not exceeding 5 years.
(c) The midbody gauging survey must be comprised of at least
three transverse (girth) belts of deck, bottom, side, inner hull,
trunk, and longitudinal bulkhead plating and attached longitudinal
members. The number and specific locations of the gauging
points shall be to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge of
Marine Inspection (OCMI).
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, within 60
days of the vessel's required compliance date the owner or
operator shall submit the following to the OCMI that issued the
vessel's current Certificate of Inspection:
(1) The gauging survey results.
(2) An engineering analysis signed by a registered Professional
Engineer licensed by any state of the United States or the District
of Columbia, or signed by a Coast Guard-approved organization,
that–
(2)(i) Certifies the vessel's compliance with the minimum section
modulus and plating thickness requirements of subpart 32.59 of
this chapter; or
(2)(ii) Proposes structural repairs and/or modifications that will
bring the vessel up to the required strength standards.
(e) The vessel owner or operator shall keep a permanent copy of
the Coast Guard-approved gauging report available for inspection
C
by the OCMI.
(f) Instead of the submittals required by paragraphs (c) and (d) of
LI
this section, current classification with the American Bureau of
Shipping or another recognized classification society, or a load
line certificate issued in accordance with the International
Convention on Load Lines or the International Voyage Load Line
B
Act, may be submitted as evidence of compliance with the
requirements of this section.
U
[CGD 91-209, 58 FR 52602, Oct. 8, 1993]
§31.10-32 Loading Information–TB/ALL.
.P
(a) This section applies to each tankship and tank barge the
construction of which begins on or after September 6, 1977.
(b) Each tank vessel over 300 feet in length must have the
loading information prescribed in either §42.15-1(a) or §45.105(a)
.G
of this chapter. For tank vessels subject to the Load Line Acts the
information must be approved by the Commandant or by a
recognized classification society that is approved by the
Commandant. For tank vessels not subject to the Load Line Acts
loading information must be approved by the Commandant. If the
C
vessel is a tankship, the approved information must be provided
to the master of the vessel. If the vessel is a tank barge, the
information must be provided to the person in charge of handling
the cargo during loading or off-loading of the barge.
[CGD 75-041, 42 FR 28887, June 6, 1977; 42 FR 35650, July 11,
1977]
Subpart 31.40–Certificates Under International
Convention For Safety Of Life At Sea, 1974
§31.40-1 Application–T/ALL
The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all tankships on an
international voyage (See §30.01-6 of this chapter.).
62
[CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995; 65 FR 6494, Feb. 9,
2000]
§31.40-5 Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate–T/ALL.
(a) All tankships on an international voyage are required to have a
Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate. This certificate shall
be issued by the U.S. Coast Guard or the American Bureau of
Shipping to certain vessels on behalf of the United States of
America as provided in Regulation 12, Chapter I, of the
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974.
(b) All such tankships shall meet the applicable requirements of
this chapter for tankships on an international voyage.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16662, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
90-008, 55 FR 30660, July 26, 1990]
§31.40-10 Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate–T/ALL.
(a) All tankships on an international voyage are required to have a
S
Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate.
N
(b) All such tankships shall meet the applicable requirements of
this chapter for tankships on an international voyage.
IO
§31.40-15 Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate–T/ALL.
Every tankship equipped with a radio installation on an
international voyage must have a Cargo Ship Safety Radio
Certificate. Each radio installation must meet the requirements of
the Federal Communication Commission and the International
T
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea.
[OGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16662, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
A USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53223, Oct. 1, 1999; 65 FR 6494, Feb.
9, 2000]
§31.40-25 Exemption Certificate–T/ALL.
(a) A tankship may be exempted by the Commandant from
complying with certain requirements of the Convention under his
administration upon request made in writing to him and
transmitted via the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) When an exemption is granted to a tankship by the
Commandant under and in accordance with the Convention, an
Exemption Certificate describing such exemption shall be issued
through the appropriate Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in
addition to other required certificates.
§31.40-30 Safety Management Certificate–T/ALL.
All tankships to which 33 CFR part 96 applies on an international
voyage must have a valid Safety Management Certificate and a
copy of their company's valid Document of Compliance certificate
on board.
[CGD 95-073, 62 FR 67514, Dec. 24, 1997]
§31.40-35 Availability Of Certificates.
The Convention certificates shall be on board the vessel and
readily available for examination at all times.
[65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000]
§31.40-40 Duration Of Convention Certificates–T/ALL.
(a) The following certificates are valid for a period of not more
than 60 months.
(1) A Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate.
(2) A Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate.
(3) A Safety Management Certificate.
(4) A Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate.
(b) An Exemption certificate must not be valid for longer than the
period of the certificate to which it refers.
(c) A Convention certificate may be withdrawn, revoked, or
suspended at any time when it is determined that the vessel is no
longer in compliance with applicable requirements. (See §2.01-70
of this chapter for procedures governing appeals.)
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16662, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95-073, 62 FR
67514, Dec. 24, 1997; USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53223, Oct. 1,
1999; 65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000]
§31.40-45 American Bureau Of Shipping–T/ALL.
(a) The American Bureau of Shipping, with its home office at ABS
Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive, Houston, TX 77060, is hereby
designated as an organization duly authorized to issue the Cargo
Ship Safety Construction Certificate to certain tankships on behalf
of the United States of America as provided in Regulation 12,
chapter I, of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea,
1974, and executive order 12234 and the certificate shall be
subject to the requirements in this subpart. The American Bureau
of Shipping is authorized to place the official seal of the United
States of America on the certificate. This designation and
delegation to the American Bureau of Shipping shall be in effect
from May 26, 1965, until terminated by proper authority and notice
of cancellation is published in the FEDERAL REGISTER.
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C
63
(b) At the option of the owner or agent of a tankship on an
international voyage and on direct application to the American
Bureau of Shipping, the Bureau may issue to such tankship a
Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, having a period of
validity of not more than 60 months after ascertaining that the
tankship:
(1) Has met the applicable requirements of the Convention; and,
(2) Is currently classed by the Bureau and classification
requirements have been dealt with to the satisfaction of the
Bureau.
(c) When the Bureau determines that a tankship to which it has
issued a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate no longer
complies with the Bureau's applicable requirements for
classification, the Bureau shall immediately furnish to the Coast
Guard all relevant information, which will be used by the Coast
Guard to determine whether or not to withdraw, revoke or
S
suspend the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate.
N
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16662, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
90-008, 55 FR 30660, July 26, 1990; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50726,
Sept. 27, 1996; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
IO
T
 Part 32 – Special Equipment, Machinery, And Hull
Requirements
Table Of Contents (c) This part does not apply to vessels as stated in 46 U.S.C.
3702.
Subpart 32.53–Inert Gas System
[CGD 77-057a, 44 FR 66501, Nov. 19, 1979, as amended by
32.53-1 Application–T/ALL. CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997; CGD 95-028, 62 FR
32.53-3 Exemptions. 51198, Sept. 30, 1997]
32.53-5 Operation–T/ALL.
32.53-10 General–T/ALL. §32.53-3 Exemptions.
(a) The Assistant Commandant for Marine Safety and
Subpart 32.59—Minimum Logitudinal Strength And Plating Environmental Protection grants exemptions for crude oil tankers
Thickness Requirements For Unclassed Tank Vessels That of less than 40,000 deadweight tons not fitted with high capacity
Carry Certain Oil Cargoes—TB/ALL tank washing machines, if the vessel's owner can show that
compliance would be unreasonable and impracticable due to the

S
32.59-1 Minimum Section Modolus And Plating Thickness vessel's design characteristics.
Requirements—TB/ALL
(b) Requests for exemptions must be submitted in writing to:

N
[AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703, 3719; E.O. 12234, Commandant (G-MSO), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC
45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46; Subpart 20593-0001.
32.59 also issued under the authority of Sec. 4109, Pub. L. 101-

IO
380, 104 Stat. 515.] (c) Each request must be supported by documentation showing
[SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16671, Dec. 30, 1965, unless that:
otherwise noted.][66 FR 48617, Sept. 21, 2001; 67 FR 58515,
Sept. 17, 2002] (1) The system would be detrimental to the safe operation of the

T
vessel;
Subpart 32.53–Inert Gas System (2) It is physically impracticable to install the system; or
[SOURCE: CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976, unless
otherwise noted.]
A (3) Adequate maintenance of the system would be impossible.
C
§32.53-1 Application–T/ALL. (d) The vessel's owner may request a conference. The exemption
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, request file will be available for use in the conference and
this subpart applies to: additional arguments or evidence in any form may be presented.
LI

The conference will be recorded. The presiding officer

(1) A U.S. crude oil tanker or product carrier of 100,000 DWT tons summarizes the material presented at the conference and
(metric) or more or combination carrier of 50,000 DWT tons submits written recommendations to the Assistant Commandant
(metric) or more, that has a keel laying date on or after January 1, for Marine Safety and Environmental Protection.
B

1975.
(e) The Assistant Commandant for Marine Safety and
(2) A new (as defined in 46 U.S.C. 3701) crude oil tanker or Environmental Protection reviews the exemption request file and
U

product carrier, or foreign flag crude oil tanker or product carrier of decides whether to grant or deny the exemption. The decision
20,000 DWT tons or more entering the navigable waters of the shall include an explanation of the basis on which the exemption
U.S. is granted or denied, and constitutes final agency action.
.P

(3) A crude oil tanker that is equipped with a cargo tank cleaning
system that uses crude oil washing.
(4) An existing product carrier of 20,000 deadweight tons (metric)
.G
[CGD 77-057a, 44 FR 66502, Nov. 19, 1979, as amended by
CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 29486, June 27, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR
34534, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50461, Sept. 29, 1995;
CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR

or more that has tank washing machines with a capacity of more 51043, Sept. 30, 1997]
than 60 cubic meters per hour after May 31, 1983.
§32.53-5 Operation–T/ALL.
(5) Any other U.S. or foreign flag: Unless the cargo tanks are gas free, the master of each tankship
C

(5)(i) Crude oil tanker or product carrier of 70,000 deadweight
tons (metric) and over after May 31, 1981;
(5)(ii) Crude oil tanker between 20,000 and 70,000 deadweight
tons (metric) after May 31, 1983;
(5)(iii) Product carrier between 40,000 and 70,000 deadweight
tons (metric) after May 31, 1983.
(b) This subpart does not apply to vessels designed to carry only:
(1) Liquefied gas cargo; or
(2) Grade E cargo that is carried at a temperature lower than 5°C
below its flash point.
to which this subpart applies shall ensure that the inert gas
system is operated as necessary to maintain an inert atmosphere
in the cargo tanks.
[66 FR 48617, Sept. 21, 2001]
§32.53-10 General–T/ALL.
(a) Each tankship to which this subpart applies must have an inert
gas system that meets the requirements of this subpart and is
approved in accordance with 46 CFR 50.20.
(b) Each inert gas system must be designed, constructed and
installed in accordance with the provisions of SOLAS II-2,
regulation 62, with the following provisions:
(1) Acceptable types of water seals include the wet and semiwet

64
type. Other types of seals may be accepted on a case by case
basis if approval is given by the Coast Guard Marine Safety
Center.
(2) If a vapor collection system required to meet part 39 of this
subchapter is connected to the inert gas system, the instruction
manual required by SOLAS II-2, regulation 62.21 must include
procedures relating to vapor collection operations.
[CGD 74-127, 41 FR 3843, Jan. 26, 1976, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51198, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart 32.59—Minimum Logitudinal Strength
And Plating Thickness Requirements For
Unclassed Tank Vessels That Carry Certain Oil
Cargoes—TB/ALL
§32.59-1 Minimum Section Modulus And Plating Thickness
Requirements–TB/ALL.
(a) As used in this section, Rule means the current Rules of the
American Bureau of Shipping or other recognized classification
society, as appropriate for the vessel's present service and
regardless of the year the vessel was constructed.
(b) The requirements of this section apply to all in-service,
unclassed tank vessels certificated to carry a pollution category I
oil cargo listed in 46 CFR Table 30.25-1.
(c) For all vessels except those limited on their Certificate of
Inspection to river routes only, the minimum midship section
modulus must be–
(1) At least 90 percent of that required by Rule; or
A (d) Each vessel must have lighting positioned to provide adequate
C
(2) Where there is no specific Rule requirement, at least 100
percent of that which is necessary to meet the bending moment
LI
developed under a full load condition in still water, using a
permissible bending stress of 12.74 kN/cm2 (1.30 t/cm2, 8.25
Ltf/in2).
B
(d) Within the 40-percent midship length, the average flange and
web thicknesses of each longitudinal stiffener must be as follows:
U
(1) For deck and bottom stiffeners: at least 85 percent of Rule
thickness, unless a buckling analysis demonstrates that lesser
thicknesses can be safely tolerated. However, the average
.P
thickness must never be less than 80 percent of Rule thickness;
and
(2) For side stiffeners: at least 75 percent of Rule thickness.
.G
(e) Within the 40-percent midship length, the average thickness
for longitudinal strength plating must be at least as follows:
(1) Weather deck: 75 percent of Rule thickness;
C
(2) Hatch: 70 percent of Rule thickness;
65
(3) Trunk: 75 percent of Rule thickness;
(4) Sheer strake: 75 percent of Rule thickness;
(5) Outer sideshell: 75 percent of Rule thickness;
(6) Inner sideshell: 75 percent of Rule thickness;
(7) Outer bottom; 75 percent of Rule thickness;
(8) Inner bottom: 70 percent of Rule thickness;
(9) Keel: 75 percent of Rule thickness;
(10) Bulkheads: 75 percent of Rule thickness.
[CGD 91-209, 58 FR 52602, Oct. 8, 1993]
§32.90-1 Pilot Boarding Equipment.
S
(a) This section applies to each vessel that normally embarks or
disembarks a pilot from a pilot boat or other vessel.
N
(b) Each vessel must have suitable pilot boarding equipment
available for use on each side of the vessel. If a vessel has only
IO
one set of equipment, the equipment must be capable of being
easily transferred to and rigged for use on either side of the
vessel.
(c) Pilot boarding equipment must be capable of resting firmly
T
against the vessel's side and be secured so that it is clear from
overboard discharges.
illumination for the pilot boarding equipment and each point of
access.
(e) Each vessel must have a point of access that has:
(1) A gateway in the rails or bulwark with adequate handholds; or
(2) Two handhold stanchions and a bulwark ladder that is
securely attached to the bulwark rail and deck.
(f) The pilot boarding equipment required by paragraph (b) of this
section must include at least one pilot ladder approved under
subpart 163.003 of this chapter. Each pilot ladder must be of a
single length and capable of extending from the point of access to
the water's edge during each condition of loading and trim, with
an adverse list of 15°.
(g) Whenever the distance from the water's edge to the point of
access is more than 30 feet, access from a pilot ladder to the
vessel must be by way of an accommodation ladder or equally
safe and convenient means.
(h) Pilot hoists, if used, must be approved under subpart 163.002
of this chapter.
[CGD 79-032, 49 FR 25455, June 21, 1984]
 Part 34–Firefighting Equipment
Table Of Contents (4) Pumprooms. A carbon dioxide, inert gas, foam or water spray
system must be installed for the protection of all pumprooms.
Subpart 34.05–Firefighting Equipment, Where Required
(5) Boilerrooms. On tankships contracted for on or after
34.05-1 Fire Main System–T/ALL. November 19, 1952, a carbon dioxide or foam system shall be
34.05-5 Fire-Extinguishing Systems–T/ALL. installed for the protection of all spaces containing oil fired boilers,
34.05-10 Portable And Semiportable Extinguishers–TB/ALL. either main or auxiliary, their fuel oil service pumps and/or such
34.05-20 Fire Axes–T/ALL. fuel oil units as the heaters, strainers, valves, manifolds, etc., that
are subject to the discharge pressure of the fuel oil service
Subpart 34.50–Portable And Semiportable Extinguishers pumps.

34.50-1 Application–TB/ALL. (6) Machinery spaces. A carbon dioxide system shall be installed
34.50-5 Classification–TB/ALL. for the protection of machinery spaces containing internal
34.50-10 Location–TB/ALL. combustion propelling engines using fuel having a flashpoint of
34.50-15 Spare Charges–TB/ALL. less than 110 degrees F.

S
34.50-20 Semiportable Fire Extinguishers–TB/ALL.
(7) Internal combustion installations. Fire-extinguishing
Subpart 34.60–Fire Axes systems shall be provided for internal combustion installations in

N
accordance with the following:
34.60-1 Application–T/ALL.
34.60-5 Number Required–T/ALL. (7)(i) If a fire-extinguishing system is installed to protect an

34.60-10 Location–T/ALL.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security
IO
internal combustion installation, the system shall be of the carbon
dioxide type.
(7)(ii) On vessels of 1,000 gross tons and over on an international
voyage, the construction or conversion of which is contracted for

T
Delegation No. 0170.1 [SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16694,
Dec. 30, 1965, unless otherwise noted.] on or after May 26, 1965, a fixed carbon dioxide system shall be
installed in all spaces containing internal combustion or gas

Subpart 34.05–Firefighting Equipment, Where

Required
A turbine main propulsion machinery, auxiliaries with an aggregate
power of 1,000 b.h.p. or greater, or their fuel oil units, including
purifiers, valves, and manifolds.
C
§34.05-1 Fire Main System–T/ALL. (7)(iii) On vessels of 1,000 gross tons and over, the construction,
(a) Fire pumps, piping, hydrants, hose and nozzles shall be conversion or automation of which is contracted for on or after
LI

installed on all tankships. January 1, 1968, a fixed carbon dioxide system shall be installed
in all spaces containing internal combustion or gas turbine main
(b) The arrangements and details of the fire main system shall be propulsion machinery, auxiliaries with an aggregate power of
as set forth in subpart 34.10. 1,000 b.h.p. or greater, or their fuel oil units, including purifiers,
B

valves and manifolds.

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16694, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
77-057a, 44 FR 66502, Nov. 19, 1979] (8) Enclosed ventilating system. On tankships contracted for on
U

or after January 1, 1962, where an enclosed ventilating system is

§34.05-5 Fire-Extinguishing Systems–T/ALL. installed for electric propulsion motors or generators, a carbon
(a) Approved fire extinguishing systems must be installed on all dioxide extinguishing system shall be installed in such system.
.P

tankships in the following locations. Previously approved

installations may be retained as long as they are maintained in (b) The arrangements and details of the fire-extinguishing
good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine systems shall be as set forth in subparts 34.10 through 34.20.
Inspection.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16694, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
.G

(1) Dry cargo compartments. A carbon dioxide or water spray
system must be installed for the protection of all dry cargo
compartments. Where such compartments are readily accessible
by means of doors such spaces need be protected only by the fire
C
CGFR 67-90, 33 FR 1015, Jan. 26, 1968; CGD 77-057a, 44 FR
66502, Nov. 19, 1979; CGD 95-027, 61 FR 25998, May 23, 1996]
§34.05-10 Portable And Semiportable Extinguishers–TB/ALL.

main system.
(2) Cargo tanks. A deck foam system must be installed for the
protection of all cargo tank spaces. Where a deck foam system is
installed, an approved inert gas, steam or other system may also
be installed for the purposes of fire prevention or inerting of cargo
tanks. For vessels under 100 feet in length, the semiportable
equipment required by footnote 1 of table 34.05-5(a) will be
considered as meeting the requirements of this subparagraph.
(3) Lamp and paint lockers and similar spaces. A carbon
dioxide or water spray system must be installed in all lamp and
paint lockers, oil rooms, and similar spaces.
(a) All portable and semiportable extinguishers on board tank
vessels shall be of an approved type.
(b) The type, size, location and arrangement of portable and
semiportable extinguishers shall be as set forth in subpart 34.50.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16694, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19905, Dec. 30, 1970]
§34.05-20 Fire Axes–T/ALL.
(a) Fire axes shall be provided on all tankships.
(b) The location and arrangement of fire axes shall be as set forth
in subpart 34.60.

66
 Subpart 34.50–Portable And Semiportable TABLE 34.50-5(c)
Extinguishers Classification Soda- Foam Carbon Dry
type (size) acid and (Gallons) dioxide chemical
water (Pounds) (Pounds)
§34.50-1 Application–TB/ALL.
(Gallons)
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of §34.50-
90, shall apply to all vessels contracted for on or after January 1, A-II 2½ 2½
1962. B-I 1¼ 4 2
B-III 2½ 15 10
(b) All vessels contracted for prior to January 1, 1962, shall meet B-IV 12 35 20
the requirements of §34.50-90. B-IV 20 50 30
1 1
B-V 40 100 50
§34.50-5 Classification–TB/ALL. C-I 4 2
(a) Portable and semiportable extinguishers shall be classified by CC-II 15 10
a combination letter and number symbol. The letter indicating the 1
For outside use, double the amount shall be carried.
type of fire which the unit could be expected to extinguish, and the
number indicating the relative size of the unit. §34.50-10 Location–TB/ALL.
(a) Approved portable and semiportable extinguishers shall be
(b) The types of fire will be designated as follows: installed in accordance with Table 34.50-10(a). The location of the

S
equipment shall be such as in the opinion of the Officer in Charge,
(1) "A" for fires in ordinary combustible materials such as Marine Inspection, will be most convenient in case of emergency.
mattresses, piles of wood, shavings, canvas, etc., where the Where special circumstances exist, not covered by Table 34.50-

N
quenching and cooling effects of quantities of water, or solutions 10(a), the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may require such
containing large percentages of water, are of first importance. additional equipment as he deems necessary for the proper
protection of the vessel.

IO
(2) "B" for fires in combustible or flammable liquids such as
gasoline, lubricating oil, diesel oil, greases, etc., where a (b) For additional portable extinguishers as a substitute for sand,
blanketing or smothering effect is essential. see §34.55-10.

T
(3) "C" for fires in electrical equipment where the use of non- (c) Semiportable extinguishers shall be located in the open so as
conducting extinguishing agent is of first importance so that to be readily seen.
electrical shock is not experienced by the firefighter.

(c) The number designations for size will start with "I" for the
smallest to "V" for the largest. Extinguishers which have a gross
A (d) If portable extinguishers are not located in the open or behind
glass so that they may be readily seen they may be placed in
enclosures together with the fire hose, provided such enclosures
C
weight of 55 pounds or less when fully charged are considered are marked as required by §35.40-25 of this subchapter.
portable. Extinguishers which have a gross weight of more than
55 pounds when fully charged are considered semiportable and
LI

(e) Portable extinguishers and their stations shall be numbered in

shall be fitted with suitable hose and nozzle or other practicable accordance with §35.40-25 of this subchapter.
means so that all portions of the space concerned may be
reached. Examples of size graduations for some of the typical (f) Hand portable or semiportable extinguishers which are
portable and semiportable extinguishers are set forth in Table
B

required on their nameplates to be protected from freezing shall

34.50-5(c). not be located where freezing temperatures may be expected.
U
.P
.G
C

67
 C
.G
.P
U
B

68
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 S
N
IO
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16694, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19905, Dec. 30, 1970; 67 FR 66069, Oct. 30, 2002]

T
§34.50-15 Spare Charges–TB/ALL. (b) [Reserved]
(a) Spare charges shall be carried on all vessels for at least 50
percent of each size and each variety, i.e. foam, soda-acid, §34.60-5 Number Required–T/ALL.
carbon dioxide, etc., of portable extinguisher required by §34.50-
10(a). However, if the unit is of such variety that it cannot be
readily recharged by the vessel's personnel, one spare unit of the
A (a) All tankships shall carry at least the minimum number of fire
axes as set forth in Table 34.60-5(a). Nothing in this paragraph
shall be construed as limiting the Officer in Charge, Marine
C
same classification shall be carried in lieu of spare charges for all Inspection, from requiring such additional fire axes as he deems
such units of the same size and variety. This section does not necessary for the proper protection of the tankship.
apply to unmanned barges.
LI

TABLE 34.60-5(a)
(b) Spare charges shall be so packaged as to minimize the Gross tons Number of axes
hazards to personnel while recharging the units. Over Not over
50 1
B

§34.50-20 Semiportable Fire Extinguishers–TB/ALL 50 200 2

(a) The frame or support of each size III, IV, and V fire 200 500 3
extinguisher required by Table 34.50-10(a) must be welded or
U

500 1,000 4
otherwise permanently attached to a bulkhead or deck. 1,000 5
(b) If a size III, IV, or V fire extinguisher has wheels and is not
.P

(b) [Reserved]
required by Table 34.50-10(a), it must be securely stowed when
not in use to prevent it from rolling out of control under heavy sea
§34.60-10 Location–T/ALL.
conditions.
(a) Fire axes shall be distributed throughout the spaces so as to
be most readily available in the event of emergency.
[CGD 77-039, 44 FR 34132, June 14, 1979]
.G

(b) If fire axes are not located in the open, or behind glass, so that
Subpart 34.60–Fire Axes they may readily be seen, they may be placed in enclosures
together with the fire hose, provided such enclosures are marked
§34.60-1 Application–T/ALL. as required by §35.40-15 of this subchapter.
C

(a) The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all tankships.

69
 Part 35 – Operations
Table Of Contents 35.30-40 Flammable Liquid And Gas Fuels As Ship's Stores–
TB/ALL.
Subpart 35.01–Special Operating Requirements
Subpart 35.35–Cargo Handling
Sec.
35.01-1 Inspection And Testing Required When Making 35.35-1 Persons On Duty–TB/ALL.
Alterations, Repairs, Or Other Such Operations 35.35-5 Electric Bonding–TB/ALL.
Involving Riveting, Welding, Burning, Or Like Fire- 35.35-10 Closing Of Freeing-Ports, Scuppers, And Sea Valves–
Producing Actions–TB/ALL. TB/ALL.
35.01-5 Sanitary Condition And Crew Quarters–T/ALL. 35.35-15 Connecting For Cargo Transfer–TB/ALL.
35.01-10 Shipping Papers–TB/ALL. 35.35-20 Inspection Before Transfer Of Cargo–TB/ALL.
35.01-15 Carriage Of Persons Other Than Crew–TB/ALL. 35.35-25 Approval To Start Transfer Of Cargo–TB/ALL.
35.01-25 Sacrificial Anode Installations–TB/ALL. 35.35-30 "Declaration Of Inspection" For Tank Vessels–TB/ALL.
35.01-35 Repairs And Alterations To Fire-Fighting Equipment– 35.35-35 Duties Of Person In Charge Of Transfer–TB/ALL.
TB/ALL. 35.35-40 Conditions Under Which Transfer Operations Shall Not

S
35.01-55 Pilot Boarding Operation. Be Commenced Or If Started Shall Be Discontinued–
35.01-60 Person Excluded. TB/ALL.
35.35-42 Restrictions On Vessels Alongside A Tank Vessel

N
Subpart 35.05–Officers And Crews Loading Or Unloading Cargo Of Grade A, B, Or C–
TB/ALL.
35.05-15 Tank Vessel Security–TB/ALL. 35.35-45 Auxiliary Steam, Air, Or Electric Current-B/ALL.

IO
35.05-20 Physical Condition Of Crew–TB/ALL. 35.35-50 Termination Of Transfer Operations–TB/ALL.
35.05-25 Illness, Alcohol, Drugs–TB/ALL. 35.35-55 Transfer Of Other Cargo Or Stores On Tank Vessels–
TB/ALL.
Subpart 35.07–Logbook Entries 35.35-60 Transportation Of Other Cargo Or Stores On Tank
Barges-B/ALL.

T
35.07-1 Application–TB/ALL. 35.35-70 Maintenance Of Cargo Handling Equipment–TB/ALL.
35.07-5 Logbooks And Records–TB/ALL. 35.35-75 Emergencies–TB/ALL.
35.07-10 Actions Required To Be Logged–TB/ALL.

Subpart 35.15–Notice And Reporting Of Casualty And

A 35.35-85 Air Compressors–TB/ALL.

[Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 6101; 49

C
Voyage Records U.S.C. 5103, 5106; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980
Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p.
35.15-1 Notice And Reporting Of Casualty And Voyage 351; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
LI

Records–TB/ALL. [SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, unless

otherwise noted.]
Subpart 35.20–Navigation
Subpart 35.01–Special Operating Requirements
B

35.20-1 Notice To Mariners; Aids To Navigation–T/OCLB.

35.20-5 Draft Of Tankships–T/OC. §35.01-1 Inspection And Testing Required When Making
U

35.20-7 Verification Of Vessel Compliance With Applicable Alterations, Repairs, Or Other Such Operations Involving
Stability Requirements–TB/ALL. Riveting, Welding, Burning, Or Like Fire-Producing Actions–
35.20-10 Steering Gear Test–T/ALL. TB/ALL.
35.20-20 Master's And Officer's Responsibility–TB/ALL.
.P

(a) The provisions of "Standard for the Control of Gas Hazards on

35.20-30 Flashing The Rays Of A Searchlight Or Other Blinding Vessels to be Repaired," NFPA No. 306, published by National
Light–T/ALL. Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA
35.20-35 Whistling–T/ALL. 02269, shall be used as a guide in conducting the inspections and
35.20-40 Maneuvering Characteristics–T/OC. issuance of certificates required by this section.
35.20-45 Use Of Auto Pilot–T/ALL.
.G

(b) Until an inspection has been made to determine that such

Subpart 35.25–Engine Department operation can be undertaken with safety, no alterations, repairs,
or other such operations involving riveting, welding, burning, or
35.25-1 Examination Of Boilers And Machinery By Engineer– like fire-producing actions shall be made:
C

T/ALL.
35.25-5 Repairs Of Boilers And Unfired Pressure Vessels And
Reports Of Repairs Or Accidents By Chief Engineer–
TB/ALL.
35.25-10 Requirements For Fuel Oil–T/ALL.
35.25-15 Carrying Of Excess Steam–TB/ALL.
(1) Within or on the boundaries of cargo tanks which have been
used to carry flammable or combustible liquid or chemicals in
bulk, or within spaces adjacent to such cargo tanks; or,
(2) Within or on the boundaries of fuel tanks; or,

Subpart 35.30–General Safety Rules
35.30-1 Warning Signals And Signs–TB/ALL.
35.30-5 Fires, Matches, And Smoking–TB/ALL.
35.30-10 Cargo Tank Hatches, Ullage Holes, And Butterworth
Plates–TB/ALL.
35.30-20 Emergency Equipment–TB/ALL.
35.30-25 Explosives–TB/ALL.
35.30-30 Portable Electrical Equipment–TB/ALL.
35.30-35 Spark Producing Devices–TB/ALL.
(3) To pipe lines, heating coils, pumps, fittings, or other
appurtenances connected to such cargo or fuel tanks.
(c) Such inspections shall be made and evidenced as follows:
(1) In ports or places in the United States or its territories and
possessions, the inspection shall be made by a marine chemist
certificated by the National Fire Protection Association; however,
if the services of such certified marine chemist are not reasonably
available, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon the

70
recommendation of the vessel owner and his contractor or their
representative, shall select a person who, in the case of an
individual vessel, shall be authorized to make such inspection. If
the inspection indicates that such operations can be undertaken
with safety, a certificate setting forth the fact in writing and
qualified as may be required, shall be issued by the certified
marine chemist or the authorized person before the work is
started. Such qualifications shall include any requirements as may
be deemed necessary to maintain, insofar as can reasonably be
done, the safe conditions in the spaces certified, throughout the
operation and shall include such additional tests and certifications
as considered required. Such qualifications and requirements
shall include precautions necessary to eliminate or minimize
hazards that may be present from protective coatings or residues
from cargoes.
(2) When not in such a port or place, and a marine chemist or
such person authorized by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, is not reasonably available, the inspection shall be
(1) The maximum allowable energy that can be developed by a
falling anode shall be 200 foot-pounds.
(2) No anode shall be installed more than 6 feet above the bottom
of the tank. Special consideration will be given when structural
design prevents the anodes from falling in event of failure of the
attachments.
(3) Each anode shall have at least two welded or bolted
connections to the supporting structure. Special consideration will
be given to proprietary attachments which provide equally safe
installations.
(4) The plans of the anode installation and a chemical analysis of
the alloy composition shall be submitted for approval. The anode
should be magnesium free and the silicon content limited to trace
amounts.
(5) The recommended construction of the anode should utilize a

S
made by the senior officer present and a proper entry shall be mild steel core with necessary attachments. Other types may be
made in the vessel's logbook. used but will require special consideration.

N
(d) It shall be the responsibility of the senior officer present to (c) Sacrificial anodes using materials other than those having
secure copies of certificates issued by the certified marine aluminum and/or magnesium in whole or in part are permitted.

IO
chemist or such person authorized by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection. It shall be the responsibility of the senior officer [CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17482, Oct. 29, 1969]
present, insofar as the persons under his control are concerned,
to maintain a safe condition on the vessel by full observance of all §35.01-35 Repairs And Alterations To Firefighting
qualifications and requirements listed by the marine chemist in the Equipment–TB/ALL.

T
certificate. (a) No extensive repairs or alterations, except in emergency, shall
be made to any fire-extinguishing apparatus, or other appliance
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD subject to inspection, without advance notice to the Officer in
95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995]
A Charge, Marine Inspection. Such repairs or alterations shall so far
as is practicable be made with materials and tested in the manner
C
§35.01-5 Sanitary Condition And Crew Quarters–T/ALL. specified within the regulations in this subchapter and subchapter
It shall be the duty of the master and chief engineer of every Q (Specifications) of this chapter for new construction.
tankship to see that such vessel and crew's quarters are kept in a
LI

sanitary condition. (b) Emergency repairs or alterations shall be reported as soon as

practicable to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, where the
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
vessel may call after such repairs are made.
95-027, 61 FR 25999, May 23, 1996]
B

§35.01-55 Pilot Boarding Operation.

§35.01-10 Shipping Papers–TB/ALL.
(a) The master shall ensure that pilot boarding equipment is
Each loaded tank vessel shall have on board a bill of lading,
maintained as follows:
manifest, or shipping document giving the name of the consignee
U

and the location of the delivery point, the kind, grades, and
(1) The equipment must be kept clean and in good working order.
approximate quantity of each kind and grade of cargo, and for
whose account the cargo is being handled. The tank vessel shall
.P

(2) Each damaged step or spreader step on a pilot ladder must be

not be delayed in order to secure exact quantities of cargo. Such
replaced in kind with an approved replacement step or spreader
manifests or bills of lading may be made out by the master,
step, prior to further use of the ladder. The replacement step or
master of the towing vessel, owner, or agent of the owner:
spreader step must be secured by the method used in the original
Provided, however, That in the case of unmanned barges where
construction of the ladder, and in accordance with manufacturer
shipping papers are not available, an entry in the logbook of the
.G

instructions.
towing vessel giving the name of the shipper and location of
shipping point, the name of the consignee and location of delivery
(b) The master shall ensure compliance with the following during
point, the approximate kind, grade, and quantity of cargo in each
pilot boarding operations:
barge of the tow, and for whose account the cargo is being
C

handled, shall be considered as complying with the requirements

(1) Only approved pilot boarding equipment may be used.
of this section.
(2) The pilot boarding equipment must rest firmly against the hull
§35.01-15 Carriage Of Persons Other Than Crew–TB/ALL.
of the vessel and be clear of overboard discharges.
No person not connected with the operation of a tank ship or tank
barge or not having legitimate business with said vessel, shall be
(3) Two man ropes, a safety line and an approved lifebuoy with an
permitted aboard while vessel is under way unless specifically
approved water light must be at the point of access and be
allowed by its certificate.
immediately available for use during boarding operations.
§35.01-25 Sacrificial Anode Installations–TB/ALL.
(4) Rigging of the equipment and embarkation/debarkation of a
(a) The installation of magnesium sacrificial anodes in cargo tanks
pilot must be supervised in person by a deck officer.
utilized for the carriage of flammable or combustible liquids in bulk
is prohibited.
(5) Both the equipment over the side and the point of access must
be adequately lit during night operations.
(b) A sacrificial anode using an aluminum alloy will be permitted in
cargo tanks under the following criteria:
(6) If a pilot hoist is used, a pilot ladder must be kept on deck

71
adjacent to the hoist and available for immediate use. (3)(i) It must be maintained under surveillance as required in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section; or
[CGD 79-032, 49 FR 25455, June 21, 1984]
(3)(ii) All cargo tank hatches must be clearly marked in not less
§35.01-60 Person Excluded. than three inch lettering "Danger–Keep Out," and all hatch covers
Masters and pilots shall exclude from the pilothouse and must be closed and dogged down in such a way that the hatch
navigation bridge while underway, all persons not connected with cannot be opened by the use of bare hands alone.
the navigation of the vessel. However, licensed officers of
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
vessels, persons regularly engaged in training, regulating,
80-009,48 FR 36459, Aug. 11, 1983; CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17155,
evaluating, or learning the profession of pilot, officials of the
Apr. 4, 1995]
United States Coast Guard, United States Navy, United States
Coast and Geodetic Survey, United States Army Corps of
§35.05-20 Physical Condition Of Crew–TB/ALL.
Engineers, Maritime Administration, and National Transportation
No person shall be engaged as a member of the crew on a tank
Safety Board may be allowed in the pilothouse or upon the
vessel if he is known by the employer to be physically or mentally
navigation bridge upon the responsibility of the master or pilot.
incapable of performing the duties assigned him.
[CGD 91-023, 59 FR 16779, Apr. 8, 1994]
§35.05-25 Illness, Alcohol, Drugs–TB/ALL.
(a) No person, known by the individual in charge of a tank vessel
Subpart 35.05–Officers And Crews

S
to be under the influence of liquor or other stimulant, or to be ill to
such an extent as to unfit him for any particular service on the
§35.05-15 Tank Vessel Security–TB/ALL. tank vessel, shall be allowed to perform such service while in

N
(a) Manned tank vessel. At least one member of the crew of a such condition.
manned tank vessel shall be on board at all times except when
the vessel is gas free or is moored at a dock or terminal at which (b) When a member of the crew of a tank vessel which is loading

IO
watchman service is provided. bulk cargo of Grade A, B, or C arrives at the gangway and is
observed to be in an intoxicated condition, he shall not be
(b) Unmanned barge. permitted to board the vessel without escort.

(1) The owner, managing operator, master, and person in charge

T
of a vessel towing a tank barge that need not be manned, and
Subpart 35.07–Logbook Entries
each of them, shall be responsible for monitoring the security and
§35.07-1 Application–TB/ALL.
integrity of the tank barge and for ensuring adherence to proper
safety precautions. These responsibilities include, but are not
limited to–
A (a) Except as specifically noted, the provisions of this subpart
shall apply to all tank vessels.
C
§35.07-5 Logbooks And Records–TB/ALL.
(1)(i) Ensuring that any tank barge added to the tow has all tank
(a) The master or person in charge of a vessel that is required by
openings properly secured; has its freeing-ports and scuppers, if
46 U.S.C. 11301 to have an official logbook shall maintain the
LI

any, unobstructed; meets any loadline or freeboard requirements;

logbook on form CG-706. The official logbook is available free to
and neither leaks cargo into the water, voids, or cofferdams nor
masters of U.S.-flag vessels from the officer in Charge, Marine
leaks water into the tanks, voids, or cofferdams;
Inspection, as form CG-706B or CG-706C, depending on the
B

number of persons employed in the crew. When the voyage is

(1)(ii) Ensuring that every tank barge in the tow is properly
completed, the master or person in charge shall file the logbook
secured within the tow;
with the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
U

(1)(iii) Ensuring that periodic checks are made of every tank barge
(b) The master or person in charge of a vessel that is not required
in the tow for leakage of cargo into the water, voids, or cofferdams
by 46 U.S.C. 11301 to have an official logbook, shall maintain, on
and for leakage of water into the tanks, voids, or cofferdams;
.P

board, an unofficial logbook or record in any form desired for the

purposes of making entries therein as required by law or
(1)(iv) Knowing the cargo of every tank barge in the tow, any
regulations in this subchapter. Such logs or records are not filed
hazards associated with the cargo, and what to do on discovery of
with the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, but must be kept
a leak;
available for review by a marine inspector for a period of 1 year
after the date to which the records refer. Separate records of tests
.G

(1)(v) Ensuring that the crew of the vessel know the cargo of
and inspections of fire fighting equipment must be maintained with
every tank barge in the tow, any hazards associated with the
the vessel's logs for the period of validity of the vessel's certificate
cargo, and what to do on discovery of a leak;
of inspection.
C

(1)(vi) Reporting to the Coast Guard any leaks from a tank barge
[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 25999, May 23, 1996]
in the tow into the water, as required by 33 CFR 151.15; and
§35.07-10 Actions Required To Be Logged–TB/ALL.
(1)(vii) Ensuring that the crew of the vessel and other personnel in
(a) General–TB/ALL. The actions and observations noted in this
the vicinity of the tank barges in the tow follow the proper safety
section shall be entered in the Official Logbook or in logs or
precautions for tank vessels, and that no activity takes place in
records considered to take place of the Official Logbooks. This
the vicinity of the barges that could create a hazard.
section contains no requirements which are not made in specific
laws or in other regulations in this subchapter, the items being
(2) When a barge is moored and contains more oil than the
merely grouped together for convenience.
normal clingage and unpumpable bilge or sump residues, the
barge must be kept under surveillance by a person responsible
(b) Entries–T/ALL. Entries shall be made in the logs of tankships
for the security of the barge and for keeping unauthorized persons
with respect to the following:
off the barge.
(1) Onboard training, musters, and drills: held in accordance with
(3) When a barge is moored and contains no oil but is not gas
subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances or Arrangements) of this
free:
chapter.

72
(2) Draft and load line marks. For tankships of 150 gross tons and
over, prior to leaving port for ocean, coastwise, and Great Lakes
voyages only. See §35.20-5.
(3) Verification of vessel compliance with applicable stability
requirements. After loading and prior to departure and at all other
times necessary to assure the safety of the vessel. See §35.20-7.
(4) Steering gear tests. Prior to departure, or for tank ships on
voyages of less than 48 hours duration or tankships operating on
lakes, bays, sounds and rivers, once every week. See §35.20-10.
(5) Fuel oil data. Upon receipt of fuel oil on board to be used as
fuel. See §35.25-10.
(6) Inspections and tests of firefighting equipment. Once every
year. See §31.10-18 of this subchapter.
(7) Operation and inspection of the emergency lighting and power
systems. Once in each week that the vessel is navigated. See
§35.10-15.
(8) Cargo gear inspections: At least once a month. See §31.37-70
of this subchapter.
(c) Entries–B/ALL. Entries shall be made in the records for tank
barges with respect to the following:
(1) Inspections and tests of firefighting equipment. Once every
year. See §31.10-18 of this subchapter.
(2) Draft and load line marks. For tank barges of 150 gross tons
and over, prior to leaving port for ocean, coastwise, and Great
Lakes voyages only.
C
(3) Cargo gear inspections: At least once a month. See §31.37-70
of this subchapter.
LI
(4) Verification of vessel compliance with applicable stability
requirements. After loading and prior to departure and at all other
times necessary to assure the safety of the vessel. See §35.20-7.
B
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
89-037, 57 FR 41821, Sept. 11, 1992; CGD 84-069, 61 FR
U
25286, May 20, 1996, CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51199, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart 35.15–Notice And Reporting Of Casualty
.P
And Voyage Records
§35.15-1 Notice And Reporting Of Casualty And Voyage
Records–TB/ALL.
The requirements for providing notice and reporting of marine
.G
casualties and for retaining voyage records are contained in part
4 of this chapter.
[CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47535, Dec. 14, 1987; 53 FR 13117, Apr.
C
21, 1988]
Subpart 35.20–Navigation
§35.20-1 Notice To Mariners; Aids To Navigation–T/OCLB.
(a) Licensed officers are required to acquaint themselves with the
latest information published by the Coast Guard and the National
Imagery and Mapping Agency regarding aids to navigation, and
neglect to do so is evidence of neglect of duty. It is desirable that
vessels navigating oceans and coastwise and Great Lakes water
shall have available in the pilothouse for convenient reference at
all times a file of the applicable Notice to Mariners.
(b) Weekly Notices to Mariners (Great Lakes Edition), published
by the Commander, 9th Coast Guard District, contain
announcements and information on changes in aids to navigation
and other marine information affecting the safety of navigation on
73
the Great Lakes. These notices may be obtained free of charge,
by making application to Commander, 9th Coast Guard District.
(c) Weekly Notices to Mariners (worldwide coverage) are
prepared jointly by the National Imagery and Mapping Agency,
National Ocean Service, and the U.S. Coast Guard. They include
changes in aids to navigation in assembled form for the 1st, 5th,
7th, Greater Antilles Section, 8th, 11th, 13th, 14th, and 17th Coast
Guard Districts. Foreign marine information is also included in
these notices. These notices are available without charge from
the National Imagery and Mapping Agency, U.S. Collector of
Customs of the major seaports in the United States and are also
on file in the U.S. Consulates where they may be inspected.
(d) As appropriate for the intended voyage, all vessels must carry
adequate and up-to-date:
(1) Charts;
(2) Sailing directions;
S
(3) Coast pilots;
(4) Light lists;
N
(5) Notices to mariners;
(6) Tide tables;
(7) Current tables; and
(8) All other nautical publications necessary.1
IO
1
[ For United States vessels in or on the navigable waters of the
United States, see 33 CFR 164.33.]
T
[CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15268, Dec. 6, 1966, as amended by CGFR
68-32, 33 FR 5714, Apr. 12, 1968; CGD 75-074, 42 FR 5963,
Jan. 31, 1977; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988; 66 FR
A 48617, Sept. 21, 2001]
§35.20-5 Draft Of Tankships–T/OC.
The master of every tankship shall, whenever leaving port, enter
the maximum draft of his vessel in the logbook.
§35.20-7 Verification Of Vessel Compliance With Applicable
Stability Requirements–TB/ALL.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, after
loading and prior to departure and at all other times necessary to
assure the safety of the vessel, the master or person in charge
shall determine that the vessel complies with all applicable
stability requirements in the vessels's trim and stability book,
stability letter, Certificate of Inspection, and Load Line Certificate,
as the case may be. The vessel may not depart until it is in
compliance with these requirements..
(b) When determining compliance with applicable stability
requirements the vessel's draft, trim, and stability must be
determined as necessary.
(c) If a log book is required by §35.07-5, then the master or
person in charge must enter an attestation statement verifying
that the vessel complies with the applicable stability requirements
at the times specified in paragraph (a) and any stability
calculations made in support of the determination must be
retained on board the vessel for the duration of the voyage.
(d) Stability verification is not required for tank barges whose
Certificate of Inspection carries draft restrictions for purposes
other than stability.
[CGD 88-037, 57 FR 41821, Sept. 11, 1992]
§35.20-10 Steering Gear Test–T/ALL.
On all tankships making voyages of more than 48 hours' duration,
the entire steering gear, the whistle, the means of communication,
and the signaling appliances between the bridge or pilothouse
and engineroom shall be examined and tested by a licensed
officer of the vessel within a period of not more than 12 hours
before leaving port. All such vessels making voyages of less than
48 hours' duration or operating on lakes, bays, sounds, and rivers
shall be so examined and tested at least once in every week. The
fact and time of such examination and test shall be recorded in
the ship's logbook.
§35.20-20 Master's And Officer's Responsibility–TB/ALL.
Nothing in this part shall exonerate any master or officer in
command from the consequences of any neglect to keep a proper
lookout or the neglect of any precaution which may be required by
the ordinary practice of seamen or by the special circumstances
of the case.
§35.20-30 Flashing The Rays Of A Searchlight Or Other
Blinding Light–T/ALL.
No person shall flash, or cause to be flashed, the rays of a search
light or other blinding light onto the bridge or into the pilothouse of
any vessel under way.
[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996]
§35.20-35 Whistling–T/ALL.
The unnecessary sounding of a vessel's whistle is prohibited
within any harbor limits of the United States.
[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996]
§35.20-40 Maneuvering Characteristics–T/OC.
For each ocean and coastwise tankship of 1,600 gross tons or
over, the following apply:
(a) The following maneuvering information must be prominently
displayed in the pilothouse on a fact sheet:
(1) For full and half speed, a turning circle diagram to port and
starboard that shows the time and the distance of advance and
C
transfer required to alter the course 90 degrees with maximum
rudder angle and constant power settings.
LI
(2) The time and distance to stop the vessel from full and half
speed while maintaining approximately the initial heading with
minimum application of rudder.
B
(3) For each vessel with a fixed propeller, a table of shaft
revolutions per minute for a representative range of speeds.
U
(4) For each vessel with a controllable pitch propeller a table of
control settings for a representative range of speeds.
.P
(5) For each vessel that is fitted with an auxiliary device to assist
in maneuvering, such as a bow thruster, a table of vessel speeds
at which the auxiliary device is effective in maneuvering the
vessel.
.G
(b) The maneuvering information must be provided for the normal
load and normal ballast condition for:
(1) Calm weather–wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;
(2) No current;
C
(3) Deep water conditions–water depth twice the vessel's draft
or greater; and
(4) Clean hull.
(c) At the bottom of the fact sheet, the following statement must
appear:
WARNING
The response of the (name of the vessel) may be different from
those listed above if any of the following conditions, upon which
the maneuvering information is based, are varied:
(1) Calm weather–wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;
(2) No current;
(3) Water depth twice the vessel's draft or greater;
(4) Clean hull; and
(5) Intermediate drafts or unusual trim.
74
(d) The information on the fact sheet must be:
(1) Verified six months after the vessel is placed in service; or
(2) Modified six months after the vessel is placed into service and
verified within three months thereafter.
(e) The information that appears on the fact sheet may be
obtained from:
(1) Trial trip observations;
(2) Model tests;
(3) Analytical calculations;
(4) Simulations;
(5) Information established from another vessel of similar hull
form, power, rudder and propeller; or
(6) Any combination of the above.
The accuracy of the information in the fact sheet required is that
attainable by ordinary shipboard navigation equipment.
S
(f) The requirements for information for fact sheets for specialized
N
craft such as semi-submersibles, hydrofoils, hovercraft and other
vessels of unusual design will be specified on a case by case
basis.
IO
[CGD 73-78, 40 FR 2689, Jan. 15, 1975]
§35.20-45 Use Of Auto Pilot–T/ALL.
Except as provided in 33 CFR 164.13, when the automatic pilot is
T
used in:
(a) Areas of high traffic density;
A (b) Conditions of restricted visibility; and
(c) All other hazardous navigational situations, the master shall
ensure that:
(1) It is possible to immediately establish manual control of the
ship's steering;
(2) A competent person is ready at all times to take over steering
control; and
(3) The changeover from automatic to manual steering and vice
versa is made by, or under, the supervision of the officer of the
watch.
[CGD 75-074, 42 FR 5963, Jan. 31, 1977, as amended by CGD
91-204, 58 FR 27633, May 10, 1993]
Subpart 35.25 – Engine Department
§35.25-1 Examination Of Boilers And Machinery By
Engineer–T/ALL.
It shall be the duty of an engineer when assuming charge of the
boilers to examine the same forthwith and thoroughly. If any part
thereof is found in bad condition, the engineer shall immediately
report the facts to the master, owner, or agent, and to the nearest
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996]
§35.25-5 Repairs Of Boilers And Unfired Pressure Vessels
And Reports Of Repairs Or Accidents By Chief Engineer–
TB/ALL.
(a) Before making any repairs to boilers or unfired pressure
vessels, the chief engineer shall submit a report covering the
nature of the repairs to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
at or nearest to the port where the repairs are to be made.
(b) In the event of an accident to a boiler, unfired pressure vessel,
or machinery tending to render the further use of the item itself
unsafe until repairs are made, or if by ordinary wear such items
become unsafe, a report shall be made by the chief engineer
immediately to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, or if at
sea, immediately upon arrival at port.
§35.25-10 Requirements For Fuel Oil–T/ALL.
(a) Oil to be used as fuel to be burned under boilers on tankships
shall have a flashpoint of not less than 140°F. (Pensky-Martens
Closed Cup Method, ASTM D 93) (incorporated by reference, see
§35-01-3).
(b) It shall be the duty of the chief engineer to make an entry in
the log of each supply of fuel oil received on board, stating the
quantity received, the name of the vendor, the name of the oil
producer, and the flashpoint (Pensky-Martens Closed Cup
Method, ASTM D 93) (incorporated by reference, see §35-01-3)
for which it is certified by the producer.
(c) It shall be the further duty of the chief engineer to draw and
seal at the time the supply is received on board, a half-pint
sample of each lot of fuel oil, such sample to be preserved until
that particular supply of oil is exhausted.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18805, Dec. 18, 1968; CGD 73-254, 40 FR
40163, Sept. 2, 1975; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
§35.25-15 Carrying Of Excess Steam–TB/ALL.
It shall be the duty of the chief engineer of any tank vessel to see
that a steam pressure is not carried in excess of that allowed by
the certificate of inspection, and to see that the safety valves,
once set by the inspector, are in no way tampered with or made
inoperative.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51199, Sept. 30, 1997]
C
Subpart 35.30—General Safety Rules
LI
§35.30-1 Warning Signals And Signs–TB/ALL.
(a) Red warning signals. During transfer of bulk cargo while fast
to a dock, a red signal (flag by day and electric lantern at night)
shall be so placed that it will be visible on all sides. While
B
transferring bulk cargo at anchor, a red flag only shall be
displayed.
U
(b) Warning sign at gangway. A sign shall be displayed to warn
persons approaching the gangway, while a vessel is moored or
anchored unless it is empty and gas-freed. The sign shall state in
.P
letters not less than 2 inches high substantially as follows:
Warning
No open lights.
No smoking.
.G
No visitors.
(c) Warning sign in radio room. A sign shall be placed in radio
room warning against the use of radio equipment during transfer
C
of Grade A, B, or C liquids, except by permission of senior deck
officer.
(d) [Reserved]
(e) Additional placards or signs required in connection with the
movement of certain open hopper type barges are described in
§35.01-45.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19905, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 73-96, 42 FR
49024, Sept. 26, 1977; CGD 73-243, 45 FR 18000, Mar. 20,
1980]
§35.30-5 Fires, Matches, And Smoking–TB/ALL.
(a) General. In making the determinations required under
paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section the senior deck officer
on duty, who shall be a licensed officer or certificated tankerman,
shall exercise his skill and experience with due regard to
75
attendant conditions and circumstances, including consideration
for location of shore side facilities, maintenance of mobility,
provision for fire protection, state or change of winds, tides, sea,
weather conditions, forces of nature and other circumstances
generally beyond human control.
(b) Boiler fires. Boiler fires are normally permitted during cargo
transfer operations: Provided, That prior to loading Grades A, B,
and C cargoes, the senior deck officer on duty, who shall be a
licensed officer or certificated tankerman, shall make an
inspection to determine whether in his judgment boiler fires may
be maintained with reasonable safety during the loading
operation.
(c) Smoking. Smoking is prohibited on the weather decks of tank
vessels when they are not gas free or are alongside docks. At
other times and places the senior deck officer on duty, who shall
be a licensed officer or certificated tankerman, shall designate
when and where the crew may smoke: Provided, That prior to
S
loading Grade A, B, or C cargo the master or senior deck officer
on duty shall make an inspection to determine if and where, in his
N
judgment, smoking may be permitted with reasonable safety
during the loading operation.
IO
(d) Matches. The use of other than safety matches is forbidden
aboard tank vessels at all times.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
T
§35.30-10 Cargo Tank Hatches, Ullage Holes, And
Butterworth Plates–TB/ALL.
A No cargo tank hatches, ullage holes, or Butterworth plates shall
be opened or shall remain open without flame screens, except
under the supervision of the senior members of the crew on duty,
unless the tank opened is gas free.
§35.30-20 Emergency Equipment–TB/ALL
(a) Two emergency outfits, stored for use in widely separated,
accessible locations, are required for the following:
(1) All tankships on international voyage.
(2) All tankships over 1,000 gross tons.
(3) All tankships having cargo tanks which exceed 15 feet in
depth, measured from the deck to the lowest point at which cargo
is carried.
(b) One emergency outfit is required for all manned tank barges
having cargo tanks which exceed 15 feet in depth, measured from
the deck to the lowest point at which cargo is carried.
(c) Each emergency outfit shall be equipped as follows:
(1) One pressure-demand, open-circuit, self-contained breathing
apparatus, approved by the Mine Safety and Health
Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and having at a
minimum a 30-minute air supply, a full facepiece, and a spare
charge.
(2) One lifeline with a belt or a suitable harness.
(3) One, Type II or Type III, flashlight constructed and marked in
accordance with ASTM F 1014 (incorporated by reference, see
§35.01-3).
(4) One fire ax.
(5) Boots and gloves of rubber or other electrically nonconducting
material.
(6) A rigid helmet which provides effective protection against
impact.
(7) Protective clothing of material that will protect the skin from the
heat of fire and burns from scalding steam. The outer surface
shall be water resistant.
(d) A self-contained compressed-air breathing apparatus
previously approved by MSHA and NIOSH under part 160,
subpart 160.011, of this chapter may continue in use as required
equipment if it was part of the vessel's equipment on November
23, 1992, and as long as it is maintained in good condition to the
satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(e) Lifelines shall be of steel or bronze wire rope. Steel wire rope
shall be either inherently corrosion resistant or made so by
galvanizing or tinning. Each end shall be fitted with a hook with
keeper having a throat opening which can be readily slipped over
a 5/8-inch bolt. The total length of the lifeline shall be dependent
upon the size and arrangement of the vessel, and more than one
line may be hooked together to achieve the necessary length. No
individual length of lifeline may be less than 50 feet in length. The
assembled lifeline shall have a minimum breaking strength of
1,500 pounds.
[CGD 73-11R, 38 FR 27354, Oct. 3, 1973, as amended by CGD
75-074, 42 FR 5963, Jan. 31, 1977; CGD 82-042, 53 FR 17704,
May 18, 1988; CGD 86-036, 57 FR 48324, Oct. 23, 1992; 57 FR
56406, Nov. 27, 1992; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51199, Sept. 30,
1997; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943, Mar. 1, 2000]
§35.30-25 Explosives–TB/ALL.
Fulminates or other detonating compounds in bulk in dry
condition; explosive compositions that ignite spontaneously or
undergo marked decomposition when subjected for forty-eight
C
consecutive hours to a temperature of 167°F. or more;
composition containing an ammonium salt and a chlorate; and
other like explosives shall not be accepted, stored, stowed or
LI
transported on board tank vessels.
§35.30-30 Portable Electric Equipment–TB/ALL.
Portable electric equipment must not be used in a hazardous
B
location described in subpart 111.105 of this chapter except:
(a) Self-contained, battery-fed, explosion-proof lamps approved
U
by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Factory Mutual Research
Corporation, or other independent laboratory recognized by the
Commandant, for use in a Class I, Division 1 location for the
.P
electrical group classification of the cargo;
(b) Intrinsically safe equipment approved by Underwriters
Laboratories Inc., Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other
independent laboratory recognized by the Commandant, for use
.G
in a Class I, Division 1 location for the electrical group
classification of the cargo; and
(c) Any electrical equipment, if:
C
(1) The hazardous location is:
(1)(i) Enclosed; and
(1)(ii) Gas free;
(2) The adjacent compartments are:
(2)(i) Gas free;
(2)(ii) Inerted;
(2)(iii) Filled with water;
(2)(iv) Filled with Grade E liquid; or
76
(2)(v) Spaces where flammable gases are not expected to
accumulate; and:
(3) Each compartment where flammable gas is expected to
accumulate is:
(3)(i) Closed; and
(3)(ii) Secured.
[CGD 74-125A, 47 FR 15230, Apr. 8, 1982]
§35.30-35 Spark Producing Devices–TB/ALL.
(a) Where Grades A, B, C, and D liquid cargoes are involved,
power driven or manually operated spark producing devices shall
not be used in bulk cargo tanks, fuel oil tanks, cargo pumprooms,
or enclosed spaces immediately above or adjacent to bulk cargo
tanks unless all the following conditions are met:
S
(1) The compartment itself is gas-free;
N
(2) The compartments adjacent and the compartments diagonally
adjacent are either:
IO
(i) Gas-free;
(ii) Inerted;
(iii) Filled with water;
(iv) Contain Grade E liquid and are closed and secured; or
(v) Are spaces in which flammable vapors and gases normally
T
are not expected to accumulate; and,
(3) All other compartments of the vessel in which flammable
A vapors and gases may normally be expected to accumulate are
closed and secured.
(b) This section does not prohibit the use of small hand tools in
such locations.
§35.30-40 Flammable Liquid And Gas Fuels As Ship's
Stores–TB/ALL.
Flammable liquids and gases other than diesel fuel, to be used as
fuel for approved equipment must satisfy the following:
(a) Stowage must be in containers approved by DOT or A.S.M.E.
for the contents carried, or in a portable safety container approved
by a recognized testing laboratory for the contents carried.
(b) The contents must be marked on the containers, and the
containers must be labeled in accordance with DOT requirements
for flammable liquids and gases.
(c) Containers must be stowed on or above the weather deck in
locations designated by the master. Containers specified in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section which do not exceed a capacity of
five gallons may be stowed below the weather deck in a paint or
lamp locker.
[CGD 80-009, 48 FR 36459, Aug. 11, 1983, as amended by CGD
86-033, 53 FR 36024, Sept. 16, 1988; CGD 95-028, 62 FR
51199, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart 35.35 – Cargo Handling
§35.35-1 Persons On Duty–TB/ALL.
(a) On each tankship required to be documented under the laws
of the United States, the owner, managing operator, master, and
person in charge of the vessel, and each of them, shall ensure
that–
(1) Enough "Tankerman-PICs" or restricted "Tankerman-PICs",
and "Tankerman-Assistants", authorized for the classification of
cargo carried, are on duty to safely transfer liquid cargo in bulk or
safely clean cargo tanks; and
(2) Each transfer of liquid cargo in bulk and each cleaning of a
cargo tank is supervised by a person qualified to be the person in
charge of the transfer or the cleaning under subpart C of 33 CFR
part 155.
(b) On each United States tank barge subject to inspection–
(1) The owner, managing operator, master, and person in charge
of the vessel, and each of them, shall ensure that no transfer of
liquid cargo in bulk or cleaning of a cargo tank takes place unless
under the supervision of a qualified person designated as the
person in charge of the transfer or the cleaning under subpart C
of 33 CFR part 155; and
(2) The person designated as the person in charge of the transfer
shall ensure that–
(2)(i) Enough qualified personnel are on duty to safely transfer
liquid cargo in bulk or safely clean cargo tanks; and
(2)(ii) The approved portable extinguishers required by Table
34.50-10(a) of this chapter are aboard and readily available
before any transfer of liquid cargo in bulk or any operation of
barge machinery or boilers.
(c) On each foreign tankship, the owner, managing operator,
master, and person in charge of the vessel, and each of them,
shall ensure that–
(1) Enough personnel, qualified for the classification of cargo
carried, are on duty to safely transfer liquid cargo in bulk or safely
clean cargo tanks; and
(2) Each transfer of liquid cargo in bulk and each cleaning of a
C
cargo tank is supervised by a qualified person designated as a
person in charge of the transfer or the cleaning under subpart C
of 33 CFR part 155.
LI
(d) On each foreign tank barge–
(1) The owner, managing operator, master, and person in charge
B
of the vessel, and each of them, shall ensure that no transfer of
liquid cargo in bulk or cleaning of a cargo tank takes place unless
under the supervision of a qualified person designated as the
U
person in charge of the transfer or the cleaning under subpart C
of 33 CFR part 155.
.P
(2) The person designated as the person in charge of the transfer
shall ensure that enough qualified personnel are on duty to safely
transfer liquid cargo in bulk or safely clean cargo tanks.
(e) The person in charge of the transfer of liquid cargo in bulk on
.G
the tank vessel shall be responsible for the safe loading and
discharge of the liquid cargo in bulk.
(f) The person in charge of the transfer of liquid cargo in bulk on
each United States tank vessel, when lightering to or from a
C
foreign tank vessel, shall ensure that the person in charge on the
foreign tank vessel, or his or her interpreter, is capable of reading,
speaking, and understanding the English language well enough to
allow a safe transfer.
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17155, Apr. 4, 1995]
§35.35-5 Electric Bonding–TB/ALL.
A tank vessel may be electrically connected to the shore piping,
through which the cargo is to be transferred, prior to the
connecting of a cargo hose. This electrical connection, if made,
shall be maintained until after the cargo hose has been
disconnected, and any spillage has been removed.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15268, Dec. 6, 1966]
77
§35.35-10 Closing Of Freeing-Ports, Scuppers, And Sea
Valves–TB/ALL.
The person in charge of each transfer of liquid cargo in bulk shall
ensure that all freeing-ports and scuppers are properly plugged
during the transfer except on tank vessels using water for cooling
decks. Although under no circumstances may sea valves be
secured by locks, the valves must be closed, and lashed or
sealed, to indicate that they should not be opened during the
transfer.
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17156, Apr. 4, 1995]
§35.35-15 Connecting For Cargo Transfer–TB/ALL.
(a) Movement of the vessel must be considered to insure safe
cargo transfer. Suitable material must be used in joints and in
couplings to insure that connections are tight. A bolted flanged
coupling must not have less than four bolts, under any
circumstances.
S
(b) When cargo connections are supported by ship's tackle, the
person in charge of the transfer of liquid cargo in bulk shall
N
determine the weights involved to ensure that adequate tackle is
used.
IO
(c) Pans or buckets shall be placed under cargo hose connections
on the tank vessel.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
80-009, 48 FR 36459, Aug. 11, 1983; CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17156,
T
Apr. 4, 1995]
§35.35-20 Inspection Before Transfer Of Cargo–TB/ALL.
A Before the transfer of liquid cargo in bulk, the person in charge of
the transfer shall inspect the vessel to ensure the following:
(a) Warnings are displayed as required.
(b) No repair work in way of cargo spaces is being carried on
without his permission.
(c) Cargo connections have been made as described in §35.35-
15 and cargo valves are set
(d) All cargo connections have been made to the vessel's
pipeline, and not through an open end hose led through a hatch.
(e) In loading Grades A, B, and C cargoes, there are no fires or
open flames present on the deck, or in any compartment which is
located on, facing, open, and adjacent to that part of the deck on
which cargo connections have been made.
(f) The shore terminal or the other tank vessel concerned has
reported itself in readiness for transfer of cargo.
(g) All sea valves connected to the cargo piping system are
closed.
(h) In loading Grades A, B, and C cargoes, that an inspection has
been made to determine whether boiler fires can be maintained
with reasonable safety.
(i) In loading Grades A, B, and C cargoes, that an inspection has
been made to determine whether galley fires can be maintained
with reasonable safety.
(j) In loading Grades A, B, or C cargoes, that an inspection has
been made to determine whether smoking may be permitted with
reasonable safety in areas other than the weather deck.
(k) On tankships the construction or conversion of which is started
on or after July 1, 1951, which are to load or discharge Grade A
cargo, all openings in the top of the tanks, except the branch vent
lines and covers to ullage hole sounding pipes, are tightly closed.
(See §§32.20-20 and 32.55-20 of this subchapter.)
(l) On tankships the construction or conversion of which is started
on or after July 1, 1951, which are to load or discharge Grade A
cargo, the method for determining the liquid level in the tank
without opening ullage holes, cargo hatches or Butterworth plates
is in proper order. (See §32.20-20 of this subchapter.)
(m) When a transfer operation includes collection of cargo vapor
from a vessel's cargo tanks through a vapor control system not
located on the vessel:
(1) Each part of the vapor collection system is aligned to allow
vapor to flow to a facility vapor control system, or if lightering, to
the other vessel;
(2) Vapor collection hoses or arms are connected to the vessel
vapor collection connection;
(3) The electrical insulation requirements of 33 CFR 154.810(g) or
§39.40-3(c) of this subchapter are provided between the vessel
vapor connection and the facility or service vessel vapor
connection;
(4) The maximum cargo transfer rate is determined in accordance
with §39.30-1(d) of this subchapter;
(5) The maximum and minimum operating pressures at the facility
vapor connection, or vessel vapor connection if lightering, are
determined;
(6) The overfill control system on a tank barge, if fitted in
accordance with §39.20-9(b) of this subchapter, is connected to
the facility, tested and operating properly;
(7) Each alarm required by §§39.20-7, 39.20-9 and 39.40-3(a) of
C
this subchapter has been tested not more than 24 hours prior to
the start of the transfer operation and is operating properly;
LI
(8) Each vapor recovery hose has no unrepaired loose covers,
kinks, bulges, soft spots, or any other defect which would permit
the discharge of vapors through the hose material, and no
gouges, cuts, or slashes that penetrate the first layer of hose
B
reinforcement; and
(9) The oxygen content of the vessel's cargo tanks, if inerted, is at
U
or below 8 percent by volume.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
.P
80-009, 48 FR 36459, Aug. 11, 1983; CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446,
June 21, 1990; CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17156, Apr. 4, 1995]
§35.35-25 Approval To Start Transfer Of Cargo–TB/ALL.
When the person in charge of the transfer of liquid cargo in bulk
.G
has ensured that the requirements of §§35.35-20 and 35.35-30
have been met, he or she may give approval to start the transfer.
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17156, Apr. 4, 1995]
C
§35.35-30 "Declaration Of Inspection" For Tank Vessels–
TB/ALL.
(a) After an inspection under §35.35-20, but before a transfer of
cargo, fuel oil, or bunkers may commence as described in this
section and 33 CFR 156.120 and 156.150, the person in charge
of the transfer shall prepare, in duplicate, a Declaration of
Inspection. The original must be kept aboard the vessel, and the
duplicate provided to the terminal supervisor or that person's
representative. The supervisor or the representative may, upon
demand, inspect the vessel to determine whether its condition is
as stated on the Declaration of Inspection.
(b) The Declaration of Inspection may be in any form, but must
contain at least:
Declaration of Inspection Before Transfer of Liquid Cargo in Bulk
78
Date __________________________________________
Vessel __________________________________________
Port of __________________________________________
Product[s] being transferred–(Classification[s] and
Kind[s])__________________________________________
________________________________________________
I, _______________, the person in charge of the transfer of liquid
cargo in bulk about to begin, do certify that I have personally
inspected this vessel with reference to the following requirements
set forth in 46 CFR 35.35-20, and that opposite each of the
applicable items listed below I have indicated whether the vessel
complies with all pertinent regulations.
(1) Are warnings displayed as required?
S
(2) Is there any repair work in way of cargo spaces being carried
N
on for which permission has not been given?
(3) Have cargo connections been made as described in 46 CFR
IO
35.35-15 and are cargo valves set?
(4) Have all cargo connections been made to the vessel's pipeline
and not through an open-end hose led through a hatch?
T
(5) Are there any fires or open flames present on the deck or in
any compartment which is located on, open or adjacent to or
facing the main deck of the vessels on which the cargo
A connections have been made?
(6) Has the shore terminal or other tank vessel concerned
reported itself in readiness for transfer of cargo?
(7) Are sea valves connected to the cargo piping system closed?
(8) If Grades, A, B, or C cargoes are to be loaded and boiler fires
are lighted, has an inspection been made to determine whether
these fires may be maintained with reasonable safety?
(9) If Grades A, B, or C cargoes are to be loaded and galley fires
are lighted, has an inspection been made to determine whether
the galley fires may be maintained with reasonable safety?
(10) If Grades A, B, or C cargoes are to be loaded, has an
inspection been made to determine whether smoking is to be
permitted in areas not on the weather decks?
(11) If smoking is to be permitted in areas not on the weather
decks, have those areas been designated?
(12) Is the inert gas system being operated as necessary to
maintain an inert atmosphere in the cargo tanks in compliance
with 46 CFR 32.53-5?
(13) Have the applicable sections of the vessel response plan
been reviewed before commencing transfer, and arrangements or
contingencies made for implementation of the Plan should the
need arise?
(c) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section,
if a transfer operation includes the collection of cargo vapor from
a vessel's cargo tanks through a vapor control system not located
on the vessel, the Declaration of Inspection must include the
following as an appendix:
(1) Is each part of the vapor collection system aligned to allow
vapor to flow to the facility vapor connection or, if lightering, to the
other vessel?
(2) Are the vapor collection hoses or arms connected to the
vessel's vapor collection connection?
(3) Are the vessel and facility vapor connections electrically
isolated?
(4) Have the initial transfer rate and the maximum transfer rate
been determined?
(5) Have the maximum and minimum operating pressures at the
facility vapor connection, or the vessel vapor connection if
lightering, been determined?
(6) Have all alarms required by §§39.20-7, 39.20-9 and 39.40-3(a)
of this subchapter been tested within 24 hours prior to the start of
the transfer operation and found to be operating properly?
(7) Is each vapor recovery hose free of unrepaired loose covers,
kinks, bulges, soft spots, or any other defect which would permit
the discharge of vapors through the hose material, and gouges,
cuts, or slashes that penetrate the first layer of hose
reinforcement?
(8) Has the oxygen concentration of all inerted cargo tanks been
verified to be 8 percent or less?
[CGD 80-009, 48 FR 36459, Aug. 11, 1983, as amended by CGD
88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990; CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17156,
Apr. 4, 1995; CGD 79-116, 62 FR 25135, May 8, 1997]
§35.35-35 Duties Of Person In Charge Of Transfer–TB/ALL.
The person in charge of the transfer of liquid cargo in bulk, fuel oil
in bulk, or bunkers in bulk shall control the transfer as follows:
A Barges–B/ALL.
C
(a) Supervise the operations of cargo-system valves.
(b) Commence transfer of cargo at slow rate of cargo flow.
LI
(c) Observe cargo connections for leakage.
(d) Observe pressure on cargo system.
B
(e) If transfer is loading (rather than discharging), observe rate of
loading to avoid overflow of tanks.
U
(f) Comply with 33 CFR 156.120 and 156.150.
.P
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17156, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended by CGD
79-116, 62 FR 25135, May 8, 1997]
§35.35-40 Conditions Under Which Transfer Operations Shall
Not Be Commenced Or If Started Shall Be Discontinued–
.G
TB/ALL.
Cargo transfer operations shall not be started or, if started, shall
be discontinued under the following conditions:
(a) During severe electrical storms.
C
(b) If a fire occurs on the wharf or on the tanker or in the vicinity.
§35.35-42 Restrictions On Vessels Alongside A Tank Vessel
Loading Or Unloading Cargo Of Grade A, B, Or C–TB/ALL.
(a) No vessel may come alongside or remain alongside a tank
vessel in way of its cargo tanks while it is loading or unloading
cargo of Grade A, B, or C without permission of the person in
charge of the transfer on the tank vessel.
(b) No vessel may come alongside or remain alongside a tank
vessel in way of its cargo tanks while it is loading or unloading
cargo of Grade A, B, or C unless the conditions then prevailing
are acceptable to the persons in charge of cargo-handling on both
vessels.
79
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17156, Apr. 4, 1995]
§35.35-45 Auxiliary Steam, Air, Or Electric Current–B/ALL.
When discharging cargo from one or more barges, the towing
vessel may furnish steam, air, or electric current for pumps on
barges or dock, but in no case shall the cargo pass through or
over the towing vessel.
§35.35-50 Termination Of Transfer Operations–TB/ALL.
(a) When transfer operations are completed the valves on cargo
connections on the vessel shall be closed. The cargo connections
shall be drained of cargo.
(b) [Reserved]
§35.35-55 Transfer Of Other Cargo Or Stores On Tank
Vessels–TB/ALL.
(a) No packaged goods, freight, or ship's stores may be loaded or
unloaded during the loading or unloading of cargo of Grade A, B,
S
or C except by permission of the person in charge of the transfer
of liquid cargo in bulk. No explosives may be loaded, unloaded, or
N
carried as cargo on any tank vessel containing cargo of Grade A,
B, or C.
IO
(b) Where package and general cargo is carried directly over bulk
cargo tanks, it shall be properly dunnaged to prevent chafing of
metal parts and securely lashed or stowed.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16704, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
T
79-116, 60 FR 17157, Apr. 4, 1995]
§35.35-60 Transportation Of Other Cargo Or Stores On Tank
(a) Tank barges may be permitted to transport deck cargoes
directly over bulk cargo spaces when the nature of such deck
cargoes and the methods of loading and unloading same do not
create an undue hazard. Such tank barges shall have their decks
properly dunnaged to prevent chafing between the steel parts of
the vessel and the deck cargo.
(b) [Reserved]
§35.35-70 Maintenance Of Cargo Handling Equipment–
TB/ALL.
The cargo handling equipment shall be maintained by the tank
vessel's personnel in accordance with the regulations in this
subchapter, including the following:
(a) Cargo hose shall not be used in transfer operations in which
the pressures are such that leakage of cargo occurs through the
body of the hose.
(b) Cargo pump relief valves shall be tested at least once each
year to determine that they function satisfactorily at the pressure
at which they are set to open.
(c) Cargo pump pressure gage shall be tested at least once a
year for accuracy.
(d) The cargo discharge piping of all tank vessels shall be tested
at least once each year for tightness, at the maximum working
pressure.
§35.35-75 Emergencies–TB/ALL.
In case of emergencies nothing in the regulations in this
subchapter shall be construed as preventing the senior officer
present from pursuing the most effective action in his judgment for
rectifying the conditions causing the emergency.
§35.35-85 Air Compressors–TB/ALL.
No person may operate, install, or reinstall an air compressor in a
cargo area described in §32.35-15 of this subchapter.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997]
 Part 39 – Vapor Control Systems
Table Of Contents directly over the cargo tanks.

Subpart 39.10–General Existing vapor collection system means a vapor collection

Sec. system which was operating prior to July 23, 1990.
39.10-1 Applicability–TB/ALL.
39.10-3 Definitions–TB/ALL. Facility vapor connection means the point in a facility's fixed
39.10-5 Incorporation By Reference–TB/ALL. vapor collection system where it connects with the vapor
39.10-9 Vessel Vapor Processing Unit–TB/ALL. collection hose or the base of the vapor collection arm.
39.10-11 Personnel Training–TB/ALL.
39.10-13 Submission Of Vapor Control System Designs–TB/ALL. Independent as applied to two systems means that one system
will operate with a failure of any part of the other system except
Subpart 39.20–Design And Equipment power sources and electrical feeder panels.

39.20-1 Vapor Collection System–TB/ALL. Inerted means the oxygen content of the vapor space in a cargo
39.20-3 Cargo Gauging System–TB/ALL. tank is reduced to 8 percent by volume or less in accordance with

S
39.20-7 Tankship Liquid Overfill Protection–T/ALL. the inert gas requirements of §32.53 or §153.500 of this chapter.
39.20-9 Tank Barge Liquid Overfill Protection–B/ALL.
39.20-11 Vapor Overpressure And Vacuum Protection–TB/ALL. Lightering or lightering operation means the transfer of a bulk

N
39.20-13 High And Low Vapor Pressure Protection For liquid cargo from a tank vessel to a service vessel.
Tankships–T/ALL.
Marine Safety Center means the Commanding Officer, U.S.

IO
Subpart 39.30–Operations Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,
Washington, DC 20590-0001.
39.30-1 Operational Requirements–TB/ALL.
Maximum allowable transfer rate means the maximum
volumetric rate at which a vessel may receive cargo or ballast.

T
Subpart 39.40–Lightering And Topping-Off Operations With
Vapor Balancing
New vapor collection system means a vapor collection system
39.40-1
39.40-3
39.40-5
General Requirements For Vapor Balancing–TB/ALL.
Design And Equipment For Vapor Balancing–TB/ALL.
Operational Requirements For Vapor Balancing–
A which is not an existing vapor collection system.

Service vessel means a vessel which transports bulk liquid cargo

C
TB/ALL. between a facility and another vessel.

Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1231; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 3715(b); 45 Topping-off operation means the transfer of a bulk liquid cargo
LI

FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland
Security Delegation No. 0170.1. [SOURCE: CGD 88-102, 55 FR
25446, June 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.]
B
from a service vessel to another vessel in order to load the
receiving vessel to a deeper draft.
Vapor balancing means the transfer of vapor displaced by

incoming cargo from the tank of a vessel receiving cargo into a

Subpart 39.10 – General tank of the vessel or facility delivering cargo via a vapor collection
system.
U

§39.10-1 Applicability–TB/ALL.
(a) Except as specified by paragraph (c) of this section, this part Vapor collection system means an arrangement of piping and
applies to each tank vessel operating in the navigable waters of hoses used to collect vapor emitted from a vessel's cargo tanks
.P

the United States, when collecting vapors of crude oil, gasoline
blends, or benzene emitted from a vessel's cargo tanks through a
vapor control system.
(b) A tank vessel which transfers vapors of flammable or
.G
and to transport the vapor to a vapor processing unit.
Vapor control system means an arrangement of piping and
equipment used to control vapor emissions collected from a
vessel. It includes the vapor collection system and vapor

combustible cargoes other than crude oil, gasoline blends, or
benzene, to a facility covered by 33 CFR part 154 must meet the
requirements prescribed by the Commandant (G-MSO).
C
processing unit.
Vapor processing unit means the components of a vapor control
system that recovers, destroys, or disperses vapor collected from

(c) A tank vessel with an existing vapor collection system a vessel.

specifically approved by the Coast Guard for the collection of
cargo vapor which was operating prior to July 23, 1990, is subject
only to §39.30-1 and §39.40-5 of this part as long as it transfers
cargo vapor only to the specific facilities for which it was
approved.
(d) This part does not apply to the collection of vapors of liquefied
flammable gases as defined in §30.10-39 of this subchapter.
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50727, Sept. 27, 1996]
§39.10-3 Definitions–TB/ALL.
As used in this part:
Cargo deck area means that part of the weather deck that is
Vessel vapor connection means the point in a vessel's fixed
vapor collection system where it connects with the vapor
collection hose or arm.
§39.10-5 Incorporation By Reference--TB/ALL.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the FEDERAL REGISTER in
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other
than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of
change must be published in the FEDERAL REGISTER and the
material made available to the public. All approved material is on
file at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Operating and
Environmental Standards (G-MSO), 2100 Second Street, SW.,
Washington, DC 20593-0001, or at the National Archives and
Records Administration (NARA). For information on the
availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:

80
http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulati
ons/ibr_locations.html. All material is available from the sources
indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part, and the sections affected are:
American Petroleum Institute (API),
1220 L Street NW., Washington, DC 20005
API Standard 2000, Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure
Storage Tanks (Nonrefrigerated and Refrigerated), Third Edition,
January 1982 (reaffirmed December 1987)...................... 39.20-11
American National Standards Institute (ANSI),
11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036
ANSI B16.5, Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, 1981
.......…………………………………………........................... 39.20-1
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM),
100 Barr Harbor Drive, West
Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
ASTM F 1271-90 (1995)--Standard Specification for Spill Valves
for Use in Marine Tank Liquid Overpressure Protection
Applications ………………………………………………….. 39.20-9
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC),
Bureau Central de la Commission Electrotechnique
Internationale,
1 rue de Varembe´, Geneva, Switzerland
IEC 309-1--Plugs, Socket-Outlets and Couplers for Industrial
Purposes: Part 1, General Requirements, 1979
............................................................................................ 39.20-9
IEC 309-2--Plugs, Socket-Outlets and Couplers for Industrial
Purposes: Part 2, Dimensional Interchangeability Requirements
C
for Pin and Contact-tube Accessories, 1981 …………....... 39.20-9
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA),
LI
2101 L St. NW., Washington, DC 20036
ANSI/NEMA WD6--Wiring Devices, Dimensional Requirements,
1988 ……………………………………………..................... 39.20-9
B
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA),
1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269
NFPA 70--National Electrical Code, 1987 ......................... 39.20-9
U
Oil Companies International Marine Forum (OCIMF),
15th Floor, 96 Victoria Street, London SWIE 5JW, England
.P
International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals, Third
Edition, 1988 …….............................................................. 39.30-1
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
.G
50727, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30,
1997; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943, Mar. 1, 2000; 69
FR 18801, Apr. 9, 2004]
§39.10-9 Vessel Vapor Processing Unit–TB/ALL.
C
Each vessel which has a vapor processing unit located on board
must meet the requirements of 33 CFR part 154, subpart E to the
satisfaction of the Commandant (G-MSO) in addition to complying
with the requirements of this part.
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50727, Sept. 27, 1996]
§39.10-11 Personnel Training–TB/ALL.
(a) A person in charge of a transfer operation utilizing a vapor
collection system must have completed a training program
covering the particular system installed on the vessel. Training
must include drills or demonstrations using the installed vapor
control system covering normal operations and emergency
procedures.
81
(b) The training program required by paragraph (a) of this section
must cover the following subjects:
(1) Purpose of a vapor control system;
(2) Principles of the vapor control system;
(3) Components of the vapor control system;
(4) Hazards associated with the vapor control system;
(5) Coast Guard regulations in this part;
(6) Operating procedures, including:
(6)(i) Testing and inspection requirements,
(6)(ii) Pre-transfer procedures,
(6)(iii) Connection sequence,
(6)(iv) Start-up procedures, and
(6)(v) Normal operations; and
(7) Emergency procedures.
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990; 55 FR 39270, Sept.
26, 1990]
S
§39.10-13 Submission Of Vapor Control System Designs–
TB/ALL.
N
(a) Plans, calculations, and specifications for a new vessel vapor
collection system must be submitted to the Marine Safety Center
for approval prior to installation.
IO
(b) An existing vapor collection system installation that has been
Coast Guard approved to transfer cargo vapor to specific facilities
must be reviewed and approved by the Marine Safety Center prior
to transferring vapors to other facilities.
T
(c) The owners/operators of a foreign flag vessel may submit
certification by the classification society which classes the vessel
A that the vessel meets the requirements of this part as an
alternative to meeting the requirements in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(d) Upon satisfactory completion of plan review and inspection of
the vapor collection system or receipt of the certification provided
for in paragraph (c) of this section, the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, shall endorse the Certificate of Inspection for U.S. flag
vessels, or the Certificate of Compliance for foreign flag vessels,
that the vessel is acceptable for collecting the vapor from crude
oil, gasoline blends, and benzene, or any other vapor it is found
acceptable to collect.
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart 39.20 – Design and Equipment
§39.20-1 Vapor Collection System–TB/ALL.
(a) Each vapor collection system must meet the following
requirements:
(1) Except as allowed by paragraph (a)(3) of this section or the
Commandant (G-MSO), vapor collection piping must be
permanently installed, with the vessel's vapor connection located
as close as practical to the loading manifold;
(2) If the vessel collects vapors from incompatible cargoes
simultaneously, it must keep the incompatible vapors separate
throughout the entire vapor collection system;
(3) A vessel certified to carry cargo listed in Table 151.05 of part
151 or Table 1 of part 153 of this chapter may have vapor
connections located in the vicinity of each tank in order to
preserve segregation of cargo systems, in lieu of common header
piping;
(4) A means must be provided to eliminate liquid condensate
which may collect in the system, such as draining and collecting
liquid from each low point in the line;
(5) Vapor collection piping must be electrically bonded to the hull
and must be electrically continuous; and
(6) An inerted tankship must have a means to isolate the inert gas
supply from the vapor collection system. The inert gas main
isolation valve required by SOLAS 74, as amended, chapter II-2,
Regulation 62.10.8 may be used to satisfy this requirement.
(b) The vapor collection system must not interfere with the proper
operation of the cargo tank venting system.
(c) An isolation valve capable of manual operation must be
provided at the vessel vapor connection. The valve must have an
indicator to show clearly whether the valve is in the open or
closed position, unless the valve position can be readily
determined from the valve handle or valve stem.
(d) The last 1.0 meter (3.3 feet) of vapor piping before the vessel
vapor connection must be:
(1) Painted red/yellow/red with:
(1)(i) The red bands 0.1 meter (0.33 feet) wide, and
(1)(ii) The middle yellow band 0.8 meter (2.64 feet) wide; and
(2) Labeled "VAPOR" in black letters at least 50 millimeters (2
inches) high.
(e) Each vessel vapor connection flange must have a
permanently attached 0.5 inch diameter stud at least 1.0 inch long
projecting outward from the flange face. The stud must be located
at the top of the flange, midway between bolt holes, and in line
with the bolt hole pattern.
C
(f) Each hose used for transferring vapors must:
LI
(1) Have a design burst pressure of at least 25 psig;
(2) Have a maximum allowable working pressure of at least 5
psig;
B
(3) Be capable of withstanding at least 2.0 psi vacuum without
collapsing or constricting;
U
(4) Be electrically continuous with a maximum resistance of ten
thousand (10,000) ohms;
.P
(5) Have flanges with:
(5)(i) A bolt hole arrangement complying with the requirements for
150 pound class ANSI B16.5 flanges, and
.G
(5)(ii) One or more 0.625 inch diameter holes in the flange located
midway between bolt holes and in line with the bolt hole pattern;
(6) Be abrasion resistant and resistant to kinking; and
C
(7) Have the last 1.0 meter (3.3 feet) of each end of the vapor
hose marked in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
(g) Vapor hose handling equipment must be provided with hose
saddles which provide adequate support to prevent kinking or
collapse of hoses.
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50727, Sept. 27, 1996]
§39.20-3 Cargo Gauging System–TB/ALL.
(a) Each cargo tank of a tank vessel that is connected to a vapor
collection system must be equipped with a cargo gauging device
which:
82
(1) Provides a closed gauging arrangement as defined in
§151.15.10 of this chapter that does not require opening the tank
to the atmosphere during cargo transfer;
(2) Allows the operator to determine the liquid level in the tank for
the full range of liquid levels in the tank;
(3) Indicates the liquid level in the tank at the location where
cargo transfer is controlled; and
(4) If portable, is installed on the tank during the entire transfer
operation.
(b) Except when a tank barge complies with §39.20-9(a) of this
part, each cargo tank of a barge must have a high level indicating
device that:
(1) Provides a visual indication of the liquid level in the cargo tank
when the cargo level is within 1.0 meter (3.28 feet) of the tank top;
S
(2) Has the maximum liquid level permitted under §39.30-1(e) of
N
this part at even keel conditions conspicuously and permanently
marked on the indicating device; and
IO
(3) Is visible from all cargo control areas on the tank barge.
§39.20-7 Tankship Liquid Overfill Protection–T/ALL.
(a) Each cargo tank of a tankship must be equipped with an
intrinsically safe high level alarm and a tank overfill alarm.
T
(b) The high level alarm and tank overfill alarm required by
paragraph (a) of this section, if installed after July 23, 1990 must:
A (1) Be independent of each other;
(2) Alarm in the event of loss of power to the alarm system or
failure of electrical circuitry to the tank level sensor; and
(3) Be able to be checked at the tank for proper operation prior to
each transfer or contain an electronic self-testing feature which
monitors the condition of the alarm circuitry and sensor.
(c) The high level alarm required by paragraph (a) of this section
must
(1) Alarm before the tank overfill alarm, but no lower than 95
percent of tank capacity;
(2) Be identified with the legend "High Level Alarm" in black
letters at least 50 millimeters (2 inches) high on a white
background; and
(3) Have audible and visible alarm indications that can be seen
and heard on the vessel where cargo transfer is controlled.
(d) The tank overfill alarm required by paragraph (a) of this
section must:
(1) Be independent of the cargo gauging system;
(2) Have audible and visible alarm indications that can be seen
and heard on the vessel where cargo transfer is controlled and in
the cargo deck area;
(3) Be identified with the legend "TANK OVERFILL ALARM" in
black letters at least 50 millimeters (2 inches) high on a white
background; and
(4) Alarm early enough to allow the person in charge of transfer
operations to stop the transfer operation before the cargo tank
overflows.
(e) If a spill valve is installed on a cargo tank fitted with a vapor
collection system, it must meet the requirements of §39.20-9(c) of
this part.
(f) If a rupture disk is installed on a cargo tank fitted with a vapor
collection system, it must meet the requirements of §39.20-9(d) of
this part.
§39.20-9 Tank Barge Liquid Overfill Protection–B/ALL.
Each cargo tank of a tank barge must have one of the following
liquid overfill protection arrangements.
(a) A system meeting the requirements of §39.20-7 of this part
which:
(1) Includes a self-contained power supply;
(2) Is powered by generators installed on the barge; or
(3) Receives power from a facility and is fitted with a shore tie
cable and a 120 volt 20 amp explosion-proof plug which meets:
(3)(i) ANSI/NEMA WD6;
(3)(ii) NFPA 70, Articles 410-57 and 501-12; and
(3)(iii) §111.105-9 of this chapter.
(b) An intrinsically safe overfill control system which:
(1) Is independent of the cargo gauging device required by
§39.20-3(a) of this part;
(2) Actuates an alarm and automatic shutdown system at the
facility overfill control panel, or on the vessel to be lightered if a
C
lightering operation, 60 seconds before the tank becomes 100
percent liquid full;
LI
(3) Is able to be checked at the tank for proper operation prior to
each loading;
(4) Consists of components which, individually or in series, will not
B
generate or store a total of more than 1.2 V, 0.1 A, 25 mW, or 20
microjoules;
U
(5) Has at least one tank overfill sensor switch with normally
closed contacts per cargo tank;
.P
(6) Has all tank overfill sensor switches connected in series;
(7) Has interconnecting cabling that meets §111.105-15(b) of this
chapter; and
.G
(8) Has a male plug with a 5 wire, 16 amp connector body
meeting IEC 309-1/309-2 which is:
(8)(i) Configured with pins S2 and R1 for the tank overfill sensor
circuit, pin G connected to the cabling shield, and pins N and T3
C
reserved for an optional high level alarm circuit meeting the
requirements of this paragraph; and
(8)(ii) Labeled "Connector for Barge Overflow Control System"
and with the total inductance and capacitance of the connected
switches and cabling.
(c) A spill valve which:
(1) Meets ASTM F1271 (incorporated by reference, see §39.10-5)
(2) Relieves at a pressure higher than the pressure at which the
pressure relief valves meeting the requirements of §39.20-11
operate;
(3) Limits the maximum pressure at the cargo tank top during
liquid overfill, at the maximum loading rate for the tank, to not
83
more than the maximum design working pressure for the tank;
and
(4) If the vessel is in ocean or coastwise service, has provisions to
prevent opening due to cargo sloshing.
(d) A rupture disk arrangement which meets paragraphs (c)(2),
(c)(3) and (c)(4) of this section and is approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50727, Sept. 27, 1996; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
§39.20-11 Vapor Overpressure And Vacuum Protection–
TB/ALL.
(a) The cargo tank venting system required by §32.55 of this
chapter must:
S
(1) Be capable of discharging cargo vapor at 1.25 times the
maximum transfer rate such that the pressure in the vapor space
N
of each tank connected to the vapor collection system does not
exceed:
IO
(1)(i) The maximum design working pressure for the tank, or
(1)(ii) If a spill valve or rupture disk is fitted, the pressure at which
the device operates;
T
(2) Not relieve at a pressure corresponding to a pressure in the
cargo tank vapor space of less than 1.0 psig;
A (3) Prevent a vacuum in the cargo tank vapor space, whether
generated by withdrawal of cargo or vapor at maximum rates, that
exceeds the maximum design vacuum for any tank connected to
the vapor collection system; and
(4) Not relieve at a vacuum corresponding to a vacuum in the
cargo tank vapor space of less than 0.5 psi below atmospheric
pressure.
(b) Each pressure-vacuum relief valve must:
(1) Be tested for venting capacity in accordance with paragraph
1.5.1.3 of API 2000; and
(2) Have a means to check that the device operates freely and
does not remain in the open position, if installed after July 23,
1991.
(c) The relieving capacity test required by paragraph (b)(1) of this
section must be carried out with a flame screen fitted at the
vacuum relief opening and at the discharge opening if the
pressure-vacuum relief valve is not designed to ensure a
minimum vapor discharge velocity of 30 meters (98.4 ft.) per
second.
§39.20-13 High And Low Vapor Pressure Protection For
Tankships–T/ALL.
Each tankship vapor collection system must be fitted with a
pressure sensing device that senses the pressure in the main
vapor collection line, which:
(a) Has a pressure indicator located on the vessel where the
cargo transfer is controlled; and
(b) Has a high pressure and a low pressure alarm that:
(1) Is audible and visible on the vessel where cargo transfer is
controlled;
(2) Alarms at a high pressure of not more than 90 percent of the
lowest pressure relief valve setting in the cargo tank venting
system; and
(3) Alarms at a low pressure of not less than four inches water
gauge (0.144 psig) for an inerted tankship, or the lowest vacuum
relief valve setting in the cargo tank venting system for a non-
inerted tankship.
Subpart 39.30 – Operations
§39.30-1 Operational Requirements–TB/ALL.
(a) Vapor from a tank vessel may not be transferred to:
(1) A facility in the United States which does not have its letter of
adequacy endorsed as meeting the requirements of 33 CFR part
154, subpart E; or
(2) In the case of a lightering or topping off operation, a vessel
which does not have its certificate of inspection or certificate of
compliance endorsed as meeting the requirements of this part.
(b) The pressure drop through the vapor collection system from
the most remote cargo tank to the vessel vapor connection must
be:
(1) Determined for each cargo handled by the vapor collection
system at the maximum transfer rate and at lessor transfer rates;
(2) Based on a 50 percent cargo vapor and air mixture, and a
vapor growth rate appropriate for the cargo being loaded; and
(3) Included in the vessel's oil transfer procedures as a table or
graph showing the liquid transfer rate versus the pressure drop.
(c) If a vessel carries vapor hoses, the pressure drop through the
A valve required by §39.20-1(a)(6) of this part must remain closed
C
hoses must be included in the pressure drop calculations required
by paragraph (b) of this section.
LI
(d) The rate of cargo transfer must not exceed the maximum
allowable transfer rate as determined by the lesser of the
following:
B
(1) Eighty (80) percent of the total venting capacity of the
pressure relief valves in the cargo tank venting system when
relieving at the set pressure required by §39.20-11(a) of this part;
U
(2) The total vacuum relieving capacity of the vacuum relief valves
in the cargo tank venting system when relieving at the set
.P
pressure required by §39.20-11(a) of this part;
(3) The rate based on pressure drop calculations at which, for a
given pressure at the facility vapor connection, or if lightering at
the vapor connection of the vessel receiving cargo, the pressure
.G
in any cargo tank connected to the vapor collection system
exceeds 80 percent of the setting of any pressure relief valve in
the cargo tank venting system.
C
(e) A cargo tank must not be filled higher than:
(e)(1) 98.5 percent of the cargo tank volume; or
(2) The level at which an overfill alarm complying with §39.20-7 or
§39.20-9(b)(2) of this part is set.
(f) A cargo tank must not be opened to the atmosphere during
cargo transfer operations except as provided in paragraph (g) of
this section.
(g) A cargo tank may be opened to the atmosphere for gauging or
sampling while a tank vessel is connected to a vapor control
system if the following conditions are met:
(1) The cargo tank is not being filled;
84
(2) Except when the tank is inerted, any pressure in the cargo
tank vapor space is first reduced to atmospheric pressure by the
vapor control system;
(3) The cargo is not required to be closed or restricted gauged by
Table 151.05 of part 151 or Table 1 in part 153 of this chapter;
and
(4) For static accumulating cargo, all metallic equipment used in
sampling or gauging is electrically bonded to the vessel before it
is put into the tank, remains bonded to the vessel until it is
removed from the tank, and if the tank is not inerted, a period of
30 minutes has elapsed since loading of the tank was completed.
(h) For static accumulating cargo the initial transfer rate must be
controlled in accordance with Section 7.4 of the OCIMF,
International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals, in order
to minimize the development of a static electrical charge.
S
(i) If cargo vapor is collected by a facility that requires the vapor
from the vessel to be inerted in accordance with 33 CFR
N
154.820(a) or (b), the oxygen content in the vapor space of each
cargo tank connected to the vapor collection system must not
exceed 8 percent by volume at the start of cargo transfer. The
IO
oxygen content of each tank must be measured at a point one
meter (3.28 feet) below the tanktop and at a point equal to one-
half of the ullage. Where tanks have partial bulkheads, the oxygen
content of each area of that tank formed by each partial bulkhead
must be measured at a point one meter (3.28 feet) below the
T
tanktop and at a point equal to one-half of the ullage.
(j) If the vessel is equipped with an inert gas system, the isolation
during vapor transfer.
(k) Unless equipped with an automatic self-test and circuit
monitoring feature, each high level alarm and tank overfill alarm
required by §39.20-7 or §39.20-9 of this part, on a cargo tank
being loaded, must be tested at the tank for proper operation
within 24 hours prior to the start of cargo transfer.
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990; 55 FR 39270, Sept.
26, 1990]
Subpart 39.40–Lightering And Topping-Off
Operations With Vapor Balancing
§39.40-1 General Requirements For Vapor Balancing–
TB/ALL.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
vessel which uses vapor balancing while conducting a lightering
or topping-off operation must meet the requirements of this
subpart in addition to the requirements of subparts 39.10, 39.20,
and 39.30 of this part.
(b) An arrangement to control vapor emissions during a lightering
or topping-off operation which does not use vapor balancing must
receive approval from the Commandant (G-MSO).
(c) A vapor balancing operation must not use a compressor or
blower to assist vapor transfer without approval from the
Commandant (G-MSO).
(d) Vapor balancing is prohibited when the cargo tanks on a
vessel discharging cargo are inerted and the cargo tanks on a
vessel receiving cargo are not inerted.
(e) A vessel which intends to engage in a lightering or topping-off
operation while collecting cargo vapor from other than crude oil,
gasoline, or benzene must receive specific approval from the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990; 55 FR 39270, Sept.
26, 1990, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29,
1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996]
§39.40-3 Design And Equipment For Vapor Balancing–
TB/ALL.
(a) If the cargo tanks on a vessel discharging cargo and a vessel
receiving cargo are inerted, the service vessel must:
(1) Have a means to inert the vapor transfer hose prior to
transferring cargo vapor; and
(2) Have an oxygen analyzer with a sensor or sampling
connection fitted within 3 meters (9.74 ft.) of the vessel vapor
connection which:
(2)(i) Activates an audible and visible alarm at a location on the
service vessel where cargo transfer is controlled when the oxygen
content in the vapor collection system exceeds 8 percent by
volume;
(2)(ii) Has an oxygen concentration indicator located on the
service vessel where the cargo transfer is controlled; and
(2)(iii) Has a connection for injecting a span gas of known
concentration for calibration and testing of the oxygen analyzer.
(b) If the cargo tanks on a vessel discharging cargo are not
inerted, the vapor collection line on the service vessel must be
fitted with a detonation arrester that meets the requirements of 33
CFR 154.822(a) located within 3 meters (9.74 ft.) of the vessel
vapor connection.
(c) An electrical insulating flange or one length of non-conductive
hose must be provided between the vessel vapor connection on
C
the service vessel and the vapor connection on the vessel being
lightered or topped-off.
LI
§39.40-5 Operational Requirements For Vapor Balancing–
TB/ALL.
(a) During a lightering or topping-off operation each cargo tank
being loaded must be connected by the vapor collection system to
B
a cargo tank which is being discharged.
(b) If the cargo tanks on both the vessel discharging cargo and
U
the vessel receiving cargo are inerted, the following requirements
must be met:
.P
(1) Each tank on a vessel receiving cargo which is connected to
the vapor collection system must be tested prior to cargo transfer
.G
C
85
to ensure that the oxygen content in the vapor space does not
exceed 8 percent by volume. The oxygen content of each tank
must be measured at a point one meter (3.28 feet) below the
tanktop and at a point equal to one-half of the ullage. Where tanks
have partial bulkheads, the oxygen content of each area of that
tank formed by each partial bulkhead must be measured at a
point one meter (3.28 feet) below the tanktop and at a point equal
to one-half of the ullage;
(2) The oxygen analyzer required by §39.40-3(a) must be tested
for proper operation prior to the start of each transfer operation;
(3) The oxygen content of vapors being transferred must be
continuously monitored during the transfer operation;
(4) Cargo transfer must be terminated if the oxygen content
exceeds 8 percent by volume and must not be restarted until the
oxygen content in the tanks of the vessel receiving cargo is
reduced to 8 percent by volume or less; and
S
(5) The vapor transfer hose must be purged of air and inerted
N
prior to starting vapor transfer.
(c) The isolation valve, required by §39.20-1(c) of this part,
IO
located on the service vessel must not be opened until the
pressure in the vapor collection system on the vessel receiving
cargo exceeds the pressure in the vapor collection system on the
vessel discharging cargo.
T
(d) The cargo transfer rate must be controlled from the vessel
discharging cargo, and must not exceed the maximum allowable
transfer rate for the vessel receiving cargo.
A (e) The pressure in the vapor space of any cargo tank connected
to the vapor collection line on either the vessel receiving cargo or
the vessel discharging cargo must not exceed 80 percent of the
lowest setting of any pressure relief valve during ballasting or
cargo transfer.
(f) All impressed current cathodic protection systems must be
deenergized during cargo transfer operations.
(g) Tank washing is prohibited unless the cargo tanks on both the
vessel discharging cargo and the vessel receiving cargo are
inerted or the tank is isolated from the vapor collection line.
[CGD 88-102, 55 FR 25446, June 21, 1990; 55 FR 39270, Sept.
26, 1990]
 Part 42–Domestic And Foreign Voyages By Sea
Table Of Contents 42.50-10 Load Line Certificates For Nonadherent Foreign Flag
Vessels.
Subpart 42.01–Authority And Purpose
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116; Department of Homeland
Sec. Security Delegation No. 0170.1; section 42.01-5 also issued
42.01-1 Authority For Regulations. under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
42.01-10 Purpose Of Regulations.
Subpart 42.01 – Authority And Purpose
Subpart 42.03–Application
§42.01-1 Authority For Regulations.
42.03-10 Foreign Vessels Subject To This Subchapter. The statutory authority to prescribe rules and regulations requiring
42.03-15 The Great Lakes Of North America. certain vessels to have and display load line marks indicating the
42.03-17 Special Load Line Marks For Vessels Carrying Timber maximum amidship draft to which such vessels may be safely
Deck Cargo. loaded and certification thereof by the assigning authority is in 46
42.03-20 Equivalents. U.S.C. 5101-5116.

S
42.03-30 Exemptions For Vessels.
42.03-35 U.S.-Flag Vessels And Canadian Vessels Navigating [CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5721, Feb. 8, 1982, as amended by CGD
On Sheltered Waters Of Puget Sound And Contiguous 97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997]

N
West Coast Waters Of United States And Canada.
§42.01-10 Purpose Of Regulations.
Subpart 42.05–Definition Of Terms Used In This Subchapter (a) The load line marks when placed on a vessel shall indicate the

IO
maximum amidships draft to which such vessel can be lawfully
42.05-40 Great Lakes. submerged, in the various circumstances and seasons applicable
42.05-60 Recognized Classification Society. to such vessel.
42.05-65 Surveyor.

T
(b) This subchapter sets forth the uniform minimum requirements
Subpart 42.07–Control, Enforcement, And Rights Of Appeal for load line marks on various categories of vessels. It also sets
forth requirements for surveys relating to the assignment of load
42.07-1
42.07-5
42.07-10
Load Lines Required.
Marks Placed On Vessel To Indicate Load Lines.
Submergence Of Load Line Marks.
A lines, the issuing of load line certificates by authorized issuing
authorities, and the carriage of load line certificates aboard
vessels.
C
42.07-15 Zones And Seasonal Areas.
42.07-35 American Bureau Of Shipping As An Assigning (c) The rules and regulations in this subchapter also provide for
Authority. the enforcement of load line requirements and control over
LI

42.07-40 Recognized Classification Society As An Assigning vessels when it is believed such vessels may be in violation of
Authority. applicable load line requirements.
42.07-43 Change In Assigning Authority.
42.07-45 Load Line Certificates.
B

[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10049, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD

42.07-50 Penalties For Violations. 80-120, 47 FR 5721, Feb. 8, 1982]
42.07-55 Cancellation Of Load Line Certificates Or Exemption
U

Certificates. Subpart 42.03 – Application

42.07-60 Control.
42.07-75 Right Of Appeal. §42.03-10 Foreign Vessels Subject To This Subchapter.
.P

(a) General. All existing foreign merchant vessels of 150 gross

Subpart 42.09–Load Line Assignments And Surveys–General tons or over, and new foreign vessels of 79 feet in length or more,
Requirements loading at or proceeding from any port or place within the
42.09-1 Assignment Of Load Lines. jurisdiction of the United States or its possessions for a foreign
42.09-15 Surveys By The American Bureau Of Shipping Or voyage by sea, or arriving within the jurisdiction of the United
Assigning Authority.
.G

States or its possessions from a foreign voyage by sea, in both

42.09-20 Surveys Of Foreign Vessels.
42.09-25 Initial Or Periodic Survey Requirements For All Vessels.
42.09-30 Additional Survey Requirements For Steel-Hull Vessels.
42.09-35 Additional Survey Requirements For Wood-Hull
C
cases the Great Lakes excepted, are subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-
5116, and the regulations in this part applicable to such service.
All foreign merchant vessels of 150 gross tons or over, loading at
or proceeding from any port or place within the United States on

Vessels. the Great Lakes of North America, or arriving within the

42.09-40 Annual Surveys.
42.09-45 Correction Of Deficiencies.
42.09-50 Repairs Or Alterations To Vessel After It Has Been
Surveyed.
Subpart 42.11–Applications For Load Line Assignments,
Surveys, And Certificates
42.11-1 General.
42.11-10 Applications For Load Line Assignments And
Certificates For Vessels Other Than U.S.-Flag Vessels.
42.11-15 Application For Timber Load Lines.
42.11-20 Application For Annual Survey.
Subpart 42.50–Load Line Certificates–Model Forms
jurisdiction of the United States on the Great Lakes, are subject to
46 U.S.C. 5101-5116 and the regulations in part 45 of this
subchapter applicable to such service.
(b) Canadian vessels. All vessels of Canadian registry and
holding valid certificates issued pursuant to Canadian laws and
regulations are assumed to be in compliance with the applicable
provisions of 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, the International Convention
on Load Lines, 1966, and the regulations in this subchapter.
(c) Vessels of countries signatory to or adhering to the 1966
Convention. The enforcement and control of load line
requirements regarding vessels of countries signatory to or
adhering to The International Convention on Load Lines, 1966,
(the 1966 Convention) are as described in §42.07-60 in this part,

86
which is in accord with provisions of Article 21 of the 1966
Convention. Such vessels when holding currently valid certificates
issued pursuant to the 1966 Convention, or recognized under
such Convention, are assumed to be in compliance with the
applicable provisions of such Convention. Such vessels are
deemed to be in compliance with the load line requirements found
to be equally effective as those established in this part and
therefore in compliance with the applicable load line provisions of
46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, as amended, and the regulations in this
part as authorized by such laws. Vessels engaged in navigation
on the Great Lakes are subject to application of seasonal
international marks as specified in Part 45 of this subchapter.
(d) Vessels of countries not signatory to or adhering to the
1966 Convention.
(1) Vessels of countries not signatory to or adhering to the 1966
Convention, when within the jurisdiction of the United States, shall
be subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, and the regulations in this
subchapter as authorized by such laws.
(2) Vessels of countries signatory to or adhering only to
International Load Line Convention, London, 1930 (the 1930
Convention), and holding valid certificates issued under that
Convention, are subject to the applicable law described in
paragraph (a) of this section and the regulations prescribed
thereunder in this subchapter.
[CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982, as amended by CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR
52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
§42.03-15 The Great Lakes Of North America.
(a) The term "Great Lakes of North America" means those
C
waters of North America which are defined in §42.05-40, and in
the exception in Article 5(2)(a) of the 1966 Convention.
LI
(b) The expressions in the regulations in this part, such as
"voyages by sea," "proceed to sea," "arrive from the high seas,"
etc., shall be construed as having no application to voyages on
the Great Lakes or portions thereof unless specifically provided
B
otherwise in Part 45 of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968]
U
§42.03-17 Special Load Line Marks For Vessels Carrying
Timber Deck Cargo.
.P
(a) Certain vessels having load line marks not related to carriage
of timber deck cargo may be assigned timber load lines if they are
in compliance with the applicable requirements governing timber
deck cargoes in this subchapter. The timber load lines apply and
may be used only when the vessel is carrying timber deck cargo.
.G
(b) A new or existing vessel having timber load lines assigned to
it, when carrying timber deck cargo, may be loaded to the vessel's
timber load line applicable to the voyage and season.
C
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD
80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982]
§42.03-20 Equivalents.
(a) Where in this subchapter it is provided that a particular fitting,
material, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof,
shall be fitted or carried in a vessel, or that a particular provision
shall be made or arrangement shall be adopted, the assigning
authority, with the prior approval of the Commandant, may accept
in substitution therefor any other fitting, material, apparatus, or
equipment or type thereof, or any other provision or arrangement:
Provided, That it can be demonstrated by trial thereof or
otherwise that the substitution is at least as effective as that
required by the regulations in this subchapter.
(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the
assigning authority and the Commandant that the use of any
87
particular equipment, apparatus, or arrangement not specifically
required by law is unreasonable or impracticable, appropriate
alternatives may be permitted under such conditions as are
consistent with the minimum standards set forth in this
subchapter.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968]
§42.03-30 Exemptions For Vessels.
(a) For an individual vessel or category of vessels, upon the
specific recommendation of the assigning authority, the
Commandant may authorize an exemption from one or more load
line requirements. Such recommendation and authorization will
depend upon provision of any additional features as deemed
necessary by the authorities to ensure the vessel's safety in the
services and under the conditions specified in paragraph (b) of
this section.
(b) Exemptions from specific load line requirements for vessels
S
meeting requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are
authorized, subject to certain conditions, including type of voyage
N
engaged in, as follows:
(1) For vessels engaged on international voyages between the
IO
United States and near neighboring ports of its possessions or of
foreign countries. The exemptions may be permitted because the
requirements are deemed to be unreasonable or impracticable
due to the sheltered nature of the waters on which the voyages
occur or other conditions. These exemptions shall be valid only so
T
long as such a vessel shall remain engaged on specific
designated voyages. If the voyage involves a foreign country or
countries, the United States will require an exemption agreement
A with such country or countries prior to the issuance of the
appropriate load line certificate.
(2) For vessels engaged on international voyages which embody
features of a novel kind, and where nonexemption may seriously
impede research, development, and incorporation of novel
features into vessels. If the voyage or voyages intended involve a
foreign country or countries, then the United States will require an
exemption agreement with such country or countries prior to the
issuance of a Load Line Exemption Certificate. If the
Commandant grants an exemption pursuant to this paragraph
(b)(2) to a U.S. flag vessel that operates on the Great Lakes of
North America, he may notify the Chairman of the Board of
Steamship Inspection of Canada of the nature of the exemption,
but no special exemption certificate is issued.
(3) For a vessel not normally engaged on international voyages
but which is required to undertake a single international voyage
under exceptional circumstances.
(4) For self-propelled hopper dredges engaged on international
voyages or on limited service domestic voyages by sea. These
vessels may be exempt from applicable hatch cover requirements
of §42.15-25 of this part by showing they meet the requirements
in §174.310 of this chapter. When a Load Line Exemption
Certificate is issued for this exemption, it must have an
endorsement that only seawater is allowed in the vessel's
hoppers.
(c) A vessel given one or more exemptions from load line
requirements under the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section will be issued the appropriate load line certificate, using
Form A1, A2, or A3. In each case the exemptions shall be
specified on the load line certificate together with the Convention
authority which authorizes such exemptions.
(d) A vessel given one or more exemptions under the provisions
of paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section will be issued a Load
Line Exemption Certificate, using Form E1. This certificate shall
be in lieu of a regular load line certificate, and the vessel shall be
considered as in compliance with applicable load line
requirements.
(e) The Commandant may exempt from any of the requirements Subpart 42.05 – Definition Of Terms Used In This
of this part a vessel that engages on a domestic voyage by sea or
a voyage solely on the Great Lakes and embodies features of a
Subchapter
novel kind, if the novel features and any additional safety
§42.05-40 Great Lakes.
measures required are described on the face of the issued
(a) This term means the Great Lakes of North America.
certificate.
(b) As used in this part, the term solely navigating the Great
(f) A vessel that is not usually engaged on domestic voyages by
Lakes includes any special service coastwise navigation
sea or on voyages on the Great Lakes but that, in exceptional
performed by the vessel.
circumstances, is required to undertake a single such voyage
between two specific ports is–
(c) In concurrence with related Canadian regulations, the waters
of the St. Lawrence River west of a rhumb line drawn from Cap de
(1) Subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116 and the applicable regulations
Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island, and west of a line along
of this subchapter; and
63° W. longitude from Anticosti Island to the north shore of the St.
Lawrence River shall be considered as a part of the Great Lakes.
(2) Issued a single voyage load line authorization by the
In addition, the Victoria Bridge, Montreal, Canada, is the dividing
Commandant that states the conditions under which the voyage
line between fresh water and salt water in the St. Lawrence River.
may be made and any additional safety measures required for a
single voyage.

S
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD
73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973]
[CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969, as amended by CGD

N
73-49R, 38 FR 12289, May 10, 1973; CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36976,
§42.05-60 Recognized Classification Society.
Sept. 6, 1989; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
The term recognized classification society means the
American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society

IO
§42.03-35 U.S.-Flag Vessels And Canadian Vessels
recognized by the Commandant, as provided in 46 U.S.C. 5107,
Navigating On Sheltered Waters Of Puget Sound And
and who also may be approved as a load line assigning and
Contiguous West Coast Waters Of United States And
issuing authority.
Canada.
(a) In a Treaty between the United States and Canada proclaimed

T
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as amended by
on August 11, 1934, the respective Governments were satisfied of
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
the sheltered nature of certain waters of the west coast of North
America. It was agreed to exempt vessels of the United States
and Canadian vessels from load line requirements when such
vessels engage on international voyages originating on, wholly A §42.05-65 Surveyor.
The term surveyor means any person designated by the
American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society
C
confined to, and terminating on such waters. In Article I of this
recognized by the Commandant as the person who actually
Treaty these waters are described as follows: "* * * the waters of
examines the vessel and/or materials associated with such
Puget Sound, the waters lying between Vancouver Island and the
examination, and who ascertains such vessel complies with
LI

mainland, and east of a line from a point 1 nautical mile west of

applicable load line requirements.
the city limits of Port Angeles in the State of Washington to Race
Rocks on Vancouver Island, and of a line from Hope Island,
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968]
British Columbia, to Cape Calvert, Calvert Island, British
B

Columbia, the waters east of a line from Cape Calvert to Duke

Point on Duke Island, and the waters north of Duke Island and Subpart 42.07 – Control, Enforcement, And
east of Prince of Wales Island, Baranof Island, and Chicagof Rights Of Appeal
U

Island, the waters of Peril, Neva, and Olga Straits to Sitka, and
the waters east of a line from Port Althorp of Chicagof Island to §42.07-1 Load Lines Required.
Cape Spencer, Alaska, are sheltered waters * * *." (a) The vessels listed in §§42.03-5 and 42.03-10 as subject to the
.P

applicable requirements in this subchapter shall have load lines

(b) U.S.-flag vessels and Canadian vessels navigating on the
treaty waters on a voyage as described in paragraph (a) of this
section are by virtue of this Treaty of August 11, 1934, not subject
to load line requirements in 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, the 1966
.G
accurately marked amidships, port and starboard, as provided in
this part 42 or the 1966 Convention, unless otherwise stated.
Those vessels issued load line exemption certificates may not be
required to have load line marks (see §42.03-30).

Convention, and the regulations in this subchapter. Vessels

navigating these sheltered waters and passing outside their
boundary on any voyage cannot claim the benefits of this Treaty
and shall be in compliance with the applicable load line
requirements in 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, the 1966 Convention, and
C
(b) For vessels marked with international load lines and
navigating the Great Lakes, such vessels are also subject to
requirements in part 45 of this subchapter while on the Great
Lakes. See §45.9 of this subchapter for load line marks used by

the regulations in this subchapter. such vessels.

(c) Since subdivision requirements apply to all passenger vessels
subject to the 1960 International Convention on Safety of Life at
Sea, those passenger vessels navigating on the waters described
in paragraph (a) of this section shall be in compliance with such
1960 Convention requirements and the regulations in part 46 of
this subchapter. The Coast Guard issues to such a vessel a
stability letter. The assigning authority is authorized to issue to
such a passenger vessel an appropriate load line certificate,
modified to meet the conditions governing her service
assignment, and marking.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969; USCG-1998-4442, 63
FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
(c) For Great Lakes vessels operating solely on Great Lakes
voyages, the requirements for the applicable load line marks are
in part 45 of this subchapter. Great Lakes vessels when making
other international or unlimited coastwise voyages shall comply
with the applicable requirements in parts 42, 44, and 45 of this
subchapter.
(d) For coastwise steam colliers, barges, and self-propelled
barges in special services, the requirements for the applicable
load line marks are in part 44 of this subchapter. These
requirements also include certain regulations governing such
vessels when they additionally engage in Great Lakes voyages,
international voyages or unlimited coastwise voyages. Load line
requirements in this part 42 also apply to such vessels when
engaged on international or unlimited coastwise voyages.

88
(e) Existing U.S.-flag vessels, as defined in §42.05-30(a) of this
chapter, engaged in international or coastwise voyages, may
retain the load line assigned under previous regulations, provided:
(1) The vessel has not been assigned a reduced freeboard under
the regulations in this part 42, and
(2) The form of the load line certificate issued to and carried on
board the vessel conforms to the requirements of subpart 42.50 of
this part or §44.05-35 or §46.10-30 of this chapter.
(f) This part applies to foreign vessels of countries–
(1) Signatory to or adhering to the 1966 Convention;
(2) Adhering to the 1930 Convention and not acceding to the
1966 Convention, or;
(3) Not adhering to either the 1930 Convention or the 1966
Convention but subject to the load line acts.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969; CGD 73-49R, 38 FR
12290, May 10, 1973; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982]
§42.07-5 Marks Placed On Vessel To Indicate Load Lines.
(a) Load line marks to indicate the maximum amidship's draft to
which a vessel can be lawfully submerged, in the various
circumstances and seasons, shall be permanently marked on
each side of the vessel in the form, manner, and location as
required by this subchapter.
(b) The load line marks placed on a vessel shall be attested to by
a valid load line certificate as required by §42.07-45(b). The
C
issuing authority shall not deliver any required load line certificate
to the vessel until after its surveyor has ascertained that the
vessel meets the applicable survey requirements and the correct
LI
placement of the marks on the vessel's sides has been confirmed.
(c) The requirements for load line marks apply to all new and
existing vessels as specified in §§42.03-5 and 42.03-10, except
B
when a vessel has been issued a load line exemption certificate in
lieu of a load line certificate.
U
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969]
.P
§42.07-10 Submergence Of Load Line Marks.
(a) Except as provided otherwise in this section, vessels of the
types described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section
shall not be so loaded as to submerge at any time when departing
for a voyage by sea, or on the Great Lakes, or during the voyage,
.G
or on arrival, the applicable load lines marked on the sides of the
vessel for the season of the year and the zone or area in which
the vessel may be operating.
(1) Merchant vessels of 150 gross tons or over, as described in
C
§42.03-5 or §42.03-10, and on voyages subject to 46 U.S.C.
5101-5116.
(2) All new vessels of 79 feet or over in length on voyages subject
to the 1966 Convention.
(3) All vessels of 150 gross tons or over, other than merchant
vessels covered by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, on voyages
subject to the 1966 Convention.
(b) When loading a vessel in a favorable zone for a voyage on
which the vessel will enter a less favorable zone, such allowances
must be made that the vessel when crossing into the less
favorable zone, will conform to the regulations and freeboard for
the less favorable zone.
89
(c) When a vessel is in fresh water of unit density, the appropriate
load line may be submerged by the amount of the fresh water
allowance shown on the applicable load line certificate. Where the
density is other than unity, an allowance shall be made
proportional to the difference between 1.025 and the actual
density. This paragraph does not apply to vessels when
navigating the Great Lakes.
(d) When a vessel departs from a port situated on a river or inland
waters, deeper loading shall be permitted corresponding to the
weight of fuel and all other materials required for consumption
between the port of departure and the sea. This paragraph does
not apply to vessels when navigating the Great Lakes.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; USCG-1998-4442, 63
FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
§42.07-15 Zones And Seasonal Areas.
S
(a) A vessel subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116 or the 1966
Convention shall comply, as applicable, with the requirements
N
regarding the zones and seasonal areas described in subpart
42.30.
IO
(b) A port located on the boundary line between two zones or
areas shall be regarded as within the zone or seasonal area from
or into which the vessel arrives or departs.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968, as amended by
T
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
§42.07-35 American Bureau Of Shipping As An Assigning
A Authority.
(a) The American Bureau of Shipping, with its home office at ABS
Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive, Houston, TX 77060, is hereby
appointed as the prime assigning and issuing authority under the
provisions of Articles 13 and 16(3) of the 1966 Convention and as
directed by 46 U.S.C. 5107. In this capacity the American Bureau
of Shipping is empowered to assign load lines, to perform surveys
required for load line assignments, and to determine that the
position of and the manner of marking vessels has been done in
accordance with applicable requirements.
(b) On behalf of the United States of America, the American
Bureau of Shipping is authorized to issue or reissue, under its
own seal and signature of its officials, the appropriate load line
certificates or International Load Line Exemption Certificate as
described in subpart 42.50 of this part or in parts 44 to 46,
inclusive, of this subchapter. Except for the International Load
Line Exemption Certificate, the required load line certificate
issued to a specific vessel shall certify to the correctness of the
load line marks assigned and marked on the vessel and
compliance with authorized conditions, restrictions, and/or
exemptions, if any. The International Load Line Exemption
Certificate when issued to a vessel shall certify as to the
compliance with the information applicable to the vessel.
(c) The designation and delegation to the American Bureau of
Shipping as an assigning and issuing authority shall be in effect
indefinitely unless for due cause it shall be terminated by proper
authority and notice of cancellation is published in the FEDERAL
REGISTER.
(d) The American Bureau of Shipping is authorized to revalidate
from time to time by endorsement a load line certificate or an
International Load Line Exemption Certificate.
(e) Before revalidating any certificate by endorsement, the
American Bureau of Shipping shall verify that the required load
line marks assigned are marked on the vessel and the vessel is in
compliance with authorized conditions, restrictions, and/or
exemptions, if any.
(f) The American Bureau of Shipping shall issue all load line
certificates in duplicate; one copy shall be delivered to the owner
or master of the vessel, and one copy (together with a summary
of data used to determine the assigned load lines) shall be
forwarded to the Commandant.
(g) The American Bureau of Shipping shall prepare a load line
survey report on each new vessel or existing vessel when brought
into complete compliance with this part prior to issuing the
required load line certificate described in subpart 42.50 of this
part. At the time the certificate is delivered, one copy of this report
shall be delivered to the master of the vessel, and one copy shall
be forwarded to the Commandant. When a load line survey report
is superseded or revised, one copy shall be delivered to the
master of the vessel, and one copy shall be forwarded to the
Commandant.
(h) The load line survey report or stability information furnished to
a specific vessel shall include a statement of the locations of all
watertight subdivision bulkheads, including steps or recesses
therein, which may be involved in the vessel's load line
assignment.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-143, 47 FR
25149, June 10, 1982; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27,
1996; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998; 65 FR
58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
§42.07-40 Recognized Classification Society As An
Assigning Authority.
(a) On behalf of the United States of America, under the
provisions of Articles 13 and 16(3) and as provided in 46 U.S.C.
5107, the Commandant, at the request of a shipowner, may
C
appoint any other recognized classification society, which he may
approve, as the assigning and issuing authority who shall perform
the same functions and duties as indicated in §42.07-35 for the
LI
American Bureau of Shipping.
(b) The appointment of a recognized classification society as the
assigning and issuing authority will be limited to vessels
B
specifically designated by the Commandant.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968, as amended by
U
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
§42.07-43 Change In Assigning Authority.
.P
(a) If the owner desires a change in assigning and issuing
authority for a vessel, a special request shall be made in writing to
the Commandant at least 90 days prior to the expiration date of
the present certificate or the annual endorsement thereon.
.G
(b) A change in the assigning authority does not presume any
change in assigned load lines.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968]
C
§42.07-45 Load Line Certificates.
(a) The load line certificates for which the Government of the
United States of America assumes full responsibility may be
issued by the Commandant, the American Bureau of Shipping, or
a recognized classification society when appointed as an
authorized assigning and issuing authority for specifically
designated vessels.
(b) The load line certificate shall certify to the correctness of the
load line marks assigned to the vessel and that the vessel is in
compliance with applicable requirements. A certificate issued
under this subchapter also shall describe the applicable load line
marks, conditions, restrictions, and/or exemptions, if any, the
vessel shall observe, according to the season of the year and the
zone or area in which the vessel may operate. The load line
exemption certificate issued under §42.03-30 shall certify the
special conditions the vessel shall observe.
90
(c) A load line assignment and certificate issued to any vessel
under the authority of the regulations in this subchapter (or under
the authority of any Government adhering to the 1966
Convention, under the provisions of Article 19(5) of the 1966
Convention) shall cease to be valid upon the transfer of such
vessel to the flag of another Government.
(d) Each loadline certificate is issued for the following length of
time:
(1) An international and coastwise certificate is issued for 5 years
and may be extended by the Commandant up to 150 days from
the date of the–
(1)(i) Survey that is endorsed on the certificate by the surveyor
authorized by the Coast Guard; or
(1)(ii) Last day of the 5-year period.
S
(2) A Great Lakes certificate is issued for 5 years and may be
extended by the Commander, Ninth Coast Guard District, up to
N
365 days from date of the–
(2)(i) Survey that is endorsed on the certificate by the surveyor
IO
authorized by the Coast Guard; or
(2)(ii) Last day of the 5-year period.
(e) The form of certificate certifying to the correctness of the load
T
line marks, assigned under the regulations in this part, may be in
the form of temporary or provisional certificate, signed by the
authorized surveyor pending early issuance of appropriate
A certificate as shown in subpart 42.50 of this part as follows:
(1) International Load Line Certificate, 1966, issued to U.S.
vessels engaged in foreign voyages, or engaged in coastwise or
intercoastal voyages (provided such vessels qualify to engage in
foreign voyages without restriction), as follows:
(1)(i) Form A1, For general use.
(1)(ii) Form A2, For sailing vessels.
(1)(iii) Form A3, For general use, combined with timber deck
cargo.
(2) Certificate issued to foreign vessels belonging to countries that
have not ratified or acceded to the 1966 Convention as follows:
(2)(i) Form B, For general use.
(3) Coastwise load line certificate (other than for special service
as provided for by part 44 of this subchapter) issued to U.S.
vessels engaged solely in coastwise and/or intercoastal voyages
(which may be subject to restrictions as to manning, routes,
seasons, waters of operations, etc., as shown on the face of the
certificate), as follows:
(3)(i) Form C1, For general use.
(3)(ii) Form C2, For sailing ships.
(3)(iii) Form C3, For general use, combined with timber deck
cargo.
(f) The form of certificate certifying to the correctness of
exemptions granted under the regulations in this part shall be as
shown in subpart 42.50 of this part as follows:
(1) International load line exemption certificate issued under
special conditions to U.S.-flag vessels engaged in foreign
voyages, as follows:
(1)(i) Form E1, For general international use.
(1)(ii) Where this certificate is intended to expire after a single
voyage, this information shall be noted on the face of the
certificate.
(2) International load line certificate Form A1, A2, or A3 issued
under special conditions to U.S.-flag vessels on international
voyages between the United States and near neighboring ports of
its possessions or of foreign countries. Exemptions, if any, shall
be specified on the certificate.
(g) The issuing authority shall provide the printed forms it may use
under the regulations in this subchapter. These forms shall be
approved by the Commandant before final printing. The
international load line certificate and exemption certificate forms
shall exactly reproduce the arrangement of the printed part of the
model Forms A1, A2, A3, and E1 indicated in subpart 42.50 of
this part for all official copies and any certified copies issued.
(h) Where a vessel qualifies for and is issued a Form E1
International Load Line Exemption Certificate for foreign voyages
but is also or solely engaged in coastwise or intercoastal voyages
by sea, this certificate shall be considered equivalent to a valid
coastwise load line certificate. In such case the vessel shall be
deemed in full compliance with 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116 and the
regulations in this part promulgated thereunder.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10054, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; CGD 73-49R, 38 FR
12290, May 10, 1973; CGD-74; 153, 39 FR 25324, July 10, 1974;
CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 96-006, 61 FR
35964, July 9, 1996; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30,
1998]
§42.07-50 Penalties For Violations.
C
(a) The penalties for violation of various provisions of the load line
acts or the regulations established thereunder are set forth in 46
U.S.C. 5116. The Secretary of Transportation by 49 CFR 1.46(b)
LI
has transferred to the Commandant authority to assess, collect,
remit or litigate any monetary penalty imposed under these laws.
(b) The master and/or owner of a vessel that is operated,
B
navigated, or used in violation of the provisions of the load line
acts, or the regulations in this subchapter will be subject to the
penalties as set forth in law, and the vessel shall also be liable
U
therefor. Depending upon the gravity of the violations, the Coast
Guard may do any one or more of the following:
.P
(1) Detain a vessel if deemed to be overloaded in violation of title
46 U.S.C. 5112, in accordance with 46 U.S.C. 5113 and have the
vessel surveyed by three disinterested surveyors.
(2) Assess and collect applicable monetary penalties for certain
.G
violations as provided in 46 U.S.C. 5112 and 5116.
(3) Initiate a criminal prosecution for certain violations when
required by 46 U.S.C. 5112 or 5116.
C
(4) Initiate an action of libel against the vessel involved if there is
a failure to pay monetary penalties assessed.
(5) Initiate a suspension or revocation proceeding, in addition to
the foregoing actions described in this paragraph against any
officer or seaman holding a valid Coast Guard license or
merchant mariner's document and who may violate any provision
of the load line acts, the 1966 Convention, or the regulations in
this subchapter, under the provisions of 46 U.S.C. Chapter 77,
and the regulations in 46 CFR part 5.
(c) In determining offenses, 46 U.S.C. 5116 provides that 'Each
day of a continuing violation is a separate violation' and
(d) The procedures governing the assessment, collection,
remission and litigation of any monetary penalty proposed under
46 U.S.C. 5116 for a violation of either load line law or the
91
applicable regulations in this subchapter, as well as the appeal
procedures to be allowed, are in 33 CFR subpart 1.07.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10054, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-120, 47 FR
5722, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997]
§42.07-55 Cancellation Of Load Line Certificates Or
Exemption Certificates.
(a) Since vessels described in §42.03-5 or §42.03-10 when found
qualified are issued appropriate load line certificates or load line
exemption certificates, under U.S. responsibility as indicated in
§42.07-45 such certificates may be canceled by proper U.S.
authority for due cause, including one or more of the causes listed
in paragraph (b) of this section. Such action may occur prior to the
expiration date on the certificate and normal certificate surrender.
The cancellation of such certificate means that the correctness of
load line marks and compliance with conditions of assignment for
the named vessel no longer are recognized by the United States
S
and that the existing assigned load line marks are voided.
N
(b) Certain causes for automatic cancellation of certificates are:
(1) The conditions of assignment have not been maintained as
IO
required by this subchapter.
(2) Material alterations have taken place in the hull or
superstructure of the vessel, which will necessitate the
assignment of an increased freeboard.
T
(3) The fittings and appliances have not been maintained in an
effective condition for the protection of openings, guardrails,
A freeing ports, and means of access to crew's quarters.
(4) The structural strength of the vessel is lowered to such an
extent that the vessel is unsafe.
(5) The load line certificate or International Load Line Exemption
Certificate is not endorsed to show the vessel has been surveyed
annually or periodically by the issuing authority as required by this
part or the 1966 Convention.
(6) Issuance of a new load line certificate for the same vessel.
(7) Surrender of a certificate for cancellation when required.
(8) The owner, master, or agent of the vessel has furnished false
or fraudulent information in or with the application for a certificate.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10054, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969]
§42.07-60 Control.
(a) The District Director of Customs or the Coast Guard District
Commander may detain a vessel for survey if there is reason to
believe that the vessel is proceeding on her journey in excess of
the draft allowed by the regulations in this subchapter as indicated
by the vessel's load line certificate, or otherwise. The Coast
Guard District Commander may detain a vessel if it is so loaded
as to be manifestly unsafe to proceed to sea.
(b) If the District Director of Customs orders a vessel detained, he
shall immediately inform the Coast Guard District Commander
thereof, who shall thereupon advise the District Director of
Customs whether or not he deems that the vessel may proceed to
sea with safety. If the Coast Guard District Commander orders a
vessel detained, such officer will furnish the District Director of
Customs immediate notification of such detention. The clearance
shall be refused to any vessel which shall have been ordered
detained, which shall be in effect until it is shown that the vessel is
not in violation of the applicable law and the regulations in this
subchapter.
(1) Where a vessel is detained for noncompliance with "material
alteration" and "effective maintenance" requirements of paragraph [CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10055, July 12, 1968, as amended by
(f)(1) of this section, the detention shall only be exercised insofar CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; USCG-1998-4442, 63
as may be necessary to ensure that the vessel can proceed to FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
sea without danger to passengers or crew.
§42.07-75 Right Of Appeal.
(c) The detention of a vessel will be by written order of either the Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
Coast Guard District Commander or the District Director of this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
Customs, depending on who orders the detention. The Coast therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
Guard District Commander will immediately arrange for a survey
in the manner prescribed by 46 U.S.C. 5113. Unless the owner or [CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50380, Dec. 6, 1989]
agent waives in writing and stipulates to accept the Coast Guard's
survey, the Coast Guard District Commander shall appoint three Subpart 42.09–Load Line Assignments And
disinterested surveyors and, where practicable, one of them shall
be from the Surveying Staff of the American Bureau of Shipping.
Surveys–General Requirements
Such surveyors shall conduct a survey to ascertain whether or not
§42.09-1 Assignment Of Load Lines.
the vessel is loaded in violation of the applicable provisions in the
(a) The assignment of load lines is conditioned upon the structural
load line acts, and the regulations in this subchapter. If the survey
efficiency and satisfactory stability of the vessel, and upon the
confirms the allegation that the vessel is in violation of either law
provisions provided on the vessel for her effective protection and
or the applicable regulations in this subchapter, "the owner and

S
that of the crew. Certain vessels, such as vessels carrying all their
agent shall bear the costs of the survey in addition to any penalty
cargo as deck cargo, or vessels where design or service require
or fine imposed", as provided in these laws.
special conditions to be applicable, shall have certain stability

N
limitations imposed on them, as may be necessary. When stability
(d) Whenever a vessel is detained, the master or owner may,
limitations for a vessel are prescribed, the assigning authority
within 5 days, appeal to the Commandant who may, if he desires,
shall furnish the master the vessel's maximum draft permitted and

IO
order a further survey, and may affirm, set aside, or modify the
other conditions, including reference to Commandant approved
order of the detaining officer.
operating stability features, which may be applicable.
(e) Where a foreign vessel is detained or intervention action of
(1) No load line assignment shall be made under this part to a
any other kind is taken against a foreign vessel, the officer

T
vessel proceeding on a foreign voyage, or where the load line
carrying out the action shall immediately inform in writing the
assignment is related to the flooded stability provisions and the
Consul or the diplomatic representative of the State whose flag
vessel is proceeding on a domestic voyage, until the applicable
the vessel is flying, of the decision involved together with all
pertinent circumstances under which intervention was deemed
necessary. A light ship characteristics are established and incorporated into the
vessel's stability data approved by the Commandant and
furnished to the master of the vessel.
C
(f) Under 46 U.S.C. 5109 a vessel of a foreign country which has
(2) If load line assignments are made to vessels for coastwise
ratified the 1966 Convention, or which holds a recognized and
voyages before the results of the required stability characteristics
LI

valid 1930 Convention certificate, or which holds a valid Great

are determined and incorporated into the vessel's stability data
Lakes Certificate, shall be exempt from the provisions of the
approved by the Commandant, then such load line assignments
regulations in this subchapter insofar as the marking of the load
shall be regarded as conditional and shall be subject to
lines and the certificating thereof are concerned, so long as such
verification or modification for removal of the conditional status.
B

country similarly recognizes the load lines established by this

Any vessel with a conditional load line assignment shall not be
subchapter for the purpose of a voyage by sea subject to the
loaded beyond a conservative safe draft. Where the Commandant
proviso in paragraph (f)(1) of this section or the alternative proviso
deems it unnecessary, the requirement for furnishing stability
U

in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

information to the masters of coastwise vessels assigned load
lines not related to flooded stability may be omitted and the
(1) If the foreign vessel is marked with load lines and has on
assigning authority and others concerned will be so notified.
.P

board a valid International or Great Lakes Load Line Certificate

certifying to the correctness of the marks, the control provisions in
(b) Each vessel subject to load line requirements shall carry on
this part which are in accord with Article 21 of the 1966
board a valid certificate attesting to compliance with such
Convention shall be observed. In this connection, the vessel shall
requirements. (See §§42.07-35 and 42.07-40 for additional data
not be loaded beyond the limits allowed by the certificate. The
furnished to the vessel.)
.G

position of the load lines on the vessel shall correspond with the
certificate. The vessel shall not have been so materially altered as
(c) The master of the vessel for which a load line certificate has
to make the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without
been issued shall be responsible for the maintenance of such
danger to human life, in regard to:
certificate on board such vessel and for compliance with its terms
C

and conditions. Additionally, the master shall be responsible for

(1)(i) The hull or superstructure (if necessitating assignment of an
having the current load line survey report on board the vessel.
increased freeboard); and/or,
This report shall be made available to surveyors when carrying
out subsequent load line surveys.
(1)(ii) The appliances and fittings for protection of openings,
guardrails, freeing ports, and means of access to crew's quarters
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10055, July 12, 1968, as amended by
(if necessitating replacement or other effective maintenance).
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969]
(2) (Alternatively provided) If the foreign vessel has on board an
§42.09-15 Surveys By The American Bureau Of Shipping Or
International Load Line Exemption Certificate in lieu of an
Assigning Authority.
International Load Line Certificate, 1966, in such case, verify that
(a) General. Before issuing a certificate or placement of load line
it is valid and any conditions stipulated therein are met.
marks on a vessel, the assigning and issuing authority shall make
an initial or periodic survey of the vessel as required by this
(g) A foreign vessel of a nation for which the 1966 Convention has
subchapter. A load line survey report shall be made, reflecting
not come into force does not qualify for an International Load Line
information and facts based on initial surveys, including required
Certificate, 1966. In lieu thereof, such a vessel shall be required
and special elements as may be deemed necessary by the
to have on board a valid Form B load line certificate or a
assigning authority or the Commandant.
recognized 1930 Convention certificate.

92
(b) Initial survey. An initial survey shall be made before the
vessel is put in service or the first time the assigning authority is
requested to survey a vessel. The survey shall include a complete
examination of its structure and equipment insofar as required by
the applicable requirements in this subchapter. This survey shall
be such as to ensure that the arrangements, materials, scantlings,
and subsequent placement of load line marks fully comply with
applicable requirements.
(c) Periodical survey. A periodical survey shall be made at
intervals not exceeding five (5) years from an initial or previous
periodic survey. The survey shall be similar to the initial survey
insofar as extent and purpose are concerned.
(1) If the load line marks are found to be correct for the condition
the vessel is then in, the assigning and issuing authority shall
issue a new load line certificate, valid for such time as the
condition of the vessel then warrants but in no case for a period of
longer than 5 years. If, after a survey has been passed, a loadline
certificate can not be issued before the current certificate expires,
the current certificate may be extended by an endorsement in
accordance with the requirements contained in §42.07-45(d). This
endorsement of the assigning authority shall be placed on the
back of the certificate, as shown on the forms in subpart 42.50.
However, if there have been alterations which affect the vessel's
freeboards, such extension shall not be granted. This prohibition
is the same as in Article 19(2) of the 1966 Convention.
(2) The periodical survey, including certificate extension or
reissue, for a vessel holding an international load line exemption
certificate for more than one voyage, shall be the same as for any
other vessel covered by this section except for load line marks.
However, other conditions specified in the exemption certificate
shall be verified.
C
(d) Annual surveys for endorsements. Vessels subject to initial
and periodic surveys shall have annual surveys, within 3 months
LI
either way of the certificate's anniversary date. The annual
surveys shall be made by and prove satisfactory to the assigning
and issuing authority prior to executing the required annual
endorsements on load line certificates or exemption certificates.
B
The scope shall be as defined in §42.09-40 and such as to ensure
that the applicable load line marks are found to be correct for the
condition the vessel is then in.
U
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; CGD 73-49R, 38 FR
.P
12290, May 10, 1973]
§42.09-20 Surveys Of Foreign Vessels.
(a) General. Foreign vessels of countries which have not ratified
or acceded to the 1966 Convention, or which do not have valid
.G
certificates issued under other international convention or treaty
and recognized by the United States of America, if desiring to
depart from a port or place in the United States, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Territory of Guam, or other
U.S. possessions, shall be subjected to survey, marking, and
C
certification by a load line assigning and issuing authority as
authorized under §42.07-35 or §42.07-40, unless:
(1) The vessel is exempted by the provision of 46 U.S.C. 5102; or
(2) The vessel is under tow and carrying neither passengers nor
cargo.
(b) Scope of survey. A periodical survey described in §42.09-
15(c) shall be conducted by and prove satisfactory to the
assigning and issuing authority. It shall be made prior to issue or
reissue of the applicable certificate.
(c) Certification of load lines. The assigning and issuing
authority after determining the vessel meets the applicable
requirements in this part may issue a load line certificate subject
to requirements in §42.07-45 and on the applicable form
93
described in subpart 42.50 of this part: Provided, That the load
line certificate issued shall be valid for a period of 1 year. The
certificate may be revalidated by endorsement for additional 1
year periods if the condition of the vessel so warrants, but in any
event the certificate shall become void five (5) years from date of
issue, or at the expiration of the fourth (4th) yearly validation,
whichever occurs first. Whenever the condition of the vessel
warrants special limitations, such information and facts shall be
attested to on the front or back of the certificate as necessary, by
the assigning and issuing authority.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-120, 47 FR
5723, Feb. 8, 1982; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30,
1998]
§42.09-25 Initial Or Periodic Survey Requirements For All
Vessels.
(a) Before a survey may be completed, the vessel shall be placed
S
in a drydock or hauled out. The surveyor shall be given complete
access to all parts of the vessel to ensure that the vessel
N
complies with all applicable requirements.
(b) The surveyor shall examine on all vessels the items, etc.,
IO
listed in this paragraph to determine if in satisfactory condition
and meeting applicable requirements in this subchapter.
(1) Cargo hatch coamings, covers, beams and supports, gaskets,
clamps, locking bars, tarpaulins, battens, cleats and wedges of
T
hatches on exposed freeboard, quarter and superstructure decks,
and elsewhere as may be necessary.
A (2) Structure of the vessel, coamings, closures, and all means of
protection provided for openings, such as for ventilators,
companionways, machinery casings, fiddleys, funnels, enclosed
superstructures on the freeboard deck (and their end bulkheads)
or equivalent protective deck houses, openings in the freeboard
and superstructure decks, and significant openings at higher
levels in the vessel.
(3) Transverse watertight subdivision bulkheads, as fitted,
including any openings therein and closures for such openings.
They shall be examined throughout their vertical and transverse
extent.
(4) All air-pipe outlets, their closures, all scuppers, and all sanitary
discharges in the vessel's sides, including nonreturn valves
installed.
(5) The main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges in the
machinery space, and elsewhere if existent, and the valves and
controls for these items.
(6) All gangways, cargo ports, and airports, including dead covers
or other similar openings in the vessel's sides and their closures.
(7) All guardrails, bulwarks, gangways, and freeing port shutters,
including securing devices, and bars.
(8) All eye plates or similar fittings for timber (or other) deck-cargo
lashings, including the lashings, sockets for uprights and
protective devices as may be necessary for ventilators and
steering arrangements.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]
§42.09-30 Additional Survey Requirements For Steel-Hull
Vessels.
(a) In addition to the requirements in §42.09-25, the surveyor of
the assigning authority shall examine the items, etc., listed in this
section, to determine if in satisfactory condition and meeting
applicable requirements in this subchapter.
(b) When the vessel is in drydock, the hull plating, etc., shall be
examined.
(c) The holds, 'tween decks, peaks, bilges, machinery spaces,
and bunkers shall be examined to determine the condition of the
framing, etc.
(d) The deep tanks and other tanks which form part of the vessel
shall be examined internally.
(e) If a double bottom is fitted, the tanks normally shall be
examined internally. Where double bottom and other tanks are
used for fuel-oil bunkers, such tanks need not be cleaned out, if
the surveyor is able to determine by an external examination that
their general condition is satisfactory.
(f) The deck shall be examined.
(g) Where, owing to the age and condition of the vessel or
otherwise, the surveyor deems it necessary, the shell and deck
plating may be required to be drilled or other acceptable means
used, in order to ascertain the then thickness of such plating.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968]
§42.09-35 Additional Survey Requirements For Wood-Hull
Vessels.
(a) In addition to the requirements in §42.09-25, the surveyor of
the assigning authority shall examine the items, etc., listed in this
section, to determine if in satisfactory condition and meeting the
applicable requirements in this subchapter.
(b) When the vessel is in drydock or hauled out, the keel, stem,
stern frame or sternpost, outside planking, and caulking shall be
C
examined.
(c) The fasteners shall be examined. Bolts, screws, or equivalent
LI
fastenings, as deemed necessary by the surveyor, must be
backed out, or otherwise dealt with, to ensure soundness.
(d) The holds, 'tween decks, peaks, bilges, machinery spaces,
B
and bunkers shall be examined.
(e) The entire structure, including decks, shall be examined. If
U
considered necessary by the surveyor, borings shall be made, or
other means may be used, to ascertain the condition of the
materials. Should these measures disclose sufficient cause,
.P
further examination to satisfy the surveyor as to the true condition
shall be made and check locations listed. This list shall be
submitted to the assigning and issuing authority for record
purposes, and for use in subsequent surveys.
.G
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968]
§42.09-40 Annual Surveys.
(a) Relative to §§42.09-15(d) and 42.09-20(c), the assigning and
issuing authority shall make an annual survey of each vessel
C
holding an appropriate certificate issued under this subchapter.
(b) The annual survey shall be of such scope and extent so as to
ensure:
(1) The maintenance in an effective condition of the fittings and
appliances for the:
(1)(i) Protection of openings;
(1)(ii) Guardrails;
(1)(iii) Freeing ports; and,
(1)(iv) Means of access to crew's quarters.
(2) That there have not been alterations made to the hull or
superstructure which would affect the calculations determining the
position of the load line marks.
94
(c) The assigning and issuing authority shall report on the annual
survey made to the owner of the vessel.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968 as amended by CGD
80-143, 47 FR 25149, June 10, 1982]
§42.09-45 Correction Of Deficiencies.
(a) During and after any survey made by the assigning and
issuing authority, those items, fittings, etc., which are found to be
in an unsatisfactory condition by the surveyor shall be repaired or
renewed in order to place the vessel in a satisfactory condition.
(b) No load line certificate shall be issued, endorsed, extended, or
reissued or delivered to a vessel subject to this subchapter until
after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected as required by
paragraph (a) of this section.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]
S
§42.09-50 Repairs Or Alterations To Vessel After It Has Been
N
Surveyed.
(a) After any survey of the vessel made under §§42.09-25 to
42.09-40, inclusive, as applicable, has been completed and
IO
deficiencies corrected as provided in §42.09-45, no change shall
be made in the vessel's structure, equipment, arrangement,
material, or scantlings as covered by such survey, without the
prior specific approval of the assigning and issuing authority.
T
(b) To avoid a freeboard or other penalty, any vessel which
undergoes repairs, alterations, or modifications, including
outfitting related thereto, shall continue to comply with the
A applicable requirements consistent with the load line certificate
held.
(c) An existing vessel, which had a load line assigned under
previous regulations which undergoes repairs, alterations, or
modifications of a major character, shall meet the requirements
for a new vessel in this part insofar as the assigning and issuing
authority and the Commandant deem reasonable and practicable.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD
80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982]
Subpart 42.11 – Applications for Load Line
Assignments, Surveys, and Certificates
§42.11-1 General.
(a) As described in this subchapter under §§42.07-35, 42.07-40,
42.09-15, and 42.09-20, the American Bureau of Shipping or
other recognized classification societies approved as load line
assigning and issuing authorities perform the duties connected
with making load line assignments to vessels.
(b) The Commandant is responsible for the administration of the
load line acts, the 1966 Convention, other treaties regarding load
lines, and the implementing regulations in this subchapter which
include prescribed form and content of applicable load line
certificates.
(c) Except in special instances for Coast Guard vessels, the
Commandant does not perform the duties of a load line assigning
authority.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-120, 47 FR
5723, Feb. 8, 1982]
§42.11-10 Applications For Load Line Assignments And
Certificates For Vessels Other Than U.S.-Flag Vessels.
(a) The application for the assignment of load lines and certificate
for a foreign vessel belonging to (or which will belong to) either a
country ratifying or acceding to the International Convention on
Load Lines, 1966, or to a country with which the United States of
America has a reciprocal load line agreement in effect shall be
made by the Government whose flag the vessel flies, or will fly.
The application may be made direct to the American Bureau of
Shipping, or after receiving the Commandant's approval, to a
recognized classification society which that country has requested
as an assigning and issuing authority. When the load line
assignment and certificate are authorized pursuant to the
requirements in this part, the certificate must contain a statement
that it has been issued at the request of a specific Government,
which shall be named therein.
(1) When the load line assignment is performed under the
applicable regulations in this subchapter, the assigning and
issuing authority shall transmit to the requesting Government at
the earliest practicable date, one copy of each certificate issued,
the load line survey report used for computing the freeboard, and
the freeboard computations. For information, the assigning and
issuing authority shall also notify the Commandant of the names
of the vessel and the Government involved and the date and
place where the work was done.
(b) For a foreign vessel of a country not included in paragraph (a)
of this section, the owner, master, or agent normally shall apply in
writing to the American Bureau of Shipping, or to any other
recognized assigning and issuing authority after it has been
approved by the Commandant, for the assignment, survey, and
certification of load lines, or for reissue of a load line certificate, as
may be necessary for the vessel to clear ports of the United
States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Territory of Guam,
or other U.S. possessions. Normally the same requirements,
conditions, procedures, distribution of applicable certificates, etc.,
shall be applied to such foreign vessels which are applied to
similar U.S.-flag vessels of 150 gross tons or over.
C
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C
95
§42.11-15 Application For Timber Load Lines.
(a) The owner, master, or agent of a vessel having load lines
assigned under this subchapter may apply to the assigning and
issuing authority for timber load lines when making his application
for a load line certificate. After the vessel has been found in
compliance with the applicable requirements in this subchapter, it
may be marked with timber load lines, which will also be certified
to in the load line certificate.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as amended by
CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]
§42.11-20 Application For Annual Survey.
(a) The owner, master, or agent of a vessel holding a load line
certificate shall apply to the assigning and issuing authority who
issued the certificate for the annual survey required by §42.09-40
or the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966.
[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968]
S
§42.50-10 Load Line Certificates For Nonadherent Foreign
N
Flag Vessels.
(a) The form of load line certificate certifying to the correctness of
the load line marks assigned under the regulations in this
IO
subchapter to nonadherent foreign flag vessels as specified in
§42.07-45(e)(2) is:
(1) Form B for general use. The period of validity shall be as
expressed in §42.09-20(c).
T
(b) The text and arrangement of the printed portion of Form B
shall be identical with the information on the face and reverse
A sides of Form A1 certificate in §42.50-5(b) except for title of
certificate, model form, the first paragraph, and the wording of the
certificate for issuance and revalidation, which shall be as follows:
 S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

[CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9017, June 5, 1969]

96
 Part 46–Subdivision Load Lines For Passenger Vessels
Table Of Contents well as on passenger vessels of 150 gross tons or over engaged
in coastwise or Great Lakes voyages.
Subpart 46.01–Purpose
(b) When engaged in voyages subject to this part, no passenger
Sec. vessel required to be marked with subdivision load lines shall
46.01-1 Purpose. depart from or arrive at any port or place under the jurisdiction of
46.01-15 Application Of Regulations. the United States, nor shall such United States vessel operate on
46.01-20 Penalties For Violations. the high seas nor the Great Lakes, unless such vessel has been
marked with subdivision load lines in accordance with the
Subpart 46.05–Definitions Used In This Part regulations in this part, has on board a valid certificate certifying
to the correctness of the location of such subdivision load line
46.05-1 Passenger Vessel. marks, and is otherwise in compliance with the applicable
46.05-10 Foreign Voyage. requirements of law and regulations in this part.
46.05-15 Coastwise Voyages.
46.05-20 Great Lakes Voyage. (c) No passenger vessel of the United States of 150 gross tons or

S
46.05-25 New Passenger Vessel. over and subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, shall engage in
46.05-30 Existing Passenger Vessel. coastwise voyages or voyages on the Great Lakes unless such
vessel has been marked with subdivision load lines in accordance

N
Subpart 46.10–Administration with the regulations in this part and has on board a valid
certificate certifying to the correctness of the location of such
46.10-1 Relaxation From Regulations. subdivision load line marks.

IO
46.10-5 Load Line Requirements For Subdivision.
46.10-10 Marks To Indicate Subdivision Load Lines. (d) No foreign passenger vessel belonging to a country that has
46.10-15 Survey For The Establishment And Renewal Of ratified or acceded to the applicable International Convention for
Subdivision Load Line Marks. Safety of Life at Sea shall arrive or depart from any port or place
under the jurisdiction of the United States, and no foreign

T
46.10-20 Application For The Assignment And Renewal Of
Subdivision Load Lines. passenger vessel subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, shall arrive or
46.10-25 Equivalents. depart from any port or place under the jurisdiction of the United
46.10-30
46.10-35
46.10-40
Subdivision Load Line Certificates.
Validity Of Subdivision Load Line Certificates.
Nonsubmergence Subdivision Load Line (Great Lakes).
A States, including ports on the Great Lakes, unless that vessel has
been marked with subdivision load lines in accordance with the
regulations in this part and has on board a valid certificate
C
46.10-45 Nonsubmergence Subdivision Load Lines In Salt certifying to the correctness of the location of such subdivision
Water. load line marks.
46.10-50 Drills And Inspections.
LI

46.10-55 Logbook Entries. (e) Subdivision load lines shall be marked on both sides of
46.10-60 Control. passenger vessels where determined and in a manner described
46.10-65 Construction. in subpart 46.15 as applicable to the vessel's service. The
46.10-70 Plans And Inspections Of New And Converted Vessels. subdivision load line certificates shall be in accordance with
B

§§46.10-30 and 46.10-35.

Subpart 46.15–Subdivision Load Lines For Passenger
Vessels Engaged In Foreign, Coastwise, And Great Lakes [CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965 as amended by CGD
U

Voyages 80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51044,

Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
46.15-1 Procedure For Determination Of Subdivision Load Line.
.P

46.15-5 Engineering Requirements. §46.01-20 Penalties For Violations.

46.15-10 Subdivision Load Lines.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306; 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116; E.O. 12234, 3
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security
.G
(a) Penalties for violations of the regulations in this part by
passenger vessels of the United States engaged in foreign
voyages shall be in accordance with those laws which require the
inspection and certification of the vessel. In addition, for

Delegation No. 0170.1. [SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, passenger vessels subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, which engage
Dec. 30, 1965, unless otherwise noted.] in voyages described in §42.03-5, §42.03-10, or §45.01-1, the
penalties for violations of the regulations in this part shall be those
set forth in the load line act applicable to the vessel.
Subpart 46.01 -- Purpose
C

(b) For a further description of the actions which may be taken

§46.01-1 Purpose.
(a) The purpose of the regulations in this part is to set forth
uniform minimum requirements applicable to passenger vessels
required to have subdivision load lines. These requirements deal
with the following:
(1) Load line requirements applicable before a passenger
vessel will be marked with and certificated as to subdivision
load lines.
(2) Assigning, marking, and recording of subdivision load lines.
(3) Administration of subdivision load lines.
(4) Application of requirements to passenger vessels.
§46.01-15 Application Of Regulations.
(a) The regulations in this part establish subdivision load lines
required on passenger vessels engaged in foreign voyages, as
see §42.07-50, of this subchapter. The procedures governing the
assessment, collection, remission and mitigation of any monetary
penalty imposed for a violation of a law or the regulations
prescribed thereunder in this part, as well as the appeal
procedures followed, are in subpart 2.50 of part 2 of subchapter A
(Procedures Applicable to the Public) of this chapter.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968; CGD 80-120, 47 FR
5723, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart 46.50 – Definitions Used in This Part
§46.05-1 Passenger Vessel.
(a) For the purpose of the regulations in this part, a vessel is a

97
passenger vessel if:
(1) Engaged on an international voyage by sea, it carries or is
authorized to carry more than 12 passengers; or,
(2) Engaged on a coastwise voyage by sea or a voyage on the
Great Lakes, it carries or is authorized to carry more than 16
persons in addition to the crew.
§46.05-10 Foreign Voyage.
(a) A foreign voyage for the purpose of marking passenger
vessels with subdivision load lines is a voyage by sea between a
port under the jurisdiction of the United States and a port of a
foreign country, its colonies, territories, or protectorates, or
conversely (a voyage exclusively on the Great Lakes excepted).
§46.05-15 Coastwise Voyages.
(a) A coastwise voyage by sea, for the purpose of marking
passenger vessels with subdivision load lines, is a voyage in
which a vessel in the usual course of her employment proceeds
from one port or place in the United States to another port or
place in the United States or from a port or place in a possession
to another port or place in the same possession, and passes
outside the line dividing inland waters from the high seas (a
voyage exclusively on the Great Lakes excepted), as well as a
voyage in which a vessel proceeds from a port or place in the
United States or her possessions and passes outside the line
dividing inland waters from the high seas and navigates on the
high seas, and then returns to the same port or place.
§46.05-20 Great Lakes Voyage.
A Great Lakes voyage is any voyage from a United States port or
place on the Great Lakes to another United States port or place
on the Great Lakes or to a Canadian port or place on the Great
C
Lakes, or conversely.
§46.05-25 New Passenger Vessel.
LI
A new passenger vessel is a vessel whose keel was laid or was a
vessel converted into a passenger vessel on or after May 26,
1965.
B
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968]
U
§46.05-30 Existing Passenger Vessel.
An existing passenger vessel in respect to its voyage is any
passenger vessel that is not a new passenger vessel as defined
.P
in §46.05-25.
Subpart 46.10 – Administration
§46.10-1 Relaxation From Regulations.
.G
(a) New passenger vessels making foreign voyages by sea shall
comply with the requirements in this part. An existing passenger
vessel engaged in foreign voyages by sea may be permitted
relaxation from the requirements of this part if, in the opinion of
C
the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, such requirements are
unreasonable or impracticable.
(b) A new passenger vessel making coastwise voyages by sea or
making Great Lakes voyages shall comply with the requirements
in this part. An existing passenger vessel making coastwise
voyages by sea or Great Lakes voyages may be permitted
relaxation from the requirements of this part if, in the opinion of
the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, such requirements are
unreasonable or impracticable.
§46.10-5 Load Line Requirements For Subdivision.
(a) The load line requirements of parts 42, 44, 45 of this
subchapter as applicable to the passenger vessel and her
service, shall be complied with before a passenger vessel will be
marked with and certificated as to subdivision load lines.
98
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968]
§46.10-10 Marks To Indicate Subdivision Load Lines.
(a) Marks to indicate the maximum mean draft to which a
passenger vessel may be lawfully submerged shall be
permanently marked on each side of the passenger vessel in the
form, manner, and location provided in this part.
(b) The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, will determine the
position of the subdivision load lines by the application of the
requirements contained in this part and parts 170 and 171 of this
chapter. The correct marking of subdivision load lines will be
certified by the American Bureau of Shipping or a classification
society approved by the Commandant for that purpose.
(c) Certificates certifying to the correctness of subdivision load
line marks shall not be furnished until it is determined that the
marks have been correctly placed upon the passenger vessel.
S
(d) In the case of passenger vessels that are required by the
N
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea to have on
board a safety certificate, the certification of subdivision, load line
marks shall be made by letter to the Commandant (G-M), U.S.
IO
Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968; CGD 79-023, 48 FR
51007, Nov. 4, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988]
T
§46.10-15 Survey For The Establishment And Renewal Of
Subdivision Load Line Marks.
A (a) Every passenger vessel to be marked with and certificated for
subdivision load lines must comply with the requirements as set
forth in subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter for
ocean, coastwise, and Great Lakes service as applicable to the
particular vessel and the service in which she is to be employed.
(b) Every passenger vessel marked with a subdivision load line
shall be subjected to the surveys specified in this paragraph. The
details of the surveys or inspections indicated in paragraphs (b)(1)
through (3) of this section shall be as set forth in the applicable
sections of part 71 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this
chapter.
(1) A survey before the vessel is put in service.
(2) A periodical survey once every 12 months.
(3) Additional surveys as occasion arises.
(4) Surveys required by part 42, part 44, or part 45 of this
subchapter.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968]
§46.10-20 Application For The Assignment And Renewal Of
Subdivision Load Lines.
(a) Application for assignment and renewal of subdivision load
lines and certification thereof shall be made in writing to the
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, D.C. 20593-0001.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968; CGD 88-070, 53 FR
34534, Sept. 7, 1988]
§46.10-25 Equivalents.
(a) Where in the regulations in this part it is provided that a
particular fitting, appliance, apparatus, or type thereof, shall be
fitted or carried in a vessel engaged on foreign voyages by sea or
that any particular arrangement shall be adopted, there may be
substituted any other fitting or appliance or type thereof or any
other arrangement provided that the Commandant, U.S. Coast
Guard, shall have been satisfied by suitable trials that the fitting,
appliance, or apparatus, or type thereof, or that the arrangement
substituted is at least as effective as that specified in this part.
(b) Where, in the application of the regulations in this part to
passenger vessels engaged in coastwise voyages by sea and on
Great Lakes voyages, it is desired to substitute other construction,
arrangement, fitting, or appliance, or type thereof, such
substitution may be made if approved by the Commandant, U.S.
Coast Guard, provided the degree of safety provided by this part
is obtained.
§46.10-30 Subdivision Load Line Certificates.
(a) Passenger vessels engaged in foreign voyages by sea shall
have their subdivision load lines certified on the safety certificate
required by the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea,
1960. Safety certificates shall be issued by the Commandant,
U.S. Coast Guard, for a period not to exceed one year. These
vessels will also be provided with the load line certificate required
by part 42 of this subchapter, the minimum freeboard shown
thereon to be not less than the minimum freeboard corresponding
to the principal passenger condition. The fact that they are
subdivision load lines is to be noted on the load line certificate.
(b) Passenger vessels engaged on coastwise voyages by sea or
Great Lakes voyages shall have the position of their subdivision
load lines recorded on a load line certificate in the form required
by part 42 or part 45 of this subchapter. The fact that they are
subdivision load lines is to be noted on the load line certificate.
(c) A note shall be added to the load line certificate below the
signature of the assigning-authority in the following form:
The bulkhead deck used for determining the position of the
subdivision load lines certified above is _____________________
(here described bulkhead deck).
A journey in excess of the draft allowed by the regulations in this
C
(d) Annual inspections of passenger vessels shall be as required
by §§42.09-40 and 46.10-15 of this subchapter and renewal of
passenger vessels' load line certificates shall be as required by
LI
§§42.09-15 and 42.09-20.
(e) Each new passenger vessel which receives its first load line
certificate shall also be provided with a copy of the load line
B
survey report as required by §42.09-1(c) or §45.01-30 of this
subchapter.
U
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968; CGFR 68-126, 34 FR
9019, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982;
.P
CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988]
§46.10-35 Validity Of Subdivision Load Line Certificates.
(a) Subdivision load line certificates issued to passenger vessels
shall only be valid during the time for which the certificates are
.G
issued.
(b) If, due to any cause, the conditions as required by this part are
changed, or the regulations in this part are not carried out, the
load line certificate may be cancelled and the load lines
C
considered nonexistent: Provided, That if the conditions causing
the cancellation of the certificate are satisfactorily corrected, the
load line certificate shall be reinstated for the remainder of its
term.
(c) A valid subdivision load line certificate for foreign voyages by
sea shall be valid for coastwise voyages by sea and Great Lakes
voyages. A valid subdivision load line certificate for coastwise
voyages by sea shall be valid for Great Lakes voyages but not for
foreign voyages by sea. A valid subdivision load line certificate for
Great Lakes voyages shall not be valid for foreign or coastwise
voyages by sea.
§46.10-40 Nonsubmergence Subdivision Load Line (Great
Lakes).
(a) Passenger vessels on the Great Lakes of 150 gross tons or
over shall not submerge the subdivision load line applicable to the
99
voyage.
§46.10-45 Nonsubmergence Subdivision Load Lines In Salt
Water.
(a) Passenger vessels required to be marked with subdivision
load lines, engaged on foreign and coastwise voyages other than
the Great Lakes voyages, shall not submerge in salt water the
subdivision load line applicable to the voyage. Passenger vessels
engaged on ocean, foreign or coastwise voyages may be marked
with fresh water load lines. A passenger vessel on foreign or
coastwise voyages (except Great Lakes voyages) may have an
allowance made for the degree of brackishness of the water in
which the vessel is floating but not for the weight of fuel, water,
etc., required for consumption between the point of departure and
the open sea, and no allowance is to be made for bilge or ballast
water that may be in the passenger vessel at the time of
departure.
§46.10-50 Drills And Inspections.
S
(a) For the required drills and inspections to be conducted on
passenger vessels, see subpart 78.17 of subchapter H
N
(Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
§46.10-55 Logbook Entries.
IO
(a) For required logbook entries to be made on passenger
vessels, see subpart 78.17 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels)
of this chapter.
§46.10-60 Control.
T
(a) The District Director of Customs or the Coast Guard District
Commander may detain a passenger vessel for a survey if there
is reason to believe that such a vessel is proceeding on her
part as indicated by the vessel's load lines certified on the safety
certificate, load line certificate, or otherwise. The Coast Guard
District Commander may detain a passenger vessel if it is so
loaded as to be manifestly unsafe to proceed to sea. Except as
otherwise required by this section, §42.07-60 if this subchapter
applies to all passenger vessels assigned load lines under the
load line acts and the regulations of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9019, June 5, 1969]
§46.10-65 Construction.
(a) The watertight subdivision of every passenger vessel must be
as efficient as possible, having regard to its intended service. This
principle is given effect by applying the requirements in part 171
of this chapter.
(b) Passenger vessels engaged in foreign voyages by sea or
coastwise voyages by sea or voyages on the Great Lakes, to be
marked with subdivision load lines shall comply with the
requirements in this part.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
79-023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983]
§46.10-70 Plans And Inspections Of New And Converted
Vessels.
(a) Plans for a new passenger vessel or a vessel to be converted
to a passenger vessel shall be submitted to the Commandant as
required by subpart 71.65 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels)
of this chapter.
(b) Inspections shall be made during the construction or
conversion of the vessel as required by subpart 71.20 of
subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(c) Upon completion of construction or conversion of a passenger
vessel, a stability test must be performed and stability information
must be supplied to the operator as required by part 170 of this
chapter.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
79-023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983]
Subpart 46.15 – Subdivision Load Lines for
Passenger Vessels Engaged in Foreign,
Coastwise, and Great Lakes Voyages
§46.15-1 Procedure For Determination Of Subdivision Load
Line.
The procedure for determining the subdivision load line as well as
special construction features of the vessel must be as set forth in
subpart 72.01 and parts 170 and 171 of this chapter.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983]
§46.15-5 Engineering Requirements.
(a) Bilge and ballast systems, piping, inlets and discharges, ash
chutes, astern power, and auxiliary steering shall be in
accordance with the provisions of subchapter F (Marine
Engineering) of this chapter.
§46.15-10 Subdivision Load Lines.
(a) Subdivision load lines shall be located by measuring vertically
down from the deck line required by part 42 of this subchapter.
(b) The length, width, and manner of marking the lines shall be as
provided in subpart 42.13 of this subchapter.
(c) No subdivision load line is to be placed so that the freeboard is
reduced from that determined by the highest seasonal mark
permitted by part 42.
(d) When the highest subdivision load line is located on a vessel
used as a passenger vessel in a position between the highest and
lowest seasonal load line marks, the seasonal load line marks
A (j) For Great Lakes vessels, references to part 42 shall read part
C
above the subdivision load line will be omitted and those below
will be marked.
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C
100
(e) When the freeboard from the highest subdivision load line on a
vessel used as a passenger vessel is greater than the freeboard
from the lowest load line permitted by part 42 of this subchapter,
the load lines required by part 42 of this subchapter shall be
omitted and the disk with its horizontal line located in line with the
highest subdivision load line.
(f) One fresh water line shall be marked. When a subdivision and
a normal load line are combined, the normal fresh water line only
shall be used unless the position of the subdivision load line is
such that confusion will result, in which case a subdivision fresh
water line may be used, marked FC1 and the normal fresh water
line omitted.
(g) Subdivision load lines shall be aft of the vertical line. The
vertical line shall be extended as necessary to connect the lowest
and highest load lines marked on the vessel.
(h) When a vessel has spaces used for cargo and passengers
S
alternatively so that the position of the subdivision load line varies
with the service, subdivision load lines for the principal passenger
N
condition shall be marked and denoted by C1 and the alternative
conditions marked and denoted by C2, C3, etc. The position of
each load line and the conditions under which a particular load
IO
line is applicable shall be noted in the certificate.
(i) The principal passenger condition for a vessel having spaces
used for passengers and cargo alternatively is the condition
where only those spaces appropriated exclusively to passengers
T
are taken into consideration for determination of the subdivision
load line.
45 and a "diamond" shall be substituted for the "disk". No "fresh
water" line will be marked.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968]
 Part 70–General Provisions
Table Of Contents
Subpart 70.01–Authority And Purpose
Sec.
70.01-1 Purpose Of Regulations.
Subpart 70.05–Application
70.05-3 Foreign Vessels Subject To The Requirements Of This
Subchapter.
70.05-5 Specific Application Noted In Text.
70.05-10 Application To Vessels On An International Voyage.
70.05-18 Applicability To Vessels Operating Under An Exemption
Afforded In The Passenger Vessel Safety Act Of 1993
(PVSA).
70.05-30 Combustible And Flammable Liquid Cargo In Bulk.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; Pub. L. 103-206, 107 Stat.
2439; 49 U.S.C. 5103, 5106; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR,
1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security
Delegation No. 0170.1; Section 70.01-15 also issued under the
authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507. [SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR
16890, Dec. 30, 1965, unless otherwise noted.]
[67 FR 34756, May 15, 2002]
Subpart 70.01 – Authority And Purpose
§70.01-1 Purpose Of Regulations.
A section, each foreign vessel must report marine casualties
C
The purpose of the regulations in this subchapter is to set forth
uniform minimum requirements for passenger vessels. The
regulations are necessary to carry out the provisions of law
LI
affecting passenger vessels and such regulations have the force
of law.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16890, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD
B
95-028, 62 FR 51203, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart 70.05 -- Application
U
§70.05-3 Foreign Vessels Subject To The Requirements Of
This Subchapter.
.P
(a) Except as specifically noted in paragraphs (b) and (e), and (f)
of this section, parts 70 to 78, inclusive, of this subchapter, shall
be applicable to the extent prescribed by law to all foreign vessels
of the following classifications indicated in column 4 of table
70.05-1(a) that are 100 gross tons or over:
.G
(1) Foreign vessels which carry more than 12 passengers from
any port in the United States; or,
C
(2) Foreign vessels, other than those mentioned in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section, which carry more than 6 passengers from
any port in the United States, and which are:
(2)(i) Sailing vessels of 100 gross tons or over and not more than
700 gross tons; or,
(2)(ii) Non-self-propelled vessels of 100 gross tons.
(b) The provisions of parts 70 to 78, inclusive, of this subchapter
shall not be applicable to those foreign vessels covered by
paragraph (a) of this section which are:
(1) Any vessel of a foreign nation signatory to the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and which has on
board a current valid safety certificate; or,
(2) Any vessel of a foreign nation having inspection laws
101
approximating those of the United States together with reciprocal
inspection arrangements with the United States, and which has
on board a current valid certificate of inspection issued by its
government under such arrangements.
(c) Notwithstanding the exceptions previously noted in paragraph
(b) of this section, foreign vessels of novel design or construction,
or whose operation involves potential unusual risks shall be
subject to inspection to the extent necessary to safeguard life and
property in United States" ports, as further provided by §2.01-13
of subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) of this
chapter.
(d) The requirements for notification of safety standards and for
safety information and country of registry in promotional literature
S
or advertising of a foreign passenger vessel of 100 gross tons or
over having berth or stateroom accommodations for 50 or more
passengers are contained in part 80 of this chapter.
N
(e) Not withstanding the other provisions of this section, foreign
passenger vessels of over 100 gross tons having berth or
IO
stateroom accommodations for more than 50 persons and
departing a United States port with passengers who are United
States nationals and who embarked at that port shall comply with
the provisions of the International Convention for Safety of Life at
Sea, 1974.
T
(f) Notwithstanding the exceptions noted in paragraph (b) of this
occurring while the vessel is in the navigable waters of the United
States as required by subpart 78.07.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16890, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15280, Dec. 6, 1966; CGFR 68-65, 33 FR
19985, Dec. 28, 1968; CGFR 69-106a, 35 FR 16834, Oct. 31,
1970; CGD 72-187R, 38 FR 9081, Apr. 10, 1973; CGD 77-042,
42 FR 63643, Dec. 19, 1977; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 3066O, July
26, 1990]
§70.05-5 Specific Application Noted In Text.
(a) At the beginning of the various parts, subparts, and sections, a
more specific application is generally given for the particular
portion of the text involved. This application sets forth the types,
sizes, or services or vessels to which the text pertains, and in
many cases limits the application of the text to vessels contracted
for before or after a specific date. As used in this subchapter, the
term vessels contracted for includes not only the contracting for
the construction of a vessel, but also the contracting for a material
alteration to a vessel, the contracting for the conversion of a
vessel to a passenger vessel, and the changing of service or
route of a vessel if such change increases or modifies the general
requirements for the vessel or increases the hazards to which it
might be subjected.
(b) [Reserved]
§70.05-10 Application To Vessels On An International
Voyage.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this
section, the regulations in this subchapter that apply to a vessel
on an "international voyage" apply to a vessel that–
(1) Is mechanically propelled and carries more than 12
passengers; and
(2) Is engaged on a voyage–
(2)(i) From a country to which the International Convention for
Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, (SOLAS 74) applies, to a port outside
that country or the reverse;
(2)(ii) From any territory, including the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, all possessions of the United States and all lands held by
the United States under a protectorate or mandate, whose
international relations are the responsibility of a contracting
SOLAS 74 government, or which is administered by the United
Nations, to a port outside that territory or the reverse; or
(2)(iii) Between the contiguous states of the United States and the
states of Hawaii or Alaska or between the states of Hawaii and
Alaska.
(b) The regulations that apply to a vessel on an "international
voyage" in this subchapter do not apply to ships engaged on a
voyage solely on the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence River as
far east as a straight line drawn from Cap des Rosiers to West
Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north side of Anticosti Island,
the 63rd Meridian;
(c) The Commandant or his authorized representative may
(d) The Commandant or his authorized representative may
exempt any vessel from the construction requirements of this
subchapter if the vessel does not proceed more than 20 nautical
miles from the nearest land in the course of its voyage.
[CGD 72-131R, 38 FR 29320, Oct. 24, 1973, as amended by
CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30661, July 26, 1990; CGD 84-069, 61 FR
25287, May 20, 1996]
§70.05-30 Combustible And Flammable Liquid Cargo In Bulk.
[NOTE: Requirements for double hull construction for vessels
carrying oil, as defined in 33 CFR 157.03, in bulk as cargo are
found in 33 CFR 157.10d.]
Vessels inspected and certificated under this subchapter may
carry limited quantities of combustible liquid cargo in bulk in the
grades indicated, provided the certificate of inspection is
endorsed to permit such carriage:

S
exempt any vessel on an international voyage from the (a) Grade E in an integral tank; and
requirements of this subchapter if the vessel–

N
(b) Grade E in a portable tank, including a marine portable tank, in
(1) Makes a single international voyage in exceptional accordance with subpart 98.30 or 98.33 of this chapter.
circumstances; and

IO
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990, as amended by CGD
(2) Meets safety requirements prescribed for the voyage by the 90-051, 57 FR 36246, Aug. 12, 1992]
Commandant.

T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

102
 Part 80–Disclosure Of Safety Standards And Country Of
Registry
Table Of Contents (a) Each owner, operator, agent, or other person, selling passage
for a coastwise or an international voyage embarking passengers
Sec. at a United States port shall give to a prospective passenger, in
80.01 Purpose. writing, at the time of or before passage is booked, separately
80.10 Applicability. from any promotional literature or advertising used, a document
80.15 Ocean Voyage. containing the following information for each vessel concerned–
80.20 Exception To Requirements.
80.25 Notification Of Safety Standards. (1) The name of the vessel;
80.30 Promotional Literature Or Advertising.
80.40 Civil Penalty. (2) The country of registry;

[Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306; Department of Homeland Security (3) One of the following statements as appropriate:
Delegation No. 0170.1

S
[SOURCE: CGD 72-187R, 38 FR 9081, Apr. 10, 1973, unless (3)(i) This vessel complies with international safety standards,
otherwise noted.] except the 1966 fire safety standards.

N
(3)(ii) This vessel complies with international safety standards
§80.01 Purpose. developed prior to 1960. There is (or, is not) an automatic
The purpose of the regulations in this part is to implement 46 sprinkler system fitted in the passenger living and public spaces.

IO
U.S.C. 3504. The hull, decks, deckhouses, structural bulkheads, and internal
partitions are (or, are not) composed of combustible materials.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51205, Sept. 30, 1997]
(3)(iii) This vessel does not comply with any international safety
§80.10 Applicability.

T
standard. There is (or, is not) an automatic sprinkler system fitted
Except as exempted in §80.20, this part applies to– in the passenger living and public spaces. The hull, decks,
deckhouses, structural bulkheads, and internal partitions are (or,
(a) Owners, operators, agents, or any persons selling passage on
a foreign or domestic vessel of one hundred gross tons or over
having berth or stateroom accommodations for fifty or more
A are not) composed of combustible materials.

(b) The information required in paragraph (a) of this section must

C
passengers and embarking passengers at a United States port for be printed in a type no smaller than six points, American point
a coastwise or an international voyage; and (b) owners, system.
operators, agents, and other persons involved in the publishing
LI

and distribution of promotional material in or over any medium of (c) The information required in paragraph (a) of this section must
communication within the United States offering passage or be headed–
soliciting passengers for an ocean voyage anywhere in the world,
by a vessel of one hundred gross tons or over having berth or (1) "SAFETY INFORMATION";
B

stateroom accommodations for fifty or more passengers,

regardless of whether passengers are embarked at United States (2) With each letter in the heading capitalized; and
ports for said voyage.
U

(3) In boldfaced type of a size equal to the size of the text

(b) [Reserved] required in paragraph (a) of this section.
.P

[CGD 79-180, 48 FR 7456, Feb. 22, 1983] [CGD 72-187R, 38 FR 9081, Apr. 10, 1973, as amended by CGD
79-180, 48 FR 7456, Feb. 22, 1983]
§80.15 Ocean Voyage.
An ocean voyage for the purposes of this part means: §80.30 Promotional Literature Or Advertising.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, all
.G

A voyage on any body of water seaward of the low water mark
such as an ocean or arm thereof, other major bodies of water
such as seas, gulfs, and straits, except voyages exclusively within
harbors and small coastal indentations.
C
promotional literature or advertising in or over any medium of
communication within the United States that offers passage or
solicits passengers for ocean voyages anywhere in the world
must contain the safety information statement prescribed in

paragraph (b) of this section if–

[CGD 79-180, 48 FR 7456, Feb. 22, 1983]
(1) A vessel is named; or
§80.20 Exception To Requirements.
(a) This part does not apply to vessels that comply with the safety (2) A voyage is described by–
standards set forth in the International Convention for Safety of
Life at Sea, 1974. (2)(i) A stated port or area of departure;
(2)(ii) A stated port or area of destination; or
(b) If the exception in paragraph (a) of this section applies, the (2)(iii) A schedule of days of departure or arrival.
country of registry must appear in printed advertising or
promotional literature as described in §80.30(a), in a type no (b) The safety information statement required in paragraph (a) of
smaller than six points, American point system. this section must include–
[CGD 72-187R, 38 FR 9081, Apr. 10, 1973, as amended by CGD (1) The name of the vessel;
79-180, 48 FR 7456, Feb. 22, 1983; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30661,
July 26, 1990] (2) The country of registry; and
§80.25 Notification Of Safety Standards.

103
(3) One of the following statements, as appropriate:
(3)(i) This vessel complies with international safety standards,
except the 1966 fire safety standards.
(3)(ii) This vessel complies with international safety standards
developed prior to 1960. There is (or, is not) an automatic
sprinkler fitted in the passenger living and public spaces. The hull,
decks, deckhouses, structural bulkheads, and internal partitions
are (or, are not) composed of combustible materials.
(3)(iii) This vessel does not comply with any international safety
standard. There is (or, is not) an automatic sprinkler fitted in the
passenger living and public spaces. The hull, decks, deckhouses,
structural bulkheads, and internal partitions are (or, are not)
composed of combustible materials.
(c) The safety information statement prescribed in paragraph (b)
of this section must be–
(1) Printed in a type no smaller than 6 points, American point
system, that is the same size as any other textual matter of the
promotional literature or advertising, including any headings;
(2) Headed "SAFETY INFORMATION" in the same size type that
is used in the safety information statement; and
(3) Separated from other portions of the text by double spacing or
box ruling.
(d) If the promotional literature or advertising lists two or more
passenger vessels, the owner or operator shall clearly indicate
the safety information prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section
for each vessel, but unnecessary repetition is not required.
C
(e) Each brochure, pamphlet, schedule, and similar publication
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C
104
required in paragraph (a) of this section to contain safety
information must–
(1) State the safety information prescribed in paragraph (b) of this
section at least once for each vessel named; and
(2) Include a reference in the index of contents or the cover
regarding the page number where the safety information for each
vessel is located.
(f) The section does not apply to–
(1) An advertising sign that is towed, displayed, or written by
aircraft;
(2) An advertisement in a trade publication that is directed to the
professional counselors in the travel industry and not intended or
used for general distribution to the public for solicitation of
passage on a vessel; or
S
(3) An advertisement within a magazine, newspaper, periodical,
N
or similar publication that is–
(3)(i) Produced outside of the United States;
IO
(3)(ii) Not an American edition; and
(3)(iii) Primarily distributed in the country in which it is produced.
T
§80.40 Civil Penalty.
For each violation of the regulations in this part, the owner,
operator, agent, or other person involved is subject to the
A penalties prescribed in 46 U.S.C. 3504.
[CGFR 72-187R, 38 FR 9081, Apr. 10, 1973, as amended by
CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51205, Sept. 30, 1997]
 Part 90–General Provisions
Table Of Contents §90.05-1 Vessels Subject To Requirements Of This
Subchapter.
Subpart 90.01–Authority And Purpose (a) This subchapter is applicable to all U.S.-flag vessels indicated
in Column 4 of Table 90.05-1(a) and to all such foreign-flag
Sec. vessels which carry 12 or fewer passengers from any port in the
90.01-1 Purpose Of Regulations. United States to the extent prescribed by law, except as follows:

Subpart 90.05–Application
90.05-1 Vessels Subject To Requirements Of This Subchapter.
90.05-5 Specific Application Noted In Text.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; Pub. L. 103-206, 107 Stat.
2439; 49 U.S.C. 5103, 5106; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR,
1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security
(1) Any vessel of a foreign nation signatory to the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and which has on
board a current, valid safety equipment certificate.
(2) Any vessel operating exclusively on inland waters which are
not navigable waters of the United States.
(3) Any vessel while laid up and dismantled and out of

S
Delegation No. 0170.1 [SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16970, commission.
Dec. 30, 1965, unless otherwise noted.]
(4) With the exception of vessels of the U.S. Maritime

N
Administration, any vessel with title vested in the United States
[65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000; 67 FR 34756, May 15, 2002] and which is used for public purposes.

Subpart 90.01 – Authority And Purpose
§90.01-1 Purpose Of Regulations.
The purpose of the regulations in this subchapter is to set forth
IO
(b) Notwithstanding the exception previously noted in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section, foreign vessels of novel design or
construction or whose operation involves potential unusual risks
shall be subject to inspection to the extent necessary to safeguard
life and property in United States ports, as further provided by

T
uniform minimum requirements for cargo and miscellaneous
vessels, as listed in Column 5 of table 90.05-1(a). §2.01-13 of subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) of
this chapter.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51205, Sept. 30, 1997]

Subpart 90.05 – Application

A (c) Notwithstanding the exception noted in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, each foreign vessel shall report marine casualties
C
occurring while the vessel is in the navigable waters of the United
States as required by Subpart 97.07.
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

105
 C
.G
.P
U
B

106
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

107
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

108
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

109
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

110
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 S
N
IO
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16970, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1109, Jan. 27, 1968; CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3711, Feb. 25,
1970; CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49025, Sept. 26, 1977; CGD 77-042, 42 FR 63643, Dec. 19, 1977; CGD 86-033, 53 FR 36025, Sept. 16, 1988; CGD

T
86-033, 53 FR 46871, Nov. 21, 1988; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30661, July 26, 1990; 67 FR 34756, May 15, 2002]

§90.05-5 Specific Application Noted In Text. term "vessels contracted for" includes not only the contracting for
(a) At the beginning of the various parts, subparts, and sections, a
more specific application is generally given for the particular
portion of the text involved. This application sets forth the types,
A the construction of a vessel, but also the contracting for a material
alteration to a vessel, the contracting for the conversion of a
vessel to a cargo or miscellaneous vessel, and the changing of
C
sizes, or services or vessels to which the text pertains, and in service or route of a vessel if such change increases or modifies
many cases limits the application of the text to vessels contracted the general requirements for the vessel or increases the hazards
for before or after a specific date. As used in this subchapter, the to which it might be subjected.
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

111
 Part 97—Operations
Table Of Contents upon the navigation bridge upon the responsibility of the master
or pilot.
Subpart 97.01–Application [CGD 91-023, 59 FR 16779, Apr. 8, 1994; 66 FR 48617, Sept. 21,
2001]
Sec.
97.01-1 General. Subpart 97.16–Auto Pilot
Subpart 97.10–Persons Allowed In Pilothouse And On
§97.16-1 Use Of Auto Pilot.
Navigation Bridge
Except as provided in 33 CFR 164.15, when the automatic pilot is
used in–
97.10-1 Application.
97.10-5 Persons Excluded.
(a) Areas of high traffic density;
Subpart 97.16–Auto Pilot
(b) Conditions of restricted visibility; and

S
97.16-1 Use Of Auto Pilot.
(c) All other hazardous navigational situations, the master shall
ensure that–
Subpart 97.19–Manuevering Characteristics

N
(1) It is possible to immediately establish manual control of the
97.19-1 Data Required.
ship's steering;

IO
Subpart 97.20–Whistling
(2) A competent person is ready at all times to take over steering
control;
97.20-1 Unnecessary Whistling Prohibited.
(3) The changeover from automatic to manual steering and vice

T
Subpart 97.25–Searchlights
versa is made by, or under, the supervision of the officer of the
watch.
97.25-1 Improper Use Prohibited.

Subpart 97.27–Lookouts A [CGD 75-074, 42 FR 5964, Jan. 31, 1977]

Subpart 97.19–Manuevering Characteristics

C
97.27-5 Master's And Officer's Responsibility.
§97.19-1 Data Required.
Subpart 97.95–Person In Charge Of Transfer Of Liquid Cargo For each ocean and coastwise vessel of 1,600 gross tons or over,
LI

In Bulk the following apply:

97.95-1 General. (a) The following maneuvering information must be prominently

B

displayed in the pilothouse on a fact sheet:

[Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 6101; 49
U.S.C. 5103, 5106; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 (1) For full and half speed, a turning circle diagram to port and
Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757; 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p.
U

starboard that shows the time and the distance of advance and
351; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. transfer required to alter the course 90 degrees with maximum
[SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17011, Dec. 30, 1965, unless rudder angle and constant power settings.
otherwise noted.]
.P

(2) The time and distance to stop the vessel from full and half
Subpart 97.01 – Application speed while maintaining approximately the initial heading with
minimum application of rudder.
§97.01-1 General.
(3) For each vessel with a fixed propeller, a table of shaft
.G

(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all vessels except
as specifically noted in this part. revolutions per minute for a representative range of speeds.

(4) For each vessel with a controllable pitch propeller a table of

Subpart 97.10 – Persons Allowed In Pilothouse control settings or a representative range of speeds.
C

And On Naviagation Bridge

(5) For each vessel that is fitted with an auxiliary device to assist
§97.10-1 Application. in maneuvering, such as a bow thruster, a table of vessel speeds
(a) The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all vessels at which the auxiliary device is effective in maneuvering the
carrying passengers. vessel.

§97.10-5 Persons Excluded.
Masters and pilots shall exclude from the pilothouse and
navigation bridge while underway, all persons not connected with
the navigation of the vessel. However, licensed officers of
vessels, persons regularly engaged in training, regulating,
evaluating, or learning the profession of pilot, officials of the
United States Coast Guard, United States Navy, National Imagery
and Mapping Agency, National Ocean Service, United States
Army Corps of Engineers, Maritime Administration, and National
Transportation Safety Board may be allowed in the pilothouse or
(4) Clean hull.
(b) The maneuvering information must be provided in the normal
load and normal light condition with normal trim for a particular
condition of loading assuming the following–
(1) Calm weather–wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;
(2) No current;
(3) Deep water conditions–water depth twice the vessel's draft or
greater; and

112
(c) At the bottom of the fact sheet, the following statement must
appear:
WARNING
The response of the (name of the vessel) may be different from
those listed above if any of the following conditions, upon which
the maneuvering information is based, are varied:
[CGD 73-78, 40 FR 2689, Jan. 15, 1975]
Subpart 97.20 – Whistling
§97.20-1 Unnecessary Whistling Prohibited.
(a) The unnecessary sounding of the vessel's whistle is prohibited
within any harbor limits of the United States.

(1) Calm weather–wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;

(2) No current;
Subpart 97.25 – Searchlights
(3) Water depth twice the vessel's draft or greater;
§97.25-1 Improper Use Prohibited.
(4) Clean hull; and
(a) No person shall flash or cause to be flashed the rays of a
(5) Intermediate drafts or unusual trim.
searchlight or other blinding light onto the bridge or into the
pilothouse of any vessel under way.
(d) The information on the fact sheet must be:

(1) Verified six months after the vessel is placed in service; or Subparts 97.27 – Lookouts
(2) Modified six months after the vessel is placed into service
and verified within three months thereafter. §97.27-5 Master's And Officer's Responsibility.

S
(a) Nothing in this part shall exonerate any master or officer in
(e) The information that appears on the fact sheet may be command from the consequences of any neglect to keep a proper
lookout or to maintain a proper fire watch or from any neglect of

N
obtained from:
any precaution which may be required by the ordinary practice of
(1) Trial trip observations; seamen or by the special circumstances of the case. When
circumstances require it, additional watches shall be maintained

IO
(2) Model tests;
(3) Analytical calculations; to guard against fire or other danger and to give an alarm in case
(4) Simulations; of accident or disaster.
(5) Information established from another vessel of similar hull
form, power, rudder and propeller; or Subpart 97.95 – Person in charge of Transfer of

T
(6) Any combination of the above. Liquid Cargo in Bulk
The accuracy of the information in the fact sheet required is that
attainable by ordinary shipboard navigation equipment.
A §97.95-1 General.
A qualified person in charge of a transfer of liquid cargo in bulk
shall be designated in accordance with subpart C of 33 CFR part
C
(f) The requirements for information for fact sheets for specialized 155.
craft such as semi-submersibles, hydrofoils, hovercraft and other
vessels of unusual design will be specified on a case by case [CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17157, Apr. 4, 1995]
LI

basis.
B
U
.P
.G
C

113
 Part 98 – Special Construction, Arrangement, And Other
Provisions For Certain Dangerous Cargoes In Bulk
Table Of Contents 98.33-9 Stowage.
98.33-11 Smoking.
Subpart 98.01–General 98.33-13 Cargo-Handling Systems.
98.33-15 Transfers.
Sec.
98.01-1 Applicability. Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1903; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3307, 3703; 49
98.01-3 Incorporation By Reference. U.S.C. App. 1804; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980
Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No.
Subpart 98.25–Anhydrous Ammonia In Bulk 0170.1 [SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965,
unless otherwise noted.]
98.25-1 Applicability.
98.25-5 How Anhydrous Ammonia May Be Carried. [65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000]
98.25-10 Design And Construction Of Cargo Tanks.

S
98.25-15 Markings. Subpart 98.01 – General
98.25-20 Installation Of Cargo Tanks.
98.25-30 Lagging.

N
§98.01-1 Applicability.
98.25-35 Refrigerated Systems. (a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all self-propelled
98.25-40 Valves, Fittings, And Accessories. cargo vessels which carry in bulk any of the dangerous cargoes
98.25-45 Liquid Level Gaging Device.

IO
specifically noted in this part.
98.25-50 Filling And Discharge Pipes.
98.25-55 Cargo Piping. (b) [Reserved]
98.25-60 Safety Relief Valves.
98.25-65 Filling Density. (c) The regulations for barges carrying any of the bulk chemical

T
98.25-70 Venting. cargoes listed in subparts 98.01 through 98.25 are found in
98.25-75 Ventilation. subchapter O of this chapter.
98.25-80 Cargo Hose.
98.25-85
98.25-90
98.25-95
Electrical Bonding.
Special Operating Requirements.
Tests And Inspections.
A (d) [Reserved]
C
(e) Manned barges carrying any of the cargoes listed in Table
98.25-97 Nondestructive Testing. 151.05 of this chapter will be considered individually by the
Commandant and may be required to meet the applicable
Subpart 98.30–Portable Tanks
LI

requirements of subchapter O of this chapter, as well as the

requirements of this subchapter.
98.30-1 Applicability.
98.30-2 Definitions. [CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
B

98.30-3 Vessels Carrying MPTs. CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3711, Feb. 25, 1970; CGD 84-043, 55 FR
98.30-4 Vessels Carrying Portable Tanks Other Than MPTs 37411, Sept. 11, 1990; 59 FR 17011, Apr. 11, 1994]
98.30-5 Materials Authorized For Transfer To And From A
U

Portable Tank. §98.01-3 Incorporation By Reference.

98.30-6 Lifting A Portable Tank. (a) Certain standards and specifications are incorporated by
98.30-7 Smoking. reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the
.P

98.30-8 Gaskets And Lining. Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce
98.30-9 Stowage Of Portable Tanks. any edition other than the ones listed in paragraph (b) of this
98.30-10 Pipe Connections, And Filling And Discharge Openings. section, notice of change must be published in the FEDERAL
98.30-11 Cargo Pumps. REGISTER and the material made available to the public. All
98.30-13 Ground Connection. approved material is at the Office of the Federal Register, 800
98.30-14 Requirements For Ships Carrying NLSs In Portable
.G

North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and is

Tanks. available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this
98.30-15 Leakage Containment. section.
98.30-17 Qualifications Of Person In Charge.
98.30-19 Supervision By Person In Charge. (b) The standards and specifications approved for incorporation
C

98.30-21 Inspection Prior To Transfer. by reference in this part and the sections affected, are:
98.30-23 Requirements For Transfer; General.
98.30-25 Requirements For Transfer; Cargo Handling System. American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT)
98.30-27 Connections. 4153 Arlingate Road, Caller # 28518, Columbus, OH, 43228-0518
98.30-29 Piping Incompatible Products. ASNT "Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A (1988),
98.30-31 Conditions For Pumping. Personnel Qualification and Certification in
98.30-33 Warning Signals. Nondestructive Testing"
98.30-35 Warning Sign At Gangway. 98.25-97(c)(2)
98.30-37 Firefighting Requirements. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) International
98.30-39 Alternate Fire Extinguishing System. Three Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10016-5990
Subpart 98.33–Portable Tanks For Certain Grade E ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, section V,
Combustible Liquids And Other Regulated Materials Nondestructive Examination (1986)
98.25-97(a)(1)
98.33-1 Applicability. [CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50965, Dec. 11, 1989 as amended by
98.33-3 Cargoes Authorized. USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53226, Oct. 1, 1999]
98.33-5 Portable Tanks Authorized.
98.33-7 Pipe And Hose Connections. Subpart 98.25 – Anhydrous Ammonia in Bulk
114
§98.25-1 Applicability.
(a) The regulations in this subpart apply to each self-propelled
vessel that has anhydrous ammonia on board as a cargo, cargo
residue, or vapor and that is not regulated under part 154 of this
chapter.
(b) Any self-propelled vessel to which this subpart applies shall be
inspected and certificated under this subchapter and subchapter
D of this chapter.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26008, May 3, 1979]
§98.25-5 How Anhydrous Ammonia May Be Carried.
(a) Anhydrous ammonia shall be carried in unfired pressure
vessel type tanks independent of the structure as detailed in this
part, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(b) When anhydrous ammonia is to be transported at its boiling
temperature at or near atmospheric pressure, the Commandant
may permit the use of alternate methods of storage if it is shown
to his satisfaction that a degree of safety is obtained consistent
with the minimum requirements of this subpart.
§98.25-10 Design And Construction Of Cargo Tanks.
(a) The cargo tanks shall meet the requirements for Class I, I-L, II,
or II-L welded pressure vessels and shall be fabricated,
inspected, and tested in accordance with the applicable
requirements of part 54 of subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of
this chapter.
(b) Unlagged cargo tanks subject to atmospheric temperatures
shall be designed for a pressure of not less than 250 pounds per
square inch gage.
C
(c) Where unrefrigerated cargo tanks are lagged as required by
§§98.25-30 and 98.25-60, the tanks shall be designed for a
LI
pressure of not less than 215 pounds per square inch gage.
(d) Refrigerated cargo tanks, in which the temperature of the
liquid ammonia is maintained below the normal atmospheric
B
temperatures, shall be designed for a pressure of not less than
the vapor pressure corresponding to the temperature of the liquid
at which the system is to be maintained, plus 25 pounds per
U
square inch gage.
(e) Each tank shall be provided with not less than a 15" x 18"
.P
diameter manhole, fitted with a cover located above the maximum
liquid level and as close as possible to the top of the tank. Where
access trunks are fitted to tanks, the diameter of the trunks shall
be not less than 30 inches.
.G
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18902, Dec. 18, 1968]
§98.25-15 Markings.
(a) Cargo tanks shall be marked in accordance with the
C
requirements of §54.10-20 of subchapter F (Marine Engineering)
of this chapter.
(b) In addition to the markings required to be stamped on the
tank, the legend, "Anhydrous Ammonia" shall be conspicuously
and legibly marked upon the dome or upper portion of the tank in
letters at least 4 inches high.
(c) All tank inlet and outlet connections, except safety relief
valves, liquid level gaging devices and pressure gages shall be
labeled to designate whether they terminate in the vapor or liquid
space. Labels of noncorrosive material may be attached to
valves.
(d) All tank markings shall be permanently and legibly stamped in
a readily visible position. If the tanks are lagged, the markings
attached to the tank proper shall be duplicated on a corrosion
115
resistant plate secured to the outside jacket of the lagging.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18902, Dec. 18, 1968]
§98.25-20 Installation Of Cargo Tanks.
(a) Independent tanks shall be arranged in the vessel so as to
provide a minimum clearance of not less than 24 inches from the
vessel's side and not less than 15 inches from the vessel's
bottom. Where more than one tank is installed in a vessel, the
distance between such tanks shall be not less than 15 inches,
unless otherwise approved by the Commandant. Alternate
provisions may be made for moving such tanks to provide for
adequate inspection and maintenance of the vessel's structure
and the tanks.
(b) The design shall show the manner in which the tanks are to be
installed, supported, and secured in the vessel and shall be
approved prior to installation. Tanks shall be supported in steel
S
saddles and securely anchored in place. If the tanks are required
to be stress-relieved no appendages shall be welded to the tanks
N
after they have been stress-relieved unless authorized by the
Commandant.
IO
(c) Tanks may be located in dry cargo holds or in liquid cargo
tanks or may be installed "on deck" or "under deck" with the tank
protruding above deck. On installations where a portion of the
tank extends above the weather deck, provision shall be made to
maintain the weathertightness of the deck, except that vessels
T
operating on protected inland waters may have tanks located in
the holds of hopper type barges without the watertightness of the
deck being maintained. All tanks shall be installed with the
A manhole opening and fittings located above the weather deck.
(d) The anhydrous ammonia tanks may be installed in the bulk
liquid cargo tanks provided the liquid surrounding the enclosed
anhydrous ammonia tanks complies with the following chemical
and physical properties:
(1) Boiling point above 125°F. at atmospheric pressure.
(2) Inert to ammonia at 100°F. at atmospheric pressure.
(3) Noncorrosive in the liquid and vapor phase to the ammonia
tanks and piping.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3711, Feb. 25, 1970]
§98.25-30 Lagging.
(a) Lagged tanks shall be covered with an incombustible
insulation material of a thickness to provide a thermal
conductance of not more than 0.075 B.t.u. per square foot per
degree F. differential in temperature per hour. The insulating
material shall be of an approved type complying with the
requirements of subpart 164.009 of subchapter Q (Specifications)
of this chapter, and shall be given a vapor proof coating with fire
retardant material acceptable to the Commandant. Tanks
exposed to the weather shall have the insulation and vapor proof
coating covered with a removable sheet metal jacket of not less
than 0.083 inch thickness and flashed around all openings so as
to be weather tight. Materials other than sheet metal may be used
to cover the insulation and vapor proof coating when specifically
authorized by the Commandant.
(b) Where unlagged tanks are installed in insulated holds or
insulated 'tween deck spaces, such tanks shall be considered
lagged provided the thermal conductance of the insulation is not
less than that required by paragraph (a) of this section.
§98.25-35 Refrigerated Systems.
(a) Where refrigerated systems are installed to maintain the
temperature of the liquid below atmospheric, at least two
complete refrigeration plants automatically regulated by pressure
variations within the tanks shall be provided, each to be complete
with the necessary auxiliaries for proper operation. The capacity
of each refrigeration compressor shall be sufficient to maintain the
vapor pressure in the tanks during the peak atmospheric
temperature conditions below the pressure for which the tanks are
designed.
(b) An alternate arrangement may consist of three compressors,
any two of which shall be capable of maintaining the vapor
pressure in the tanks during peak atmospheric temperature
conditions below the pressure for which the tanks are designed,
the third compressor acting as a stand-by unit.
(c) Refrigerated tanks shall be insulated in conformance with the
requirements of §98.25-30.
§98.25-40 Valves, Fittings, And Accessories.
(a) All valves, flanges, fittings and accessory equipment shall be
of a type suitable for use with anhydrous ammonia and shall be
made of steel, or malleable or nodular iron meeting the
requirements of §56.60-1 of subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of
this chapter. Valves shall be fitted with noncorrosive material
suitable for ammonia service. Valves, flanges, and pipe fittings
shall be of the square or round tongue and groove type or raised-
face, United States of America Standard 300-pound standard
minimum, fitted with suitable soft gasket material. Welded fittings
shall be used wherever possible and the number of pipe joints
shall be held to a minimum. Screwed joints are not permitted for
pipe diameters exceeding 2 inches. Nonferrous materials, such as
copper, copper alloys and aluminum alloys, shall not be used in
the construction of valves, fittings or accessory equipment.
Brazed joints are prohibited.
(b) Each tank shall be provided with the necessary fill and
C
discharge liquid and vapor shut-off valves, safety relief valves,
liquid level gaging devices, thermometer well and pressure gage,
and shall be provided with suitable access for convenient
LI
operation. Connections to tanks installed below the weather deck
shall be made to a trunk or dome extending above the weather
deck. Connections to the tanks shall be protected against
mechanical damage and tampering. Other openings in the tanks,
B
except as specifically permitted by this part, are prohibited.
(c) All connections to the tanks, except safety devices and liquid
U
level gaging devices, shall have manually operated shut-off
valves located as close to the tank as possible.
.P
(d) Excess flow valves where required by this section shall close
automatically at the rated flow of vapor or liquid as specified by
the manufacturer. The piping, including valves, fittings and
appurtenances, protected by an excess flow valve, shall have a
greater capacity than the rated flow of the excess flow valve.
.G
(e) Liquid level gaging devices which are so constructed that
outward flow of tank contents shall not exceed that passed by a
No. 54 drill size opening, need not be equipped with excess flow
valves.
C
(f) Pressure gage connections need not be equipped with excess
flow valves if the openings are not larger than No. 54 drill size.
(g) Excess flow valves may be designed with a bypass, not to
exceed a No. 60 drill size opening, to allow equalization of
pressure.
(h) Prior to disconnecting shore lines, the pressure in the liquid
and vapor lines shall be relieved through suitable valves installed
at the loading header.
(i) Relief valves shall be fitted in liquid lines which may be subject
to excessive pressure caused by liquid full condition, and the
escape from the relief valves shall be piped to the venting system.
(j) The pressure gage shall be located at the highest practical
116
point. The thermometer well shall terminate in the liquid space
and be attached to the shell by welding with the end of the fitting
being provided with a gas-tight screwed plug or bolted cover.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18902, Dec. 18, 1968; CGFR 70-10, 35 FR
3712, Feb. 25, 1970]
§98.25-45 Liquid Level Gaging Device.
(a) Each tank shall be fitted with a liquid level gaging device of
suitable design to indicate the maximum level to which the tank
may be filled with liquid at temperatures between 20°F. and
130°F.
(b) Liquid level gaging devices shall be of the following types:
magnetic, rotary tube, slip tube, fixed tube, automatic float, or
other types acceptable to the Commandant.
(c) Gaging devices that require bleeding of the product to the
S
atmosphere, such as rotary tube, fixed tube, and slip tube, shall
be so designed that the bleed valve maximum opening is not
N
larger than a No. 54 drill size, unless provided with an excess flow
valve.
IO
(d) Gaging devices shall have a design pressure of at least 250
pounds per square inch.
(e) Gage glasses of the columnar type are prohibited.
T
§98.25-50 Filling And Discharge Pipes.
(a) Filling connections shall be provided with one of the following:
A (1) Combination back pressure check valve and excess flow
valve;
(2) One double or two single back pressure check valves; or
(3) A positive shut-off valve in conjunction with either an internal
back pressure check valve or an internal excess flow valve.
(b) All other liquid and vapor connections to tanks, except filling
connections, safety relief valves, and liquid level gaging devices
and pressure gages described in §98.25-40(e) and (f) shall be
equipped with automatic excess flow valves; or in lieu thereof,
may be fitted with quick closing internal stop valves, which, except
during filling and discharge operations, shall remain closed. The
control mechanism for such valves shall be provided with a
secondary remote control of a type acceptable to the
Commandant.
(c) The excess flow, internal stop or back pressure check valves
shall be located on the inside of the tank or outside where the
piping enters the tank. In the latter case, installation shall be
made in such a manner that any undue strain will not cause
breakage between the tank and the excess flow or internal stop
valve.
(d) Where the filling and discharge are made through a common
nozzle at the tank, and the connection is fitted with a quick-closing
internal stop valve as permitted in paragraph (b) of this section,
the back pressure check valve or excess flow valve is not
required, provided, however, a positive shut-off valve is installed
in conjunction with the internal stop valve.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3712, Feb. 25, 1970]
§98.25-55 Cargo Piping.
(a) Piping shall be of seamless steel meeting the requirements of
§56.60-1 of subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
The piping shall be of not less than Schedule 40 thickness. In
case of piping on the discharge side of the liquid pumps or vapor
compressors, the design shall be for a pressure of not less than
the pump or compressor relief valve setting; or if the piping is not
fitted with relief valves, the design pressure shall not be less than
the total discharge head of the pump or compressor.
(b) Where necessary, provision shall be made for expansion and
contraction of piping by means of seamless steel pipe expansion
bends. Special consideration will be given for packless type
expansion joints. Slip type expansion joints are prohibited. Piping
shall be provided with adequate support to take the weight of the
piping off the valves and fittings.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18902, Dec. 18, 1968]
§98.25-60 Safety Relief Valves.
(a) Each tank shall be fitted with two or more approved safety
relief valves, designed, constructed, and flow-tested for capacity
in conformance with subpart 162.018 of subchapter Q
(Specifications) of this chapter.
(b) Each safety relief valve shall start to discharge at a pressure
not in excess of the design pressure of the tank.
(c) Safety relief valves shall be attached to the tank near the
highest point of the vapor space. Shutoff valves shall not be
installed between the tanks and the safety relief valves, except
manifolds for mounting multiple safety relief valves may be fitted
with acceptable interlocking three-way valves so arranged at all
times as to permit at any position of the three-way valve, an
unrestricted flow of vapors through at least one port. When two
safety relief valves are mounted in parallel on both the upper
outlets of the three-way valve, the arrangement shall be such as
to permit at least one safety relief valve to be operative at all
times.
A §98.25-80 Cargo Hose.
C
(d) Each safety valve shall be tested in the presence of a marine
inspector at the site of installation before or after mounting prior to
being placed in service. The tests shall prove that the safety relief
LI
valve will start to discharge at a pressure not in excess of the
maximum allowable pressure of the tank.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18902, Dec. 18, 1968]
B
§98.25-65 Filling Density.
(a) The filling density, or the percent ratio of the liquefied gas that
U
may be loaded in the tank to the weight of the water the tank will
hold at 60°F., shall not exceed 56 percent for unlagged tanks and
58 percent for lagged or refrigerated tanks.
.P
§98.25-70 Venting.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
safety valve installed on a cargo tank shall be connected to a
branch vent of a venting system which shall be constructed so
.G
that the discharge of gas will be directed vertically upward to a
point at least 10 feet above the weather deck or the top of any
tank or house located above the weather deck.
(b) The capacity of branch vents or vent headers shall depend
C
upon the number of cargo tanks connected to such branch or
header as provided in Table 98.25-70(b).
TABLE 98.25-70(B)–CAPACITY OF BRANCH VENTS OR VENT
HEADERS
Number of cargo tanks Percent of total vavle
discharge
1 or 2 100
3 90
4 80
5 70
6 or more 60
(c) In addition to the requirement specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the size of the branch vents or vent headers shall be
117
such that the back pressure in relief valve discharge lines shall
not be more than 10 percent of the safety relief valve setting.
(d) Return bends and restrictive pipe fittings are prohibited. Vents
and headers shall be so installed as to prevent stresses on safety
relief valve mountings.
(e) When vent discharge risers are installed, they shall be so
located as to provide protection against physical damage and be
fitted with loose raincaps.
(f) No shut-off valve shall be fitted in the venting system between
the safety relief valve and the vent outlets. Suitable provision shall
be made for draining the venting system if liquid can collect
therein.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3712, Feb. 25, 1970; 35 FR 6431, Apr. 22,
1970]
S
§98.25-75 Ventilation.
N
(a) All enclosed spaces containing cargo tanks fitted with bottom
outlet connections shall be provided with mechanical ventilation of
sufficient capacity to assure a change of air every 3 minutes.
IO
Where cargo tanks are fitted with top outlet connections, the
enclosed spaces containing such tanks shall be fitted with
efficient natural or mechanical ventilation.
(b) Enclosed compartments in which machinery such as cargo
T
pumps or vapor compressors are located shall be adequately
ventilated.
(a) Cargo hose fabricated of seamless steel pipe with swivel
joints, wire braided armored rubber or other hose material
acceptable to the Commandant, shall be fitted to the liquid or
vapor lines during filling and discharging of the cargo tanks.
(b) Hose subject to tank pressure shall be designed for a bursting
pressure of not less than five times the maximum safety relief
valve setting of the tank.
(c) Hose subject to discharge pressure of pumps or vapor
compressors shall be designed for a bursting pressure of not less
than five times the pressure of setting of the pump or compressor
relief valve.
(d) Before being placed in service, each new cargo hose, with all
necessary fittings attached, shall be hydrostatically tested by the
manufacturer to a pressure of not less than twice the maximum
pressure to which it may be subjected in service. The hose shall
be marked with the maximum pressure guaranteed by the
manufacturer.
§98.25-85 Electrical Bonding.
(a) Each cargo tank shall be electrically grounded to the hull. The
cargo vessel shall be electrically connected to the shore piping
prior to connecting the cargo hose. This electrical connection shall
be maintained until after the cargo hose has been disconnected
and any spillage has been removed.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3712, Feb. 25, 1970]
§98.25-90 Special Operating Requirements.
(a) Repairs involving welding or burning shall not be undertaken
on the cargo tanks or piping while anhydrous ammonia in either
the liquid or vapor state is present in the system.
(b) During the time anhydrous ammonia is laden in the tanks the
vessel shall be under constant surveillance.
(c) Authorization from the Commandant (G-MSO) shall be
obtained to transport lading other than anhydrous ammonia in the
cargo tanks.
(d) Sufficient hose stations shall be installed with adequate water
supply so that if leakage of anhydrous ammonia occurs the
vapors may be removed by use of a stream of water.
(1) At least two units of approved self-contained breathing
apparatus, one stowed forward of the cargo tanks and one
stowed aft of the cargo tanks, shall be carried on board the vessel
at all times.
(2) All approved self-contained breathing apparatus, masks and
respiratory protective devices shall be of types suitable for starting
and operating at the temperatures encountered, and shall be
maintained in good operating condition.
(3) Personnel involved in the filling or discharge operations shall
be adequately trained in the use of the equipment.
(4) For all self-propelled cargo vessels, during filling or discharge
operations every person on the vessel shall carry on his person or
have close at hand at all times a canister mask approved for
ammonia; or each person shall carry on his person a respiratory
protective device which will protect the wearer against ammonia
vapors and provide respiratory protection for emergency escape
from a contaminated area which would result from cargo leakage.
This respiratory protective equipment shall be of such size and
weight that the person wearing it will not be restricted in
movement or in the wearing of lifesaving device.
(f) While fast to a dock, a vessel during transfer of bulk cargo shall
display a red flag by day or a red light by night, which signal shall
be so placed that it will be visible on all sides. When at anchor, a
C
vessel during transfer of bulk cargo shall display a red flag by day,
which signal shall be so placed that it will be visible on all sides.
LI
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3712, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50464,
Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50730, Sept. 27, 1996]
B
§98.25-95 Tests And Inspections.
(a) Each tank shall be subjected to the tests and inspections
described in this section in the presence of a marine inspector,
U
except as otherwise provided in this part.
(1) An internal inspection of the tank is conducted within–
.P
(1)(i) Ten years after the last internal inspection if the tank is a
pressure-vessel type cargo tank on an unmanned barge
described under §151.01-25(c) of this chapter and carrying cargo
at temperatures of -67 °F (-55 °C) or warmer; or
.G
(1)(ii) Eight years after the last internal inspection if the tank is of
a type other than that described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this
section.
C
(2) An external examination of unlagged tanks and the visible
parts of lagged tanks is made at each inspection for certification
and periodic inspection. The owner shall ensure that the amount
of insulation deemed necessary by the marine inspector is
removed from insulated tanks during each internal inspection to
allow spot external examination of the tanks and insulation, or the
thickness of the tanks may be gauged by a nondestructive means
accepted by the marine inspector without the removal of
insulation.
(3) If required by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection the
owner shall conduct nondestructive testing of each tank in
accordance with §98.25-97.
(4) If the tank is a pressure vessel type cargo tank with an internal
inspection interval of 10 years, and is 30 years old or older,
determined from the date it was built, the owner shall conduct
118
nondestructive testing of each tank in accordance with §98.25-97,
during each internal inspection.
(b) A hydrostatic test of 1 1/2 times the maximum allowable
pressure as determined by the safety relief valve setting shall be
made at any time that the inspector considers such hydrostatic
test necessary to determine the condition of the tank. If the jacket
and lagging are not removed during the hydrostatic tests
prescribed in this paragraph, the tank shall hold the hydrostatic
test pressure for at least 20 minutes without a pressure drop.
(c) The safety relief valves shall be popped in the presence of a
marine inspector by either liquid, gas or vapor pressure at least
once every four years to determine the accuracy of adjustment
and, if necessary, shall be reset.
[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17022, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by
CGFR 67-86, 32 FR 17622, Dec. 9, 1967; CGD 85-061, 54 FR
50965, Dec. 11, 1989; 65 FR 6494, Feb. 9, 2000]
S
§98.25-97 Nondestructive Testing.
N
(a) Before nondestructive testing may be conducted to meet
§98.25-95(a)(3) and (4), the owner shall submit a proposal to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection for approval that includes–
IO
(1) The test methods and procedures to be used, all of which
must meet section V of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code (1986);
T
(2) Each location on the tank to be tested; and
(3) The test method and procedure to be conducted at each
A location on the tank.
(b) If the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection rejects the
proposal, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection informs the
owner of the reasons why the proposal is rejected.
(c) If the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection accepts the
proposal, then the owner shall ensure that–
(1) The proposal is followed; and
(2) Nondestructive testing is performed by personnel meeting
ASNT "Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A (1988),
Personnel Qualifications and Certification in Nondestructive
Testing."
(d) Within 30 days after completing the nondestructive test, the
owner shall submit a written report of the results to the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
[CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50965, Dec. 11, 1989]
Subpart 98.30 – Portable Tanks
[SOURCE: CGD 73-172, 39 FR 22954, June 25, 1974, unless
otherwise noted.]
§98.30-1 Applicability.
(a) This subpart contains regulations concerning transfer of
combustible liquids, certain flammable liquids, and other
hazardous materials to or from portable tanks on vessels.
(b) This subpart applies to the following portable tanks:
(1) A marine portable tank (MPT);
(2) An IM 101 or IM 102 portable tank; and
(3) A portable tank authorized for liquid hazardous materials,
other than liquefied gases, by the Associate Administrator for
Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs
Administration (AAHMS), under an exemption issued in
accordance with subpart B of 49 CFR part 107.
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37411, Sept. 11, 1990, as amended by CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51046, Sept. 30, 1997]
§98.30-2 Definitions.
(a) IM 101 portable tank and IM 102 portable tank mean a
portable tank constructed in accordance with 49 CFR 178.270
through 178.272 and approved under 49 CFR 173.32a.
(b) MPT means a marine portable tank that was inspected and
stamped by the Coast Guard on or before September 30, 1992,
and that meets the applicable requirements in this part and part
64 of this chapter.
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37411, Sept. 11, 1990]
§98.30-3 Vessels Carrying MPTs.
Each MPT on a vessel to which this part applies must bear, on a
metal or other corrosion-resistant tag–
(a) An inspection date for pressure relief devices and vacuum
relief devices in accordance with paragraph (b) of §64.79 of this
chapter that is not more than 12 months earlier than the month in
which the vessel is operated;
(b) An inspection date in accordance with paragraph (b) of §64.81
of this chapter that is not more than 30 months earlier than the
month during which the vessel is operated; and
(c) A hydrostatic test date in accordance with paragraph (b) of
§64.83 of this chapter that is not more than 60 months earlier than
the month during which the vessel is operated.
A Benzene
C
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37411, Sept. 11, 1990]
§98.30-4 Vessels Carrying Portable Tanks Other Than MPTs.
LI
(a) Each portable tank, other than an MPT, on board a vessel to
which this part applies must be one of the following:
(1) An IM 101 or IM 102 tank authorized for its contents in
B
accordance with Columns 7 and 8C of the Hazardous Materials
Table of 49 CFR 172.101.
U
(2) A portable tank authorized by the AAHMS under an exemption
issued in accordance with subpart B of 49 CFR part 107, and
.P
(2)(i) According to the terms of the exemption, equivalent to an IM
101 or IM 102 portable tank; and
(2)(ii) Authorized for its contents under the terms of the exemption
or by written acknowledgment from the AAHMS.
.G
(b) Each IM 101 or IM 102 portable tank must be tested and
inspected in accordance with 49 CFR 173.32b, and used only as
specified in 49 CFR 173.32c.
C
(c) Each portable tank authorized under an exemption from the
AAHMS must be inspected and tested, maintained, and used in
accordance with the terms of that exemption.
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37411, Sept. 11, 1990; 56 FR 13598, Apr. 3,
1991, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50464, Sept. 29, 1995;
CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50730, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR
51046, Sept. 30, 1997]
§98.30-5 Materials Authorized For Transfer To And From A
Portable Tank.
(a) The following hazardous materials may be transferred to and
from a portable tank under this subpart:
(1) Any Grade D or Grade E combustible liquid listed in §30.25-1
of this chapter that does not meet the definition of any hazard
119
class in 49 CFR part 173 other than that of "flammable liquid",
"combustible liquid", or "ORM-E";
(2) Any corrosive liquid that–
(2)(i) Is compatible with the materials of the tank;
(2)(ii) Meets the definition of no other hazard class in 49 CFR part
173; and
(2)(iii) Is authorized for transport in an IM 101 or IM 102 portable
tank under subpart F of 49 CFR part 173;
(3) Any hazardous material listed in Table 98.30-5(a);
(4) Any environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, N.O.S.,
Class 9, listed in table 1 of appendix A of 49 CFR 172.101, and
any aqueous solution of an environmentally hazardous
substance, solid, N.O.S., Class 9, listed in that table, that meets
S
the definition of "hazardous substance" in 49 CFR 171.8; and
N
(5) Other cargoes subject to regulation under 49 CFR parts 171
through 176 when authorized in writing by the Commandant.
Requests for such authorization must be submitted as prescribed
IO
in §153.900(d)(1) of this chapter.
TABLE 98.30-5(A) CERTAIN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
AUTHORIZED FOR TRANSFER TO AND FROM PORTABLE
TANKS
T
Acetone
Alcohols; flash point of 80°F (27°C) or less by open-cup test
Gasoline
Mixtures of Hydrochloric acid and hydrofluoric acid containing
not more than 36 percent hydrochloric acid or 2 percent
1
hydrofluoric acid
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Toluene (Toluol)
NOTE:
1
Each MPT must be lined with rubber or with material equally
acid-resistant and equally strong and durable.
(b) Grade D and Grade E combustible liquids with a flash point of
100°F (38°C) or higher by closed cup test that are not listed by
name in the Table of 49 CFR 172.101 may be transferred to and
from an MPT or an IM 102 portable tank conforming to the entry
for note "T1" of 49 CFR 172.102(c)(7)(i).
(c) Sulfuric acid having a concentration of not over 51 percent
may be transferred to or from an MPT only if the MPT is lined with
rubber or with material equally acid-resistant and equally strong
and durable.
(d) Sulfuric acid having a concentration of 65.25 percent or
greater may be transferred to or from any portable tank; provided
that the corrosion rate on steel, measured at 100°F (38°C), of
sulfuric acid having a concentration of greater than 65.25 percent
is not greater than the corrosion rate of such an acid having a
concentration of 65.25 percent.
(e) Environmentally hazardous substances (see paragraph (a)(4)
of this section) may be transferred only to or from an IM 101 or IM
102 portable tank or an MPT.
(f) A hazardous material that may be transferred to and from an
IM 102 portable tank may also be transferred to and from an IM
101 portable tank.
(g) No hazardous material not referred to in this section may be
transferred to or from a portable tank on board a vessel.
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37411, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR 40755, Oct. 4,
1990, as amended by CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51046, Sept. 30, 1997]
§98.30-6 Lifting A Portable Tank.
No person may lift a portable tank with another portable tank.
[CGD 73-172, 39 FR 22954, June 25, 1974. Redesignated by
CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37411, Sept. 11, 1990]
§98.30-7 Smoking.
No person may smoke within 50 feet of a portable tank on the
deck on which the tank is stowed.
§98.30-8 Gaskets And Lining.
No person may transfer a hazardous material to or from a
portable tank on board a vessel unless each gasket and the lining
of the portable tank are made of a material that is–
(a) Chemically compatible with the product for which the portable
tank is approved; and
(b) Resistant to deterioration by the product for which the portable
tank is approved.
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37412, Sept. 11, 1990]
§98.30-9 Stowage Of Portable Tanks.
(a) No person may operate a vessel to which this subpart applies
unless each portable tank is stowed on an open deck.
(b) No person may stow a portable tank–
(1) In the vicinity of another tank that contains a chemically
incompatible product; and
(2) Unless all electrical equipment is explosion-proof or
intrinsically safe, as defined in §§111.105-9 and 111.105-11 of
C
this chapter, in the area of the tank and its associated equipment
that is–
LI
(2)(i) Within 10 feet in any horizontal direction; and
(2)(ii) Within 8 feet above the deck.
B
[CGD 73-172, 39 FR 22954, June 25, 1974, as amended by CGD
84-043, 55 FR 37412, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR 47477, Nov. 14,
1990]
U
§98.30-10 Pipe Connections, And Filling And Discharge
Openings.
.P
No person may transfer a hazardous material to or from a
portable tank on board a vessel, unless each filling and discharge
opening in the tank bottom is equipped with the following:
(a) For an IM 101 or IM 102 portable tank, the closures specified
.G
in 49 CFR 173.32c(g)(2); and
(b) For an MPT, the valves and closures specified in §§64.33
through 64.41 of this chapter.
C
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37412, Sept. 11, 1990]
§98.30-11 Cargo Pumps.
No person may operate a cargo pump to transfer a product to or
from a portable tank unless the pump is installed–
(a) Above deck; or
(b) Below deck, in conformance with subpart 32.60 of this
chapter.
§98.30-13 Ground Connection.
No person may transfer an inflammable or combustible product to
or from a vessel unless–
(a) The portable tank and its pumping equipment is electrically
grounded to the hull of the vessel; and
120
(b) The vessel is electrically grounded to an offshore platform,
shore piping, or another vessel by a–
(1) Cargo hose constructed with an integral grounding wire if the
end connections are used for electrical continuity; or
(2) Separate grounding that is maintained until the cargo hose is
disconnected and drained.
§98.30-14 Requirements For Ships Carrying NLSs In Portable
Tanks.
(a) The person in charge of a ship, except a ship under subpart
98.31 of this chapter, that carries an NLS in a portable tank shall
ensure that–
(1) The ship's Certificate of Inspection is endorsed with the name
of the NLS;
(2) Any letters issued by the Commandant (G-MSO) prescribing
S
additional conditions for endorsement are attached; and
N
(3) Each operating requirement specified in writing by
Commandant (G-MSO) as a condition for endorsement is met.
IO
(b) To have a ship's Certificate of Inspection endorsed to allow
the carriage of NLSs in portable tanks, the–
(1) Owner of the ship must make a request to the Commandant
(G-MSO) following the procedures for requesting alternatives in
T
§153.10(a) of this chapter; and
(2) The ship must meet any design and equipment requirements
A specified in writing as a condition for the endorsement by the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 81-101, 53 FR 28974, Aug. 1, 1988. Redesignated at CGD
84-043, 55 FR 37411, Sept. 11, 1990, and amended by CGD 84-
043, 55 FR 37412, Sept. 11, 1990; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50464,
Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50730, Sept. 27, 1996]
§98.30-15 Leakage Containment.
(a) No person may transfer a product to or from a vessel unless
there is a container or enclosed deck area that meets the
requirements of this section under or around each transfer
connection area.
(b) Each container or enclosed deck area must hold, in all
conditions of vessel list or trim to be encountered during the
transferring operation, 5 gallons or more and must have a means
of draining or removing any leakage without mixing incompatible
products or discharging into the water.
§98.30-17 Qualifications Of Person In Charge.
(a) The operator or agent of each vessel shall designate the
person in charge of a transfer of liquid cargo in bulk to or from a
portable tank.
(b) Each person designated as person in charge of a transfer of
liquid cargo in bulk to or from a portable tank shall–
(1) On a tank barge, hold a "Tankerman-PIC", restricted
"Tankerman-PIC", "Tankerman-PIC (Barge)", or restricted
"Tankerman-PIC (Barge)" merchant mariner's document
authorizing transfer of the classification of cargo involved;
(2) On a self-propelled tank vessel, or on a tankship, carrying oil
or hazardous material in bulk, hold a valid license or certificate
authorizing service as a master, mate, pilot, engineer, or operator
aboard that vessel, and a Tankerman-PIC or a restricted
Tankerman (PIC) endorsement on his or her MMD.
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17157, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 62 FR
25135, May 8, 1997]
§98.30-19 Supervision By Person In Charge.
(a) No person may connect, top off, disconnect, or engage in any
other critical product transfer operation unless the person in
charge designated in §98.30-17, personally supervises the
operation.
(b) No person may start the flow of a product to or from a portable
tank unless instructed to do so by the person in charge.
(c) No person may transfer a product to or from a portable tank
unless the person in charge is in the immediate vicinity of the
transfer operation and immediately available to the person
transferring the product.
§98.30-21 Inspection Prior To Transfer.
No person may transfer to or from a portable tank a product with a
flashpoint of less than 300°F unless the person in charge of the
transfer determines that–
(a) Each warning signal and sign required in §§98.30-33 and
98.30-35 is displayed;
(b) No repair work in the vicinity of any portable tank is done
without permission of the person in charge of the transfer
operation; and
(c) Riveting, welding, burning, or a similar operation is not done in
the vicinity of a portable tank unless an inspection by the person
in charge of the transfer ensures that the operation can be done
safely.
§98.30-23 Requirements For Transfer; General.
No person may transfer a product to or from a portable tank
unless–
C
(a) The vessel's moorings are strong enough to hold in all
expected conditions of surge, current, and weather and are long
LI
enough to allow adjustment for changes in draft, drift, and tide
during the transfer operation;
(b) Transfer hoses or loading arms are long enough to allow the
B
vessel to move the limits of its mooring without placing strain on
the hose, loading arm, or transfer piping system;
U
(c) Each transfer hose is supported in a manner that prevents
strain on its coupling;
.P
(d) Each part of the transfer system necessary to allow the flow of
the product is lined up for the transfer;
(e) Each transfer hose has no loose covers, kinks, bulges, soft
spots, and no gouges, cuts, or slashes that penetrate the hose
.G
reinforcement;
(f) Each coupling meets the requirements of §98.30-27;
(g) Each scupper or drain in a discharge containment system is
C
closed;
(h) The person in charge of the transfer operations on the
transferring vessel or facility and the person in charge of the
transfer operations on the receiving vessel or facility have held a
conference, to ensure that each person in charge understands–
(1) The identity of the product to be transferred;
(2) The sequence of transfer operations;
(3) The transfer rate;
(4) The name or title and location of each person participating in
the transfer operation;
(5) Particulars of the transferring and receiving systems;
(6) Critical stages of the transfer operations;
(7) Federal, state, and local rules that apply to the transfer of
dangerous articles and combustible liquids;
(8) Emergency procedures;
121
(9) Discharge containment procedures;
(10) Discharge reporting procedures;
(11) Watch or shift arrangement; and
(12) Transfer shutdown procedures;
(i) The person in charge of the transfer operations on the
transferring vessel or facility and the person in charge of transfer
operations on the receiving vessel or facility agree to begin the
transfer operations; and
(j) Each person in charge required in this subpart is present.
§98.30-25 Requirements For Transfer; Cargo Handling
System.
No person may transfer a product to or from a portable tank
unless the cargo handling system meets the requirements in
subpart F of part 64 of this chapter.
§98.30-27 Connections.
S
(a) Each person who makes a connection for a transfer operation
shall–
N
(1) Use suitable material in joints and couplings to make a tight
seal;
IO
(2) Use a bolt in at least every other hole and in no case less than
four bolts in each temporary connection utilizing an American
National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard flange coupling;
T
(3) Use a bolt in each hole of couplings other than ANSI standard
flange couplings;
A (4) Use a bolt in each hole of each permanently connected flange
coupling;
(5) Use bolts of the same size in each bolted coupling; and
(6) Tighten each bolt and nut uniformly to distribute the load.
(b) No person who makes a connection for a transfer operation
may use any bolt that shows signs of strain or is elongated or
deteriorated.
(c) No person may use a connection for transfer operations
unless it is–
(1) A bolted or full threaded connection; or
(2) A quick-connect coupling accepted by the Coast Guard.
§98.30-29 Piping Incompatible Products.
No person may pipe a portable tank with another tank that
contains a chemically incompatible product.
§98.30-31 Conditions For Pumping.
No person may start pumping a product to or from a portable tank
or if started, continue to pump if–
(a) There is an electrical storm;
(b) A fire occurs–
(1) On the deck;
(2) On the vessel;
(3) In the vicinity; or
(c) The cargo hose ruptures or leaks.
§98.30-33 Warning Signals.
(a) If the vessel is moored, no person may transfer to or from a
portable tank a product with a flashpoint of less than 300°F unless
the person in charge displays a–
(1) Red flag by day; and
(2) Red electric lantern by night.
(b) If the vessel is at anchor, no person may transfer to or from a
portable tank a product with a flashpoint of less than 300°F unless
the person in charge displays a red flag.
(c) The signal required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section
must be visible on all sides of the vessel.
§98.30-35 Warning Sign At Gangway.
If a vessel is moored, no person may transfer to or from a
portable tank a product with a flashpoint of less than 300°F unless
the person in charge displays at each gangway or access that is
open for use a warning placard containing the following in letters
2 inches in height or larger:
WARNING
No open lights
No smoking
§98.30-37 Firefighting Requirements.
No person may lift a portable tank on or off a vessel, or transfer a
product with a flashpoint of less than 300°F to or from a portable
tank unless–
(a) Water pressure is maintained on the firemain;
(b) Firehoses, fitted with a Coast Guard approved combination
nozzle, are attached to each fire hydrant in the vicinity of the
portable tanks;
(c) Except as provided in §98.30-39, fire extinguishers of a dry
chemical type are–
(1) Located to protect the deck area 10 feet in any horizontal
direction from each portable tank and its associated cargo
C
handling system;
(2) Coast Guard approved; and
LI
(3) Capable of covering the deck area without being moved;
(d) In a deck area of 500 square feet or less, there are 2 or more
B
dry chemical fire extinguishers of 300 pounds or more total
capacity of extinguishing agent; and
U
(e) In a deck area of more than 500 square feet, there are 3 or
more dry chemical fire extinguishers of 450 pounds or more total
capacity of extinguishing agent.
.P
§98.30-39 Alternate Fire Extinguishing System.
An alternative to the fire extinguishing system required in §98.30-
37(c) may be approved in accordance with procedures contained
in subpart 90.15 of this chapter.
.G
Subpart 98.33 – Portable Tanks for Certain Grade
E Combustible Liquids and Other Regulated
Materials
C
[SOURCE: CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37412, Sept. 11, 1990, unless
otherwise noted.]
§98.33-1 Applicability.
(a) This subpart contains regulations concerning transfer of
certain low-hazard materials to and from portable tanks on
vessels
(b) This subpart applies to the following portable tanks:
(1) A DOT-specification 57 portable tank (see 49 CFR 173.24,
173.32, 178.251, and 178.253);
[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (b)(1): Copies of Specifications
178.251 and 178.253 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-
MSO-3).]
122
(2) A portable tank authorized under 49 CFR 176.340(b); and
(3) A portable tank approved by the Commandant under subpart
50.20 of this chapter.
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37412, Sept. 11, 1990; 56 FR 13598, Apr. 3,
1991, as amended by CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51046, Sept. 30, 1997]
§98.33-3 Cargoes Authorized.
The following cargoes are authorized for transfer to and from
portable tanks authorized by §98.33-5:
(a) Grade E combustible liquids that have a closed-cup flashpoint
of 300°F or higher and that meet the definition of no DOT hazard
class in 49 CFR part 173;
(b) Any environmentally hazardous substance, liquid N.O.S.,
Class 9, listed in table 1 of appendix A of 49 CFR 172.101, and
any aqueous solution of an environmentally hazardous
S
substance, solid, N.O.S., Class 9, listed in that table, that meets
the definition of "Hazardous substance" in 49 CFR 171.8.
N
(c) Other cargoes subject to regulation under 49 CFR parts 171
through 176 when authorized in writing by the Commandant.
IO
Requests for such authorization must be submitted as prescribed
in §153.900(d)(1) of this chapter.
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37412, Sept. 11, 1990, as amended by CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51046, Sept. 30, 1997]
T
§98.33-5 Portable Tanks Authorized.
The cargoes authorized under §98.33-3 may be transferred to
A and from portable tanks to which this subpart applies if the
portable tanks have:
(a) A minimum design pressure of 9 psig.
(b) Pressure-relief devices that may be frangible pressure-relief
devices (rupture disks), and that do not open at less than 3 psig.
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37412, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR 47477, Nov.
14, 1990]
§98.33-7 Pipe And Hose Connections.
If a portable tank authorized under §98.33-5 of this part has a
pipe or hose connection in its bottom, the connection must have a
manually operated valve and a bolted flange, threaded cap, or
similar device, to protect against leakage of the tank's contents.
§98.33-9 Stowage.
Each portable tank authorized under §98.33-5 of this part must be
secured to the vessel by devices of sufficient strength and
number to prevent the tank from moving in any direction during
transport.
§98.33-11 Smoking.
No person may smoke when–
(a) Within 50 feet of a portable tank containing a combustible
liquid; and
(b) On the deck where the tank is stowed.
§98.33-13 Cargo-Handling Systems.
A cargo authorized under §98.33-3 of this part may not be
transferred to or from a portable tank authorized under §98.33-5
of this part unless the cargo-handling system meets the
requirements of subpart F of part 64 of this chapter.
§98.33-15 Transfers.
A cargo authorized under §98.33-3 of this part may not be
transferred to or from a portable tank authorized under §98.33-5
of this part unless the following requirements are met:
(a) Cargo pumps comply with §98.30-11 of this part;
(b) Ground connection complies with §98.30-13 of this part; (g) Connections comply with §98.30-27 of this part;

(c) Leakage containment complies with §98.30-15 of this part; (h) Pumping of incompatible products complies with §98.30-29 of
this part;
(d) Qualification of person in charge complies with §98.30-17 of
this part; (i) Conditions for pumping comply with §98.30-31 of this part; and

(e) Supervision of person in charge complies with §98.30-19 of (j) Carriage of NLSs complies with §98.30-14 of this part.
this part;
[CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37412, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR 47477, Nov.
(f) Transfers, general, comply with §98.30-23 of this part; 14, 1990]

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

123
 Part 108 – Design And Equipment
Table Of Contents 108.195 Location Of Accommodation Spaces.
108.197 Construction Of Accommodation Spaces.
Subpart A–General 108.199 Arrangement Of Sleeping Spaces.
108.201 Size Of Sleeping Spaces.
Sec. 108.203 Berths And Lockers.
108.101 Incorporation By Reference. 108.205 Wash Spaces; Toilet Spaces; And Shower Spaces.
108.103 Equipment Not Required On A Unit. 108.207 Messrooms.
108.105 Substitutes For Required Fittings, Material, Apparatus, 108.209 Hospital Spaces.
Equipment, Arrangements, Calculations, And Tests. 108.210 Hospital Space Not Required.
108.109 Classification Society Standards. 108.211 Miscellaneous Accommodation Spaces.
108.213 Heating Requirements.
Subpart B–Construction And Arrangement 108.215 Insect Screens.

HULL STRUCTURE RAILS

S
108.113 Structural Standards. 108.217 Guardrails And Bulwarks.
108.114 Appliances For Watertight And Weathertight Integrity 108.219 Guardrails.
108.221 Storm Rails.

N
FIRE PROTECTION: GENERAL 108.223 Guards On Exposed Equipment.

108.123 Isolation Of Combustible Material. HELICOPTER FACILITIES

IO
108.127 Storage Lockers For Combustibles.
108.231 Application.
STRUCTURAL FIRE PROTECTION 108.233 Location And Size.
108.235 Construction.
108.237 Fuel Storage Facilities.

T
108.131 Definitions.
108.133 Hull Superstructure, Structural Bulkheads, Decks, And 108.239 Fuel Transfer Equipment.
Deckhouses. 108.241 Visual Aids.
108.135 Boundary Bulkheads, Decks Of Galleys, And
Combustible Material Lockers.
108.137 Bulkhead And Deck Separations Of Accommodation
A Subpart C–Stability
C
Spaces. 108.301 Stability.
108.139 Boundary Bulkheads And Decks Of A Space
Containing Emergency Power. Subpart D–Fire Extinguishing Systems
LI

108.141 Boundary Bulkheads And Decks Between The

Emergency Power Source And Service Generators. 108.401 Fire Main System.
108.143 Accommodation Space. 108.403 Fire Extinguishing Systems: General.
108.145 Hatches And Tonnage Openings. 108.403aFire Extinguishing Systems: Non-Vital Services.
B

108.147 Certain Paints Prohibited. 108.404 Selection Of Fire Detection System.

108.405 Fire Detection System.
MEANS OF ESCAPE 108.407 Detectors For Electrical Fire Detection System.
U

108.409 Location And Spacing Of Tubing In Pneumatic Fire

108.151 Two Means Required. Detection System.
108.153 Location Of Means Of Escape. 108.411 Smoke Detection System.
.P

108.155 Restrictions On Means Of Escape Utilized. 108.413 Fusible Element Fire Detection System.
108.157 Locked Doors.
108.159 Stairways And Exterior Inclined Ladders. FIRE MAIN SYSTEM
108.160 Vertical Ladders.
108.161 Dead End Corridors. 108.415 Fire Pump: General.
.G

108.165 Access To Lifeboats And Liferafts. 108.417 Fire Pump Components And Associated Equipment.
108.167 Weather Deck Ladders. 108.419 Fire Main Capacity.
108.421 Location Of Fire Pumps And Associated Equipment.
CLASSIFIED LOCATIONS 108.423 Fire Hydrants And Associated Equipment.
C

108.425 Fire Hoses And Associated Equipment.

108.170 Definitions. 108.427 International Shore Connection.
108.171 Class I, Division 1 Locations. 108.429 Fire Main System Protection.
108.173 Class I, Division 2 Locations.
108.175 Contiguous Locations. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLING SYSTEMS
108.177 Electrical Equipment In Classified Locations.
108.430 General.
VENTILATION
FIXED CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
108.181 Ventilation For Enclosed Spaces.
108.185 Ventilation For Enclosed Classified Locations. 108.431 Carbon Dioxide Systems: General.
108.187 Ventilation For Brush Type Electric Motors In Classified 108.433 Quantity Of CO2: General.
Spaces. 108.437 Pipe Sizes And Discharge Rates For Enclosed
Ventilation Systems For Rotating Electrical Equipment.
ACCOMMODATION SPACES 108.439 Quantity Of CO2 For Protection Of Spaces.
108.441 Piping And Discharge Rates For CO2 Systems.
108.193 Restrictions. 108.443 Controls And Valves.
108.445 Alarm And Means Of Escape.

124
108.447 Piping. 108.601 Crane Design.
108.449 Piping Tests.
108.451 CO2 Storage. Subpart G–Equipment Markings And Instructions
108.453 Discharge Outlets.
108.455 Enclosure Openings. 108.621 Equipment Markings: General.
108.457 Pressure Release. 108.623 General Alarm Bell Switch.
108.625 General Alarm Bell.
HALOGENATED GAS EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS 108.627 Carbon Dioxide Alarm.
108.629 Fire Extinguishing System Branch Line Valve.
108.458 General. 108.631 Fixed Fire Extinguishing System Controls.
108.633 Fire Stations.
FOAM EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS 108.635 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus.
108.636 Work Vests.
108.459 Number And Location Of Outlets. 108.637 Hand Portable Fire Extinguishers.
108.461 Coamings. 108.639 Emergency Lights.
108.463 Foam Rate: Protein. 108.641 Instructions For Changing Steering Gear.
108.467 Water Supply. 108.643 Rudder Orders.
108.469 Quantity Of Foam Producing Materials. 108.645 Markings On Lifesaving Appliances.
108.471 Water Pump. 108.646 Marking Of Stowage Locations.

S
108.473 Foam System Components. 108.647 Inflatable Liferafts.
108.474 Aqueous Film Forming Foam Systems. 108.649 Lifejackets, Immersion Suits, And Lifebuoys.

N
108.475 Piping. 108.650 EPIRBs And SARTs.
108.477 Fire Hydrants. 108.651 Portable Magazine Chests.
108.653 Helicopter Facilities.

IO
FIRE PROTECTION FOR HELICOPTER FACILITIES 108.655 Operating Instructions.
108.657 Unit Markings.
108.486 Helicopter Decks. 108.659 Lifesaving Signal Instructions.
108.487 Helicopter Deck Fueling Operations. 108.661 Unit Markings: Draft Marks.
108.489 Helicopter Fueling Facilities. 108.663 Unit Markings: Load Line.

T
108.665 Appliances For Watertight Integrity.
HAND PORTABLE AND SEMIPORTABLE FIRE
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS Subpart H–Miscellaneous Equipment

108.491 General. A 108.697 Buoyant Work Vests.

C
108.493 Location. 108.699 Substitution Of Life Preservers.
108.495 Spare Charges. 108.701 Sounding Equipment.
108.496 Semiportable Fire Extinguishers. 108.703 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus.
LI

108.705 Anchors, Chains, Wire Rope, And Hawsers.

MISCELLANEOUS FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT 108.707 First Aid Kit.
108.709 Litter.
108.497 Fireman's Outfits. 108.713 International Code Of Signals.
B

108.499 Fire Axes. 108.715 Magnetic Compass And Gyrocompass.

108.717 Radar.
Subpart E–Lifesaving Equipment 108.719 Pilot Boarding Equipment.
U

108.500 General. Subpart I–Navigation Bridge Visibility

108.503 Relationship To International Standards.
.P

108.510 Application. 108.801 Navigation Bridge Visibility.

108.515 Requirements For Units Built Before October 1, 1996.
108.520 Type Of Survival Craft. Subpart J–Muster List
108.525 Survival Craft Number And Arrangement.
108.530 Stowage Of Survival Craft. 108.901 Muster List And Emergency Instructions.
.G

108.540 Survival Craft Muster And Embarkation Arrangements.

108.545 Marine Evacuation System Launching Arrangements. Authority: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3102, 3306; Department of
108.550 Survival Craft Launching And Recovery Arrangements: Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. [SOURCE: CGD 73-
General. 251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, unless otherwise noted.]
108.553 Survival Craft Launching And Recovery Arrangements
C

Using Falls And A Winch.

108.555 Lifeboat Launching And Recovery Arrangements.
Subpart A – General
108.557 Free-Fall Lifeboat Launching And Recovery
§108.101 Incorporation By Reference.
Arrangements.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with
108.560 Rescue Boats.
the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
108.565 Stowage Of Rescue Boats.
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that
108.570 Rescue Boat Embarkation, Launching And Recovery
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must
Arrangements.
publish notice of change in the FEDERAL REGISTER and make
108.575 Survival Craft And Rescue Boat Equipment.
the material available to the public. All approved material is on file
108.580 Personal Lifesaving Appliances.
at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street,
108.595 Communications.
NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard,
108.597 Line-Throwing Appliance.
Office of Design and Engineering Standards (G-MSE), 2100
Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001 and is available
Subpart F–Cranes from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.

CRANES

125
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part and the sections affected are:
ASTM F 1014-92, Standard Specification for Flashlights on
Vessels 108.497
ASTM F 1121-87 (1993), Standard Specification for International
Shore Connections for Marine Fire Applications 108.427
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATION (IMO)
Publications Section, 4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR,
United Kingdom
Resolution A.520(13), Code of Practice for the Evaluation, Testing
and Acceptance of Prototype Novel Life-saving Appliances and
Arrangements, 17 November 1983. 108.105.
Resolution A.649(16), Code for the Construction and
Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units (MODU Code), 19
October 1989 with amendments of June 1991. 108.503.
Resolution A.658(16), Use and Fitting of Retro-reflective
108.645;
Materials on Life-saving Appliances, 20 November 1989.
108.649.
Resolution A.760(18), Symbols Related to Life-saving
108.646;
Appliances and Arrangements, 17 November 1993.
108.647;
108.649;
108.655.
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269-9101. NFPA 13-1996,
C
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 108.430
[88-032, 56 FR 35826, July 29, 1991, as amended by CGD 95-
LI
072, 60 FR 50464, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25290,
May 20, 1996; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50730, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51046, Sept. 30, 1997; CGD 95-028, 62 FR
51208, Sept. 30, 1997; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943,
B
March 1, 2000]
§108.103 Equipment Not Required On A Unit.
U
Each item of lifesaving and firefighting equipment carried on
board the unit in addition to equipment of the type required under
this subchapter, must–
.P
(a) Be approved; or
(b) Be acceptable to the cognizant OCMI, for use on the unit.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25291, May 20, 1996]
.G
§108.105 Substitutes For Required Fittings, Material,
Apparatus, Equipment, Arrangements, Calculations, And
Tests.
(a) Where this subchapter requires a particular fitting, material,
C
apparatus, equipment, arrangement, calculation or test, the
Commandant (G-MSE) may accept any substitution that is at
least as effective as that specified. If necessary, the Commandant
(G-MSE) may require engineering evaluations and tests to
demonstrate the equivalence of the substitution.
(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the
Commandant that the use of any particular equipment, apparatus,
arrangement, or test is unreasonable or impracticable, the
Commandant may permit the use of alternate equipment,
apparatus, arrangement, or test to such an extent and upon such
condition as will insure, to his satisfaction, a degree of safety
consistent with the minimum standards set forth in this
subchapter.
(c) The Commandant (G-MSE) may accept a novel lifesaving
appliance or arrangement, if it provides a level of safety
126
equivalent to the requirements of this part and the appliance or
arrangement–
(1) Is evaluated and tested in accordance with IMO Resolution
A.520(13), Code of Practice for the Evaluation, Testing and
Acceptance of Prototype Novel Life-saving Appliances and
Arrangements; or
(2) Has successfully undergone evaluation and tests that are
substantially equivalent to those recommendations.
(d) During a unit's construction and when any modification to the
lifesaving arrangement is done after construction, the owner must
obtain acceptance of lifesaving arrangements from the
Commandant (G-MSC).
(e) The OCMI may accept substitute lifesaving appliances other
than those required by this part, except for–
S
(1) Survival craft and rescue boats; and
N
(2) Survival craft and rescue boat launching and embarkation
appliances.
IO
(f) Acceptance of lifesaving appliances and arrangements will
remain in effect unless–
(1) The OCMI deems their condition to be unsatisfactory or unfit
for the service intended; or
T
(2) The OCMI deems the crew's ability to use and assist others in
the use of the lifesaving appliances or arrangements to be
A inadequate.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 84-069, 61 FR
25291, May 20, 1996]
§108.109 Classification Society Standards.
(a) Any person who desires to use the rules of a classification
society, other than the American Bureau of Shipping, to meet
requirements in this Subchapter must request recognition of that
society from the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center. The
relevant rules must be submitted with the request.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 1995]
Subpart B – Construction and Arragement
Hull Structure
§108.113 Structural Standards.
Except as provided in §108.109, each unit must meet the
structural standards of the American Bureau of Shipping's Rules
for Building and Classing Offshore Mobile Drilling Units,
1978.
§108.114 Appliances For Watertight And Weathertight
Integrity.
(a) Appliances to ensure watertight integrity include watertight
doors, hatches, scuttles, bolted manhole covers, or other
watertight closures for openings in watertight decks and
bulkheads.
(b) Appliances to ensure weathertight integrity include
weathertight doors and hatches, closures for air pipes, ventilators,
ventilation intakes and outlets, and closures for other openings in
deckhouses and superstructures.
(c) Each internal opening fixed with appliances to ensure
watertight integrity which are used intermittently during operation
of the unit while afloat must meet the following:
(1) Each door, hatch, and scuttle must–
(1)(i) Be remotely controlled from a normally manned control
station, and be operable locally from both sides of the bulkhead;
or
(1)(ii) If there is no means of remote control there must be an
alarm system which signals whether the appliance is open or
closed both locally at each appliance and in a normally manned
control station.
(2) Each closing appliance must remain watertight under the
design water pressure of the watertight boundary of which it is a
part.
(d) Each external opening fitted with an appliance to ensure
weathertight integrity must be located so that it would not be
submerged below the final equilibrium waterline if the unit is
subjected simultaneously to–
(1) Damage causing flooding described in §174.075 through
§174.085 of this chapter; and
(2) A wind heeling moment calculated in accordance with
§174.055 of this chapter using a wind velocity of 50 knots (25.8
meters per second).
[CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
79-023, 48 FR 51008, Nov. 4, 1983]
Fire Protection: General
§108.123 Isolation Of Combustible Material.
Each internal combustion engine exhaust, boiler and galley
A (e) Stairtower means a stairway that penetrates more than one
C
uptake, and similar heat source must be separated or insulated
from combustible materials.
LI
§108.127 Storage Lockers For Combustibles.
Each oil and paint locker must be made of steel or an equivalent
material or be completely lined with steel or an equivalent material
as described in §108.131(c) of this subpart.
B
Structural Fire Protection
U
§108.131 Definitions.
(a) Standard Fire Test means the test in which specimens of the
relevant bulkheads or decks, having a surface of approximately
.P
4.65 square meters (50 square feet) and a height of 2.44 meters
(8 feet) resembling as closely as possible the intended
construction and including, where appropriate, at least one joint,
are exposed in a test furnace to a series of temperature
relationships approximately as follows:
.G
(1) At the end of 5 minutes–538°C. (1,000°F.)
(2) At the end of 10 minutes–704°C. (1,300°F.)
(3) At the end of 30 minutes–843°C. (1,550°F.)
C
(4) At the end of 60 minutes–927°C. (1,700°F.).
(b) Bulkheads and decks are defined and classed as follows:
(1) A class bulkhead or deck means a bulkhead or deck that–
(1)(i) Is made of steel or other equivalent material; and
(1)(ii) Prevents the passage of flame and smoke for 60 minutes if
subjected to the standard fire test.
(2) A 60 bulkhead or deck means an A class bulkhead or deck
that–
(2)(i) Is insulated with approved insulation, bulkhead panels, or
deck covering;
(2)(ii) If subjected to the standard fire test for 60 minutes, has an
127
average temperature rise on the unexposed side of the insulated
bulkhead or deck of less than 139°C. (250°F.) above the
temperature before the standard fire test and has a temperature
rise at any point on the unexposed surface, including any joint, of
less than 180°C. (325°F.) above the temperature before the
standard fire test.
(3) B class bulkhead or deck means a bulkhead or deck that–
(3)(i) Is made of approved noncombustible material;
(3)(ii) Prevents flame from passing through it for 30 minutes if
subjected to the standard fire test.
(4) C class bulkhead or deck means a bulkhead or deck made
of approved noncombustible material.
(c) Equivalent material means a material that by itself or with
insulation has smoke and fire retardant properties equal to that of
S
the steel required for "A" or "B" class bulkheads or decks and has
structural qualities equivalent to steel at the end of the applicable
N
fire exposure.
(d) Approved material means a material approved under one of
IO
the following subparts of Subchapter Q of this chapter:
(1) Deck coverings, Subpart 164.006.
(2) Structural insulation, Subpart 164.007.
(3) Bulkhead panel, Subpart 164.008.
T
(4) Noncombustible materials, Subpart 164.009;
(5) Interior finishes, Subpart 164.012.
deck within the same enclosure, or two or more stairways that–
(1) Are arranged vertically one above the other; or
(2) Penetrate both the deck and the overhead within the same
enclosure.
(f) Accommodation space includes, sleeping, mess, hospital,
recreational, toilet, washing and shower spaces, and corridors.
§108.133 Hull Superstructure, Structural Bulkheads, Decks,
And Deckhouses.
Each hull superstructure, structural bulkhead, deck, and
deckhouse must be made of steel or an equivalent material.
§108.135 Boundary Bulkheads, Decks Of Galleys, And
Combustible Material Lockers.
Each boundary bulkhead and deck of each galley, each
combination galley and messroom, and each combustible
material storage locker must be an A class bulkhead and A class
deck respectively.
§108.137 Bulkhead And Deck Separations Of
Accommodation Spaces.
Each boundary bulkhead and deck that separates an
accommodation space or control station from the following must
be an A class bulkhead and A class deck respectively–
(a) Machinery space;
(b) Galley or combination galley and messroom;
(c) Main pantry;
(d) Classified space;
(e) Store room.
§108.139 Boundary Bulkheads And Decks Of A Space
Containing Emergency Power.
Each boundary bulkhead and deck of a space containing an
emergency electric power source or components of an
emergency electric power source must be an A class bulkhead
and A class deck respectively. When separate but adjoining
spaces are provided for such equipment, boundary bulkhead type
construction is not required for the separating partitions common
to each space.
§108.141 Boundary Bulkheads And Decks Between The
Emergency Power Source And Service Generators.
Each boundary bulkhead and deck of a space containing an
emergency electric power source or components of an
emergency electric power source that adjoins a space containing
a ship's service generator, the components of a ship's service
generator, or a classified space must be an A-60 bulkhead and A-
60 deck.
§108.143 Accommodation Space.
(a) Each corridor bulkhead in an accommodation space must be
an A class or B class bulkhead except if an A class bulkhead is
specifically required by this part.
(b) No door in a corridor bulkhead in an accommodation space
may have a louver, except that a stateroom, lounge, or recreation
room door may have louvers in its lower half.
(c) Each stairtower, elevator, and dumbwaiter, and other trunk
must be enclosed by A class bulkheads.
(d) Each bulkhead not described under paragraph (a) of this
section must be either A class, B class, or C class bulkheads.
(e) At least one opening to each stairway must be enclosed by
either A class or B class bulkheads and doors.
(f) Each stairtower must have doors at all levels and each must be
an A class door.
(g) Each door required by paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section–
C
(1) Must be self-closing;
LI
(2) May not have any means to permanently hold the door open,
except for magnetic holdbacks that are operated from the bridge
or other remote location.
B
(h) Interior stairs, including stringers and treads, must be made of
steel or an equivalent material.
U
(i) Except in washrooms and toilet spaces, each deck covering in
an accommodation space must be made of an approved material,
except an overlay on a deck for leveling or finishing that is not
.P
more than 9.375 millimeters (3/8 inch) thick.
(j) Except as provided in paragraph (1), each ceiling, lining,
insulation, and pipe and duct lagging in an accommodation space
must be made of an approved material that is noncombustible.
.G
(k) Each sheathing, furring, or holding piece used to secure a
bulkhead, ceiling, lining, or insulation in an accommodation space
must be made of an approved material that is non-combustible.
C
(l) No bulkhead, lining, or ceiling in an accommodation space may
have a combustible veneer greater than 2 millimeters (1/12 inch)
in thickness.
(m) Each corridor or hidden space in an accommodation space
may be covered by an approved interior finish or a reasonable
number of coats of paint. However, no corridor or hidden space
may have combustible veneer, trim, or decoration except material
approved under Subpart 164.012 of this chapter.
§108.145 Hatches And Tonnage Openings.
Each hatch, except a hatch between storage spaces and each
tonnage opening closure, must be made of steel or an equivalent
material of the same class as the bulkhead or deck where the
opening occurs.
§108.147 Certain Paints Prohibited.
128
No nitrocellulose or other highly flammable or noxious fume-
producing paint or lacquer may be used on a unit.
Means of Escape
§108.151 Two Means Required.
(a) Each of the following must have at least 2 means of escape:
(1) Each accommodation space with a deck area of at least 27 sq.
meters (300 sq. ft.).
(2) Each space, other than an accommodation space, that is
continuously manned or used on a regular working basis except
for routine security checks.
(3) Weather deck areas where personnel may be normally
employed.
S
(b) When two means of escape are required from a space below
the main deck, one the means of escape must provide for a rapid
escape through openings that are not required to be watertight by
N
damage stability considerations.
(c) When two means of escape are required from a space above
IO
the main deck, one of the means of escape must provide for a
rapid escape to a weather deck.
§108.153 Location Of Means Of Escape.
The required two means of escape must be through exits that
T
minimize the possibility of having both exits blocked if a fire or
other casualty occurs in the area.
A §108.155 Restrictions On Means Of Escape Utilized.
A required means of escape may not be a vertical ladder or deck
scuttle, except that one of the means of escape may be a vertical
ladder or deck scuttle if a stairway would be impracticable.
§108.157 Locked Doors.
No door to the required means of escape may be designed to lock
except–
(a) A crash door or a door that has a locking device that can be
easily forced, if on both sides of the door a permanent and easily
seen instruction is placed; or
(b) An outside door to a deckhouse if the door can be locked by
key only and if the master or person in charge has control of the
key to the door's lock.
§108.159 Stairways And Exterior Inclined Ladders.
Each stairway, except a stairway in a machinery or storage
space, and each exterior inclined ladder must be at least 70
centimeters (28 inches) wide with an angle of inclination from the
horizontal of not more than 50 degrees, except that special
consideration may be given to the installation if a 70 centimeters
(28 inch) width is impracticable.
§108.160 Vertical Ladders.
(a) Each vertical ladder must have rungs that are–
(1) At least 41 centimeters (16 inches) in length;
(2) Not more than 30 centimeters (12 inches) apart, uniform for
the length of the ladder; and
(3) At least 18 centimeters (7 inches) from the nearest permanent
object in back of the ladder.
(b) Except when unavoidable obstructions are encountered, there
must be at least 11.5 centimeters (4 1/2 inches) clearance above
each rung.
(c) Except as provided in §108.540(h)(3)(ii), each exterior vertical
ladder more than 6 meters (20 ft.) in length must be fitted with a
cage or ladder safety device meeting ANSI Standard 14.3 (1974)
for fixed ladders.
(d) No vertical fixed ladders may be made of wood.
[67 FR 61276, Sept. 30, 2002]
§108.161 Dead End Corridors.
No dead end corridor may be more than 13 meters (43 feet) long.
§108.165 Access To Lifeboats And Liferafts.
Each unit must be designed to provide direct access to the
lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas.
§108.167 Weather Deck Ladders.
Each unit must have at least one permanent, inclined ladder
between each weather deck.
CLASSIFIED LOCATIONS
§108.170 Definitions.
(a) Classified locations are those in which flammable hydrocarbon
gas or vapors, resulting from the drilling operations, may be
present in quantities sufficient to produce an explosive or ignitable
mixture. Location of these areas affect the design of the units'
machinery, electrical, and ventilation systems. (See Notes 1 and
2).
(b) For the purpose of this subpart "semi-enclosed location"
means a location where natural conditions of ventilation are
notably different from those on open decks due to the presence of
structures such as roofs, windbreaks, or bulkheads.
[NOTES: 1. Further requirements with respect to hazardous
locations are contained in part 111, subpart 111.105, of this
C
chapter. 2. For specific requirements for machinery and electrical
installations on mobile offshore drilling units see Subchapters "F"
and "J" of this chapter.]
LI
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
94-108, 61 FR 28270, June 4, 1996]
B
§108.171 Class I, Division 1 Locations.
The following are Class I, Division 1 locations:
U
(a) An enclosed space that contains any part of the mud
circulating system that has an opening into the space and is
between the well and final degassing discharge.
.P
(b) An enclosed or semi-enclosed location that is below the drill
floor, and contains a possible source of gas release.
(c) An enclosed space that is on the drill floor, and is not
.G
separated by a solid, gas-light floor from the spaces specified in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(d) A space that would normally be considered a Division 2
location under §108.173 but where combustible or flammable
C
gases might accumulate.
(e) A location in the weather, or a semi-enclosed location, except
as provided in paragraph (b) of this section that is within 1.5 m (5
ft.) of the boundary of any–
(1) Equipment or opening specified in paragraph (a) of this
section;
(2) Ventilation outlet, access, or other opening to a Class I,
Division 1 space; or
(3) Gas vent outlet.
(f) Except as provided in §108.175, an enclosed space that has
an opening into a Class I, Division 1 location.
129
§108.173 Class I, Division 2 Locations.
The following are Class I, Division 2 locations:
(a) An enclosed space that has any open portion of the mud
circulating system from the final degassing discharge to the mud
suction connection at the mud pit.
(b) A location in the weather that is–
(1) Within the boundaries of the drilling derrick up to a height of 3
m (10 ft.) above the drill floor;
(2) Below the drill floor and within a radius of 3 m (10 ft.) of a
possible source of gas release; or
(3) Within 1.5 m (5 ft.) of the boundaries of any ventilation outlet,
access, or other opening to a Class I, Division 2 space.
(c) A location that is–
S
(1) Within 1.5 m (5 ft.) of a semi-enclosed Class I, Division 1
N
location indicated in §108.171(b); or
(2) Within 1.5 m (5 ft.) of a Class I, Division 1 space indicated in
IO
§108.171(e).
(d) A semi-enclosed area that is below and contiguous with the
drill floor to the boundaries of the derrick or to the extent of any
enclosure which is liable to trap gasses.
T
(e) A semi-enclosed derrick to the extent of its enclosure above
the drill floor or to a height of 3 m (10 ft.) above the drill floor,
A whichever is greater.
(f) Except as provided in §108.175 an enclosed space that has an
opening into a Class I, Division 2 location.
§108.175 Contiguous Locations.
An enclosed space that has direct access to a Division 1 or
Division 2 location is the same division as that location, except–
(a) An enclosed space that has direct access to a Division 1
location is not a hazardous location if–
(1) The access has self-closing gas-tight doors that form an air
lock;
(2) The ventilation causes greater pressure in the space than in
the Division 1 location; and
(3) Loss of ventilation overpressure activates an alarm at a
manned station;
(b) An enclosed space that has direct access to a Division 1
location can be considered as a Division 2 location if–
(1) The access has a self-closing, gas-tight door that opens into
the space and that has no hold-back device;
(2) Ventilation causes the air to flow with the door open from the
space into the Division 1 location; and
(3) Loss of ventilation activates an alarm at a manned control
station; and
(c) An enclosed space that has direct access to a Division 2
location is not a hazardous location if–
(1) The access has a self-closing, gas-tight door that opens into
the space and that has no hold-back device;
(2) Ventilation causes the air to flow with the door open from the
space into the Division 2 location; and
(3) Loss of ventilation activates an alarm at a manned control
station.
§108.177 Electrical Equipment In Classified Locations.
Electrical equipment and devices installed in spaces made non-
hazardous by the methods indicated in §108.175 must only be
essential equipment.
VENTILATION
§108.181 Ventilation For Enclosed Spaces.
(a) Each enclosed space must be vented or ventilated.
(b) There must be a means to close each vent or ventilating
system.
(c) Each fan in a ventilating system must have remote controls
installed in accordance with part 111, subpart 111.103, of this
chapter.
(d) There must be a means to close each doorway, ventilator, and
annular space around each funnel or other opening to machinery,
stowage, or working spaces. The means must be located outside
the space.
(e) Each intake in a ventilating system must be located so as to
prevent, as far as practicable, the intake of noxious fumes.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
94-108, 61 FR 28270, June 4, 1996]
§108.185 Ventilation For Enclosed Classified Locations.
(a) The ventilation system for each enclosed classified location
must be designed to maintain a pressure differential between the
A (f) Each public toilet space must be constructed and located so
C
enclosed classified location and each non-classified location
adjacent to the enclosed classified location, so as to prevent the
discharge of ignitable gases into the non-classified adjacent
LI
locations.
(b) Each air intake must be outside of enclosed classified
locations.
B
(c) Each unit must have alarms that are powered independently of
the ventilation motor power and control circuitry and sound at a
U
continuously manned station when–
(1) Gas is present in an enclosed classified location; or
.P
(2) The ventilation system for the space is not working.
(d) Each ventilation system for enclosed classified locations must
provide a complete change of air every five minutes.
.G
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
94-108, 61 FR 28270, June 4, 1996]
C
§108.187 Ventilation For Brush Type Electric Motors In
Classified Spaces.
Ventilation for brush type electric motors in classified locations
must meet N.F.P.A. 496-1974 "Standard for Purged and
Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous
Locations", except audible and visual alarms may be used if
shutting down the motors may cause unsafe conditions.
ACCOMMODATION SPACES
§108.193 Restrictions.
(a) There must be no direct communication between the
accommodation spaces and any chainlocker, stowage, or
machinery space, except through solid, close-fitted doors or
hatches.
(b) No access, vent, or sounding tube from a fuel or oil tank may
130
open into any accommodation space, except that accesses and
sounding tubes may open into corridors.
§108.195 Location Of Accommodation Spaces.
(a) On surface type units, accommodation spaces must not be
located forward of a vertical plane located at 5 percent of the
unit's length aft of the stem, at the designed summer load line.
(b) On all units, the deckhead of each accommodation space
must be above the deepest load line.
§108.197 Construction Of Accommodation Spaces.
(a) Each sleeping, mess, recreational, or hospital space that is
adjacent to or immediately above a stowage or machinery space,
paint locker, drying room, washroom, toilet space, or other odor
source must be made odorproof.
(b) Each accommodation space that is adjacent to or immediately
above a galley, machinery space, machinery casing, boiler room,
S
or other noise or heat source, must be protected from the heat
and noise.
N
(c) Where the shell or an unsheathed weather deck forms a
boundary of an accommodation space, the shell of deck must
IO
have a covering that prevents the formation of moisture.
(d) The deckheads of each accommodation space must be a light
color.
T
(e) Each accommodation space in which water may accumulate
must have a drain scupper located in the lowest part of the space,
considering the average trim of the unit.
that its odors do not readily enter any sleeping, mess,
recreational, or hospital space.
§108.199 Arrangement Of Sleeping Spaces.
To the extent practicable, each occupation group must be berthed
together in sleeping spaces arranged to minimize disturbance
created by personnel leaving for or arriving from a working period.
§108.201 Size Of Sleeping Spaces.
(a) No sleeping space may berth more than four persons, except
that a sleeping space for personnel not regularly employed on a
unit may berth up to six persons if the space meets §108.199 and
berthing of six persons in that space is authorized by the
Commandant (G-MSO).
(b) Without deducting any equipment used by the occupants,
each sleeping space must have for each occupant–
(1) 2.8 square meters (approximately 30 square feet) of deck
area; and
(2) 6 cubic meters (approximately 210 cubic feet) of volume.
(c) Each sleeping space must have at least 191 centimeters
(approximately 6 feet 3 inches) of headroom over clear deck
areas.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50465,
Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50730, Sept. 27, 1996]
§108.203 Berths And Lockers.
(a) Each sleeping space must have a separate berth for each
occupant.
(b) No more than one berth may be placed over another.
(c) Each berth must have a framework of hard, smooth material
that is not likely to corrode or harbor vermin.
(d) Each berth must be arranged to provide ample room for easy
occupancy.
(e) Each berth must be at least 76 centimeters (approximately 30
inches) wide by 193 centimeters (approximately 76 inches) long.
(f) Adjacent berths must be separated by a partition that extends
at least 46 centimeters (approximately 18 inches) above the
sleeping surface.
(g) The bottom of a lower berth must be at least 30 centimeters
(approximately 12 inches) above the deck.
(h) The bottom of an upper berth must be at least 76 centimeters
(approximately 2 feet 6 inches) from the bottom of the berth below
it and from the deck or any pipe, ventilating duct, or other
overhead installation.
(i) Each berth must have a berth light.
(j) Each occupant of a sleeping space must have a readily
accessible locker of hard, smooth material.
(k) Each locker must be at least .194 square meters
(approximately 300 square inches) in cross section and 1.53
meters (approximately 60 inches) high.
§108.205 Wash Spaces; Toilet Spaces; And Shower Spaces.
(a) For the purposes of this section–
(1) "Private facility" means a toilet, washing, or shower space
that is accessible only from one single or double occupancy
sleeping space;
A be secured clear of the lower berth.
C
(2) "Semi-private facility" means a toilet, washing or shower
space that is accessible from either of two one-to-four person
occupancy sleeping spaces; and
LI
(3) "Public facility" means a toilet, washing, or shower space
that is not private or semi-private.
B
(b) Each private facility must have one toilet, one shower, and one
washbasin, all of which may be in a single space.
U
(c) Each semi-private facility must have at least one toilet and one
shower, which may be in a single space.
.P
(d) Each room adjoining a semi-private facility must have a
washbasin if a washbasin is not installed in a semi-private facility.
(e) Each unit must have enough public facilities to provide at least
one toilet, one shower, and one washbasin for each eight persons
.G
who occupy sleeping spaces that do not have private or semi-
private facilities.
(f) Urinals may be installed in toilet rooms, but no toilet required in
this section may be replaced by a urinal.
C
(g) Each public toilet space and washing space must be
convenient to the sleeping space that it serves.
(h) No public facility may open into any sleeping space.
(i) Each washbasin, shower, and bathtub must have hot and cold
running water.
(j) Adjacent toilets must be separated by a partition that is open at
the top and bottom for ventilation and cleaning.
(k) Public toilet facilities and shower facilities must be separated.
(l) Each public facility that is a toilet space must have at least one
washbasin unless the only access to the toilet space is through a
washing space.
131
(m) Each toilet must have an open front seat.
(n) Each washing space and toilet space must be so constructed
and arranged that it can be kept in a clean and sanitary condition
and the plumbing and mechanical appliances kept in good
working order.
(o) Washbasins may be located in sleeping spaces.
§108.207 Messrooms.
(a) Each messroom that is not adjacent to the galley that serves it
must be equipped with a steamtable.
(b) Each messroom must seat the number of persons expected to
eat in the messroom at one time.
§108.209 Hospital Spaces.
(a) Each unit carrying twelve or more persons on a voyage of
more than three days must have a hospital space.
S
(b) Each hospital space must be suitably separated from other
N
spaces.
(c) No hospital space may be used for any other purpose, when
IO
used for care of the sick.
(d) An entrance to each hospital space must be wide enough and
arranged to readily admit a person on a stretcher.
T
(e) Each berth in a hospital space must be made of metal.
(f) Each upper berth must be hinged and arranged so that it can
(g) Each hospital space must have at least one berth that is
accessible from both sides.
(h) Each hospital space must have one berth for every 12 persons
or portion thereof on board, who are not berthed in single
occupancy rooms, but the number of berths need not exceed six.
(i) Each hospital space must have a toilet, washbasin, and
bathtub or shower accessible from the hospital space.
(j) Each hospital space must have clothes lockers, a table, and
seats.
§108.210 Hospital Space Not Required.
(a) The hospital space required under §108.209 is not required on
a unit if one single or double occupancy sleeping space,
designated and equipped as a treatment or isolation room or both
is available for immediate medical use, and has–
(1) An entrance that is wide enough and arranged to readily admit
a person on a stretcher;
(2) A single berth or examination table that is accessible from
both sides; and
(3) A washbasin in or immediately adjacent to it.
§108.211 Miscellaneous Accommodation Spaces.
(a) Each unit must have enough facilities for personnel to wash
their own clothes, including at least one tub or sink that has hot
and cold running water.
(b) Each unit must have enough equipment or space for the
personnel to dry their own clothes.
(c) Each unit must have an accommodation space that can be
used for recreation.
§108.213 Heating Requirements.
(a) Each accommodation space must be heated by a heating
system that can maintain at least 20°C. (68°F.).
(b) Radiators and other heating apparatuses must be constructed,
located or shielded so as to avoid risk of–
(1) Fire;
(2) Danger; and
(3) Discomfort
to the occupants of each accommodation space.
(c) Each exposed pipe in an accommodation space, leading to a
radiator or other heating apparatus must be insulated.
§108.215 Insect Screens.
(a) Accommodation spaces must be protected against the
admission of insects.
(b) Insect screens must be installed when natural ventilation is
provided.
Rails
§108.217 Guardrails And Bulwarks.
(a) Each unit must have guardrails or bulwarks along the edge of
the bridge, of each deck, and of each deck opening.
(b) Each guardrail and bulwark must extend at least one meter
(39.37 inches) above the deck except where this height may
interfere with the normal operation of the unit, a lesser height may
be approved.
(c) Removable guardrails may be installed where operating
A deck when it is an integral part of a unit's structure, and each of
C
conditions warrant their use.
§108.219 Guardrails.
LI
(a) Except for exposed peripheries of a freeboard or
superstructure deck, each guardrail must have at least two evenly
spaced courses.
B
(b) At exposed peripheries of a freeboard or superstructure deck,
each guardrail must have at least three courses not more than 38
centimeters (15 in.) apart with the lowest course not more than 23
U
centimeters (9 in.) above the deck.
(c) For a rounded gunwale, the guardrail must be at the edge of
.P
the flat of the deck.
§108.221 Storm Rails.
Each unit must have a storm rail in the following locations:
.G
(a) On each deckhouse side that is normally accessible.
(b) On each side of each passageway that is wider than 1.83
meters (6 feet).
C
(c) On at least one side of each passageway that is less than 1.83
meters (6 feet) wide.
§108.223 Guards On Exposed Equipment.
Each unit must have hand covers, guards, or rails installed on all
belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, flywheels or
other reciprocating, rotating or moving parts of machinery or
equipment normally exposed to contact by personnel.
Helicopter Facilities
§108.231 Application.
Sections 108.231 through 108.241 apply to each unit with a
helicopter landing facility.
§108.233 Location And Size.
132
(a) Each helicopter deck must be–
(1) At least the size of the rotor diameter of the largest single main
rotor helicopter that will be used on the facility; or
(2) If tandem main rotor helicopters use the facility, at least of a
size to provide a longitudinal axis of 9/10 the overall length of the
helicopter, and a width of 3/4 of the overall length of the
helicopter.
[NOTE: For the purpose of paragraph (a)(2) the overall length is
measured across both main rotors in the fore and aft line.]
(b) Each helicopter deck must be located so as to provide clear
approach/departure paths to enable the largest helicopter using
the facility to operate in all weather conditions which allow
helicopter operations.
§108.235 Construction.
S
(a) Each helicopter deck must be designed to accommodate the
loadings (static and dynamic) imposed by operation and stowage
N
of helicopters intended to use the facility as well as environmental
loadings (wind, wave, water, snow, etc.) anticipated for the unit.
IO
(b) The adequacy of each helicopter deck for the loadings
required in paragraph (a) of this section must be shown by design
calculations. Where the placement of a load affects the suitability
of a structural member, the load must be evaluated in the most
unfavorable position for each member.
T
(c) The analysis required in paragraph (b) of this section must be
based on the dead load of the structure, existing stresses in the
the following loading conditions:
(1) Uniform distributed loading. A loading of 2kg/m2 (42 lb/ft2)
applied to the helicopter deck area.
(2) Helicopter landing impact loading. The limit load
established by the limit drop test in 14 CFR 29.725, or a load of
not less than 75 percent of the helicopter maximum weight taken
on a square area of 0.3 x 0.3 m (1 ft. x 1 ft.) under each main
landing gear unit applied anywhere on the helicopter deck area.
(3) Stowed helicopter loading. The helicopter maximum weight
plus inertial forces from the helicopter due to anticipated unit
motions, and applicable environmental loadings including wind
loads.
(d) The landing area of each helicopter facility must–
(1) Have a non-skid surface;
(2) Have drainage facilities that prevent the collection of liquids
and prevent liquids from spreading to or falling on other parts of
the unit;
(3) Have recessed tie-down points; and
(4) Be free of projections, except that landing lights or other
projections may be installed around the periphery of the landing
deck provided they do not interfere with landing and take-off
operations.
(e) The unprotected perimeter of each helicopter facility must
have a safety net at least 1.5 meters (4.92 ft.) wide. The outer
edge of the net must not extend more than 15 centimeters (6 in.)
above the surface of the deck.
(f) Each helicopter facility must have both a main and an
emergency access/egress route located as far apart from each
other as practicable.
§108.237 Fuel Storage Facilities.
(a) Helicopter fuel storage tanks must be installed as far as
practicable from–
(1) The landing area; and
(2) Each source of vapor ignition.
(b) Independent tanks must meet Subpart 58.50 of this Chapter.
(c) Marine portable fuel stowage tanks must meet Part 64 of this
chapter.
(d) Each marine portable fuel stowage tank must have a means to
contain fuel spills or leaks.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by
USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53226, Oct. 1, 1999]
§108.239 Fuel Transfer Equipment.
(a) Each nozzle must be a "deadman" type.
(b) Each hose must have a storage reel.
(c) Each hose must have a static grounding device.
(d) Each electric fuel transfer pump must have a control with a
fuel transfer pump operation indicator light at the pump.
(e) There must be a fuel pump shut off at each of the access
routes required by §108.235(f).
(f) Each fuel transfer pump and each hose reel must have a
means to contain fuel spills or leaks.
A §108.404 Selection Of Fire Detection System.
C
(g) Each hose must meet chapter 3 "Aircraft Fueling Hose" of
National Fire Protection Association Standard for Aircraft Fuel
Servicing (N.F.P.A. No. 407-1975).
LI
§108.241 Visual Aids.
(a) Each helicopter deck must–
B
(1) Have a wind direction indicator located in an unobstructed
area readily visible to helicopter pilots approaching the deck;
U
(2) Be fitted around the perimeter with yellow and blue lights in
alternate order, not more than 3 meters (10 ft.) apart; and
.P
(3) Be marked with–
(3)(i) The unit's identification;
(3)(ii) A continuous line 40 centimeters (16 in.) wide on the
.G
perimeter; and
(3)(iii) Aiming circles as may be appropriate considering deck
configuration, helicopter type, and operational requirements.
C
(b) All markings must be in a contrasting color to the surface of
the deck.
Subpart C – Stability
§108.301 Stability.
Each unit must meet the requirements in Subchapter S of this
chapter that apply to Mobile Offshore Drilling Units.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51008, Nov. 4, 1983]
Subpart D – Fire Extinguishing Systems
§108.401 Fire Main System.
Each unit must have a fire main system.
§108.403 Fire Extinguishing Systems: General.
133
(a) Each of the following on a unit must have an approved fixed
gaseous type extinguishing system:
(1) Each paint locker, oil room, and similar space.
(2) Each enclosed space containing internal combustion or gas
turbine main propulsion machinery.
(3) Each enclosed space containing internal combustion
machinery with an aggregate power of at least 1000 B.H.P.
(4) Each enclosed space containing a fuel oil unit, including
purifiers, valves, or manifolds for main propulsion machinery or
internal combustion machinery with an aggregate power of at
least 1000 B.H.P.
(5) Each enclosed ventilation system for electric motors or
generators used for vital services including bilge pumps, fire
pumps, or propulsion.
S
(b) Each space containing an oil fired boiler, the fuel oil unit or
N
valves for the boiler, or manifolds in the line between the fuel
settling tanks and the boiler on a unit must have a fixed gas type,
foam, or other approved fire extinguishing system.
IO
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
95-027, 61 FR 26008, May 23, 1996]
§108.403a Fire Extinguishing Systems: Non-Vital Services.
T
Each enclosed ventilating system for electric motors or generators
not used for vital services must have an access into the system
for firefighting or be protected by a fixed fire protection system.
(a) If a fire detector is in a space, it must provide effective
detection of fires most likely to occur in the space.
(b) The fire detection system must be designed to minimize false
alarms.
§108.405 Fire Detection System.
(a) Each fire detection system and each smoke detection system
on a unit must–
(1) Be approved by the Commandant; and
(2) Have a visual alarm and an audible alarm in the pilothouse or
at a normally manned control station for the system.
(b) Each fire detection system must be divided into zones to limit
the area covered by any particular alarm signal.
(c) Each visual alarm must–
(1) Have a chart or diagram next to the alarm that shows the
location of the zones in the system and that contains the
instructions for operating, and testing the system;
(2) When activated show the zone in the system where fire has
been detected; and
(3) Be in a noticeable location in the pilothouse or control station.
§108.407 Detectors For Electric Fire Detection System.
(a) Each detector in an electric fire detection system must be
located where–
(1) No portion of the overhead of a space protected is more than
3 meters (10 feet) from a detector;
(2) Beams and girders extending below the ceiling of the space
protected and any other obstructions do not detract from the
effectiveness of the detector; and
(3) Damage to the detector is unlikely to occur if it is not
protected.
(b) Each detector must be set to activate at not less than 57°C
(135°F) and at not more than 73°C (165°F), except that if a space
normally has a high ambient temperature each detector may be
set to activate at not less than 80°C (175°F) and not more than
107°C (225°F).
§108.409 Location And Spacing Of Tubing In Pneumatic Fire
Detection System.
(a) All tubing in a pneumatic fire detection system must be on the
overhead or within 300 millimeters (12 inches) of the overhead on
a bulkhead in a location where–
(1) No portion of the overhead is more than 3.6 meters (12 feet)
from the nearest point of tubing;
(2) Beams or girders extending below the ceiling or other
obstructions do not detract from the effectiveness of the tubing;
and
(3) Damage to the tubing, is unlikely to occur if it is not protected.
(b) If tubing in a tubing circuit is installed in an enclosed space, at
least 5% of the tubing in the circuit must be exposed in the space,
except that at least 7.6 meters (25 feet) of tubing must always be
exposed in the space.
(c) A pneumatic fire detection system must be set to activate after
approximately a 22°C. (40°F.) per minute increase in temperature
at the center of the circuit in the system.
§108.411 Smoke Detection System.
C
Each smoke accumulator in a smoke detection system must be
located on the overhead of the compartment protected by the
system in a location–
LI
(a) Where no portion of the overhead of the compartment is more
than 12 meters (40 feet) from an accumulator;
B
(b) That is no closer to the opening of a ventilator than 3 times the
diameter or equivalent size of the opening.
U
(c) Where damage to the accumulator is unlikely to occur if it is
not protected.
.P
§108.413 Fusible Element Fire Detection System.
(a) A fusible element fire detection system may be installed.
(b) The arrangements for the system must be acceptable to the
Commandant.
.G
Fire Main System
§108.415 Fire Pump: General.
C
A fire main system must have at least two independently driven
fire pumps that can each deliver water at a continuous pitot tube
pressure of at least 3.5 kilograms per square centimeter
(approximately 50 pounds per square inch) at least two fire hose
nozzles that are connected to the highest two fire hydrants on the
unit. Alternative designs that meet the pressure requirement of
this paragraph will be considered for column stabilized and self
elevating units.
§108.417 Fire Pump Components And Associated
Equipment.
(a) Each fire pump in a fire main system must have a relief valve
on its discharge side that is set to relieve at 1.75 kilograms per
square centimeter (approximately 25 pounds per square inch) in
excess of the pump discharge pressure necessary to meet the
pressure required in §108.415 for the pump or 8.6 kilograms per
square centimeters (approximately 125 pounds per square inch),
whichever is greater. A relief valve may be omitted if the pump
134
operating under shut off condition is not capable of developing the
pressure described in §108.415 plus 1.75 kilograms per square
centimeter (25 pounds per square inch).
(b) Each fire pump in a fire main system must have a pressure
gauge on its discharge side.
(c) Fire pumps may be used for other purposes. One of the
required pumps must be kept available for use on the fire system
at all times. If a fire pump is used in a system other than the fire
main system, except for branch lines connected to the fire main
for deck washing, each pipe connecting the other system must be
connected to the pump discharge through a shut off valve at a
manifold near the pump. If the fire pump exceeds the pressure in
§108.417(a), the pipe leading from the discharge manifold to
other portions of the fire main system must have a reducing
station and a pressure gauge in addition to the pressure gauge
required by paragraph (b) of this section.
S
(d) If a fire pump has a reducing station, the relief valve required
by paragraph (a) of this section for the pump and the additional
N
pressure gauge required in paragraph (c) of this section must not
be located on the discharge side of the reducing station.
IO
(e) An oil line must not be connected to a fire pump.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51208, Sept. 30, 1997]
T
§108.419 Fire Main Capacity.
The diameter of the fire main must be sufficient for the effective
distribution of the maximum required discharge from two fire
A pumps operating simultaneously.
§108.421 Location Of Fire Pumps And Associated
Equipment.
Each fire pump required by §108.415, and the source of power,
controls, sea connections for the fire pump, and booster pumps, if
installed, must be installed in locations where, if a fire occurs in an
enclosed space, all of the fire pumps on the unit are not made
inoperative, except that if compliance with this requirement is
impracticable, a gas type extinguishing system may be installed to
protect at least one of the fire pumps, its source of power, and
controls.
§108.423 Fire Hydrants And Associated Equipment.
(a) A fire main system must have enough fire hydrants so that
each accessible space may be sprayed with at least two spray
patterns of water.
(b) In a main machinery space, except a shaft alley with no
assigned space for stowage of combustibles, each spray pattern
of water must be from one length of fire hose and each must be
from a separate outlet. In all other spaces at least one spray
pattern of water must be from one length of fire hose.
(c) No outlet on a fire hydrant may point above the horizontal.
(d) Each fire hydrant must have at least one spanner and at least
one fire hose rack or reel.
§108.425 Fire Hoses And Associated Equipment.
(a) Each length of fire hose in a fire main system must be–
(1) Of 1 1/2 or 2 1/2 inch nominal hose size diameter;
(2) Of 50 foot nominal hose size length; and
(3) Lined commercial fire hose that meets Standard 19 of the
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (1971 edition) or Federal
Specification ZZ-H-451f.
(b) Fire station hydrant connections shall be brass, bronze, or
other equivalent metal. Couplings shall either:
(1) Use National Standard fire hose coupling threads for the 1 1/2
inch (38 millimeter) and 2 1/2 inch (64 millimeter) hose sizes, i.e.,
9 threads per inch for 1 1/2 inch hose, and 7 1/2 threads per inch
for 2 1/2 inch hose; or
(2) Be a uniform design for each hose diameter throughout the
vessel.
(c) Each nozzle for a firehose in a fire main system must be a
combination solid stream and water spray firehose nozzle that is
approve under subpart 162.027. Combination solid stream and
water spray nozzles previously approved under subpart 162.027
of this chapter may be retained so long as they are maintained in
good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
(d) A combination solid stream and water spray firehose nozzle
previously approved under subpart 162.027 of this chapter, must
have a low-velocity water spray applicator also previously
(a) Sections 108.431 through 108.457 apply to high pressure
carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systems.
(b) Low pressure systems, that is, those in which the carbon
dioxide is stored in liquid form at low temperature, must be
approved by the Commandant.
(c) Each carbon dioxide system cylinder must be fabricated,
tested, and marked in accordance with §§147.60 and 147.65 of
this chapter.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988]
§108.433 Quantity Of CO2: General.
Each CO2 system must have enough gas to meet the quantity
requirements of §108.439 for the space requiring the greatest
amount of CO2.

S
approved under subpart 162.027 of this chapter when installed §108.437 Pipe Sizes And Discharge Rates For Enclosed
in– Ventilation Systems For Rotating Electrical Equipment.

N
(a) The minimum pipe size for the initial charge must meet table
(1) Machinery spaces containing oil fired boilers, internal 108.441 and the discharge of the required amount of CO2 must
combustion machinery or oil fuel units; and be completed within 2 minutes.

(2) Helicopter decks.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
95-027, 61 FR 26008, May 23, 1996; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51208,
IO
(b) The minimum pipe size for the delayed discharge must be at
least 1.25 centimeters (1/2 inch) standard pipe.
(c) The pipe used for the initial discharge must not be used for the

T
Sept. 30, 1997] delayed discharge, except systems having a volume of less than
57 cubic meters (2,000 cubic feet).
§108.427 International Shore Connection.
A fire main system on a unit in international service must have–
A §108.439 Quantity Of CO2 For Protection Of Spaces.
(a) The number of pounds of CO2 required to protect a space
C
(a) At least one international shore connection that meets ASTM must be equal to the gross volume of the space divided by the
F 1121 (incorporated by reference, see §105.01-3). appropriate factor from Table 108.439.
LI

(b) A cutoff valve and check valve for each connection; and
(c) Facilities available enabling the connection to be used on
either side of the unit.
B
(b) If a machinery space includes a casing, the gross volume of
the space may be calculated using the reductions allowed in 46
CFR 95.10-5(e).

(c) If fuel can drain from a space to an adjacent space or if two

[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD spaces are not entirely separate, the requirements for both
88-032, 56 FR 35826, July 29, 1991; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, spaces must be used to determine the amount of CO2 to be
U

2000] provided and the CO2 system must be arranged to discharge into
both spaces simultaneously.
§108.429 Fire Main System Protection.
.P

(a) Each pipe and fire hydrant in a fire main system must be TABLE 108.439–CO2 Supply Factors
installed to the extent practicable in locations that are not exposed [Gross volume of space in cubic feet]
to damage by materials that are moved on or onto the deck. Over Not Over Factory
0 500 15
(b) Each part of the fire main system located on an exposed deck 500 1,600 16
.G

must either be protected against freezing or be fitted with cutout 1,600 4,500 18
valves and drain valves to shut off and drain the entire exposed 4,500 50,000 20
system in freezing weather. 50,000 22

Automatic Sprinkling System

C

§108.441 Piping And Discharge Rates For CO2 Systems.

§108.430 General.
Automatic Sprinkler Systems shall comply with NFPA 13-1996.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51208, Sept. 30, 1997]
Fixed Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguishing
Systems
§108.431 Carbon Dioxide Systems: General.
(a) The size of branch lines to spaces protected by a CO2 system
must meet Table 108.441.
(b) Distribution piping within a space must be proportioned from
the supply line to give proper distribution to the outlets without
throttling.
(c) The number, type, and location of discharge outlets must
distribute the CO2 uniformly throughout the space.

135
 TABLE 108.441–CO2 System Pipe Size controls of a CO2 system has a lock, the space must have a key
CO2 supply in system, Minimum pipe size (inches), to the lock in a break-glass type box that is next to and visible
kilograms (pounds) millimeters (inches) from the entrance.
45 (100) 12.7 (½).
104 (225) 19.05 (¾). §108.445 Alarm And Means Of Escape.
136 (300) 25.4 (1). (a) Each CO2 system that has a supply of more than 136
272 (600) 31.75 (1¼). kilograms (300 pounds) of CO2, except a system that protects a
450 (1,000) 38.10 (1½). tank, must have an alarm that sounds for at least 20 seconds
1,110 (2,450) 50.80 (2). before the CO2 is released into the space.
1,130 (2,500) 63.5 (2½).
(b) Each audible alarm for a CO2 system must have the CO2
2,023 (4,450) 76.2 (3).
supply for the system as its source of power and must be in a
3,229 (7,100) 88.9 (3½).
visible location in the spaces protected.
4,750 (10,000) 101.6 (4).
6,818 (15,000) 114.3 (4½). §108.447 Piping.
(a) Each pipe, valve, and fitting in a CO2 system must have a
(d) The total area of all discharge outlets must be more than 35 bursting pressure of at least 420 kilograms per square centimeter
percent and less than 85 percent of the nominal cylinder outlet (6,000 pounds per square inch).
area or the area of the supply pipe, whichever is smaller. The

S
nominal cylinder outlet area in square centimeters is determined (b) All piping for a CO2 system of nominal size of 19.05
by multiplying the factor 0.0313 by the number of kilograms of millimeters (3/4 inch) inside diameter or less must be at least
CO2 required. (The nominal cylinder outlet area in square inches

is determined by multiplying the factor 0.0022 by the number of
pounds of CO2 required). The nominal cylinder outlet area must
not be less than 71 square millimeters (0.110 square inches).
N
Schedule 40 (standard weight) and all piping of nominal size over
19.05 millimeters (3/4 inch) inside diameter must be at least
Schedule 80 (extra heavy).

(e) A CO2 system must discharge at least 85 percent of the
required amount within 2 minutes.
IO
(c) Each pipe, valve, and fitting made of ferrous materials in a
CO2 system must be protected inside and outside from corrosion.
(d) Each CO2 system must have a pressure relief valve set to

T
§108.443 Controls And Valves. relieve between 168 and 196 kilograms per square centimeter
(a) At least one control for operating a CO2 system must be (2,400 and 2,800 pounds per square inch) in the distribution
outside the space or spaces that the system protects and in a manifold or other location that protects the piping when all branch
location that would be accessible if a fire occurred in any space
that the system protects. Control valves must not be located in a
protected space unless the CO2 cylinders are also in the
A line shut off valves are closed.
C
(e) The end of each branch line in a CO2 system must extend at
protected space. least 50 millimeters (2 inches) beyond the last discharge outlet
and be closed with a cap or plug.
(b) A CO2 system that protects more than one space must have a
LI

manifold with a stop valve, the normal position of which is closed, (f) Piping, valves, and fittings in a CO2 system must be securely
that directs the flow of CO2 to each protected space. supported and protected from damage.
(c) A CO2 system that protects only one space must have a stop
B

(g) Each CO2 system must have drains and dirt traps located
valve installed between the cylinders and the discharge outlets in where dirt or moisture can accumulate in the system.
the system, except on a system that has a CO2 supply of 136
U

kilograms (300 pounds) or less. (h) Discharge piping in a CO2 system may not be used for any
other purpose except as part of a fire detection system.
(d) At least one of the control stations in a CO2 system that
.P

protects a machinery space must be as near as practicable to one (i) Piping in a CO2 system that passes through accommodation
of the main escapes from that space. spaces must not have drains or other openings within these
spaces.
(e) All distribution valves and controls must be of an approved
type. §108.449 Piping Tests.
.G

(f) Each CO2 system that has a stop valve must have a remote
control that operates only the stop valve and must have a
separate remote control for releasing the required amount of CO2
into the space protected by the system.
C
(a) Each test prescribed in (b), (c), and (d) of this section must be
performed upon completion of the piping installation.
(b) When tested with CO2 or other inert gas under a pressure of
70 kilograms per square centimeter (1000 pounds per square

inch), with no additional gas introduced into the system, the

(g) Each CO2 system that does not have a stop valve must be
operated by a remote control that releases the required amount of
CO2 into the space protected by the system.
(h) Remote controls to each space must be in an enclosure.
(i) Each system must have a manual control at its cylinders for
releasing CO2 from the cylinders, except that if the system has
pilot cylinders, a manual control is not required for other than pilot
cylinders.
(j) If gas pressure is used to release CO2 from a system having
more than 2 cylinders, the system must have at least 2 pilot
cylinders to release the CO2 from the remaining cylinders.
(k) If the entrance to a space containing the CO2 supply or
leakage in the piping from the cylinders to the stop valves in the
manifold must not allow a pressure drop of more than 10.5
kilograms per square centimeter (150 pounds per square inch)
per minute for a 2 minute period.
(c) When tested with CO2 or other inert gas under a pressure of
42 kilograms per square centimeter (600 pounds per square
inch), with no additional gas introduced into the system, the
leakage in each branch line must not allow a pressure drop of
more than 10.5 kilograms per square centimeter (150 pounds per
square inch) per minute for a 2-minute period. The distribution
piping must be capped within the protected space.
(d) Small independent systems protecting emergency generator
rooms, lamp lockers and similar small spaces need not meet the
tests prescribed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section if they

136
are tested by blowing out the piping with air at a pressure of at
least 7 kilograms per square centimeter (100 pounds per square
inch).
§108.451 CO2 Storage.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
cylinder of a CO2 system must be outside each space protected
by the system and in a location that would be accessible if a fire
occurred in any space protected by the system.
(b) A CO2 system that has a CO2 supply of 136 kilograms (300
pounds) or less may have one or more cylinders in the space
protected by the system if the space has a heat detection system
to activate the system automatically in addition to the remote and
manual controls required by this subpart.
(c) Each space that contains cylinders of a CO2 system must be
ventilated and designed to prevent an ambient temperature of
more than 54°C. (130°F.)
(d) Each cylinder in a CO2 system must be securely fastened,
supported, protected from damage, in an accessible location, and
capable of removal from that location.
(e) Each unit must have a means for weighing cylinders of a CO2
system.
(f) A cylinder in a CO2 system may not be mounted in a position
that is inclined more than 30° from a vertical position, except that
a cylinder having flexible or bent siphon tubes may be mounted in
a position that is inclined up to 80° from the vertical. The bottom
of each cylinder when mounted must be at least 5 centimeters (2
inches) from the deck.
A (b) If the outlets of a protein foam extinguishing system are in a
C
(g) If a cylinder does not have a check valve on its independent
cylinder discharge, it must have a plug or cap to close the outlet
when the cylinder is moved.
LI
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988]
B
§108.453 Discharge Outlets.
Each discharge outlet must be of an approved type.
U
§108.455 Enclosure Openings.
(a) Mechanical ventilation for spaces protected by a CO2 system
must be designed to shut down automatically when the system is
.P
activated.
(b) Each space that is protected by a CO2 system and that has
natural ventilation must have a means for closing that ventilation.
.G
(c) Each space protected by a CO2 system must have the
following means for closing the openings to the space from
outside the space:
(1) Doors, shutters, or dampers for closing each opening in the
C
lower portion of the space.
(2) Doors, shutters, dampers or temporary means such as canvas
or other material normally on board a unit may be used for closing
each opening in the upper portion of the space.
§108.457 Pressure Release.
Each air tight or vapor tight space, such as a paint locker, that is
protected by a CO2 system must have a means for releasing
pressure that accumulates within the space if CO2 is discharged
into the space.
Halogenated Gas Extinguishing Systems
§108.458 General.
Halogenated gas extinguishing systems may be installed if
approved by the Commandant.
137
Foam Extinguishing Systems
§108.459 Number And Location Of Outlets.
(a) A foam extinguishing system in a space must have enough
outlets to spread a layer of foam of uniform thickness over the
deck or bilge areas of the space.
(b) A foam extinguishing system in a space that has a boiler on a
flat that is open to or can drain into a lower portion of the space
must have enough outlets to spread a layer of foam of uniform
thickness over the–
(1) Flat; and
(2) Deck or bilge areas of the space.
(c) A foam extinguishing system for a tank must have enough
outlets to spread a layer of foam of uniform thickness over the
S
surface of the liquid in the tank.
§108.461 Coamings.
N
Each machinery flat in a space that has a foam extinguishing
system must have coamings that are high enough to retain spilled
oil and foam on the flat on all openings except deck drains.
IO
§108.463 Foam Rate: Protein.
(a) If the outlets of a protein foam extinguishing system are in a
space, the foam rate at each outlet must be at least 6.52 liters per
minute for each square meter (.16 gallons per minute for each
T
square foot) of area covered by the systems.
tank, the foam rate at each outlet must be at least 4.07 liters per
minute for each square meter (.1 gallon per minute for each
square foot) of liquid surface in the tank.
§108.467 Water Supply.
The water supply of a foam extinguishing system must not be the
water supply of the fire main system on the unit unless when both
systems are operated simultaneously–
(a) The water supply rate to the foam production equipment
meets the requirements of this section; and
(b) Water supply rate to the fire hydrants required by §108.415 of
this subpart allows compliance with the pressure requirement in
that section.
§108.469 Quantity Of Foam Producing Materials.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each foam
extinguishing system with outlets–
(1) In a tank must have enough foam producing material to
discharge foam for at least 5 minutes at each outlet; and
(2) In a space must have enough foam producing material to
discharge foam for at least 3 minutes at each outlet.
(b) If a foam system has outlets in more than one tank or space,
the system need have only enough foam producing material to
cover the largest space that the system covers or, if the liquid
surface of a tank covered by the system is larger, the tank with
the largest liquid surface.
§108.471 Water Pump.
Each water pump in a foam extinguishing system must be outside
each machinery space in which the system has outlets and must
not receive power from any of those spaces.
§108.473 Foam System Components.
(a) Each foam agent, each tank for a foam agent, each discharge
outlet, each control, and each valve for the operation of a foam
extinguishing system must be approved by the Commandant.
(b) Each foam agent tank and each control and valve for the
operation of a foam extinguishing system with outlets in a space
must be outside the pace and must not be in a space that may
become inaccessible if a fire occurs in the space.
(c) Each control for a foam extinguishing system with outlets in a
space must be near a main escape from the space.
§108.474 Aqueous Film Forming Foam Systems.
Aqueous film forming foam systems may be installed if approved
by the Commandant.
§108.475 Piping.
(a) Each pipe, valve, and fitting in a foam extinguishing system
must meet the applicable requirements in Subchapter F of this
chapter.
(b) Each pipe, valve, and fitting made of ferrous material must be
protected inside and outside from corrosion.
(c) Each pipe, valve, and fitting must have support and protection
from damage.
(d) Each foam extinguishing system must have enough–
(1) Dirt traps to prevent the accumulation of dirt in its pipes; and
(2) Drains to remove liquid from the system.
(e) Piping in a foam extinguishing system must be used only for
discharging foam.
§108.477 Fire Hydrants.
(a) If a fixed foam extinguishing system has outlets in a main
C
machinery space, at least 2 fire hydrants, in addition to the fire
hydrants required by §108.423 of this subpart, must be installed
outside the entrances to the space with each at a separate
LI
entrance.
(b) Each hydrant must have enough hose to spray any part of the
space.
B
(c) Each hydrant must have a combination nozzle and applicator.
U
Fire Protection for Helicopter Facilities
§108.486 Helicopter Decks.
.P
At least two of the accesses to the helicopter landing deck must
each have a fire hydrant on the unit's fire main system located
next to them.
§108.487 Helicopter Deck Fueling Operations.
.G
(a) Each helicopter landing deck on which fueling operations are
conducted must have a fire protection system that discharges
protein foam or aqueous film forming foam.
C
(b) a system that only discharges foam must–
(1) Have enough foam agent to discharge foam continuously for
at least 5 minutes at maximum discharge rate;
(2) Have at least the amount of foam agent needed to cover an
area equivalent to the swept rotor area of the largest helicopter for
which the deck is designed with foam at–
(2)(i) If protein foam is used, 6.52 liters per minute for each
square meter (.16 gallons per minute for each square foot) of area
covered for five minutes;
(2)(ii) If aqueous film forming foam is used, 4.07 liters per minute
for each square meter (.1 gallons per minute for each square foot)
of area covered for five minutes; and
138
(3) Be capable of discharging from each hose at 7 kilograms per
square centimeter (100 pounds per square inch) pressure–
(3)(i) A single foam stream at a rate of at least 340 liters (90
gallons) per minute; and
(3)(ii) A foam spray at a rate of at least 190 liters (50 gallons) per
minute.
(c) Each system must have operating controls at each of its hose
locations, be protected from icing and freezing, and be capable of
operation within 10 seconds after activation of its controls.
(d) Each system must have at least one hose at each of the two
access routes required by §108.235(f) of this part. Each hose
must be reel mounted and long enough to cover any point on the
helicopter deck. Each hose that discharges foam must have a
nozzle that has foam stream, foam spray, and off positions.
S
§108.489 Helicopter Fueling Facilities.
(a) Each helicopter fueling facility must have a fire protection
N
system that discharges one of the following agents in the amounts
prescribed for the agents over the area of the fuel containment
systems around marine portable tanks, fuel transfer pumps and
IO
fuel hose reels:
(1) Protein foam at the rate of 6.52 liters per minute for each
square meter (.16 gallons per minute for each square foot) of area
covered for five minutes.
T
(2) Aqueous film forming foam at the rate of 4.07 liters per minute
for each square meter (.1 gallon per minute for each square foot)
A of area covered for five minutes.
(3) 22.5 kilograms (50 pounds) of dry chemical (B-V semi-
portable) for each fueling facility of up to 27.87 square meters
(300 square feet).
(b) If the fire protection system required by §108.487 of this
subpart is arranged so that it covers both a helicopter fueling
facility and a landing deck, the system must have the quantity of
agents required by this section in addition to the quantity required
by §108.487.
Hand Portable and Semiportable Fire
Extinguishing Systems
§108.491 General.
Each hand portable and semiportable fire extinguisher on a unit
must be approved under Subpart 162.028 or 162.039 of this
chapter.
§108.493 Location.
(a) Each unit must have the hand portable and semiportable fire
extinguishers prescribed in Table 108.495(a) of this subpart and
installed in the locations prescribed in the table.
(b) Each portable and semi-portable fire extinguisher must be
visible and readily accessible.
(c) The location, size, and number of each portable and
semiportable fire extinguisher on a unit must be acceptable to the
appropriate OCMI. The OCMI may require extinguishers in
addition to those prescribed in Table 108.495(a) if he considers
them necessary for fire protection on the unit.
(d) Each hand portable and semiportable fire extinguisher that
has a nameplate which states that it is to be protected from
freezing, must be located where freezing temperatures do not
occur.
§108.495 Spare Charges.
(a) Each unit must have enough spare charges for 50 percent of (b) If a unit has extinguishers that cannot be recharged by
the hand portable fire extinguishers required under Table personnel on unit, it must also have at least one spare
108.495(a) of this subpart that are rechargeable by personnel on extinguisher for each classification and variety of those
the unit. extinguishers.

TABLE 108.495(A)–Hand Portable Fire Extinguishers and Semiportable Fire-Extinguishing Systems

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

139
 TABLE 108.495(B)
Classification: Water liters Foam liters Carbon Dry chemical Halon 1211
Type and size (gallons) (gallons) dioxide kilograms kilograms
kilograms (pounds) (pounds)
(pounds)
3
A II 9.5 (2½) 9.5 (2½) 2.25 (5)
B I 4.7 (1¼) 1.8 (4) 0.9 (2) 1.1 (2½)
5
B II 9.5 (2½) 6.7 (15) 4.5 (10) 4.5 (10)
B III 45.5 (12) 15.8 (35) 9.0 (20)
B IV 7.6 (20) 22.5 (50) 13.5 (30)
4 4
B V 152 (40) 45 (100) 22.5 (50)
C I 1.8 (4) 0.9 (2)
C II 6.7 (15) 4.5 (10)
C III 15.8 (35) 9.0 (20)
C IV 22.5 (50) 13.5 (30)
NOTE:
1
. Fire extinguishers are designed by type as follows: (a) "A" for fires in combustible materials such as wood. (b) "B" for fires in flammable
liquids and greases. (c) "C" for fires in electrical equipment.

S
2
. Fire extinguishers are designated by size where size "I" is the smallest and size "V" is the largest. Sizes "I" and "II" are hand-portable
extinguishers and sizes "III", "IV", and "V" are semiportable extinguishers.

N
3
. Must be specifically approved as a type A, B, or C extinguisher.

IO
4
. For outside use, double the quantity of agent that must be carried.
5
. For outside use only.

§108.496 Semiportable Fire Extinguishers.
(a) The frame or support of each size III, IV, and V fire
extinguisher required by Table 108.495(a), except a wheeled size
V extinguisher provided for a helicopter landing deck, must be
welded or otherwise permanently attached to a bulkhead or deck.
T
(1) Is attached to a belt or a suitable harness;
(2) Is made of bronze wire rope, inherently corrosion resistant
A steel wire rope, or galvanized or tinned steel wire rope;

(3) Is made up of enough 15.2 meters (50 foot) or greater lengths

C
(b) If the following semiportable fire extinguishers have wheels, of wire rope to permit use of the outfit in any location on the unit;
they must be securely stowed when not in use to prevent them
from rolling out of control under heavy sea conditions: (4) Has each end fitted with a hook with a 16 millimeters (5/8 inch)
LI

throat opening for the keeper; and

(1) Each size V extinguisher required for a helicopter landing
deck. (5) Has a minimum breaking strength of 680 kilograms (1,500
pounds).
B

(2) Each size III, IV, and V extinguisher that is not required by
Table 108.495(a). (e) Boots and gloves that are made of rubber or other electrically
U

non-conductive material;
[CGD 77-039, 44 FR 34133, June 14, 1979]
(f) A helmet that meets the requirements in ANSI standard Z-89.1-
Miscellaneous Firefighting Equipment 1969; and
.P

§108.497 Fireman's Outfits. (g) Clothing that protects the skin from scalding steam and the
Each unit must have at least 2 fireman's outfits. Each fireman's heat of fire and that has a water resistant outer surface.
outfit on a unit must consist of–
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
.G

(a) A pressure-demand, open-circuit, self-contained breathing
apparatus, approved by the Mine Safety and Health
Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and having at a
C
82-042, 53 FR 17705, May 18, 1988; CGD 86-036, 57 FR 48326,
Oct. 23, 1992; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943, March
1, 2000]

minimum a 30-minute air supply, a full facepiece, and a spare §108.499 Fire Axes.
charge; but a self-contained compressed-air breathing apparatus Each unit must have at least two fire axes.
previously approved by MSHA and NIOSH under part 160,
subpart 160.011, of this chapter may continue in use as required Subpart E – Livesaving Equipment
equipment if it was part of the vessel's equipment on November
23, 1992, and as long as it is maintained in good condition to the [SOURCE: CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25291, May 20, 1996, unless
satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection; otherwise noted.]

(b) A Type II or Type III flashlight constructed and marked in §108.500 General.
accordance with ASTM F 1014 (incorporated by reference, see (a) Each unit, other than a drillship, must meet the requirements
§108.101). in this subpart.

(c) An oxygen and explosive meter with the Underwriter's (b) Each drillship must meet the lifesaving system requirements in
Laboratories, Inc. label or the Factory Mutual label; subchapter W of this chapter for a tank vessel certificated to carry
cargoes that have a flash point less than 60°C as determined
(d) A lifeline that– under ASTM D 93 (incorporated by reference, see §108.101).

140
(c) The OCMI may require a unit to carry specialized or additional
lifesaving equipment other than as required by this part, if the
OCMI determines the conditions of the unit's service present
uniquely hazardous circumstances which are not adequately
addressed by existing requirements.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25291, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
52814, Oct. 1, 1998; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943,
March 1, 2000]
§108.503 Relationship To International Standards.
For the purposes of this part, any unit carrying a valid IMO MODU
Safety Certificate, including a listing of lifesaving equipment as
required by the 1989 IMO MODU Code, is considered to have
met the requirements of this subpart if, in addition to the
requirements of the 1989 IMO MODU Code, it meets the following
requirements:
(a) Each new lifeboat and launching appliance may be of
aluminum construction only if its stowage location is protected
with a water spray system in accordance with §108.550(d) of this
chapter.
(b) Each lifejacket, immersion suit, and emergency position
indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB) must be marked with the unit's
name in accordance with §§108.649 and 108.650.
(c) Inflatable lifejackets, if carried, must be of the same or similar
design as required by §108.580(b).
(d) Containers for lifejackets, immersions suits, and anti-exposure
suits must be marked as specified in §108.649(g).
(e) Each liferaft must be arranged to permit it to drop into the
C
water from the deck on which it is stowed as required in
§108.530(c)(3).
LI
(f) Survival craft must be arranged to allow safe disembarkation
onto the unit after a drill in accordance with §108.540(f).
(g) The requirements for guarding of falls in §§108.553(d) and (f)
B
must be met.
(h) The winch drum requirements described in §108.553(e) must
U
be met for all survival craft winches, not just multiple drum
winches.
.P
(i) The maximum lowering speed requirements from §§108.553(h)
and (i) must be met.
(j) An auxiliary line must be kept with each line-throwing appliance
in accordance with §108.597(c)(2).
.G
(k) Immersion suits are required on all units, except those
operating between the 32 degrees north and 32 degrees south
latitude in accordance with §108.580(c).
C
(l) All abandonment drills conducted on units carrying immersion
suits must include immersion suits.
§108.510 Application.
(a) For the purposes of this subpart–
(1) Similar stage of construction means the stage at which–
(1)(i) Construction identifiable with a specific unit begins; and
(1)(ii) Assembly of that unit comprising at least 50 metric tons
(55.1 U.S. tons) or 1 percent of the estimated mass of all
structural material, whichever is less, has been achieved.
(2) Unit constructed means a unit, the keel of which is laid or
which is at a similar stage of construction.
141
(b) Subject to §108.515, each unit constructed before October 1,
1996, must meet the requirements of this subpart, except for the
number, type, and arrangement of lifeboats (including survival
capsules), lifeboat davits, winches, inflatable liferafts, liferaft
launching equipment, and rescue boats.
(1) If a District Commander determines that the overall safety of
the persons on board a unit will not be significantly reduced, the
District Commander may grant an exemption from compliance
with a provision of this part to a specific unit for a specified
geographic area within the boundaries of the Coast Guard
District. This exemption may be limited to certain periods of the
year.
(2) Requests for exemption under this paragraph must be in
writing to the OCMI for transmission to the District Commander in
the area in which the unit is in service or will be in service.
(3) If the exemption is granted by the District Commander, the
S
OCMI will endorse the unit's Certificate of Inspection with a
statement describing the exemption.
N
§108.515 Requirements For Units Built Before October 1,
1996.
IO
(a) Units which were constructed prior to October 1, 1996, must–
(1) By October 1, 1997, have either–
(1)(i) Lifeboats and liferafts that meet §108.525; or
T
(1)(ii) Totally enclosed fire-protected lifeboats of sufficient
capacity to accommodate 100 percent of the persons permitted
A on board, plus additional totally enclosed lifeboats or davit-
launched liferafts of sufficient capacity to accommodate 100
percent of the persons permitted on board the unit. The following
exceptions apply:
(1)(ii)(A) An open lifeboat may be used instead of davit-launched
liferafts as long as it is in good working order. An open lifeboat
requiring extensive repairs must be replaced with either a totally
enclosed fire-protected lifeboat, or davit-launched liferafts.
(1)(ii)(B) A submersible unit constructed before January 3, 1979,
may continue to use the lifesaving arrangements described on the
units Certificate of Inspection in effect on October 1, 1996.
(2) By October 1, 1997, fit retro-reflective material on all floating
appliances, lifejackets, and immersion suits.
(3) Except for the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of
this section, units may retain the arrangement of lifesaving
appliances previously required and approved for the unit, as long
as the arrangement or appliance is maintained in good condition
to the satisfaction of the OCMI.
(b) When any lifesaving appliance or arrangement on a unit
subject to this part is replaced, or when the unit undergoes
repairs, alterations or modifications of a major character involving
replacement of, or any addition to, the existing lifesaving
appliances or arrangements, each new lifesaving appliance and
arrangement must meet the requirements of this part, unless the
OCMI determines that the unit cannot accommodate the new
appliance or arrangement, except that–
(1) A survival craft is not required to meet the requirements of this
part if it is replaced without replacing its davit and winch; and
(2) A davit and its winch are not required to meet the
requirements of this part if one or both are replaced without
replacing the survival craft.
§108.520 Type Of Survival Craft.
(a) Each lifeboat must be a fire-protected lifeboat approved under
approval series 160.035. A lifeboat of aluminum construction in
the hull or canopy must be protected in its stowage position by a
water spray system meeting the requirements of part 34, subpart
34.25 of this chapter.
(b) Each inflatable liferaft must be approved under approval series
160.151. Each rigid liferaft must be approved under approval
series 160.118. Each liferaft must have a capacity of six persons
or more.
§108.525 Survival Craft Number And Arrangement.
(a) Each unit must carry the following:
(1) Lifeboats installed in at least two widely separated locations
on different sides or ends of the unit. The arrangement of the
lifeboats must provide sufficient capacity to accommodate the
total number of persons permitted on board if–
(1)(i) All the lifeboats in any one location are lost or rendered
unusable; or
(1)(ii) All the lifeboats on any one side or end of the unit are lost or
rendered unusable.
(2) Liferafts arranged for float-free launching and having an
aggregate capacity that will accommodate the total number of
persons permitted on board.
(b) In the case of a self-elevating unit where, due to its size or
configuration, lifeboats can not be located in the widely separated
locations required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the
OCMI may accept the following number and arrangement of
survival craft:
A stowage height indicated on the liferaft. Each liferaft without an
C
(1) Lifeboats with an aggregate capacity to accommodate the total
number of persons permitted on board.
LI
(2) Liferafts served by launching appliances or marine evacuation
systems of an aggregate capacity to accommodate the total
number of persons permitted on board. These liferafts may be the
float-free liferafts under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or liferafts
B
in addition to the float-free liferafts.
§108.530 Stowage Of Survival Craft.
U
(a) General. Each survival craft required to be served by a
launching appliance or marine evacuation system must be stowed
as follows:
.P
(1) Each survival craft must be stowed as close to the
accommodation and service spaces as possible.
(2) Each survival craft must be stowed in a way that neither the
.G
survival craft nor its stowage arrangements will interfere with the
embarkation and operation of any other survival craft or rescue
boat at any other launching station.
(3) Each survival craft must be stowed as near the water surface
C
as is safe and practicable.
(4) Each survival craft must be stowed where the survival craft, in
the embarkation position, is above the waterline with the unit–
(4)(i) In the fully loaded condition; and
(4)(ii) Listed up to 20 degrees either way, or to the angle where
the unit's weatherdeck edge becomes submerged, whichever is
less.
(5) Each survival craft must be sufficiently ready for use so that
two crew members can complete preparations for embarkation
and launching in less than 5 minutes.
(6) Each survival craft must be fully equipped as required under
this subpart.
142
(7) Each survival craft must be in a secure and sheltered position
and protected from damage by fire and explosion, as far as
practicable.
(8) Each survival craft must not require lifting from its stowed
position in order to launch, except that a davit-launched liferaft
may be lifted by a manually powered winch from its stowed
position to its embarkation position.
(b) Additional lifeboat-specific stowage requirements. In
addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section, each lifeboat must be stowed as follows:
(1) The unit must be arranged so each lifeboat, in its stowed
position, is protected from damage by heavy seas.
(2) Each lifeboat must be stowed attached to its launching
appliance.
S
(3) Each lifeboat must be provided a means for recharging the
lifeboat batteries from the unit's power supply at a supply voltage
N
not exceeding 50 volts.
(c) Additional liferaft-specific stowage requirements. In
IO
addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section, each liferaft must be stowed as follows:
(1) Each liferaft must be stowed to permit manual release from its
securing arrangements.
T
(2) Each liferaft must be stowed at a height above the waterline in
the lightest seagoing condition, not greater than the maximum
indicated maximum stowage height must be stowed not more
than 18 meters (59 feet) above the waterline in the unit's lightest
seagoing condition.
(3) Each liferaft must be arranged to permit it to drop into the
water from the deck on which it is stowed. A liferaft stowage
arrangement meets this requirement if it–
(3)(i) Is outboard of the rail or bulwark;
(3)(ii) Is on stanchions or on a platform adjacent to the rail or
bulwark; or
(3)(iii) Has a gate or other suitable opening to allow the liferaft to
be pushed directly overboard.
(4) Each davit-launched liferaft must be stowed within reach of its
lifting hook, unless some means of transfer is provided that is not
rendered inoperable–
(4)(i) Within the list limits specified in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this
section;
(4)(ii) By unit motion; or
(4)(iii) By power failure.
(5) Each rigid container for an inflatable liferaft to be launched by
a launching appliance must be secured in a way that the
container or parts of it are prevented from falling into the water
during and after inflation and launching of the contained liferaft.
(6) Each liferaft must have a painter system providing a
connection between the unit and the liferaft.
(7) Each liferaft or group of liferafts must be arranged for float-free
launching. The arrangement must ensure that the liferaft or
liferafts when released and inflated, are not dragged under by the
sinking unit. A hydrostatic release unit used in a float-free
arrangement must be approved under approval series 160.162.
§108.540 Survival Craft Muster And Embarkation
Arrangements.
(a) Each muster station must have sufficient space to
accommodate all persons assigned to muster at that station. One
or more muster stations must be close to each embarkation
station.
(b) Each muster station and embarkation station must be readily
accessible from accommodation and work areas.
(c) Each lifeboat must be arranged to be boarded and launched
directly from the stowed position.
(d) Each lifeboat must be arranged to be boarded by its full
complement of persons within 3 minutes from the time the
instruction to board is given.
(e) Each davit-launched and free-fall survival craft muster station
and embarkation station for a survival craft which is boarded
before it is launched must be arranged to enable stretcher cases
to be placed in the survival craft.
(f) Means must be provided for bringing each davit-launched
survival craft against the side of the unit and holding it alongside
to allow persons to be–
(1) Safely embarked in the case of a survival craft intended to be
boarded over the edge of the deck; and
(2) Safely disembarked after a drill in the case of a survival craft
not intended to be moved to the stowed position with a full
complement of persons on board.
(g) Each davit-launched liferaft launching arrangement must have
C
a means to hold the liferaft in the embarkation position that–
(1) Will hold the liferaft securely in high winds;
LI
(2) Can be rapidly engaged in the proper position for boarding;
and
B
(3) Can be rapidly released for launching by one person from
within the loaded liferaft.
U
(h) Each launching station or each two adjacent launching
stations must have an embarkation ladder as follows:
.P
(1) Each embarkation ladder must be approved under approval
series 160.117 or be a rope ladder approved under approval
series 160.017, and must be installed in a way that–
(1)(i) Each embarkation ladder must extend in a single length,
.G
from the deck to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition
with the unit listed not less than up to 15 degrees either way; or
(1)(ii) Each embarkation ladder may be replaced by a device
approved to provide safe and rapid access to survival craft in the
C
water, if the OCMI permits the device, provided that there is at
least one embarkation ladder on each side of the unit.
(2) An embarkation ladder is not required if–
(2)(i) The distance from the embarkation deck to the unit's lightest
operating waterline is less than 3 meters (10 feet); and
(2)(ii) The unit is not in international service.
(3) If the embarkation ladders cannot be supported against a
vertical flat surface, the unit must instead be provided with at least
two widely-separated fixed metal ladders or stairways extending
from the deck to the surface of the water and meet the following:
(3)(i) Each inclined fixed ladder must meet the requirements
under §108.159.
143
(3)(ii) Each vertical fixed ladder must meet the requirements
under §108.160 for fixed ladders, except that the vertical bars in
cages must be open at least 500 millimeters (20 inches) on one
side throughout the length of the ladder, and cages are not
required in the area subject to wave action or on ladders inside
the legs of a self-elevating unit.
(3)(iii) If a fixed ladder cannot be installed, the OCMI may accept
an alternate means of embarkation with sufficient capacity for all
persons permitted on board to safely descend to the waterline.
(4) Alternate means of embarkation under paragraphs (h)(1)(ii)
and (h)(3) of this section, such as portable slides, safety booms,
moveable ladders, elevators, and controlled descent devices,
must be acceptable to the OCMI. An alternate means of
embarkation must have sufficient capacity to permit persons to
safely descend to the waterline at a rate comparable to the device
which the alternate means of embarkation replaces.
S
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25291, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
52814, Oct. 1, 1998]
N
§108.545 Marine Evacuation System Launching
Arrangements.
IO
(a) Arrangements. Each marine evacuation system must have
the following arrangements:
(1) Each marine evacuation system must be capable of being
deployed by one person.
T
(2) Each marine evacuation system must enable the total number
of persons for which it is designed, to be transferred from the unit
A into the inflated liferafts within a period of 10 minutes from the
time the signal to abandon the unit is given.
(3) Each marine evacuation system must be arranged so that
liferafts may be securely attached to the platform and released
from the platform by a person either in the liferaft or on the
platform.
(4) Each marine evacuation system must be capable of being
deployed from the unit under unfavorable conditions of list of up to
20 degrees.
(5) If the marine evacuation system has an inclined slide, the
angle of the slide from horizontal must be within a range of 30 to
35 degrees when the unit is upright and in the lightest seagoing
condition.
(6) Each marine evacuation system platform must be capable of
being restrained by a bowsing line or other positioning system
that is designed to deploy automatically, and if necessary, be
capable of being adjusted to the position required for evacuation.
(b) Stowage. Each marine evacuation system must be stowed as
follows:
(1) There must not be any openings between the marine
evacuation system's embarkation station and the unit's side at the
unit's waterline in the lightest seagoing condition.
(2) The marine evacuation system must be protected from any
projections of the unit's structure or equipment.
(3) The marine evacuation system's passage and platform, when
deployed, its stowage container, and its operational arrangement
must not interfere with the operation of any other lifesaving
appliance at any other launching station.
(4) Where appropriate, the marine evacuation system's stowage
area must be protected from damage by heavy seas.
(c) Stowage of associated liferafts. Inflatable liferafts used in
conjunction with the marine evacuation system must be stowed
as follows:
(1) Each inflatable liferaft used in conjunction with the marine
evacuation system must be close to the system container, but
capable of dropping clear of the deployed chute and boarding
platform.
(2) Each inflatable liferaft used in conjunction with the marine
evacuation system must be capable of individual release from its
stowage rack.
(3) Each inflatable liferaft used in conjunction with the marine
evacuation system must be stowed in accordance with §108.530.
(4) Each inflatable liferaft used in conjunction with the marine
evacuation system must be provided with pre-connected or easily
connected retrieving lines to the platform.
§108.550 Survival Craft Launching And Recovery
Arrangements: General.
(a) Each launching appliance for a lifeboat must be a davit
approved under approval series 160.132, with a winch approved
under approval series 160.115. Each launching appliance for a
davit-launched liferaft must be approved under approval series
160.163, with an automatic disengaging apparatus approved
under approval series 160.170.
(b) All lifeboats required for abandonment by the total number of
persons permitted on board must be capable of being launched
with their full complement of persons and equipment within 10
minutes from the time the signal to abandon the unit is given.
(c) Each survival craft must be arranged to clear each leg,
column, footing, brace, mat, and each similar structure below the
C
hull of a self-elevating unit and clear the upper hull, the columns,
and the pontoons of a column stabilized unit, with the unit in an
intact condition.
LI
(1) The survival craft must be arranged to be launched down the
straight side of the unit or be mounted on a structure intended to
provide clearance from lower structures of the unit.
B
(2) The OCMI may allow a reduction in the total number of
survival craft meeting this requirement when the unit is in the
U
transit mode and the number of personnel on board is reduced. In
such cases, sufficient survival craft must be available for use by
the total number of personnel remaining on board.
.P
(d) Each lifeboat of aluminum construction in the hull or canopy,
and each aluminum launching appliance must be protected in its
stowage position by a water spray system meeting the
requirements of part 34, subpart 34.25 of this chapter.
.G
(e) With the exception of the secondary means of launching for
free-fall lifeboats, each launching appliance together with all its
lowering and recovery gear must be arranged in a way that the
fully equipped survival craft it serves can be safely lowered when
C
loaded with its full complement of persons, and also without
persons, against–
(1) A list of up to 20 degrees on the high side; and
(2) A list of up to 20 degrees or the degree of list where the
survival craft becomes waterborne, whichever, is the greater, on
the low side.
(f) When the unit is under any unfavorable condition such as
maximum airgap, lightest transit or operational condition, or any
damaged condition under part 174, subpart C of this chapter,–
(1) Notwithstanding the requirements under §108.550(e), survival
craft launching appliances and marine evacuation systems must
be capable of operation;
144
(2) Falls, where used, must be long enough for survival craft to
reach the water; and
(3) Lifeboats with an aggregate capacity that will accommodate
the total number of persons permitted on board must be capable
of being launched safely, and clear of any obstruction. The
location and orientation of each lifeboat must be such that the
lifeboat is either headed away from the unit upon launching, or
can be turned to a heading away from the unit immediately upon
launching.
(g) A launching appliance must not depend on any means other
than gravity or stored mechanical power independent of the unit's
power supplies to launch the survival craft it serves, in the fully
loaded and equipped conditions, and also in the light condition.
(h) Each launching appliance's structural attachment to the vessel
must be designed, based on the ultimate strength of the
construction material, to be at least 4.5 times the load imparted on
S
the attachment by the launching appliance and its fully loaded
survival craft under the most adverse combination of list and trim
N
under paragraph (b) of this section.
(i) Each launching appliance must be arranged so that–
IO
(1) All parts requiring regular maintenance by the crew are readily
accessible and easily maintained;
(2) The launching appliance remains effective under conditions of
T
icing;
(3) The same type of release mechanism is used for each similar
A survival craft carried on board the unit; and
(4) The preparation and handling of survival craft at any one
launching station does not interfere with the prompt preparation
and handling of any other survival craft at any other station.
(j) Each launching mechanism must be arranged so it may be
actuated by one person from a position on the unit's deck, and
also from a position within the survival craft. Each launching and
recovery arrangement must allow the operator on the deck to
observe the survival craft at all times during launching.
(k) Means must be provided outside the machinery space to
prevent any discharge of water onto survival craft during
abandonment.
§108.553 Survival Craft Launching And Recovery
Arrangements Using Falls And A Winch.
Survival craft launching and recovery arrangements, in addition to
meeting the requirements in §108.550, must meet the following
requirements:
(a) Each fall wire must be of rotation-resistant and corrosion-
resistant steel wire rope.
(b) The breaking strength of each fall wire and each attachment
used on the fall must be at least six times the load imparted on
the fall by the fully-loaded survival craft.
(c) Each fall must be long enough for the survival craft to reach
the water with the unit in its lightest seagoing condition, under
unfavorable conditions of trim and with the unit listed not less than
20 degrees either way.
(d) Each unguarded fall must not pass near any operating position
of the winch, such as hand cranks, payout wheels, and brake
levers.
(e) Each winch drum must be arranged so the fall wire winds onto
the drum in a level wrap, and a multiple drum winch must be
arranged so that the falls wind off at the same rate when lowering,
and onto the drums at the same rate when hoisting.
(f) Each fall, where exposed to damage or fouling, must have
guards or equivalent protection. Each fall that leads along a deck
must be covered with a guard that is not more than 300
millimeters (1 foot) above the deck.
(g) The lowering speed for a fully loaded survival craft must be not
less than that obtained from the following formula:
(1) S = 0.4 + (0.02 H), where S is the speed of lowering in meters
per second, and H is the height in meters from the davit head to
the waterline at the lightest seagoing condition, with H not greater
than 30, regardless of the lowering height.
(2) S = 79 + (1.2 H), where S is the speed of lowering in feet per
minute, and H is the height in feet, with H not greater than 99.
(h) The lowering speed for a survival craft loaded with all of its
equipment must be not less than 70 percent of the speed required
under paragraph (g) of this section.
(i) The lowering speed for a fully loaded survival craft must be not
more than 1.3 meters per second (256 feet per minute).
(j) If a survival craft is recovered by electric power, the electrical
installation, including the electric power-operated boat winch,
must meet the requirements in subchapter J of this chapter. If a
survival craft is recovered by any means of power, including a
portable power source, safety devices must be provided which
automatically cut off the power before the davit arms or falls reach
the stops in order to avoid overstressing the falls or davits, unless
the motor is designed to prevent such overstressing.
A §108.560 Rescue Boats.
C
(k) Each launching appliance must be fitted with brakes that meet
the following requirements:
LI
(1) The brakes must be capable of stopping the descent of the
survival craft or rescue boat and holding it securely when loaded
with it full complement of persons and equipment.
B
(2) The brake pads must, where necessary, be protected from
water and oil.
U
(3) Manual brakes must be arranged so that the brake is always
applied unless the operator, or a mechanism activated by the
operator, holds the brake control in the off position.
.P
§108.555 Lifeboat Launching And Recovery Arrangements.
Lifeboat launching and recovery arrangements, in addition to
meeting the requirements in §§108.550 and 108.553, must meet
the following requirements:
.G
(a) Each lifeboat must be capable of being launched with the unit
making headway of 5 knots in calm water, or with the unit
anchored or bearing on the bottom in a current of up to 5 knots. A
painter may be used to meet this requirement.
C
(b) Each lifeboat must be provided with a launching appliance.
The launching appliance must be capable of launching and
recovering the lifeboat with its crew.
(c) Each launching appliance arrangement must allow the
operator on the unit to observe the lifeboat at all times during
recovery.
(d) Each launching appliance arrangement must be designed to
ensure persons can safely disembark from the survival craft prior
its stowage.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25291, May 20, 1996; 61 FR 40281, Aug. 1,
1996]
145
§108.557 Free-Fall Lifeboat Launching And Recovery
Arrangements.
(a) The launching appliance for a free-fall lifeboat must be
designed and installed so that the launching appliance and the
lifeboat it serves operate as a system to protect the occupants
from harmful acceleration forces and to effectively clear the unit.
(b) The launching appliance must be designed and arranged so
that in its ready to launch position, the distance from the lowest
point on the lifeboat it serves to the water surface with the unit in
its lightest seagoing condition does not exceed the lifeboat's
certificated free-fall height.
(c) The launching appliance must be arranged so as to preclude
accidental release of the lifeboat in its unattended stowed
position. If the means provided to secure the lifeboat cannot be
released from inside the lifeboat, the means to secure the lifeboat
must be arranged as to preclude boarding the lifeboat without first
releasing it.
S
(d) Each free-fall launching arrangement must be provided with a
N
secondary means to launch the lifeboat by falls. Such means
must comply with the requirements of §§108.550, 108.553, and
108.555. Notwithstanding §108.550(e), the launching appliance
IO
must be capable of launching the lifeboat against unfavorable
conditions of list of 5 degrees in any direction and it need not
comply with the speed requirements of §§108.553(g), (h), and (i).
If the secondary launching appliance is not dependent on gravity,
T
stored mechanical power or other manual means, the launching
arrangement must be connected both to the unit's main and
emergency power supplies.
Each unit must carry at least one rescue boat. Each rescue boat
must be approved under approval series 160.156. A lifeboat is
accepted as a rescue boat if it also meets the requirements for a
rescue boat.
§108.565 Stowage Of Rescue Boats.
(a) Rescue boats must be stowed as follows:
(1) Each rescue boat must be ready for launching in not more
than 5 minutes.
(2) Each rescue boat must be in a position suitable for launching
and recovery.
(3) Each rescue boat must be stowed in a way that neither the
rescue boat nor its stowage arrangements will interfere with the
operation of any survival craft at any other launching station.
(4) Each rescue boat that is also a lifeboat, must be in compliance
with §108.530.
(b) Each rescue boat must be provided a means for recharging
the rescue boat batteries from the unit's power supply at a supply
voltage not exceeding 50 volts.
(c) Each inflated rescue boat must be kept fully inflated at all
times.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25291, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
52814, Oct. 1, 1998]
§108.570 Rescue Boat Embarkation, Launching And
Recovery Arrangements.
(a) Each rescue boat must be capable of being launched with the
unit making headway of 5 knots in calm water, or with the unit
anchored or bearing on the bottom in a current of up to 5 knots. A
painter may be used to meet this requirement.
(b) Each rescue boat embarkation and launching arrangement
must permit the rescue boat to be boarded and launched in the
shortest possible time.
(c) If the rescue boat is one of the unit's survival craft, the rescue
boat must also be as follows:
(1) The rescue boat must meet the embarkation arrangement and
launching station requirements of §108.540.
(2) The rescue boat must meet the launching arrangement
requirements of §§108.550 and 108.557, and if the launching
arrangement uses falls and a winch, §108.553.
(3) If the launching arrangement uses a single fall, the rescue
boat must have an automatic disengaging apparatus approved
under approval series 160.170, instead of a lifeboat release
mechanism.
(d) Rapid recovery of the rescue boat must be possible when
loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment. If the
rescue boat is also a lifeboat, rapid recovery must be possible
when loaded with its lifeboat equipment and an approved rescue
boat complement of at least six persons.
(e) Each rescue boat launching appliance must be fitted with a
powered winch motor.
(f) Each rescue boat launching appliance must be capable of
hoisting the rescue boat when loaded with its full rescue boat
complement of persons and equipment at a rate of not less than
0.3 meters per second (59 feet per minute).
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25291, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C
146
52814, Oct. 1, 1998]
§108.575 Survival Craft And Rescue Boat Equipment.
(a) All lifeboat and rescue boat equipment must be as follows:
(1) The equipment must be secured within the boat by lashings,
storage in lockers, or compartments, storage in brackets or similar
mounting arrangements or other suitable means.
(2) The equipment must be secured in such a manner as not to
interfere with any abandonment procedures or reduce seating
capacity.
(3) The equipment must be as small and of as little mass as
possible.
(4) The equipment must be packed in a suitable and compact
form.
S
(5) The equipment should be stowed so the items do not–
N
(5)(i) Reduce the seating capacity;
(5)(ii) Adversely affect the seaworthiness of the survival craft or
IO
rescue boat; or
(5)(iii) Overload the launching appliance.
(b) Each lifeboat, rigid liferaft, and rescue boat, unless otherwise
T
stated in this paragraph, must carry the equipment specified for it
in table §108.575(b) of this section. A lifeboat that is also a rescue
boat must carry the equipment in the table column marked for a
A lifeboat. Each item in the table has the same description as in
§199.175 of this chapter.
 TABLE 108.575(B)--SURVIVAL CRAFT
EQUIPMENT

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25291, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 52814, Oct. 1, 1998]

§108.580 Personal Lifesaving Appliances.

(a) Lifebuoys. Each unit must carry at least eight lifebuoys (1)(i) Each lifebuoy must be capable of being rapidly cast loose.
approved under approval series 160.150 as follows:
(1)(ii) Each lifebuoy must not be permanently secured to the unit
(1) Stowage. Lifebuoys must be stowed as follows: in anyway.

147
(1)(iii) Lifebuoys must be so distributed as to be readily available
on each side of the unit and, as far as practicable, on each open
deck extending to the side of the unit. The lifebuoys with attached
self-igniting lights must be evenly distributed on all sides of the
unit.
(1)(iv) At least two lifebuoys, each with attached self-activating
smoke signals, must be stowed where they can be quickly
released from the navigating bridge or main control station, or a
location readily available to personnel on board. These lifebuoys
should, when released, fall directly into the water without striking
any part of the unit.
(2) Attachments and fittings. Lifebuoys must have the following
attachments and fittings:
(2)(i) At least one lifebuoy on each side of the unit fitted with a
buoyant lifeline that is–
(2)(i)(A) At least as long as twice the height where it is stowed
above the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, or 30
meters (100 feet), whichever is the greater;
(2)(i)(B) Non-kinking;
(2)(i)(C) Not less than 8 millimeters (5/16 inch) in diameter;
(2)(i)(D) Of a breaking strength which is not less than 5
kiloNewtons (1,124 pounds-force); and
(2)(i)(E) Is, if synthetic, a dark color or certified by the
manufacturer to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light.
(2)(ii) At least one-half the total number of lifebuoys on the unit
C
must each be fitted with a self-igniting light approved under
approval series 161.010. A self-igniting light must not be attached
to the lifebuoys required by this section to be fitted with lifelines.
LI
(2)(iii) At least two lifebuoys on the unit each must be fitted with a
self-activating smoke signal approved under approval series
160.157. Lifebuoys fitted with smoke signals must also be fitted
B
with lights.
(b) Lifejackets. Each unit must carry lifejackets approved under
U
approval series 160.155, 160.176, or 160.177. If the unit carries
inflatable lifejackets, they must be of the same or similar design
and have the same method of operation.
.P
(1) General. Each unit must carry a lifejacket for each person on
board and in addition, a sufficient number of lifejackets must be
carried for persons at each work station and industrial work site.
.G
(2) Stowage. Lifejackets must be stowed as follows:
(2)(i) The lifejackets must be readily accessible.
(2)(ii) The additional lifejackets required by paragraph (b)(1) of
C
this section must be stowed in places readily accessible to the
work stations and industrial work sites.
(2)(iii) Where, due to the particular arrangements of the unit, the
lifejackets under paragraph (b)(1) of this section could become
inaccessible, the OCMI may require an increase in the number of
lifejackets to be carried, or suitable alternative arrangements.
(3) Attachments and fittings. Lifejackets must have the following
attachments and fittings:
(3)(i) Each lifejacket must have a lifejacket light approved under
approval series 161.112 securely attached to the front shoulder
area of the lifejacket. On a unit not in international service, a light
approved under approval series 161.012 may be used. However,
lifejacket lights bearing Coast Guard approval number
161.012/2/1 are not permitted unless the unit is certificated to
148
operate only on waters between 32° N and 32° S latitude.
(3)(ii) Each lifejacket must have a whistle firmly secured by a cord
to the lifejacket.
(c) Immersion suits or anti-exposure suits. Each unit must
carry immersion suits approved under approval series 160.171 or
anti-exposure suits approved under approval series 160.153.
(1) General. Each unit, except units operating between 32
degrees north latitude and 32 degrees south latitude, must carry–
(1)(i) Immersion suits or anti-exposure suits of suitable size for
each person assigned to the rescue boat crew;
(1)(ii) Immersion suits approved under approval series 160.171 of
the appropriate size for each person on board, which count
toward meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this
section; and
S
(1)(iii) In addition to the immersion suits required under paragraph
N
(c)(1)(ii) of this section, each watch station, work station, and
industrial work site must have enough immersion suits to equal
the number of persons normally on watch in, or assigned to, the
IO
station or site at one time. However, an immersion suit is not
required at a station or site for a person whose cabin or berthing
area (and the immersion suits stowed in that location) is readily
accessible to the station or site.
T
(2) Attachments and fittings. Immersion suits or anti-exposure
suits must have the following attachments and fittings:
A (2)(i) Each immersion suit or anti-exposure suit must have a
lifejacket light approved under approval series 161.112 securely
attached to the front shoulder area of the immersion suit or anti-
exposure suit. On a unit not in international service, a light
approved under approval series 161.012 may be used. However,
lifejacket lights bearing Coast Guard approval number
161.012/2/1 are not permitted on units certificated to operate on
waters where water temperature may drop below 10°C (50°F).
(2)(ii) Each immersion suit or anti-exposure suit must have a
whistle firmly secured by a cord to the immersion suit or anti-
exposure suit.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25291, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
52814, Oct. 1, 1998]
§108.595 Communications.
(a) Radio lifesaving appliances. Radio lifesaving appliance
installations and arrangements must meet the requirements of 47
CFR part 80.
(b) Distress flares. Each unit must–
(1) Carry not less than 12 rocket parachute flares approved under
approval series 160.136; and
(2) Stow the flares in a portable watertight container carried on
the navigating bridge, or if the unit does not have a bridge, in the
control room.
§108.597 Line-Throwing Appliance.
(a) General. Each unit in international service must have a line-
throwing appliance that is approved under approval series
160.040. Each unit not in international service must carry a line-
throwing appliance approved under either approval series
160.040 or 160.031.
(b) Stowage. The line-throwing appliance and its equipment must
be readily accessible for use.
(c) Additional equipment. Each unit must carry the following
equipment for the line-throwing appliance:
(1) The equipment on the list provided by the manufacturer with
the approved appliance; and
(2) An auxiliary line that–
(2)(i) Has a breaking strength of at least 40 kiloNewtons (9,000
pounds-force);
(2)(ii) Is, if synthetic, a dark color or certified by the manufacturer
to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light; and
(2)(iii) Is–
(2)(iii)(A) At least 450 meters (1,500 feet) long, if the line-throwing
appliance is approved under approval series 160.040; or
(2)(iii)(B) At least 150 meters (500 feet) long, if the line-throwing
appliance is approved under approval series 160.031.
Subpart F – Cranes
§108.601 Crane Design.
(a) Each crane and crane foundation on a unit must be designed
in accordance with the American Petroleum Institute Specification
for Offshore Cranes, API Spec. 2C, Second Edition, February,
1972 (with supplement 2).
(b) In addition to the design requirements of paragraph (a), each
crane must have the following:
(1) Each control marked to show its function.
(2) Instruments with built-in lighting.
(3) Fuel tank fills and overflows that do not run onto the engine
exhaust.
A Instructions stating, in order, the different steps to be taken for
C
(4) No gasoline engines.
(5) Spark arrestors fitted on engine exhaust pipes.
LI
Subpart G – Equipment Markings and
Instructions
B
§108.621 Equipment Markings: General.
Unless otherwise provided, each marking required in this subpart
must be–
U
(a) Printed in English;
(b) In red letters with a contrasting background;
.P
(c) Permanent;
(d) Easy to be seen;
(e) At least 1.3 centimeters (1/2 inch) in height.
§108.623 General Alarm Bell Switch.
Each general alarm bell switch must be marked "GENERAL
.G
ALARM" on a plate or other firm noncorrosive backing.
§108.625 General Alarm Bell.
Each general alarm bell must be identified by marking "GENERAL
C
ALARM–WHEN BELL RINGS GO TO YOUR STATION" next to
the bell.
§108.627 Carbon Dioxide Alarm.
Each carbon dioxide alarm must be identified by marking: "WHEN
ALARM SOUNDS VACATE AT ONCE. CARBON DIOXIDE
BEING RELEASED" next to the alarm.
§108.629 Fire Extinguishing System Branch Line Valve.
Each branch line valve of each fire extinguishing system must be
marked with the name of the space or spaces it serves.
§108.631 Fixed Fire Extinguishing System Controls.
(a) Each cabinet or space that contains a valve, control, or
manifold of a fixed fire extinguishing system must be marked by
one of the following: "CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE APPARATUS",
"FOAM FIRE APPARATUS", or "WATER SPRAY FIRE
149
APPARATUS" in letters at least 5 centimeters (2 inches) high.
(b) Instructions for the operation of a fixed fire extinguishing
system must be posted next to a fire apparatus described in
paragraph (a) of this section.
§108.633 Fire Stations.
Each fire station must be identified by marking: "FIRE STATION
NO. –" next to the station in letters and numbers at least 5
centimeters (2 inches) high.
§108.635 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus.
Each locker or space containing self-contained breathing
apparatus must be marked: "SELF CONTAINED BREATHING
APPARATUS".
§108.636 Work Vests.
Each space containing a work vest must be marked: "WORK
VEST".
S
§108.637 Hand Portable Fire Extinguishers.
N
(a) Each hand portable fire extinguisher must be marked with a
number that identifies it in relation to all other hand portable fire
extinguishers.
IO
(b) The location of each hand portable fire extinguisher must be
marked with the same number that is marked on the extinguisher.
§108.639 Emergency Lights.
T
Each emergency light must be marked: "E".
§108.641 Instructions For Changing Steering Gear.
changing to emergency and secondary steering gear must be
posted in the steering gear room and at each secondary steering
station in 1.3 centimeters (1/2 inch) letters and numerals of
contrasting color to the background.
§108.643 Rudder Orders.
At each steering station, the direction which the wheel or steering
device must be moved for right rudder or left rudder must be
marked in letters of contrasting color to the background on the
wheel or steering device or in a place that is directly in the
helmsman's line of vision to indicate "RIGHT RUDDER" and
"LEFT RUDDER".
§108.645 Markings On Lifesaving Appliances.
(a) Lifeboats and rescue boats. Each lifeboat and rescue boat
must be plainly marked as follows:
(1) Each side of each lifeboat and rescue boat bow must be
marked in block capital letters and numbers with–
(1)(i) The name of the unit; and
(1)(ii) The name of the port required to be marked on the unit to
meet the requirements of subpart 67.123 of this chapter.
(2) The number of persons the boat is equipped for, which may
not exceed the number shown on its nameplate, must be clearly
marked in permanent characters.
(3) The number of the boat and the unit's name, must be plainly
marked or painted so that the markings are visible from above the
boat.
(4) Type II retro-reflective material approved under approval
series 164.018 must be placed on the boat and meet the
arrangement requirements in IMO Resolution A.658(16).
(b) Rigid liferafts. Each rigid liferaft must be marked as follows:
(1) The name of the unit must be marked on each rigid liferaft.
(2) The name of the port required to be marked on the unit to
meet the requirements of subpart 67.123 of this chapter.
(3) The length of the painter must be marked on each rigid liferaft.
(4) At each entrance of each rigid liferaft, the number of persons
the rigid liferaft is equipped for, not exceeding the number shown
on its nameplate, must be marked in letters and numbers at least
100 millimeters (4 inches) high, in a color contrasting to that of the
liferaft.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25298, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
52815, Oct. 1, 1998]
§108.646 Marking Of Stowage Locations.
(a) Containers, brackets, racks, and other similar stowage
locations for lifesaving equipment, must be marked with symbols
in accordance with IMO Resolution A.760(18), indicating the
devices stowed in that location for that purpose.
(b) If more than one device is stowed in that location, the number
of devices must also be indicated.
(c) Survival craft should be numbered.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25298, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
52815, Oct. 1, 1998]
§108.647 Inflatable Liferafts.
The number of the liferaft and the number of persons it is
permitted to accommodate must be marked or painted in a
conspicuous place in the immediate vicinity of each inflatable
liferaft in block capital letters and numbers. The word "liferaft" or
the appropriate symbol from IMO Resolution A.760(18) shall be
C
used to identify the stowage location. Liferafts stowed on the
sides of the unit should be numbered in the same manner as the
lifeboats. This marking must not be on the inflatable liferaft
LI
container.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25298, May 20, 1996]
B
§108.649 Lifejackets, Immersion Suits, And Lifebuoys.
(a) Each lifejacket must be marked–
U
(1) In block capital letters with the name of the unit; and
(2) With type I retro-reflective material approved under approval
.P
series 164.018. The arrangement of the retro-reflective material
must meet IMO Resolution A.658(16).
(b) The stowage positions for lifejackets, other than lifejackets
stowed in staterooms, must be marked with either the word
.G
"LIFEJACKET" or with the appropriate symbol from IMO
Resolution A.760(18).
(c) Each immersion suit or anti-exposure suit must be marked to
identify the person or unit to which it belongs.
C
(d) Immersion suits or anti-exposure suits must be stowed so they
are readily accessible, and the stowage positions must be marked
with either the words "IMMERSION SUITS" or "ANTI-EXPOSURE
SUITS", or with the appropriate symbol from IMO Resolution
A.760(18).
(e) Each lifebuoy must be marked–
(1) In block capital letters with the unit's name and with the name
of the port required to be marked on the unit under subpart
67.123 of this chapter; and
(2) With type II retro-reflective material approved under part 164,
subpart 164.018 of this chapter. The arrangement of the retro-
reflective material must meet IMO Resolution A.658(16).
150
(f) Each lifebuoy stowage position must be marked with either the
words "LIFEBUOY" or "LIFE BUOY", or with the appropriate
symbol from IMO Resolution A.760(18).
(g) Each lifejacket, immersion suit, and anti-exposure suit
container must be marked in block capital letters and numbers
with the minimum quantity, identity, and if sizes other than adult or
universal sizes are used on the unit, the size of the equipment
stowed inside the container. The equipment may be identified in
words or with the appropriate symbol from IMO Resolution
A.760(18).
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25298, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
52815, Oct. 1, 1998]
§108.650 EPIRBs And SARTs.
Emergency position indicating radiobeacons and search and
rescue transponders. Each EPIRB and SART should have the
name of the unit plainly marked or painted on its label, except for
S
EPIRBs or SARTs in an inflatable liferaft or permanently installed
in a survival craft.
N
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25299, May 20, 1996]
IO
§108.651 Portable Magazine Chests.
Each portable magazine chest must be marked: "PORTABLE
MAGAZINE CHEST – FLAMMABLE – KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE
AWAY" in letters at least 7.5 centimeters (3 inches) high.
T
§108.653 Helicopter Facilities.
(a) Each helicopter fueling facility must be marked adjacent to the
fueling hose storage: "WARNING – HELICOPTER FUELING
A STATION – KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY".
(b) Each storage tank for helicopter fuel must be marked:
"DANGER – FLAMMABLE LIQUID".
(c) Each access to a helicopter landing area must be marked:
"BEWARE OF TAIL ROTOR".
(d) Each marking required by this section must be in letters at
least 7.5 centimeters (3 inches) high.
§108.655 Operating Instructions.
Each unit must have posters or signs displayed in the vicinity of
each survival craft and the survival craft's launching controls that–
(a) Illustrate the purpose of controls;
(b) Illustrate the procedures for operating the launching device;
(c) Give relevant instructions or warnings;
(d) Can be easily seen under emergency lighting conditions;
and
(e) Display symbols in accordance with IMO Resolution
A.760(18).
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25299, May 20, 1996]
§108.657 Unit Markings.
The hull of each unit must be marked in accordance with Parts 67
and 69 of this chapter.
§108.659 Lifesaving Signal Instructions.
On all vessels to which this subpart applies, there must be readily
available to the offshore installation manager, master, or person
in charge a placard containing instructions for the use of the
lifesaving signals set forth in regulation 16, chapter V, of the
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974. These
signals must be used by vessels or persons in distress when
communicating with lifesaving stations and maritime rescue units.
[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26008, May 23, 1996]
§108.661 Unit Markings: Draft Marks.
(a) Each unit must have draft marks for each foot of immersion–
(1) If the unit is a surface unit, on both the port and starboard
sides of the stem and the stern-post or rudderpost or at any other
place at the stern of the unit as may be necessary for easy
observance;
(2) If the unit is a self-elevating unit, near each corner of the hull
but not more than 4 required; and
(3) If the unit is a column-stabilized unit, on each corner column,
continuing to the footing or lower displacement hull.
(b) The bottom of each mark must be at the draft indicated by that
mark.
(c) Each mark must be–
(1) In numerals 15 centimeters (6 inches) high; and
(2) In contrasting color to the background.
(d) For the purposes of this section, "draft" means the distance
from the bottom of the keel or the lowest shell plate on the outer
surface of the unit to the surface of the water, except that where a
unit has a permanent appendage extending below the bottom of
the keel, "draft" means the distance from the lowest part of the
appendage to the surface of the water.
(e) In cases where draft marks are obscured due to operational
constraints or by protrusions, the vessel must be fitted with a
reliable draft indicating system from which the draft can be
determined.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
89-037, 57 FR 41823, Sept. 11, 1992]
A and Health Administration (Formerly Mining Enforcement and
C
§108.663 Unit Markings: Load Line.
Each unit that is assigned a load line must have the load line
marked in accordance with Part 42 of this chapter.
LI
§108.665 Appliances For Watertight Integrity.
Each watertight door, scuttle, and hatch required for watertight
integrity, which may be opened during normal operations must be
B
marked in letters of contrasting color to the background "KEEP
CLOSED".
U
Subpart H – Miscellaneous Equipment
§108.697 Buoyant Work Vests.
.P
(a) Each buoyant work vest on a unit must be approved under
Subpart 160.053 or Subpart 160.077 of this chapter.
(b) Commercial hybrid PFD's carried as work vests must be–
.G
(1) Used, stowed, and maintained in accordance with the
procedures set out in the manual required for these devices by
§160.077-29 of this chapter and any limitation(s) market on them;
and
C
(2) Of the same or similar design and have the same method of
operation as each other hybrid PFD carried on board.
[CGD 78-174A, 51 FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986]
§108.699 Substitution Of Life Preservers.
A work vest may not be substituted for a required life preserver–
(a) For the life saving equipment requirements of this part; or
(b) For use during drills and emergencies.
§108.701 Sounding Equipment.
Each self-propelled unit must have a mechanical or electronic
sounding apparatus.
§108.703 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus.
151
(a) Each unit must be equipped with a self-contained breathing
apparatus described in §108.497(a) to use as protection against
gas leaking from a refrigeration unit if it is equipped with any
refrigeration unit using–
(1) Ammonia to refrigerate any space with a volume of more than
20 cubic feet; or
(2) Fluorocarbons to refrigerate any space with a volume of more
than 1000 cubic feet.
(b) The self-contained breathing apparatus required in §108.497
may be used for this purpose.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
86-036, 57 FR 48326, Oct. 23, 1992]
§108.705 Anchors, Chains, Wire Rope, And Hawsers.
(a) Each unit must be fitted with anchors, chains, wire rope, and
S
hawsers in agreement with the standards established by the
American Bureau of Shipping.
N
(b) Units which are equipped with anchors used as operational
equipment are not required to have additional anchors if the
IO
operational anchors meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of
this section.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56808, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by
USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53226, Oct. 1, 1999]
T
§108.707 First Aid Kit.
Each unit must have a first-aid kit approved by the Mine Safety
Safety Administration) of a size suitable for the number of persons
allowed on board the unit that is stowed in a location that is
accessible to persons on board.
§108.709 Litter.
Each unit must have a litter that is–
(a) Stowed in a location that is accessible to the persons on
board; and
(b) Capable of being used on the type of helicopters serving the
unit.
§108.713 International Code Of Signals.
Each vessel on an international voyage which is required to carry
a radiotelegraph or radiotelephone installation in accordance with
Chapter IV of the Safety of Life at Sea Convention, 1960, must
carry the International Code of Signals.
§108.715 Magnetic Compass And Gyrocompass.
(a) Each self-propelled unit in ocean or coastwise service must
have a magnetic compass.
(b) Each self-propelled unit of 1,600 gross tons and over in ocean
or coastwise service must have a gyrocompass in addition to the
magnetic compass required in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Each unit that is required to have a gyrocompass must have
an illuminated repeater for the gyrocompass that is at the main
steering stand unless the gyrocompass is illuminated and is at the
main steering stand.
§108.717 Radar.
Each self-propelled unit of 1,600 gross tons and over in ocean or
coastwise service must have–
(a) A marine radar system for surface navigation; and
(b) Facilities on the bridge for plotting radar readings.
§108.719 Pilot Boarding Equipment.
(a) This section applies to each vessel that normally embarks or
disembarks a pilot from a pilot boat or other vessel.
(b) Each vessel must have suitable pilot boarding equipment
available for use on each side of the vessel. If a vessel has only
one set of equipment, the equipment must be capable of being
easily transferred to and rigged for use on either side of the
vessel.
(c) Pilot boarding equipment must be capable of resting firmly
against the vessel's side and be secured so that it is clear from
overboard discharges.
(d) Each vessel must have lighting positioned to provide adequate
illumination for the pilot boarding equipment and each point of
access.
(e) Each vessel must have a point of access that has–
(1) A gateway in the rails or bulwark with adequate handholds; or
(2) Two handhold stanchions and a bulwark ladder that is
securely attached to the bulwark rail and deck.
(f) The pilot boarding equipment required by paragraph (b) of this
section must include at least one pilot ladder approved under
subpart 163.003 of this chapter. Each pilot ladder must be of a
single length and capable of extending from the point of access to
the water's edge during each condition of loading and trim, with
an adverse list of 15°.
(g) Whenever the distance from the water's edge to the point of
access is more than 30 feet, access from a pilot ladder to the
vessel must be by way of an accommodation ladder or equally
C
safe and convenient means.
(h) Pilot hoists, if used, must be approved under subpart 163.002
LI
of this chapter.
[CGD 79-032, 49 FR 25455, June 21, 1984]
B
Subpart I – Navigation Bridge Visibility
§108.801 Navigation Bridge Visibility.
U
Each mobile offshore drilling unit which is 100 meters (328 feet)
or more in length and contracted for on or after September 7,
1990, must meet the following requirements:
.P
(a) The field of vision from the navigation bridge, whether the
vessel is in a laden or unladen condition, must be such that:
(1) From the conning position, the view of the sea surface is not
.G
obscured forward of the bow by more than the lesser of two ship
lengths or 500 meters (1,640 feet) from dead ahead to 10
degrees on either side of the vessel. Within this arc of visibility
any blind sector caused by cargo, cargo gear, or other permanent
C
obstruction must not exceed 5 degrees.
(2) From the conning position, the horizontal field of vision
extends over an arc from at least 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on
one side of the vessel, through dead ahead, to at least 22.5
degrees abaft the beam on the other side of the vessel. Blind
sectors forward of the beam caused by cargo, cargo gear, or
other permanent obstruction must not exceed 10 degrees each,
nor total more than 20 degrees, including any blind sector within
the arc of visibility described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(3) From each bridge wing, the field of vision extends over an arc
from at least 45 degrees on the opposite bow, through dead
ahead, to at least dead astern.
(4) From the main steering position, the field of vision extends
over and arc from dead ahead to at least 60 degrees on either
side of the vessel.
152
(5) From each bridge wing, the respective side of the vessel is
visible forward and aft.
(b) Windows fitted on the navigation bridge must be arranged so
that:
(1) Framing between windows is kept to a minimum and is not
installed immediately in front of any work station.
(2) Front windows are inclined from the vertical plane, top out, at
an angle of not less than 10 degrees and not more than 25
degrees.
(3) The height of the lower edge of the front windows is limited to
prevent any obstruction of the forward view previously described
in this section.
(4) The height of the upper edge of the front windows allows a
forward view of the horizon at the conning position, for a person
S
with a height of eye of 1.8 meters (71 inches), when the vessel is
at a forward pitch angle of 20 degrees.
N
(c) Polarized or tinted windows must not be fitted.
IO
[CGD 85-099, 55 FR 32248, Aug. 8, 1990]
Subpart J – Muster List
§108.901 Muster List And Emergency Instructions.
T
(a) General. Copies of clear instructions must be provided on the
unit, detailing the actions that each person on board should follow
A in the event of an emergency.
(b) Muster list. Copies of the muster list must be posted in
conspicuous places throughout the unit including on the
navigating bridge, in the control room, and in accommodation
spaces. The muster list must be posted at all times while the unit
is in service. After the muster list has been prepared, if any
change takes place that necessitates an alteration in the muster
list, the person in charge must either revise the muster list or
prepare a new one. Muster lists must provide the following
information:
(1) Each muster list must specify instructions for operating the
general emergency alarm system.
(2) Each muster list must specify the emergency signals.
(3) Each muster list must specify the actions to be taken by the
crew and industrial personnel when each signal is sounded.
(4) Each muster list must specify how the order to abandon the
unit will be given.
(5) Each muster list must specify the persons that are assigned to
make sure that lifesaving and firefighting appliances are
maintained in good condition and ready for immediate use.
(6) The muster list must specify the duties assigned to the
different industrial personnel and members of the crew that
include–
(6)(i) Closing the watertight doors, fire doors, valves, scuppers,
sidescuttles, skylights, portholes, and other similar openings in
the unit's hull;
(6)(ii) Equipping the survival craft and other lifesaving appliances;
(6)(iii) Preparing and launching the survival craft;
(6)(iv) Preparing other lifesaving appliances;
(6)(v) Mustering the visitors and other persons in addition to the
crew and industrial personnel;
(6)(vi) Using communication equipment;
(6)(vii) Manning the emergency squad assigned to deal with fires
and other emergencies;
(6)(viii) Special duties assigned with respect to the use of
firefighting equipment and installations;
(7)(iv) Keeping order in the passageways and on the stairways
and generally controlling the movements of the visitors and other
persons on board;
(8) Each muster list must specify substitutes for key persons if
they are disabled, taking into account that different emergencies
require different actions.

(6)(ix) Cover the duties of the crew and industrial personnel in
case of collisions or other serious casualties; and
(6)(x) Cover the duties of the crew and industrial personnel in
case of severe storms.
(7) Each muster list must specify the duties assigned to industrial
personnel and members of the crew in relation to visitors and
other persons on board in case of an emergency that include–
(7)(i) Warning visitors and other persons on board;
(c) Emergency instructions. Illustrations and instructions in
English and any other appropriate language, as determined by
the OCMI, must be posted in each cabin used for persons who
are not members of the crew or industrial personnel. They must
be conspicuously displayed at each muster station and in other
accommodation spaces to inform personnel of–
(1) The fire and emergency signal;
(2) Their muster station;
(3) The essential actions they must take in an emergency;
(4) The location of lifejackets, including child-size lifejackets;

S
(5) The method of donning lifejackets;
(7)(ii) Seeing that visitors and other persons on board are suitably (6) If immersion suits are provided, the location of the

N
dressed and have donned their lifejackets or immersion suits immersion suits; and
correctly; (7) Fully illustrated instructions on the method of donning
immersion suits.

IO
(7)(iii) Assembling visitors and other persons on board at muster
stations; and [CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25299, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
52815, Oct. 1, 1998]

T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

153
 Part 109 — Operations
Table Of Contents 109.557 Flammable And Combustible Liquids: Carriage.
109.559 Explosives And Radioactive Materials.
Subpart A—General 109.563 Posting Of Documents.
109.564 Maneuvering Characteristics.
Sec. 109.565 Charts And Nautical Publications.
109.101 Applicability. 109.573 Riveting, Welding, And Burning Operations.
109.103 Requirements Of The International Convention For 109.575 Accumulation Of Liquids On Helicopter Decks.
Safety Of Life At Sea, 1974. 109.577 Helicopter Fueling.
109.105 Incorporation By Reference. 109.585 Use Of Auto Pilot.
109.107 Designation Of Master Or Person In Charge.
109.109 Responsibilities Of Master Or Person In Charge. Appendix A To Part 109 – Navigation And Vessel Inspection
109.121 Operating Manual. Circular No. 4-78 — Inspection And Certification
Of Existing Mobile Offshore Drilling Units
Subpart B–Tests, Drills, And Inspections
Authority: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 6101, 10104;

S
109.201 Steering Gear, Whistles, General Alarm, And Means Of Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
Communication. [SOURCE: CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56828, Dec. 4, 1978, unless
109.203 Sanitation. otherwise noted.]

N
109.205 Inspection Of Boilers And Machinery.
109.209 Appliances For Watertight Integrity. Subpart A—General
109.211 Testing Of Emergency Lighting And Power Systems.

IO
109.213 Emergency Training And Drills. §109.101 Applicability.
109.223 Fire Fighting Equipment. No unit may be operated unless it complies with the regulations in
109.227 Verification Of Vessel Compliance With Applicable this part.
Stability Requirements.

T
§109.103 Requirements Of The International Convention For
Subpart C–Operation And Stowage Of Safety Equipment Safety Of Life At Sea, 1974.
No self-propelled unit of more than 500 gross tons may embark
109.301 Operational Readiness, Maintenance, And I nspection
Of Lifesaving Equipment.
109.323 Manning Of Survival Craft And Supervision.
A on an international voyage unless it is issued the appropriate
Convention certificate as described in §§107.401 through 107.413
of this subchapter.
C
109.329 Fire Pumps.
109.331 Firehoses And Hydrants. §109.105 Incorporation By Reference.
109.333 Fire Main Cutoff Valves. (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with
LI

109.334 Working Over Water. the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
109.335 Stowage Of Work Vests. with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that
109.337 Fireman's Outfit. specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must
109.339 Location Of Fire Axes.
B

publish notice of change in the FEDERAL REGISTER and make

109.347 Pilot Boarding Equipment. the material available to the public. All approved material is on file
at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street,
Subpart D–Reports, Notifications, And Records
U

NW., suite 700, Washington, DC 20002, and at the U.S. Coast

Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (G-MSE),
REPORTS AND NOTIFICATIONS 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001 and is
109.411 Notice And Reporting Of Casualty.
.P

available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this

109.415 Retention Of Records After Casualty. section.
109.419 Report Of Unsafe Machinery.
109.421 eport Of Repairs To Boilers And Pressure Vessels. (b) The material for incorporation by reference in this part and the
109.425 Repairs And Alterations: Fire Detecting And sections affected are:
Extinguishing Equipment.
.G

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

RECORDS 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
109.431 Logbook. ASTM Adjunct F 1626, Symbols for Use in Accordance with
109.433 Logbook Entries. Regulation II-2/20 of the 1974 SOLAS Convention as amended
C

109.435 Record Of Fire Fighting Equipment Inspection. PCN: 12-616260-01 (1996)— 109.563
109.437 Crane Record Book.
109.439 Crane Certificates. International Maritime Organization (IMO)
Publications Section, 4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR
Subpart E–Emergency Signals United Kingdom.
Resolution A.654.(16), Graphical Symbols for Fire
109.503 Emergency Signals. Control Plans– 109.563

Subpart F—Cranes [CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51208, Sept. 30, 1997, as amended by

USCG 1998-4442, 63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998; 64 FR 67170,
109.521 Cranes: General. Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943, March 1, 2000]
109.525 Cranes: Working Loads.
109.527 Cranes: Operator Designation. §109.107 Designation Of Master Or Person In Charge.
The owner of a unit or his agent shall designate an individual to
Subpart G—Miscellaneous be the master or person in charge of the unit.

109.555 Propulsion Boilers. §109.109 Responsibilities Of Master Or Person In Charge.

154
(a) The master or person in charge shall–
(1) Ensure that the provisions of the Certificate of Inspection are
adhered to; and
(2) Be fully cognizant of the provisions in the operating manual
required by §109.121.
(b) Nothing in this subpart shall be construed as limiting the
master or person in charge, at his own responsibility, from
diverting from the route prescribed in the Certificate of Inspection
or taking such steps as he deems necessary and prudent to
assist vessels in distress or for other emergency conditions.
§109.121 Operating Manual.
(a) Each unit must have on board an operating manual approved
by the Coast Guard as meeting the requirements of this section.
(b) The operating manual must be available to, and written in a
manner that is easily understood by, the unit's operating
personnel and include the following:
(1) A table of contents and general index.
(2) A general description of the unit, including major dimensions,
tonnages, dry bulk capacities, damage stability standard to which
designed, hook load capacity, rotary table capacity, set back load
capacity, drilling derrick capacity, and the identification, the
maximum deadweight in pounds and kilograms, and the rotor size
in feet and meters of the helicopter used for the design of the
helicopter deck.
(3) Limiting design data for each mode of operation, including
draft, air gap, wave height, wave period, wind, current,
C
temperature, and other environmental factors.
(4) Instructions on the use of the stability data.
LI
(5) Lightweight data with a comprehensive listing of the inclusions
and exclusions of semi-permanent equipment, together with
guidance for the routine recording of lightweight alterations.
B
(6) Information identifying the type, location, and quantities of
permanent ballast.
U
(7) Hydrostatic curves or tables.
.P
(8) The maximum allowable deck loadings either listed or shown
on a plan.
(9) A capacity plan showing the capacities and the vertical,
longitudinal, and transverse centers of gravity of tanks and bulk
.G
material stowage spaces.
(10) Tank sounding tables or curves showing capacities, the
vertical, longitudinal, and transverse centers of gravity in
graduated intervals, and the free surface data of each tank.
C
(11) Stability information setting forth the maximum allowable
height of the center of gravity in relation to draft data,
displacement, and other applicable parameters unique to the
design of the unit to determine compliance with the intact and
damage stability criteria.
(12) Examples of loading conditions for each mode of operation
and instructions for developing other acceptable loading
conditions.
(13) Information concerning the use of any special crossflooding
fitting for each operating condition which, if damage occurs, may
require crossflooding for survival (surface units only) and the
location of any valve that may require closure to prevent
progressive flooding (all units).
155
(14) Guidance for preparing the unit for the passage of a severe
storm and the specific actions and approximate length of time to
complete them or to attain a designated level of preparedness.
(15) Guidance for operating the unit while changing its mode of
operation and for preparing the unit to make a move and, for self-
elevating units in the transit mode, information for preparing the
unit to avoid structural damage during heavy weather, including
the positioning and securing of legs, cantilever structures, and
heavy cargo or large equipment which might shift position.
(16) A description of any inherent operational limitations for each
mode of operation and for each change in mode of operation.
(17) Guidance for the person in charge to determine the cause of
unexpected list and trim before taking corrective action.
(18) For column stabilized units, a description, a schematic
diagram, and guidance for the operation of the ballast system and
S
of the alternate means of ballast system operation, together with a
description of their limitations, such as pump capacities at various
N
angles of heel and trim.
(19) A description, a schematic diagram, and guidance for the
IO
operation of the bilge system and of the alternate means of bilge
system operation, together with a description of their limitations,
such as spaces not connected to the bilge system.
(20) General arrangement plans showing the location of:
T
Watertight and weathertight compartments, and openings in the
hull and structure; vents, closures, and mechanical, ventilating,
and electrical emergency shutdowns; flooding alarms and fire and
A gas detectors; and access to different compartments and decks.
(21) A list of emergency shutdowns and guidance on restarting all
mechanical, ventilating, and electrical equipment after activation
of the emergency shutdowns.
(22) Procedures for evacuating personnel from the unit.
(23) A plan showing the hazardous locations described in
§111.105-33 of this chapter.
(24) A schematic diagram of the emergency power system.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control
number 1625-0038)
[CGD 83-071, 52 FR 6979, Mar. 6, 1987; 52 FR 9383, Mar. 24,
1987, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51208, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart B – Tests, Drills, and Inspections
§109.201 Steering Gear, Whistles, General Alarm, And Means
Of Communication.
The master or person in charge shall ensure that–
(a) Steering gear, whistles, general alarm bells, and means of
communication between the bridge or control room and the
engine room on self propelled units are inspected and tested–
(1) Within 12 hours before getting under way; and
(2) At least once each week if under way or on station; and
(b) Whistles and general alarm bells on all other units are
inspected examined and tested at least once each week.
§109.203 Sanitation.
(a) The master or person in charge shall insure that the
accommodation spaces are in a clean and sanitary condition.
(b) The chief engineer, or engineer in charge if no chief engineer
is required, shall insure that the engineering spaces are in a clean
and sanitary condition.
§109.205 Inspection Of Boilers And Machinery.
The chief engineer or engineer in charge, before he assumes
charge of the boilers and machinery of a unit shall inspect the
boilers and machinery, other than industrial machinery, and report
to the master or person in charge and the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, any parts that are not in operating condition.
§109.209 Appliances For Watertight Integrity.
(a) Before getting underway, the master or person in charge shall
insure that each appliance for watertight integrity is closed and
watertight.
(b) If existing conditions warrant, the master or person in charge
may permit appliances for watertight integrity to be open while
afloat.
§109.211 Testing Of Emergency Lighting And Power
Systems.
(a) The master or person in charge shall insure that–
(1) Each emergency lighting and each emergency power system
is tested at least once each week;
(2) Each emergency generator is tested at least once each month
by operating it under load for at least 2 hours; and
(3) Each storage battery for emergency lighting and power
systems is tested every six months under actual connected load
for a period of at least 2 hours.
(b) After the 2 hour test period required in paragraph (a)(3) of this
C
section, the voltage values under load or specific gravity of
electrolyte must be measured. Measured values must be
extrapolated to approximate the values that would result following
LI
a 12 hour test period. The test must be extended if a trend cannot
be determined to allow extrapolation. The capacity of the battery
corresponding to the extrapolated values of voltage or specific
gravity must be sufficient to supply the actual connected load.
B
§109.213 Emergency Training And Drills.
(a) Training materials. Abandonment training material must be
U
on board each unit. The training material must consist either of a
manual of one or more volumes, written in easily understood
terms and illustrated wherever possible, or audiovisual training
.P
aids, or both as follows:
(1) If a training manual is used, a copy must be made available to
each person on board the unit. If audiovisual training aids are
used, they must be incorporated into the onboard training
.G
sessions described under paragraph (g) of this section.
(2) The training material must explain, in detail–
(2)(i) The procedure for donning lifejackets, immersion suits, and
C
anti-exposure suits carried on board;
(2)(ii) The procedure for mustering at the assigned stations;
(2)(iii) The procedure for boarding, launching, and clearing the
survival craft and rescue boats;
(2)(iv) The method of launching from within the survival craft;
(2)(v) The procedure for releasing from launching appliances;
(2)(vi) The method and use of water spray systems in launching
areas when required for the protection of aluminum survival craft
or launching appliances;
(2)(vii) Illumination in launching area;
156
(2)(viii) The use of all survival equipment;
(2)(ix) The use of all detection equipment for the location of
survivors or survival craft;
(2)(x) With illustrations, the use of radio lifesaving appliances;
(2)(xi) The use of sea anchors;
(2)(xii) The use of engine and accessories;
(2)(xiii) The recovery of survival craft and rescue boats, including
stowage and securing;
(2)(xiv) The hazards of exposure and the need for warm clothing;
(2)(xv) The best use of the survival craft for survival;
(2)(xvi) The methods of retrieval, including the use of helicopter
S
rescue gear (slings, baskets, stretchers), and unit's line throwing
apparatus;
N
(2)(xvii) The other functions contained in the muster list and
emergency instructions; and
IO
(2)(xviii) The instructions for emergency repair of the lifesaving
appliances.
(b) Familiarity with emergency procedures. Each of the crew
T
members and industrial personnel with assigned emergency
duties on the muster list must be familiar with their assigned
duties before working on the unit.
A (c) Drills–general.
(1) Drills must, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there
were an actual emergency.
(2) Each of the crew members and industrial personnel must
participate in at least one abandonment drill and one fire drill
every month. Drills must take place within 24 hours of a change in
crew or industrial personnel if more than 25 percent of the
persons on board have not participated in an abandonment and
fire drills on board the unit in the previous month.
(3) Drills must be held before the unit enters service for the first
time after modification of a major character, or when a new crew
is engaged.
(d) Abandonment drills.
(1) Abandonment drills must include the following:
(1)(i) Each drill must include summoning of industrial personnel
and crew to muster stations with the general alarm, followed by
drill announcements on the public address or other
communication system, and ensuring that all on board are made
aware of the order to abandon ship.
(1)(ii) Each drill must include reporting to stations and preparing
for the duties described in the muster list.
(1)(iii) Each drill must include checking that industrial personnel
and crew are suitably dressed.
(1)(iv) Each drill must include checking that lifejackets or
immersion suits are correctly donned.
(1)(v) Each drill must include lowering of at least one lifeboat after
any necessary preparation for launching.
(1)(vi) Each drill must include starting and operating the lifeboat
engine.
(1)(vii) Each drill must include operating davits used for launching
the liferafts.
(2) Different lifeboats must, as far as practicable, be lowered in
compliance with the requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(v) of this
section at successive drills.
(3) Each lifeboat must be launched with its assigned operating
crew aboard, and maneuvered in the water at least once every 3
months, during an abandonment drill.
(4) As far as is reasonable and practicable, rescue boats other
than lifeboats which are also rescue boats, must be launched
each month with their assigned crew aboard and maneuvered in
the water. In all cases this requirement must be complied with at
least once every 3 months.
(5) If a unit is fitted with marine evacuation systems, drills must
include an exercising of the procedures required for the
deployment of such a system up to the point immediately
preceding actual deployment of the system. This aspect of drills
should be augmented by regular instruction using the on board
training aids. Additionally, members of the crew or industrial
personnel assigned to duties involving the marine evacuation
system must be further trained by participation in a full
deployment of a similar system into water, either on board a unit
or ashore, at intervals normally not longer than 2 years, but in no
case longer than 3 years.
(6) Emergency lighting for mustering and abandonment must be
tested at each abandonment drill.
(7) On a unit carrying immersion suits or anti-exposure suits,
immersion suits or anti-exposure suits must be worn by crew
C
members and industrial personnel in at least one abandonment
drill in any three-month period. If wearing the suit is impracticable
due to warm weather, the crew members must be instructed on its
LI
donning and use.
(e) Line-throwing appliance. A drill must be conducted on the
use of the line-throwing appliance at least once every 3 months.
B
The actual firing of the appliance is at the discretion of the person
in charge.
U
(f) Fire drills.
(1) Fire drills must, as far as practicable, be planned in such a
.P
way that due consideration is given to regular practice in the
various emergencies that may occur depending on the type of
unit.
(2) Each fire drill must include–
.G
(2)(i) Reporting to stations, and preparing for the duties described
in the muster list for the particular fire emergency being simulated;
(2)(ii) Starting of fire pumps and the use of two jets of water to
C
determine that the system is in proper working order;
(2)(iii) Checking the fireman's outfits and other personal rescue
equipment;
(2)(iv) Checking the relevant communication equipment;
(2)(v) Checking the operation of watertight doors, fire doors, and
fire dampers and main inlets and outlets of ventilation systems in
the drill area;
(2)(vi) Checking the necessary arrangements for subsequent
abandonment of the unit; and
(2)(vii) Simulated operation of remote controls for stopping
ventilation and fuel supplies to machinery spaces.
157
(3) The equipment used during drills must immediately be brought
back to its fully operational condition, and any faults and defects
discovered during the drills must be remedied as soon as
possible.
(g) Onboard training and instruction.
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, onboard
training in the use of the unit's lifesaving appliances, including
survival craft equipment, and in the use of the unit's fire-
extinguishing appliances must be given to each member of the
crew and industrial personnel as soon as possible but not later
than 2 weeks after they join the unit.
(2) If crew or industrial personnel are on a regularly scheduled
rotating assignment to the unit, onboard training in the use of the
unit's lifesaving appliances, including survival craft equipment,
and in the use of the unit's fire-extinguishing appliances must be
given not later than 2 weeks after the time of first joining the unit.
S
(3) The crew and industrial personnel must be instructed in the
N
use of the unit's fire-extinguishing appliances, lifesaving
appliances, and in survival at sea at the same interval as the
drills. Individual instruction may cover different parts of the unit's
IO
lifesaving and fire-extinguishing appliances, but all the unit's
lifesaving and fire-extinguishing appliances, must be covered
within any period of 2 months.
(4) Crew and industrial personnel must be given instructions
T
which include, but are not limited to–
(4)(i) The operation and use of the unit's inflatable liferafts;
A (4)(ii) The problems of hypothermia, first aid treatment for
hypothermia and other appropriate first aid procedures;
(4)(iii) The special instructions necessary for use of the unit's
lifesaving appliances in severe weather and severe sea
conditions; and
(4)(iv) The operation and use of fire-extinguishing appliances.
(5) Onboard training in the use of davit-launched liferafts must
take place at intervals of not more than 4 months on each unit
with davit-launched liferafts. Whenever practicable this must
include the inflation and lowering of a liferaft. If this liferaft is a
special liferaft intended for training purposes only, and is not part
of the unit's lifesaving equipment, this liferaft must be
conspicuously marked.
(6) Each of the industrial personnel without designated
responsibility for the survival of others on board, must be
instructed in at least–
(6)(i) The emergencies which might occur on that particular type
of unit;
(6)(ii) The consequences of panic;
(6)(iii) The location and actuation of fire alarm controls;
(6)(iv) The location and proper method of use of firefighting
equipment;
(6)(v) Fire precautions;
(6)(vi) The types of all lifesaving appliances carried on the unit
and proper methods of using them, including–
(6)(vi)(A) The correct method of donning and wearing a lifejacket,
and if provided an immersion suit;
(6)(vi)(B) Jumping into the water from a height while wearing a
lifejacket and, if provided, an immersion suit;
(6)(vi)(C) How to board survival craft from the unit and from the
water;
(6)(vi)(D) Operation and use of the unit's inflatable liferafts;
(6)(vi)(E) Special instructions necessary for use of the unit's
lifesaving appliances in severe weather and severe sea
conditions;
(6)(vi)(F) Swimming while wearing a lifejacket; and
(6)(vi)(G) Keeping afloat without a lifejacket.
(6)(vii) Where appropriate, how to survive in the water–
(6)(vii)(A) In the presence of fire or oil on the water;
(6)(vii)(B) In cold conditions; and
(6)(vii)(C) If sharks may be present.
(6)(viii) Problems of hypothermia, first aid treatment
hypothermia and other appropriate first aid procedures;
(6)(ix) The need to adhere to the principles of survival; and
(6)(x) The basic methods of boarding helicopters.
(7) Each member of the crew and each of the industrial personnel
with designated responsibility for the survival of others on board
must be instructed in at least the items covered in paragraph
(g)(6) of this section, and–
(7)(i) Methods of detection, isolation, control, and extinguishing of
fire;
LI
(7)(ii) Checking and maintaining fire fighting equipment;
(7)(iii) Marshaling of personnel; and
B
(7)(iv) Abandonment of the unit, including–
U
(7)(iv)(A) Launching survival craft;
(7)(iv)(B) Getting survival craft quickly and safely clear of the unit;
.P
and
(7)(iv)(C) Righting a capsized survival craft.
(7)(v) Handling all survival craft and their equipment, including–
.G
(7)(v)(A) Checking and maintaining their readiness for immediate
use;
(7)(v)(B) Using equipment to the best advantage;
C
(7)(v)(C) Using the sea anchor;
(7)(v)(D) Remaining, as far as practicable, in the general vicinity
of the unit, well clear of but not downwind of any hydrocarbons or
fire;
(7)(v)(E) Recovering and, as far as practicable, caring for other
survivors;
(7)(v)(F) Keeping a lookout;
(7)(v)(G) Operating equipment provided to aid in the detection of
the survival craft by others, including radio distress alerting and
radio emergency procedures; and
(7)(v)(H) Making proper use of food and drinking water and using
protective measures in survival craft such as those for preventing
exposure to cold, sun, wind, rain, and sea, and for preventing
seasickness.
(7)(vi) Cautioning on the preservation of body fluids and the
dangers of drinking seawater;
(7)(vii) Transferring personnel from survival craft to helicopters or
to work boats;
(7)(viii) Maintaining morale; and
(7)(ix) Methods of helicopter rescue.
(h) Records.
(1) When musters are held, details of abandonment drills, fire
drills, other lifesaving appliances, and onboard training must be
S
recorded in the unit's official logbook. Logbook entries must
include the following:
N
(1)(i) Logbook entries must identify the date and time of the drill,
for muster, or training session.
IO
(1)(ii) Logbook entries must identify the survival craft and fire-
extinguishing equipment used in the drills.
(1)(iii) Logbook entries must identify the inoperative or
T
malfunctioning equipment and the corrective action taken.
(1)(iv) Logbook entries must identify crew members and industrial
A personnel participating in drills or training sessions.
C
(1)(v) Logbook entries must identify the subject of the onboard
training session.
(2) If a full muster, drill, or training session is not held at the
appointed time, an entry must be made in the logbook stating the
circumstances and the extent of the muster, drill, or training
session held.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25299, May 20, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
52815, Oct. 1, 1998]
§109.223 Fire Fighting Equipment.
The master or person in charge shall insure that each hand
portable fire extinguisher, semi-portable fire extinguisher, and
fixed fire-extinguishing system is tested and inspected at least
once each twelve months.
§109.227 Verification Of Vessel Compliance With Applicable
Stability Requirements.
(a) The master or person-in-charge shall determine that the
vessel complies with all applicable stability requirements in the
vessel's trim and stability book, operating manual, stability letter,
Certificate of Inspection, and Load Line Certificate, as the case
may be, and then enter an attestation statement of the verification
in the log book, at the following times:
(1) Prior to transitioning from the transit condition to the operating
condition;
(2) Prior to transitioning from the operating condition to the transit
condition;
(3) Prior to significant changes in deck load or ballast;
(4) At other times as required by the vessel's trim and stability
book or operating manual; and
(5) At all other times necessary to assure the safety of the vessel.
158
(b) When determining compliance with applicable stability
requirements the vessel's draft, trim, and stability must be
determined as necessary and any stability calculations made in
support of the determination must be retained on board the vessel
for a one month period or until a change of location, if shorter.
[CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41823, Sept. 11, 1992]
Subpart C–Operation And Stowage Of Safety
Equipment
§109.301 Operational Readiness, Maintenance, And
Inspection Of Lifesaving Equipment.
(a) Operational readiness. Except as provided in
§109.301(b)(3), each lifesaving appliance must be in good
working order and ready for immediate use at all times when the
unit is in operation.
(1) Each lifesaving appliance, including lifeboat equipment, must
be inspected monthly using the checklists required under
paragraph (b) of this section to make sure it is complete and in
good working order. A report of the inspection, including a
statement as to the condition of the equipment, must be recorded
in the unit's official logbook.
(2) Each EPIRB and each SART other than an EPIRB or SART in
an inflatable liferaft, must be tested monthly. The EPIRB must be
tested using the integrated test circuit and output indicator to
determine that it is operative.
(f) Annual inspections. Annual inspection and repair must
include the following:
(1) Each survival craft, except for inflatable liferafts, must be
stripped, cleaned, and thoroughly inspected and repaired, as
needed, at least once in each year, including emptying and
cleaning each fuel tank, and refilling it with fresh fuel.

S
(b) Maintenance.
(2) Each davit, winch, fall and other launching appliance must be
(1) The manufacturer's instructions for onboard maintenance of

N
thoroughly inspected and repaired, as needed, once in each year.
lifesaving appliances must be onboard and must include the
following for each appliance–
(3) Each item of survival equipment with an expiration date must

IO
be replaced during the annual inspection and repair, if the
(1)(i) Checklists for use when carrying out the inspections
expiration date has passed.
required under §109.301(e);
(4) Each battery clearly marked with an expiration date, that is
(1)(ii) Maintenance and repair instructions;
used in an item of survival equipment must be replaced during the

T
annual inspection and repair, if the expiration date has passed.
(1)(iii) A schedule of periodic maintenance;
(5) Except for a storage battery used in a lifeboat or rescue boat,
(1)(iv) A diagram of lubrication points with the recommended
lubricants; A each battery without an expiration date that is used in an item of
survival equipment must be replaced during the annual inspection
C
and repair.
(1)(v) A list of replaceable parts;
(g) Servicing of inflatable lifesaving appliances, inflated
(1)(vi) A list of sources of spare parts; and
LI

rescue boats, and marine evacuation systems.

(1)(vii) A log for records of inspections and maintenance.
(1) Each inflatable lifesaving appliance and marine evacuation
system must be serviced–
(2) In lieu of compliance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, The
B

OCMI may accept a planned maintenance program that includes

(1)(i) Within 12 months of its initial packing; and
the items listed in that paragraph.
U

(1)(ii) Within 12 months of each subsequent servicing, except

(3) If lifeboats, rescue boats or rigid liferafts are maintained and
when servicing is delayed until the next scheduled inspection of
repaired while the unit is in operation, there must be a sufficient
the unit, provided the delay does not exceed 5 months.
number of lifeboats and liferafts remaining available for use to
.P

accommodate all persons on board.

(2) Each inflatable lifejacket must be serviced in accordance with
servicing procedures meeting the requirements of part 160,
(c) Spare parts and repair equipment. Spare parts and repair
subpart 160.176 of this chapter. Each hybrid inflatable lifejacket
equipment must be provided for each lifesaving appliance and
must be serviced in accordance with the owners manual and
component subject to excessive wear or consumption and that
.G

meet the requirements of part 160, subpart 160.077 of this

needs to be replaced regularly.
chapter.
(d) Weekly inspections and tests.
(3) An inflatable liferaft must be serviced at a facility specifically
approved by the Commandant for the particular brand, and in
C

(1) Each survival craft, rescue boat, and launching appliance must
accordance with servicing procedures meeting the requirements
be visually inspected to ensure its readiness for use.
of part 160, subpart 160.151, of this chapter–
(2) Each lifeboat engine and rescue boat engine must be run
(3)(i) No later than the month and year on its servicing sticker
ahead and astern for a total of not less than 3 minutes, unless the
affixed under 46 CFR 160.151-57(n), except that servicing may
ambient air temperature is below the minimum temperature
be delayed until the next scheduled inspection of the unit,
required for starting the engine. During this time, demonstrations
provided that the delay does not exceed 5 months; and
should indicate that the gear box and gear box train are engaging
satisfactorily. If the special characteristics of an outboard motor
(3)(ii) Whenever the container is damaged or the container straps
fitted to a rescue boat would not allow the outboard motor to be
or seals are broken.
run other than with its propeller submerged for a period of 3
minutes, the outboard motor should be run for such period as
(4) Each inflated rescue boat must be repaired and maintained in
prescribed in the manufacturer's handbook.
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All repairs to
inflated chambers must be made at a servicing facility approved
(3) The general alarm system must be tested.
by the Commandant, except for emergency repairs carried out on
board the unit.
(e) Monthly inspections.

159
(h) Periodic servicing of hydrostatic release units. Each
hydrostatic release unit, other than a disposable hydrostatic
release unit, must be serviced–
(1) Within 12 months of its manufacture and within 12 months of
each subsequent servicing, except when servicing is delayed until
the next scheduled inspection of the unit, provided the delay does
not exceed 5 months; and
(2) In accordance with repair and testing procedures meeting the
requirements of part 160, subpart 160.062 of this chapter.
(i) Periodic servicing of launching appliances and release
gear.
(1) Launching appliances must be serviced at the intervals
recommended in the manufacturer's instructions, or as set out in
the shipboard planned maintenance program.
(2) Launching appliances must be thoroughly examined at
intervals not exceeding 5 years and upon completion of the
examination, the launching appliance must be subjected to a
dynamic test of the winch brake.
(3) Lifeboat and rescue boat release gear must be serviced at the
intervals recommended in the manufacturer's instructions, or as
set out in the planned maintenance program.
(4) Lifeboat and rescue boat release gear must be subjected to a
thorough examination by properly trained personnel familiar with
the system at each inspection for certification.
(5) Lifeboat and rescue boat release gear must be operationally
tested under a load of 1.1 times the total mass of the lifeboat
C
when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment,
whenever overhauled, or at least once every 5 years.
LI
(j) Maintenance of falls.
(1) Each fall used in a launching appliance must be turned end-
for-end at intervals of not more than 30 months and must be
B
renewed when necessary due to deterioration or at intervals of
not more than 5 years, whichever is earlier.
U
(2) As an alternative to paragraph (j)(1) of this section, each fall
may be inspected annually and renewed whenever necessary
due to deterioration or at intervals of not more than 4 years,
.P
whichever is earlier.
(k) Rotational deployment of marine evacuation systems. In
addition to or in conjunction with the servicing intervals of marine
evacuation systems required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section,
.G
each marine evacuation system must be deployed from the unit
on a rotational basis. Each marine evacuation system must be
deployed at least once every 6 years.
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25301, May 20, 1996, as amended by CGD
C
85-205, 62 FR 35392, July 1, 1997; CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52816,
Oct. 1, 1998; 67 FR 58537, Sept. 17, 2002]
§109.323 Manning Of Survival Craft And Supervision.
(a) There must be a sufficient number of trained persons on board
the survival craft for mustering and assisting untrained persons.
(b) There must be a sufficient number of deck officers, able
seamen, or certificated persons on board to operate the survival
craft and launching arrangements required for abandonment by
the total number of persons on board.
(c) There must be one person placed in charge of each survival
craft to be used. The person in charge must–
(1) Be a deck officer, able seaman, or certificated person. The
OCMI, considering the number of persons permitted on board,
160
and the characteristics of the unit, may permit persons practiced
in the handling and operation of liferafts or inflatable buoyant
apparatus to be placed in charge of liferafts or inflatable buoyant
apparatus;
(2) Have another person designated second-in-command of each
lifeboat permitted to carry more than 40 persons. This person
should be a deck officer, able seaman, or certificated person; and
(3) Have a list of the survival craft crew and must see that the
crewmembers are acquainted with their duties. The second-in-
command of a lifeboat must also have a list of the lifeboat crew.
(d) There must be a person assigned to each motorized survival
craft who is capable of operating the engine and carrying out
minor adjustments.
(e) The person in charge must make sure that the persons
required under paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section are
S
equitably distributed among the unit's survival craft.
N
[CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25302, May 20, 1996]
§109.329 Fire Pumps.
IO
The master or person in charge shall insure that at least one of
the fire pumps required in §108.415 is ready for use on the fire
main system at all times.
§109.331 Firehoses And Hydrants.
T
The master or person in charge shall insure that–
(a) At least one length of firehose with a combination nozzle is
A connected to each fire hydrant required by this subchapter, at all
times, except that during heavy weather a firehose in an exposed
location may be temporarily removed from the fire hydrant and
stowed in an accessible, nearby location;
(b) A fire hose required by this subchapter is not used for any
purpose other than firefighting, fire drills, and testing;
(c) Access to each fire hydrant is not blocked;
(d) Each firehose, except a firehose temporarily removed from an
exposed location, is stowed on a rack or reel required by this
subchapter; and
(e) Each low velocity spray applicator for a fire hose nozzle is
attached to the nozzle or stowed next to the fire hydrant to which
the fire hose is attached.
§109.333 Fire Main Cutoff Valves.
The master or person in charge shall insure that each fire main
cutoff valve is open and sealed to prevent closing, except that a
cutoff valve may be closed to protect the portion of the fire main
system on an exposed deck from freezing.
§109.334 Working Over Water.
The master or person in charge shall insure that each person
working over the water is wearing a life preserver or a buoyant
work vest.
§109.335 Stowage Of Work Vests.
The master or person in charge shall insure that no work vest is
stowed where life preservers are stowed.
§109.337 Fireman's Outfit.
The master or person in charge shall insure that–
(a) At least 2 persons who are trained in the use of the fireman's
outfit are on board at all times; and
(b) Each fireman's outfit and its spare equipment is stowed in a
separate and accessible location.
(c) A fireman's outfit is not used for any purpose other than fire
fighting except as provided in §108.703.
§109.339 Location Of Fire Axes.
The master or person in charge shall insure that the fire axes
required in §108.499 of this subchapter are located in the
enclosures for fire hoses marked in accordance with §108.633 of
this subchapter, if the fire axes are not located in plain view.
§109.347 Pilot Boarding Equipment.
(a) The master or person in charge shall ensure that pilot
boarding equipment is maintained as follows:
(1) The equipment must be kept clean and in good working order.
(2) Each damaged step or spreader step on a pilot ladder must be
replaced in kind with an approved replacement step or spreader
step, prior to further use of the ladder. The replacement step or
spreader step must be secured by the method used in the original
construction of the ladder, and in accordance with manufacturer
instructions.
(b) The master or person in charge shall ensure compliance with
the following during pilot boarding operations:
(1) Only approved pilot boarding equipment may be used.
(2) The pilot boarding equipment must rest firmly against the hull
of the vessel and be clear of overboard discharges.
(3) Two man ropes, a safety line and an approved lifebuoy with an
approved water light must be at the point of access and be
immediately available for use during boarding operations.
A (b) When emergency repairs or alterations, other than minor
C
(4) Rigging of the equipment and embarkation/debarkation of a
pilot must be supervised in person by a deck officer.
LI
(5) Both the equipment over the side and the point of access must
be adequately lit during night operations.
(6) If a pilot hoist is used, a pilot ladder must be kept on deck
B
adjacent to the hoist and available for immediate use.
[CGD 79-032, 49 FR 25455, June 21, 1984]
U
Subpart D–Reports, Notifications, And Records
.P
REPORTS AND NOTIFICATIONS
§109.411 Notice And Reporting Of Casualty.
The requirements for providing notice and reporting of marine
casualties are contained in Part 4 of this chapter.
.G
[CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47536, Dec. 14, 1987]
§109.415 Retention Of Records After Casualty.
(a) The owner, agent, master, or person in charge of a unit for
C
which a report of casualty is made under §109.411 shall insure
that all records maintained on the unit are retained on board the
unit for at least 3 months after the report of casualty is made or
until advised by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, that
records need not be retained on board.
(b) The records which must be retained in accordance with
paragraph (a) of this section include:
(1) Rough and smooth deck log.
(2) Rough and smooth engine room log.
(3) Tour reports.
(4) Bell books.
(5) Navigation charts in use at the time of casualty.
(6) Navigation work books.
(7) Compass deviation cards.
(8) Gyrocompass records.
(9) Storage plans.
161
(10) Record of drafts.
(11) Notices to mariners.
(12) Radiograms sent and received.
(13) The radio log.
(14) Personnel list.
(15) Crane record book.
(c) The owner, agent, master, or person in charge shall, upon
request, make the records described in this section available for
examination by any Coast Guard official authorized to investigate
the casualty.
§109.419 Report Of Unsafe Machinery.
If a boiler, unfired pressure vessel, or other machinery on a unit is
unsafe to operate, the master or person in charge shall report the
existence of the unsafe condition to the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
§109.421 Report Of Repairs To Boilers And Pressure Vessels.
S
Before making repairs, except normal repairs and maintenance
such as replacement of valves or pressure seals, to boilers or
N
unfired pressure vessels in accordance with §50.05-10 of this
chapter, the master or person in charge shall report the nature of
the repairs to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
IO
§109.425 Repairs And Alterations: Fire Detecting And
Extinguishing Equipment.
(a) Before making repairs or alterations, except for routine
maintenance, minor repairs, or emergency repairs or alterations
T
to fire detecting and extinguishing equipment, the master or
person in charge must report the nature of the repairs or
alterations to the OCMI.
emergency repairs, have been made to fire-detecting or fire-
extinguishing equipment, the master or person in charge must
report the nature of the repairs or alterations to the OCMI.
[CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52816, Oct. 1, 1998]
RECORDS
§109.431 Logbook.
(a) The master or person in charge of a unit, that is required by 46
U.S.C. 11301 to have an official logbook, shall maintain the
logbook on Form CG-706. When the voyage is completed, the
master or person in charge shall file the logbook with the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) The master or person in charge of a unit that is not required by
46 U.S.C. 11301 to have an official logbook, shall maintain, on
board, an unofficial logbook for making the entries required by this
subpart. This logbook must be retained on board until the unit's
next reinspection or inspection for certification.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56828, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51208, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR
53227, Oct. 1, 1999]
§109.433 Logbook Entries.
1
[ NOTE: 46 U.S.C. 11301 requires that certain entries be made
in an official logbook, in addition to the entries required by this
section; and 46 U.S.C. 11302 prescribes the manner of making
those entries.]
The master or person in charge shall insure that the following
applicable entries are made in the logbook required by this
subpart:
(a) The date of each test of the steering gear, whistle, general
alarm, and communications equipment and the condition of the
equipment.
(b) The time and date of each opening and closing, while the unit
is afloat, of each required appliance for watertight integrity not
fitted with a remote operating control or alarm system and the
reasons for the action.
(c) The date of each test of emergency lighting and power
systems and the condition and performance of the equipment.
(d) The logbook must include information on emergency training
drills required in §109.213(h).
(e) Prior to getting underway, the fore and aft drafts, the position
of the loadline marks in relation to the surface of the water, and
the density of the water in which the vessel is floating, if in fresh
or brackish water.
(f) After loading and prior to getting underway and at all other
times necessary to assure the safety of the vessel, a statement
verifying vessel compliance with applicable stability requirements
as required by §109.227.
(g) The date of each inspection of each accommodation space.
(h) The date of each inspection required in §109.573 if performed
by the master or person in charge.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56828, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
83-067, 49 FR 39162, Oct. 4, 1984; CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41824,
Sept. 11, 1992; CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25303, May 20, 1996]
§109.435 Record Of Fire Fighting Equipment Inspection.
(a) The master or person in charge shall ensure that a record of
each test and inspection required in §109.223 is maintained on
board, until the unit is reinspected or inspected for certification.
A installed, three times.
C
(b) The record required in paragraph (a) of this section must
show–
LI
(1) The date of each test and inspection;
(2) The number or other identification of each item of equipment
tested or inspected; and
B
(3) The name of the person, and the company he represents if
any, who conducts the test or inspection.
U
§109.437 Crane Record Book.
The master or person in charge shall ensure that the following are
.P
maintained in a crane record book:
(a) Descriptive information which will identify each crane
including–
.G
(1) The API name plate data required by Section 11 of API Spec.
2C, Second Edition, February 1972; and
(2) The rates load chart for each line reeving and boom length
which may be utilized.
C
(b) Information required by Section 3 of the American Petroleum
Institute Recommended Practice for Operation and
Maintenance of Offshore Cranes, API RP 2D, First Edition
(October 1972) with supplement 1.
(c) Dates and results of frequent inspections and tests required in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(d) Dates and results of periodic inspections and tests required in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(e) Date and result of each rated load test.
(f) Date and description of each replacement or renewal of wire
rope, hooks, and other load components.
162
(g) Date and description of each failure of the crane, or any
component or safety feature.
(h) Date and description of each repair to the crane structure,
boom, or equipment.
§109.439 Crane Certificates.
The master or person in charge shall insure that the following
certificates and records for each crane are maintained on the unit:
(a) Each certificate issued by a crane certifying authority.
(b) Each record and original certificate, or certified copy of a
certificate, or manufacturers or testing laboratories, companies or
organizations for–
(1) Loose gear;
(2) Wire rope; and
(3) The annealing of wrought iron gear.
S
Subpart E – Emergency Signals.
N
§109.503 Emergency Signals.
(a) Emergency stations signals are established as follows:
IO
(1) The signal to man emergency stations is a rapid succession of
short soundings of both the general alarm bell and the whistle, if a
whistle is installed, for a period of not less than 10 seconds.
T
(2) The signal to secure from emergency stations is the sounding
of both the general alarm bell and the whistle, if a whistle is
(b) The abandon unit stations signals are established as follows:
(1) The signal to man abandon unit stations is a continuous
sounding of both the general alarm and the whistle, if a whistle is
installed.
(2) If whistle signals are used to direct the handling of lifeboats
and davit-launched liferafts, they must be–
(2)(i) One short blast to lower the lifeboats and davit-launched
liferafts; and
(2)(ii) Two short blasts to stop lowering the lifeboats and davit-
launched liferafts.
(3) The signal to secure from abandon unit stations is the
sounding of both the general alarm bell and the whistle, if a
whistle is installed, three times.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56828, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
84-069, 61 FR 25303, May 20, 1996]
Subpart F – Cranes
§109.521 Cranes: General.
The master or person in charge shall ensure that each crane is
operated and maintained in accordance with the API
Recommended Practice for Operation and Maintenance of
Offshore Cranes, API RP 2D, First Edition (Oct. 1972) with
supplement 1.
§109.525 Cranes: Working Loads.
The master or person in charge shall ensure that tables indicating
the maximum safe working loads for the various working angles of
the boom, where the boom is rated at varying capacities
depending on the radius, and the maximum and minimum radius
at which the boom may be safely used, are conspicuously posted
near the controls and are visible to the operator when working the
crane.
§109.527 Cranes: Operator Designation.
(a) The master or person in charge shall designate, in writing,
each crane operator.
(b) The master or person in charge shall ensure that only
designated operators operate cranes.
(c) The master or person in charge shall ensure that each
designated operator is familiar with the provisions of the API
Recommended Practice for Operation and Maintenance of
Offshore Cranes, API RP 2D, First Edition (Oct. 1972) with
supplement 1.
Subpart G – Miscellaneous
§109.555 Propulsion Boilers.
The master or person in charge and the engineer in charge shall
ensure that–
(a) Steam pressure does not exceed that allowed by the
certificate of inspection; and
(b) The safety valves, once set, are not tampered with or made
inoperative.
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56828, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51208, Sept. 30, 1997]
§109.557 Flammable And Combustible Liquids: Carriage.
The master or person in charge shall ensure that–
(a) Flammable and combustible liquids in bulk are not carried,
except as allowed by endorsement to the Certificate of Inspection;
C
(b) Portable tanks are handled and stowed in accordance with
subparts 98.30 and 98.33 of this chapter and the provisions of 49
CFR parts 171 through 179 that apply to portable tanks; and
LI
(c) Grades B and lower liquids are–
(1) Authorized, by the Commandant, to be carried; and
(2) Carried only in fixed independent or integral tanks.
B
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56828, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
84-043, 55 FR 37413, Sept. 11, 1990]
U
§109.559 Explosives And Radioactive Materials.
Except as authorized by the master or person in charge, no
.P
person may use explosives or radioactive materials and
equipment on a unit.
§109.563 Posting Of Documents.The master or person in
charge shall ensure that the following are posted under glass in
.G
the pilot house or control center:
(a) General arrangement plans for each deck showing–
C
(1) Each fire retardant bulkhead;
(2) Each fire detecting, manual alarm, and fire extinguishing
system;
(3) Each fire door;
(4) Each means of ingress to compartments; and
(5) Each ventilating system, including the location of each
damper, fan, and remote means of stopping the fans.
(6) For units constructed on or after September 30, 1997, and for
existing units which have their plans redrawn, the symbols used
to identify the aforementioned details shall be in accordance with
IMO Assembly resolution A.654(16). The identical symbols can be
found in ASTM Adjunct F 1626 (incorporated by reference, see
§109.105).
(b) The stability letter issued by the Coast Guard.
(c) Each SOLAS and Coast Guard certificate issued to the unit.
163
[CGD 73-251,43 FR 56828,Dec. 4, 1978,as amended by CGD 95-
028, 62 FR 51208,Sept. 30, 1997;65 FR 58455,Sept. 29, 2000]
§109.564 Maneuvering Characteristics.
(a) The master or person in charge of each self-propelled unit of
1,600 gross tons and over shall ensure that a maneuvering
information fact sheet is prominently displayed in the pilothouse.
(b) For surface type units, the maneuvering information in Subpart
97.19 of this chapter must be displayed.
(c) The maneuvering information requirements for column
stabilized, self-elevating, and other units of unusual design will be
specified on a case by case basis.
§109.565 Charts And Nautical Publications.
The master or person in charge of a self-propelled unit shall
ensure that the unit has the following adequate, up to date, and
appropriate items for the intended voyage:
S
(a) Charts.
N
(b) Sailing directions.
(c) Coast pilots.
(d) Light lists.
IO
(e) Notices to mariners.
(f) Tide Tables.
(g) Current Tables.
(h) All other nautical publications necessary.1
T
1
[ NOTE: For U.S. units in or on the navigable waters of the
United States. See 33 CFR 164.33.]
A §109.573 Riveting, Welding, And Burning Operations.
Except as allowed by this section–
(a) The master or person in charge shall ensure that there is no
riveting, welding, or burning–
(1) In a fuel tank;
(2) On the boundary of a fuel tank;
(3) On pipelines, heating coils, pumps, fittings, or other
appurtenances connected to fuel tanks; or
(4) On the boundary of spaces adjacent to tanks carrying
Grades A, B, or C flammable liquids in bulk.
(b) The operations prohibited in paragraph (a) of this section may
be allowed if–
(1) An inspection conducted in accordance with the "Standard for
the Control of Gas Hazards on Vessels to be Repaired," N.F.P.A.
No. 306-1974, is made–
(1)(i) In ports or navigable waters of the United States, its
territories and possessions, by–
(1)(i)(A) A marine chemist certified by the National Fire Protection
Association; or
(1)(i)(B) If a certified marine chemist is not available, a person
designated by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection; or
(1)(ii) In all other locations by–
(1)(ii)(A) A marine chemist certified by the National Fire Protection
Association;
(1)(ii)(B) If a certified marine chemist is not available, a person
designated by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection; or
(1)(ii)(C) If the persons required in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(A) and (B)
of this section are not available, the master or person in charge;
or a welding supervisor designated, in writing, by the master or
person in charge; and
(2) A certificate is issued by the person conducting the inspection
stating–
(2)(i) That he conducted the inspection in accordance with the
standard in paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
(2)(ii) The operations that may be conducted; and
(2)(iii) A list of precautions to be followed during the operations;
(c) The master or person in charge shall ensure that the
precautions in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section are followed.
§109.575 Accumulation Of Liquids On Helicopter Decks.
The master or person in charge shall ensure that no liquids are
allowed to accumulate on the helicopter decks.
§109.577 Helicopter Fueling.
(a) The master or person in charge shall designate persons to
conduct helicopter fueling operations.
(b) Portable tanks are handled and stowed in accordance with
subparts 98.30 and 98.33 of this chapter and the provisions of 49
CFR parts 171 through 179 that apply to portable tanks; and
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56828, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
84-043, 55 FR 37413, Sept. 11, 1990]
§109.585 Use Of Auto Pilot.
Except as provided in 33 CFR 164.15, when the automatic pilot is
used in areas of high traffic density, conditions of restricted
visibility, and all other hazardous navigational situations, the
master or person in charge shall ensure that–
(a) It is possible to immediately establish manual control of the
unit's steering;
A were contracted for. In addition they must meet the provisions of
C
(b) A competent person is ready at all times to take over steering
control; and
LI
(c) The changeover from automatic to manual steering and vice
versa is made by, or under the supervision of, the officer of the
watch.
B
Appendix A To Part 109–Navigation And Vessel Inspection
Circular No. 4-78–Inspection And Certification Of Existing
U
Mobile Offshore Drilling Units
1. Purpose. To promulgate instructions for the inspection and
certification of existing mobile offshore drilling units. This NVIC is
.P
also being published as appendix A of 46 CFR Subchapter IA.
2. Background. Mobile Offshore Drilling Units are recognized
internationally through the Intergovernmental Maritime
Consultative Organization as being a "special purpose ship"
.G
designed and operated to carry out an industrial function at sea.
Contemporary U.S. Vessel regulations in Title 46 CFR do not
adequately cover the safety considerations which are unique to
the hull and structural designs, industrial equipment and operating
C
procedures incorporated in drilling vessels. To provide
appropriate and adequate standards, the Coast Guard with the
assistance of the National Offshore Operations Advisory
Committee, and following the provisions of the Administrative
Procedures Act, developed Subchapter IA, Regulations for Mobile
Offshore Drilling Units, 46 CFR Parts 107-109 and amendments
to 46 CFR Subchapters "F", Marine Engineering Regulations, and
"J", Electrical Engineering Regulations. These regulations,
published in FEDERAL REGISTER (43 FR 56788 December 4,
1978) will apply to all units contracted for on or after the effective
date of the regulations.
3. Discussion.
a. This NVIC elaborates the "grandfather provisions" of 46 CFR
107.211 and 107.215 in applying Subchapter IA to the
approximately 150 existing ocean-going U.S. flag mobile offshore
164
drilling units. "Existing" Mobile Offshore Drilling Units are those
vessels which have been contracted for before the effective date
of the regulations including:
(1) Units in Service.
(2) Units under construction.
(3) Units contracted for which are to be constructed and
delivered prior to January 1, 1981.
b. Existing uncertificated mobile drilling units of which there
are approximately 92 of the bottom bearing configuration, i.e.,
jack-up and submersible types, have not previously been required
to comply with vessel inspection regulations. Some units have
met the load line requirements of Subchapter "E" for International
Voyages. Many of the older units are not classed by a
classification society. Bottom bearing units operating on the Outer
Continental Shelf of United States have been required to meet the
safety requirements of 33 CFR Subchapter "N" as artificial
islands. On January 3, 1979, existing bottom bearing units are
S
subject to the "grandfather provisions" in §107.211(c) of
Subchapter IA.
N
c. Existing certificated mobile offshore drilling units, for the
purposes of this NVIC, are column-stabilized and ship-shape
IO
types of which approximately 58 are currently certificated, or have
made application for an original Certificate of Inspection or intend
to make application for an original inspection for certification
under 46 CFR Subchapter "I" on the basis of the unit being
contracted for prior to the effective date of the new regulations.
T
These units may continue to meet the structural, equipment,
material and arrangement standards which were applicable to the
hull, engineering, electrical and industrial systems when the units
d.(1), d.(4)(d), d.(7)(b), d.(8), d.(9), d.(10)(b), d.(11) and d.(12) of
paragraph 3 of this NVC in accordance with §107.215(c)(2) of
Subchapter IA.
d. Inspection Provisions for Existing Uncertificated Units.
The intent of the "grandfather" provisions of this NVIC for existing
uncertificated units is to ascertain through inspection that the
material condition of the unit and its equipment meet reasonable
levels of safety. To this end, the following determinations will be
made:
• The design, construction and arrangements of the hull,
machinery electrical and industrial systems do not reveal
manifestly unsafe aspects.
• There is no excessive deterioration of the hull structure or
equipment foundations.
• There are no intrinsic fire or explosion hazards.
• There are no personnel hazards such as unguarded moving
machinery, potential electrical shock conditions or lack of
handrails.
• The unit is seaworthy and exhibits satisfactory stability.
(1) General.
(a) Repairs and minor alterations to hull structure or equipment
may be made to the same standards as the original installation.
However, new installations or major alterations which affect
vessel or personnel safety shall meet the applicable standards of
Subchapter IA.
(b) Existing items of safety equipment not meeting the applicable
specifications or requirements set forth in Subchapter IA may be
continued in service as long as they are maintained in good
working order to the satisfaction of the OCMI. Such safety
equipment and installations requiring extensive repairs shall be
replaced and shall meet the applicable specifications and
requirements of Subchapter IA.
(c) The OCMI has discretion to accept alternatives or equivalents
which meet the established standards, and to give special
consideration to departures from the regulations when it can be
shown that special circumstances warrant such departures.
(2) Plan Submittal.
(a) For units not classed by the American Bureau of Shipping or
other recognized classification society, (see 46 CFR 108.109) the
OCMI must have sufficient plans and information submitted to him
which will describe such things as the unit's size, construction,
configuration, arrangement of tanks, decks and spaces; and the
machinery and electrical installation. In addition, the OCMI may
require submittal of any additional data he considers necessary in
order to proceed with the original inspections.
(b) For units classed by the American Bureau of Shipping or other
recognized classification society, the plans and information
described in Subchapter IA §107.305(a), (b), (v), and (ii) and a
general description of the machinery and electrical installation
shall be submitted to the OCMI for information. The OCMI may
accept continued classification as proof of structural, mechanical,
and electrical sufficiency. However, the OCMI may require
additional plans and information if necessary.
(3) Hull Structure.
(a) No structural changes will be required unless manifestly
unsafe conditions exist.
(b) Existing uncertificated units must be drydocked or have a
special examination in lieu of drydocking as required by 46 CFR,
107-261.
(c) Achievement of one compartment subdivision is not required
where extensive modification of the original design would be
C
necessary; however, watertight integrity of the hull and structural
boundaries must be maintained. Bulkheads and decks designed
to be watertight must be maintained as such where they are
LI
penetrated by pipes, electrical cable, reach rods, ventilation
systems, etc.
(4) Stability.
B
(a) The stability of each existing unit will be reviewed by the Coast
Guard. The plans indicated in 46 CFR Subchapter IA §107.305(q)
through (u-l) must be submitted to the cognizant OCMI or
U
Merchant Marine Technical Office.
(b) Lightship data from a Coast Guard witnessed and approved
.P
stability test is required for each existing, uncertificated unit.
Alternatively other evidence of lightship values will be considered
on a case by case basis.
(c) In general, compliance with the intact stability standards of 46
.G
CFR Subchapter IA, §§108.303 through 108.309 is required.
Where existing units were designed to a lesser standard of
stability than that specified in §§108.303 through 108.309, some
relaxation based on proven past performance may be granted at
the discretion of the OCMI and limiting conditions, if any, set forth
C
in the operating manual. In no case will the minimum wind speed
for adequate stability be reduced below 50 knots.
(d) An operating manual shall be prepared for each unit. Each
operating manual must contain the information indicated in 46
CFR Subchapter IA, §109.121(d) and be submitted to the
cognizant OCMI or Merchant Marine Technical Office for review.
(5) Load Line.
(a) All units are required to obtain and maintain a valid Load Line
Certificate. The structure and stability of the unit must be proven
adequate for the voyages and areas of operation intended.
(b) The American Bureau of Shipping or other recognized
classification society will issue Load Line Certificates and conduct
initial and annual load line surveys. Coast Guard and the
American Bureau of Shipping inspections may be conducted
165
simultaneously, but it is the owner's responsibility to arrange
coordinated inspection schedules.
(c) The structural review conducted by the American Bureau of
Shipping or other recognized classification society for load line
assignment may be accepted by the Coast Guard as proof of
structural adequacy of the hull.
(d) The stability review must be completed prior to issuance of a
Load Line Certificate. The Coast Guard will inform the American
Bureau of Shipping or other recognized classification society of
the results of the stability review, and will indicate any stability
limitations to be placed on the Load Line Certificate.
(e) Freeboard calculations for self-elevating units with barge type
hulls will be made in accordance with 46 CFR, Part 42. The bow
height requirements of 46 CFR 42.20-70 may be relaxed to
approximately 33% of the normal requirement for barge shapes
moving at speeds less than 6 knots. No relaxation of the addition
S
to freeboard for deficiency in sheer is allowed. The freeboard for
units other than self-elevating units with barge type hulls will be
N
based upon compliance with the intact and damage stability
standards applicable at the time the unit was contracted for.
IO
(f) All units delivered after the date of this NVIC regardless of
contract date, must obtain a Load Line Certificate as soon as
operationally feasible.
(6) Route and Operating Area Limitations.
T
(a) Units classed by the American Bureau of Shipping or other
recognized classification society for ocean service generally will
be certificated by the Coast Guard for ocean routes.
A (b) Unclassed units which have proven structural and stability
adequacy by continued safe operation in a specific geographic
area, such as the Gulf of Mexico, will be limited by the Certificate
of Inspection and Load Line Certificate to that area. To qualify for
an unlimited oceans route, such a unit must be reviewed for
adequacy of the structure and stability by the Coast Guard and
meet the Load Line requirements of d. (5) above.
(c) Any unit which intends to move or operate outside the
geographical area indicated on the Certificate of Inspection must
receive prior approval from the OCMI.
(7) Fire Protection.
(a) Structural fire protection. All units must meet the provisions
of §108.123, Insulation of Combustible Materials and §108.127,
Storage Lockers for Combustibles. All existing interior stairways
which are open at each end must be enclosed at one level. On
units where wood was utilized in the construction of
accommodation spaces, each space must be equipped with a
smoke or heat detector either battery powered or operating on the
AC power supply. All detectors must have the Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc., label (UL) or the Factory Mutual Laboratories
(FM) label.
(b) Fire Extinguishing Systems. Systems and equipment must
be provided which will meet or be equivalent to the applicable
specifications and provisions required by Subchapter IA. Installed
fire extinguishing systems, which provide equivalent or greater
protection than systems required by Subpart E, Subchapter IA
may be continued in use as long as they are in good material
condition and will function as designed. Where practicable,
existing washdown systems may be utilized as the firemain.
Where wood was utilized in the construction of accommodation
spaces, the applicable requirements of 46 CFR Subchapter IA,
Table 108.495(a) should be doubled.
(8) Lifesaving Equipment.
(a) Each unit must have lifesaving equipment (lifeboats and davit
launched liferafts) for 200 percent of the total persons allowed on
board. Except for submersible type units, the installation of
lifeboats for 100 percent of the persons (on board) is required in
accordance with 46 CFR 108.503 of Subchapter IA.
Consideration will be given to those units where existing
arrangement and structure do not provide sufficient room for
installation of the lifeboats or where the added weight of the
lifeboats, davits and winches will materially reduce the variable
load capacity of the unit. In such cases, davit launched inflatable
liferafts with a combined personnel capacity of the required
lifeboats, and a rescue boat approved by the OCMI may be
acceptable equivalents. Submersible type units may substitute
Coast Guard approved throw over type inflatable liferafts and an
approved rescue boat for the required lifeboats.
(b) For the second part of the total 200 percent primary lifesaving
requirement, lifeboats installed in accordance with 33 CFR,
Subchapter "N" Part 144 or Coast Guard approved life floats may
be retained as provided for in 3.d(1)(b) of this Circular. They will
be considered collectively with the Coast Guard approved liferafts
for calculating the amount of equipment to provide for 100 percent
of personnel on board.
(c) Adequate access to all lifesaving equipment must be provided.
(9) Cranes.
(a) Plan approval will not normally be required of any crane which
conforms to the specifications of the manufacturer as originally
installed. A rated load test as described in §107.260 of
Subchapter IA will be required unless the crane has been load
tested while under certification by an approved certifying authority
as provided for in 46 CFR 107.258. Prior to the rated load test,
the crane should be identified by manufacturer and model number
to determine that the correct load rating chart is being used. The
owner must submit to the OCMI details and calculations of any
alterations to a crane which were accomplished without
manufacturer's documentation in order to verify the rated load of
the crane.
C
(10) Electrical.
(a) Multiple power sources do not require an emergency
LI
generator; however, storage batteries or approved relay-
controlled battery operated lanterns are required to be installed
for the emergency lighting system and provide 12 hours of
lighting.
B
(b) Electrical equipment installed in Class I, division 1 and 2
locations, as defined in Subchapter IA, §108.170 must be of a
U
suitable type and in good material condition.
(11) Unfired Pressure Vessels.
.P
(a) Unfired pressure vessels built and stamped in accordance with
Section VIII of the ASME Code may be continued in service as
long as they remain in satisfactory condition. At the original and
subsequent inspections for certification, ASME Code pressure
vessels must be tested and examined in accordance with the
.G
requirements in 46 CFR 61.10-5.
(b) Unfired pressure vessels which cannot be identified as being
constructed to any recognized standard may be continued in
service provided that no obvious defects are noted. These
C
pressure vessels shall be hydrostatically tested to one and one
half times the working pressure. For pressure vessels that can not
be reasonably hydrostatically tested, nondestructive testing may
be used to verify the pressure vessels condition for continued
serviceability. These pressure vessels will then be stamped with a
Coast Guard identification number and periodically tested and
examined in accordance with the requirements in 46 CFR 61.10-
5.
(12) Marine Sanitation Devices.
(a) All units must meet the provisions of 33 CFR Part 159, Coast
Guard Marine Sanitation Devices Regulations. The discharge
requirements are compatible with the OCS Orders of the U.S.
Geological Survey.
4. Action.
166
a. The owner of each existing certificated unit must provide the
cognizant OCMI a proposed plan to accomplish the requirements
in paragraph 3. c. of this NVIC within 60 days from the effective
date of the regulations. Most items should be approved at the
unit's next inspection for certification; however, where major
equipment installations are concerned, the owner may be allowed
up to two years to comply with the requirements from the time the
OCMI completes his assessment of the proposals.
b. Application for Original Inspection for Certification. Not
later than sixty days from January 3, 1979, application for original
inspection for certification of all existing uncertificated units, shall
be submitted to the appropriate OCMI. The plans or descriptive
data specified in paragraph 3.d(2) of this NVIC along with a
proposed plan to bring the unit into compliance should, if possible,
be submitted with the application for inspection. If not feasible to
assemble all required information in this time frame, an estimated
date of submittal shall be indicated on the application.
Arrangements should be made to commence the original
S
inspection for certification with due consideration for the unit's
operating situation.
N
c. To the extent possible the same inspection team will conduct
IO
the inspection of all existing uncertificated units in a geographical
area. It may be advantageous to conduct the original inspection in
conjunction with an impending special or periodic survey,
drydocking or availability period. Units under construction will
receive primary consideration by the OCMI for the allocation of
T
time and personnel so that any problems can be identified while
the unit is in the most advantageous situation to apply corrections.
A d. The variety of designs and arrangements presented by existing
uninspected MODU's makes it impractical to prescribe detailed
standards for all existing units. The procedures followed to
implement this NVC must provide the necessary flexibility. Items
which must be taken into consideration in applying this NVIC are
listed below. Categorizing units into groups to which the same
items apply will be of value during the inspection process. These
items are:
• Type
• Builder
• Model
• Date build
• Classed by ABS or other classification society
• Load Line assignment
• Operating history (including geographical areas)
• Present location
e. Issuance of the Original Certificate of Inspection. The intent
of the original inspection of existing uncertificated units is to
identify and commence correction of any unsafe conditions and/or
equipment deficiencies and to issue the unit an original Certificate
of Inspection. A reasonable period of time will be permitted to
correct minor deficiencies. Those items directly affecting
personnel safety and health will require immediate attention to
correct the unsafe condition. Extensive deficiencies, such as
those involving structural aspects or equipment may require up to
two years to remedy. Additional times may be allowed if repair
facilities are not available to coastal areas adjacent to the unit's
area of operation. Where manifestly unsafe conditions are found,
the OCMI may require that the unit discontinue operations until
such conditions are corrected. If the owner or operator feels
aggrieved by the decision of the OCMI, the appeals procedures of
46 CFR 2.01-70 are applicable.
f. Questions concerning this NVIC should be referred to the
Commandant (G-MOC).
[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56828, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50730, Sept. 27, 1996]
 Part 147 – Hazardous Ships' Stores
Table Of Contents Compressed gas means compressed gas as the term is defined
in 49 CFR 173.115.
Subpart A–General Provisions
Consumer commodity means a commodity, such as a polish,
Sec. insecticide, cleaning compound, or distillate, that is packaged and
147.1 Purpose And Applicability. distributed in a form and quantity intended for sale through retail
147.3 Definitions. sales establishments.
147.5 Commandant (G-MSO); Address.
147.7 Incorporation By Reference. Flammable liquid means flammable liquid as the term is defined
147.8 OMB Control Numbers Assigned Pursuant To The in 49 CFR 173.120(a).
Paperwork Reduction Act.
147.9 Waivers. Hazardous material means hazardous material as the term is
147.15 Hazardous Ships' Stores Permitted On Board Vessels. defined in 49 CFR 171.8.
147.30 Labeling.
147.33 Right Of Appeal. Hazardous ships' stores means ships' stores that are hazardous

S
materials.
Subpart B–Stowage And Other Special Requirements For
Particular Materials Proper shipping name means the name of the hazardous ships'

N
stores shown in Roman print (not in italics) in 49 CFR 172.101.
147.35 Purpose Of Subpart.
147.40 Materials Requiring Commandant (G-MSO) Approval. Ships' stores means materials which are on board a vessel for

IO
147.45 Flammable And Combustible Liquids. the upkeep, maintenance, safety, operation, or navigation of the
147.50 Fuel For Cooking, Heating, And Lighting. vessel (except for fumigants under part 147A of this chapter, for
147.60 Compressed Gases. fuel and compressed air used for the vessel's primary propulsion
147.65 Carbon Dioxide And Halon Fire Extinguishing Systems. machinery, or for fixed auxiliary equipment) or for the safety or
comfort of the vessel's passengers or crew.

T
147.70 Acetylene.
147.85 Oxygen.
147.90 Refrigerants. Technical name means the recognized chemical name used in
147.95
147.100
147.105
Explosives.
Radioactive Materials.
Anesthetics, Drugs, And Medicines.
A scientific or technical publications.

[CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, as amended by CGD

C
97-057, 62 FR 51048, Sept. 30, 1997]
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR,
1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security §147.5 Commandant (G-MSO); Address.
LI

Delegation No. 0170.1. Commandant (G-MSO) is the Office of Operating and

[SOURCE: CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, unless Environmental Standards, Marine Safety, Security and
otherwise noted.] Environmental Protection. The address is Commandant (G-MSO),
U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, Washington, DC 20593-0001,
B

and the telephone number is (202) 372-1401.

Subpart A – General Provisions
[CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
U

§147.1 Purpose And Applicability.

(a) This part prescribes regulations designating what hazardous §147.7 Incorporation By Reference.
materials may be on board vessels as ships' stores and (a) In this part, portions or the entire text of certain standards and
.P

prescribes requirements for the labeling, stowage, and use of
those materials.
(b) This part applies to all vessels listed in 46 U.S.C. 3301 as
subject to inspection under part B of 46 U.S.C. Subtitle II. On
foreign vessels in the navigable waters of the United States, the
.G
specifications are incorporated by reference as the governing
requirements for materials, equipment, tests, or procedures to be
followed. These standards and specification requirements
specifically referred to in this part are the governing requirements
for the subject matters covered, unless specifically limited,

modified, or replaced by the regulations.

Captain of the Port or District Commander may prohibit the
unsafe use or stowage of hazardous ships' stores under 33 CFR (b) These materials are incorporated by reference into this part
160.109. under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) with the approval of the Director of the
C

Federal Register. The Office of the Federal Register publishes a

(c) All certifications previously issued by the Coast Guard under
this part permitting the use of particular materials or products as
ships' stores are null and void.
§147.3 Definitions.
As used in this part:
Accommodation, control, or service spaces means living
quarters, including walkways, dining rooms, galleys, pantries,
lounges, lavatories, cabins, staterooms, offices, hospitals,
cinemas, and game and hobby rooms; areas containing controls
for equipment and navigation; workshops, other than those
forming part of machinery spaces; and store rooms adjacent to
these spaces.
Combustible liquid means combustible liquid as the term is
defined in 49 CFR 173.120(b).
table, "Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference," which
appears in the Finding Aids section of this volume. To enforce any
edition other than the one listed in paragraph (c) of this section,
notice of the change must be published in the FEDERAL
REGISTER and the material made available. All approved
material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register Information
Center, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC
and at U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second Street,
SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001. Copies may be obtained from
the sources indicated in paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this
part are:
American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc. (ABYC), 3069 Solomons
Island Road, Edgewater, MD 21037
ABYC H-25-81–Portable Fuel Systems and Portable Containers

167
for Flammable Liquids, May 12, 1981.
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-
Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE),
Publication Sales Department, 1791 Tullie Circle, NE, Atlanta,
GA 30329
ANSI/ASHRAE 34-78–Number Designation of Refrigerants,
approved 1978.
Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human
Services (DHHS),
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, D.C. 20402
DHHS Publication No. (PHS) 84-2024–The Ship's Medicine
Chest and Medical Aid at Sea, revised 1984.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), 12 Laboratory Drive,
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995
UL 30–Standard for Metal Safety Cans, 7th Ed., March 11,
1985, revised March 12, 1985 and March 3, 1987.
UL 1185–Standard for Portable Marine Fuel Tanks, Second
Edition, March 13, 1978, revised July 6, 1984.
UL 1313–Standard for Nonmetallic Safety Cans for Petroleum
Products, 1st Ed., March 15, 1982, revised January 3, 1984 and
March 22, 1985.
UL 1314–Standard for Special-Propose Containers, 1st Ed.,
July 7, 1983, revised February 7, 1984 and September 23, 1986.
[CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, as amended by CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51048, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR
53227, Oct. 1, 1999]
§147.8 OMB Control Numbers Assigned Pursuant To The
Paperwork Reduction Act.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control
numbers assigned to information collection and recordkeeping
requirements in this subchapter by the Office of Management and
C
Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980
(44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast Guard intends that this
section comply with the requirements of 44 U.S.C. 3507(f), which
LI
requires that agencies display a current control number assigned
by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency information
collection requirement.
B
(b) Display.
46 CFR part or section where Current OMB
U
identified or described Control no.
§147.9 1625-0034
§147.30 1625-0034
.P
§147.40 1625-0034
§147.60(c)(2) 1625-0034
[CGD 88-072, 53 FR 34298, Sept. 6, 1988; 88-072, 53 FR
37570, Sept. 27, 1988]
.G
§147.9 Waivers.
(a) Any requirement in this part may be waived on a case by case
basis if it is determined by Commandant (G-MSO) that the
C
requirement is impracticable under the circumstances and that an
acceptable level of safety can be maintained.
(b) Requests for issuance of a waiver must be in writing and
contain a detailed explanation of–
(1) Why the requirement is impracticable; and
(2) What measures will be taken to maintain an acceptable or
equivalent level of safety.
[CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
§147.15 Hazardous Ships' Stores Permitted On Board
Vessels.
168
Unless prohibited under subpart B of this part, any hazardous
material may be on board a vessel as ships' stores if the
material–
(a) Is labeled according to §147.30; and
(b) Meets the requirements, if any, in subpart B of this part
applicable to the material.
§147.30 Labeling.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all
immediate receptacles, containers, or packages containing
hazardous ships' stores must be labeled in English with the
following information concerning the contents:
(1) Technical name or proper shipping name.
(2) For hazardous ships' stores other than liquid fuels,
manufacturer's or supplier's name and address.
S
(3) Hazard classification under 49 CFR 172.101, 173.2, and
N
173.2(a).
(4) For hazardous ships' stores other than liquid fuels, step by
IO
step procedures for proper use.
(5) First aid instructions in the event of personnel contact,
including antidotes in the event of ingestion.
T
(6) Stowage and segregation requirements.
(b) Hazardous ships' stores that are consumer commodities
A labeled in accordance with the Federal Hazardous Substances
Act Regulations in 26 CFR part 1500 need not be labeled as
specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
[CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, as amended by CGD
97-057, 62 FR 51048, Sept. 30, 1997]
§147.33 Right Of Appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989; 55 FR 21386, May 24,
1990]
Subpart B–Stowage And Other Special
Requirements For Particular Materials
§147.35 Purpose Of Subpart.
This subpart prescribes special requirements applicable to
particular, named materials. These requirements are in addition to
the general requirements in subpart A applicable to those
materials.
§147.40 Materials Requiring Commandant (G-MSO) Approval.
(a) Commandant (G-MSO) approval is required before the
following hazardous materials may be on board a vessel as ships'
stores:
(1) Poison gases of Class 2, Division 2.3 and toxic liquids of Class
6, Division 6.1 which are poisonous by inhalation in Hazard Zone
A.
(2) Explosives of Divisions 1.1 or 1.2.
(3) Flammable gases, other than those addressed specifically in
this subpart.
(4) Forbidden materials listed in 49 CFR 172.101.
(b) Request for approval must be submitted to the Commandant
(G-MSO), identify the material, and explain the need for its use.
(c) Upon approval, the material is added to the list of materials
approved under this section. A copy of this list is available from
the Commandant (G-MSO) at the address in §147.5.
[CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 19955; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50731, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51048, Sept. 30,
1997]
§147.45 Flammable And Combustible Liquids.
(a) This section applies to the stowage and transfer of flammable
and combustible liquids (including gasoline and diesel oil), other
than liquids used as fuel for cooking, heating, and lighting under
§147.50.
(b) No flammable or combustible liquids may be stowed in any
accommodation, control, or service space (other than a paint
locker).
(c) No more than 19 liters (five gallons) of flammable liquids may
be stowed in any machinery space. The flammable liquids must
be in containers of 3.8 liters (one gallon) or less.
(d) No more than 208 liters (55 gallons) of combustible liquids
may be stowed in any machinery space.
(e) An aggregate of more than 7.6 liters (two gallons) of
flammable or combustible liquids stowed outside of an
accommodation, control, or service, space (other than a paint
locker) or outside of a machinery space must be stowed in a paint
locker that is marked with a warning sign indicating flammable or
C
combustible liquid storage.
(f) Flammable and combustible liquids used as fuel for portable
LI
auxiliary equipment must be stored in–
(1) Integral tanks that form part of the vessel's structure;
B
(2) An independent tank meeting the requirements of subpart
58.50 of Part 58 of this chapter;
U
(3) A non-bulk packaging authorized for Class 3 (flammable)
liquids or combustible liquids under 49 CFR 173.201, 173.202, or
173.203, as referenced for the specific liquid in column 8B of the
.P
Hazardous Materials Table of 49 CFR 172.101.
(4) A portable outboard fuel tank meeting the specifications of
ABYC H-25-81 or one identified by Underwriters Laboratories as
meeting the specifications of UL 1185;
.G
(5) A portable safety container identified by Underwriters
Laboratories as meeting the specifications of UL 30 or UL 1313;
or
C
(6) A portable safety container identified by Underwriters
Laboratories as meeting the requirements of UL 1314.
(g) Each portable container of flammable or combustible liquid
used for portable auxiliary equipment must be stowed in a paint
locker or an open location designated by the master.
(h) Fuel tanks for portable auxiliary equipment using flammable or
combustible liquids may only be refilled on a vessel–
(1) By using a container described in paragraph (f)(2), (f)(3), or
(f)(5) of this section which has a capacity not exceeding 23 liters
(6 gallons); or
(2) In the case of portable outboard fuel tanks described in
paragraph (f)(4) of this section, in accordance with paragraph (i)
of this section.
169
(i) Portable containers or portable outboard fuel tanks may be
refilled from a larger container of flammable or combustible liquid
on the weather deck of a vessel, other than a small passenger
vessel subject to Subchapter T of this chapter, provided that–
(1) A drip pan of adequate size is used to collect any drippings;
and
(2) At least one Coast Guard approved Type B, Size I, fire
extinguisher is within three meters (9.75 feet) of the refilling
location.
[CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, as amended by CGD
92-100, 59 FR 17001, Apr. 11, 1994; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51048,
Sept. 30, 1997]
§147.50 Fuel For Cooking, Heating, And Lighting.
(a) Flammable and combustible liquids and gases not listed in this
S
section are prohibited for cooking, heating, or lighting on any
vessel, with the exception of combustible liquids on cargo
N
vessels.
(b) Fluid alcohol is prohibited for cooking, heating, or lighting on
IO
ferry vessels. Fluid alcohol burners, where wet primed, must have
a catch pan not less than 3/4 of an inch deep secured inside of
the frame of the stove or have the metal protection under the
stove flanged up 3/4 of an inch to form a pan.
T
(c) Containers of solidified alcohol must be secured on a fixed
base.
A (d) Liquefied or non-liquefied gas is prohibited for cooking,
heating, and lighting on ferry vessels, but may be used on other
inspected vessels if the system in which it is used meets the
applicable requirements of subpart 58.16 or subpart 184.05 of this
chapter, as appropriate, or is approved by the Commandant (G-
MSE).
(e) Kerosene and commercial standard fuel oil No. 1, No. 2, and
No. 3 are prohibited for cooking, heating, or lighting on ferry or
passenger vessels, unless the following conditions are met:
(1) Pressure or gravity feed must be used.
(2) Where wet priming is used in a cooking device, the device
must have a catch pan not less than three fourths of an inch deep
secured inside the frame of the device or a metal protector under
the device with a least a three fourths inch flange to form a pan.
(3) Where wet priming is used, a non-flammable priming liquid
must be used.
(4) Fuel tanks for fixed stoves must be separated from the stove
and mounted in a location open to the atmosphere or mounted
inside a compartment with an outside fill and vent.
(5) Fuel lines must have an easily accessible shut-off valve at the
tank.
(6) If the fuel tank is outside of a stove compartment, a shut-off
valve must be fitted at the stove.
[CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, as amended by CGD
83-013, 54 FR 6402, Feb. 10, 1989; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50465,
Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
§147.60 Compressed Gases.
(a) Cylinder requirements. Cylinders used for containing
hazardous ships' stores that are compressed gases must be–
(1) Authorized for the proper shipping name of the gas in
accordance with 49 CFR 172.101 and 49 CFR part 173;
(2) Constructed in accordance with subpart C of 49 CFR part 178
or exempted under 49 CFR part 107;
(3) Filled, marked, and inspected in accordance with 49 CFR
173.301 through 173.308; and
(4) Except as provided in §147.65, maintained and retested in
accordance with 49 CFR 173.34
(b) Stowage and care of cylinders.
(1) Cylinders must always be secured and, when not in use, they
must be stowed in a rack in an upright position, with the valve
protection cap in place.
(2) Lockers or housings must be vented to the open air near the
top and bottom for positive circulation of vapors.
(3) Cylinders must be protected from all sources of heat which
may cause the cylinders to be heated to a temperature higher
than 130°F.
(c) Pressure vessels other than cylinders. Pressure vessels,
other than cylinders subject to paragraph (a) of this section, used
for containing ships' stores that are compressed gases must–
(1) Be constructed and inspected in accordance with part 54 of
this chapter; and
(2) Carry only nitrogen or air, unless permission is granted by
Commandant (G-MSO) to do otherwise.
[CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 19955; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
C
50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
§147.65 Carbon Dioxide And Halon Fire Extinguishing
LI
Systems.
(a) Carbon dioxide or halon cylinders forming part of a fixed fire
extinguishing system must be retested, at least, every 12 years. If
a cylinder is discharged and more than five years have elapsed
B
since the last test, it must be retested before recharging.
(b) Carbon dioxide or halon cylinders must be rejected for further
U
service when they–
(1) Leak;
(2) Are dented, bulging, severely corroded, or otherwise in a
.P
weakened condition;
(3) Have lost more than five percent of their tare weight; or
(4) Have been involved in a fire.
(c) Cylinders which have contained carbon dioxide or halon and
.G
have not been tested within five years must not be used to
contain another compressed gas on board a vessel, unless the
cylinder is retested and re-marked in accordance with
§147.60(a)(3) and (a)(4).
C
(d) Flexible connections between cylinders and distribution piping
of semi-portable or fixed carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systems
and discharge hoses in semi-portable carbon dioxide fire
extinguishing systems must be renewed or tested at a pressure of
6.9 MPa (1000 psig). At test pressure, the pressure must not drop
at a rate greater than 1.03 MPa (150 psi) per minute for a two
minute period. The test must be performed when the cylinders are
retested.
(e) Flexible connections between cylinders and distribution piping
of fixed halon fire extinguishing systems must be tested at a
pressure of one and one-half times the cylinder service pressure
as marked on the cylinder. At test pressure, the pressure must not
drop at a rate greater than 1.03 MPa (150 psi) per minute for a
170
two minute period. The test must be performed when the
cylinders are retested.
§147.70 Acetylene.
(a) Seventeen cubic meters (600 standard cubic feet) or less of
acetylene may be stowed on or below decks on any vessel.
(b) More than 17 m3 (600 standard cubic feet) of acetylene may
be on board a vessel engaged in industrial operations, if it is
stowed on deck.
§147.85 Oxygen.
(a) Eighty five cubic meters (3000 standard cubic feet) or less of
oxygen may be on board any vessel.
(b) More than 85 m3 (3000 standard cubic feet) of oxygen may be
on board a vessel engaged in industrial operations, if it is stowed
on deck or in a well ventilated space.
S
§147.90 Refrigerants.
(a) Only refrigerants listed in ANSI/ASHRAE 34-78 may be
N
carried as ships' stores.
(b) Refrigerants contained in a vessel's operating system are not
IO
considered as being carried as ship's stores.
§147.95 Explosives.
(a) Explosives–general. Except as provided for elsewhere in this
subchapter, explosives, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50, which are
T
hazardous ships' stores must be stowed in a magazine which is
constructed and located in accordance with 49 CFR 176.122
through 176.138.
A (b) Small arms ammunition.
(1) No person shall bring, have in their possession, or use on
board a vessel any small arms ammunition, except by express
permission of the master of the vessel.
(2) All small arms ammunition must be stowed in a locked metal
magazine or locker. The key to the locker must be kept in the
possession of the master or a person designated by the master.
(c) Ships' signals and emergency equipment.
(1) Explosive ships' signals and emergency equipment, including
pyrotechnic distress signals and line throwing equipment, must be
stowed in watertight containers or wood lined magazine chests.
(2) All pyrotechnic distress signals, rockets, and line throwing
guns must be stowed in accordance with the requirements of 49
CFR 176.140 through 176.146.
[CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7749, Mar. 10, 1988, as amended by CGD
92-100, 59 FR 17001, Apr. 11, 1994; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51048,
Sept. 30, 1997]
§147.100 Radioactive Materials.
(a) Radioactive materials must not be brought on board, used in
any manner, or stored on the vessel, unless the use of the
materials is authorized by a current license issued by the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission (NRC) under 10 CFR parts 30 and 34.
(b) Stowage of radioactive materials must conform to the
requirements of the NRC license.
§147.105 Anesthetics, Drugs, And Medicines.
Anesthetics, drugs, and medicines must be stowed and
dispensed in accordance with the DHHS Publication No. (PHS)
84-2024.
Part 147A–Interim Regulations For Shipboard Fumigation
Table Of Contents §147A.7 Definitions.
As used in this part:
GENERAL
(a) Qualified person means a person who has experience with
Sec. the particular fumigant or knowledge of its properties and is
147A.1 Purpose. familiar with fumigant detection equipment and procedures, or an
147A.3 Applicability. applicator who is certified by the Environmental Protection
147A.5 General Requirement. Agency if his certification covers the fumigant that is used.
147A.6 Right Of Appeal
147A.7 Definitions. (b) Fumigant means a substance or mixture of substances that is
147A.9 Persons In Charge Of Fumigation And The Vessel; a gas or is rapidly or progressively transformed to the gaseous
Designation. state though some nongaseous or particulate matter may remain
147A.10 Notice To Captain Of The Port. in the space that is fumigated.

BEFORE FUMIGATION (c) Fumigation means the application of a fumigant on board a

S
vessel to a specific treatment space.
147A.11 Person In Charge Of Fumigation; Before Fumigation.
147A.13 Person In Charge Of The Vessel; Before Fumigation. §147A.9 Persons In Charge Of Fumigation And The Vessel;

N
Designation.
DURING FUMIGATION (a) The person, including any individual, firm, association,
partnership, or corporation, that is conducting a fumigation

147A.21 Person In Charge Of Fumigation; During Fumigation.
147A.23 Person In Charge Of Vessel; During Fumigation.
147A.25 Entry.
IO
operation shall designate a person in charge of fumigation for
each operation.
(b) The operator of each vessel shall designate a person in
charge of the vessel for each fumigation operation.

T
AFTER VENTILATION

147A.31 Removal Of Fumigation Material And Warning Signs. §147A.10 Notice To Captain Of The Port.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAMMABLE FUMIGANTS A Unless otherwise authorized by the Captain of the Port, at least
24 hours before fumigation the operator of the vessel shall notify
the Coast Guard Captain of the Port, for the area where the
C
147A.41 Person In Charge Of Fumigation; Flammable vessel is to be fumigated, of the time and place of the fumigation,
Fumigants. and the name of the vessel that is to be fumigated.
147A.43 Other Sources Of Ignition; Flammable Fumigants.
LI

Before Fumigation
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 5103; Department of Homeland Security
Delegation No. 0170.1. [SOURCE: CGD 74-144, 39 FR 32998, §147A.11 Person In Charge Of Fumigation; Before
Sept. 13, 1974, unless otherwise noted.] Fumigation.
B

(a) The person in charge of fumigation shall notify the person in

charge of the vessel of:
General
U

(1) The space that is to be fumigated;

§147A.1 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to prescribe the requirements for (2) The name, address, and emergency telephone number of the
.P

shipboard fumigation that are critical for the health and safety of fumigation company;
the crew and any other person who is on board a vessel during
fumigation. These are interim rules pending further study and (3) The dates and times of fumigation;
promulgation of comprehensive regulations on shipboard
fumigation. (4) The characteristics of the fumigant;
.G

§147A.3 Applicability. (5) The spaces that are determined to be safe for occupancy
This part prescribes the rules for shipboard fumigation on vessels paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section;
to which 49 CFR parts 171-179 apply under 49 CFR 176.5.
C

(6) The maximum allowable concentration of fumigant in spaces,

[CGD 86-033, 53 FR 36026, Sept. 16, 1988]
§147A.5 General Requirement.
No person may cause or authorize shipboard fumigation contrary
to the rules in this part.
§147A.6 Right Of Appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989]
if any, that are determined to be safe for occupancy under
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section;
(7) The symptoms of exposure to the fumigant; and
(8) Emergency first aid treatment for exposure to the fumigant.
(b) The person in charge of fumigation shall ensure that:
(1) A marine chemist or other qualified person who has
knowledge of and experience in shipboard fumigation evaluates
the vessel's construction and configuration and determines:

(1)(i) Which spaces, if any, are safe for occupancy during (1)(ii) The intervals that inspections must be made under
fumigation; and §147A.21(a)(1);

171
(2) No persons or domestic animals are in the space that is to be
fumigated or the spaces that are designated as unsafe for
occupancy under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section;
(3) There is proper and secure sealing to confine the fumigant to
the space that is to be fumigated, including blanking off and
sealing any ventilation ducts and smoke detectors;
(4) The personal protection and fumigation detection equipment
for the fumigant that is to be used is on board the vessel;
(5) Warning signs are:
(5)(i) Posted upon all gangplanks, ladders, and other points of
access to the vessel;
(5)(ii) Posted on all entrances to the spaces that are designated
as unsafe for occupancy under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section;
and
(5)(iii) In accordance with 49 CFR 173.9(c) or section 8.10 of the
General Introduction of the International Maritime Dangerous
Goods Code. The word "unit" on the warning sign may be
replaced with "vessel," "barge," "hold," or "space," as appropriate.
(6) Watchmen are stationed at all entrances to:
(6)(i) Spaces that are not determined to be safe for occupancy
under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section; or
(6)(ii) The vessel, if no spaces are determined to be safe for
occupancy under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
[CGD 74-144, 39 FR 32998, Sept. 13, 1974; 39 FR 37771, Oct.
C
24, 19745; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50731, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-
057, 62 FR 51048, Sept. 30, 1997]
LI
§147A.13 Person In Charge Of The Vessel; Before
Fumigation.
(a) After notice under §147A.11(a)(5), the person in charge of the
vessel shall notify the crew and all other persons on board the
B
vessel who are not participating in the fumigation of the spaces
that are determined to be safe for occupancy under
§147A.11(b)(1)(i).
U
(b) If no spaces are determined to be safe for occupancy under
§147A.11(b)(1)(i), the person in charge of the vessel shall ensure
.P
that the crew and all persons who are not participating in the
fumigation leave the vessel and remain away during fumigation.
DURING FUMIGATION
.G
§147A.21 Person In Charge Of Fumigation; During
Fumigation.
(a) Until ventilation begins, or until the vessel leaves port, the
person in charge of fumigation shall ensure that a qualified person
C
inspects the vessel as follows:
(1) He must use detection equipment for the fumigant that is used
to ensure that the fumigant is confined to:
(1)(i) The space that is fumigated, if partial occupancy is allowed
under §147A.11(b)(1)(i); or
(1)(ii) The vessel, if no space is determined to be safe for
occupancy under §147A.11(b)(1)(i).
(2) He must make inspections at the intervals that are determined
to be necessary by the marine chemist or qualified person under
§147A.11(b)(1)(ii).
(b) If leakage occurs, the person in charge of fumigation shall:
(1) Notify the person in charge of the vessel that there is leakage;
172
(2) Ensure that all necessary measures are taken for the health
and safety of any person; and
(3) Notify the person in charge of the vessel when there is no
danger to the health and safety of any person.
(c) After the exposure period, if the vessel is in port, the person in
charge of fumigation shall ensure that fumigators or other
qualified persons ventilate the space that is fumigated as follows:
(1) Hatch covers and vent seals must be removed, other routes of
access to the atmosphere must be opened, and if necessary,
mechanical ventilation must be used.
(2) Personal protection equipment that is appropriate for the
fumigant that is used must be worn.
(d) If ventilation is completed before the vessel leaves port, the
person in charge of fumigation shall:
S
(1) Ensure that a qualified person, who is wearing the personal
N
protection equipment for the fumigant that is used if remote
detection equipment is not used, tests the space that is fumigated
and determines if there is any danger to the health and safety of
IO
any person, including a danger from fumigant that may be
retained in bagged, baled, or other absorbent cargo;
(2) Notify the person in charge of the vessel of this determination;
and
T
(3) If it is determined that there is a danger:
A (3)(i) Ensure that all measures are taken that are necessary for
the health and safety of all persons; and
(3)(ii) Notify the person in charge of the vessel when there is no
danger to the health and safety of any person.
§147A.23 Person In Charge Of Vessel; During Fumigation.
(a) The person in charge of the vessel shall ensure that the crew
and all other persons on board the vessel who are not
participating in the fumigation restrict their movement during
fumigation to the spaces that are determined to be safe for
occupancy under §147A.11(b)(1)(i).
(b) The person in charge of the vessel shall ensure that the crew
and all other persons who are not participating in the fumigation
follow any instructions of the person in charge of fumigation that
are issued under §147A.21(b)(2) or (d)(3)(i) and that the vessel
does not leave port if he is notified under:
(1) Section 147A.21(b)(1) that there is leakage, unless the person
in charge of fumigation notifies him under §147A.21(b)(3) of this
subpart that there is no danger; or
(2) Section 147A.21(d)(2) that there is a danger after ventilation,
unless the person in charge of the fumigation notifies him under
§147A.21(d)(3)(ii) that there is no danger.
(c) If fumigation is not completed before the vessel leaves port,
the person in charge of the vessel shall ensure that personal
protection and fumigant detection equipment for the fumigant that
is used is on board the vessel.
(d) If the vessel leaves port before fumigation is completed, the
person in charge of the vessel shall ensure that a qualified person
makes periodic inspections until ventilation is completed and this
person shall use detection equipment for the fumigant that is used
to determine if:
(1) There is leakage of fumigant; or
(2) There is a concentration of fumigant that is a danger to the
health and safety of any person.
(e) If the qualified person determines under paragraph (d) of this
section that there is leakage or a concentration of fumigant that is
a danger to the health and safety of any person, the person in
charge of the vessel shall take all measures that are, in his
discretion, necessary to ensure health and safety of all persons
who are on board the vessel. If the danger is due to leakage, he
shall also ensure that qualified persons immediately ventilate in
accordance with paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of §147A.21.
(f) If the vessel leaves port during the exposure period, the person
in charge of the vessel shall ensure that the space that is
fumigated is ventilated by qualified persons after the exposure
period in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of §147A.21.
(g) If ventilation is completed after the vessel leaves port, the
person in charge of the vessel shall ensure that a qualified
person, who is wearing the personal protection equipment for the
fumigant that is used if remote detection equipment is not used,
tests the space that is fumigated to determine if there is a danger
(3) No person may enter the space that is fumigated unless he
wears a lifeline and safety harness and each life-line is tended by
a person who is outside the space and who is wearing the
personal protection equipment for the fumigant that is in use.
After Ventilation
§147A.31 Removal Of Fumigation Material And Warning
Signs.
After ventilation is completed and a marine chemist or other
qualified person determines that there is no danger to the health
and safety of any person under §147A.21(d) or §147A.23(g), the
person in charge of fumigation, or, if the vessel has left port, the
person in charge of the vessel, shall ensure that all warning signs
are removed and fumigation containers and materials are
removed and disposed of in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.

S
to the health and safety of any person, including a danger from
Special Requirements for Flammable Fumigants
fumigant that may be retained in bagged, baled, or other
§147A.41 Person In Charge Of Fumigation; Flammable

N
absorbent cargo. If the qualified person determines that there is a
Fumigants.
danger, the person in charge of the vessel shall take all measures
(a) The person in charge of fumigation shall ensure that:
that are, in his discretion, necessary to ensure the health and

IO
safety of all persons who are on board the vessel.
(1) Before the space that is to be fumigated is sealed, it is
thoroughly cleaned, and all refuse, oily waste, and other
§147A.25 Entry.
combustible material is removed;
(a) No person may enter the spaces that immediately adjoin the
space that is fumigated during fumigation unless entry is for

T
(2) Before fumigation, all fire fighting equipment, including
emergency purposes or the space is tested and declared safe for
sprinklers and fire pumps, is in operating condition; and
human occupancy by a marine chemist or other qualified person
and is inspected under §147A.21(a)(2) or §147A.23(d).

(b) If entry is made for emergency purposes: A (3) Before and during fumigation, electrical circuits that are in the
space that is fumigated are de-energized.
C
(b) [Reserved]
(1) No person may enter the space that is fumigated or any
adjoining spaces during fumigation unless he wears the personal
§147A.43 Other Sources Of Ignition; Flammable Fumigants.
LI

protection equipment for the fumigant that is in use;

While the space that is fumigated is being sealed or during
fumigation, no person may use matches, smoking materials, fires,
(2) No person may enter the space that is fumigated unless the
open flames, or any other source of ignition in any spaces that are
entry is made by a two person team; and
not determined to be safe for occupancy under §147A.11(b)(1)(i).
B
U
.P
.G
C

173
 Part 148 – Carriage Of Solid Hazardous Materials In Bulk
Table Of Contents Delegation No. 0170.1.
[SOURCE: CGD 83-067a, 49 FR 16794, Apr. 20, 1984, unless
Subpart 148.01—General otherwise noted.]
Sec.
148.01-1 Purpose And Applicability. Subpart 148.01 – General
148.01-7 Permitted Cargoes.
148.01-9 Filing Of Special Petition For Special Permit. §148.01-1 Purpose And Applicability.
148.01-11Special Permits; Standard Conditions. (a) This part prescribes regulations under which bulk solid
148.01-13Assignment And Certification. hazardous materials may be transported. Each master, person in
148.01-15Right Of Appeal. charge of the vessel, owner, charterer and agent shall ensure
compliance with this part and communicate the requirements of
Subpart 148.02–Vessel Requirements this part to every person performing any function covered by this
part. Each person involved in the transportation of bulk solid
148.02-1 Shipping Papers. hazardous materials shall comply with the requirements of this
148.02-3 Dangerous Cargo Manifest. part within the scope of his job responsibilities.

S
148.02-5 Report Of Hazardous Materials Incidents.
(b) For the purposes of this part, the term bulk applies only to
Subpart 148.03–Minimum Transportation Requirements cargoes transported on board cargo vessels or barges without

N
mark or count and which are to be directly loaded into the holds of
148.03-1 General. such vessels or barges without containers or wrappers.
148.03-3 Direction And Observation.

IO
148.03-5 Prior To Loading. (c) For purposes of this part, the term vessel means a "cargo
148.03-7 During Transport. vessel or barge" which is not exempted under 49 U.S.C. 5107(d).
148.03-11Stowage Conditions.
148.03-13Completion Of Off-Loading. (d) For the purposes of this part, the term transported includes

T
the various operations associated with the cargo transportation
Subpart 148.04–Special Additional Requirements For Certain such as, loading, off-loading, handling, storing, stowing, carrying,
Materials conveying, using, etc.

148.04-1 Radioactive Material, Low Specific Activity (LSA).

148.04-9 Fishmeal Or Scrap, Ground Or Pelletized; Fishmeal Or
A (e) The term hazardous materials includes a number of specific
classes, the definitions of which are contained in 49 CFR parts
C
Scrap, Ground And Pelletized (Mixture). 170-189.
148.04-13Ferrous Metal Borings, Shavings, Turnings Or Cuttings
(Excluding Stainless Steel). [CGD 83-067a, 49 FR 16794, Apr. 20, 1984, as amended by CGD
LI

148.04-15Petroleum Coke, Uncalcined; Petroleum Coke, 95-028, 62 FR 51208, Sept. 30, 1997]
Uncalcined And Calcined (Mixture).
148.04-17Petroleum Coke, Calcined, At 130°F Or Above. §148.01-7 Permitted Cargoes.
148.04-19Tankage, Garbage Or Rough Ammoniate, Solid.
B

(a) The solid hazardous materials cargoes listed here may be

148.04-20Sulfur. transported in bulk on board vessels if they comply with the
148.04-21Coconut Meal Pellets (Also Known As Copra Pellets). regulations in this part. Unlisted cargoes may be transported only
148.04-23Unslaked Lime In Bulk.
U

if express authority is given by the Commandant in accordance

with §148.01-9 of this subpart.
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5103; Department of Homeland Security
.P
.G
C

174
 S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

[NOTE: Definitions of hazard classes of hazardous materials are found in 49 CFR 171.8 and 49 CFR 173.500.]

(b) A mixture or blend of two or more cargoes, one or more of Guard (G-MSO), Washington, DC 20593, and must contain the
which is listed in paragraph (a) of this section, will be treated as following minimum information:
an unlisted cargo and specific authorization by the Commandant,
in accordance with §148.01-9, for shipment in bulk is required. (1) The regulatory provisions involved.

§148.01-9 Filing Of Special Petition For Special Permit. (2) The justification for the proposed shipments or alternative
(a) A petition for authorization to transport an unlisted cargo or to procedure, including any reasons why the current regulations are
use alternative procedures must be submitted to the U.S. Coast not appropriate, why the public interest would be served by the

175
proposal, and the basis upon which the proposal would provide
an equivalent degree of safety to those shipments conducted in
accordance with the current regulations.
(3) A detailed description of the proposal, including when
appropriate, drawings, plans, calculations, procedures, test
results, previous approvals or permits, and any other supporting
information.
(4) The chemical name, common name, hazard classification for
properties (chemical and physical), and characteristics of the
materials covered by the proposal, including composition and
ingredient percentages (specified by weight) if a mixture.
(5) Any relevant shipping or accident experience.
(6) A description of the vessel or vessels to be employed for the
shipments and the U.S. ports to be involved.
(7) A statement or recommendation regarding any changes to the
regulations which would be desirable to obviate the need for
similar permission from the Commandant.
(b) Unless there is a good reason for priority treatment, each
proposal is considered in the order in which it is received. To
permit timely consideration, proposals should be submitted at
least 45 days before the requested effective date.
[CGD 83-067a, 49 FR 16794, Apr. 20, 1984, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 19955; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
§148.01-11 Special Permits; Standard Conditions.
(a) Each person to whom a special permit is issued under the
C
terms of §148.01-9 shall comply with all requirements of this part
except as specifically provided by the terms of the special permit.
LI
(b) Unless otherwise specified in the special permit, each
shipment made under special permit must comply with the
following:
B
(1) Each shipping paper issued and the dangerous cargo manifest
prepared in connection with such shipment must bear the notation
"CG Special Permit No. *" with the * to be filled in with the
U
assigned special permit number.
(2) Each person to whom a special permit is issued shall furnish a
.P
summary of experience to the U.S. Coast Guard (G-MSO),
Washington, DC 20593, before the date of expiration of the permit
and when any amendment to the special permit is requested. The
information must include the number of shipments made, tonnage
of each shipment, and what vessel's and U.S. Ports were
.G
involved. In addition, an immediate report must be submitted the
U.S. Coast Guard (G-MSO) in the event of any casualty, accident,
or damaging incident which occurs when transporting solid
hazardous materials in bulk under the terms of a special permit.
C
(b)(3) A copy of the special permit, kept current, and any
amendments thereto, must be on board each vessel while
transporting solid hazardous materials in bulk under the terms of
a special permit. The special permit must be kept with the
dangerous cargo manifest (§148.02-3).
(c) Each permit is subject to suspension or revocation for cause
by the U.S. Coast Guard before its expiration date.
[CGD 83-067a, 49 FR 16794, Apr. 20, 1984, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 19955; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
§148.01-13 Assignment And Certification.
(a) The National Cargo Bureau, Inc., is authorized to assist the
U.S. Coast Guard in administering the provisions contained in this
176
part that are applicable to the transportation of solid hazardous
materials in bulk on vessels with respect to:
(1) Inspection of vessels for suitability for loading such materials
in bulk;
(2) Examination of stowage of such materials loaded in bulk on
board vessels;
(3) Making recommendations as to stowage requirements
applicable to the transportation of such materials in bulk; and
(4) Issuing of certificates of loading, setting forth that the stowage
of such materials in bulk is in accordance with applicable
regulations contained in this part.
(b) Certificates of loading from the National Cargo Bureau, Inc.,
are accepted as evidence of compliance with the applicable
provisions of this part with respect to the transportation of solid
hazardous materials in bulk on board vessels.
S
§148.01-15 Right Of Appeal.
N
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
IO
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989]
§148.02-1 Shipping Papers.
(a) Carriers may not accept for transportation nor transport by
T
vessel in bulk any solid hazardous materials listed in §148.01-7(a)
of this part, unless the hazardous materials offered for such
shipment is accompanied by a shipping paper on which the
A following information is shown:
(1) The shipping name and hazard class of the hazardous
material as listed in §148.01-7(a) of this part.
(2) The quantity of the hazardous material to be transported.
(3) The name and address of the U.S. shipper or his authorized
representative.
(4) A certification which bears the following statement, signed by
the shipper or his authorized representative: "This is to certify that
the above-named hazardous material is properly named,
prepared, and otherwise in proper condition for bulk shipment by
vessel in accordance with the applicable regulations of the U.S.
Coast Guard".
(b) For import shipments, the consignee shall advise the carrier or
foreign shipper (consignor) of the applicable U.S. Coast Guard
regulations. The carrier or foreign shipper (consignor) shall then
furnish the information required in paragraph (a) of this section, as
advised by the consignee, either on the shipping papers or
dangerous cargo manifest.
(c) The shipping paper required in paragraph (a) of this section
must be kept on board the towing vessel along with the
dangerous cargo manifest (§148.02-3 of this subpart) except
when the shipment is by an unmanned barge in which case it may
be kept on board the towing vessel. When an unmanned barge is
moored, the shipping paper must remain on board the barge, in a
readily retrievable location, such as a metal tube attached to the
barge.
§148.02-3 Dangerous Cargo Manifest.
(a) Each vessel, except for unmanned barges, transporting solid
hazardous materials in bulk under the terms of this part must
have on board a dangerous cargo manifest, kept in a conspicuous
place on or near the bridge house, on which the following
information is entered:
(1) Name of vessel and official number. (If the vessel has no
official number, the international radio call sign must be
substituted.)
(2) Nationality of vessel.
(3) The name of the hazardous material as listed in §148.01-7(a)
of this part.
(4) The hold(s) in which the material is being transported.
(5) The quantity of the material loaded in each hold.
(6) Date and signature of Master of the vessel's owner or his
authorized representative to acknowledge correctness of the
dangerous cargo manifest.
(b) [Reserved]
§148.02-5 Report Of Hazardous Materials Incidents.
In the event of an incident involving hazardous materials, an
immediate report must be sent in accordance with 49 CFR
171.15.
Subpart 148.03–Minimum Transportation
Requirements
§148.03-1 General.
The regulations in this subpart apply to each bulk shipment of a
solid hazardous material listed in §148.01-7 of this part.
§148.03-3 Direction And Observation.
Loading or off-loading of a solid hazardous material in bulk within
the navigable waters of the U.S. must be conducted only under
the direction and observation of a person assigned or employed
A (c) Each hold or barge used for transportation of any of these
C
for such duty by the vessel's master or owner or authorized
representative.
LI
§148.03-5 Prior To Loading.
Prior to loading any solid hazardous material in bulk on board a
vessel:
B
(a) Each hold must be thoroughly cleaned of all loose debris and
dunnage; but permanent wooden battens or sheathing may
remain in the hold; and
U
(b) Each hold and each bilge of that hold must be dry.
.P
§148.03-7 During Transport.
During the transport of a solid hazardous material in bulk, except
for unmanned vessels, cargo shall be periodically inspected to
ensure that there are no undetected increases in temperature in
that cargo and that no other changes in the cargo are occurring
.G
that might affect the safety of his vessel and the results of these
inspections shall be recorded in a log.
§148.03-11 Stowage Conditions.
C
(a) Other hazardous materials cargo must not be stowed in the
same hold or on deck above a hold in which a solid hazardous
material in bulk is loaded.
(b) No explosive Class C, flammable liquid, flammable solid,
flammable or nonflammable compressed gas, organic peroxide,
or extremely dangerous poison may be stowed in any hold
adjacent to a hold in which a solid hazardous material in bulk is
loaded.
(c) All explosive Class A and B materials must be stowed
longitudinally at least one hold (or an equivalent longitudinal
distance if on deck) from any hold in which hazardous material in
bulk is loaded.
(d) Combustible cargo must not be stowed in a hold in which a
solid hazardous material in bulk is loaded.
177
§148.03-13 Completion Of Off-Loading.
Upon the completion of off-loading of a solid hazardous material
in bulk, each hold must be thoroughly cleaned of all residue of
such material.
Subpart 148.04 – Special Additional
Requirements for Certain Material
§148.04-1 Radioactive Material, Low Specific Activity (LSA).
(a) Authorized materials are limited to:
(1) Uranium or thorium ores and physical or chemical
concentrates of such ores;
(2) Uranium metal, natural thorium metal and alloys of these
metals; and
(3) Material of low radioactive concentration, if the estimated
S
radioactivity concentration dose not exceed 0.001 millicurie per
gram and the contribution from Group I material (See title 49 CFR
parts 170 to 189, inclusive) does not exceed 1 percent of the total
N
radioactivity.
(b) Each hold used for the transportation of any of these materials
IO
must be surveyed with appropriate radiation-detection instruments
after the completion of off-loading. Such holds must not again be
used for the transportation of any cargo until the radiation dose
rate at any accessible surface is less than 0.5 millirem per hour
T
and until there is no significant removable radioactive surface
contamination according to 49 CFR 173.443.
materials must be effectively closed or covered to prevent
dispersal of the material during transportation.
§148.04-9 Fishmeal Or Scrap, Ground Or Pelletized; Fishmeal
Or Scrap, Ground And Pelletized (Mixture).
(a) The fishmeal or scrap, ground or pelletized and fishmeal or
scrap, ground and pelletized mixture must contain at least 6
percent moisture by weight but not more than 12 percent moisture
by weight.
(b) The material must not contain more than 18 percent fat by
weight.
(c) At the time of production of the material, it must be treated with
at least 400 ppm antioxidant (ethoxyquin); in the case where the
material contains more than 12 percent fat by weight, it must be
treated with at least 1000 ppm antioxidant (ethoxyquin) at the time
of production.
(d) Shipment of the material in bulk must take place within twelve
months of the date of production.
(e) The temperature of the material to be loaded must not, at the
time of loading exceed 35°C (95°F), or 5°F above ambient
temperature, whichever is greater.
(f) The material must contain at least 100 ppm antioxidant
(ethoxyquin) at the time of shipment.
(g) Each shipment of the material in bulk must be accompanied
by a statement in which the shipper certifies:
(1) The moisture content of the material;
(2) The fat content of the material;
(3) The concentration of antioxidant (ethoxyquin) in the material in
ppm at the time the material is loaded on a vessel in bulk;
(4) Date and place of production of the material; and
(5) The physical state of the material (ground, pelletized, or
mixture).
(h) Temperature readings must be taken three times a day and
recorded. If the temperature of the cargo exceeds 130°F and
continues to increase, ventilation to the hold must be restricted.
§148.04-13 Ferrous Metal Borings, Shavings, Turnings, Or
Cuttings (Excluding Stainless Steel).
(a) This section applies to the stowage and transportation in bulk
of hazardous materials described as ferrous metal borings,
shavings, turnings, or cuttings on board vessels (excluding
stainless steel). However, unmanned barges on which the article
is stowed for or transported on a voyage entirely on the navigable
waters of the United States are exempt from the requirements of
this section. Ferrous metal borings, shavings, turnings, or cuttings
(excluding stainless steel) must not be stowed and transported in
bulk unless the following conditions are met:
(1) [Reserved]
(2) All wooden sweat battens, dunnage and debris must be
removed from the hold before the article is loaded.
(3) During loading and transporting, the bilge of each hold in
which the article is stowed or is to be stowed must be as dry as
practicable.
(4) During loading, the article must be compacted in the hold as
frequently as practicable with a bulldozer or means that provide
equivalent surface compaction. Upon completion of loading, the
article must be trimmed to eliminate peaks or mounds and
compacted.
A the nearest Coast Guard Captain of the Port as soon as possible
C
(5) Other cargo must not be loaded in a hold containing the article
if:
LI
(5)(i) The cargo to be loaded in the same hold with the article is
another hazardous material as defined in this part or a
combustible material;
B
(5)(ii) The loading of the article is not completed first; and
(5)(iii) The temperature of the article in the hold is above 130°F or
U
has increased within eight hours before loading of the other
cargo.
.P
(6) During loading, the temperature of the article in the pile being
loaded must be less than 130°F.
(7) Upon completion of loading, the vessel may not leave the port
unless:
.G
(7)(i) The temperature of each article in each hold is less than
150°F and, if the temperature of the article in a hold has been
more than 150°F during loading, the temperature of each article
has shown a downward trend below 150°F for at least eight hours
C
after completion of loading of the hold; or
(7)(ii) The vessel intends to sail directly to another port that is no
further than twelve hours sailing time for the vessel concerned, for
the purpose of loading more of the article in bulk or to completely
off-load the article, and the temperature of the article is less than
190°F and has shown a downward trend for a least eight hours
after completion of loading.
(b) For the purposes of each temperature requirement of this
section, the temperature of the article is the highest temperature
taken between eight and fourteen inches below the surface at ten-
foot intervals over its length and width.
(c) The master or person in charge of a vessel that is loading or
transporting the article must ensure that the temperature of the
article is taken:
178
(1) Before loading;
(2) During loading, in each hold and in the pile being loaded at
least every twenty-four hours and, if the temperature is rising, as
often as necessary to ensure the conditions in this section are
met; and
(3) After loading, in each hold at least every twenty-four hours.
(d) During loading, if the temperature of the article in a hold is
200°F or higher, the master or person in charge of the vessel
must notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port and suspend
loading until the temperature of the article is less than 190°F.
(e) After loading:
(1) If the temperature of the article is 150°F or above, the master
or person in charge must notify the Captain of the Port and
ensure that the vessel remains in the port area until the conditions
S
of paragraph (a)(7)(i) of this section are met; or
N
(2) In the case of a short-duration voyage to which paragraph
(a)(7)(ii) of this section applies, if the temperature of the article in
a hold is 190°F or above, the master or person in charge must
IO
notify the Captain of the Port and ensure that the vessel remains
in the port area until the conditions of paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this
section are met.
(f) Except for shipments of the article in bulk which leave the port
T
of loading under the conditions specified in paragraphs (a)(7)(ii) of
this section, after the vessel leaves the port, if the temperature of
the article in the hold rises above 149°F, the master must notify
of:
(1) The name, nationality, and position of the vessel;
(2) The most recent temperature taken;
(3) The length of time that the temperature has been above 149°F
and the rate of rise, if any;
(4) The port where the article was loaded and the destination of
the article;
(5) The last port of call of the vessel and its next port of call;
(6) What action has been taken; and
(7) Whether any other cargo is endangered.
(g) To meet the conditions of this section, the master of a vessel
that is transporting the article must ensure that each temperature
taken is recorded.
§148.04-15 Petroleum Coke, Uncalcined; Petroleum Coke,
Uncalcined And Calcined (Mixture).
The material at 130°F or above must not be loaded in bulk on any
vessel.
§148.04-17 Petroleum Coke, Calcined, At 130°F Or Above.
(a) The requirements of this part do not apply to bulk shipments of
petroleum coke, calcined, on any vessel when the material is less
than 130°F.
(b) The material must not be loaded in cargo vessels when
temperatures exceed 225°F.
(c) Other hazardous materials must not be stowed in any hold
adjacent to any other containing this material except as provided
in paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) In holds over tanks containing fuel or material having a
flashpoint under 200°F, a two-to-three foot layer of the material at
a temperature not greater than 110°F must be first loaded into
that hold. Only then may the material at 130°F or above be
loaded into that hold.
(e) The loading of the material must be as follows:
(1) For shipments in holds over fuel tanks, the loading of the two-
to-three foot layer of the material at a temperature not greater
than 110°F (as required by paragraph (d) of this section) in these
holds must be completed prior to the loading of the material at
130°F or above in any hold of the vessel.
(2) Upon completion of the loading described in paragraph (e)(1)
of this section, a two-to-three foot layer of the material at 130°F or
above must first be loaded in each hold (including those holds, if
any, already containing a layer of the material at a temperature
not greater than 110°F) in which the material is to be loaded in
accordance with this section.
(3) Upon the completion of the loading of the two-to-three-foot
layer of the material at 130°F or above in each hold, as required
in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the normal loading of the
material at 130°F or above may proceed to completion.
(f) Personnel must be warned by the Master of the vessel or his
authorized representative that calcined petroleum coke loaded
and transported under the terms of this section is hot and that
injury due to burns is possible.
§148.04-19 Tankage, Garbage Or Rough Ammoniate, Solid.
(a) The material must contain at least 7 percent moisture by
weight.
(b) The material must not be loaded if the temperature in the
C
material, before loading, exceeds 100°F.
§148.04-20 Sulfur.
LI
(a) When sulfur is loaded in a deep hold with general cargo in the
'tween deck hold above the sulfur, a dust proof wooden bulkhead
enclosure must be built in the hatchways from the over deck of
the lower hold to the weather deck forming a tight enclosure
B
capable of preventing sulfur dust from entering the 'tween decks
during loading.
U
(b) Ceiling must be made tight to prevent sulfur dust from entering
the bilges; any chinking necessary in the way of tank tops or
bilges must be made of noncombustible material.
.P
(c) Cowl ventilators serving the hold into which sulfur is being
.G
C
179
loaded or discharged must be opened to provide circulation of air.
(d) No smoking is permitted on board the vessel and "No
Smoking" signs must be conspicously posted.
(e) If a metal chute is used it must be grounded using a flexible
cable.
(f) Upon completion of loading, the sulfur must be leveled off. Any
decks, bulkheads, or overheads containing sulfur dust must be
swept clean or washed down.
(g) Other cargo, which is oxygen bearing, must not be stowed in
the same hold with sulfur.
(h) An oxygen breathing apparatus, or proper gas mask, must be
made available.
(i) A fire hose, preferably supplied with fresh water from a shore
S
supply source, must be available at each hatch through which
sulfur is being loaded.
N
§148.04-21 Coconut Meal Pellets (Also Known As Copra
Pellets).
IO
(a) Coconut meal pellets;
(1) Must contain at least 6 percent and not more than 13 percent
moisture and not more than 10 percent residual fat contents;
(2) Must not be loaded if the temperature exceeds 120°F;
T
(3) Must not be stowed within 4 feet of any bulkheads subject to
artificial heat; and
A (4) Must not be overstowed with any other cargo.
(b) A clear space of at least 1 foot must be provided between the
top of the cargo and underside of deck beams.
§148.04-23 Unslaked Lime In Bulk.
(a) Unslaked lime in bulk must be transported in unmanned, all
steel, double-hulled barges equipped with weathertight hatches or
covers. The barge must not carry any other cargo while unslaked
lime is on board.
(b) The originating shipping order and transfer shipping paper
requirement in §148.02-1 and the dangerous cargo manifest
requirements in §148.02-3 do not apply to the transportation of
unslaked lime under paragraph (a) of this section.
 Part 150–Compatibility Of Cargoes
Table Of Contents (a) The containment system must separate the hazardous
material or its residue from any cargo in table I with which it is
Sec. incompatible by two barriers such as formed by a:
150.110 Applicability.
150.115 Definitions. (1) Cofferdam;
150.120 Definition Of Incompatible Cargoes. (2) Empty tank;
150.130 Loading A Cargo On Vessels Carrying Cargoes With (3) Void space;
Which It Is Incompatible. (4) Cargo handling space;
150.140 Cargoes Not Listed In Table I Or II. (5) Tank containing a compatible cargo; or
150.150 Exceptions To The Compatibility Chart. (6) Piping tunnel.
150.160 Carrying A Cargo As An Exception To The
Compatibility Chart. (b) In this subpart, isolation across a cruciform joint is equivalent
150.170 Right Of Appeal. to isolation by two barriers.
Figure I – Compatibility Chart
Table I – Alphabetical List Of Cargoes (c) The containment system for the hazardous material must not

S
Table II – Grouping Of Cargoes have a piping or venting system that connects to a containment
Appendix I To Part 150 – Exceptions To The Chart system carrying a cargo with which the hazardous material is
Appendix II To Part 150 – Explanation Of Figure 1 incompatible. Any such piping or venting system must have been

N
Appendix III To Part 150 – Testing Procedures For Determining separated from the containment system carrying the incompatible
Exceptions To The Chart cargo by:
Appendix IV To Part 150 – Data Sheet

[Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; Department of Homeland
Security Delegation No. 0170.1. Section 150.105 issued under 44
U.S.C. 3507; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No.
IO
(1) Removing a valve or spool piece and blanking off the exposed
pipe ends, or
(2) Installing two spectacle flanges in series with a means of
detecting leakage into the pipe between the spectacle flanges.

T
0170.1.
[SOURCE: CGD 75-59, 45 FR 70263, Oct. 23, 1980, unless
otherwise noted.] §150.140 Cargoes Not Listed In Table I Or II.

§150.110 Applicability.
This subpart prescribes rules for identifying incompatible
A A cargo of hazardous material not listed in Table I or II must be
handled as if incompatible with all other cargoes until the
Commandant (G-MSO) (tel. no. (202) 372-1425) assigns the
C
hazardous materials and rules for carrying these materials in bulk hazardous material to a compatibility group. (Table I lists cargoes
as cargo in permanently attached tanks or in tanks that are alphabetically while Table II lists cargoes by compatibility group).
loaded or discharged while aboard the vessel. The rules apply to
LI

all vessels that carry liquid dangerous cargoes in bulk that are [CGD 83-047, 50 FR 33038, Aug. 16, 1985, CGD 86-100, 52 FR
subject to 46 U.S.C. Chapter 37. 21037, June 4, 1987; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29,
19955; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51209, Sept. 30, 1997]
B

§150.150 Exceptions To The Compatibility Chart.

§150.115 Definitions. The Commandant (G-MSO) authorizes, on a case by case basis,
As used in this subpart: exceptions to the rules in this subpart under the following
U

conditions:
Hazardous material means: (a) When two cargoes shown to be incompatible in Figure 1 meet
the standards for a compatible pair in Appendix III, or
.P

(a) A flammable liquid as defined in §30.10-22 or a combustible

liquid as defined in §30.10-15 of this chapter;
(b) A material listed in Table 151.05, Table 1 of part 153, or Table
4 of part 154 of this chapter; or
.G
(b) When two cargoes shown to be compatible in Figure 1 meet
the standards for an incompatible pair in Appendix III.
Appendix I contains cargoes which have been found to be

exceptions to Figure 1, the Compatibility Chart.

(c) A liquid, liquefied gas, or compressed gas listed in 49 CFR
172.101. [CGD 83-047, 50 FR 33038, Aug. 16, 1985, as amended at CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
C

Person in charge means the master of a self-propelled vessel, or
the person in charge of a barge.
§150.120 Definition Of Incompatible Cargoes.
Except as described in §150.150, a cargo of hazardous material
is incompatible with another cargo listed in Table I if the chemical
groups of the two cargoes have an "X" where their columns
intersect in Figure 1 and are not shown as exceptions in Appendix
I. (See also §150.140.)
[CGD 83-047, 50 FR 33038, Aug. 16, 1985]
50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
§150.160 Carrying A Cargo As An Exception To The
Compatibility Chart.
The Operator of a vessel having on board a cargo carried as an
exception under §150.150 but not listed in Appendix I, Exceptions
to the Chart, shall make sure that:
(a) The Commandant (G-MSO) has authorized by letter or
message the cargo pair as an exception to the compatibility chart;
and

§150.130 Loading A Cargo On Vessels Carrying Cargoes
With Which It Is Incompatible.
Except as described in §150.160, the person in charge of a vessel
shall ensure that the containment system for a cargo that is a
hazardous material meets the following requirements:
(b) A copy of the letter or message is on the vessel.
[CGD 75-59, 45 FR 70263, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 83-047, 50 FR 33038,
Aug. 16, 1985; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50731, Sept. 27, 1996]

180
§150.170 Right Of Appeal. [CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989]
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

181
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

182
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES--Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

183
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

184
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

185
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

186
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

187
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

188
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

189
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

190
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

191
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

192
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

193
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

194
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

195
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

196
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

197
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

198
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

199
 TABLE I.–ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CARGOES—Continued

1. Because of very high reactivity or unusual conditions of Di-(2-ethylhexyl)phosphoric acid

carriage or potential compatibility problems, this commodity is not Ferric chloride solution
assigned to a specific group in the Compatibility Chart. For Fluorosilicic acid
additional compatibility information, contact Commandant (G- Hydrochloric acid
MSO), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street, SW., Washington, Phosphoric acid
DC 20593-0001. Telephone (202) 372-1425. Polyaluminum chloride solution

2. See Appendix I-Exceptions to the Chart. 2. SULFURIC ACIDS

[CGD 92-100, 59 FR 17011, Apr. 11, 1994, as amended by CGD Sulfuric acid 2
94-902, 60 FR 34042, June 29, 1995; CGD 95-900, 60 FR 34045, Sulfuric acid, spent

S
34046, 34047, 34049 June 29, 1995; CGD 95-900, 60 FR 39267, Titanium tetrachloride
Aug. 2, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50731, Sept. 27, 1996; 65 FR
67136, Nov. 8, 2000] 3. NITRIC ACID

N
Ferric nitrate, Nitric acid solution
TABLE II—GROUPING OF CARGOES Nitric acid (70% or less)

IO
0. UNASSIGNED CARGOES
4. ORGANIC ACIDS
Acetone cyanohydrin 1,2
Acetic acid 2
Alkylbenzenesulfonic acid 1,2
Acrylic acid 2

T
Aluminium chloride, Hydrochloric acid solution1
Butyric acid
Ammonium hydrogen phosphate solution 1
Cashew nut shell oil (untreated)
Ammonium nitrate solution 1
Ammonium thiocyanate, Ammonium thiosulfate solution 1
Benzenesulfonyl chloride 1,2
gamma-Butyrolactone 1,2
A Citric acid
Chloroacetic acid solution
Chloropropionic acid
C
Decanoic acid
Chlorine 1
2,2-Dichloropropionic acid
Chlorosulfonic acid 1
2,2-Dimethyloctanoic acid
Decyloxytetrahydro-thiophene dioxide 2
LI

2-Ethylhexanoic acid
tert-Dodecanethiol 2
Formic acid 2
2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid, Dimethylamine salt solution 1,2
Glycolic acid
Dimethylamine salt of 2,4-
Glyoxylic acid
B

Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid solution 1,2

n-Heptanoic acid
Diphenylol propane-Epichlorohydrin resins1
Hexanoic acid
Dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid 1,2
2-Hydroxy-4-(methylthio)butanoic acid
U

Dodecyl hydroxypropyl sulfide 2

Methacrylic acid
Ethylene oxide 1
Naphthenic acid
Fluorosilicic acid Hydrogen peroxide solutions 1
Neodecanoic acid
.P

Lactic acid 2
Nonanoic acid
Long chain alkaryl sulfonic acid (C16–C60)2
Nonanoic, Tridecanoic acid mixture
Magnesium chloride solution 1,2
Octanoic acid
Molasses residue 1
n-Pentanoic acid, 2-Methyl butryic acid mixture
Motor fuel antiknock compounds containing Lead alkyls 1
Pentanoic acid
.G

Naphthalene sulfonic acid-formaldehyde copolymer, sodium salt

Propionic acid
solution 1
Trimethylacetic acid
NIAX POLYOL APP 240C 1, 2
Undecanoic acid
Nitrating acid 1
Nitric acid (greater than 70%) 1
C

5. CAUSTICS
o-Nitrophenol 1,2
Noxious Liquid Substance, n.o.s. (NLS’s) 1
Ammonium sulfide solution
Oleum 1,2
Calcium hypochlorite solutions
Phosphorus 1
Caustic potash solution 2
Phthalate based polyester polyol 2
Caustic soda solution 2
SAP 7001 1
Cresylate spent caustic
Sodium chlorate solution 1,2
Cresylic acid, sodium salt solution
Sodium dichromate solution 1,2
Kraft black liquor
Sodium hydrogen sulfide, Sodium carbonate solution 1,2
Kraft pulping liquors
Sodium sulfide, Hydrosulfide solution 1,2
Mercaptobenzothiazol, sodium salt solution
Sodium thiocyanate solution 1,2
Potassium hydroxide solution 2
Sulfur 1
Sodium acetate, Glycol, Water mixture (containing Sodium
Tall oil fatty acid, barium salt 2
hydroxide)
Urea, Ammonium mono- and di-hydrogen phosphate, Potassium
Sodium aluminate solution
chloride solution
Sodium borohydride, Sodium hydroxide solution
Sodium carbonate solutions
1. NON-OXIDIZING MINERAL ACIDS
Sodium cyanide solution

200
Sodium hydrosulfide solution 2 Sulfohydrocarbon, long chain (C18+)
Sodium hydrosulfide, Ammonium sulfide solution 2 alkylamine mixture
Sodium hydroxide solution 2 Tetraethylenepentamine 2
Sodium hypochlorite solution Triethylamine
Sodium 2-mercaptobenzothiazol solution Triethylenetetramine 2
Sodium naphthenate solution Trimethylamine solution
Sodium nitrite solution Trimethylhexamethylene diamine (2,2,4-and 2,4,4-)
Triphenylborane, Caustic soda solution
Trisodium phosphate solution 8. ALKANOLAMINES
Vanillin black liquor
2-(2-Aminoethoxy)ethanol
6. AMMONIA Aminoethyldiethanolamine,
Aminoethylethanolamine solution
Ammonia, anhydrous Aminoethylethanolamine
Ammonia, aqueous 2-Amino-2-methyl-1-propanol
Ammonium hydroxide (28% or less Ammonia) Diethanolamine
Ammonium nitrate, Urea solution (containing Ammonia) Diethylaminoethanol
Urea, Ammonium nitrate solution (containing Ammonia) Diethylethanolamine
Diisopropanolamine

S
7. ALIPHATIC AMINES Dimethylethanolamine
Ethanolamine
Ethoxylated long chain (C16+)

N
N-Aminoethylpiperazine
Butylamine alkyloxyalkanamine
Cyclohexylamine Methyl diethanolamine
Propanolamine

IO
Dibutylamine
Diethylamine 2 Triethanolamine 2
Diethylenetriamine 2 Triisopropanolamine
Diisobutylamine Ucarsol CR Solvent 302 SG
Diisopropylamine

T
Dimethylamine 9. AROMATIC AMINES
Dimethylamine solution
Alkyl (C8–C9) phenylamine in aromatic solvents
N,N-Dimethylcyclohexylamine
N,N-Dimethyldodecylamine
Di-n-propylamine A Aniline
Calcium long chain alkyl phenolic amine (C8–C40)
4-Chloro-2-methylphenoxyacetic acid, Dimethylamine salt solution
C
Diphenylamine, reaction product with 2,2,4-Trimethylpentene
Dialkyl (C8–C9) diphenylamines
Diphenylamines, alkylated
2,6-Diethylaniline
Dodecylamine, Tetradecylamine mixture 2
Dimethylamine salt of 4-Chloro-2- methylphenoxyacetic acid
LI

Dodecyldimethylamine,
solution
Tetradecyldimethylamine mixture
2,6-Dimethylaniline
Ethylamine 2
Diphenylamine
Ethylamine solution
2-Ethyl-6-methyl-N-(1’-methyl-2-methoxyethyl)aniline
B

Ethyleneamine EA 1302 2
2-Methyl-6-ethyl aniline
N-Ethyl-n-butylamine
2-Methyl-5-ethyl pyridine
N-Ethyl cyclohexylamine
Methyl pyridine
U

Ethylenediamine 2
3-Methylpyridine
2-Ethyl hexylamine
N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone 2
N-Ethylmethylallylamine
Paraldehyde-Ammonia reaction product
.P

Glyphosate solution (not containing surfactant)

Pyridine
Hexamethylenediamine
Pyridine bases
Hexamethylenediamine solution
Toluenediamine
Hexamethylenetetramine
p-Toluidine
Hexamethylenetetramine solutions
.G

Hexamethylenimine
10. AMIDES
HiTec 321
bis-(Hydrogenated tallow alkyl)methyl amines Acetochlor
Isophorone diamine Acrylamide solution
Long chain polyetheramine in alkyl(C2–C4)benzenes
C

Alkenyl(C11+)amide
Metam sodium solution N,N-Dimethylacetamide
Methylamine solutions N,N-Dimethylacetamide solution
Morpholine 2 Dimethylformamide
Oleylamine Formamide
Pentaethylenehexamine N,N-bis(2-Hydroxyethyl) oleamide
Pentaethylenehexamine, Octadecenoamide
Tetraethylenepentamine mixture Zinc alkenyl carboxamide
Phosphate esters, alkyl (C12–C14) amine
Polyethylene polyamines 2 11. ORGANIC ANHYDRIDES
Polyolefin amide alkeneamine (C28+) Acetic anhydride
Polyisobutenamine in aliphatic (C10–C14) solvent Alkenylsuccinic anhydride
Poly (C17+) olefin amine Maleic anhydride
Polyolefin amide alkeneamine/Molybdenum oxysulfide mixture Phthalic anhydride
Propanil, Mesityl oxide, Isophorone mixture Polyisobutenyl anhydride adduct
Propylamine Polyolefin anhydride
iso-Propylamine solution Propionic anhydride
Roundup 12. ISOCYANATES

201
Diphenylmethane diisocyanate Mesityl oxide 2
Hexamethylene diisocyanate Methyl amyl ketone
Isophorone diisocyanate Methyl butyl ketone
Polymethylene polyphenyl isocyanate Methyl butyl ketone
Toluene diisocyanate Methyl ethyl ketone 2
Trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate (2,2,4- and 2,4,4-) Methyl heptyl ketone
Methyl isoamyl ketone
13. VINYL ACETATE Methyl isobutyl ketone 2
Methyl propyl ketone
Vinyl acetate Trifluralin in Xylene
Vinyl ethyl ether
Vinyl neodecanate 19. ALDEHYDES
Vinyl toluene
Acetaldehyde
14. ACRYLATES Acrolein 2
Butyraldehyde
Butyl acrylate Crotonaldehyde 2
Butyl methacrylate Decaldehyde
Butyl methacrylate, Decyl methacrylate, Ethylhexaldehyde

S
Cetyl-Eicosyl methacrylate mixture 2-Ethyl-3-propylacrolein 2
Cetyl-Eicosyl methacrylate mixture Formaldehyde, Methanol mixtures 2

N
Decyl acrylate Formaldehyde solution 2
Dodecyl methacrylate Furfural
Dodecyl-Octadecyl methacrylate mixture Glutaraldehyde solution

IO
Dodecyl-Pentadecyl methacrylate mixture Glyoxal solutions
Ethyl acrylate 3-Methyl butyraldehyde
2-Ethylhexyl acrylate Methylolureas
Ethyl methacrylate 3-(Methylthio)propionaldehyde
2-Hydroxyethyl acrylate 2 Octyl aldehyde

T
Methacrylic resin in Ethylene dichloride Paraldehyde
Methyl acrylate Pentyl aldehyde
Methyl methacrylate Propionaldehyde
Nonyl methacrylate
Polyalkyl(C18 - C22) acrylate in Xylene A Valeraldehyde
C
Polyalkyl (C10–C18) methacrylate/Ethylene 20. ALCOHOLS, GLYCOLS
Polyalkyl (C10–C20) methacrylate
Propylene copolymer mixture Acrylonitrile-Styrene copolymer dispersion in Polyether polyol
LI

Roehm monomer 6615 Alcoholic beverages

Alcohol polyethoxylates
15. SUBSTITUTED ALLYLS Alcohol polyethoxylates, secondary
Alcohols (C13+)
B

Acrylonitrile 2 Amyl alcohol

Allyl alcohol 2 Behenyl alcohol
Allyl chloride Brake fluid base mixtures
U

1,3-Dichloropropene 1,4-Butanediol
Dichloropropene, Dichloropropane mixtures Butyl alcohol 2
Methacrylonitrile Butylene glycol 2
.P

Cetyl-Stearyl alcohol
16. ALKYLENE OXIDES Choline chloride solutions
Cyclohexanol
Butylene oxide
Decyl alcohol 2
Ethylene oxide, Propylene oxide mixtures
Diacetone alcohol 2
Propylene oxide
.G

Diethyl hexanol
Diisobutyl carbinol
17. EPICHLOROHYDRIN
2,2-Dimethylpropane-1,3-diol
Dodecanol
Chlorohydrins
Dodecyl alcohol
C

Epichlorohydrin
Ethoxylated alcohols, C11-C15
2-Ethoxyethanol
18. KETONES
Ethyl alcohol 2
Ethyl butanol
Acetone 2
Ethylene chlorohydrin
Acetophenone
Ethylene cyanohydrin
Amyl methyl ketone
Ethylene glycol 2
Butyl heptyl ketone
2-Ethylhexanol
Camphor oil
Furfuryl alcohol 2
1-(4-Chlorophenyl)-4,4-dimethyl pentan-3-one 2
Glycerine 2
Cyclohexanone
Glycerine, Dioxanedimethanol mixture
Cyclohexanone, Cyclohexanol mixtures 2
Glycerol monooleate
Diisobutyl ketone
Heptanol
Ethyl amyl ketone
Hexamethylene glycol
Epoxy resin
Hexanol
Ketone residue
Hexylene glycol
Isophorone 2
Hydroxy terminated polybutadiene

202
Icosa(oxypropane-2,3-diyl)s Decene
Lauryl polyglucose (50% or less) Dicyclopentadiene
3-Methoxy-1-butanol Diisobutylene
Methyl alcohol 2 Dipentene
Methyl amyl alcohol Dodecene
Methyl butenol Ethylene
Methylbutynol Ethylene-Propylene copolymer
2-Methyl-2-hydroxy-3-butyne Ethylidene norbornene 2
Methyl isobutyl carbinol 1-Heptene
3-Methyl-3-methoxybutanol Hexene
2-Methyl-1,3-propanediol Isoprene
Molasses Isoprene concentrate (Shell)
Nonyl alcohol 2 Latex (ammonia (1% or less) inhibited)
Octanol 2 Methyl acetylene, Propadiene mixture
Octyl alcohol 2 Methyl butene
Penacosa(oxypropane-2,3-diyl)s Methylcyclopentadiene dimer
Pentadecanol 2-Methyl-1-pentene
Polyalkylene oxide polyol 4-Methyl-1-pentene
Polybutadiene, hydroxy terminated alpha-Methyl styrene

S
Polyglycerol Myrcene
Polyglycerine, Sodium salts solution (containing less than 3% Nonene

N
Sodium hydroxide) 2 1-Octadecene
Polyolefin amide alkeneamine polyol Octene
Propyl alcohol 2 Olefin mixtures

IO
Propylene glycol 2 alpha-Olefins (C6 - C18) mixtures
Rum alpha-Olefins (C13+)
Sorbitol solutions 1,3-Pentadiene
Stearyl alcohol Pentene
Tallow fatty alcohol alpha-Pinene

T
Tetradecanol beta-Pinene
Tridecanol Polybutene
Trimethyl nonanol Poly(4+)isobutylene
Trimethylol propane polyethoxylate
Undecanol A Polyolefin (molecular weight 300+)
Polypropylene
C
Undecyl alcohol Poly(5+)propylene
Propylene
21. PHENOLS, CRESOLS Propylene-butylene copolymer
LI

Propylene dimer
Benzyl alcohol Propylene, Propane, MAPP gas mixture
Carbolic oil Propylene tetramer
Creosote 2 Propylene trimer
B

Cresols Styrene
Cresylic acid Tetradecene
Cresylic acid dephenolized Tridecene
U

Cresylic acid, tar Triisobutylene

Dibutylphenols Tripropylene
2,4-Dichlorophenol Turpentine
.P

Dodecyl phenol Undecene

o-Ethylphenol
Long chain alkylphenate/phenol sulfide mixture 31. PARAFFINS
Nonyl phenol
Octyl phenol Alkanes (C6–C9)
.G

Phenol n-Alkanes (C10+)

Xylenols iso- & cyclo-Alkanes (C10–C11)
iso- & cyclo-Alkanes (C12+)
22. CAPROLACTAM SOLUTIONS Butane
Cycloheptane
C

Caprolactam solution Cyclohexane

Cyclopentane
23–29. UNASSIGNED Decane
Dodecane
30. OLEFINS Ethane
Ethyl cyclohexane
Amylene Heptane
Aryl polyolefin (C11–C50) Hexane 2
Butadiene Methane
Butadiene, Butylene mixtures (cont. Acetylenes) Methylcyclohexane
Butene 2-Methyl pentane
Butene oligomer Nonane
Butylene Octane
1,5,9-Cyclododecatriene Pentane
1,3-Cyclopentadiene dimer Propane
Cyclopentadiene, Styrene, Benzene mixture iso-Propylcyclohexane
Cyclopentene Tridecane

203
Waxes: Gasoline blending stock, reformates
Paraffin Gasolines:
Automotive (not over 4.23 grams lead per gal.)
32. AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS Aviation (not over 4.86 grams lead per gal.)
Casinghead (natural)
Alkyl(C3–C4)benzenes Polymer
Alkyl(C5–C8)benzenes Straight run
Alkyl(C9+)benzenes Jet Fuels:
Alkyl acrylate-Vinyl pyridine copolymer in Toluene JP-4
Alkylbenzene, Alkylindane, Alkylindene mixture (each C12–C17) JP-5
Benzene JP-8
Benzene hydrocarbon mixtures (having 10% Benzene or more) Kerosene
Benzene, Toluene, Xylene mixtures Mineral spirits
Butylbenzene Naphtha:
Butyl phenol, Formaldehyde resin in Xylene Coal tar solvent
Butyl toluene Petroleum
Cumene Solvent
Cymene Stoddard solvent
Decylbenzene Varnish Makers’ and Painters’

S
Dialkyl(C10 - C14) benzenes Oil, fuel:
Diethylbenzene No. 1

N
Diisopropylbenzene No. 1-D
Diisopropyl naphthalene No. 2
Diphenyl No. 2-D

IO
Dodecylbenzene No. 4
Dodecyl xylene No. 5
Ethylbenzene No. 6
Ethyl toluene Oil, misc:
1-Hexadecylnaphthalene, 1,4-bis(Hexadecyl) Aliphatic

T
Isopropylbenzene Aromatic
Methyl naphthalene Clarified
Naphthalene Coal
Naphthalene mixture
Naphthalene still residue A Crude
Diesel
C
1-Phenyl-1-xylyl ethane Gas, high pour
Poly(2+)cyclic aromatics Heartcut distillate
Polyolefin amine in alkylbenzenes (C2–C4) Linseed
LI

Propylbenzene Lubricating
Pseudocumene Mineral
C9 Resinfeed (DSM) 2 Mineral seal
Tetradecylbenzene Motor
B

Tetrahydronaphthalene Neatsfoot
1,2,3,5-Tetramethylbenzene Penetrating
Toluene Pine
U

Tridecylbenzene Rosin
Triethylbenzene Sperm
Trimethylbenzene Spindle
.P

Undecylbenzene Turbine
Xylene Residual
Xylenes, Ethylbenzene mixture Road
Transformer
33. MISCELLANEOUS HYDROCARBON MIXTURES Oxyalkylated alkyl phenol formaldehyde
.G

Petrolatum
Alachlor Pine oil
Alkylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium salt solutions Polyolefin amine (C28–C250)
Alkyl dithiothiadiazole (C6–C24) Polyolefin amide alkeneamine (C17+)
Asphalt blending stocks, roofers flux Polyolefin amide alkeneamine borate (C28– C250)
C

Asphalt blending stocks, straight run residue Sodium petroleum sulfonate

Asphalt emulsion Sulfohydrocarbon (C3–C88)
Aviation alkylates Waxes:
Calcuim sulfonate, Calcium carbonate, Hydrocarbon solvent Petroleum
mixture Sulfurized fat (C14–C20)
Coal tar Sulfurized polyolefinamide alkeneamines (C28–C250)
Coal tar distillate White spirit (low (15-20%) aromatic)
Coal tar, high temperature
Coal tar pitch 34. ESTERS
Decahydronaphthalene
Degummed C9 (DOW) Alkane (C14–C17) sulfonic acid, sodium salt solution
Diphenyl, Diphenyl ether Alkyl(C8+)amine, Alkenyl (C12+) acid ester mixture
Distillates, flashed feed stocks Alkyl ester copolymer (C6–C18)
Distillates, straight run Alkyl(C7–C9) nitrates 2
Drilling mud (low toxicity) (if flammable or combustible) Alkyl (C8–C40) phenol sulfide
Gas oil, cracked Alkyl (C10–C20, saturated and unsaturated) phosphite
Gasoline blending stock, alkylates Alkyl sulfonic acid ester of phenol

204
Alkylaryl phosphate mixtures (more than 40%) Ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate
Amyl acetate Ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate
Animal and Fish oils, n.o.s. Ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate
Animal and Fish acid oils and distillates, n.o.s. Ethyl hexyl phthalate
Barium long chain alkaryl (C11–C50) sulfonate Ethyl propionate
Barium long chain alkyl(C8–C14)phenate sulfide Ethyl propionate
Benzene tricarboxylic acid trioctyl ester Fatty acids (saturated, C14+)
Benzyl acetate Glycerol polyalkoxylate
Butyl acetate Glyceryl triacetate
Butyl benzyl phthalate Glycidyl ester of C10 trialkyl acetic acid
n-Butyl butyrate Gylcidyl ester of tridecylacetic acid
Butyl formate Heptyl acetate
iso-Butyl isobutyrate Hexyl acetate
n-Butyl propionate Lauric acid
Calcium alkyl(C9)phenol sulfide, polyolefin phosphorosulfide Lecithin
mixture Magnesium long chain alkaryl sulfonate (C11–C50)
Calcium long chain alkaryl sulfonate (C11– C50) Magnesium long chain alkyl phenate sulfide (C8–C20)
Calcium long chain alkyl phenate sulfide (C8–C40) Magnesium long chain alkyl salicylate (C11+)
Calcium long chain alkyl phenates 3-Methoxybutyl acetate

S
Calcium long chain alkyl salicylate (C13+) 1-Methoxy-2-propyl acetate
Calcium nitrate, Magnesium nitrate, Potassium chloride solution Methyl acetate

N
Calcium nitrate solution Methyl acetoacetate
Cobalt naphthenate in solvent naphtha Methyl amyl acetate
Coconut oil, fatty acid Methyl butyrate

IO
Copper salt of long chain alkanoic acids Methyl formate
Cottonseed oil, fatty acid 3-Methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate
Cyclohexyl acetate Methyl salicylate
Decyl acetate Metolachlor
Dialkyl(C7 - C13) phthalates Naphthalene sulfonic acid, sodium salt solution (40% or less)

T
Dibutyl hydrogen phosphonate Nonyl acetate
Dibutyl phthalate n-Octyl acetate
Diethylene glycol butyl ether acetate Octyl decyl adipate
Diethylene glycol dibenzoate
Diethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate A Oil, edible:
Beechnut
C
Diethylene glycol methyl ether acetate Castor
Diethylene glycol phthalate Cocoa butter
Di-(2-ethylhexyl)adipate Coconut 2
LI

Di-(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate Cod liver

Diethyl phthalate Corn
Diethyl sulfate Cotton seed
Diheptyl phthalate Fish 2
B

Dihexyl phthalate Groundnut

Di-n-hexyl adipate Hazelnut
Diisobutyl phthalate Lard
U

Diisodecyl phthalate Lanolin

Diisononyl adipate Nutmeg butter
Diisononyl phthalate Olive
.P

Diisooctyl phthalate Palm2

Dimethyl adipate Palm kernel
Dimethylcyclicsiloxane hydrolyzate Peanut
Dimethyl glutarate Poppy
Dimethyl hydrogen phosphite 2 Poppy seed
.G

Dimethyl naphthalene sulfonic acid, sodium Raisin seed

salt solution 2 Rapeseed
Dimethyl phthalate Rice bran
Dimethyl polysiloxane Safflower
Dimethyl succinate Salad
C

Dinonyl phthalate Sesame

Dioctyl phthalate Soya bean
Diphenyl tolyl phosphate, less than 0.02% ortho-isomer) Sunflower
Dipropylene glycol dibenzoate Sunflower seed
Dithiocarbamate ester (C7–C35) Tucum
Ditridecyl adipate Vegetable
Ditridecyl phthalate Walnut
2-Dodecenylsuccinic acid, dipotassium salt solution Oil, misc:
Diundecyl phthalate Animal
2-Ethoxyethyl acetate Coconut oil, fatty actid methyl ester
Ethyl acetate Cotton seed oil, fatty acid
Ethyl acetoacetate Lanolin
Ethyl butyrate Palm kernel oil, fatty acid methyl ester
Ethylene carbonate Palm oil, methyl ester
Ethylene glycol acetate Pilchard
Ethylene glycol butyl ether acetate Perilla
Ethylene glycol diacetate Soapstock

205
Soyabean (epoxidized) Chlorinated paraffins (C14 - C17)
Tall Chlorobenzene
Tall, fatty acid 2 Chlorodifluoromethane
Tung Chloroform
Olefin/Alkyl ester copolymer (molecular weight 2000+) Chlorotoluene
Oleic acid Dibromomethane
Palm kernel acid oil Dibutylphenols
Palm kernel acid oil, methyl ester 3,4-Dichloro-1-butene
Palm stearin Dichlorobenzene
n-Pentyl propionate Dichlorodifluoromethane
Poly(2-8)alkylene glycol monoalkyl(C1–C6) ether acetate 1,1-Dichloroethane
Polydimethylsiloxane 1,6-Dichlorohexane
Polyferric sulfate solution 2,2’-Dichloroisopropyl ether
Polymethylsiloxane Dichloromethane
Poly(20)oxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Dichloropropane
Polysiloxane Ethyl chloride
Polyolefin aminoester salt Ethylene dibromide
Polyolefin ester (C28–C250) Ethylene dichloride 2
Polyolefin phosphorosulfide, barium derivative (C28–C250) Methyl bromide

S
Potassium formate solution Methyl chloride
Potassium oleate Monochlorodifluoromethane

N
Potassium salt of polyolefin acid n-Propyl chloride
Propyl acetate Pentachloroethane
Propylene carbonate Perchloroethylene

IO
Propylene glycol methyl ether acetate 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Sodium acetate, Glycol, Water mixture (not containing Sodium 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene
hydroxide) 2 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
Sodium acetate solution 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 2
Sodium benzoate solution 1,1,2-Trichloroethane

T
Sodium dimethyl naphthalene sulfonate solution 2 Trichloroethylene 2
Sodium long chain alkyl salicylate (C13+) 1,2,3-Trichloropropane
Sodium naphthalene sulfonate solution 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane
Soyabean oil (epoxidized)
Stearic acid A 37. NITRILES
C
Tall oil
Tall oil fatty acid (Resin acids less than 20%) 2 Acetonitrile
Tallow 2 Adiponitrile
LI

Tallow fatty acid 2 Lactonitrile solution

Tributyl phosphate Propionitrile
Tricresyl phosphate Tallow nitrile
Tridecanoic acid
B

Tridecyl acetate 38. CARBON DISULFIDE

Triethylene glycol dibenzoate
Triethylene glycol di-(2-ethylbutyrate) Carbon disulfide
U

Triethyl phosphate
Triethyl phosphite 2 39. SULFOLANE
Triisooctyl trimellitate 2
.P

Triisopropylated phenyl phosphates 2,2,4-Trimethyl-1,3- Sulfolane

pentanediol diisobutyrate
2,2,4-Trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol-1-isobutyrate 40. GLYCOL ETHERS
2,2,4-Trimethyl-3-pentanol-1-isobutyrate
Trimethyl phosphite 2 Alkyl (C7-C11) phenol poly(4-12)ethoxylate
.G

Trisodium nitrilotriacetate Alkyl (C9-C15) phenyl propoxylate

Trixylyl phosphate Diethylene glycol 2
Trixylenyl phosphate Diethylene glycol butyl ether
Vegetable acid oils and distillates, n.o.s. Diethylene glycol dibutyl ether
Vegetable oils, n.o.s. Diethylene glycol diethyl ether
C

Waxes: Diethylene glycol ethyl ether

Carnauba Diethylene glycol methyl ether
Zinc alkaryl dithiophosphate (C7–C16) Diethylene glycol n-hexyl ether
Zinc alkyl dithiophosphate (C3–C14) Diethylene glycol phenyl ether
Diethylene glycol propyl ether
35. VINYL HALIDES Dipropylene glycol
Dipropylene glycol butyl ether
Vinyl chloride Dipropylene glycol methyl ether
Vinylidene chloride Ethoxy triglycol
Ethylene glycol hexyl ether
36. HALOGENATED HYDROCARBONS Ethylene glycol methyl butyl ether
Ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers
Benzyl chloride Ethylene glycol tert-butyl ether
Bromochloromethane Ethylene glycol butyl ether
Carbon tetrachloride 2 Ethylene glycol dibutyl ether
Catoxid feedstock 2 Ethylene glycol ethyl ether
Chlorinated paraffins (C10 - C13) Ethylene glycol isopropyl ether

206
Ethylene glycol methyl ether Aluminum sulfate solution 2
Ethylene glycol phenyl ether 2-Amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol solution
Ethylene glycol phenyl ether, Diethylene glycol phenyl ether Ammonium bisulfite solution 2
mixture Ammonium lignosulfonate solution
Ethylene glycol propyl ether Ammonium nitrate, Urea solution (not containing Ammonia)
Hexaethylene glycol Ammonium polyphosphate solution
Methoxy triglycol Ammonium sulfate solution
Nonyl phenol poly(4+)ethoxylates Ammonium thiosulfate solution
Pentaethylene glycol methyl ether Sulfonated polyacrylate solutions 2
Polyalkylene glycol butyl ether Calcium bromide solution
Polyalkylene glycols, Polyalkylene glycol Calcium chloride solution
monoalkyl ethers mixtures Calcium lignosulfonate solution
Polyethylene glycols Caramel solutions
Polyethylene glycol dimethyl ether Clay slurry
Poly(2-8)alkylene glycol monoalkyl(C1–C6) ether Corn syrup
Polyethylene glycol monoalkyl ether Dextrose solution
Polypropylene glycol methyl ether 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid, Diethanolamine salt solution
Polypropylene glycols 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid,Triisopropanolamine salt solution
2
Poly(tetramethylene ether) glycols (mw 950–1050)

S
Polytetramethylene ether glycol Diethanolamine salt of 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid solution
n-Propoxypropanol Diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid, pentasodium salt solution
Dodecyl diphenyl ether disulfonate solution

N
Propylene glycol monoalkyl ether
Propylene glycol ethyl ether Drilling brine (containing Calcium, Potassium, or Sodium salts)
Propylene glycol methyl ether Drilling brine (containing Zinc salts)
Drilling mud (low toxicity) (if non-flammable or non-combustible)

IO
Propylene glycol n-butyl ether
Propylene glycol phenyl ether Ethylenediaminetetracetic acid, tetrasodium salt solution
Propylene glycol propyl ether Ethylene-Vinyl acetate copolymer emulsion
Tetraethylene glycol Ferric hydroxyethylethylenediamine triacetic acid, trisodium salt
Tetraethylene glycol methyl ether solution 2

T
Triethylene glycol Fish solubles (water based fish meal extracts)
Triethylene glycol butyl ether Fructose solution
Triethylene glycol butyl ether mixture Fumaric adduct of Rosin, water dispersion
Triethylene glycol ether mixture
Triethylene glycol ethyl ether A Hexamethylenediamine adipate solution
N-(Hydroxyethyl)ethylene diamine triacetic acid, trisodium salt
solution
C
Triethylene glycol methyl ether
Tripropylene glycol Kaolin clay slurry
Tripropylene glycol methyl ether Latex, liquid synthetic
Lignin liquor
LI

41. ETHERS Liquid Streptomyces solubles

l-Lysine solution
Alkaryl polyether (C9–C20) N-Methylglucamine solution
Naphthenic acid, sodium salt solution
B

tert-Amyl methyl ether

Butyl ether Potassium chloride solution
2,2’-Dichloroethyl ether Potassium thiosulfate solution
U

Diethyl ether Rosin soap (disproportionated) solution

Diglycidyl ether of Bisphenol A Sewage sludge, treated
Diglycidyl ether of Bisphenol F Sodium alkyl sulfonate solution
Sodium hydrogen sulfite solution
.P

Dimethyl furan
1,4-Dioxane Sodium lignosulfonate solution
Diphenyl ether Sodium polyacrylate solution 2
Diphenyl ether, Diphenyl phenyl ether mixture Sodium salt of Ferric hydroxyethylethylenediamine triacetic acid
Ethyl tert-butyl ether 2 solution
Ethyl ether Sodium silicate solution 2
.G

Long chain alkaryl polyether (C11–C20) Sodium sulfide solution

Methyl-tert-butyl ether 2 Sodium sulfite solution
Methyl tert-pentyl ether Sodium tartrates, Sodium succinates solution
Propyl ether Sulfonated polyacrylate solutions 2
C

Tetrahydrofuran Tall oil soap (disproportionated) solution

1,3, 5-Trioxane Tetrasodium salt of EDTA solution
Polyether (molecular weight 2000+) Titanium dioxide slurry
Triisopropanolamine salt of 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid
42. NITROCOMPOUNDS solution
Urea, Ammonium nitrate solution (not containing Ammonia)
o-Chloronitrobenzene Urea, Ammonium phosphate solution
Dinitrotoluene Urea solution
Nitrobenzene Vegetable protein solution (hydrolysed)
Nitroethane Water
Nitroethane, 1-Nitropropane mixture
Nitropropane FOOTNOTES TO TABLE II
Nitropropane, Nitroethane mixtures
1
Nitrotoluene Because of very high reactivity or unusual conditions of carriage
or potential compatibility problems, this product is not assigned to
43. MISCELLANEOUS WATER SOLUTIONS a specific group in the Compatibility Chart. For additional
Alkyl polyglucoside solutions compatibility information, contact Commandant (G-MSO), U.S.

207
Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street, SW., Washington, DC 20593-
0001. Telephone (202) 372-1425.
2
See Appendix I–Exceptions to the Chart.
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40012, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended by CGD
88-100, 55 FR 17276, Apr. 24, 1990; CGD 92-100, 59 FR 17025,
Apr. 11, 1994; CGD 94-902, 60 FR 34043, June 29, 1995; CGD
95-900, 60 FR 34049, 34050, June 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50731, Sept. 27, 1996; 65 FR 67136, Nov. 8, 2000]
Appendix I To Part 150 – Exceptions To The Chart
(a). The binary combinations listed below have been tested as
prescribed in Appendix III and found not to be dangerously
reactive. These combinations are exceptions to the Compatibility
Chart (Figure 1) and may be stowed in adjacent tanks.
Member of reactive group Compatible with
Acetone (18) Diethylenetriamine (7)
Acetone cyanohydrin (0) Acetic acid (4)
Acrylonitrile (15) Triethanolamine (8)
Triethanolamine (8) Morpholine (7)
1,4-Butylene glycol (20) Ethylamine (7)
Triethanolamine (8)
gamma-Butyrolactone (0) N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone (9)
Caustic potash, 50% or less Isobutyl alcohol (20)
(5) Ethyl alcohol (20)
Ethylene glycol (20)
Isopropyl alcohol (20)
Methyl alcohol (20)
iso-Octyl alcohol (20)
Caustic soda, 50% or less
(5)
Butyl alcohol (20)
tert-Butyl
mixtures
alcohol, Methanol
C
Decyl alcohol (20)
iso-Decyl alcohol (20)
Diacetone alcohol (20)
LI
Diethylene glycol (40)
Ethyl alcohol (20)
Ethyl alcohol (40%, whiskey) (20)
Ethylene glycol (20)
B
Ethylene glycol, Diethylene glycol
mixture (20)
Ethyl hexanol (Octyl alcohol) (20)
U
Methyl alcohol (20)
Nonyl alcohol (20)
iso-Nonyl alcohol (20)
.P
Propyl alcohol (20)
Propylene glycol (20)
Sodium chlorate (0) solution
iso-Tridecanol (20)
tert- Dodecanethiol (0) Acrylonitrile (15)
.G
Diisodecyl phthalate (34)
Methyl ethyl ketone (18)
iso-Nonyl alcohol (20)
Perchloroethylene (36)
C
iso-Propyl alcohol (20)
Tall oil, crude
Dodecyl and Tall oil, fatty acid (34)
Tetradecylamine mixture (7).
Member of reactive group Compatible with
Ethylenediamine (7) Butyl alcohol (20)
tert-Butyl alcohol (20)
Butylene glycol (20)
Creosote (21)
Diethylene glycol (40)
Dodecyl alcohol (20)
Ethyl alcohol (20)
Ethylene glycol (20)
Ethyl hexanol (20)
Glycerine (20)
Isononyl alcohol (20)
208
Ethylenediamine (7) Isophorone (18)
(Continued) Methyl butyl ketone (18)
Methyl iso-butyl ketone (18)
Methyl ethyl ketone (18)
Propyl alcohol (20)
iso-Propyl alcohol (20)
Propylene glycol (20)
Oleum (0) Hexane (31)
Dichloromethane (36)
Perchloroethylene (36)
1,2-Propylene glycol (20) Diethylenetriamine (7)
Polyethylene polyamines (7)
Triethylenetetramine (7)
Sodium dichromate, 70% (0) Methyl alcohol (20)
(49-Sodium hydrosulfide Methyl alcohol (20)
solution (5) iso-Propyl alcohol (20)
Sulfuric acid (2) Coconut oil (34)
Coconut oil acid (34)
S
Palm oil (34)
Tallow (34)
Sulfuric acid, 98% or less (2) Choice white grease tallow (34)
N
(b). The binary combinations listed below have been determined
to be dangerously reactive, based on either data obtained in the
IO
literature or on laboratory testing which has been carried out in
accordance with procedures prescribed in Appendix III. These
combinations are exceptions to the Compatibility Chart (Figure 1)
and may not be stowed in adjacent tanks.
T
Acetone cyanohydrin (0) is not compatible with Groups 1-12, 16,
17 and 22.
A Acrolein (19) is not compatible with Group 1, Non-Oxidizing
Mineral Acids.
Acrylic acid (4) is not compatible with Group 9, Aromatic Amines.
Acrylonitrile (15) is not compatible with Group 5 (Caustics).
Alkylbenzenesulfonic acid (0) is not compatible with Groups 1-3,
5-9, 15, 16, 18, 19, 30, 34, 37, and strong oxidizers.
Allyl alcohol (15) is not compatible with Group 12, Isocyanates.
Alkyl(C7-C9) nitrates (34) is not compatible with Group 1, Non-
oxidizing Mineral Acids.
Aluminum sulfate solution (43) is not compatible with Groups 5-
11.
Ammonium bisulfite solution (43) is not compatible with Groups 1,
3, 4, and 5.
Benzenesulfonyl chloride (0) is not compatible with Groups 5-7,
and 43.
1,4-Butylene glycol (20) is not compatible with Caustic soda
solution, 50% or less (5).
gamma-Butyrolactone (0) is not compatible with Groups 1-9.
C9 Resinfeed (DSM) (32) is not compatible with Group 2, Sulfuric
acid.
Carbon tetrachloride (36) is not compatible with
Tetraethylenepentamine or Triethylenetetramine, both Group 7,
Aliphatic amines.
Catoxid feedstock (36) is not compatible with Group 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
or 12.
Caustic soda solution, 50% or less (5) is not compatible with 1,4-
Butylene glycol (20).
1-(4-Chlorophenyl)-4,4-dimethyl pentan-3-one (18) is
compatible with Group 5 (Caustics) or 10 (Amides).
Crotonaldehyde (19) is not compatible with Group 1, Non-
Oxidizing Mineral Acids.
Cyclohexanone, Cyclohexanol mixture (18) is not compatible with
Group 12, Isocyanates.
2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid, Triisopropanolamine salt solution
(43) is not compatible with Group 3, Nitric Acid.
2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid, Dimethylamine salt solution (0) is
not compatible with Groups 1-5, 11, 12, and 16.
Diethylenetriamine (7) is not compatible with 1,2,3-
Trichloropropane, Group 36, Halogenated hydrocarbons.
Dimethyl hydrogen phosphite (34) is not compatible with Groups 1
and 4.
Dimethyl naphthalene sulfonic acid, sodium salt solution (34) is
not compatible with Group 12, Formaldehyde, and strong
oxidizing agents.
Dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid (0) is not compatible with oxidizing
agents and Groups 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 15, 16, 18, 19, 30, 34,
and 37.
Ethyl tert-butyl ether (41) is not compatible with Group 1, Non-
oxidizing mineral acids.
Ethylenediamine (7) and Ethyleneamine EA 1302 (7) are not
compatible with either Ethylene dichloride (36) or 1,2,3-
Trichloropropane (36)".
Ethylene dichloride (36) is not compatible with Ethylenediamine
LI
(7) or Ethyleneamine EA 1302 (7)
Ethylidene norbornene (30) is not compatible with Groups 1-3 and
5-8.
B
2-Ethyl-3-propylacrolein (19) is not compatible with Group 1, Non-
Oxidizing Mineral Acids.
U
Ferric hydroxyethylethylenediamine triacetic acid, Sodium salt
solution (43) is not compatible with Group 3, Nitric acid.
.P
Fish oil (34) is not compatible with Sulfuric acid (2).
Formaldehyde (over 50%) in Methyl alcohol (over 30%) (19) is not
compatible with Group 12, Isocyanates.
.G
Formic acid (4) is not compatible with Furfural alcohol (20).
Furfuryl alcohol (20) is not compatible with Group 1, Non-
Oxidizing Mineral Acids and Formic acid (4).
C
2-Hydroxyethyl acrylate (14) is not compatible with Group 5, 6, or
12.
Isophorone (18) is not compatible with Group 8, Alkanolamines.
Magnesium chloride solution (0) is not compatible with Groups 2,
3, 5, 6 and 12.
Mesityl oxide (18) is not compatible with Group 8, Alkanolamines.
Methacrylonitrile (15) is not compatible with Group 5 (Caustics).
Methyl tert-butyl ether (41) is not compatible with Group 1, Non-
oxidizing Mineral Acids.
NIAX POLYOL APP 240C (0) is not compatible with Group 2, 3,
not 5, 7, or 12.
o-Nitrophenol (0) is not compatible with Groups 2, 3, and 5-10.
Octyl nitrates (all isomers), see Alkyl(C7-C9) nitrates.
Oleum (0) is not compatible with Sulfuric acid (2) and 1,1,1-
Trichloroethane (36).
Phthalate based polyester polyol (0) is not compatible with group
2, 3, 5, 7 and 12.
Polyglycerine, Sodium salts solution (20) is not compatible with
Groups 1, 4, 11, 16, 17, 19, 21 and 22.
Propylene, Propane, MAPP gas mixture (containing 12% or less
MAPP gas) (30) is not compatible with Group 1 (Non-oxidizing
mineral acids), Group 36 (Halogenated hydrocarbons), nitrogen
dioxide, oxidizing materials, or molten sulfur.
S
Sodium acetate, Glycol, Water mixture (1% or less Sodium
N
hydroxide) (34) is not compatible with Group 12 (Isocyanates).
Sodium chlorate solution (50% or less) (0) is not compatible with
IO
Groups 1-3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 17 and 20.
Sodium dichromate solution (70% or less) (0) is not compatible
with Groups 1-3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 17 and 20.
T
Sodium dimethyl naphthalene sulfonate solution (34) is not
compatible with Group 12, Formaldehyde and strong oxidizing
agents.
A Sodium hydrogen sulfide, Sodium carbonate solution (0) is not
C
compatible with Groups 6 (Ammonia) and 7 (Aliphatic amines).
Sodium hydrosulfide (5) is not compatible with Groups 6
(Ammonia) and 7 (Aliphatic amines).
Sodium hydrosulfide, Ammonium sulfide solution (5) is not
compatible with Groups 6 (Ammonia) and 7 (Aliphatic amines).
Sodium polyacrylate solution (43) is not compatible with Group 3,
Nitric Acid.
Sodium silicate solution (43) is not compatible with Group 3, Nitric
Acid.
Sodium sulfide, hydrosulfide solution (0) is not compatible with
Groups 6 (Ammonia) and 7 (Aliphatic amines).
Sodium thiocyanate (56% or less) (0) is not compatible with
Groups 1-4.
Sulfonated polyacrylate solution (43) is not compatible with Group
5 (Caustics).
Sulfuric acid (2) is not compatible with Fish oil (34), or Oleum (0).
Tall oil fatty acid (Resin acids less than 20%) (34) is not
compatible with Group 5, Caustics.
Tallow fatty acid (34) is not compatible with Group 5, Caustics.
Tetraethylenepentamine (7) is not compatible with Carbon
tetrachloride, Group 36, Halogenated hydrocarbons.
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (36) is not compatible with Oleum (0).
Trichloroethylene (36) is not compatible with Group 5, Caustics.
1,2,3-Trichloropropane (36) is not compatible with
Diethylenetriamine, Ethylenediamine, Ethyleaneamine EA 1302,
or Triethylenetetramine, all Group 7, Aliphatic amines.
Triethyl phosphite (34) is not compatible with Groups 1, and 4.
209
Triethylenetetramine (7) is not compatible with Carbon
tetrachloride, or 1,2,3-Trichloropropane, both Group 36,
Halogenated hydrocarbons.
Trimethyl phosphite (34) is not compatible with Groups 1 and 4.
1,3,5-Trioxane (41) is not compatible with Group 1 (non-oxidizing
mineral acids) and Group 4 (Organic acids).
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40012, Sept. 29, 1989 as amended by CGD
88-100, 55 FR 17277, Apr. 24, 1990; CDG 92-100, 59 FR 17026,
Apr. 11, 1994; CGD 94-902, 60 FR 34043, June 29, 1995; CGD
95-900, 60 FR 34050, June 29, 1995; 65 FR 67136, Nov. 8, 2000]
Appendix II To Part 150 – Explanation Of Figure 1
Definition of a hazardous reaction – As a first approximation, a
mixture of two cargoes is considered hazardous when, under
specified condition, the temperature rise of the mixture exceeds
25°C or a gas is evolved. It is possible for the reaction of two
cargoes to produce a product that is significantly more flammable
or toxic than the original cargoes even though the reaction is non-
hazardous from temperature or pressure considerations, although
no examples of such a reaction are known at this time.
Chart format – There are different degrees of reactivity among
the various cargoes. Many of them are relatively non-reactive: For
example, aromatic hydrocarbons or paraffins. Others will form
hazardous combinations with many groups: For example, the
inorganic acids.
The cargo groups in the compatibility chart are separated into two
categories: 1 through 22 are "Reactive Groups" and 30 through
43 are "Cargo Groups". Left unassigned and available for future
expansion are groups 23 through 29 and those past 43. Reactive
C
Groups contain products which are chemically the most reactive;
dangerous combinations may result between members of
different Reactive Groups and between members of Reactive
LI
Groups and Cargo Groups. Products assigned to Cargo Groups,
however, are much less reactive; dangerous combinations
involving these can be formed only with members of certain
Reactive Groups. Cargo Groups do not react hazardously with
B
one another.
Using the Compatibility Chart – The following procedure
U
explains how the compatibility chart should be used to find
compatibility infomation:
.P
(1) Determine the group numbers of the two cargoes by referring
to the alphabetical listing of cargoes and the corresponding
groups (Table I). Many cargoes are listed under their parent
names; unless otherwise indicated, isomers or mixtures of
isomers of a particular cargo are assigned to the same group. For
.G
example, to find the group number for Isobutyl Alcohol, look under
the parent name Butyl Alcohol. Similarly, the group number for
para-Xylene is found under the entry Xylene. If a cargo cannot be
found in this listing, contact the Coast Guard for a group
determination (see §150.140).
C
(2) If both group numbers are between 30 and 43 inclusive, the
products are compatible and the chart need not be used.
(3) If both group numbers do not fall between 30 and 43 inclusive,
locate one of the numbers on the left of the chart (Cargo Groups)
and the other across the top (Reactive Groups). (Note that if a
group number is between 30 and 43, it can only be found on the
left side of the chart.) The box formed by the intersection of the
column and row containing the two numbers will contain one of
the following:
(a) Blank–The two cargoes are compatible.
(b) "X"–The two cargoes are not compatible.
210
(NOTE that reactivity may vary among the group members. Refer
to Table I or Table II to find whether the products in question are
referenced by a footNOTE which indicates that exceptions exist
and are listed in Appendix I. Unless the combination is specifically
mentioned in Appendix I, it is compatible.)
[CGD 75-59, 45 FR 70263, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by CGD
83-047, 50 FR 33046, Aug. 16, 1985]
EXAMPLES
Combination Groups Compatible
Butyraldehyde/Acetic Acid 19/4 Yes.
Allyl Alcohol/Toluene 15/12 No.
Diisocyanate
Decene/Ethyl Benzene 30/32 Yes.
Ethanolamine/Acetone 8/18 Yes.
Ammonia/Dimethylformamide 6/10 No.
S
Appendix III To Part 150–Testing Procedures For
Determining Exceptions To The Chart
N
EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE FOR EVALUATING BINARY
CHEMICAL REACTIVITY
IO
General safety precautions – Chemical reactivity tests have, by
their nature, serious potential for injuring the experimenter or
destroying equipment. The experimenter should 1) have
knowledge of the magnitude of the reactivity to be expected, 2)
T
use adequate facilities and protective equipment to prevent injury
from splatter of materials or release of fumes, and 3) start on a
A small scale so that unexpected reactions can be safely contained.
All tests should be performed in a well-ventilated laboratory hood
provided with shields.
Testing chemicals other than liquids – The procedure outlined
below was developed for chemicals which are liquids at ambient
temperatures. If one or both chemicals are normally shipped at
elevated temperatures, the same procedure may be followed
except the chemicals are tested at their respective shipping
temperatures and the oil bath in Step 3 is maintained at a level
25°C above the higher temperature. This information is then
indicated on the data sheet. If one of the chemicals is a gas at
ambient temperatures, consult the Coast Guard for additional
instructions before proceeding with the compatibility test.
Step 1
Objective – To determine if the test chemicals react violently and
present a safety hazard in further tests.
Procedure – Place 0.5ml of one (A) of the test chemicals in a 25
x 150mm test tube. Clamp the test tube to a stand behind a safety
shield (in a hood). Carefully add from a dropper 0.5ml of the other
substance (B). Shake to induce mixing. If no immediate reaction
occurs, retain the mixture for at least 10 minutes to check for a
delayed reaction.
Results – If a violent reaction occurs, such as sputtering, boiling
of reactants or release of fumes, record the results on the Data
Sheet (appendix IV) and do not proceed to Step 2. If no reaction
or a minor reaction occurs, proceed to Step 2.
Step 2
Objective–To determine the heat of reaction of two chemicals on
mixing under specified conditions.
Procedure–These separate mixes of the proposed binary
combination will be tested. These are 2 ml : 18 ml, 10 ml : 10 ml,
and 18 ml : 2 ml, respectively, to result in a final mixture of about
20 ml in each case.
A reference-junctioned thermocouple is prepared by inserting two
lengths of 20 gauge or finer iron-constantan or chromelalumel
duplex thermocouple wire into glass capilary sheaths. The
common wire of each probe is joined, while the other wire of each
is connected to a strip-chart recorder. The thermocouple probe
which produces a negative pen deflection upon warming is the
reference junction and is placed in a test tube of water at ambient
laboratory temprature. The other probe is placed near the bottom
of a Dewar flask of about 300ml capacity, such that the
thermocouple will be below the surface of the test mixture. The
Dewar flask is equipped with a magnetic stirrer having a stirring
bar coated with an inert material such as a flourinated
hydrocarbon.
Start the temperature recorder and stirrer. Deliver the test
chemicals to the Dewar Flask simultaneously from separate
graduated syringes. If an exothermic reaction occurs, continue the
test until the maximum temperature is reached and begins to
subside. If no apparent reaction occurs, continue the test for at
least 30 minutes to check for a delayed reaction. Stop agitation
and observe the mixture at five-minute intervals to determine if
the mixture is miscible, if gases are evolved, or if other visible
changes occur. In the interest of safety, a mirror can be used for
these observations. Repeat the above test for the other mixture
combinations.
Results–Record the results in the appropriate places on the Data
Sheet. If no reaction occurs or if the temperature rise is less than
25°C, proceed to Step 3. If the observed temperature rise
exceeds 25°C or gases are evolved, do not proceed to Step 3.
Step 3
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C
211
Objective–To determine if exothermic reactions occur at
temperatures up to 50°C.
Procedure–If a non-hazardous reaction occurred in Step 2, the
ratio of chemicals which resulted in the greatest temperature rise
will be tested. Fresh chemicals will be used with a total volume for
this test of about 10ml (a ratio of 1ml:9ml, 5ml:5ml, or 9ml:1ml). If
no reaction was observed in Step 2, use a ratio of 5ml:5ml. Using
the thermocouple prepared for Step 2, insert the reference probe
into a 25 x 150mm test tube containing 10ml of water. Place the
other probe into an empty test tube. Start the temperature
recorder and add the two chemicals of the combination, one at a
time, to the empty test tube. Lower the two test tubes into an oil
bath maintained at 50 ± 2°C. Hold the samples in the oil bath until
the maximum temperature differential is recorded, and in all cases
at least 15 minutes. Observe the test mixture to determine if
gases are evolved or if other visible changes occur. Follow
prescribed safety precautions.
S
Results–Record the maximum differential temperature measured,
the time required to reach this temperature, and any other
N
observations in the proper space on the Data Sheet.
Send a copy of the Data Sheet for each binary chemical mixture
IO
tested to: Commandant (G-MSO), U.S. Coast Guard,
Washington, DC 20593-0001.
[CGD 75-59, 45 FR 70263, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 83-047, 50 FR 33046,
T
Aug. 16, 1985; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1985; CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
 APPENDIX IV TO PART 150 – DATA SHEET

CHEMICAL REACTIVITY TEST DATA

Chemicals A ___________________________ B ___________________________

___________________________ ___________________________

___________________________ ___________________________

Description of Products:
A B

S
Manufacturer

N
Sample Source

IO
Composition (by weight %)

T
Inhibitors or Stabilizers

A
C
Deviations from Prescribed
LI

Method
(including special equipment)
B
U
.P

Step Number 1
.G

Products miscible? ______________________________ Gases evolved? ___________________________

Other Observations:
C

212
Step Number 2
2/18 10/10 18/2
A/B Ratio:

Initial Temperature

Maximum Δ T

Time to reach Max.

Temp.

Products miscible?

S
Gases evolved?

N
Other Observations

IO
Size of Dewer Flask (inside measurements): Width _________ mm Height _________ mm

Step Number 3

T
A/B Ration

Oil Bath Temperature A

C
Maximum Δ T
LI

Time to read Max. Temp

Gases evolved?
B

Other Observations
U
.P

Date of Test: ________________________________________________________________________

Submitting Organization: ______________________________________________________________

.G

Test Data Approval By: _______________________________________________________________

C

213
Part 151– Barges Carrying Bulk Liquid Hazardous Material
Cargoes
Table Of Contents 151.05 Summary Of Minimum Requirements

Subpart 151.01 – General Subpart 151.10–Barge Hull Construction Requirements

Sec.
151.01-1 Applicability. 151.10-1 Barge Hull Classifications.
151.01-2 Incorporation By Reference. 151.10-5 Subdivision And Stability.
151.01-10 Application Of Vessel Inspection Regulations. 151.10-15 Certificate Endorsement.
151.01-15 Dangerous Cargoes Not Specifically Named. 151.10-20 Hull Construction.
151.01-20 Use Of Minimum Requirements.
151.01-25 Existing Barges. Subpart 151.12–Equipment And Operating Requirements For
151.01-30 Effective Date. Control Of Pollution From Category D NLS Cargoes
151.01-35 Right Of Appeal.
151.12-5 Equipment For Category D NLS.

S
Subpart 151.02—Equivalents 151.12-10 Operation Of Oceangoing Non-Self-Propelled Ships
Carrying Category D NLS.
151.02-1 Conditions Under Which Equivalents May Be Used.

N
Subpart 151.13–Cargo Segregation
151.02-5 Design Of Unmanned Barges.
151.13-1 General.
Subpart 151.03—Definitions

IO
151.13-5 Cargo Segregation–Tanks.

151.03-1 Definitions Of Terms. Subpart 151.15—Tanks

151.03-3 Angle Of Downflooding.
151.03-5 Approved. 151.15-1 Tank Types.

T
151.03-7 Barge. 151.15-3 Construction.
151.03-9 Cargo. 151.15-5 Venting.
151.03-11 Coastwise. 151.15-6 Venting Piping.
151.03-13
151.03-15
151.03-17
Cofferdam.
Commandant.
Compatible.
A 151.15-10 Cargo Gauging Devices.
C
Subpart 151.20–Cargo Transfer
151.03-19 Environment.
151.03-21 Filling Density. 151.20-1 Piping–General.
151.03-23 Flame Arrestor.
LI

151.20-5 Cargo System Valving Requirements.

151.03-25 Flame Screen. 151.20-10 Cargo System Instrumentation.
151.03-27 Gas Free. 151.20-15 Cargo Hose If Carried On The Barge.
151.03-29 Great Lakes. 151.20-20 Cargo Transfer Methods.
B

151.03-30 Hazardous Material.

151.03-31 Headquarters. Subpart 151.25–Environmental Control
151.03-33 Lakes, Bays, And Sounds.
U

151.03-35 Limiting Draft. 151.25-1 Cargo Tank.

151.03-36 Liquid. 151.25-2 Cargo Handling Space.
151.03-37 Maximum Allowable Working Pressure.
.P

151.03-38 Nondestructive Testing. Subpart 151.30–Portable Fire Extinguishers

151.03-39 Ocean.
151.03-41 Officer In Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI). 151.30-1 Type.
151.03-43 Pressure.
151.03-45 Rivers. Subpart 151.40–Temperature Or Pressure Control
151.03-47 Service.
.G

Installations
151.03-49 Sounding Tube.
151.03-51 Tank Barge. 151.40-1 Definitions.
151.03-53 Tankerman. 151.40-2 Materials.
151.03-55 [Reserved] 151.40-5 Construction.
C

151.40-10 Operational Requirements.

Subpart 151.04–Inspection And Certification 151.40-11 Refrigeration Systems.

151.04-1 Certificate Of Inspection. Subpart 151.45—Operations

151.04-2 Inspection Required.
151.04-3 Initial Inspection. 151.45-1 General.
151.04-5 Inspection For Certification. 151.45-2 Special Operating Requirements.
151.04-7 Nondestructive Testing. 151.45-3 Manning.
151.45-4 Cargo-Handling.
Subpart 151.05–Summary Of Minimum Requirements For 151.45-5 Open Hopper Barges.
Specific Cargoes 151.45-6 Maximum Amount Of Cargo.
151.45-7 Shipping Papers.
151.05-1 Explanation Of Column Headings In Table 151.05. 151.45-8 Illness, Alcohol, Drugs.
151.05-2 Compliance With Requirements For Tank Barges 151.45-9 Signals.
Carrying Benzene And Benzene Containing
Cargoes, Or Butyl Acrylate Cargoes. Subpart 151.50–Special Requirements

214
151.50-1 General. (b) All non-self-propelled United States ships that are not
151.50-5 Cargoes Having Toxic Properties. oceangoing that carry a bulk cargo that is–
151.50-6 Motor Fuel Antiknock Compounds.
151.50-10 Alkylene Oxides. (1) Listed in Table 151.05, and
151.50-12 Ethylene Oxide.
151.50-13 Propylene Oxide. (2) Not being carried in a portable tank regulated under subpart
151.50-20 Inorganic Acids. 98.30 or 98.33 of this chapter.
151.50-21 Sulfuric Acid.
151.50-22 Hydrochloric Acid. [CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7776, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
151.50-23 Phosphoric Acid. 84-043, 55 FR 37413, Sept. 11, 1990]
151.50-30 Compressed Gases.
151.50-31 Chlorine. 46 CFR §151.01-2 Incorporation By Reference.
151.50-32 Ammonia, Anhydrous. (a) Certain standards and specifications are incorporated by
151.50-34 Vinyl Chloride (Vinyl Chloride Monomer). reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the
151.50-36 Argon Or Nitrogen. Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce
151.50-40 Additional Requirements For Carbon Disulfide any edition other than the ones listed in paragraph (b) of this
(Carbon Bisulfide) And Ethyl Ether. section, notice of change must be published in the FEDERAL
151.50-41 Carbon Disulfide (Carbon Bisulfide). REGISTER and the material made available to the public. All
151.50-42 Ethyl Ether. approved material is on file at the National Archives and Records

S
151.50-50 Elemental Phosphorus In Water. Administration (NARA), and is available from the sources
151.50-55 Sulfur (Molten). indicated in paragraph (b) of this section. For information on the

N
151.50-60 Benzene. availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
151.50-70 Cargoes Requiring Inhibition Of Stabilization. http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulati
151.50-73 Chemical Protective Clothing. ons/ibr_locations.html.

IO
151.50-74 Ethylidene Norbornene.
151.50-75 Ferric Chloride Solution. (b) The standards and specifications approved for incorporation
151.50-76 Hydrochloric Acid, Spent (NTE 15%). by reference in this part and the sections affected, are:
151.50-77 Fluorosilicic Acid (30% Or Less) (Hydrofluorosilicic
Acid). American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT)

T
151.50-79 Methyl Acetylene-Propadiene Mixture. 4153 Arlingate Road, Caller num;28518, Columbus, OH 43228-
151.50-80 Nitric Acid (70% Or Less). 0518
151.50-81 Special Operating Requirements For Heat Sensitive ASNT "Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A (1988),

151.50-84
Cargoes.
Sulfur Dioxide. A Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive
Testing" 151.04-7(c)(2)
C
151.50-86 Alkyl (C7-C9) Nitrates.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) International
Subpart 151.55–Special Requirements For Materials Of Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
LI

Construction ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V,

Nondestructive Examination (1986) 151.04-7(a)(1)
151.55-1 General.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
B

Subpart 151.56–Prohibited Materials Of Construction 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
ASTM D 4986-98, Standard Test Method for Horizontal Burning
151.56-1 Prohibited Materials. Characteristics of Cellular Polymeric Materials--151.15-3
U

ASTM E 84-98, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning

Subpart 151.58–Required Materials Of Construction Characteristics of Building Materials--151.15-3
.P

1.51.58-1 Required Materials. [CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50965, Dec. 11, 1989, as amended by
USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53227, Oct. 1, 1999; 64 FR 67170,
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1903; 46 U.S.C. 3703; Department of Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943, Mar. 1, 2000; 69 FR 18801, Apr. 9,
Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. 2004]
[SOURCE: CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, unless
.G

otherwise noted.] §151.01-10 Application Of Vessel Inspection Regulations.

[EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes for part 151 appear
at CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40029, Sept. 29, 1989.]
C
(a) The regulations in this part are requirements which may be in
addition to, supplement, or modify requirements in other
subchapters in this chapter. When a specific requirement in
another part or section in another subchapter in this chapter is in

conflict with or contrary to requirement or intent expressed in this

Subpart 151.01 – General part, the regulations in this part shall take precedence.
§151.01-1 Applicability.
(b) Every unmanned tank barge which carries or is intended to
This part applies to the following:
carry in bulk any liquid or liquefied gas listed in Table 151.05 and
has flammability or combustibility characteristics as indicated by a
(a) Oceangoing, as defined in 33 CFR 151.05(j), non-self-
fire protection requirement in Table 151.05 shall be inspected and
propelled United States ships and non-self-propelled foreign ships
certificated under the provisions in subchapter D (Tank Vessels)
operating in United States waters that carry a bulk cargo that is–
of this chapter and the regulations in this part.
(1) Listed in Table 151.05;
(c) Every unmanned tank barge prior to the carriage in bulk of any
liquid or liquefied gas listed in Table 151.05 which does not have
(2) Not being carried in a portable tank regulated under subpart
the flammability or combustibility characteristics as indicated by
98.30 or 98.33 of this chapter; and
the fire protection requirement in Table 151.05 shall be inspected
and certificated under the applicable provisions of subchapter D
(3) Not an NLS or is an NLS cargo that is a Category D listed in
or subchapter I of this chapter, at the option of the barge owner, in
§151.12-5 of this part.
addition to the regulations in this part. However, unless the barge

215
owner notifies the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection of his
option to have the barge inspected and certificated under
subchapter I at the time he submits the application for inspection
(Form CG-3752), the unmanned tank barge shall be inspected
and certificated under the provisions of subchapter D of this
chapter and the regulations in this part.
(c)(c-1) Each unmanned tank barge constructed on or after
September 6, 1977, that carries in bulk a cargo listed in Table
151.05 and that is certificated under subchapter I of this chapter
must meet the loading information requirements in §31.10-32 of
this chapter.
(d) The provisions of subchapter D of this chapter shall apply to
all unmanned tank barges which carry in bulk any of the liquids or
liquefied gases listed in Table 30.25-1 of this chapter. The
provisions of this part shall not apply to such barges unless it is
also desired to carry one or more of the liquids or liquefied gases
listed in Table 151.05.
(e) Manned barges which carry or intend to carry in bulk the
cargoes specified in Table 151.05 will be considered individually
by the Commandant and may be required to meet the
requirements of this subchapter and of subchapter D (Tank
Vessels) or I (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels) of this chapter
as applicable.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970]
§151.01-15 Dangerous Cargoes Not Specifically Named.
(a) Any liquid or liquefied gas, which meets the definitions referred
to in §151.01-1 and is not named in Table 151.05 or Table 30.25-
1 of this chapter shall not be transported in bulk in a manned or
unmanned tank barge without the prior specific approval of the
C
Commandant.
(b) Mixtures or blends of two or more cargoes, one or more of
LI
which appears in Table 151.05, will be treated as though they
were new products and specific approval of the Commandant
must be obtained prior to undertaking their transportation.
[CGFR-70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
B
81-101, 52 FR 7777, Mar. 12, 1987; CGD 81-101, 53 FR 28974,
Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28, 1989; CGD 88-100, 54
FR 40029, Sept. 29, 1989]
U
§151.01-20 Use Of Minimum Requirements.
(a) The minimum requirements governing transportation of any
.P
liquid or liquefied gas listed in Table 151.05 are set forth in this
part when such substances are carried in bulk in unmanned tank
barges.
(b) Before any liquid or liquefied gas listed in Table 151.05 may
.G
be carried in an unmanned tank barge, the certificate of
inspection issued to such barge shall be appropriately endorsed
to show approval to transport such cargo.
C
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40029, Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.01-25 Existing Barges.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, barges
certified for, or used within the previous 2 years prior to the
effective date of this regulation, or barges equivalent to such
barges, for the transportation of any cargo regulated by this
subchapter which do not meet the specific requirements herein,
may be continued in service subject to the following conditions:
(1) Venting, gauging, and all operating requirements shall be met
within a 1-year period subsequent to the effective date.
(2) All other requirements shall be met within a 2-year period
subsequent to the effective date.
216
(b) If an existing barge, which has been designed to carry or has
regularly been carrying one or more of the cargoes regulated by
this subchapter, is found to be so arranged, or outfitted that
conversion to bring it into compliance with any or all of the
requirements of this subchapter is impractical or impossible, the
Commandant, upon application, may review the plans of the
barge to determine if it is suitable and safe for the cargoes to be
transported.
(c) Except for operating and vinyl chloride requirements, barges
constructed and certificated for the transportation of any cargo for
which specific regulations existed, in parts 36, 38, 39, 40, and 98
of this chapter at the time of their construction or conversion, may
continue and will be certificated to operate without the
requirement that they comply with the provisions of subchapter O
of this chapter.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
74-167k, 40 FR 17026, Apr. 16, 1975]
S
§151.01-30 Effective Date.
N
(a) The regulations in this subchapter are effective on and after
June 1, 1970. However, amendments, revisions, or additions shall
become effective ninety (90) days after the date of publication in
IO
the FEDERAL REGISTER unless the Commandant shall fix a
different time.
(b) The regulations in this subchapter are not retroactive in effect
unless specifically made so at the time the regulations are issued.
T
Changes in specification requirements of articles of equipment, or
materials used in construction of tank barges, shall not apply to
such items which have been passed as satisfactory until
A replacement shall become necessary, unless a specific finding is
made that such equipment or materials used is unsafe or
hazardous and has to be removed from tank barges.
§151.01-35 Right Of Appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989]
Subpart 151.02 – Equivalents
§151.02-1 Conditions Under Which Equivalents May Be Used.
(a) Where in this part it is provided that a particular fitting,
material, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof,
shall be fitted or carried in a vessel, or that any particular
provision shall be made or arrangement including cargo
segregation shall be adopted, the Commandant may accept in
substitution therefor any other fitting, material, apparatus or
equipment, or type thereof, or any other provision or arrangement.
However, the Commandant shall be satisfied by suitable evidence
that the fitting, material, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or
the type thereof, or the provision or arrangement shall be at least
as effective as that specified in this part.
(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the
Commandant that the use of any particular equipment, apparatus,
or arrangement not specifically required by law is unreasonable or
impracticable, the Commandant may permit the use of alternate
equipment apparatus, or arrangement to such an extent and upon
such conditions as will insure, to his satisfaction, a degree of
safety consistent with the minimum standards set forth in this part.
§151.02-5 Design Of Unmanned Barges.
(a) In order not to inhibit design and application, the Commandant
may approve vessels of novel design, both new and for
conversion, after it is shown to his satisfaction that such a vessel
is at least as safe as any vessel which meets the standards
required by this part.
(b) [Reserved]
 Subpart 151.03 – Definitions (a) Flammable or combustible;

§151.03-1 Definitions Of Terms. (b) Designated a hazardous substance under section 311(b) of
Certain terms used in the regulations in this subchapter are the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1321); or
defined in this subpart.
(c) Designated a hazardous material under 49 U.S.C. 5103.
§151.03-3 Angle Of Downflooding.
The angle of heel of the vessel at which any opening in the hull [NOTE: The Environmental Protection Agency designates
not provided with a water tight closure would be immersed. hazardous substances in 40 CFR Table 116.4A. The Coast Guard
designates hazardous materials that are transported as bulk
§151.03-5 Approved. liquids by water in §153.40.]
This term means approved by the Commandant unless otherwise
stated. [CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7777, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51209, Sept. 30, 1997]
§151.03-7 Barge.
This term means any non-self-propelled vessel designed to carry §151.03-31 Headquarters.
cargo. The Office of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Washington,
DC 20593-0001.

S
§151.03-9 Cargo.
This term means any liquid, gas or solid having one or more of [CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
the dangerous properties defined in this subchapter. 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]

N
§151.03-11 Coastwise. §151.03-33 Lakes, Bays, And Sounds.
This designation refers to all vessels normally navigating the A designation for all vessels navigating the waters of any of the

waters of any ocean or the Gulf of Mexico 20 nautical miles or
less offshore.
§151.03-13 Cofferdam.
This term means a void or empty space separating two or more
IO
lakes, bays, or sounds other than the waters of the Great Lakes.
§151.03-35 Limiting Draft.
Maximum allowable draft to which a barge may be loaded.
Limiting draft is a function of hull type and cargo specific gravity. A

T
compartments for the purpose of isolation or to prevent the barge may be assigned different limiting drafts for different hull
contents of one compartment from entering another in the event types or within one hull type for different specific gravities.
of the failure of the walls of one to retain their tightness.

§151.03-15 Commandant.
A §151.03-36 Liquid.
In this part liquid includes liquefied and compressed gases.
C
This term means Commandant of the U.S. Coast Guard.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7777, Mar. 12, 1987]
§151.03-17 Compatible.
LI

Compatible means that a cargo will not react in an unsafe manner
with other cargo or materials used in construction of the barge.
The prime considerations are the chemical, physical, or thermal
properties of the reaction including heat, pressure, toxicity,
B
§151.03-37 Maximum Allowable Working Pressure.
The maximum allowable working pressure shall be as defined in
section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

stability, and explosive nature of the reaction and its end [CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
products. 85-061, 54 FR 50965, Dec. 11, 1989]
U

§151.03-19 Environment. §151.03-38 Nondestructive Testing.

This term refers to the atmosphere within a cargo tank and the Nondestructive testing includes ultrasonic examination, liquid
spaces adjacent to the tank or spaces in which cargo is handled. penetrant examination, magnetic particle examination,
.P

radiographic examination, eddy current, and acoustic emission.

§151.03-21 Filling Density.
The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the weight of cargo that
may be loaded into a tank compared to the weight of water that
the tank will hold at 60°F. The weight of a gallon of water at 60°F
.G
[CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50965, Dec. 11, 1989]
§151.03-39 Ocean.
A designation for all vessels normally navigating the waters of any

in air shall be 8.32828 pounds. ocean or the Gulf of Mexico more than 20 nautical miles offshore.

§151.03-23 Flame Arrestor. §151.03-41 Officer In Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI).

Any device or assembly of cellular, tubular, pressure or other type This term means any person from the civilian or military branch of
C

used for preventing the passage of flames into enclosed spaces.
§151.03-25 Flame Screen.
A fitted single screen of corrosion-resistant wire of at least 30 by
30 mesh or two fitted screens, both of corrosion-resistant wire, of
at least 20 by 20 mesh spaced not less than one-half inch or more
than 1 1/2 inches apart.
§151.03-27 Gas Free.
Free from dangerous concentrations of flammable or toxic gases.
§151.03-29 Great Lakes.
A designation for all vessels in Great Lakes service.
§151.03-30 Hazardous Material.
In this part hazardous material means a liquid material or
substance that is–
the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and
who, under the superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard
District Commander, is in charge of an inspection zone for the
performance of duties with respect to the enforcement and
administration of Subtitle II of Title 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and
Title 33 U.S. Code, and regulations issued under these statutes.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51209, Sept. 30, 1997]
§151.03-43 Pressure.
Terminology used in this part are: pounds per square inch gauge
(p.s.i.g.) or pounds per square inch absolute (p.s.i.a.). 14.7 p.s.i.a.
is equal to 0 p.s.i.g. P.s.i.g. is normally used in reference to
design or operating requirements.
§151.03-45 Rivers.

217
A designation for all vessels whose navigation is restricted to
rivers and/or canals, exclusively.
§151.03-47 Service.
The waters upon which a vessel may be operated as endorsed
upon the certificate of inspection.
§151.03-49 Sounding Tube.
This is an unperforated tube fitted to an ullage hole, secured so
as to be vapor tight to the underside of the tank top open at the
bottom, and extending to within 18 inches or less of the bottom of
the tank.
§151.03-51 Tank Barge.
A non-self-propelled vessel especially constructed or converted to
carry bulk liquid cargo in tanks.
§151.03-53 Tankerman.
The following ratings are established in part 13 of this chapter.
The terms for the ratings identify persons holding valid merchant
mariners' documents for service in the ratings issued under that
part:
(a) Tankerman-PIC.
(b) Tankerman-PIC (Barge).
(c) Restricted Tankerman-PIC.
(d) Restricted Tankerman-PIC (Barge).
(e) Tankerman-Assistant.
(f) Tankerman-Engineer.
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17157, Apr. 4, 1995]
§151.03-55 [Reserved]
A than -67°F (-55°C).
C
Subpart 151.04 – Inspection and Certification
§151.04-1 Certificate Of Inspection.
LI
(a) A certificate of inspection is required for every unmanned tank
barge subject to the requirements in this subchapter. A certificate
of inspection shall be issued to the barge or to its owners by the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, if the barge is found to
B
comply with applicable inspection laws and the regulations in this
chapter.
U
(b) The certificate of inspection shall be endorsed with respect to
the waters over which the barge may be operated.
.P
(c) The certificate shall be endorsed describing the cargoes by
name as given in Table 151.05 or as specifically approved by the
Commandant. No other dangerous cargo as defined in Subpart
151.01-1 shall be carried. Certificates shall specify maximum
cargo weight (short tons), maximum density (pounds per gallon)
.G
and any operating limitations and a limiting draft.
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40029, Sept. 29, 1989]
C
§151.04-2 Inspection Required.
(a) Every unmanned tank barge subject to the regulations in this
subchapter shall be inspected biennially. More frequent
inspections may be required, if necessary, by the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, to see that the hull, equipment and
appliances of the vessel comply with the marine inspection laws,
and the regulations of this subchapter and other subchapters
where applicable.
(b) [Reserved]
§151.04-3 Initial Inspection.
(a) The initial inspection which may consist of a series of
inspections during the construction of an unmanned barge shall
include a complete inspection of the structure, auxiliary
machinery, and equipment. The inspection shall be such as to
insure that the arrangement, materials, and scantlings of the hull
218
structure, tanks and pressure vessels and their appurtenances
comply with applicable regulations of this chapter and with the
requirements of this part.
(b) [Reserved]
§151.04-5 Inspection For Certification.
(a) An inspection for certification is a prerequisite of the
reissuance of a Certificate of Inspection as provided for in
applicable regulations of this chapter.
(b) Unless otherwise specified in table 151.05, cargo tanks are
internally examined as follows:
(1) Where the cargo tank is of the gravity type and the structural
framing is on the internal tank surface, the tank shall be inspected
internally at the time of inspection for certification.
(2) Where the cargo tank is of the gravity type and the structural
S
framing is on the external tank surface accessible for examination
from voids, cofferdams, double bottoms, and other similar spaces,
N
tanks shall be inspected internally at 4-year intervals.
(3) If the tank is a pressure-vessel type cargo tank, an internal
IO
inspection of the tank is conducted within–
(3)(i) Ten years after the last internal inspection on an unmanned
barge carrying cargo at temperatures of -67°F (-55°C) or warmer;
or
T
(3)(ii) Eight years after the last internal inspection if the tank is a
pressure type cargo tank carrying cargo at temperatures colder
(4) Internal inspection may be required at more frequent intervals
as deemed necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
(c) An external examination of unlagged tanks and the visible
parts of lagged tanks is made at each biennial inspection. If the
vessel has single skin construction, the underwater portion of the
tank need not be examined unless deemed necessary by the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. If an external examination of
the tank is not possible because of insulation, the owner shall
ensure that–
(1) The amount of insulation deemed necessary by the marine
inspector is removed during each cargo tank internal inspection to
allow spot external examination of the tanks and insulation; or
(2) The thickness of the tanks is gauged by a nondestructive
means accepted by the marine inspector without the removal of
insulation.
(d) If required by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection the
owner shall conduct nondestructive testing of each tank
designated by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection in
accordance with §151.04-7.
(e) If the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection considers a
hydrostatic test necessary to determine the condition of the tanks,
the owner shall perform the test at a pressure of 1 1/2 times the
tank's–
(1) Maximum allowable pressure, as determined by the safety
relief valve setting; or
(2) Design pressure, when cargo tanks operate at maximum
allowable pressures reduced below the design pressure in order
to satisfy special mechanical stress relief requirements.
[NOTE: See the ASME Code, Section VIII, Appendix 3 for
information on design pressure.]
(f) Quick closing valves shall be tested by operating the
emergency shutoff system from each operating point at the time
of each vessel's inspection for certification.
(g) Excess flow valves shall be inspected at the time of inspection
for certification. The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall
satisfy himself that the valve is in working condition by visual
inspection, and if this is impossible, by one of the following
means:
(1) Removing the valve and bench testing ashore; the valve shall
close at or below its rated closing flow.
(2) By any other means acceptable to the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, which will demonstrate that the valve is
operable.
(h) Pressure vaccum relief valves shall be examined to determine
that the operating mechanism is free and capable of activation.
(i) Safety relief valves shall be tested by bench testing or other
suitable means. The valves shall relieve and reseat within the
design tolerances of the set pressure, or it shall be removed and
reset prior to being returned to service. This test shall be
conducted at the time of the inspection for certification.
(j) Cargo hose stored on board the vessel which is used in
transferring cargoes listed in Table 151.05 shall be inspected
every 2 years. This inspection shall consist of a visual
examination and a hydrostatic test of 1 1/2 times the maximum
pressure to which the hose will be subjected in service. The date
of the most recent inspection and the test pressure shall be
stenciled or otherwise marked on the hose.
A occurring temperatures.
C
(k) Cargo piping shall be inspected and tested at the same time
as the cargo tanks.
LI
(l) If the tank is a pressure vessel type cargo tank with an internal
inspection interval of 10 years, and is 30 years old or older,
determined from the date it was built, the owner shall conduct
nondestructive testing of each tank in accordance with §151.04-7,
B
during each internal inspection.
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
U
88-100, 54 FR 40029, Sept. 29, 1989; CGD 85-061, 54 FR
50965, Dec. 11, 1989]
.P
§151.04-7 Nondestructive Testing.
(a) Before nondestructive testing may be conducted to meet
§151.04-5(d) and (l), the owner shall submit a proposal to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection that includes–
.G
(1) The test methods and procedures to be used all of which must
meet section V of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
(1986);
(2) Each location on the tank to be tested; and
C
(3) The test method and procedure to be conducted at each
location on the tank.
(b) If the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection rejects the
proposal, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection informs the
owner of the reasons why the proposal is rejected.
(c) If the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection accepts the
proposal, then the owner shall ensure that–
(1) The proposal is followed; and
(2) Nondestructive testing is performed by personnel meeting
ASNT "Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A (1988),
Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive
Testing."
219
(d) Within 30 days after completing the nondestructive test, the
owner shall submit a written report of the results to the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
[CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50966, Dec. 11, 1989]
Subpart 151.05–Summary Of Minimum
Requirements For Specific Cargoes
§151.05-1 Explanation Of Column Headings In Table 151.05.
(a) Cargo identification/name. This column identifies cargoes by
name. Words in italics are not part of the cargo name but may be
used in addition to the cargo name. When one entry references
another entry by use of the word "see" and both names are in
roman type, either name may be used as the cargo name (e.g.,
"Diethyl either see Ethyl ether"). However, the referenced entry is
preferred.
(b) Cargo identification/pressure. This column identifies cargo
S
in terms of pressure within the tank. Terms used are:
N
(1) Pressurized. Cargo carried at a pressure in excess of 10
pounds per square inch gauge as measured at the top of the tank
(i.e., exclusive of static head).
IO
(2) Atmospheric pressure. Cargo carried at not more than 10
pounds per square inch gauge, exclusive of static head.
(c) Cargo identification/temperature. This column identifies the
T
cargo by the temperature of the cargo during transit.
(1) Ambient temperature. Cargo which is carried at naturally
(2) Low temperature. Cargo carried below ambient temperatures
when the product temperature is below 0 °F.
(3) Elevated temperature. Cargo carried above ambient
temperatures.
(d) Hull type. This column refers to the flotation features of the
barge. Terms used are explained and defined in Subpart 151.10
of this part.
(e) Cargo segregation/tanks. This column refers to the
separation of the cargo from its surroundings. Terms are
explained in §151.13-5 and in footnotes to Table 151.05 of this
part.
(f) Tanks/type. This column refers to the design requirements for
cargo tanks and their placement within the hull of the vessel.
Terms are explained in §151.15-1.
(g) Tanks/venting. This column refers to arrangements for
preventing excess pressure or vacuum within the cargo tank.
Terms used are explained and defined in §151.15-5.
(h) Tanks/gauging devices. This column refers to arrangements
provided for determining the amount of cargo present in cargo
tanks. Terms used are explained and defined in §151.15-10.
(i) Cargo transfer/piping. This column refers to the classification
of piping in accordance with Subchapter F of this chapter as
discussed in §151.20-1.
(j) Cargo transfer/control. This column refers to the valving
requirements for the cargo piping system. These requirements
are defined in §151.20-5.
(k) Environmental control/cargo tanks. This column refers to
control of the composition of the environment within cargo tanks.
Definitions and detailed requirements are given in §151.25-1.
(l) Environmental control/cargo handling space. This column
refers to control of the environment in the cargo handling spaces.
Definitions and detailed requirements are found in §151.25-2.
(m) Fire protection. This column specifies whether portable fire
extinguishers are required on barges carrying the cargo named.
Requirements for cargoes requiring extinguishers are given in
Subpart 151.30 of this part.
(n) Special requirements. This column refers to requirements in
subparts 151.40, 151.50, 151.55, 151.56, and 151.58 of this part
which apply to specific cargoes. The section numbers listed omit
the preceding part designation, "151".
(o) Electrical hazard class-group. This column lists the electrical
hazard class and group used for the cargo when determining
requirements for electrical equipment under subchapter J
(Electrical engineering) of this chapter.
(p) Temperature control installations. This column refers to
systems which are used to control the temperature of the cargo.
Definitions and requirements which are applicable if such systems
are used are given in Subpart 151.40 of this part.
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C
220
(q) Tank inspection period. This column refers to the maximum
period in years between internal cargo tank inspections.
Applicable requirements are given in §151.04-5.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970; 35 FR 6431, Apr. 22,
1970, as amended by CGD 74-275, 40 FR 21958, May 20, 1975;
CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40029, Sept. 29, 19895; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50731, Sept. 27, 1996; 65 FR 67136, Nov. 8, 2000]
§151.05-2 Compliance With Requirements For Tank Barges
Carrying Benzene And Benzene Containing Cargoes, Or
Butyl Acrylate Cargoes.
A tank barge certificated to carry benzene and benzene
containing cargoes or butyl acrylate cargoes must comply with the
gauging requirement of Table 151.05 of this part by August 15,
1998. Until that date, a tank barge certificated to carry benzene
and benzene containing cargoes must meet either the gauging
requirement of Table 151.05 or the restricted or closed gauging
requirements in effect on September 29, 1994; and a tank barge
S
certificated to carry butyl acrylate cargoes must meet either the
gauging requirements of Table 151.05 or comply with the open,
N
restricted, or closed gauging requirements in effect on September
29, 1994.
IO
[CGD 95-900, 60 FR 34050, June 29, 1995]
T
 C
.G
.P
U
B

221
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

222
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

223
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

224
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

225
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

226
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

227
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

228
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

229
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

230
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

231
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

232
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

233
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

234
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

235
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

236
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

237
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

238
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

239
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

240
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

241
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

242
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 Subpart 151.10 – Barge Hull Construction
Requirements
§151.10-1 Barge Hull Classifications.
(a) Each barge constructed or converted in conformance with this
subpart shall be assigned a hull type number.
(1) Effective dates for certain requirements:
(1)(i) Barges constructed or converted between July 1, 1964, and
June 1, 1970, in accordance with the construction requirements of
§§32.63 and 98.03 of this chapter are considered to comply with
the basic provisions of this subpart and will retain the hull type
classification for the service for which they were originally
approved. Changes in product endorsement will not be
considered a change in service, except when a change to a
product of higher specific gravity necessitates a reevaluation of
the intact and damage stability requirements in subpart E of part
172 of this chapter.
(2) [Reserved]
(b) For this purpose the barge hull types shall be defined as
follows:
(1) Type I barge hull. Barge hulls classed as Type I are those
designed to carry products which require the maximum preventive
measures to preclude the uncontrolled release of the cargo.
These barges are required to meet:
(1)(i) Standards of intact stability and a modified two compartment
standard of subdivision and damage stability, as specified in
subpart E of part 172 of this chapter; and
C
(1)(ii) Hull structural requirements, including an assumed
grounding condition.
LI
(2) Type I-S (special) barge hulls. Type I-S (special) barge hulls
are those constructed or converted for the carriage of chlorine in
bulk prior to July 1, 1964, and modified to higher stability
standards prior to July 1, 1968, but not meeting the requirements
B
for full Type I classification.
(3) Type II barge hull. Barge hulls classed as Type II are those
U
designed to carry products which require significant preventive
measures to preclude the uncontrolled release of the cargo.
These barges are required to meet:
.P
(3)(i) Standards of intact stability and a modified one compartment
standard of subdivision and damage stability, as specified in
subpart E of part 172 of this chapter; and
.G
(3)(ii) Hull structural requirements, including an assumed
grounding condition.
(4) Type III barge hull. Barge hulls classed as Type III are those
C
designed to carry products of sufficient hazard to require a
moderate degree of control. These barges are required to meet:
(4)(i) Standards of intact stability as specified in subpart E of part
172 of this chapter; and
(4)(ii) Hull structural requirements.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
79-023, 48 FR 51008, Nov. 4, 1983; CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40040,
Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.10-5 Subdivision And Stability.
Each barge must meet the applicable requirements in subchapter
S of this chapter.
243
[CGD 70-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983]
§151.10-15 Certificate Endorsement.
(a)-(b) [Reserved]
(c) Certificate endorsement. The following information shall be
submitted, and upon approval of calculations shall form part of the
endorsement on the Certificate of Inspection:
(1) Limiting draft for each hull type service for which approval is
requested.
(2) Maximum density (lb./gal.) and maximum cargo weight (tons)
for each tank for which approval is requested. Their weights will
normally reflect uniform loading except that for trim purposes the
individual tank cargo weight may exceed the uniform loading tank
cargo weight, corresponding to the barge fresh water deadweight
at the limiting draft, by 5 percent. Where a greater degree of
nonuniform loading is desired, longitudinal strength calculations
S
shall be submitted.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
N
79-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983]
§151.10-20 Hull Construction.
IO
(a) Construction features.
(1) Each barge hull shall be constructed with a suitable bow form
(length, shape, and height of headlog) to protect against diving at
T
the maximum speed at which the barge is designed to be towed.
In any integrated tow, only the lead barge need comply with this
requirement.
A (2) All "open hopper" type barges shall be provided with coamings
around the hopper space and a 36-inch minimum height
plowshare breakwater on the forward rake. The plowshare
breakwater may be omitted, if it is demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the Commandant that sufficient protection is
achieved without it. Coamings shall have a minimum height of 36
inches forward and may be graduated to a minimum height of 24
inches at midlength and 18 inches thereafter. All hopper barges
constructed with a weathertight rain shield over the hopper space
are exempt from these requirements, except that they shall be
provided with an 18-inch minimum coaming all around the hopper.
(3) All "open hopper" type barges modified for the carriage of
chlorine in bulk shall be provided with 36-inch minimum height
coamings around the hopper.
(4) All barges in ocean or coastwise service shall be provided with
a structural deck and hatches in accordance with the applicable
provisions of subchapter E of this chapter and the scantling
requirements of the American Bureau of Shipping.
(b) Hull structural requirements.
(1) All Types I, II, and III barges shall comply with the basic
structural requirements of the American Bureau of Shipping for
barges of the ordinary types and the applicable supplementary
requirements of this section.
(2) Types I and II barges in inland service: A grounding condition
shall be assumed where the forward rake bulkhead rests upon a
pinnacle at the water surface. The maximum hull and tank
bending moment and tank saddle reactions (if applicable) shall be
determined. The hull bending stress shall not exceed the
applicable limits of paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
The maximum tank bending moment and saddle reaction shall be
used in the tank design calculations required by §151.15-2(b)(3).
(2)(i) Independent tanks supported by only two saddles do not
contribute to the strength and stiffness of the barge hull. In such
case, the hull stress shall not exceed either 50 percent of the Ammonium bisulfite solution
minimum ultimate tensile strength of the material or 70 percent of Butyl methacrylate
the yield strength when specified, whichever is greater. Caustic soda solution
Coal tar pitch
(2)(ii) Independent tanks supported by three or more saddles Cyclohexanone
contribute to the strength and stiffness of the hull. In such case, Cyclohexanone, Cychexanol mixture
the hull stress shall not exceed the percentage stress values Dichloromethane
prescribed in §151.10-20(b)(2)(i), multiplied by the quantity 2,2-Dichloropropionic acid
Diethylenetriamine
(1.5-SWT/UTS), N,N-Dimethylacetamide
Dimethylethanolamine
where SWT is the stress calculated without including the effect of Dimethylformamide
the tanks, and UTS is the minimum ultimate tensile strength of the 1,4-Dioxane
material. The value SWT, however, shall in no case be more than Ethanolamine
75 percent of UTS. N-Ethylcyclohexylamine
Ethylene cyanohydrin
(2)(iii) Integral tanks may be considered as contributing to the Ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers
strength and stiffness of the barge hull. The hull stresses for Ethyl methacrylate
integral tank barges shall not exceed the percentage stress Formic acid

S
values prescribed in paragraph (b)(2)(i), of this section. Glutaraldehyde solution
Glyoxylic acid solution (50% or less)

N
(3) Types I and II barges in ocean service: Hydrochloric acid
Mesityl oxide
(3)(i) Independent tank barges with tanks supported by three or Methyl methacrylate

IO
more saddles shall be subjected to a 0.6L0.6 trochoidal wave Morpholine
hogsag analysis to determine the maximum hull and tank bending 1- or 2-Nitropropane
moments and tank saddle reactions. Phosphoric acid
Polyethylene polyamines
(3)(ii) All independent tank barges, regardless of the number of Polymethylene polyphenyl isocyanate

T
saddle supports shall be subject to a still water bending analysis Propionic acid
to determine the hull bending moment. For those barges with iso-Propyl ether
independent tanks supported by three or more saddles, this Pyridine
analysis shall consider tank-hull interaction so as to determine
tank bending moments and saddle reactions. A Tetraethylenepentamine
Tetrahydrofuran
C
Triethanolamine
(3)(iii) The still water tank bending moments and saddle reactions Triethylenetetramine
shall be superimposed upon those obtained by simultaneous
LI

application of the following dynamic loadings:
(3)(iii)(a) Rolling 30° each side (120° full cycle) in 10 seconds.
B
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7777, Mar. 12, 1989, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989; CGD 92-100, 59 FR
17028, Apr. 11, 1994; CGD 94-900, 59 FR 45139, Aug. 31, 1994;
CGD 94-902, 60 FR 34043, June 29, 1995; 65 FR 67136, Nov. 8,

(3)(iii)(b) Pitching 6° half amplitude (24° full cycle) in 7 seconds. 2000]

(3)(iii)(c) Heaving L/80 half amplitude (L/20 full cycle) in 8 §151.12-10 Operation Of Oceangoing Non-Self-Propelled
U

seconds. Ships Carrying Category D NLS.

(a) An oceangoing non-self-propelled ship may not carry in a
(3)(iv) The hull structure and saddle support system shall be cargo tank a Category D NLS cargo listed under §151.12-5 unless
.P

analyzed, using the maximum hull bending moments and saddle
reactions obtained from the foregoing. Bending stress shall not
exceed 60 percent of the yield strength or 42 percent of the
minimum tensile strength of the material, whichever is less.
Critical buckling strength shall be at least 75 percent greater than
.G
the ship has on board a Certificate of Inspection and for ships
making foreign voyages an NLS Certificate endorsed under that
section to allow the cargo tank to carry the NLS cargo.
(b) The person in charge of an oceangoing non-self-propelled

calculated buckling stresses. The maximum tank bending
moments and saddle reactions shall be used in the tank design
calculations required by §151.15-3(b)(8).
Subpart 151.12 – Equipment and Operating Requirements for
C
ship that carries a Category D NLS listed under §151.12-5 shall
ensure that the ship is operated as prescribed for the operation of
oceangoing ships carrying Category D NLSs in §§153.901,
153.909, 153.1100, 153.1102, 153.1104, 153.1106, 153.1124,
153.1126, 153.1128, 153.1130 and 153.1132 of this chapter.

Control of Pollution from Catergory D NLS Cargoes

[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7777, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
[SOURCE: CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7777, Mar. 12, 1987, unless 81-101, 53 FR 28974, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
otherwise noted.] 1989]

§151.12-5 Equipment For Category D NLS. Subpart 151.13 – Cargo Segregation

The Coast Guard endorses the Certificate of Inspection and for
ships making foreign voyages issues the endorsed NLS
Certificate required by §151.12-10 for an oceangoing non-self-
propelled ship to carry as bulk cargo the following Category D
NLSs if the ship meets the requirements of this part and the
requirements applying to ships that carry Category D NLS
cargoes in §§153.470, 153.486, and 153.490 of this chapter:
Acetic acid
Acrylic acid
Adiponitrile
Aminoethylethanolamine
§151.13-1 General.
This subpart prescribes the requirements for cargo segregation
for cargo tanks. These requirements are based on considerations
of cargo reactivity, stability, and contamination of the
surroundings and other cargoes.
[CGD 88-100. 54 FR 40029, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended by CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50731, Sept. 27, 1996]
§151.13-5 Cargo Segregation–Tanks.

244
(a) The configurations listed in this paragraph refer to the
separation of the cargo from its surroundings and list the various
degrees of segregation required. Paragraphs and (2) of this
section explain the symbols used in lines 1 and 2, in order, under
the tank segregation column of Table 151.05.
(1) Segregation of cargo from surrounding waters (Line 1 of Table
151.05).
i = Skin of vessel (single skin) only required. Cargo tank wall can
be vessel's hull.
ii = Double skin required. Cargo tank wall cannot be vessel's hull.
NA = Nonapplicable for this case. Independent tanks already
have such segregation built in through design.
(2) Segregation of cargo space from machinery spaces and other
spaces which have or could have a source of ignition (Line 2 of
Table 151.05).
i = Single bulkhead only required. Tank wall can be sole
separating medium.
ii = Double bulkhead, required. Cofferdam, empty tank,
pumproom, tank with Grade E Liquid (if compatible with cargo) is
satisfactory.
(b) [Reserved]
(c) If a cofferdam is required for segregation purposes and a
secondary barrier is required for low temperature protection by
§151.15-3(d)(4), the void space between the primary and
secondary barriers shall not be acceptable in lieu of the required
C
cofferdam.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
LI
75-59, 45 FR 70273, Oct. 23, 19805; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50731,
Sept. 27, 1996]
Subpart 151.15 – Tanks
B
§151.15-1 Tank Types.
This section lists the definitions of the various tank types required
U
for cargo containment by Table 151.05.
(a) Integral. A cargo containment envelope which forms a part of
.P
the vessel's hull in which it is built, and may be stressed in the
same manner and by the same loads which stress the contiguous
hull structure. An integral tank is essential to the structural
completeness of its vessel's hull.
.G
(b) Independent. A cargo containment envelope which is not a
contiguous part of the hull structure. An independent tank is built
and installed so as to eliminate, wherever possible (or, in any
event, to minimize) its stressing as a result of stressing or motion
C
of the adjacent hull structure. In general, therefore, motion of
parts of the tank relative to the adjacent hull structure is possible.
An independent tank is not essential to the structural
completeness of its carrying vessel's hull.
(c) Gravity. Tanks having a design pressure (as described in Part
54 of this chapter) not greater than 10 pounds per square inch
gauge and of prismatic shape or other geometry where stress
analysis is neither readily nor completely determinate. (Integral
tanks are of the gravity type.)
(d) Pressure. Independent tanks whose design pressure (as
described in Part 54 of this chapter) is above 10 pounds per
square inch gauge and fabricated in accordance with part 54, of
this chapter. Independent gravity tanks which are of normal
pressure vessel configuration (i.e., bodies of revolution, in which
the stresses are readily determinate) shall be classed as pressure
vessel type tanks even though their maximum allowable working
245
pressure is less than 10 pounds per square inch gauge. Pressure
vessel tanks shall be of Classes I, I-L, II, II-L, or III, as defined in
subchapter F of this chapter.
§151.15-3 Construction.
This section lists the requirements for construction of the types of
cargo tanks defined in §151.15-1.
(a) Gravity type tanks. Gravity type cargo tanks vented at a
pressure of 4 pounds per square inch gauge or less shall be
constructed and tested as required by standards established by
the American Bureau of Shipping or other recognized
classification society. Gravity type tanks vented at a pressure
exceeding 4 but not exceeding 10 pounds per square inch gauge
will be given special consideration by the Commandant.
(b) Pressure vessel type tanks. Pressure vessel type tanks shall
be designed and tested in accordance with the requirements of
Part 54 of this chapter.
S
(1) Uninsulated cargo tanks, where the cargo is transported, at or
N
near ambient temperatures, shall be designed for a pressure not
less than the vapor pressure of the cargo at 115°F. The design
shall also be based on the minimum internal pressure (maximum
IO
vacuum), plus the maximum external static head to which the tank
may be subjected.
(2) When cargo tanks, in which the cargo is transported at or near
ambient temperature, are insulated with an insulation material of a
T
thickness to provide a thermal conductance of not more than
0.075 B.t.u. per square foot per degree Fahrenheit differential in
temperature per hour, the tanks shall be designed for a pressure
A of not less than the vapor pressure of the cargo at 105°F. The
insulation shall also meet the requirements of paragraph (f) of this
section.
(3) Cargo tanks in which the temperature is maintained below the
normal atmospheric temperature by refrigeration or other
acceptable means shall be designed for a pressure of not less
than 110 percent of the vapor pressure corresponding to the
temperature of the liquid at which the system is maintained, or the
pressure corresponding to the greatest dynamic and static loads
expected to be encountered in service. For mechanically stressed
relieved cargo tanks, additional factors relating design pressure
and maximum allowable pressure shall be as specified by the
Commandant. The material of the tank shall meet the material
requirements specified in part 54 of this chapter for the service
temperature, and this temperature shall be permanently marked
on the tank as prescribed in §54.10-20 of this chapter.
(4) The maximum allowable temperature of the cargo is defined
as the boiling temperature of the liquid at a pressure equal to the
setting of the relief valve.
(5) The service temperature is the minimum temperature of a
product at which it may be contained, loaded and/or transported.
However, the service temperature shall in no case be taken
higher than given by the following formula.
tz = tw - 0.25(tw - tB)
where:
tz = Service temperature.
tw = Boiling temperature of gas at normal working pressure of
container but not higher than +32°F.
tB = Boiling temperature of gas at atmospheric pressure.
Under normal circumstances, only temperatures due to
refrigerated service will be considered in determining the service
temperature. Refrigerated service for purposes of this paragraph
is defined as service where the temperature is controlled in the
process rather than being caused by atmospheric conditions.
(6) Heat transmission studies, where required, shall assume the
minimum ambient temperatures of 0°F still air and 32°F still water,
and maximum ambient temperatures of 115°F still air and 90°F
still water.
(7) Where applicable, the design of the cargo tanks shall
investigate the thermal stresses induced in the tanks at the
service temperature.
(8) Calculations showing the stress level in the tanks under
dynamic loading conditions for ocean service barges (see
§151.10-20(b)(4)) and grounding conditions for inland service
barges (see §151.10-20(b)(2)) shall be submitted to the
Commandant for approval. These calculations shall take into
account the local stresses due to the interaction between the
barge hull and the tanks.
(c) High density cargo. Cargoes with a specific gravity greater
than that for which the scantlings of the tank are designed may be
carried provided that:
(1) The maximum cargo weight (tons) in a specific tank does not
exceed the maximum cargo weight (tons) endorsed on the
certificate of inspection.
(2) The scantlings of the tank are sufficient to prevent rupture
under a full head of the higher density cargo. Scantlings meeting
ordinary bulkhead requirements for the full head will satisfy this
requirement.
(d) Arrangements–
A (4)(v) For nonpressure vessel type containment systems, access
C
(1) Collision protection.
(i) Tanks containing cargoes which are required to be carried in
LI
Type I hulls by Table 151.05 shall be located a minimum of 4 feet
inboard from the side shell and box end of the vessel. Tanks
containing cargoes which are required to be carried in Type II
hulls by Table 151.05 shall be located a minimum of 3 feet
B
inboard from the side shell and box end of the vessel.
(1)(ii) All independent cargo tanks installed on Type I or Type II
U
barge hulls shall be protected with suitable collision chocks or
collision straps. A longitudinal collision load of one and one half
times the combined weight of the tank and the cargo shall be
.P
assumed. All other independent cargo tanks shall be provided
with suitable collision chocks or collision straps assuming a
longitudinal collision load equal to the combined weight of the
tank and the cargo. The design bearing stress shall not exceed 2
times the yield strength or 1.5 times the minimum ultimate
.G
strength, whichever is less.
(1)(iii) Tanks containing cargoes, which are required to be carried
in Type I or Type II hulls by Table 151.05, shall be located a
minimum of 25 feet from the head log at the bow. Box barges and
C
trail barges need not comply with this requirement.
(2) Inspection clearances. The distance between tanks or
between a tank and the vessel's structure shall be such as to
provide adequate access for inspection and maintenance of all
tank surfaces and hull structure; but shall not normally be less
than 15 inches except in way of web frames or similar major
structural members where the minimum clearance shall be equal
to the flange or faceplate width.
(3) Access openings. Each tank shall be provided with at least a
15" x 18" diameter manhole, fitted with a cover located above the
maximum liquid level as close as possible to the top of the tank.
Where access trunks are fitted to tanks, the diameter of the trunks
shall be at least 30 inches.
(4) Low temperature protection.
246
(i) When low temperature cargoes are to be carried in gravity type
tanks at a temperature lower than that for which the hull steel is
adequate, a secondary barrier designed to contain leaked cargo
temporarily shall be provided. The design of the cargo
containment system shall be such that under normal service
conditions, or upon failure of the primary tank, the hull structure
shall not be cooled down to a temperature which is unsafe for the
materials involved. The secondary barrier and structural
components of the hull which may be exposed to low
temperatures shall meet the material requirements (i.e., chemistry
and physical properties) specified in part 54 of this chapter for the
service temperature involved. Heat transmission studies and tests
may be required to demonstrate that the structural material
temperatures in the hull are acceptable.
(4)(ii) The design shall take into consideration the thermal
stresses induced in the cargo tank at the service temperature
during loading.
S
(4)(iii) Where necessary, devices for spray loading or other
methods of precooling or cooling during loading shall be included
N
in the design.
(4)(iv) Pressure-vessel type tanks shall be radiographed in
IO
accordance with the requirements of part 54 of this chapter. For
gravity type tanks, all weld intersections or crossings in joints of
primary tank shells shall be radiographed for a distance of 10
thicknesses from the intersection. All other welding in the primary
tank and in the secondary barrier, shall be spot radiographed in
T
accordance with the requirements specified in part 54 of this
chapter for Class II-L pressure vessels.
shall be arranged to permit inspection one side each of the
primary tank and secondary barrier, under normal shipyard
conditions. Containment systems which, because of their peculiar
design, cannot be visually inspected to this degree, may be
specially considered provided an equivalent degree of safety is
attained.
(e) Installation of cargo tanks.
(1) Cargo tanks shall be supported on foundations of steel or
other suitable material and securely anchored in place to prevent
the tanks from shifting when subjected to external forces. Each
tank shall be supported so as to prevent the concentration of
excessive loads on the supporting portions of the shell or head.
(2) Foundations, and stays where required, shall be designed for
support and constraint of the weight of the full tank, and the
dynamic loads imposed thereon. Thermal movement shall also be
considered.
(3) Foundations and stays shall be suitable for the temperatures
they will experience at design conditions.
(4) Cargo tanks may be installed "on deck," "under deck," or with
the tanks protruding through the deck. All tanks shall be installed
with the manhole openings located in the open above the weather
deck. Provided an equivalent degree of safety is attained, the
Commandant may approve cargo tanks installed with manhole
openings located below the weather deck. Where a portion of the
tank extends above the weather deck, provision shall be made to
maintain the weathertightness of the deck, except that the
weathertightness of the upper deck need not be maintained on:
(4)(i) Vessels operating on restricted routes which are sufficiently
protected; or,
(4)(ii) Open hopper type barges of acceptable design.
(5) No welding shall be performed on tanks which require and
have been stress relieved unless authorized by the Commandant.
(f) Materials.
(1) Materials used in the construction of cargo tanks shall be
suitable for the intended application and shall be in accordance
with the applicable requirements of part 54 of this chapter. For
cargoes carried at low temperatures, the tank supports and
foundations, and portions of the hull which may be exposed to low
temperature, shall also meet the applicable requirements of that
part.
(2) When required, cargo tanks shall be lined with rubber or other
material acceptable to the Commandant. The interior surfaces of
the cargo tanks shall be made smooth, welds chipped or ground
smooth, and the surfaces thoroughly cleaned before the lining is
applied. The lining material shall be resistive to attack by the
cargo, not less elastic than the metal of the tank proper, and
nonporous when tested after application. It shall be of
substantially uniform thickness. The lining shall be directly bonded
to the tank plating, or attached by other satisfactory means
acceptable to the Commandant.
(g) Insulation.
(1) Insulation, when provided, shall be compatible with the cargo
and the tank materials.
(2) Insulation in a location exposed to possible high temperature
or source of ignition shall be one of the following:
(2)(i) Incombustible, complying with the requirements of Subpart
164.009 of Part 164 of this chapter; or
(2)(ii) Fire retardant, having a flame spread rating of 50 or less as
determined by ASTM Specification E 84 (incorporated by
C
reference, see §151.01-2) (Tunnel Test); or,
(2)(iii) Nonburning or "self-extinguishing" as determined by ASTM
LI
Specification D 4986, "Horizontal Burning Characteristics of
Cellular Polymeric Materials" (incorporated by reference, see
§151.01-2) and covered by a steel jacket having a minimum
thickness of 18 gauge (0.0428 inches) (U.S. Standard Gauge) or
B
an equivalent means of protection acceptable to the
Commandant.
U
(3) Insulation in a location protected against high temperature or
source of ignition need satisfy no requirement for combustibility.
.P
(4) Insulation shall be impervious to water vapor, or have a vapor-
proof coating of a fire-retardant material acceptable to the
Commandant. Unless the vapor barrier is inherently weather
resistant, tanks exposed to the weather shall be fitted with a
removable sheet metal jacket of not less than 18 gauge over the
.G
vapor-proof coating and flashed around all openings so as to be
weathertight. Insulation which is not exposed to the weather when
installed on tanks carrying cargoes above ambient temperatures
need not be impervious to water vapor nor be covered with a
vapor-proof coating.
C
(5) Insulation shall be adequately protected in areas of possible
mechanical damage.
(h) Fire exposure protection. Tanks which are provided with fire
exposure protection of one of the following categories may be
allowed a reduction in the size of relief valves.
(1) Approved incombustible insulation meeting the requirements
of subpart 164.007 of part 164 of this chapter which is secured to
the tank with steel bands.
(2) Located in a hold or protected by a self-supporting steel jacket
or cover (such as a hopper cover) of at least 10 gauge (0.1345)
for insulation.
(i) Tanks not protected against fire exposure as described in this
247
paragraph shall not be permitted a reduction in size of relief
valves.
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1,
1999; 65 FR 10943, Mar. 1, 2000; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
§151.15-5 Venting.
This section contains definitions and requirements for the various
methods of venting specified in Table 151.05. In addition to the
requirement that all vents must penetrate into tanks at the top of
the vapor space, the following methods of venting and the
applicable restrictions are listed:
(a) Open venting. A venting system which offers no restriction
(except pipe losses and flame screen, where used) to the
movement of liquid or vapor to or from the cargo tank (via the
vent) under normal operating conditions. The total cross-sectional
area of the vents shall not be less than the total cross-sectional
S
area of the filling pipe or pipes. Ullage openings may be counted
as part of the required cross-sectional area: Provided, That each
N
cargo tank has at least one permanent vent. The minimum size of
a cargo tank vent shall be not less than 2 1/2 inches. The outlet
end of the vent shall terminate in a gooseneck bend and shall be
IO
located at a reasonable height above the weather deck, clear of
all obstructions. No shut-off valve or frangible disk shall be fitted
in the vent lines except that a float check valve may be installed
so as to exclude the entry of water into the tank (i.e., to prevent
downflooding). An open venting system may be fitted with a flame
T
screen.
(b) Pressure-vacuum venting. A normally closed venting system
A fitted with a device to automatically limit the pressure or vacuum
in the tank to design limits. Pressure-vacuum relief valves shall
comply with the requirements of subpart 162.017 of this chapter.
The required capacity of the venting system shall be in
accordance with part 54 of this chapter.
(c) Safety relief venting. A closed venting system fitted with a
device to automatically limit the pressure in the tank to below its
maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum safety relief
valve setting shall not exceed the maximum allowable working
pressure of the tank. For cargoes carried at ambient
temperatures, the minimum safety relief valve setting shall
correspond to the saturated vapor pressure of the cargo at 105°F
if carried in an insulated tank, or 115°F if carried in an uninsulated
tank. For cargoes carried below ambient temperature, the safety
relief valve setting shall be selected to provide a suitable margin
between normal operating pressure of the tank and the opening
pressure of the valve but in no case shall it exceed the maximum
allowable working pressure of the tank. The safety relief valves
shall be of a type approved under subparts 162.001 or 162.018 of
subchapter Q of this chapter. The required capacity of the safety
relief valves shall be in accordance with the requirements of part
54 of this chapter.
(d) Rupture disks.
(1) When required by the nature of the cargo, rupture disks may
be installed in lieu of or in addition to other pressure limiting
devices in accordance with the requirements of §54.15-13 of this
chapter.
(2) When a pressure-vacuum relief valve or safety relief valve
normally protected by a rupture disk or breaking pin device is
exposed to the cargo due to breakage of the disk, the valve shall
be reinspected before being returned to service.
§151.15-6 Venting Piping.
(a) The back pressure in the relief valve discharge lines shall be
taken into account when determining the flow capacity of the relief
valve to be used. The back pressure in the discharge line shall be
limited to 10 percent of the valve operating pressure or a
compensating-type valve shall be used. Suitable provision shall
be made for draining condensate which may accumulate in the
vent piping.
(b) [Reserved]
§151.15-10 Cargo Gauging Devices.
This section contains definitions and requirements for types of
gauging devices specified in Table 151.05.
(a) Open gauging. A gauging method which uses an opening in
the cargo tank and which may expose the gauge user to the
cargo and its vapors. Examples of this type are gauge hatch,
ullage hole.
(b) Restricted. A gauging device which penetrates the cargo tank
and which, in operation, causes or permits the release to the
atmosphere of small quantities of cargo vapor or liquid. The
amount of cargo released is controlled by the small diameter of
the tank penetration opening and by a locally operated valve or
similar closure device in that opening. When not in use, this type
gauging device is closed to maintain the complete integrity of
cargo containment. Examples of this type are rotary tube, fixed
tube, slip tube, sounding tube. (See §§151.03-43 and 151.15-
10(g).)
(c) Closed. A gauging device which penetrates the cargo tank,
but which is part of a closed system maintaining the complete
integrity of cargo containment. This device is designed and
installed so as not to release cargo liquid or vapor in any amount
to the atmosphere. Examples of this type are automatic float,
continuous tape (magnetic coupled), sight glass (protected),
electronic probe, magnetic, differential pressure cell.
(d) Isolated or indirect. A gauging method or device which is
C
isolated from the tank (no penetration of the tank shell) and which
may employ an indirect measurement to obtain the desired
quantity. Examples of this type are weighing of cargo, sonic depth
LI
gauge (without penetration of tank shell), pipe flow meter.
(e) All gauging devices and related fixtures which form a part of
the cargo containment barrier shall be of suitable material and
B
shall be designed for the pressure and temperature of the cargo
in accordance with the requirements of Subchapter F of this
chapter.
U
(f) Use of restricted gauging devices.
.P
(1) When required in Table 151.05, cargoes carried under
pressure shall have restricted gauging devices designed so that
the maximum bleed valve opening is not larger than 0.055;inch;
diameter, unless provided with an excess flow valve. Sounding
tubes are prohibited for use with cargoes having a vapor pressure
.G
in excess of 14.7 p.s.i.a. at 115°F, if carried in an uninsulated
tank, or at 105°F, if carried in an insulated tank.
(2) When utilizing a sounding tube, the cargo tank vent system
shall be designed to prevent the discharge of cargo through the
C
sounding tube due to pressure build up in the cargo tank vapor
space. (See §151.03-43) When cargoes carried at atmospheric
pressure are required to have a restricted gauging device, open
gauges may be provided in addition to restricted gauges for this
type of cargo. However, open gauges may not be used while
cargo transfer operations are actually being performed.
(g) Fixed tube gauges are not acceptable as primary means of
gauging. They may be used as a check on the calibration of other
gauging devices.
(h) For pressure-vessel type tanks, each automatic float,
continuous reading tape or similar type gauge not mounted
directly on the tank or dome shall be fitted with a shutoff device
located as close to the tank as practicable. When an automatic
float gauging device, which gauges the entire height of the tank, is
used, a fixed tube gauge set in the range of 85 percent to 90
248
percent of the water capacity of the tank shall be provided in
addition as a means of checking the accuracy of the automatic
float gauge, or other alternate means acceptable to the
Commandant may be used.
(i) Gauge glasses of the columnar type are prohibited.
(j) Flat sight glasses may be used in the design of automatic float
continuous reading tape gauges. However such glasses shall be
made of high strength material, suitable for the operating
temperatures, of not less than one-half inch in thickness and
adequately protected by a metal cover.
Subpart 151.20 – Cargo Transfer
§151.20-1 Piping–General.
(a) Cargo piping systems shall be arranged and fabricated in
accordance with this section and Subchapter F. The class of
S
piping system required for a specific cargo shall be as listed in
Table 151.05 as a minimum; however, a higher class may be
required when the actual service temperature or pressure so
N
dictates. See Table 56.04-2 of this chapter.
(b) Piping system components shall be suitable for use with the
IO
cargoes for which the barge is certificated, and shall be of
materials listed in Subchapter F of this chapter, or such other
material as the Commandant may specifically approve. All piping
materials shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of
Subchapter F of this chapter. The valve seat material, packing,
T
gaskets, and all other material which comes into contact with the
cargo shall be resistant to the chemical action of the cargoes for
A which the barge is certificated.
(c) Cargo piping systems, when subject to corrosive attack of the
cargo, and when serving cargo tanks which are required by this
subchapter to be lined or coated, shall be constructed of, lined or
coated with corrosion-resistant material. Vent systems shall be
similarly constructed, lined, or coated up to and including the vent
control device.
(d) All piping systems components shall have a pressure rating at
operating temperature (according to the applicable American
National Standards Institute, Inc., pressure/temperature relations)
not less than the maximum pressure to which the system may be
subjected. Piping which is not protected by a relief valve, or which
can be isolated from its relief valve, shall be designed for the
greatest of:
(1) The cargo vapor pressure at 115°F.
(2) The maximum allowable working pressure of the cargo tank.
(3) The pressure of the associated pump or compressor relief
valve.
(4) The total discharge head of the associated pump or
compressor where a discharge relief valve is not used.
The escape from cargo piping system relief valves shall be run to
venting system or to a suitable recovery system. Provisions shall
be made for pressure relief of all piping, valves, fittings, etc., in
which excessive pressure build-up may occur because of an
increase in product temperature.
(e) Provisions shall be made by the use of offsets, loops, bends,
expansion joints, etc., to protect the piping and tank from
excessive stress due to thermal movement and/or movements of
the tank and hull structure. Expansion joints shall be held to a
minimum and where used shall be subject to individual approval
by the Commandant.
(f) Low temperature piping shall be isolated from the hull
structure. Where necessary, arrangements to provide for the
protection of the hull structure from leaks in low temperature
systems in way of pumps, flanges, etc., shall be provided.
(g) Connections to tanks shall be protected against mechanical
damage and tampering. Underdeck cargo piping shall not be
installed between the outboard side of cargo containment spaces
and the skin of the barge, unless provision is made to maintain
the minimum inspection and collision protection clearances
(where required) between the piping and the skin. Cargo piping
which is external to tanks, and is installed below the weather deck
shall be joined by welding, except for flanged connections to
shutoff valves and expansion joints.
(h) Piping shall enter independent cargo tanks above the
weatherdeck, either through or as close to the tank dome as
possible.
(i) Horizontal runs of cargo piping on integral tank barges may be
run above or below the weatherdeck. When run below the
weatherdeck, the following are applicable:
(1) Horizontal runs located entirely within integral cargo tanks
shall be fitted with a stop valve, located inside the tank that is
being serviced and operable from the weatherdeck. There shall
be cargo compatibility in the event of a piping failure.
(2) Horizontal runs of cargo piping installed in pipe tunnels may
penetrate gravity type tanks below the weatherdeck: Provided,
That each penetration is fitted with a stop valve operable from the
weatherdeck. If the tunnel is directly accessible from the
weatherdeck without penetrating the cargo tank, the stop valve
shall be located on the tunnel side. If the tunnel is not accessible
from the weatherdeck, the valve shall be located on the tank side
of the penetration.
A shall be installed at each tank penetration, located as close as
C
(3) The tunnel shall comply with all tank requirements for
construction, location, ventilation, and electrical hazard. There
shall be cargo compatibility in the event of a piping failure.
LI
(4) The tunnel shall have no other openings except to the
weatherdeck or a cargo pumproom.
B
§151.20-5 Cargo System Valving Requirements.
For the purpose of adequately controlling the cargo, both under
normal operating and casualty conditions, every cargo piping
U
system shall be provided with one of the following sets of control
valves and meet the requirements listed below. Cargo tanks,
whether gravity or pressure vessel type, for cargoes having a
.P
saturated vapor pressure of 10 pounds per square inch gauge or
less at 115°F (105°F if the tank is insulated) shall be provided
with a valving system designated as Gravity-1. Cargo tanks,
whether gravity or pressure vessel type, for cargoes which are
carried below ambient temperature and whose vapor pressure is
.G
maintained at 10 pounds per square inch gauge or below shall be
provided with a valving system designated as Gravity-2. Cargo
tanks for cargoes which have vapor pressures above 10 p.s.i.g. at
115°F (105°F if tank is insulated) shall be provided with a valving
system designated as Pressure-1. Cargo tanks for cargoes which
C
have vapor pressures above 10 pounds per square inch gauge at
115°F (105°F if tank is insulated) and which require greater
protection due to their hazardous characteristics shall be provided
with a valving system designated as Pressure-2. The
requirements of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section for stop
valves or excess flow valves to be fitted at tank penetrations are
not applicable to nozzles at which pressure vacuum or safety
relief valves are fitted.
(a) Gravity-1 (G-1).
(1) One manually operated stop valve shall be installed on each
tank filling and discharge line, located near the tank penetration.
(2) One stop valve or blind flange shall be installed at each cargo
hose connection. When a cargo hose connection is in use, it shall
be provided with a stop valve; which may be part of the vessel's
249
equipment or may be part of the shore facility and attached to the
barge end of the loading hose. When a cargo hose connection is
not in use, it may be secured with a blind flange.
(3) If individual deepwell pumps are used to discharge the
contents of each cargo tank, and the pumps are provided with a
remote shutdown device, a stop valve at the tank is not required
on the tank discharge line.
(b) Gravity-2 (G-2).
(1) One manually operated stop valve shall be installed on each
tank penetration, located as close as possible to the tank.
(2) One remote operated, quick closing shut-off valve shall be
installed at each cargo hose connection.
(3) A remote shutdown device shall be installed for all cargo
handling machinery.
S
(c) Pressure-1 (P-1).
N
(1) One manually operated stop valve and one excess flow valve
shall be installed on each tank penetration, located as close as
IO
possible to the tank.
(2) One manually operated stop valve shall be installed at each
cargo hose connection, when in use.
T
(d) Pressure-2 (P-2).
(1) One manually operated stop valve and one excess flow valve
possible to the tank.
(2) One remote operated quick closing shutoff valve shall be
installed at each cargo hose connection when in use.
(3) No tank penetration shall be less than 1 inch diameter.
(e) Cargo tank penetrations which are connections for gauging or
measuring devices need not be equipped with excess flow or
remote operated quick closing valves provided that the opening is
constructed so that the outward flow of tank contents shall not
exceed that passed by a No. 54 drill size (0.055-inch diameter).
(f) The control system for any required quick closing shutoff
valves shall be such that the valves may be operated from at least
two remote locations on the vessel; if means of fire protection is
required by Table 151.05, the control system shall also be
provided with fusible elements designed to melt between 208°F
and 220°F, which will cause the quick closing shutoff valves to
close in case of fire. Quick closing shutoff valves shall be of the
fail-closed (closed on loss of power) type and be capable of local
manual operation. Quick closing shutoff valves shall operate from
full open to full closed under all service conditions in not more
than 10 seconds, without causing excessive pressure surges.
(g) Excess flow valves, where required, shall close automatically
at the rated closing flow of vapor or liquid as tested and specified
by the manufacturer. The piping, including fittings, valves, and
appurtenances protected by an excess flow valve, shall have a
greater capacity than the rated closing flow of the excess flow
valve. Excess flow valves may be designed with a bypass not to
exceed 0.040-inch diameter opening to allow equalization of
pressure, after an operating shutdown.
(h) Suitable means shall be provided to relieve the pressure and
remove liquid contents from cargo lines and hoses to the cargo
tank or other safe location prior to effecting disconnections.
§151.20-10 Cargo System Instrumentation.
(a) Each tank operated at other than ambient temperature shall
be provided with at least one remote reading temperature sensor
located in the liquid phase of the cargo. The temperature gauge
shall be located at the cargo handling control station or another
approved location.
(b) Where required, each tank equipped with safety relief valves
shall be fitted with a pressure gauge which shall be located at the
cargo handling control station or at another approved location.
§151.20-15 Cargo Hose If Carried On The Barge.
(a) Liquid and vapor line hose used for cargo transfer shall be of
suitable material resistant to the action of the cargo. Hose shall be
suitable for the temperatures to which it may be subjected and
shall be acceptable to the Commandant.
(b) Hose subject to tank pressure, or the discharge pressure of
pumps or vapor compressors, shall be designed for a bursting
pressure of not less than 5 times the maximum safety relief valve
setting of the tank, pump, or compressor, whichever determines
the maximum pressure to which the hose may be subjected in
service.
(c) Each new type of cargo hose, complete with end fittings, shall
be prototype tested to a pressure not less than five times its
specified maximum working pressure. The hose temperature
during this prototype test shall duplicate the intended extreme
service temperature. Thereafter, each new length of cargo hose
produced shall be hydrostatically tested at ambient temperature to
a pressure not less than twice its maximum working pressure nor
more than two-fifths its bursting pressure. The hose shall be
marked with its maximum working pressure, and if used in other
than ambient temperature service, its maximum or minimum
temperature.
§151.20-20 Cargo Transfer Methods.
C
(a) Cargo transfer may be accomplished by means of gravity,
pumping, vapor or gas pressurization, or fluid displacement
unless otherwise provided in Subpart 151.50 of this part.
LI
(b) Vapor or gas pressurization may be used only in transferring
cargo from pressure vessel type cargo tanks. The pressurizing
vapor or gas lines shall be provided with safety relief device in the
B
lines set to open at a pressure no greater than 90 percent of the
set pressure of the cargo tank safety relief valve. The pressurizing
line shall be fitted with a stop valve at the tank, and a check valve
U
to prevent the accidental release of cargo through the pressure
line.
.P
(c) Fluid displacement is permitted with either gravity or pressure
vessel type cargo tanks. The displacing fluid shall enter the tank
under low relative pressure. The fluid entry line shall be fitted with
a safety relief valve set to lift at a pressure no higher than 80
percent of the cargo tank safety relief valve setting.
.G
(d) When cargo vapors are flammable, combustible or toxic, cargo
filling lines entering the top of the tank shall lead to a point at or
near the bottom. Spray filling lines, discharging near the top of the
tank, may be fitted in lieu of, or in addition to, the above cargo
C
filling lines.
Subpart 151.25 – Environmental Control
§151.25-1 Cargo Tank.
When carrying certain commodities regulated by this subchapter,
one of the following types of cargo protection may be required,
within the main cargo tank, and in some cases, in the space
between the primary and secondary barriers.
(a) Inerted. All vapor spaces within the cargo tank are filled and
maintained with a gas or vapor which will not support combustion
and which will not react with the cargo.
(b) Padded. All vapor spaces within the cargo tanks are filled and
maintained with a liquid, gas (other than air), or vapor which will
not react with the cargo.
250
(c) Ventilated (forced). Vapor space above the liquid surface in
the tank is continuously swept with air by means of blowers or
other mechanical devices requiring power.
(d) Ventilated (natural). Vapor space above the liquid surface in
the tank is continuously swept with atmospheric air without the
use of blowers or other mechanical devices requiring power (e.g.,
"chimney-effect" ventilation).
(e) Dry. All vapor space within the cargo tank is filled and
maintained with a gas or vapor containing no more than 100 ppm
water.
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.25-2 Cargo Handling Space.
Pump rooms, compressor rooms, refrigeration rooms, heating
rooms, instrument rooms or other closed spaces regularly entered
S
by operating personnel, in which work is performed on the cargo
or in which the cargo movement is locally controlled, may be
required to be fitted with one of the following types of ventilation:
N
(a) Forced ventilation. The forced ventilation system shall be
designed to insure sufficient air movement through these spaces
IO
to avoid the accumulation of toxic or flammable vapors and to
insure sufficient oxygen to support life, and, in any event, the
ventilation system shall have a minimum capacity sufficient to
permit a change of air every 3 minutes.
T
(b) Natural ventilation. The natural ventilation system shall be
designed to insure sufficient air movement to avoid the
A accumulation of toxic or flammable vapors and to insure sufficient
oxygen to support life.
Subpart 151.30 – Portable Fire Extinguisher
§151.30-1 Type.
When required by Table 151.05, approved portable fire
extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Subpart 34.50
of this chapter. The fire extinguishing media shall be dry chemical
or other suitable agent for all locations.
Subpart 151.40 – Temperature Or Pressure
Control Installations
§151.40-1 Definitions.
This section defines the various methods by which the cargo may
be heated or cooled.
(a) Boiloff. Cargo pressure and temperatures are maintained by
permitting the cargo to boil naturally and the cargo vapor thus
generated removed from the tank by venting.
(b) External cargo cooling–
(1) Cargo vapor compression. A refrigeration system in which the
cargo vapors generated within the tank are withdrawn,
compressed, and the lower energy vapor or its condensate
returned to the tank.
(2) External heat exchange. A refrigeration system in which the
cargo vapor or liquid is cooled outside the cargo tanks by being
passed through a heat exchanger. Refrigeration is not
accomplished by direct compression of the cargo.
(c) Internal heat exchange. A refrigeration system in which a
cooling fluid is passed through heat transfer coils immersed in the
cargo tank liquid or vapor phases.
(d) Tank refrigeration. A refrigeration system in which the
cooling fluid is passed around the cargo tank exterior in order to
remove heat from the tank or its surroundings.
(e) No refrigeration. A system that allows the liquefied gas to
warm up and increase in pressure. The insulation and tank design
pressure shall be adequate to provide for a suitable margin for the
operating time and temperatures involved.
(f) Tank heating.
(1) A system in which the cargo is heated by means of steam or
other heat transfer fluid running through coils within or around the
tank. The cargo itself does not leave the tank.
(2) A recirculating system in which the cargo leaves the tank, is
pumped through a heater and then returned to the tank.
§151.40-2 Materials.
Materials used in the construction of temperature or pressure
control systems shall be suitable for the intended application and
meet the requirements of Subchapter F and the Special
Requirements section of this subchapter.
§151.40-5 Construction.
Construction of machinery or equipment, such as heat
exchangers, condensers, piping, etc., associated with
temperature or pressure control systems shall meet the
requirements of Subchapter F of this chapter. The electrical
portions of these installations shall meet the requirements of
Subchapter J of this chapter.
§151.40-10 Operational Requirements.
Control systems, required by Table 151.05 shall be provided with
an audible or visual high cargo temperature or high cargo
pressure alarm which is discernible at the towboat. The alarm
shall operate when either the pressure or the temperature
exceeds the operating limits of the system. The alarm may
C
monitor either pressure or temperature, but must be independent
of the control system.
LI
§151.40-11 Refrigeration Systems.
(a) Boiloff systems. The venting of cargo boiloff to atmosphere
shall not be used as a primary means of temperature or pressure
control unless specifically authorized by the Commandant.
B
(b) Vapor compression, tank refrigeration, and secondary
refrigeration systems: The required cooling capacity of
U
refrigeration systems shall be sufficient to maintain the cargo at
design operating conditions with ambient temperature of 115°F
still air and 90°F still water. The number and arrangement of
.P
compressors shall be such that the required cooling capacity of
the system is maintained with one compressor inoperative.
Portions of the system other than the compressors need not have
standby capacity.
.G
Subpart 151.45 – Operations
§151.45-1 General.
(a) Barges certificated as tank barges (Subchapter D of this
C
chapter) or cargo barges (Subchapter I of this chapter) for the
carriage of cargoes regulated by this subchapter shall meet all
applicable requirements for operations in the appropriate
subchapter; in addition, requirements prescribed in this subpart
shall apply to either type of certification.
(b) [Reserved]
§151.45-2 Special Operating Requirements.
(a) The requirements of this section shall apply to all barges
carrying in bulk any cargoes regulated by this subchapter;
however, the provisions of this section are not applicable to such
barges when empty and gas-freed.
(b) When it is necessary to operate box or square-end barges as
lead barges of tows, the person in charge of the towing vessel
shall control the speed to insure protection against diving and
251
swamping of such barges, having due regard to their design and
freeboard, and to the operating conditions.
(c) No cargo tank hatch, ullage hole, or tank cleaning openings
shall be opened or remain open except under the supervision of
the person in charge, except when the tank is gas free.
(d) Barges, when tendered to the carrier for transportation, shall
have all bilges and void spaces (except those used for ballasting)
substantially free of water. Periodic inspections and necessary
pumping shall be carried out to insure maintenance of such water-
free condition in order to minimize the free surface effects, both in
longitudinal and transverse directions. Except when otherwise
considered necessary for inspection or pumping, all hatch covers
and other hull closure devices for void spaces and hull
compartments other than cargo spaces shall be closed and
secured at all times.
(e) Cargo signs and cards.
S
(1) Warning signs shall be displayed on the vessel, port and
N
starboard, facing outboard without obstructions, at all times
except when the vessel is gas free. The warning sign shall be
rectangular and a minimum of 3 feet wide and 2 feet high. It shall
IO
be of sufficient size to accommodate the required alerting
information, which shall be shown in black block style letters and
numerals (characters) at least 3 inches high on a white
background. The minimum spacing between adjacent words and
lines of characters shall be 2 inches. The minimum spacing
T
between adjacent characters shall be one-half inch. All characters
shall have a minimum stroke width of one-half inch and shall be a
minimum of 2 inches wide, except for the letters "M" and "W",
A which shall be a minimum of 3 inches wide, and except for the
letter "I" and the Numeral "1", which may be 1/2-inch wide. The
signs shall have a 2-inch minimum white border clear of
characters. The signs shall be maintained legible. The alerting
information shall include the following:
WARNING
DANGEROUS CARGO
(This sign may be covered or removed when Subchapter O
commodities are not being carried.)
NO VISITORS
NO SMOKING
(This sign may be removed or covered when the commodity is not
flammable or combustible.)
NO OPEN LIGHTS
(This sign may be removed or covered when the commodity is not
flammable or combustible.)
(2)(i) Names and locations of all cargoes will be displayed in a
readily discernible manner on all barges carrying one or more
commodities regulated by this subchapter. This may be an
individual sign at or on each tank or by a single sign similar to the
following example:
Tank No. Cargo
IP /xxxx/
IS /xxxx/
2P /xxxx/
2S /xxxx/
These signs may be printed, handwritten, permanent or
changeable, but be visible and readable at all times. These signs
should be as readable, as those specified in paragraph (e)(1) of
this section. Cargoes regulated by other subchapters will be
included whenever carried simultaneously with commodities
regulated by this subchapter.
(2)(ii) When the dangerous cargo barge is carrying only a single
product, the Warning Sign required by paragraph (e)(1) of this
section can be considered as meeting the requirements for the
cargo location sign. The name of the commodity shall be added to
the Warning Sign.
(3) A cargo information card for each cargo regulated by this
subchapter shall be carried on the bridge or in the pilot house of
the towing vessel, readily available for use by the person in
charge of the watch. This information card shall also be carried
aboard the barge, mounted near the Warning Sign required by
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, in such position as to be easily
read by a man standing on the deck of the barge. The minimum
card size shall be 7" x 9 1/2". The card shall have legible printing
on one side only. The card shall be laminated in clear plastic or
otherwise made weatherproof. The following data shall be listed:
(3)(i) Cargo identification and characteristics. Identification of
the cargo, as listed in Table 151.05, its appearance and odor. A
statement of the hazards involved and instructions for the safe
handling of the cargo and, as applicable, the need for special
cargo environments.
(3)(ii) Emergency procedures. Precautions to be observed in the
event of spills, leaks, or equipment or machinery breakdown
and/or uncontrolled release of the cargo into the waterway or
atmosphere. Precautions to be observed in the event of exposure
of personnel to toxic cargoes.
(3)(iii) Firefighting procedures. Precautions to be observed in
the event of a fire occurring on or adjacent to the barge, and
enumeration of firefighting media suitable for use in case of a
cargo fire.
A (1) The owner and operator of the vessel, and his or her agent,
C
(f) Surveillance. During the time the cargo tanks contain any
amount of liquid or gaseous dangerous cargoes requiring Type I
or Type II barge hulls, the barge shall be under surveillance, as
LI
set forth in this paragraph:
(1) The licensed operator, person in command, and mate of a
vessel towing a tank barge that need not be manned, and each of
B
them, shall be responsible for monitoring the security and integrity
of the tank barge and for ensuring adherence to proper safety
precautions. These responsibilities include, but are not limited to–
U
(1)(i) Ensuring that every tank barge added to the tow has all tank
openings properly secured; has its freeing-ports and scuppers, if
.P
any, unobstructed; meets any loadline or freeboard requirements;
and neither leaks cargo into the water, voids, or cofferdams nor
leaks water into the tanks, voids, or cofferdams;
(1)(ii) Ensuring that every tank barge in the tow is properly
.G
secured within the tow;
(1)(iii) Ensuring that periodic checks are made of every tank barge
in the tow for leakage of cargo into the water, voids, or cofferdams
and for leakage of water into the tanks, voids, or cofferdams;
C
(1)(iv) Knowing the cargo of every tank barge in the tow, all
hazards associated with the cargo, and what to do on discovery of
a leak;
(1)(v) Ensuring that the crew of the vessel know the cargo of
every tank barge in the tow, all hazards associated with the cargo,
and what to do on discovery of a leak;
(1)(vi) Reporting to the Coast Guard any leaks from a tank barge
in the tow into the water, as required by 33 CFR 151.15; and
(1)(vii) Ensuring that the crew of the vessel and other personnel in
the vicinity of the tank barges in the tow follow the proper safety
precautions for tank vessels, and that no activity takes place in
the vicinity of the barges that could create a hazard.
252
(2) A towing vessel engaged in transporting such unmanned
barges shall not leave them unattended. When a barge is
moored, but not gas free, it shall be under the care of a watchman
who may be a member of the complement of the towing vessel, or
a terminal employee, or other person. This person shall be
responsible for the security of the barge and for keeping
unauthorized persons off the barge. Such person shall be
provided with, read, and have in his possession for ready
reference the information cards required by paragraph (e) of this
section.
(g) All cargo hatches shall be closed, dogged down, or otherwise
tightly secured.
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989; CGD 79-116, 60 FR
17158, Apr. 4, 1995]
§151.45-3 Manning.
S
Except as provided for in this section, barges need not be
manned unless in the judgment of the Officer in Charge, Marine
N
Inspection, such manning is necessary for the protection of life
and property and for safe operation of the vessel. Vessels
requiring manning for safe operation shall be subject to additional
IO
requirements as determined by the Commandant. Towing
vessels, while towing barges which are not required to be
manned, shall be provided with and have on board the
information card required by §151.45-2(e)(3). This card shall be in
the possession of the master or person in charge.
T
§151.45-4 Cargo-Handling.
(a) On a United States tank barge subject to inspection–
and each of them, shall ensure that no transfer of liquid cargo in
bulk or cleaning of a cargo tank takes place unless under the
supervision of a qualified person designated as the person in
charge of the transfer or the cleaning under Subpart C of 33 CFR
part 155.
(2) The person in charge of the transfer shall ensure that enough
qualified personnel are on duty to safely transfer liquid cargo in
bulk or to safely clean cargo tanks.
(b) Closing of sea and ballast valves. All sea and ballast valves
are to be properly aligned and lashed, or sealed in their correct
position prior to beginning cargo transfer operations. Under no
circumstances shall such valves be secured by locks.
(c) Connecting for cargo transfer.
(1) Movement of the vessel shall be considered when making the
cargo connections to insure safe cargo transfer. Suitable material
shall be used in joints and in couplings when making connections
to insure that they are tight. Under no circumstances shall less
than three bolts be used in a bolted flanged coupling.
(2) When cargo connections are supported by the vessel's tackle,
the person in charge of the transfer operations shall inspect the
vessel to insure that sufficient tackles are used.
(3) Pans or buckets shall be placed under cargo hose
connections.
(4) Cargo transfer operations for any cargo requiring a PV or
safety relief venting device in Table 151.05 shall be performed
with cargo hatch covers closed.
(d) Inspection prior to transfer of cargo. Prior to the transfer of
cargo, the person in charge of the transfer operation shall inspect
the barge and other cargo equipment to assure himself that the
following conditions exist:
(1) The Certificate of Inspection is endorsed for the products to be
loaded. Loading restrictions, if any, should be noted.
(2) Warning signs are displayed as required.
(3) Cargo information cards for the product are aboard.
(4) No repair work in way of cargo space is being carried out.
(5) Cargo connections and hatch covers conform with the
provisions of paragraph (c) of this section and cargo valves are
properly set.
(6) All connections for cargo transfer have been made to the
vessel's fixed pipeline system.
(7) In transferring flammable or combustible cargoes, there are no
fires or open flames present on the deck, or in any compartment
which is located on, facing, open or adjacent to the part of the
deck on which cargo connections have been made.
(8) The shore terminal or other tank vessel concerned has
reported itself in readiness for transfer of cargo.
(9) All sea valves are properly set and those connected to the
cargo piping are closed.
(10) When transferring flammable or combustible cargoes that a
determination was made as to whether or not boiler and/or galley
fires can be maintained with reasonable safety.
(e) Duties of the person in charge during transfer operations.
The person in charge of the transfer operations shall control the
operations as follows:
C
(1) Supervise the operation of the cargo system valves.
LI
(2) Start transfer of cargo slowly.
(3) Observe cargo connections and hose for leakage.
B
(4) Observe operating pressure on cargo systems.
(5) Comply with loading limitations placed on the vessel by the
U
Certificate of Inspection, if, any, for the purpose of not overloading
individual tanks or the vessel.
.P
(6) Observe the loading rate for the purpose of avoiding overflow
of the tanks.
(f) Cargo transfer operations shall not be started or, if started,
shall be discontinued under the following conditions:
.G
(1) During severe electrical storms.
(2) If a fire occurs on the barge, the wharf or in the immediate
vicinity.
C
(3) If potentially dangerous leakage occurs.
(g) No vessel shall come alongside or remain alongside a barge
in way of its cargo tanks while it is transferring cargo unless the
conditions then prevailing are mutually acceptable to the persons
in charge of cargo handling.
(h) Auxiliary steam, air, fuel, or electric current. When
discharging cargo from one or more barges, the towing vessel
may furnish steam, air, fuel, or electric current for pumps on
barges or dock, but in no case shall the cargo pass through or
over the towing vessel.
(i) Termination of transfer operations. When transfer
operations are completed, the valves on cargo connections on the
253
vessel shall be closed. The cargo connections shall be drained of
cargo.
(j) Transfer of other cargo or stores on a barge.
(1) Packaged goods, freight, and ship's stores shall not be loaded
or discharged during the loading of flammable cargoes except by
permission of the person in charge of the transfer operation.
Explosives shall not be loaded or carried on any barge containing
products regulated by this subchapter.
(2) Where package and general cargo is carried directly over bulk
cargo tanks, it shall be properly dunnaged to prevent chafing of
metal parts and securely lashed or stowed.
(k) Transportation of other cargo or stores on barges. Barges
may be permitted to transport deck cargoes directly over bulk
cargo spaces when the nature of such deck cargoes and the
methods of loading and unloading same do not create an undue
S
hazard. Such barges shall have their decks properly dunnaged to
prevent chafing between the steel parts of the vessel and the
N
deck cargo.
(l) Deck construction must be adequate to support the intended
IO
load. Provisions for carrying deck cargo shall be endorsed on the
Certificate of Inspection by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
(m) Emergencies. In case of emergencies, nothing in the
T
regulations in this subchapter shall be construed as preventing
the person in charge of transfer operations from pursuing the
most effective action in his judgment for rectifying the conditions
A causing the emergency.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970; 35 FR 6431, Apr. 22,
1970, as amended by CGD 75-59, 45 FR 70273, Oct. 23, 1980;
CGD 81-059, 54 FR 151, Jan. 4, 1989; CGD 79-116, 60 FR
17158, Apr. 4, 1995]
§151.45-5 Open Hopper Barges.
(a) All open hopper barges not constructed or modified in
conformance with the provisions of Subpart 151.10 of this part
when carrying in bulk any cargoes regulated by this subchapter
shall meet the provisions of this section. However, the provisions
of this section are not applicable to such barges when empty (not
necessarily cleaned or gas-freed).
(1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, no such open
hopper type barge shall be placed as lead barge in any tow.
These barges shall be placed in protected positions within the tow
so that the danger from diving or swamping will be minimized.
Where, due to operating conditions, compliance with this
paragraph is impossible, the provisions of paragraph (a)(3) of this
section apply. The person in charge of the towing vessel shall be
responsible for compliance with this paragraph.
(2) No such open hopper type barge shall be moved from a
loading facility unless all void spaces and bilges are substantially
free of water. Periodic inspections and necessary pumping shall
be carried out to insure the maintenance of such water-free
conditions, in order to minimize the free surface effect in both the
longitudinal and transverse directions. Except when considered
necessary for inspection or pumping, all hatch covers and other
hull closure devices for void spaces and hull compartments shall
be closed and secured at all times. In the case of unmanned
barges, the person in charge of the towing vessel shall be
deemed to be in charge of the barge, and all requirements to be
carried out on the barge shall be carried out by or under the
direction of this person.
(3) When an open hopper type barge is in an exposed position,
such that protection from swamping provided by adjoining barges
cannot be obtained from the location within the tow, it shall be the
responsibility of the person in charge of the towing vessel to
control speed so as to insure protection against diving and
swamping of the barge, having regard to its design and freeboard,
and other operating conditions.
(b) To show that special operating requirements apply to a
specific open hopper type barge, additional placards or signs shall
be displayed in at least four different locations on the barge when
the cargoes subject to this part are carried in any form in the
cargo tanks. The placards or signs shall be posted on the barge
approximately amidships on each side and near the centerline
fore and aft facing outboard. Racks, or other suitable means for
mounting such placards or signs, shall be so arranged as to
provide clear visibility and shall be protected from becoming
readily damaged or obscured. The placards or signs shall be at
least equal in dimensions to the DOT standard tank car
"Dangerous" placard (10 3/4 inches square or larger) and shall
display a circle (10 inches in diameter or larger) with alternating
quadrants of white and red, and so mounted that the red
quadrants are centered on the vertical axis. The shipper and/or
owner of the barge shall be responsible for the installation of the
required placards or signs, including maintenance of them while
such barge is in temporary storage with cargo aboard. The person
in charge of the towing vessel shall be responsible for the
continued maintenance of the placards or signs while such barge
is in transit.
§151.45-6 Maximum Amount Of Cargo.
(a) Tanks carrying liquids or liquefied gases at ambient
temperatures regulated by this subchapter shall be limited in the
amount of cargo loaded to that which will avoid the tank being
liquid full at 105°F if insulated, or 115°F if uninsulated. If specific
filling densities are designated in Subpart 151.50 of this part, they
shall take precedence over that noted above.
A tanks unless otherwise approved.
C
(b) Refrigerated and semirefrigerated tanks shall be filled so that
there is an outage of at least 2 percent of the volume of the tank
at the temperature corresponding to the vapor pressure of the
LI
cargo at the safety relief valve setting. A reduction in the required
outage may be permitted by the Commandant when warranted by
special design considerations. Normally, then, the maximum
volume to which a tank may be loaded is:
B
VL = 0.98drV ÷ dL
U
where:
VL = Maximum volume to which tank may be loaded.
.P
V = Volume of tank.
dr = Density of cargo at the temperature required for a cargo
vapor pressure equal to the relief valve setting.
.G
dL = Density of cargo at the loading temperature and pressure.
§151.45-7 Shipping Papers.
Each barge carrying dangerous cargo shall have on board a bill of
C
lading, manifest, or shipping document giving the name of
shipper, location of the loading point, and the kind, grade, and
approximate quantity by compartment of each cargo in the barge.
Such manifest or bills of lading may be made out by the shipper,
master of the towing vessel, owner, or agent of the owner.
However, in the case of unmanned barges the master of the
towing vessel shall either have a copy of the shipping papers for
each barge in his tow or he shall make an entry in the towing
vessel's log book giving the name of the shipper, location where
the barge was loaded, and the kind, grade, and quantity of cargo
by compartment in the barge. The barge shall not be delayed in
order to secure the exact quantities of cargo.
§151.45-8 Illness, Alcohol, Drugs.
A person who is under the influence of liquor or other stimulants,
or is so ill as to render him unfit to perform service shall not be
permitted to perform any duties on the barge.
254
§151.45-9 Signals.
While fast to a dock, a vessel during transfer of bulk cargo shall
display a red flag by day or a red light by night, which signal shall
be so placed that it will be visible on all sides. When at anchor, a
vessel during transfer of bulk cargo shall display a red flag by day,
placed so that it will be visible on all sides. This flag may be
metallic.
Subpart 151.50–Special Requirements
[EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to Subpart 151.50
appear at 60 FR 50465, Sept. 29, 1995 and at 61 FR 50732,
Sept. 27, 1996.]
§151.50-1 General.
Special requirements found in this subpart pertain to specific
cargoes and to similar groups of cargoes. These requirements are
in addition to and take precedence over any other requirements
found in these regulations.
S
§151.50-5 Cargoes Having Toxic Properties.
When table 151.05 refers to this section, the following apply:
N
(a) [Reserved]
IO
(b) Independent tanks shall be designed and tested for a head of
at least 8 feet above the top of the tank using the specific gravity
of the product to be carried. In addition, tank design calculations
shall demonstrate that the tank can withstand, without rupture, a
single loading to the highest level to which the product may rise, if
T
that exceeds 8 feet. In general, plate less than five-sixteenths inch
in thickness shall not be used in the fabrication of independent
(c)(1) Cargo tanks transporting liquids having a Reid vapor
pressure exceeding 14 pounds per square inch absolute or
vented at a gauge pressure exceeding 4 pounds per square inch,
or where air or water pressure is used to discharge the cargo,
shall be fabricated as arc-welded unfired pressure vessels.
(2) Unfired pressure vessel cargo tanks shall be designed for a
pressure not less than the vapor pressure, in pounds per square
inch gauge, of the lading at 115°F, or the maximum air or water
pressure used to discharge the cargo, whichever is greater, but in
no case shall the design pressure of such tanks be less than 30
pounds per square inch gauge.
(d) Piping.
(1) The pumps and piping used for cargo transfer shall be
independent of all other piping.
(2) Where multiple cargoes are carried, and the cargo piping
conveying cargoes covered under this section are led through
cargo tanks containing other products, the piping shall be
encased in a tunnel.
(3) Where cargo lines handling other products, or bilge and ballast
piping are led through tanks containing cargoes covered by this
section, the piping shall be enclosed in a tunnel.
(e) Gravity type cargo tanks shall be fitted with an approved
pressure-vacuum relief valve of not less than 2 1/2-inch size,
which shall be set at a pressure of not less than 3 pounds per
square inch gauge, but not in excess of the design pressure of the
tank.
(f) The discharge fittings from each safety relief or pressure
vacuum relief valve shall be directed in such a manner as to not
impinge on another tank, piping or any other equipment which
would increase the fire hazard should burning products be
discharged from the safety or pressure vacuum relief valve as a
result of a fire or other casualty. In addition, the discharges shall
be directed away from areas where it is likely that persons might
be working and as remote as practicable from ventilation inlets
and ignition sources. A common discharge header may be
employed if desired. The area near the discharge fittings shall be
clearly marked as a hazardous area.
(g) A means shall be provided for either the reclamation or safe
venting of vapors during the loading and unloading operations.
For this purpose the safety relief or pressure vacuum relief valve
shall be provided with a valved bypass to a vapor return line
shore connection which shall be used whenever vapor return
shore facilities are available. In the event vapors must be vented
to the atmosphere, a vent riser shall extend at least 12 feet above
the highest level accessible to personnel. The vent riser may be
collapsible for ease of stowage when not in use. Vapor return
lines or vent risers for tanks carrying the same class product may
be connected to a common header system if desired. Tanks
carrying cargoes covered by this section shall be vented
independent of tanks carrying other products.
(h) The pump room ventilation outlet duct exhausts shall
terminate at a distance of at least 6 feet above the enclosed
space or pump room and at least 6 feet from any entrance to the
interior part of the vessel. The discharge end of the exhaust ducts
shall be located so as to preclude the possibility of recirculating
contaminated air through the pump room, or other spaces where
personnel may be present.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.50-6 Motor Fuel Antiknock Compounds.
When transporting motor fuel antiknock compounds containing
tetraethyl lead and tetramethyl lead the requirements listed in this
section shall be observed.
A tank as practicable, which shall be designed to close
C
(a) Tanks used for these cargoes shall not be used for the
transportation of any other cargo except those commodities to be
used in the manufacture of tetraethyl lead and tetramethyl lead.
LI
(b) Pump rooms shall be equipped with forced ventilation with
complete air change every 2 minutes. Air analysis shall be run for
lead content to determine if the atmosphere is satisfactory prior to
B
personnel entering the pump room.
(c) Entry into cargo tanks used for the transportation of these
U
cargoes is not permitted.
(d) No internal tank inspection is required. If it is desired to
.P
internally inspect tanks used for these cargoes, the Commandant
must be notified in advance before such inspection is made.
(e) The provisions of §151.50-5 shall also be met as a
requirement for shipping antiknock compounds containing
.G
tetraethyl lead and tetramethyl lead.
§151.50-10 Alkylene Oxides.
(a) For the purpose of this part, alkylene oxides are considered to
be ethylene oxide and propylene oxide.
C
(b) Alkylene oxides transported under the provisions of this part
shall be acetylene free.
(c)(1) No other product may be transported in tanks certified for
an alkylene oxide except that the Commandant may approve
subsequent transportation of other products and return to alkylene
oxide service if tanks, piping and auxiliary equipment are
adequately cleaned to the satisfaction of the Marine Inspector.
(2) Unless authorized by the Commandant, no other kind of cargo
except methane, ethane, propane, butane and pentane shall be
on board a tank vessel certificated for the carriage of an alkylene
oxide at the same time an alkylene oxide in either the liquid or
vapor state is present in any cargo tank. Alkylene oxide tanks
shall not be installed in tanks intended for any other cargo.
255
(d) All valves, flanges, fittings, and accessory equipment shall be
of a type suitable for use with the alkylene oxides and shall be
made of steel or stainless steel, or other materials acceptable to
the Commandant. Impurities of copper, magnesium and other
acetylide-forming metals shall be kept to a minimum. The
chemical composition of all material used shall be submitted to
the Commandant for approval prior to fabrication. Disks or disk
faces, seats and other wearing parts of valves shall be made of
stainless steel containing not less than 11 percent chromium.
Mercury, silver, aluminum, magnesium, copper, and their alloys
shall not be used for any valves, gauges, thermometers, or any
similar devices. Gaskets shall be constructed of spirally wound
stainless steel with "Teflon" or other suitable material. All packing
and gaskets shall be constructed of materials which do not react
spontaneously with or lower the autoignition temperature of the
alkylene oxides.
(e) The pressure rating of valves, fittings, and accessories shall
be not less than the maximum pressure for which the cargo tank
S
is designed, or the shutoff head of the cargo pump, whichever is
greater, but in no case less than 150 pounds per square inch.
N
Welded fittings manufactured in accordance with A.N.S.I.
Standards shall be used wherever possible, and the number of
pipe joints shall be held to a minimum. Threaded joints in the
IO
cargo liquid and vapor lines are prohibited.
(f) The thermometer shall terminate in the liquid space and shall
be attached to the shell by welding with the end of the fitting being
provided with a gastight screwed plug or bolted cover.
T
(g) Automatic float continuous reading tape gauge, and similar
types, shall be fitted with a shutoff valve located as close to the
automatically in the event of fracture of the external gauge piping.
An auxiliary gauging device shall always be used in conjunction
with an automatic gauging device.
(h) Filling and discharge piping shall extend to within 4 inches of
the bottom of the tank or sump pit if one is provided.
(i) Venting.
(1) The discharge fittings from each safety relief or pressure
vacuum relief valve shall be directed in such a manner as to not
impinge on another tank, piping or any other equipment which
would increase the fire hazard should burning products be
discharged from the safety or pressure vacuum relief valve as a
result of a fire or other casualty. In addition, the discharges shall
be directed away from areas where it is likely that persons might
be working and as remote as practicable from ventilation inlets
and ignition sources. A common discharge header may be
employed if desired. The area near the discharge fittings shall be
clearly marked as a hazardous area.
(2) A means shall be provided for either the reclamation or safe
venting of vapors during the loading and unloading operations.
For this purpose, the safety relief or pressure vacuum relief valve
shall be provided with a valved bypass to a vapor return line
shore connection which shall be used whenever vapor return
shore facilities are available. In the event vapors must be vented
to the atmosphere, a vent riser shall be connected to the vapor
return line and extend at least 12 feet above the highest level
accessible to personnel. The vent riser may be collapsible for
ease of stowage when not in use. The vent riser shall not be
connected to a safety relief or pressure vacuum valve. Vapor
return lines or vent risers for tanks carrying the same class
product may be connected to a common header system if
desired. Tanks carrying alkylene oxides shall be vented
independent of tanks carrying other products.
(3) The outlet of each vent riser shall be fitted with acceptable
corrosion-resistant flame screen of suitable material or a flame
arrester suitable for use with alkylene oxide.
(j) Ventilation.
(1) All enclosed spaces within the hull shall be vented or
ventilated in accordance with the provisions of this subchapter
except as otherwise provided for in this subpart.
(2) The enclosed spaces in which the cargo tanks are located
shall be inerted by injection of a suitable inert gas or shall be well
ventilated.
(3) The enclosed spaces in which the cargo tanks are located, if
an inerting system is not installed, shall be fitted with forced
ventilation of such capacity to provide a complete change of air
every three minutes and arranged in such a manner that any
vapors lost into the space will be removed. The ventilation system
shall be in operation at all times cargo is being loaded or
discharged. No electrical equipment shall be fitted within the
spaces or within ten feet of the ventilation exhaust from these
spaces.
(4) All ventilation machinery shall be of nonsparking construction
and shall not provide a source of vapor ignition.
(5) Each vent shall be fitted with a flame screen of corrosion
resistant wire which is suitable for use with the alkylene oxide.
(k)(1) Flexible metal hose fabricated of stainless steel or other
acceptable material, resistant to the action of the alkylene oxide,
shall be fitted to the liquid and vapor lines during cargo transfer.
(2) The hose shall be marked with the maximum pressure
guaranteed by the manufacturer, and with his certification with the
words "Certified for _____________ Oxide."
(3) Cargo hose intended for alkylene oxide service shall not be
C
used for any other products except those which are compatible
with the alkylene oxide.
LI
(l) Vessel shall be electrically bonded to the shore piping prior to
connecting the cargo hose. This electrical bonding shall be
maintained until after the cargo hose has been disconnected and
any spillage has been removed.
B
(m) Cargo shall be discharged by pumping or by displacement
with nitrogen or other acceptable inert gas. In no case shall air be
U
allowed to enter the system. During loading and unloading
operations, the vapor shall not be discharged to the atmosphere.
Provisions shall be made to return all displaced vapor to the
.P
loading facility. The loading rate and the pressure applied to the
tank to discharge the cargo shall be so limited to prevent opening
the safety relief valves.
(n) During cargo transfer, a water hose with pressure to the
.G
nozzle, when atmospheric temperatures permit, shall be
connected to a water supply for immediate use during filling and
discharge operations and any spillage of alkylene oxide shall be
immediately washed away. This requirement can be met by
facilities provided from shore.
C
(o) Prior to disconnecting shore lines, the pressure in the liquid
and vapor lines shall be relieved through suitable valves installed
at the loading header. The liquid and vapor discharged from these
lines shall not be discharged to atmosphere.
(p) The safety relief valves shall be tested by liquid, gas, or vapor
pressure at least once every 2 years to determine the accuracy of
adjustment and, if necessary, shall be reset. Alkylene oxides shall
not be used as the testing medium.
(q) The special requirements for ethylene oxide contained in
§151.50-12 and for propylene oxide contained in §151.50-13 shall
also be observed.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
85-061, 54 FR 50966, Dec. 11, 1989]
256
§151.50-12 Ethylene Oxide.
(a)(1) Ethylene oxide shall be carried in fixed, independent,
pressure vessel type cargo tanks, designed, constructed,
arranged and, if necessary, equipped with machinery to maintain
the cargo temperature below 90°F except as otherwise provided
for in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(2) Ethylene oxide shall be loaded at a temperature below 70°F.
(3) When ethylene oxide is to be transported at or near
atmospheric pressure, the Commandant may permit the use of
alternate methods of storage which are consistent with the
minimum requirements of this subpart.
(b)(1) All cargo tanks shall be constructed of a carbon steel or
stainless steel acceptable to the Commandant. Impurities of
copper, magnesium and other acetylide-forming metals shall be
kept to a minimum. The chemical composition of all steel used
shall be submitted to the Commandant for approval prior to
S
fabrication. Aluminum, copper and other acetylide-forming metals,
such as silver, mercury, magnesium, and their alloys shall not be
N
used as materials of construction for tanks or equipment used in
handling ethylene oxide.
IO
(2) Cargo tanks shall meet the requirements of Class I pressure
vessels.
(3) Cargo tanks shall be designed for the maximum pressure of
vapor or gas used in discharging the cargo but in no case shall
T
the design pressure of such tanks be less than 75 pounds per
square inch gauge. The tank shell and heads shall not be less
than 5/16-inch thick.
A (c)(1) Cargo tanks shall be located below deck in holds or
enclosed spaces with the domes or trunks extended above the
weather deck and terminating in the open. Provisions shall be
made to maintain the watertightness of the deck by means of
watertight seals around such domes or trunks. The holds or
enclosed spaces, in which the ethylene oxide tanks are located,
shall not be used for any other purpose. However, in open hopper
type barges of a suitable design approved for such service, the
weatherdeck may not be required to be watertight.
(2) All cargo tanks shall be installed with the manhole openings
and all tank connections located above the weatherdeck in the
open.
(3) Tanks shall be electrically bonded to the hull.
(4) No welding of any kind shall be done on cargo tanks or
supporting structure unless authorized by the Commandant.
(d) All cargo tanks, piping, valves, fittings, and similar equipment
which may contain ethylene oxide in either the liquid or vapor
phase, including the vent risers, shall be insulated. Flanges need
not be covered, but if covered, a small opening shall be left at the
bottom of the flange cover to detect leaks. Insulation shall be of
an approved incombustible material suitable for use with ethylene
oxide, which does not significantly lower the autoignition
temperature and which does not react spontaneously with
ethylene oxide. The insulation shall be of such thickness as to
provide a thermal conductance of not more than 0.075 B.t.u. per
square foot per degree Fahrenheit differential in temperature per
hour.
(e)(1) When cooling systems are installed to maintain the
temperature of the liquid below 90°F, at least two complete
cooling plants, automatically regulated by temperature variations
within the tanks shall be provided; each to be complete with the
necessary auxiliaries for proper operation. The control system
shall also be capable of being manually operated. An alarm shall
be provided to indicate malfunctioning of the temperature
controls. The capacity of each cooling system shall be sufficient to
maintain the temperature of the liquid cargo at or below the
design temperature of the system.
(2) An alternate arrangement may consist of three cooling plants,
any two of which shall be sufficient to maintain the temperature of
the liquid cargo at or below the design temperature of the system.
(3) Cooling systems requiring compression of ethylene oxide are
prohibited.
(f) In addition to the shutoff valve required, all tank connections
larger than one-half inch inside pipe size, except safety relief
valves and liquid level gauging devices, shall be fitted with either
internal back pressure check valves or internal excess flow valves
in conjunction with a quick closing stop valve operable from at
least two remote locations. The quick closing stop valve shall be
of the "fail safe" type acceptable to the Commandant and shall be
equipped with a fusible plug designed to melt between 208°F and
220°F, which will cause the quick closing valve to close
automatically in case of fire. The quick closing valve shall be
located as close to the tank as possible.
(g) Piping systems intended for ethylene oxide service shall not
be used for any other product and shall be completely separate
from all other systems. The piping system shall be designed so
that no cross connections may be made either through accident
or design.
(h) Each safety relief valve shall be set to start to discharge at not
less than 75 pounds per square inch gauge, nor more than the
design pressure of the tank.
(i) The filling density shall not exceed 83 percent.
A Original charging only of protective gas padding at the loading
C
(j)(1) The cargo shall be shipped under a suitable protective
inerting gas system, such as nitrogen. When nitrogen gas is used,
the gas inerting system shall be so designed that the vapor space
LI
above the liquid cargo will be filled and maintained with a gas
mixture of not less than 45 percent nitrogen. Other gases
proposed for inerting use may be given consideration by the
Commandant. Original charging only of protective inerting gas at
B
the loading facility is not considered adequate. A sufficient
amount of spare inerting gas as approved by the Commandant
shall be provided on the vessel in order to maintain the proper
U
concentration of the gas in the event of normal leakage or other
losses.
.P
(2) Any inerting gas selected should be at least 98 percent pure
and free of reactive materials, such as ammonia, hydrogen
sulfide, sulfur compounds, and acetylene.
(k) Prior to loading, a sample from the cargo tank will be taken to
.G
insure that the pad gas will meet the requirements of paragraph (j)
of this section and that the oxygen content of the vapor space will
be not more than 2 percent maximum. If necessary, a sample will
be taken after loading to insure the vapor space meets this
requirement.
C
(l) The cargo piping shall be inspected and tested at least once in
each 2 calendar years.
(m) In those cases where the cargo transfer hose used is not part
of the barge's equipment, the person in charge of the transfer
operation shall determine that the provisions of §151.50-10(k)
have been met before using this hose. A certificate of test,
supplied by the transfer facility, will be considered as adequate for
this determination.
(n) The provisions of §151.50-10 shall be complied with as a
requirement for shipping ethylene oxide.
(o) A hydrostatic test of 1 1/2 times the design pressure shall be
made on the cargo tanks at least once in each 4 years at the time
the internal examination is made and at such other times as
257
considered necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
85-061, 54 FR 50966, Dec. 11, 1989]
§151.50-13 Propylene Oxide.
(a)(1) Pressure vessel cargo tanks shall meet the requirements of
Class II pressure vessels.
(2) Cargo tanks shall be designed for the maximum pressure
expected to be encountered during loading, storing and
discharging the cargo but in no case shall the design pressure of
pressure vessel tanks be less than thirty (30) pounds per square
inch gauge. The tank shell and heads shall not be less than 5/16-
inch thick.
(b) When propylene oxide is carried on board a vessel, piping
systems in propylene oxide service shall not be used for any other
S
product and shall be completely separate from all other systems.
The piping system shall be designed so that no cross connection
N
may be made through inadvertence.
(c) Each safety relief valve shall be set to start to discharge at not
IO
less than 30 pounds per square inch gauge, nor more than the
design pressure of the tank.
(d) Filling density shall not exceed 80 percent.
T
(e)(1) The cargo shall be shipped under a suitable protective
padding, such as nitrogen gas. Other gases proposed for use as
padding may be given consideration by the Commandant.
facility is not considered adequate. A sufficient amount of spare
padding gas as approved by the Commandant shall be provided
on the vessel in order to maintain the proper concentration of the
gas in the event of normal leakage or other losses.
(2) Any padding gas selected should be at least 98 percent pure
and free of reactive materials.
(f) Prior to loading, a sample from the cargo tank will be taken to
insure that the pad gas will meet the requirements of paragraph
(e) of this section and that the oxygen content of the vapor space
will be not more than 2 percent maximum. If necessary, a sample
will be taken after loading to insure the vapor space meets this
requirement.
(g) The cargo piping shall be subjected to a hydrostatic test of 1
1/2 times the maximum pressure to which they may be subjected
in service.
(h) The Commandant may permit the transportation of propylene
xide in other than pressure vessel type tanks if it is shown to his
satisfaction that a degree of safety is obtained consistent with the
minimum requirements of this subpart.
(i) The provisions of §151.50-10 shall be complied with as a
requirement for shipping propylene oxide.
§151.50-20 Inorganic Acids.
(a)(1) Gravity type cargo tanks shall be designed and tested to
meet the rules of the American Bureau of Shipping for a head of
water at least 8 feet above the tank top or the highest level the
lading may rise, whichever is the greater. The plate thickness of
any part of the tank shall not be less than three-eighths inch.
(2) Gravity tank vents.
(i) The outlet end of the gravity tank vent shall terminate above
the weatherdeck, clear of all obstructions and away from any
source of ignition.
(2)(ii) The gravity tank vent shall terminate in a gooseneck bend
and shall be fitted with a single flame screen or two fitted flame
screens as described in §151.03-25. No shutoff valve or frangible
disk shall be fitted in the vent lines.
(b)(1) Pressure vessel type cargo tanks shall be independent of
the vessel's structure and shall be designed for the maximum
pressure to which they may be subjected when compressed air is
used to discharge the cargo, but in no case shall the design
pressure be less than that indicated as follows:
Fluorosilicic Acid–50 pounds per square inch gauge.
Hydrochloric Acid–50 pounds per square inch gauge.
Hydrofluorosilicic Acid, see Fluorosilicic Acid.
Phosphoric Acid–30 pounds per square inch gauge.
Sulfuric Acid–50 pounds per square inch gauge.
(2) Pressure vessel type cargo tanks shall be of welded
construction meeting the requirements for Class II or Class III
given in Part 54 of this chapter.
(3) When compressed air is used to discharge the cargo, the tank
shall be fitted with a vent led to the atmosphere in which a rupture
disk shall be installed. The rupture disk shall be designed to burst
at a pressure not exceeding the design pressure of the tank. An
auxiliary vent to relieve the pressure or vacuum in the tank during
the cargo transfer operation may be led from the vent line
between the tank and the rupture disk. A shutoff valve may be
fitted in the auxiliary vent.
(c) Openings in tanks are prohibited below deck, except for
C
access openings used for inspection and maintenance of tanks,
or unless otherwise specifically approved by the Commandant.
Openings shall be fitted with bolted cover plates and acid-
LI
resistant gaskets.
(d) Where special arrangements are approved by the
Commandant to permit a pump suction to be led from the bottom
B
of the tank, the filling and discharge lines shall be fitted with
shutoff valves located above the weatherdeck or operable
therefrom.
U
(e) The outage shall not be less than 1 percent.
.P
(f) All enclosed compartments containing cargo tanks and all
machinery spaces containing cargo pumps shall be fitted with
effective means of ventilation.
(g) A separator shall be fitted in compressed air lines to the tank
.G
when air pressure is used to discharge the cargo.
(h) Only installed electric or portable battery lights shall be used
during the cargo transfer operations. Smoking is prohibited and
the person in charge of cargo transfer shall post No Smoking
C
signs during cargo transfer operations.
(i) Tanks approved for the transportation of acid cargoes subject
to this section shall not be used for the transportation of any other
commodity, except upon authorization by the Commandant (G-
MSO).
(j) Each cargo tank shall be subjected to an internal examination
at least once in every 4 years. If cargo tank lining is required and
the lining of the cargo tank has deteriorated in service or is not in
place, the Marine Inspector may require the tank to be tested by
such nondestructive means as he may consider necessary to
determine its condition.
(k) The special requirements for fluorosilicic acid in §151.50-77,
for hydrochloric acid in §151.50-22, for hydrofluorosilicic acid,
see fluorosilicic acid, for phosphoric acid in §151.50-23, and for
258
sulfuric acid in §151.50-21 also apply to the carriage of those
acids.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by GGD
80-001, 46 FR 63279, Dec. 31, 1981; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4781,
Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989; CGD
92-100, 59 FR 17028, Apr. 11, 1994]
§151.50-21 Sulfuric Acid.
(a) How sulfuric acid may be carried.
(1) Sulfuric acid of concentration of 77.5 percent (1.7019 specific
gravity) (59.8° Baumé) or greater concentrations with or without
an inhibitor, provided the corrosive effect on steel measured at
100°F is not greater than that of 66° Baumé commercial sulfuric
acid, may be transported in unlined gravity type cargo tanks or
unlined pressure vessel type cargo tanks.
(2) Sulfuric acid of concentration of 65.25 percent (1.559 specific
S
gravity) (52° Baumé) or greater concentrations, provided the
corrosive effect on steel measured at 100°F is not greater than
N
that of 52° Baumé commercial sulfuric acid, may be transported in
unlined pressure vessel type cargo tanks independent of the
vessel's structure.
IO
(3) Sulfuric acid of concentration not to exceed 65.25 percent
(1.559 specific gravity) (52° Baumé) may be transported in gravity
type cargo tanks or pressure-vessel type cargo tanks which are
lined with lead or other equally suitable acid-resistant material
T
acceptable to the Commandant.
(4) Sulfuric acid of concentration not to exceed 51 percent (1.408
A specific gravity) (42° Baumé) and spent sulfuric acid resulting
from the use of sulfuric acid in industrial processes may be
transported in gravity type cargo tanks which are lined with rubber
or other equally suitable acid-resistant material acceptable to the
Commandant. See §151.15-3(f)(2).
(5) Spent or sludge sulfuric acid resulting from the use of sulfuric
acid in industrial processes may be transported in unlined gravity
type cargo tanks or unlined pressure vessel type cargo tanks,
provided the corrosive effect on steel is not greater than that of
commercial sulfuric acid as prescribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section.
(b) Heating coils will be the only acceptable means of liquefying
frozen or congealed sulfuric acid.
(c) During cargo transfer, a water hose shall be connected to a
water supply ready for immediate use and any leakage or spillage
of acid shall be immediately washed down. This requirement can
be met by facilities provided from shore.
(d) The requirements of §151.50-20 are also applicable to the
shipment of sulfuric acid.
§151.50-22 Hydrochloric Acid.
(a) Hydrochloric acid shall be carried in gravity or pressure type
cargo tanks which are independent of the vessel's structure
provided such tanks are lined with rubber or other equally suitable
material acceptable to the Commandant. See §151.15-3(f)(2).
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of §151.50-20(b)(3),
compressed air may be used to discharge hydrochloric acid from
gravity type cargo tanks only if the tanks are of cylindrical shape
with dished heads, provided the air pressure does not exceed the
design pressure of the tank but in no case shall it exceed 10
pounds per square inch gauge. Such tanks shall be fitted with
pressure relief devices and need not be vented to the atmosphere
as required by §151.50-20(b)(3).
(c) During cargo transfer, a water hose shall be connected to a
water supply and be ready for immediate use. Any leakage or
spillage of acid shall be immediately washed down. This
requirement can be met by facilities provided from shore.
(d) Spent hydrochloric acid or hydrochloric acid adulterated by
other chemicals, inhibitors, oils, solvents, water, etc., shall not be
transported in bulk except upon authorization by the Commandant
(G-MSO).
(e) The requirements of §151.50-20 are also applicable to the
shipment of hydrochloric acid.
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.50-23 Phosphoric Acid.
(a) The term phosphoric acid as used in this subpart shall include,
in addition to phosphoric acid, aqueous solutions of phosphoric
acid, and super phosphoric acid.
(b) Phosphoric acid may be carried in either gravity or pressure
type cargo tanks. The tanks shall be rubber-lined, or lined or clad
with other suitable material acceptable to the Commandant, or
shall be fabricated of a phosphoric acid resistant stainless steel.
See §151.15-3(f)(2).
(c) The vessel's shell plating shall not be used as any part of the
boundaries of gravity type cargo tanks.
(d) Cargo piping, including valves, fittings, and flanges where
exposed to the acid, shall be rubber-lined, or lined, coated or clad
with other corrosion-resistant material, or shall be fabricated of a
phosphoric acid resistant stainless steel. Vent piping, including
flanges and fittings, shall be similarly protected at least to the
height of the flangible disk if such is installed.
A (c) Repairs involving welding or burning.
C
(e) Phosphoric acid adulterated by other chemicals, inhibitors,
oils, solvents, etc., shall not be transported in bulk cargo tanks
except upon authorization by the Commandant (G-MSO).
LI
(f) The requirements of §151.50-20 are also applicable to the
shipment of phosphoric acid.
B
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983]
U
§151.50-30 Compressed Gases.
(a) All tank inlet and outlet connections, except safety relief
valves, liquid level gauging devices, and pressure gauges shall be
.P
marked to designate whether they terminate in the vapor or liquid
space. Labels, when used, shall be of corrosion-resistant
materials and may be attached to valves.
(b) Venting.
.G
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section each
safety relief valve installed on a cargo tank shall be connected to
a branch vent of a venting system which shall be constructed so
that the discharge of gas will be directed vertically upward to a
C
point at least 10 feet above the weatherdeck or the top of any
tank or house located above the weatherdeck.
(2) Safety valves on cargo tanks in barges may be connected to
individual or common risers which shall extend to a reasonable
height above the deck. Where the escape of vapors from the
venting system may interfere with towing operations, the
installation shall be acceptable to the Commandant, and the
arrangement shall be such as to minimize the hazard of escaping
vapors. Arrangements specially provided for venting cargo tanks
259
forming part of the hull on unmanned barges will be given special
consideration by the Commandant.
(3) The capacity of branch vents or vent headers shall depend
upon the number of cargo tanks connected to such branch or
header as provided in Table 151.50-30(b)(3).
TABLE 151.50-30(B)(3)–CAPACITY OF BRANCH
VENTS OR VENT HEADERS
Number of cargo tanks Percent of total valve
discharge
1 or 2 100
3 90
4 80
5 70
6 or more 60
(4) Return bends and restrictive pipe fittings are prohibited. Vents
S
and headers shall be so installed as to minimize stresses on
safety relief valves and their mounting nozzles.
N
(5) When vent discharge risers are installed, they shall be so
located as to protect against physical damage and be fitted with
loose raincaps.
IO
(6) When vent discharge risers are installed and their installation
in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph results in
restrictions in the operation of the barge due to navigation
T
clearances, the vents may be designed so as to be collapsible
when passing under such low clearance obstacles.
(1) Repairs involving welding or burning shall not be undertaken
on the cargo tanks or piping while cargo in either the liquid or
vapor state is present therein.
(2) Repairs involving welding or burning on parts of the barge
other than cargo tanks or piping may be undertaken provided
positive pressure is maintained in the tanks or the tanks have
been vented or washed internally.
(d) Respiratory equipment.
(1) At least one approved self-contained breathing apparatus shall
be available in a readily accessible location off the barge at all
times during the cargo transfer operations. This equipment shall
not be considered to be part of the barge equipment, and the
barge shall not be required to carry this equipment en route.
(2) The approved self-contained breathing apparatus, masks, and
all respiratory protective devices shall be of types suitable for
starting and operating at the temperatures encountered, and shall
be maintained in good operating condition.
(3) Personnel involved in the cargo transfer operations shall be
adequately trained in the use of the respiratory equipment.
(e) Filling densities and container design pressure. For
compressed gases transported at or near ambient temperatures,
the maximum filling densities and minimum design pressure of
container as indicated in Table 151.50-30(e) shall apply.
Deviations from the tabulated values shall be submitted to the
Commandant for approval. Where cargo is to be carried at
temperatures below ambient, the tank shall be designed in
accordance with §151.15-3(b)(3) and the maximum amount of
cargo shall be in accordance with §151.45-6(b).
 TABLE 151.50-30(E)–FILLING DENSITIES AND CONTAINER DESIGN PRESSURES
Maximum permitted filling density Minimum design pressure of tank
(percent by weight, see §151.03-21) (pounds per square inch gauge)
Kind of gas
Uninsulated tanks Insulated tanks Uninsulated Insulated
tanks tanks
Ammonia, anhydrous 57 58 250 215
Chlorine 125 125 300 300
Dichlorodifluoromethane 123 125 147 127
Dimethylamine 61 62 46 36
Methyl chloride 85 87 131 112
Monochlorodi-fluoromethane 110 113 243 211
Vinyl chloride 86 87 81 67

(f) The shell and head thickness of liquefied compressed cargo (e) Each tank shall be provided with liquid and vapor connections

S
tanks shall not be less than five-sixteenths inch. fitted with manually operated shutoff valves and with safety relief
valves. All valves shall be bolted to the cover or covers specified
(g) The special requirements for ammonia (anhydrous) in in paragraph (b)(3) of this section and shall be protected against

N
§151.50-32, for argon in §151.50-36, for chlorine in §151.50-31, mechanical damage by a suitable protective metal housing. A
for nitrogen in §151.50-36, and for vinyl chloride in §151.50-34 drain connection shall be provided from the protective housing.
also apply to the carriage of those gases.

[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989]
IO
(f) All liquid and vapor connections, except safety relief valves,
shall be fitted with automatic excess flow valves, which shall be
located on the inside of the tank. Bypass openings are not
permitted in excess flow valves.

T
§151.50-31 Chlorine.
(a) Chlorine barges. Subparts 98.03 and 98.20 of Part 98 of this (g) Chlorine barge cargo piping shall not be fitted with the
chapter have been revoked. However, chlorine barges that were nonreturn valves specified by §151.20-20(b).
certified in accordance with the requirements of subpart 98.20 of
part 98 of this chapter and having hulls modified, if necessary, to
comply with §§98.03-5(c) and 98.03-25(c) of this chapter, shall be
A (h) Liquid level gauging devices of any type are prohibited on
chlorine tanks.
C
considered as complying with this part.
(i) A pressure gauge shall be attached to the vapor shutoff valve
(b) Design and construction of cargo tanks. or vapor line so as to indicate the pressure in the tank at all times
LI

during loading and unloading.

(1) The cargo tanks shall meet the requirements of Class I
pressure vessels. (j) Piping including connections between tank valves and fixed
barge piping, shall be of a thickness of not less than Schedule 80.
B

(2) Tanks shall be designed for a pressure of not less than 300
pounds per square inch gauge. For the maximum allowable (k) In multiple tank installations the tanks shall not be
U

working pressure of tanks in service, see paragraph (q) of this interconnected by piping or manifolds which may contain liquid
section. chlorine. Manifolding of vapor lines of individual tanks into a
common header for connection to shore is permitted. More than
(3) Each tank shall be provided with one or more 24-inch inside one cargo tank may be filled or discharged at a time, provided
.P

diameter manhole, fitted with a cover located above the maximum
liquid level and as close as possible to the top of the tank. There
shall be no other openings in the tank.
(c) Tanks may be installed "on deck" or "under deck" with the tank
.G
each tank is filled from or discharged to shore tanks through
separate lines.
(l) Connections between fixed barge piping and shore piping shall
be fabricated from one of the following:

protruding above deck. If a portion of the tank extends above the

weatherdeck, provision shall be made to maintain the (1) Schedule 80 seamless pipe, having flexible metallic joints.
weathertightness on the deck. All tanks shall be installed with the
manhole opening located above the weatherdeck. Hopper type (2) Corrosion-resistant metallic pipe (equivalent to Schedule 80)
C

barges operating on protected inland waters may have tanks not subject to deterioration by chlorine, having flexible metallic
located in the hopper space. joints.

(d) All valves, flanges, fittings and accessary equipment shall be
of a type suitable for use with chlorine and shall be made of
metal, corrosion-resistant to chlorine in either the gas or liquid
phase. Cast or malleable iron shall not be used. Valves, flanges,
and flanged joints shall be 300 pounds A.N.S.I. standard
minimum with tongue and groove or raised face. Joints shall be
fitted with sheet lead or other suitable gasket material. Welded
fittings shall be used wherever possible and the number of pipe
joints held to a minimum. Threaded joints in cargo lines and vapor
lines shall not be used in sizes above 1 inch internal diameter.
Welded "hammerlock" unions or other unions approved by the
Commandant may be used at terminal points of fixed barge
piping.
(3) Flexible metallic hose acceptable to the Commandant. If
paragraphs (k)(1) or (2) of this section are used, the flexible
metallic joints shall meet the requirements for cargo hose. See
§151.04-5(h).
(m) Safety relief valves shall discharge into the protective housing
surrounding the valves. Suitable provisions shall be made to vent
the housing. The arrangement shall be such as to minimize the
hazard of escaping vapors.
(n) Cargo transfer operations.
(1) The amount of chlorine loaded into each cargo tank shall be

260
determined by weight. Draft marks shall not be used as a means
of weighing. Any chlorine vapors vented during the filling
operation shall be disregarded when calculating the maximum
amount of chlorine to be loaded into the cargo tanks.
(2) Prior to the start of filling operations, care shall be exercised to
insure that the cargo tanks are empty, dry, and free from foreign
matter.
(3) After the filling operation is completed, the vapor in each cargo
tank shall be analyzed to determine the percentage of gaseous
chlorine in the vapor space. If it should contain less than 80
percent chlorine by volume, vapors shall be withdrawn through
the vent or vapor line until the vapor in the cargo tanks contains at
least 80 percent chlorine by volume.
(4) After filling connections are removed, upon completion of the
loading of a cargo tank, all connections at the tank shall be tested
for leakage of chlorine by the aqua ammonia method.
(5) The chlorine in the cargo tanks shall be discharged by the
pressure differential method. If the vapor pressure of the chlorine
is not sufficient to force the liquid out of the tank, compressed air,
or other nonreactive gas, may be used to secure the desired rate
of discharge, provided the air or gas is oil-free and thoroughly
dried by passing it over activated aluminum oxide, silica gel, or
other acceptable drying agent, and provided the supply pressure
is limited to 75 percent of maximum allowable pressure of chlorine
tanks.
(6) After completion of cargo transfer, any liquid chlorine in the
cargo piping shall be removed and cargo transfer piping shall be
disconnected at the cargo tanks. After disconnecting the cargo
piping, both ends of the line shall be closed and all inlet and outlet
C
valves on the tank shall be plugged or fitted with blind flanges.
(o) During cargo transfer, every person on the barge shall carry
LI
on his person a respiratory protective device which will protect the
wearer against chlorine vapors and will provide respiratory
protection for emergency escape from a contaminated area
resulting from cargo leakage. This respiratory protective
B
equipment shall be of such size and weight that the person
wearing it will not be restricted in movement or in the wearing of a
lifesaving device.
U
(p) During each internal inspection, each cargo tank must be
tested hydrostatically to 1 1/2 times the maximum allowable
.P
pressure as determined by the safety relief valve setting.
(q) During each internal inspection, each cargo tank excess flow
valve and safety relief valve must be inspected and tested in
accordance with paragraphs (g) and (i) of §151.04-5 of this
.G
chapter.
(r) When periodic inspection indicates that a cargo tank has
deteriorated in service, the maximum allowable pressure shall be
recalculated, using the minimum thickness found by actual
C
measurement. The recalculated maximum allowable pressure
shall be not less than 275 pounds per square inch gauge. If the
recalculated maximum allowable pressure is less than 275
pounds per square inch gauge, the cargo tanks shall be
withdrawn from service.
(s) The following substances shall not be carried as stores on
board barges transporting chlorine in bulk: hydrogen, methane,
liquefied petroleum gases, coal gas, acetylene, ammonia,
turpentine, compounds containing metallic powders, finely divided
metals or finely divided organic materials.
(t) The requirements of §151.50-30 for compressed gases are
also applicable to the shipment of chlorine.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
261
85-061, 54 FR 50966, Dec. 11, 1989; CGD 85-061, 55 FR 41918,
Oct. 16, 1990]
§151.50-32 Ammonia, Anhydrous.
(a) The anhydrous ammonia tanks may be installed in the bulk
liquid cargo tanks provided the liquid surrounding the enclosed
anhydrous ammonia tanks complies with the following chemical
and physical properties:
(1) Boiling point above 125°F atmospheric pressure.
(2) Inert to ammonia at 100°F at atmospheric pressure.
(3) Noncorrosive in the liquid and vapor phase to the ammonia
tanks and piping.
(b) Copper, copper alloys, and copper bearing alloys shall not be
used as materials of construction for tanks, pipelines, valves,
fittings, and other items of equipment that may come in contact
with anhydrous ammonia liquid or vapor.
S
(c) Valves, flanges and pipe fittings shall be of the tongue and
groove or raised-face type, fitted with suitable gasket material.
N
Welded fittings shall be used wherever possible and the number
of pipe joints shall be held to a minimum. Threaded joints are not
permitted for pipe diameters exceeding 2 inches. Brazed joints
IO
are prohibited.
(d) All enclosed spaces containing cargo tanks fitted with bottom
outlet connections shall be provided with mechanical ventilation of
sufficient capacity to assure a change of air every 3 minutes.
T
(e) Each cargo tank shall be electrically grounded to the hull.
A (f) When transferring cargo, a hose shall be connected to a water
supply so that if leakage of anhydrous ammonia occurs the vapor
may be dispersed by the use of water fog. This requirement can
be met by facilities provided from shore.
(g) During cargo transfer operations, every person on the vessel
shall carry on his person or have close at hand at all times a
canister mask approved for ammonia or each person shall carry
on his person a respiratory protective device which will protect the
wearer against ammonia vapors and will provide respiratory
protection for emergency escape from a contaminated area
resulting from cargo leakage. This respiratory protective
equipment shall be of such size and weight that the person
wearing it will not be restricted in movement or in the wearing of a
lifesaving device.
(h) [Reserved]
(i) The requirements of §151.50-30 for compressed gases are
also applicable to the shipment of anhydrous ammonia.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
85-061, 54 FR 50966, Dec. 11, 1989]
§151.50-34 Vinyl Chloride (Vinyl Chloride Monomer).
(a) Copper, aluminum, magnesium, mercury, silver, and their
alloys shall not be used as materials of construction for tanks,
pipelines, valves, fittings, and other items of equipment that may
come in contact with vinyl chloride liquid or vapor.
(b) Valves, flanges, and pipe fittings shall be of the tongue and
groove or raised-face type, fitted with suitable gasket material.
Welded fittings shall be used wherever possible and the number
of pipe joints shall be held to a minimum. Threaded joints are not
permitted for pipe diameters exceeding 2 inches. Brazed joints
are prohibited.
(c) Each cargo tank shall be electrically grounded to the hull.
(d) The vessel shall be electrically bonded to the shore piping
prior to connecting the cargo hose. This electrical bonding shall
be maintained until after the cargo hose has been disconnected
and any spillage has been removed.
(e) To the extent he deems it necessary, the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, may require that sufficient insulation shall be
removed from insulated tanks at least once in each 8 calendar
years to permit spot external examination of the tanks and
insulation in accordance with §151.04-5(c).
(f) The requirements of §151.50-30 for compressed gases are
also applicable to the shipment of vinyl chloride.
(g) The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that:
(1) Cargo vapors are returned to the cargo tank or shore
disposition for reclamation or destruction during cargo transfer
operations;
(2) Continuous monitoring for vinyl chloride vapor leaks is
conducted aboard a tank barge undergoing vinyl chloride transfer
operations. Fixed or portable instrumentation may be utilized to
ensure that personnel are not exposed to vinyl chloride vapor
concentrations in excess of 1 ppm averaged over any eight hour
period of 5 ppm averaged over any period not exceeding 15
minutes. The method of monitoring and measurement shall have
an accuracy (with a confidence level of 95 percent) of not less
than plus or minus 50 percent from 0.25 through 0.5 ppm, plus or
minus 35 percent from over 0.5 ppm through 1.0 ppm, and plus or
minus 25 percent over 1.0 ppm;
(3) Cargo transfer operation is discontinued or corrective action is
initiated by the person in charge to minimize exposure to
personnel whenever a vinyl chloride vapor concentration in
excess of 1 ppm is detected. If the vinyl chloride vapor
C
concentration exceeds 5 ppm for over 15 minutes, action to
reduce the leak can be continued only if the respiratory protection
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1017 are met by all personnel in
LI
the area of the leak;
(4) Those portions of cargo lines which will be open to the
atmosphere after piping is disconnected are free of vinyl chloride
B
liquid and that the vinyl chloride vapor concentration in the area of
the cargo piping disconnect points is not greater than 5 ppm;
U
(5) Any restricted gauge fitted on a tank containing vinyl chloride
is effectively out of service by locking or sealing the device so that
it cannot be used; and
.P
(6) A restricted gauge is not to be used as a "check" on the
required closed gauge, nor as a means or sampling.
(h) The words "CANCER–SUSPECT AGENT" must be added to
.G
the warning signs required by 46 CFR 151.45-2(e).
(i) Signs bearing the legend:
CANCER – SUSPECT AGENT IN THIS AREA
C
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
must be posted whenever hazardous operations, such as tank
cleaning, are in progress.
(j) A tank barge undergoing cargo transfer operations must be
designated a "regulated area" having access limited to authorized
persons and requiring a daily roster of authorized persons who
may board the barge.
(k) Employees engaged in hazardous operations, such as tank
cleaning, must be provided, and be required to wear and use
respiratory protection in accordance with the provisions of 29 CFR
1910.1017 and protective garments, provided clean and dry for
262
each use, to prevent skin contact with liquid vinyl chloride.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
74-167R, 40 FR 17026, Apr. 16, 1975; CGD 88-100, 54 FR
40040, Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.50-36 Argon Or Nitrogen.
(a) A cargo tank that contains argon or nitrogen and that has a
maximum allowable working pressure of 172 kPa (25 psig) or
greater must have one of the following arrangements:
(1) A refrigeration system that keeps the tank pressure below the
safety relief valve operating pressure when ambient temperatures
are 46°C (115°F) air and 32°C (90°F) water.
(2) A relief valve or pressure control valve that maintains the tank
pressure below the setting of the tank's required safety relief
valve in ambient temperatures of 46°C (115°F) air and 32°C
(90°F) water.
S
(b) A cargo tank with a maximum allowable working pressure of
N
less than 172 kPa (25 psig) is approved by the Commandant (G-
MSO) on a case by case basis.
IO
(c) Section 151.50-30 also applies to the carriage of argon or
nitrogen.
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989]
T
§151.50-40 Additional Requirements For Carbon Disulfide
(Carbon Bisulfide) And Ethyl Ether.
(a) The provisions of this section are applicable if specifically
A referenced in the Special Requirements column of Table 151.05.
(b) Cargo tanks shall be electrically bonded to the hull of the
vessel. A vessel shall be electrically bonded to the shore piping
prior to connecting the cargo hose. This electrical bonding shall
be maintained until after the cargo hose has been disconnected
and any spillage has been removed.
(c) Pumps may be used for discharging cargo: Provided, That
they are the vertical submerged type designed to avoid liquid
pressure against the shaft gland and are suitable for use with the
cargo.
(d) Provisions shall be made to maintain an inert gas padding in
the cargo tank during loading, unloading and during transit.
(e) Provisions shall be made to prevent any leakage being
washed into the waterways at the loading and unloading points.
(f) The special requirements of §151.50-41 for carbon disulfide
(carbon bisulfide) and §151.50-42 for ethyl ether shall also be
observed.
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40029, Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.50-41 Carbon Disulfide (Carbon Bisulfide).
(a) All openings shall be in the top of the tank.
(b) Loading lines shall terminate near the bottom of the tank.
(c) A standard ullage opening shall be provided for secondary and
emergency sounding.
(d) If a cargo discharge pump is used, it shall be inserted through
a cylindrical well extending from the tank top to a point near the
tank bottom. A blanket of water shall be formed in this well before
attempting pump removal.
(e) Water or inert gas displacement may be used for discharging
cargo provided the cargo system is designed for the expected
pressure and temperature. This method for discharging may be
used with pressure type tanks only.
(f) Adequate natural ventilation shall be provided for the voids
around the cargo tanks while the vessel is under way. During
loading and unloading, forced ventilation shall be used. The
forced ventilation shall be of sufficient capacity to provide a
complete change of air within each void space every 5 minutes.
The ventilating fan shall be of nonsparking construction.
(g) Because of its low ignition temperature and the close
clearances required to arrest its flame propagation, carbon
disulfide (carbon bisulfide) requires safeguards beyond those
required for any electrical hazard groups.
(h) The requirements of §151.50-40 are also applicable to the
shipment of carbon disulfide (carbon bisulfide).
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.50-42 Ethyl Ether.
(a)(1) Gravity tanks shall be designed and tested to meet the
rules of the American Bureau of Shipping for a head of water at
least 8 feet above the tank top or the highest level the lading may
rise, whichever is greater. All openings shall be in the top of the
tank.
(2) Pressure vessel type tanks shall be designed for the maximum
pressure to which they may be subjected when pressure is used
to discharge the cargo, but in no case shall the design pressure
be less than 50 pounds per square inch gauge. All openings shall
be in the top of the tank.
(b) Adequate natural ventilation shall be provided for the voids
C
around the cargo tanks while the vessel is underway. If a power
ventilation system is installed, all blowers shall be of nonsparking
construction. Power driven ventilation equipment shall not be
LI
located in the void spaces surrounding the cargo tanks.
(c) Pressure relief valve settings shall not be less than 3 pounds
per square inch gauge for gravity tanks. For pressure vessels, the
B
relief valve setting shall not exceed the design pressure of the
tank.
U
(d) Inert gas displacement may be used for discharging cargo
from pressure vessel tanks provided the cargo system is
designed for the expected pressure and the discharge pressure
.P
does not exceed 50 pounds per square inch gauge or the design
pressure of the tank, whichever is less.
(e) No electrical equipment except for approved lighting fixtures
shall be installed in enclosed spaces adjacent to the cargo tanks.
.G
Lighting fixtures must be approved for use in Class I, Group C,
hazardous locations. The installation of electrical equipment on
the weather deck shall comply with the requirements of part 111,
subpart 111.105 of this chapter.
C
(f) Copper, silver, mercury and magnesium or other acetylide
forming metals and their alloys shall not be used as materials of
construction for tanks, pipelines, valves, fittings and other items of
equipment that may come in contact with the cargo vapor or
liquid.
(g) Precautions shall be taken to prevent the contamination of
ethyl ether by strong oxidizing agents.
(h) The requirements of §151.50-40 are also applicable to the
shipment of ethyl ether.
[CFGR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.50-50 Elemental Phosphorus In Water.
263
(a) Tanks shall be designed and tested for a head equivalent to
the design lading of phosphorus and its water blanket extended to
8 feet above the tank top. In addition, tank design calculations
shall demonstrate that the tank can withstand, without rupture, a
single loading to the highest level to which the water blanket may
rise, if that exceeds 8 feet. Tanks shall not be less than 5/16-inch
thick.
(b) When a water displacement method of discharge is used,
pressure vessel type cargo tanks, designed and tested in
accordance with Subchapter F of this chapter shall be employed.
Such tanks shall be designed for the maximum pressure to which
they may be subjected when water pressure is used to discharge
the cargo.
(c) Each cargo tank shall be fitted with an approved pressure
vacuum relief valve set to discharge at a pressure not exceeding
2 pounds per square inch. When transferring cargo, the vent
discharge shall lead overboard above the waterline. When
S
pressure vessel type tanks are used, each tank shall be fitted with
a relief valve of suitable size.
N
(d) Sufficient outage shall be provided to prevent the tank from
being liquid full at any time, but in no case shall the outage be
IO
less than 1 percent. When pressure vessel type tanks are used,
outage need not be provided.
(e) The use of compressed air to discharge cargo is prohibited.
T
(f) Cargo shall be loaded at a temperature not exceeding 140°F,
and then cooled until the water above the cargo has a
temperature not exceeding 105°F prior to the movement of the
A vessel. Upon presentation of satisfactory proof that procedures
followed will provide adequate safety in transportation and
handling, the Commandant may authorize movement of the
vessel following cooling of the water above the cargo to a
temperature exceeding 105°F.
(g) Coils in which steam or hot water is circulated to heat the
cargo so that it may be pumped shall be located outside the cargo
tanks.
(h) A fixed ballast piping system (including a power driven pump
of ample capacity), or other means acceptable to the
Commandant shall be installed so that any void space
surrounding the tanks may be flooded.
(i) All openings shall be in the top of the tank and shall be fitted
with bolted cover plates and gaskets resistant to the attack of
phosphorus pentoxide.
(j) All enclosed compartments containing cargo tanks shall be
provided with effective means of ventilation.
(k) Cargo lines shall be traced with steam piping and secured
thereto by lagging to prevent solidification of cargo during transfer
operations.
(l) During cargo transfer, a water hose shall be connected to a
water supply ready for immediate use, and any spillage of
phosphorus shall be immediately washed down. This requirement
can be met by facilities provided from shore.
(m) At least two fresh air masks or self-contained breathing
apparatus shall be stowed on board the vessel at all times for use
of personnel entering the tanks or adjacent spaces.
(n) Authorization from the Commandant (G-MSO) shall be
obtained to transport lading other than phosphorus in the cargo
tanks or to have on board any other cargo when phosphorus is
laden in the tanks.
(o) Mechanical ventilation of sufficient capacity to insure a change
of air within the cargo tanks every 3 minutes shall be provided
during the inspection and maintenance of the cargo tanks.
(p) Cargo tanks shall be electrically bonded to the hull of the
barge. A vessel shall be electrically bonded to the shore piping
prior to connecting the cargo hose. This electrical bonding shall
be maintained until after the cargo hose has been disconnected.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 24, 1970, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983]
§151.50-55 Sulfur (Molten).
(a) Ventilation (cargo tank):
(1) Cargo tank ventilation shall be provided to maintain the
concentration of H2S below one-half of its lower explosive limit
throughout the cargo tank vapor space for all conditions of
carriage; i.e., below 1.85 percent by volume.
(2) Where mechanical ventilation systems are used for
maintaining low gas concentrations in cargo tanks, an alarm
system shall be provided to give warning if the system fails.
(3) Connections shall be provided to enable sampling of the
atmosphere over the cargo in each cargo tank for analysis.
(4) The ventilation system shall be designed and arranged to
preclude the depositing of sulfur within the system.
(b) Void spaces:
(1) Openings to void spaces adjacent to cargo tanks shall be
designed and fitted to prevent the entry of water, sulfur or cargo
vapors.
C
(2) Connections shall be provided to enable sampling and
analyzing vapors in void spaces.
LI
(c) Temperature controls shall be provided in accordance with
§151.20-10 and applicable sections of Subpart 151.40 of this part.
Heat transfer media shall be steam, and alternate media will
B
require specific approval of the Commandant.
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970]
U
§151.50-60 Benzene.
The person in charge of a Coast Guard inspected barge must
.P
ensure that the provisions of part 197, subpart C, of this chapter
are applied.
[CGD 88-040, 56 FR 65006, Dec. 13, 1991]
.G
§151.50-70 Cargoes Requiring Inhibition Or Stabilization.
When table 151.05 refers to this section, that cargo must be–
(a) Inhibited; or
(b) Stabilized.
C
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.50-73 Chemical Protective Clothing.
When table 151.05 refers to this section, the following apply:
(a) The person in charge of cargo handling operations shall
ensure that the following chemical protective clothing constructed
of materials resistant to permeation by the cargo being handled is
worn by all personnel engaged in an operation listed in paragraph
(b) of this section:
(1) Splash protective eyewear.
(2) Long-sleeved gloves.
(3) Boots or shoe covers.
(4) Coveralls or lab aprons.
264
[NOTE: "Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical Protective
Clothing", Third Edition, 1987, available from the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1330 Kemper
Meadow Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45240-1634, provides information
on the proper clothing for the cargo being handled.]
(b) The section applies during the following operations:
(1) Sampling cargo.
(2) Transferring cargo.
(3) Making or breaking cargo hose connections.
(4) Gauging a cargo tank, unless gauging is by closed system.
(5) Opening cargo tanks.
(c) Coveralls or lab aprons may be replaced by splash suits or
aprons constructed of light weight or disposable materials if, in the
judgment of the person in charge of cargo handling operations,
(1) Contact with the cargo is likely to occur only infrequently and
S
accidentally; and
N
(2) The splash suit or apron is disposed of immediately after
contamination.
IO
(d) Splash protective eyewear must be tight-fitting chemical-
splash goggles, face shields, or similar items intended specifically
for eye protection from chemical splashing or spraying.
(e) The person in charge of cargo handling operations shall
T
ensure that each person in the vicinity of an operation listed in the
paragraph (b) of this section or in the vicinity of tanks, piping, or
pumps being used to transfer the cargo wears splash protective
A eyewear under paragraph (d) of this section.
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended by
USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53227, Oct. 1, 1999]
§151.50-74 Ethylidene Norbornene.
When Table 151.05 refers to this section, the following apply:
(a) 151.50-5(g) and (h)
(b) Rubber hoses or fittings may not be used in transfer
operations.
[CGD 80-001, 46 FR 63279, Dec. 31, 1981]
§151.50-75 Ferric Chloride Solution.
A containment system (cargo tank piping system, venting system,
and gauging system) carrying this solution must be lined with
rubber, corrosion resistant plastic, or a material approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 80-001, 46 FR 63279, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40041,
Sept. 29, 1989; 55 FR 17276, Apr. 24, 1990]
§151.50-76 Hydrochloric Acid, Spent (NTE 15%).
(a)(1) Gravity type cargo tanks must be designed and tested to
meet the rules of the American Bureau of Shipping for a head of
water at least 8 feet above the tank top or the highest level the
lading may rise, whichever is greater. The plate thickness of any
part of the tank may not be less than three-eighths inch. A shell
plating of a barge may not be on the boundary of any part of the
cargo tank.
(2) Gravity tank vents must:
(2)(i) Terminate above the weatherdeck, clear of all obstructions
and away from any from any source of ignition; and
(2)(ii) Be fitted with a single flame screen or two fitted flame
screens as described in §151.03-25. Neither a shut-off valve nor a
frangible disk may be fitted in the vent lines.
(b) Openings in the tanks are prohibited below deck, except for
access openings used for inspection and maintenance of tanks,
or unless otherwise specifically approved by the Commandant (G-
MSO). Openings must be fitted with bolted cover plates and acid-
resistant gaskets.
(c) Where special arrangements are approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO) to permit a pump suction to be led from
the bottom of the tank, the filling and discharge lines must be
fitted with shutoff valves located above the weatherdeck or
operable from it.
(d) The outage may not be less than 1 percent.
(e) An enclosed compartment containing, or a compartment
adjacent to, a cargo tank:
(1) May have no electrical equipment that does not meet or
exceed class I-B electrical requirements; and
(2) Must have at least one gooseneck vent of 2.5 inch diameter or
greater. The structural arrangement of the compartment must
provide for the free passage of air and gases to the vent or vents.
(f) No lights may be used during the cargo transfer operations,
except installed electric or portable battery lights. Smoking is
prohibited and the person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure
that "No Smoking" signs are displayed during cargo transfer
operations.
(g) Tanks approved for the transportation of acid cargoes subject
to this section may not be used for the transportation of any other
commodity, except upon authorization by the Commandant (G-
MSO).
C
(h) Each cargo tank must be examined internally at least once in
every 4 years. If the lining of the cargo tank has deteriorated in
LI
service or is not in place, the Marine Inspector may require the
tank to be tested by such nondestructive means as he may
consider necessary to determine its condition.
B
[CGD 80-001, 46 FR 63279, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983]
U
§151.50-77 Fluorosilicic Acid (30% Or Less)
(Hydrofluorosilicic Acid).
(a) Hydrofluorosilicic acid must be carried in gravity or pressure
.P
type cargo tanks independent of the vessel's structure. The tanks
must be lined with rubber or other equally suitable material
approved by the Commandant (G-MSO). See §151.15-3(f)(2).
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of §151.50-20(b)(3), no
.G
compressed air may be used to discharge hydrofluorosilicic acid
from gravity type cargo tanks unless:
(1) The tanks are of cylindrical shape with dished heads, and
C
(2) The air pressure does not exceed:
(2)(i) The design pressure of the tank, and
(2)(ii) 10 pounds per square inch gauge. The tanks must be fitted
with pressure relief devices.
(c) During cargo tansfer, a water hose must be connected to a
water supply and be ready for immediate use. Any leakage or
spillage of acid must be immediately washed down. This
requirement can be met by facilities provided from shore.
[CGD 80-001, 46 FR 63279, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 92-100, 59 FR 17028,
Apr. 11, 1994]
§151.50-79 Methyl Acetylene-Propadiene Mixture.
265
(a) The composition of the methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture
at loading must be within one of the following sets of composition
limits:
(1) Composition 1 is:
(1)(i) Maximum methyl acetylene to propadiene molar ratio of 3 to
1;
(1)(ii) Maximum combined concentration of methyl acetylene and
propadiene of 65 mole percent;
(1)(iii) Minimum combined concentration of propane, butane, and
isobutane of 24 mole percent, of which at least one-third (on a
molar basis) must be butanes and one-third propane; and
(1)(iv) Maximum combined concentration of propylene and
butadiene of 10 mole percent.
S
(2) Composition 2 is:
N
(2)(i) Maximum methyl acetylene and propadiene combined
concentration of 30 mole percent;
IO
(2)(ii) Maximum methyl acetylene concentration of 20 mole
percent;
(2)(iii) Maximum propadiene concentration of 20 mole percent;
T
(2)(iv) Maximum propylene concentration of 45 mole percent;
(2)(v) Maximum butadiene and butylenes combined concentration
A of 2 mole percent;
(2)(vi) Minimum saturated C4 hydrocarbon concentration of 4
mole percent; and
(2)(vii) Minimum propane concentration of 25 mole percent.
(b) A barge carrying a methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture must
have a refrigeration system that does not compress the cargo
vapor or have a refrigeration system with the following features:
(1) A vapor compressor that does not raise the temperature and
pressure of the vapor above 60°C (140°F) and 1.72 MPa guage
(250 psig) during its operations, and that does not allow vapor to
stagnate in the compressor while it continues to run.
(2) At the discharge piping from each compressor stage or each
cylinder in the same stage of a reciprocating compressor:
(2)(i) Two temperature actuated shutdown switches set to operate
at 60°C (140°F) or less;
(2)(ii) A pressure actuated shutdown switch set to operate at 1.72
MPa gauge (250 psig) or less; and
(2)(iii) A safety relief valve set to relieve at 1.77 MPa gauge (256
psig) or less anywhere except into the compressor suction line.
(c) The piping system, including the cargo refrigeration system,
for tanks to be loaded with methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture
must be completely separate from piping and refrigeration
systems for other tanks. If the piping system for the tanks to be
loaded with methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture is not
independent, the required piping separation must be
accomplished by the removal of spool pieces, valves or other pipe
sections and the installation of blank flanges at these locations.
The required separation applies to all liquid and vapor piping,
liquid and vapor vent lines and any other possible connections,
such as common inert gas supply lines.
[CGD 80-001, 46 FR 63279, Dec. 31, 1981]
§151.50-80 Nitric Acid (70% Or Less).
(a) Tanks, cargo piping, valves, fittings, and flanges (where
exposed to the acid) must be lined with nitric acid resistant rubber
or fabricated from nitric acid resistant stainless steel. See
§151.15-3(f)(2).
(b) During cargo transfer, a water hose must be connected to a
water supply, ready for immediate use. Any leakage or spillage of
acid must be immediately washed down. This requirement can be
met by facilities provided from shore.
(c) Nitric acid contaminated by other chemicals, oils, solvents, etc.
may not be transported in bulk without an authorization from the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 80-001, 46 FR 63280, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40041,
Sept. 29, 1989]
§151.50-81 Special Operating Requirements For Heat
Sensitive Cargoes.
When table 151.05 refers to this section, the following apply to the
cargo:
(a) Must not be carried in a tank equipped with heating coils
unless the heating supply to the coils is disconnected.
(b) Must not be carried in a tank adjacent to another tank
containing an elevated temperature cargo.
(c) Must not be carried in a deck tank.
[CGD 80-001, 46 FR 63280, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD
88-100, 54 FR 40041, Sept. 29, 1989]
C
§151.50-84 Sulfur Dioxide.
(a) Sulfur dioxide that is transported under the provisions of this
LI
part may not contain more than 100 ppm of water.
(b) Cargo piping must be at least Schedule 40 pipe.
B
(c) Flanges must be 150 lb. A.N.S.I. Standard minimum with
tongue and groove or raised face.
U
(d) A cargo tank must:
(1) Meet the requirements of a Class I welded pressure vessel;
.P
(2) Be designed for a maximum allowable working pressure of at
least 125 psig;
(3) Be hydrostatically tested every two years to at least 188 psig;
.G
(4) Be provided with one or more manholes that are fitted with a
cover sized not less than 15 inches by 23 inches or 13 inches
nominal diameter, located above the maximum liquid level, and as
close as possible to the top of the tank;
C
(5) Have no openings other than those required in paragraph
(d)(4) of this section;
(6) Have no liquid level gauges other than closed or indirect
gauges;
(7) Have all valves and the closed gauge that is required by Table
151.05 bolted to the cover or covers that are required in
paragraph (d)(4) of this section;
(8) Have a metal housing that is fitted with a drain and vent
connection protecting all valves and the closed gauge within this
housing against mechanical damage;
(9) Have all safety relief valves discharging into the protective
housing;
266
(10) Not be interconnected with another cargo tank by piping or
manifold that carriers cargo liquid, except vapor lines connected
to a common header, and
(11) Have an excess flow valve that is located on the inside of the
tank for every liquid and vapor connection, except the safety relief
valve;
(12) Have no bypass opening on any excess flow valve.
(e) Cargo transfer operations:
(1) May not be conducted with more than one cargo tank at a time
unles each tank is filled from or discharged to shore tanks through
separate lines;
(2) Must be conducted with connections between fixed barge
piping and shore piping of either Schedule 40 pipe having flexible
metallic joints that meet §151.04-5(h) or of flexible metallic hose
S
that is acceptable to the Commandant (G-MSO);
N
(3) From barge to shore must be by pressurization with an oil free,
non-reactive gas that has a maximum of 100 ppm moisture;
IO
(4) Must be conducted with vapor return to shore connections that
ensure that all vapor is returned to shore; and
(5) Must be conducted with every person on the barge carrying a
respiratory protective device that protects the wearer against
T
sulfur dioxide vapors and provides respiratory protection for
emergency escape from a contaminated area that results from
cargo leakage.
A (f) Respiratory protective equipment must be of a size and weight
that allows unrestricted movement and wearing of a lifesaving
device.
(g) After the completion of cargo transfer, all liquid sulfur dioxide
in the cargo piping must be removed and cargo transfer piping
must be disconnected at the cargo tanks. After the cargo piping is
disconnected, both ends of the line must be plugged or fitted with
blind flanges.
[CGD 80-001, 46 FR 63280, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40041,
Sept. 29, 1989; 55 FR 17276, Apr. 24, 1990]
§151.50-86 Alkyl (C7-C9) Nitrates.
(a) The carriage temperature of octyl nitrates must be maintained
below 100°C (212°F) in order to prevent the occurrence of a self-
sustaining exothermic decomposition reaction.
(b) Octyl nitrates may not be carried in a deck tank unless the
tank has a combination of insulation and a water deluge system
sufficient to maintain the tank's cargo temperature below 100°C
(212°F) and the cargo temperature rise at or below
1.5°C(2.7°F)/hour, for a fire of 650°C (1200°F).
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40040, Sept. 29, 1989; CGD 92-100, 59 FR
17028, Apr. 11, 1994]
Subpart 151.55 – Special Requirements for
Materials of Construction
§151.55-1 General.
(a) This section provides special requirements for the materials of
construction of equipment that may come into contact with various
cargoes. Table 151.05 contains specific requirements for various
cargoes.
(b) Copper, copper alloys, zinc, and aluminum shall not be used
as materials of construction for tanks, pipelines, valves, fittings,
and other items of equipment that may come in contact with the
cargo liquid or vapor. (Equivalent to §151.56-1(a), (b), and (c).) Feb. 10, 1977; CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40041, Sept. 29, 1989]

(c) Copper, copper alloys, zinc, galvanized steel, and mercury Subpart 151.56 – Prohibited Materials of
shall not be used as materials of construction for tanks, pipelines,
valves, fittings, and other items of equipment that may come in
Construction
contact with the cargo liquid or vapor. (Equivalent to §151.56-1(b),
§151.56-1 Prohibited Materials.
(c), and (g).)
When one of the following paragraphs of this section is
referenced in table 151.05, the materials listed in that paragraph
(d) Aluminum, magnesium, zinc, and lithium shall not be used as
may not be used in components that contact the cargo or its
materials of construction for tanks, pipelines, valves, fittings, and
vapor:
other items of equipment that may come in contact with the cargo
liquid or vapor. (Equivalent to §151.56-1(a), (c), and (d).)
(a) Aluminum or aluminum alloys.
(b) Copper or copper alloys.
(e) Copper and copper bearing alloys shall not be used as
(c) Zinc, galvanized steel, or alloys having more than 10
materials of construction for tanks, pipelines, valves, fittings, and
percent zinc by weight.
other items of equipment that may come in contact with the cargo
(d) Magnesium.
liquid or vapor. (Equivalent to §151.56-1(b).)
(e) Lead.
(f) Silver or silver alloys.
(f) Aluminum or copper or alloys of either shall not be used as

S
(g) Mercury.
materials of construction for tanks, pipelines, valves, fittings, and
other items of equipment that may come in contact with the cargo
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40041, Sept. 29, 1989]

N
vapor or liquid. (Equivalent to §151.56-1(a) and (b).)

(g) Aluminum, stainless steel, or steel covered with a suitable Subpart 151.58 – Requuired Materials of
Construction

protective lining or coating shall be used as materials of
construction for tanks, pipelines, valves fittings, and other items of
equipment that may come in contact with the cargo liquid or
vapor. (Equivalent to §151.58-1(a).)
IO
§151.58-1 Required Materials.
When one of the following paragraphs of this section is
referenced in table 151.05, only those materials listed in that

T
(h) Alkaline or acidic materials, such as caustic soda or sulfuric paragraph may be used in components that contact the cargo or
acid, should not be allowed to contaminate this cargo. its vapor:

(i) For concentrations of 98 percent or greater, aluminum or

stainless steel shall be used as materials of construction. For A (a) Aluminum, stainless steel, or steel covered with a protective
lining or coating. (See §151.15-3(f)(2).)
C
concentrations of less than 98 percent, 304L or 316 stainless
steel shall be used as materials of construction. (b)-(c) [Reserved]
LI

(j) Zinc, alloys that have more than 10 percent zinc by weight, and (d) Solid austenitic stainless steel.
aluminum may not be used as materials of construction for tanks,
pipelines, valves, fittings, and other items of equipment that may (e) Stainless steel or steel covered with a suitable protective lining
come in contact with cargo liquid or vapor. (Equivalent to or coating. (See §151.15-3(f)(2).)
B

§151.56-1(a) and (c).)

[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40041, Sept. 29, 1989]
[CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3714, Feb. 25, 1970, as amended by CGD
U

73-275R, 41 FR 3087, Jan. 21, 1976; CGD 75-223, 42 FR 8378,

.P
.G
C

267
 Part 153 – Ships Carrying Bulk Liquid, Liquefied Gas, Or
Compressed Gas Hazardous Materials
Table Of Contents 153.282 Cargo Filling Lines.
153.283 Valving For Cargo Piping.
Subpart A–General 153.284 Characteristics Of Required Quick Closing Valves.
153.285 Valving For Cargo Pump Manifolds.
Sec. 153.292 Separation Of Piping Systems.
153.0 Availability Of Materials. 153.294 Marking Of Piping Systems.
153.1 Applicability. 153.296 Emergency Shutdown Stations.
153.2 Definitions And Acronyms. 153.297 Emergency Actuators At The Point Of Cargo Control.
153.3 Right Of Appeal.
153.4 Incorporation By Reference. CARGO HANDLING SPACE VENTILATION
153.7 Ships Built Before December 27, 1977 And Non-Self-
Propelled Ships Built Before July 1, 1983: Application. 153.310 Ventilation System Type.
153.8 Procedures For Requesting An Endorsed Certificate Of 153.312 Ventilation System Standards.

S
Inspection. 153.314 Ventilation Of Spaces Not Usually Occupied.
153.9 Foreign Flag Vessel Endorsement Application. 153.316 Special Cargo Pumproom Ventilation Rate.
153.10 Procedures For Requesting Alternatives And Waivers;

N
Termination Of Waivers. CARGO PUMPROOMS
153.12 IMO Certificates For United States Ships.
153.15 Conditions Under Which The Coast Guard Issues A 153.330 Access.

IO
Certificate Of Inspection Or Certificate Of Compliance. 153.332 Hoisting Arrangement.
153.16 Requirements For Foreign Flag Vessel Permits. 153.333 Cargo Pump Discharge Pressure Gauge.
153.30 Special Area Endorsement. 153.334 Bilge Pumping Systems.
153.40 Determination Of Materials That Are Hazardous. 153.336 Special Cargo Pump Or Pumproom Requirements.

T
Subpart B–Design And Equipment CARGO VENTING SYSTEMS

GENERAL VESSEL REQUIREMENTS

153.190 Stability Requirements.

A 153.350
153.351
153.352
Location Of B/3 Vent Discharges.
Location Of 4 m Vent Discharges.
B/3 And 4 m Venting System Outlets.
C
153.201 Openings To Accommodation, Service Or Control 153.353 High Velocity Vents.
Spaces. 153.354 Venting System Inlet.
153.208 Ballast Equipment. 153.355 PV Venting Systems.
LI

153.209 Bilge Pumping Systems. 153.358 Venting System Flow Capacity.

153.214 Personnel Emergency And Safety Equipment. 153.360 Venting System Restriction.
153.215 Safety Equipment Lockers. 153.361 Arrangements For Removal Of Valves From Venting
Systems Having Multiple Relief Valves.
B

153.216 Shower And Eyewash Fountains.

153.217 Access To Enclosed Spaces And Dedicated Ballast 153.362 Venting System Drain.
Tanks. 153.364 Venting System Supports.
153.365 Liquid Overpressurization Protection.
U

153.219 Access To Double Bottom Tanks Serving As Dedicated

Ballast Tanks. 153.368 Pressure-Vacuum Valves.
153.370 Minimum Relief Valve Setting For Ambient
Temperature Cargo Tanks.
.P

CARGO CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

153.371 Minimum Relief Valve Setting For Refrigerated Cargo
153.230 Type I System. Tanks.
153.231 Type II System. 153.372 Gauges And Vapor Return For Cargo Vapor Pressures
153.232 Type III System. Exceeding 100 kPa (Approx. 14.7 psia).
153.233 Separation Of Tanks From Machinery, Service And
.G

Other Spaces. CARGO GAUGING SYSTEMS

153.234 Fore And Aft Location.
153.235 Exceptions To Cargo Piping Location Restrictions. 153.400 General Requirements For Gauges.
153.236 Prohibited Materials. 153.404 Standards For Containment Systems Having Required
C

153.238 Required Materials. Closed Gauges.

153.239 Use Of Cast Iron. 153.406 Standards For Containment Systems Having Required
153.240 Insulation. Restricted Gauges.
153.407 Special Requirements For Sounding Tube Gauges.
CARGO TANKS 153.408 Tank Overflow Control.
153.409 High Level Alarms.
153.250 Double-Bottom And Deep Tanks As Cargo Tanks.
153.251 Independent Cargo Tanks. CARGO TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
153.252 Special Requirement For An Independent Cargo Tank.
153.254 Cargo Tank Access. 153.430 Heat Transfer Systems; General.
153.256 Trunks, Domes, And Openings Of Cargo Tanks. 153.432 Cooling Systems.
153.266 Tank Linings. 153.434 Heat Transfer Coils Within A Tank.
153.436 Heat Transfer Fluids: Compatibility With Cargo.
PIPING SYSTEMS AND CARGO HANDLING EQUIPMENT 153.438 Cargo Pressure Or Temperature Alarms Required.
153.440 Cargo Temperature Sensors.
153.280 Piping System Design.
153.281 Piping To Independent Tanks.

268
 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAMMABLE OR 153.901 Documents: Posting, Availability, And Alteration.
COMBUSTIBLE CARGOES 153.902 Expiration And Invalidation Of The Certificates Of
Compliance.
153.460 Fire Protection Systems. 153.903 Operating A United States Ship In Special Areas:
153.461 Electrical Bonding Of Independent Tanks. Categories A, B, And C.
153.462 Static Discharges From Inert Gas Systems. 153.904 Limitations In The Endorsement.
153.463 Vent System Discharges. 153.905 Regulations Required To Be On Board.
153.465 Flammable Vapor Detector. 153.907 Cargo Information.
153.466 Electrical Equipment. 153.908 Cargo Viscosity And Melting Point Information;
Measuring Cargo Temperature During Discharge:
DESIGN AND EQUIPMENT FOR POLLUTION CONTROL Categories A, B, And C.
153.909 Completing The Cargo Record Book And Record
153.470 System For Discharge Of NLS Residue To The Sea: Retention: Categories A, B, C, And D.
Categories A, B, C, And D. 153.910 Cargo Piping Plan.
153.480 Stripping Quantity For Category B And C NLS Tanks 153.912 Certficate Of Inhibition Or Stabilization.
On Ships Built After June 30, 1986: Categories B And
C. GENERAL CARGO OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
153.481 Stripping Quantities And Interim Standards For
Category B NLS Tanks On Ships Built Before July 1, 153.920 Cargo Quantity Limitations.

S
1986: Category B. 153.921 Explosives.
153.482 Stripping Quantities And Interim Standards For 153.923 Inerting Systems.

N
Category C NLS Tanks On Ships Built Before July 1,
1986: Category C. GENERAL VESSEL SAFETY
153.483 Restricted Voyage Waiver For Category B And C NLS

IO
Tanks On Ships Built Before July 1, 1986: Category B 153.930 Cargo Antidotes.
And C. 153.931 Obstruction Of Pumproom Ladderways.
153.484 Prewash Equipment. 153.932 Goggles And Protective Clothing.
153.486 Design And Equipment For Removing NLS Residue By 153.933 Chemical Protective Clothing.
Ventilation: Categories A, B, C, And D. 153.934 Entry Into Spaces Containing Cargo Vapor.

T
153.488 Design And Equipment For Tanks Carrying High 153.935 Opening Of Tanks And Cargo Sampling.
Melting Point NLSs: Category B. 153.935a Storage Of Cargo Samples.
153.490 Cargo Record Book And Approved Procedures And 153.936 Illness, Alcohol, Drugs.
Arrangements Manual: Categories A, B, C, And D.
153.491 Waiver Of Certain Equipment For Dedicated Cargo A MARKING OF CARGO TRANSFER HOSE
C
Tanks.
153.940 Standards For Marking Of Cargo Hose.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
LI

CARGO TRANSFER PROCEDURES

153.500 Inert Gas Systems.
153.501 Requirement For Dry Inert Gas. 153.953 Signals During Cargo Transfer.
153.515 Special Requirements For Extremely Flammable 153.955 Warning Signs During Cargo Transfer.
B

Cargoes. 153.957 Persons In Charge Of Transferring Liquid Cargo In Bulk

153.520 Special Requirements For Carbon Disulfide. Or Cleaning Cargo Tanks.
153.525 Special Requirements For Unusually Toxic Cargoes. 153.959 Approval To Begin Transfer Operations Required.
U

153.526 Toxic Vapor Detectors. 153.964 Discharge By Gas Pressurization.

153.527 Toxic Vapor Protection. 153.966 Discharge By Liquid Displacement.
153.530 Special Requirements For Alkylene Oxides. 153.968 Cargo Transfer Conference.
.P

153.545 Special Requirements For Liquid Sulfur.
153.554 Special Requirements For Acids.
153.555 Special Requirements For Inorganic Acids.
153.556 Special Requirements For Sulfuric Acid And Oleum.
153.557 Special Requirements For Hydrochloric Acid.
.G
153.970 Cargo Transfer Piping.
153.972 Connecting A Cargo Hose.
153.975 Preparation For Cargo Transfer.
153.976 Transfer Of Packaged Cargo Or Ship's Stores.
153.977 Supervision Of Cargo Transfer.

153.558 Special Requirements For Phosphoric Acid.
153.559 Special Requirements For Nitric Acid (Less Than 70
Percent).
153.560 Special Requirements For Alkyl (C7-C9) Nitrates.
153.565 Special Requirements For Temperature Sensors.
C
153.979 Gauging With A Sounding Tube.
153.980 Isolation Of Automatic Closing Valves.
153.981 Leaving Room In Tank For Cargo Expansion.
153.983 Termination Procedures.

153.602 Special Requirements For Cargoes Reactive With SPECIAL CARGO PROCEDURES
Water.
153.1000 Special Operating Requirements For Cargoes Reactive
TESTING AND INSPECTION With Water.
153.1002 Special Operating Requirements For Heat Sensitive
153.806 Loading Information. Cargoes.
153.808 Examination Required For A Certificate Of Compliance. 153.1003 Prohibited Carriage In Deck Tanks.
153.809 Procedures For Having The Coast Guard Examine A 153.1004 Inhibited And Stabilized Cargoes.
Vessel For A Certificate Of Compliance. 153.1010 Alkylene Oxides.
153.812 Inspection For Certificate Of Inspection. 153.1011 Changing Containment Systems And Hoses To And
From Alkylene Oxide Service.
Subpart C–Operations 153.1020 Unusually Toxic Cargoes.
153.1025 Motor Fuel Antiknock Compounds.
DOCUMENTS AND CARGO INFORMATION 153.1035 Acetone Cyanohydrin Or Lactonitrile Solutions.
153.1040 Carbon Disulfide.
153.900 Certificates And Authorization To Carry A Bulk Liquid 153.1045 Inorganic Acids.
Hazardsous Material. 153.1046 Sulfuric Acid.

269
153.1052 Carriage Of Other Cargoes In Acid Tanks.
153.1060 Benzene.
153.1065 Sodium Chlorate Solutions.
APPROVAL OF SURVEYORS AND HANDLING OF
CATEGORIES A, B, C, AND D CARGO AND NLS RESIDUE
U.S.C. 1903 (b). [SOURCE: CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26,
1977, unless otherwise noted.]
[EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes for Part 153 appear
at 59 FR 17028, Apr. 11, 1994, CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50465, Sept.
29, 1995 and at CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50732, Sept. 27, 1996.]

153.1100 Responsibility Of The Person In Charge.

153.1101 Procedures For Getting A Surveyor: Approval Of
Subpart A – General
Surveyors.
§153.0 Availability Of Materials.
153.1102 Handling And Disposal Of NLS Residue: Categories A,
(a) Various sections in this part refer to the following documents
B, C, And D.
which are incorporated in Annex II of MARPOL 73/78.
153.1104 Draining Of Cargo Hose: Categories A, B, C, And D.
153.1106 Cleaning Agents.
(1) IMO Standards for Procedures and Arrangements for the
153.1108 Heated Prewash For Solidifying NLS, High Viscosity
Discharge of Noxious Liquid Substances, Resolution MEPC
NLS And Required Prewashes Of NLS Whose Viscosity
18(22), 1985 in effect on April 6, 1987.
Exceeds 25 mPa Sec At 20°C: Categories A, B, And C.
153.1112 Prewash For Tanks Containing Category A NILS
(2) IMO International Code for the Construction and
Residue.

S
Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk,
153.1114 Conditions Under Which A Prewash May Be Omitted:
Resolution MEPC 19(22), 1985 in effect on April 6, 1987.
Categories A, B, And C.

N
153.1116 Prewash For Tanks Unloaded Without Following The
(3) IMO Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships
Approved Procedures And Arrangements Manual:
Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, Resolution MEPC
Category B And C.
20(22), 1985 in effect on April 6, 1987.

IO
153.1118 Prewash Of Categories B And C Cargo Tanks Not
Meeting Stripping Standards: Categories B And C.
(b) The IMO documents listed in this section are available from
153.1119 When To Prewash And Discharge NLS Residues From
the following:
A Prewash; Unloading An NLS Cargo In A Country
Whose Administration Is Not Signatory To MARPOL

T
(1) IMO Secretariat, Publications section, 4 Albert Embankment,
73/78: Categories A, B, And C.
London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, Telex 23588;
153.1120 Procedures For Tank Prewash: Categories A, B, And C.
153.1122 Discharges Of NLS Residue From Tank Washing Other
Than A Prewash: Categories A, B, And C.
153.1124 Discharges Of Category D NLS Residue. A (2) Horizon Nautical, Inc., 2821 Harvard Ave, Metairie, LA 70006,
1 (800) 707 3885;
C
153.1126 Discharge Of NLS Residue From A Slop Tank To The
(3) New York Nautical Instrument and Service Company, 140
Sea: Categories A, B, C, And D.
West Broadway, New York, NY 10013, 1 (212) 962 4522;
153.1128 Discharge Of NLS Residue From A Cargo Tank To The
LI

Sea: Categories A, B, C, And D.

(4) UNZ & Company, 190 Baldwin Avenue, Jersey City, NJ
153.1130 Failure Of Slops Discharge Recording Equipment;
07306.
Operating With, Reporting Failures, And Replacing
Pollution Equipment: Category A, B, C, D.
(5) Southwest Instrument Company, 235 West 7th Street, San
B

153.1132 Reporting Spills And Non-Complying Discharges:

Pedro, CA 90731.
Category A, B, C, And D.
(6) Marine Education Textbooks, 124 North Van Avenue, Houma,
U

MAINTENANCE
LA 70363-5895.
153.1500 Venting System Rupture Disks.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7777, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
.P

153.1502 Fixed Ballast Relocation.

92-100, 59 FR 17028, Apr. 11, 1994]
153.1504 Inspection Of Personnel Emergency And Safety
Equipment.
§153.1 Applicability.
This part applies to the following:
Subpart D–Test And Calculation Procedures For Determining
(a) All United States self-propelled ships and those foreign self-
.G

Stripping Quantity, Clingage NLS Residue, And Total NLS

propelled ships operating in United States waters that carry in
Residue
bulk a cargo listed in Table 1 or allowed in a written permission
under §153.900(d), unless–
153.1600 Equipment Required For Conducting The Stripping
Quantity Test.
C

(1) The ship is carrying the cargo under 33 CFR part 151;
153.1602 Test Procedure For Determining The Stripping Quantity.
153.1604 Determining The Stripping Quantity From The Test
(2) The ship is carrying the cargo in a portable tank under subpart
Results.
98.30 or 98.33 of this chapter; or
153.1608 Calculation Of Total NLS Residue And Clingage NLS
Residue.
(3) The ship is an offshore supply vessel carrying the cargo under
Table 1 – Summary Of Minimum Requirements
subpart 98.31 of the chapter; or
Table 2 – Cargoes Not Regulated Under Subchapters
D Or O Of This Chapter When Carried In Bulk On
(b) All United States oceangoing non-self-propelled ships and
Non-Oceangoing Barges
those foreign non-self-propelled ships operating in United States
Appendix I – [Reserved]
waters that carry in bulk a Category A, B, or C NLS cargo listed in
Appendix II – Metric Units Used In Part 153
Table 1 or allowed in a written permission under §153.900(d),
unless–
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3703; Department of Homeland Security
Delegation No. 0170.1. Section 153.40 issued under 49 U.S.C.
(1) The ship is carrying the cargo under 33 CFR part 151;
5103. Sections 153.470 through 153.491, 153.1100 through
153.1132, and 153.1600 through 153.1608 also issued under 33
(2) The ship is carrying the cargo in a portable tank under subpart

270
98.30 or 98.33 of this chapter;
(3) The ship is an offshore supply vessel carrying the cargo under
subpart 98.31 of this chapter; or
(4) The ship's Certificate of Inspection is endorsed for a limited
short protected coastwise route and the ship is constructed and
certificated primarily for service on an inland route.
(c) All ships that carry a bulk liquid, liquefied gas, or compressed
gas cargo that is not–
(1) Listed in Table 1 of this part;
(2) Listed in Table 2 of this part;
(3) Carried under a written permission granted under §153.900(d);
(4) Carried under part 30 through 35, 98, 151, or 154 of this
chapter; or
(5) Carried as an NLS under 33 CFR part 151.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7777, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
84-025, 53 FR 15844, May 4, 1988; CGD 81-101, 53 FR 28974,
Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28, 1989; CGD 84-043, 55
FR 37413, Sept. 11, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50732, Sept. 27,
1996]
§153.2 Definitions And Acronyms.
As used in this part:
Accommodation spaces means halls, dining rooms, lounges,
lavatories, cabins, staterooms, offices, hospitals, cinemas, game
C
and hobby rooms, pantries containing no cooking appliances, and
similar permanently enclosed spaces.
LI
Adequate reception facility means each facility certified as
adequate under 33 CFR 158.160 and each facility provided by a
Administration signatory to MARPOL 73/78 under Regulation 7 of
Annex II.
B
Annex II means Annex II to MARPOL 73/78 and is the Annex to
MARPOL 73/78 regulating the discharge of noxious liquid
U
substances to the sea.
B means the breadth of the vessel and is defined in §42.13-15(d)
.P
of this chapter.
Built means that a ship's construction has reached any of the
following stages:
.G
(1) The keel is laid.
(2) The mass of the partially assembled ship is 50,000 kg.
(3) The mass of the partially assembled ship is one percent of
the estimated mass of the completed ship.
C
Cargo area means that part of a vessel that includes the cargo
tanks, spaces adjacent to the cargo tanks and the part of the deck
over the cargo tanks and adjacent spaces.
Cargo containment system means a cargo tank, its cargo piping
system, its venting system, and its gauging system.
Cargo handling space means an enclosed space that must be
entered during a routine loading, carriage, or discharge of cargo
and that contains an element of the cargo containment system
having a seal or packing to prevent the escape of cargo, such as
a valve, cargo pump, or cargo vapor compressor.
Cargo piping system means a tankship's permanently installed
piping arrangement, including any valves and pumps, that carries
cargo to or from a cargo tank.
271
Cargo tank means a tank that:
(1) Is part of or permanently affixed to a tankship; and (2) Carries
a cargo described in part 153, table 1.–SUMMARY OF MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS in any quantity, including residual liquid or
vapor.
Certificate of Compliance means a certificate issued by the
Coast Guard that a foreign flag vessel had been examined and
found to comply with the regulations in this chapter.
Closed gauging system means an arrangement for gauging the
amount of cargo in a tank, such as a float and tape or a
magnetically coupled float and indicator, that does not have any
opening through which cargo vapor or liquid can escape.
Combustible is defined in §30.10-15 of this chapter.
Commandant means Commandant of the U.S. Coast Guard. The
S
term is often followed by a mailing code in parentheses. The
mailing address should include any mailing code and should be
N
written as follows:
Commandant (mailing code), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 Second
IO
Street SW. Washington, D.C. 20593-0001.
Control space is defined in §30.10-19a of this chapter.
Cycle, means that the tank washing machine progresses through
T
complete rotations until it reaches an orientation identical to its
starting orientation.
A [NOTE: For a typical one or two nozzle tank washing machine
that rotates in both the horizontal and vertical planes though more
slowly in one than the other, a cycle would be at least one rotation
in each plane of rotation.]
Dedicated ballast tank means a tank that is used only for ballast.
Emergency shutdown station means a part of the tankship
where the required emergency shutdown controls are clustered.
Flammable is defined in §30.10-22 of this chapter.
Forward perpendicular is defined in §42.13-15(b) of this
chapter.
Hazardous material means a liquid material or substance that
is–
(1) Flammable or combustible;
(2) Designated a hazardous substance under section 311(b) of
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1321);or
(3) Designated a hazardous material under 49 U.S.C. 5103.
[NOTE: The Environmental Protection Agency designates
hazardous substances in 40 CFR Table 116.A. The Coast Guard
designates hazardous materials that are transported as bulk
liquids by water in §153.40.]
High viscosity NLS includes high viscosity Category B NLS and
high viscosity Category C NLS.
High viscosity Category B NLS means any Category B NLS
having a viscosity of at least 25 mPa.s at 20°C and at least 25
mPa.s at the time it is unloaded.
High viscosity Category C NLS means any Category C NLS
having a viscosity of at least 60 mPa.s at 20°C and at least 60
mPa.s at the time it is unloaded.
IMO means the International Maritime Organization (IMO,
formerly Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organization
or IMCO).
IMO Bulk Chemical Code includes the IMO International Code
for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk, Resolution MEPC 19(22), 1985 and the IMO
Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, Resolution MEPC 20(22), 1985.
IMO Certificate includes a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage
of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk issued under the IMO Code for
the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk, Resolution MEPC 20(22), 1985 and an
International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk issued under the IMO International Code for
the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk, Resolution MEPC 19(22), 1985.
Independent, as applied to a cargo piping, venting, heating or
cooling system means that the system is connected to no other
system, and has no means available for connection to another
system.
Independent tank means a cargo tank that is permanently
affixed to the vessel, that is self-supporting, that incorporates no
part of the vessel's hull and that is not essential to the integrity of
the hull.
Intank cargo pump means a pump:
(1) Located within the cargo tank it serves; and
(2) Whose piping passes through only the top of the cargo tank.
Integral tank means a cargo tank that also is part of or is formed
in part by the vessel's hull structure so that the tank and the hull
may be stressed by the same loads.
A Relief valve setting means the inlet line pressure at which a vent
C
IOPP Certificate means an International Oil Pollution Prevention
Certificate required under 33 CFR 151.19.
LI
L means the length of the vessel and is defined in §42.13-15(a) of
this chapter.
Liquid means each substance having a vapor pressure of 172
B
kPa or less at 37.8°C.
Marine Inspector is defined in §30.10-43 of this chapter.
U
MARPOL 73/78 means the International Convention for
Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973 (done at London,
.P
November 2, 1973), modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating to
the International Convention for Prevention of Pollution from
Ships, 1973 (done at London, on February 17, 1978).
Master means the person-in-charge of a self-propelled or non-
.G
self-propelled ship.
Mixture means a mixture containing only the substances
described in conjunction with the term.
C
Nearest land has the same meaning as in 33 CFR 151.05(h).
Noxious liquid substance (NLS) means–
(1) Each substance listed in 33 CFR 151.47 or 33 CFR 151.49;
(2) Each substance having an "A," "B," "C," or "D" beside its name
in the column headed "Pollution Category" in Table 1; and
(3) Each substance that is identified as an NLS in a written
permission issued under §153.900(c).
NLS Certificate means an International Pollution Prevention
Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk
issued under Annex II of MARPOL 73/78.
Oceangoing ship has the same meaning as in 33 CFR 151.05(j).
272
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, is defined in §1.05(b) of
this chapter.
Open gauging means an arrangement for gauging the amount of
cargo in a tank through a large opening, such as a tank hatch or
ullage opening.
Open venting system means a venting system that always
allows vapor to flow freely to and from the tank.
Phosphoric acid means phosphoric acid, superphosphoric acid,
and aqueous solutions of phosphoric acid.
Pressure-vacuum (PV) valve means a valve that is normally
closed and which opens under a preset positive pressure or a
vacuum.
Prewash means a tank washing operation that meets the
procedure in §153.1120.
S
Pumproom means any enclosed space containing a pump that is
N
part of a cargo containment system.
Reception facility means anything capable of receiving NLS
IO
residues in a country whose Administration is not signatory to
MARPOL 73/78 and each adequate reception facility.
Refrigerated tank means a cargo tank that is equipped to carry a
cargo that must be cooled in order to keep the cargo's vapor
T
pressure from exceeding the tank's pressure-vacuum or safety
relief valve setting under ambient conditions of 32°C (approx.
90°F) still water and 46°C (approx. 115°F) still air.
system's pressure-vacuum or safety relief valve fully opens.
Residues and mixtures containing NLSs (NLS residue)
means–
(1) Any Category A, B, C, or D NLS cargo retained on the ship
because it fails to meet consignee specifications;
(2) Any part of a Category A, B, C, or D NLS cargo remaining on
the ship after NLS is discharged to the consignee, including but
not limited to puddles on the tank bottom and in sumps, clingage
in the tanks, and substance remaining in the pipes; or
(3) Any material contaminated with a Category A, B, C, or D NLS
cargo, including but not limited to bilge slops, ballast, hose drip
pan contents, and tank wash water.
Restricted gauging system means a method of gauging the
amount of cargo in a tank through an opening of limited size that
restricts or prevents the release of cargo vapors from the tank
vapor space.
Safety relief (SR) valve means a normally closed valve that
opens under a preset positive pressure.
Separate and separated, as applied to a cargo piping, venting,
heating or cooling system, means either an independent system
or one that may be disconnected from all other systems by:
(a) Removing spool pieces or valves and blanking the open pipe
ends; or
(b) Blocking each system interconnection with two blind flanges in
series and providing a means of detecting leakage into the pipe
section between the flanges.
Service spaces means spaces outside the cargo area used for
galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, lockers, store
rooms, workshops other than those forming part of machinery
spaces, and trunks to such spaces.
Ship means a vessel of any type whatsoever, including
hydrofoils, air-cushion vehicles, submersibles, floating craft
whether self-propelled or not, and fixed or floating platforms.
Slop tanks include slop tanks and cargo tanks used as slop
tanks.
Solidifying NLS means a Category A, B, or C NLS that has a
melting point–
(1) Greater than 0°C but less than 15°C and a temperature,
measured under the procedure in §153.908(d), that is less than
5°C above its melting point at the time it is unloaded; or
(2) 15°C or greater and has a temperature, measured under the
procedure in §153.908(d), that is less than 10°C above its melting
point at the time it is unloaded.
Solution means a water solution.
Special area means the Baltic Sea Area as defined in 33 CFR
151.13(a)(2) and the Black Sea Area as defined in 33 CFR
151.13(a)(3).
SR venting system means a venting system in which an SR
valve controls vapor flow from the cargo tank.
Tankship has the same meaning as "ship".
Venting system means a permanent piping arrangement leading
from a cargo tank and used to control the flow of vapor to and
from the tank.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21204, May 17, 1982; CGD 81-052, 50 FR 8732,
Mar. 5, 1985; CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21170, May 22, 1985; CGD 81-
101, 52 FR 7778, Mar. 12, 1987; CGD 81-101, 53 FR 28974,
Aug. 1, 1988; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 81-
LI
101, 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28, 1989; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50732,
Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51209, Sept. 30, 1997;
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998]
B
§153.3 Right Of Appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
U
therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989]
.P
§153.4 Incorporation By Reference.
a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with
the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that
.G
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must
publish notice of change in the FEDERAL REGISTER and make
the material available to the public. All approved material is on file
at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Operating and Environmental
Standards (G-MSO), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC
C
20593-0001 or at the National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go
http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulati
ons/ibr_locations.html. All material is available from the sources
indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part and the sections affected are:
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036
ANSI B16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, 1988…...153.940
ANSI B16.24, Bronze Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings,
1979….. ………………………………………………….........153.940
ANSI B16.31, Non-Ferrous Flanges, 1971 ........................153.940
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
ASTM F 1122-87 (1992), Standard Specification for Quick
Disconnect Couplings………………………………………...153.940
ASTM F 1271-90 (1995), Standard Specification for Spill Valves
for Use in Marine Tank Liquid Overpressure Protections
Applications--153.365
[CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35826, July 29, 1991, as amended by CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50732, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR
51048, Sept. 30, 1997; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943,
Mar. 1, 2000; 69 FR 18801, Apr. 9, 2004]
§153.7 Ships Built Before December 27, 1977 And Non-Self-
Propelled Ships Built Before July 1, 1983: Application.
(a) Definitions.
(1) Permit means a Certificate of Inspection, Letter of
S
Compliance, or Certificate of Compliance.
N
(2) Existing tankship means a tankship for which a contract was
let on or before December 27, 1977.
IO
(3) Letter of Compliance in this section means a letter issued by
the Coast Guard before 27 December 1977 which permitted a
foreign flag tankship to carry a bulk cargo regulated under this
part.
T
(b) Endorsements for existing tankships.
(1) The Coast Guard endorses the permit of an existing tankship
A to carry a cargo listed in Table 1 if:
C
(1)(i) The tankship held a permit on December 27, 1977,
endorsed for the cargo in question;
(1)(ii) The tankship meets the construction standards under which
the Coast Guard issued the permit; and
(1)(iii) The tankship meets the standards in paragraph (c) of this
section.
(2) The Coast Guard endorses the permit of an existing tankship
to carry a cargo listed in Table 1 if:
(2)(i) The tankship held a permit on December 27, 1977;
(2)(ii) The Coast Guard did not require the permit to be endorsed
with the name of the cargo at any time before December 27,
1977;
(2)(iii) The tankship meets the construction standards under which
the Coast Guard issued the permit;
(2)(iv) The tankship carried the cargo in question; and
(2)(v) The tankship meets the standards in paragraph (c) of this
section.
to:
(3) The Coast Guard endorses the permit of an existing tankship
to carry a cargo listed in Table 1 if:
(3)(i) The tankship held a permit on December 27, 1977 endorsed
to carry class B or C poisons under 46 CFR part 39;
(3)(ii) The cargo in question is a class B or C poison;
(3)(iii) The tankship meets the construction standards in 46 CFR
part 39; and
(3)(iv) The tankship meets the standards in paragraph (c) of this
section.
273
(4) The Commandant (G-MSO) considers on a case by case
basis endorsing the permit of an existing tankship to carry a cargo
listed in Table 1 if:
(4)(i) The tankship does not come within the categories described
in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section;
(4)(ii) The tankship meets paragraph (c) of this section; and
(4)(iii) The tankship meets any additional requirements the
Commandant (G-MSO) may prescribe.
(c) An existing tankship must meet all the requirements of this
part except as provided in paragraphs (c)(3), (4), (5) and (6) of
this section.
(1)-(2) [Reserved]
(3) The Commandant (G-MSO) considers on a case by case
basis endorsing as a type II containment system one that fails to
meet §§153.231(b), 153.234, 172.130 and 172.133 of this chapter
if the tankship and containment system meet the following
minimum conditions:
(3)(i) The tankship has a loadline certificate.
(3)(ii) The cargo tank is not part of the tankship's shell plating.
(3)(iii) The distance between the bottom plating of the cargo tank
and the bottom shell plating of the tankship is at least 76 cm
measured parallel to the vertical axis of the tankship.
(4) The Commandant (G-MSO) considers on a case by case
basis endorsing a containment system as a type II containment
C
system if:
(4)(i) The containment system is modified to meet §153.231(b) by
LI
adding double bottoms or wing tanks; and
(4)(ii) The tankship can survive the damage described in
§§172.135 and 172.150 of this chapter to those parts of the
B
tankship other than machinery spaces.
(5) The Commandant (G-MSO) considers on a case by case
U
basis endorsing as a type III containment system one that does
not meet §§153.234, 172.130 and 172.133 of this chapter if the
tankship has a load line certificate.
.P
(6) The Commandant (G-MSO) considers on a case by case
basis endorsing the tankship to carry cargoes listed in Table 1 of
this part if the tankship does not meet §§153.217, 153.219 and
153.254.
.G
(d) Except as required by this paragraph, subpart B of this part
does not apply to a non-self-propelled ship that carries an NLS
cargo under this part if–
C
(1) The ship was built before July 1, 1983;
(2) The ship carries no NLS cargo or NLS residue at any time it is
in waters of another Administration signatory to MARPOL 73/78;
(3) The NLS does not require a type I containment system;
(4) The ship meets all requirements in parts 30 through 34 and
part 151 of this chapter that apply to the cargo;
(5) The ship meets the provisions in §153.216 and §§153.470
through 153.491 applying to the NLS category of that cargo;
(6) When the "Special Requirements" column of Table 1 contains
an entry for §153.408 or §153.409 beside the cargo name, the
ship meets the section, except the system prescribed by the
section need be capable of operation only during loading;
274
(7) [Reserved]
(8) No part of the ship's hull plating is a component of a cargo
tank if the cargo tank is endorsed to carry a cargo having a type II
containment system in Table 1.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21204, May 17, 1982; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4781,
Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983; CGD 81-
052, 50 FR 8733, Mar. 5, 1985; CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7779, Mar.
12, 1987; CGD 81-101, 53 FR 28974, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR
12629, Mar. 28, 1989; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 54106, Oct. 19, 1995]
§153.8 Procedures For Requesting An Endorsed Certificate
Of Inspection.
(a) When applying for the endorsed Certificate of Inspection that
§153.900 requires for a ship to carry a cargo listed in Table 1, the
applicant must proceed as follows:
S
(1) Send a letter to one of the Coast Guard offices listed in
§91.55-15 of this chapter that includes–
N
(1)(i) A request for the endorsed Certificate of Inspection;
IO
(1)(ii) The name of the ship; and
(1)(iii) A list of the cargoes from Table 1 the applicant wishes the
endorsement to allow.
T
(2) Supply to the Coast Guard when requested–
(2)(i) Hull type calculations;
A (2)(ii) The plans and information listed in §§54.01-18, 56.01-10,
91.55-5 (a), (b), (d), (g), and (h), and 110.25-1 of this chapter;
(2)(iii) A copy of the Procedures and Arrangements Manual
required by §153.490; and
(2)(iv) Any other ship information, including plans, design
calculations, test results, certificates, and manufacturer's data,
that the Coast Guard needs to determine if the ship meets this
part.
(b) The Coast Guard notifies the applicant in writing–
(1) Whether any further information is necessary to evaluate the
request for the endorsed Certificate of Inspection; and
(2) Of the outcome of the request for the endorsed Certificate of
Inspection.
(c) The Coast Guard returns the Procedures and Arrangements
Manual stamped "Approved" or indicating what corrections are
necessary.
[NOTE: The procedures for requesting an IOPP Certificate are
found in 33 CFR Part 151.]
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7779, Mar. 12, 1987]
§153.9 Foreign Flag Vessel Endorsement Application.
(a) Application for a vessel whose flag administration is
signatory to MARPOL 73/78 and issues IMO Certificates. A
person who desires a Certificate of Compliance endorsed to carry
a cargo in table 1 of this part, as described in §153.900 of this
part, must request the endorsement from the cognizant Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection and have aboard the vessel copies of
IMO Certificates issued by the vessel's administration and–
(1) An additional classification society statement that the vessel
complies with §153.530(b), (d), and (p)(1) if a person desires a
Certificate of Compliance endorsed with the name of an alkylene
oxide; and
(2) An additional classification society statement that the vessel
complies with §§153.370, 153.371, and 153.438 if a person
desires a Certificate of Compliance endorsed with the name of a
cargo whose vapor pressure exceeds 100 kPa absolute at 37.8°C
(approximately 14.7 psia at 100°F).
(b) Application for a vessel whose flag administration does
not issue IMO Certificates. A person who desires a Certificate of
Compliance1 endorsed with the name of a cargo in Table 1 of this
part, as described in §153.900, must submit to Commanding
Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center (MSC), 400
Seventh St., SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001 an application
that includes the following information:
(1) A copy of the vessel's Cargo Ship Safety Construction
Certificate and Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate issued
under the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974.
(2) A list of those cargoes for which the Letter of Compliance is to
be endorsed.
(3) The specific tanks that are to be endorsed for each cargo.
(4) The names of the U.S. ports in which the person anticipates
operating the vessel.
(5) The name of the vessel's flag administration.
(6) The name of the society that classes the vessel.
(7) A brief description of the vessel's cargo containment systems.
(8) Hull type calculations.
A waiver are repudiated;
C
(9) The plans and information listed in §§54.01-18, 56.01-10,
91.55-5 (a), (b), (d), (g), and (h), and 111.05-5(d) of this chapter.
LI
(c) Conditions applying to all Certificate of Compliance
applications.
(1) If requested by the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard
B
Marine Safety Center (MSC), 400 Seventh St., SW., Washington,
DC 20590-0001, a person desiring a Certificate of Compliance for
a vessel must furnish any other vessel information such as plans,
U
design calculations, test results, certificates, and manufacturer's
data, that the Coast Guard needs to determine that the vessel
meets the standards of this part.
.P
(2) Correspondence with the Coast Guard and vessel information
submitted under this part must be in English except IMO
Certificates which may be in French.
.G
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
81-052, 50 FR 8733, Mar. 5, 1985; 50 FR 15895, Apr. 23, 1985;
CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 88-070, 53 FR
37570, Sept. 27, 1988; CGD 89-025, 54 FR 19571, May 8, 1989;
CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30663, July 26, 1990; CGD 92-100, 59 FR
C
17028, Apr. 11, 1994; CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26008, May 23, 1996]
§153.10 Procedures For Requesting Alternatives And
Waivers; Termination Of Waivers.
(a) The Coast Guard considers allowing the use of an alternative
in place of a requirement in this part if–
(1) The person wishing to use the alternative sends a written
application to the Commandant (G-MSO) explaining–
(1)(i) The requirement in this part that would not be met and the
reason why;
(1)(ii) The alternative the person proposes to be substituted; and
(1)(iii) How the alternative would ensure a level of safety and
pollution protection at least equal to that of the requirement for
275
which the alternative would substitute;
(2) The alternative does not substitute an operational standard for
a design or equipment standard; and
(3) The Commandant (G-MSO) determines that the alternative
provides a level of protection for purposes of safety and pollution
at least equal to the requirement in this part.
(b) The Coast Guard considers granting a waiver of a requirement
for which this part allows a waiver if the person wishing the waiver
sends a written application to the Commandant (G-MSO) that
includes–
(1) A citation of the regulation that allows the waiver; and
(2) Any information and pledges that the regulation requires to be
submitted with the application for the waiver.
S
(c) The Commandant notifies the applicant in writing–
N
(1) Whether any further information is necessary to evaluate the
request for an alternative or waiver; and
IO
(2) Of the outcome of the request for an alternative or waiver.
(d) A waiver issued under this part terminates if any–
(1) Information required to be supplied with the application for the
T
waiver changes;
(2) Pledges required to be supplied with the application for the
(3) Restrictions or procedures applying to operations under the
waiver are violated; or
(4) Requirements in the section of this part authorizing the waiver
are violated.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7780, Mar. 12, 1987]
§153.12 IMO Certificates For United States Ships.
Either a classification society authorized under 46 CFR part 8, or
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, issues a United States
ship an IMO Certificate endorsed to allow the carriage of a
hazardous material or NLS cargo in table 1 of this part if the
following requirements are met:
(a) The ship's owner must make a request to the OCMI for the
IMO Certificate.
(b) The ship must meet this part.
(c) Self-propelled ships contracted for after November 1, 1973 but
built before December 28, 1977 must meet requirements in this
part that apply to a self-propelled ship built on December 28,
1977.
(d) Non-self-propelled ships contracted for after November 1,
1973 but built before July 1, 1983 must meet the requirements in
this part applying to non-self-propelled ships built on July 1, 1983.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7780, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
95-010, 62 FR 67537, Dec. 24, 1997]
§153.15 Conditions Under Which The Coast Guard Issues A
Certificate Of Inspection Or Certificate Of Compliance.
(a) The Coast Guard issues the endorsed Certificate of Inspection
required under §153.900 for a United States ship to carry a
hazardous material or NLS listed in Table 1 if–
(1) The person wishing the Certificate of Inspection applies
following the procedures under §153.8; and
(2) The ship meets the design and equipment requirements of this
part and–
(2)(i) Subchapter D of this chapter if the hazardous material or
NLS is flammable or combustible; or
C, or D in Table 1 are also Noxious Liquid Substances under
Annex II and the Act to Prevent Pollution from Ships, 33 U.S.C.
1901 et seq.]
(d) Materials listed in Table 4 of Part 154.

(2)(ii) Either Subchapter D or I of this chapter, at the option of the (e) Materials that are NLSs under MARPOL Annex II.
ship owner, if the hazardous material or NLS is non-flammable or
non-combustible. (f) Liquids, liquefied gases, and compressed gases, that are–

(b) The Coast Guard issues the endorsed Certificate of (1) Listed in 49 CFR 172.101;
Compliance required under §153.900 for a foreign ship to carry a
hazardous material or NLS listed in Table 1 if– (2) Listed in 49 CFR 172.102; or

(1) The person wishing the Certificate of Compliance follows the (3) Listed or within any of the definitions in subparts C through O
procedures under §153.9; of 49 CFR part 173.

(2) The ship has an IMO Certificate issued by its Administration (g) Those liquid, liquefied gas, and compressed gas materials
and endorsed with the name of the hazardous material or NLS if designated as hazardous in the permissions granted under

S
2
the ship's Administration is signatory to MARPOL 73/78; §153.900(c).

(3) The ship meets the requirements of this part applying to
United States ships and §30.01-5(e) of this chapter if the ship's
Administration is not signatory to MARPOL 73/78; and
N
2
[ The Coast Guard continues to propose in the FEDERAL
REGISTER any addition of these designated hazardous materials
to one of the tables referred to in paragraphs (a) through (d).]

IO
(4) The ship meets any additional design and equipment [CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7780, Mar. 12, 1987]
requirements specified by the Commandant (G-MSO). Subpart B – Design and Equipment
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7780, Mar. 12, 1987]
General Vessel Requirements

T
§153.190 Stability Requirements.
§153.16 Requirements For Foreign Flag Vessel Permits.
Each vessel must meet the applicable requirements in
To have its Certificate of Compliance endorsed to carry a cargo
listed in Table 1, a foreign flag vessel must:
A Subchapter S of this chapter.

[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983. Redesignated by CGD

C
(a) Have an IMO Certificate, if the flag administration issues IMO
81-101, 52 FR 7780, Mar. 12, 1987]
Certificates, endorsed with the name of the cargo and meet any
specific requirements in this subpart that the Commandant (G-
§153.201 Openings To Accommodation, Service Or Control
LI

MSO) may prescribe; or

Spaces.
(a) Except as allowed in paragraph (b) of this section, entrances,
(b) Meet the requirements of this subpart and §30.01-5(e) of this
ventilation intakes and exhausts, and other openings to
chapter.
accommodation, service, or control spaces must be located aft of
B

the house bulkhead facing the cargo area a distance at least

[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
equal to the following:
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 81-052, 50 FR 8733,
U

Mar. 5, 1985; CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7780, Mar. 12, 1987; CGD 95-
(1) 3 m (approx. 10 ft) if the vessel length is less than 75 meters
027, 61 FR 26008, May 23, 1996]
(approx. 246 ft).
.P

§153.30 Special Area Endorsement.

(2) L/25 if the vessel length is between 75 and 125 meters
The Coast Guard endorses the Certificate of Inspection of a
(approx. 246 ft and 410 ft).
United States ship allowing it to operate in special areas if the
ship owner–
(3) 5 m (approx. 16.5 ft) if the vessel length is more than 125
meters (approx. 410 ft).
.G

(a) Requests the endorsement following the procedures in

§153.8;
(b) Fixed port lights, wheelhouse doors, and windows need not
meet the location requirements specified in paragraph (a) of this
(b) Shows that the ship meets the design and equipment
section if they do not leak when tested with a fire hose at 207 kPa
requirements applying to ships operating in special areas
C

gauge (30 psig).

contained in Regulations 5, 5A, and 8 of Annex II and the
Standards for Procedures and Arrangements. [CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21173, May 22, 1985]

[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7780, Mar. 12, 1987] §153.208 Ballast Equipment.

§153.40 Determination Of Materials That Are Hazardous.
Under the authority delegated by the Secretary of Transportation
in 49 CFR 1.46(t) to carry out the functions under 49 U.S.C. 1803,
the Coast Guard has found the following materials to be
hazardous when transported in bulk:
(a) Materials listed in Table 30.25-1 of this chapter.
(b) Materials listed in Table 151.05.
(c) Materials listed in Table 1.1
1
[ Those hazardous material cargoes designated Category A, B,
(a) Except for the arrangement described in paragraph (b) of this
section no piping that serves a dedicated ballast tank that is
adjacent to a cargo tank may enter an engine room or
accommodation space.
(b) Piping used only to fill a dedicated ballast tank adjacent to a
cargo tank may enter an engine room or accommodation space if
the piping has a valve or valving arrangement:
(1) Within the part of the tankship where a containment system
may be located under §153.234;

276
(2) That allows liquid to flow only towards that ballast tank (such
as a check valve); and
(3) That enables a person to shut off the fill line from the
weatherdeck (such as a stop valve).
(c) Except as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section, pumps,
piping, vent lines, overflow tubes and sounding tubes serving
dedicated ballast tanks must not be located within a cargo
containment system.
(d) Each vent line, overflow tube and sounding tube that serves a
dedicated ballast tank and that is located within a cargo
containment system must meet §32.60-10(e)(2) of this chapter.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21207, May 17, 1982]
§153.209 Bilge Pumping Systems.
Bilge pumping systems for cargo pumprooms, slop tanks, and
void spaces separated from cargo tanks by only a single bulkhead
must be entirely within the locations allowed containment systems
in §153.234.
§153.214 Personnel Emergency And Safety Equipment.
Each self-propelled ship must have the following:
(a) Two stretchers or wire baskets complete with equipment for
lifting an injured person from a pumproom or a cargo tank.
(b) In addition to any similar equipment required by Subchapter D
of this chapter, three each of the following:
(1) A 30 minute self-contained breathing apparatus of the
C
pressure demand type, approved by the Mining Safety and Health
Administration (formerly the Mining Enforcement and Safety
Administration) and the National Institute for Occupational Safety
LI
and Health, or the tankship's flag administration with five refill
tanks or cartridges of 30 minutes capacity each.
(2) A set of overalls or large apron, boots, long sleeved gloves,
B
and goggles, each made of materials resistant to the cargoes in
Table 1 that are endorsed on the Certificate of Inspection or
Certificate of Compliance.
U
(3) A steel-cored lifeline with harness.
.P
(4) An explosion-proof lamp.
(c) First aid equipment.
[GCD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
.G
77-222, 43 FR 57256, Dec. 7, 1978; CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21207,
May 17, 1982; CGD 81-052, 50 FR 8733, Mar. 5, 1985; CGD 81-
101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987]
§153.215 Safety Equipment Lockers.
C
Each self-propelled ship must have the following:
(a) Each tankship must have at least two safety equipment
lockers.
(b) One safety equipment locker must be adjacent to the
emergency shutdown station required by §153.296(b). This locker
must contain one set of the equipment required by §153.214(a)
and two sets of that required by §153.214(b).
(c) The second safety equipment locker must be adjacent to the
second emergency shutdown station required by §153.296. This
locker must contain the remaining equipment required by
§153.214(a) and (b).
(d) Each safety equipment locker must be marked as described in
§153.955(c), (d), and
277
(e) with the legend "SAFETY EQUIPMENT."
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21207, May 17, 1982; CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7781,
Mar. 12, 1987]
§153.216 Shower And Eyewash Fountains.
(a) Each non-self-propelled ship must have a fixed or portable
shower and eyewash fountain that operates during cargo transfer
and meets paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) Each self-propelled ship must have a shower and eyewash
fountain that operates at all times and meets paragraph (c) of this
section.
(c) The shower and eyewash fountains required by paragraphs
(a) and (b) of this section must–
(1) Operate in any ambient temperature;
S
(2) Dispense water at a temperature between 0°C and 40°C
N
(approx. 32°F and 104°F);
(3) Be located on the weatherdeck; and
IO
(4) Be marked "EMERGENCY SHOWER" as described in
§153.955(c), (d), and (e), so that the marking is visible from work
areas in the part of the deck where the cargo containment
systems are located.
T
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987]
A §153.217 Access To Enclosed Spaces And Dedicated Ballast
Tanks.
An access opening to an enclosed space or a dedicated ballast
tank must meet the requirements for a cargo tank access in
§153.254(b), (c), and (d) if:
(a) The enclosed space or dedicated ballast tank is located within
the cargo area of the vessel; or
(b) A part of a cargo containment system lies within the enclosed
space or dedicated ballast tank.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21207, May 17, 1982]
§153.219 Access To Double Bottom Tanks Serving As
Dedicated Ballast Tanks.
(a) Except as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, access
openings to double bottom tanks serving as dedicated ballast
tanks must not be located within a cargo containment system.
(b) Each access opening to a double bottom tank that is a
dedicated ballast tank and that is located within a cargo
containment system must be:
(1) Enclosed in an access trunk extending to the weatherdeck;
(2) Separated from the cargo containment system by two
manhole coverings; or
(3) Approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21207, May 17, 1982, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
Cargo Containment Systems
§153.230 Type I System.
A type I containment system must meet the following
requirements:
(a) The vessel must meet the requirements in subpart F of part
172 of this chapter for a type I hull.
(b) Except as described in §153.235: (6) Double walled piping or a piping tunnel.

(1) It may be no closer to the tankship's shell than 76 cm (approx. §153.234 Fore And Aft Location.
29.9 in.); and Except as allowed in §153.7, each ship must meet the following:

(2) It may not be located in any part of the tankship subject to the
damage described in Table 172.135 of this chapter for:
(2)(i) COLLISION PENETRATION, Transverse extent; and
(2)(ii) GROUNDING PENETRATION, Vertical extents from the
baseline upward.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
79-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983]
§153.231 Type II System.
A type II containment system must meet the following
requirements:
(a) Each cargo containment system and any compartments within
which a containment system is located must be forward of a
tankship's accommodation spaces.
(b) Except as described in §153.235, each cargo containment
system must be located at least 0.05L aft of the forward
perpendicular, but in no case forward of a collision bulkhead.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
81-101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987]
§153.235 Exceptions To Cargo Piping Location Restrictions.
Cargo piping must not be located in those areas from which a
containment system is excluded by §§153.230(b), 153.231(b),

S
and 153.234(b) unless the cargo piping:
(a) The vessel must meet the requirements in subpart F of part
172 of this chapter for a type I or II hull.

N
(a) Drains back to the cargo tank under any heel or trim resulting
from the damage specified in §172.135 of this chapter; and
(b) Except as allowed in §§153.7 and 153.235–

IO
(b) Enters the cargo tank above the liquid level for a full tank in
(1) It may be no closer to the tankship's shell than 76 cm (approx.
any condition of heel or trim resulting from the damage specified
29.9 in.); and
in §172.135 of this chapter.
(2) It may not be located in any part of the tankship subject to the
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD

T
damage described in Table 172.135 of this chapter for
79-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983]
GROUNDING PENETRATION, Vertical extent from the baseline
upward.
§153.236 Prohibited Materials.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
79-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983; CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7781,
A When one of the following paragraphs of this section is
referenced in Table 1, the materials listed in that paragraph may
C
not be used in components that contact the cargo liquid or vapor:
Mar. 12, 1987]
(a) Aluminum or aluminum alloys.
§153.232 Type III System.
LI

(b) Copper or copper alloys.

A type III containment system must be in either a type I, II, or III
(c) Zinc, galvanized steel or alloys having more than 10
hull. The requirements for type I, II, and III hulls are in subpart F
percent zinc by weight.
of part 172 of this chapter.
(d) Magnesium.
B

(e) Lead.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983]
(f) Silver or silver alloys.
(g) Mercury.
§153.233 Separation Of Tanks From Machinery, Service And
U

Other Spaces.
§153.238 Required Materials.
(a) To prevent leakage through a single weld failure, the following
When one of the following paragraphs of this section is
spaces must be separated from a cargo by two walls, two
.P

referenced in Table 1, only those materials listed in that

bulkheads, or a bulkhead and a deck not meeting in a cruciform
paragraph may be used in components that contact the cargo
joint:
liquid or vapor:
(1) Machinery spaces.
(a) Aluminum, stainless steel, or steel covered with a protective
(2) Service spaces.
.G

lining or coating.
(3) Accommodation spaces.
(4) Spaces for storing potable domestic, or feed water.
(b) With cargo concentrations of 98 percent or greater, aluminum
(5) Spaces for storing edibles.
or stainless steel.
C

(b) Some examples of arrangements that may separate cargo

(c) With cargo concentrations of less than 98 percent, 304L or
from the spaces listed in paragraph (a) of this section are the
316 stainless steel.
following:
(d) Solid austenitic stainless steel.
(1) Dedicated ballast tanks.
(2) Cargo pumprooms.
(e) Stainless steel or steel covered with a suitable protective lining
(3) Ballast pumprooms.
or coating. (See §153.266.)
(4) Tanks not carrying a cargo listed in this part.3
3 [CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
[ See also §§32.56-5 and 32.60-10 of this chapter for limitations
88-100, 54 FR 40041, Sept. 29, 1989]
on the stowage of combustible liquids adjacent to ignition
sources.]
§153.239 Use Of Cast Iron.
(a) Cast iron used in a cargo containment system must meet the
(5) A cofferdam aft of the cargo containment systems and whose
requirements of §56.60-10(b) of this chapter.
forward bulkhead is forward of any joint common to an
accommodations space and the deck.
(b) For purposes of this section, the term "lethal products" in

278
§56.60-10(b) means those cargoes that Table 1 references to
§153.525 or §153.527.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21207, May 17, 1982]
§153.240 Insulation.
Cargo containment system insulation made necessary by the
requirements of this part must meet the requirements in §38.05-
20 of this chapter. However, the vapor barrier required by §38.05-
20(b) is unnecessary if the insulation is:
(a) Protected from the weather, and attached to a containment
system maintained at a temperature in excess of 46°C (approx.
115°F); or
(b) In an atmosphere whose dewpoint is less than the
temperature of any surface in contact with the insulation.
Cargo Tanks
§153.266 Tank Linings.
A tank lining must be:
(a) At least as elastic as the tank material; and
(b) Applied or attached to the tank as recommended by the lining
manufacturer.
Piping Systems And Cargo Handling Equipment
§153.280 Piping System Design.
(a) Each cargo piping system must meet the standards of Part 56
and §§38.10-1(b), 38.10-1(e), and 38.10-10(a) of this chapter.
(b) Piping carrying cargo or cargo residue may not enter any
machinery space except a cargo pumproom.
§153.281 Piping To Independent Tanks.
Piping for an independent cargo tank must penetrate the tank only

S
through that part of the tank or dome extending above the
weatherdeck.
§153.250 Double-Bottom And Deep Tanks As Cargo Tanks.

N
Except in those cases in which Commandant (G-MSO) [CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982]
specifically approves another arrangement, such as a double-
bottom or deep tank as a cargo tank, an integral cargo tank or the §153.282 Cargo Filling Lines.

hold within which an independent cargo tank is located must
extend to the weatherdeck.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983]
IO
The discharge point of a cargo tank filling line must be no higher
above the bottom of the cargo tank or sump than 10 cm (approx.
4 in.) or the radius of the filling line, whichever is greater.
§153.283 Valving For Cargo Piping.

T
(a) Except as described in this section, a cargo line must have a
§153.251 Independent Cargo Tanks. deck operable, manual stop valve:
All independent cargo tank must meet §38.05-10(a)(1), (b), (d),
and (e)(1) of this chapter.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982]
A (1) In each tank which the line serves; and
C
(2) At each cargo hose connection point.
§153.252 Special Requirement For An Independent Cargo
(b) The valve required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be
Tank.
LI

in a cargo pumproom at the pumproom bulkhead if the cargo tank

When Table 1 refers to this section, the cargo tank must be an
the cargo line serves is adjacent to the pumproom.
independent tank that meets §§38.05-2(d) and 38.05-4(g) of this
chapter. (See also §153.256(b)).
(c) The valve required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be
B

on the weatherdeck if:

[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982]
(1) The weatherdeck is the top of the tank;
U

§153.254 Cargo Tank Access.

(a) A cargo tank must have at least one covered manhole opening
(2) The line goes through the weatherdeck into the tank; and
into the vapor space described in §153.354.
.P

(3) The valve is at the point where the line penetrates the
(b) An access through a vertical cargo tank surface must be at
weatherdeck.
least 60 cm by 80 cm (approx. 23.6 x 31.5 in.) and no more than
60 cm above a foothold grating, or surface on both sides of the
(d) The valve required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be
access way.
outside the tank if:
.G

(c) An access through a horizontal cargo tank surface must be at

(1) The tank is an independent tank; and
least 60 cm by 60 cm (approx. 23.6 x 23.6 in.).
(2) The valve is at the point where the line penetrates the tank.
(d) An access trunk must be no less than 76 cm (approx. 29.9 in.)
C

in diameter.
(e) The discharge line of an intank cargo pump need not have the
valve required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
§153.256 Trunks, Domes, And Openings Of Cargo Tanks.
(a) The hatch of a cargo tank must:
(f) If the cargo exerts a gravity head pressure on a valve required
(1) Be at the highest point of the tank; and
by this section, the valve must be a positive shutoff valve that
meets §56.50-60(d) of this chapter.
(2) Open on or above the weatherdeck.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
(b) To be endorsed to carry a cargo requiring an independent
78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982]
cargo tank, a tank must have:
§153.284 Characteristics Of Required Quick Closing Valves.
(1) A trunk or dome at the uppermost part of the tank, extending
A remotely actuated quick closing shutoff valve required by
above the weatherdeck;
§153.530(n) must:
(2) Its hatch at the top of the trunk or dome; and
(a) Be a positive shutoff valve;
(3) No openings below the weatherdeck.
(b) Be of the fail-closed type that closes on loss of power;

279
(c) Be capable of local manual closing;
(d) Close from the time of actuation in 30 seconds or less; and
(e) Be equipped with a fusible element that melts at less than
104°C (approx. 220°F) and closes the valve.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982; 47 FR 27293, June
24, 1982]
§153.285 Valving For Cargo Pump Manifolds.
(a) When cargo lines serving different tanks enter a pumproom
and connect to the same pump:
(1) Each cargo line must have a stop valve within the line;
(2) The valve must be before the cargo line joins the other lines or
pump; and
(3) The valve must be within the pumproom.
(b) The valve in paragraph (a) of this section is required in
addition to any valve required under §153.283(b).
§153.292 Separation Of Piping Systems.
Cargo piping systems must be arranged so that operations
necessary to provide separate systems can be accomplished in a
cargo handling space or on the weatherdeck.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982]
§153.294 Marking Of Piping Systems.
(a) Each cargo piping system must be marked with the
designation number of the cargo tank it serves at each hose
C
connection, valve, and blind in the piping system. The markings
must be in characters at least 5 cm (approx. 2 in.) high.
LI
(b) Every hose connection of a cargo piping system must be
marked with the cargo piping system's working pressure required
by §38.10-10(a) of this chapter.4
B
4
[ See §153.280 of the part.]
§153.296 Emergency Shutdown Stations.
U
(a) Each tankship must have at least two emergency shutdown
stations.
.P
(b) One emergency shutdown station must be located forward of
the deckhouse, in the after part of the weatherdeck in which the
cargo tanks are located.
(c) A second emergency shutdown station must be located so that
.G
one of the two stations is accessible from any part of the
weatherdeck if a break in a cargo piping system or hose causes
spraying or leaking.
(d) Each emergency shutdown station must contain a single
C
remote actuator for all quick closing shutoff valves required by this
part.
(e) Each emergency shutdown station must have the controls
necessary to stop all cargo pumps on the tankship.
(f) Any remote emergency actuator, such as that for a quick
closing shut-off valve, a cargo pump, or a water spray system,
must be of a type that will not defeat the operation of other remote
emergency actuators. The emergency action must occur whether
one or several actuators are operated.
(g) Each emergency shutdown station must be marked as
described in §153.955(c), (d), and (e) with the legend
"EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN STATION" so that the legend is
visible from work areas in the part of the deck where the cargo
containment systems are located.
280
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982]
§153.297 Emergency Actuators At The Point Of Cargo
Control.
(a) The point from which cargo transfer is controlled must have
the same actuators an emergency shutdown station must have
under §153.296 and an actuator for any deck water spray
systems required by this part.
(b) The point from which cargo transfer is controlled may be one
of the emergency shutdown stations required under §153.296 if it
meets the requirements of that section.
Cargo Handling Space Ventilation
§153.310 Ventilation System Type.
A cargo handling space must have a permanent forced ventilation
S
system of the exhaust type.
§153.312 Ventilation System Standards.
N
A cargo handling space ventilation system must meet the
following:
IO
(a) A ventilation system exhaust duct must discharge no less than
10 m (approx. 32.8 ft) from openings into or ventilation intakes for,
accommodation or service spaces.
(b) A ventilation system must not recycle vapors from ventilation
T
discharges.
A (c) Except for the space served by the ventilation duct, a
ventilation duct must not pass through a machinery room, an
accommodation space, or working spaces.
(d) A ventilation system must be operable from outside the space
it ventilates.
(e) A ventilation system must be sized to change the air in the
ventilated space at least 30 times per hour.
(f) A ventilation system must not allow air to stagnate in any part
of a ventilated space.
(g) A ventilation system must be able to exhaust air from both
above and below the deck plates of a ventilated space.
§153.314 Ventilation Of Spaces Not Usually Occupied.
(a) Each tankship must have portable ventilation equipment that
fits the mount required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(b) Each enclosed space within the cargo area that does not have
a permanent ventilation system meeting §153.312 must have:
(1) A mount for the portable mechanical ventilation equipment
required by this section; and
(2) Either permanent ventilation ductwork connected to the mount
and arranged to supply air to the extremities of the space; or
(3) An attachment for temporary ductwork at the mount with
enough ductway in the ventilated space and temporary ductwork
stowed aboard the vessel to supply air to the extremities of the
space.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982]
§153.316 Special Cargo Pumproom Ventilation Rate.
When Table 1 refers to this section, the cargo pumproom
ventilation system must change the air in the cargo pumproom 45
times per hour and discharge no less than 4 m (approx. 13.1 ft)
above the deck.
 Cargo Pumprooms
§153.330 Access.
(a) The access door to a cargo pump-room must open on the
weatheredeck.
(b) The access way to a cargo pump-room and its valving must
allow passage of a man wearing the breathing apparatus required
by §153.214(b)(1).
(c) Each ladderway in a cargo pump-room must be free from
obstructions by piping, framework, or other equipment.
(d) Cargo pumproom ladders and platforms must have guard
railings.
(e) Each ladder to a cargo pump-room must have an incline from
the horizontal of less than 60°.
§153.332 Hoisting Arrangement.
(a) A cargo pumproom located below the weatherdeck must have
a permanent hoisting arrangement with a lifting capacity of 2500
N (approx. 562 lbs), operable from the weatherdeck, for the
removal of an unconscious person.
(b) The cargo pumproom must have a 60 cm by 60 cm (approx. 2
ft by 2 ft) cross-sectional clearance through the hoistway.
§153.333 Cargo Pump Discharge Pressure Gauge.
Each cargo pump within a pump-room must have a discharge
pressure gauge outside the pumproom.
§153.334 Bilge Pumping Systems.
(a) A cargo pumproom must have a bilge pumping system.
C
(b) The bilge pumping system must have:
(1) Complete remote operating controls outside the cargo
LI
pumproom; and
(2) An alarm that operates when the depth of liquid in the bilges
exceeds 50 cm (approx. 19.7 in.).
B
§153.336 Special Cargo Pump Or Pumproom Requirements.
(a) When Table 1 refers to this section:
U
(1) The cargo pump must be an intank cargo pump;
.P
(2) The cargo pumproom must be on or above the weatherdeck;
or
(3) The cargo pumproom must have the specific approval of the
Commandant (G-MSO).
.G
(b) For a cargo pumproom described in paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3)
the tankship must:
C
(1) Have a low pressure breathing quality air supply system for
use with the breathing apparatus in the pumproom; or
(2) Meet any requirements specified by the Commandant (G-
MSO).
(c) A low pressure air supply system described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section must:
(1) Run from fixed air bottles to the pumproom;
(2) Have an air compressor to recharge the fixed air bottles;
(3) have hose connections in the pumproom suitable for use with
the breathing apparatus required in §153.214(b)(1); and
(4) have the air capacity to enable two men to work in the
281
pumproom for at least one hour each without using the cartridges
for the breathing apparatus required in §153.214(b)(1).
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983]
Cargo Venting Systems
§153.350 Location Of B/3 Vent Discharges.
Except as prescribed in §153.353, a B/3 venting system must
discharge:
(a) At the highest of the following points:
(1) 6m (approx. 19.7 ft) above the weatherdeck.
(2) B/3 above the weatherdeck.
S
(3) 6m (approx. 19.7 ft) above a walkway, if the walkway is within
a 6m (approx. 19.7 ft) horizontal radius from the vent discharge.
N
(b) At least 15m (approx. 49.2 ft) from air intakes for, or openings
into, accommodation and service spaces.
IO
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982; 47 FR 27293, June
24, 1982]
§153.351 Location Of 4m Vent Discharges.
Except as prescribed in §153.353, a 4m venting system must
T
discharge:
A (a) At least 4m (approx. 13.1 ft) above the higher of:
(1) the weatherdeck; or
(2) any walkway that is within a 4m (approx. 13.1 ft) horizontal
radius from the vent discharge.
(b) At least 10m (approx. 32.8 ft) from air intakes for, or openings
into, accommodation or service spaces.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982]
§153.352 B/3 And 4 m Venting System Outlets.
A B/3 or 4 m venting system outlet must:
(a) Discharge vertically upwards; and
(b) Prevent precipitation from entering the vent system.
§153.353 High Velocity Vents.
The discharge point of a B/3 or 4m venting system must be
located at least 3m (approx. 10 ft) above the weatherdeck or
walkway if:
(a) The discharge is a vertical, unimpeded jet;
(b) The jet has a minimum exit velocity of 30 m/sec (approx. 98.4
ft/sec); and
(c) The high velocity vent has been approved by Commandant
(G-MSO).
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§153.354 Venting System Inlet.
A venting system must terminate in the vapor space above the
cargo when the tank is filled to a 2 percent ullage and the
tankship has no heel or trim.
§153.355 PV Venting Systems.
When Table 1 requires a PV venting system, the cargo tank must
have a PV valve in its vent line. The PV valve must be located
between the tank and any connection to another tank's vent line
(such as a vent riser common to two or more tanks).
§153.358 Venting System Flow Capacity.
(a) The cross-sectional flow area of any vent system segment,
including any PV or SR valve, must at no point be less than that
of a pipe whose inside diameter is 6.4 cm (approx. 2.5 in.).
(b) When Table 1 requires a closed or restricted gauging system,
calculations must show that, under conditions in which a
saturated cargo vapor is discharged through the venting system
at the maximum anticipated loading rate, the pressure differential
between the cargo tank vapor space and the atmosphere does
not exceed 28 kPa gauge (approx. 4 psig), or, for independent
tanks, the maximum working pressure of the tank.
§153.360 Venting System Restriction.
A venting system must have no assembly that could reduce its
cross-sectional flow area or flow capacity to less than that
required in §153.358.
§153.361 Arrangements For Removal Of Valves From Venting
Systems Having Multiple Relief Valves.
A venting system having multiple relief valves may be arranged to
allow the removal of a valve (for repair, as an example) provided
the venting system:
(a) Has valves that are interlocked, so that the removal of a valve
does not reduce the venting system relieving capacity below the
minimum relieving capacity required by §153.358; and
(b) Is arranged so that cargo vapor will not escape through the
opening left after a valve has been removed.
C
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982; 47 FR 27293, June
24, 1982]
LI
§153.362 Venting System Drain.
Unless a cargo vent system at every point is level or slopes back
to the cargo tank under all conditions of heel and trim allowed
under §153.806, the cargo vent system must have a drain valve
B
at each low point (trap) in the vent line.
§153.364 Venting System Supports.
U
Supports for a vent system must meet §38.10-10(c) of this
chapter.
.P
§153.365 Liquid Overpressurization Protection.
(a) Except as noted in paragraph (b) of this section, a
containment system requiring closed or restricted gauging must:
(1) Be designed to withstand the maximum pressure that
.G
develops during an overfill of the densest cargo endorsed for the
containment system; or
(2) Have an overflow control system that meets §153.408; or
C
(3) Meet the requirements specified by the Commandant (G-
MSO).
(b) A containment system requiring restricted gauging, except for
those cargoes that reference §§153.525 or 153.527, may be
equipped with a spill valve that:
(1) Meets ASTM F 1271 (incorporated by reference, see §153.4);
and
(2) Limits the maximum pressure during liquid overfill at a
specified cargo loading rate to that which the containment system
is able to withstand (see §§153.294(b) and 152.977(b)).
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21208, May 17, 1982, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35827,
July 29, 1991; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
282
§153.368 Pressure-Vacuum Valves.
(a) The pressure side of a required pressure-vacuum relief valve
must begin to open only at a pressure exceeding 3.5 kPa gauge
(approx. 0.5 psig).
(b) A pressure-vacuum relief valve must meet the requirements of
Subpart 162.017 of this chapter.
§153.370 Minimum Relief Valve Setting For Ambient
Temperature Cargo Tanks.
The relief valve setting for a containment system that carries a
cargo at ambient temperature must at least equal the cargo's
vapor pressure at 46°C (approx. 115°F).
[CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21173, May 22, 1985]
§153.371 Minimum Relief Valve Setting For Refrigerated
Cargo Tanks.
The relief valve setting for a containment system that carries a
S
refrigerated cargo must at least equal the lesser of:
N
(a) That in §153.370; or
(b) 110 percent of the cargo's vapor pressure at the steady state
IO
temperature obtained by a full tank of cargo with the refrigeration
system operating under ambient conditions described within the
definition of a refrigerated tank in §153.2.
§153.372 Gauges And Vapor Return For Cargo Vapor
T
Pressures Exceeding 100 kPa (approx. 14.7 psia).
When table 1 references this section, the containment system
must have a:
A (a) Tank pressure gauge at the point where cargo flow is
controlled during transfer; and
(b) Vapor return connection.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977; 42 FR 57126, Nov. 1,
1977, as amended by CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21173, May 22, 1985]
Cargo Gauging Systems
§153.400 General Requirements For Gauges.
(a) Columnar gauge glasses must not be installed on a cargo
containment system.
(b) Flat sight glasses must meet §38.10-20(h) of this chapter.
§153.404 Standards For Containment Systems Having
Required Closed Gauges.
When Table 1 requires a cargo's containment system to have a
closed gauge, the containment system must have the following:
(a) A permanently installed closed gauging system.
(b) A vapor return connection.
(c) The high level alarm described in §153.409.
(d) Either a closed cargo sampling system or a cargo sampling
arrangement allowing the retrieval of a sample through an orifice
not exceeding:
(1) 0.635 cm (approx. 0.25 in.) diameter when the cargo's vapor
pressure is 28 kPa gauge (approx. 4 psig) or less; or
(2) 0.140 cm (approx. 0.055 in.) diameter when the cargo's vapor
pressure exceeds 28 kPa (approx. 4 psig).
§153.406 Standards For Containment Systems Having
Required Restricted Gauges.
When Table 1 requires a cargo's containment system to have a
restricted gauge, the containment system must have:
(a) A closed gauging system; or
(b) A system that has:
(1) A restricted gauge (e.g., a sounding tube) with an orifice
diameter not exceeding 20 cm (approx. 7.8 in.);
(2) A permanently attached gauge cover that is vapor tight when
in place; and
(3) A venting system that has either:
(3)(i) Lock open PV valves; or
(3)(ii) Valved bypasses around the PV valves.
§153.407 Special Requirements For Sounding Tube Gauges.
(a) A sounding tube installed as a restricted gauge must extend to
within one meter (approx. 39.4 in.) of the bottom of the tank.
(b) A sounding tube must not be installed on a tank whose relief
valve setting exceeds 28 kPa (approx. 4 psig) unless it is
specifically permitted by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(c) A sounding tube must have no perforations in the tube wall.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§153.408 Tank Overflow Control.
(a) When table 1 references this section, a cargo containment
system must have a cargo high level alarm meeting §153.409 and
one of the following additional systems:
A other cooling and heating systems; and
C
(1) A second high level (cargo overflow) alarm.
(2) A system that automatically stops cargo flow to the tank
LI
(automatic shutdown system).
(b) The high level alarm and the cargo overflow alarm or
automatic shutdown system must:
B
(1) Be independent of one-another; and
U
(2) Operate on loss of power.
(c) The cargo overflow alarm or the automatic shutdown system
.P
must operate early enough to:
(1) Stop the loading operation before the cargo tank overflows;
and
.G
(2) Avoid surge pressures that exceed the working pressure
specified in §153.294(b).
(d) A tank overflow must be identified with the legend "TANK
OVERFLOW ALARM" in lettering as specified for the warning
C
sign in §153.955.
(e) A tank overflow alarm must be audible and visible in that part
of the deck where the containment systems are located and at the
point where cargo loading is controlled on the tankship.
(f) The automatic shutdown system or tank overflow alarm must
be able to be checked at the tank for proper operation (for
example, by electrically simulating an overfill at the tank gauge
connection).
(g) In this section, "independent" as applied to two systems
means that one system will operate with a failure of any part of
the other system except high level power sources and electrical
feeder panels. Conduit need not be independent; the control
wiring for several independent systems may be carried in a single
conduit.
283
[CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21173, May 22, 1985]
§153.409 High Level Alarms.
When Table 1 refers to this section or requires a cargo to have a
closed gauging system, the cargo's containment system must
have a high level alarm:
(a) That gives an audible and visual alarm before the tank fills to
97 percent of its capacity;
(b) That can be seen and heard where cargo transfer is controlled
and on the open deck;
(c) Whose operation can be checked prior to each loading; and
(d) That must be marked as described in §153.408(c)(6) with the
legend "HIGH LEVEL ALARM."
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21209, May 17, 1982; 47 FR 27293, June
S
24, 1982]
N
Cargo Temperature Control System
§153.430 Heat Transfer Systems; General.
IO
Each cargo cooling system required by this part and each cargo
heating system must:
(a) Meet the standards of Subchapters F (Marine Engineering)
and J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter;
T
(b) Have valving that enables the system to be separated from all
(c) Allow manual regulation of the system's heat transfer
rate.[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by
CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21209, May 17, 1982; CGD 81-078, 50 FR
21174, May 22, 1985]
§153.432 Cooling Systems.
(a) Each cargo cooling system must have an equivalent standby
unit that is installed and that can be placed in operation
immediately after failure of the primary cooling system.
(b) Each tankship that has a cargo tank with a required cooling
system must have a manual that contains:
(1) A piping diagram for the cooling system; and
(2) Instructions for changing over to the standby system described
in paragraph (a) of this section.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21209, May 17, 1982]
§153.434 Heat Transfer Coils Within A Tank.
When a cargo tank contains any quantity of cargo, a cargo
cooling or heating system having coils within the tank must keep
the heat transfer fluid at a pressure greater than the pressure
exerted on the heating or cooling system by the cargo.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21209, May 17, 1982]
§153.436 Heat Transfer Fluids: Compatibility With Cargo.
A heat transfer fluid separated from the cargo by only one wall
(for example, the heat transfer fluid in a coil within a tank) must be
compatible with the cargo under the standards prescribed for
compatibility between two cargoes in Part 150 of this chapter.
[CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21174, May 22, 1985]
§153.438 Cargo Pressure Or Temperature Alarms Required.
(a) Each refrigerated tank must have:
(1) An alarm that operates when the cargo's pressure exceeds
the vapor pressure described in §153.371(b); or
(2) An alarm that operates when the cargo's temperature exceeds
the steady state temperature described in §153.371(b).
(b) The alarm must give an audible and visual signal on the bridge
and at the cargo control station.
(c) The cargo pressure or temperature alarm must be
independent of other cargo pressure or temperature sensing
arrangements.
§153.440 Cargo Temperature Sensors.
(a) Except as prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, when
Table 1 refers to this section, the containment system must meet
the following requirements:
(1) A heated or refrigerated cargo tank must have a remote
reading thermometer sensing the temperature of the cargo at the
bottom of the tank.
(2) A refrigerated tank must have a remote reading second
thermometer near the top of the tank and below the maximum
liquid level allowed by §153.981.
(3) Unless waived under §153.491(a), a cargo tank endorsed to
carry a Category A, B, or C NLS cargo must have a thermometer
whose temperature reading is no greater than the temperature of
the cargo at a level above the tank bottom at least one-eighth but
no more than one-half the height of the tank if the cargo is–
(3)(i) A Category A NLS or a Category B NLS having a viscosity
of at least 25 mPa.s at 20°C;
A §153.466 Electrical Equipment.
C
(3)(ii) A Category C NLS having a viscosity of at least 60 mPa.s at
20°C; or
LI
(3)(iii) A Category A, B, or C NLS that has a melting point greater
than 0°C.
(b) A readout for each remote thermometer required by this
B
section must be at the point where cargo transfer is controlled.
(c) A portable thermometer may be substituted for the equipment
U
required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section if–
(1) Table 1 allows open gauging with the cargo; or
.P
(2) Table 1 allows restricted gauging with the cargo, and the
portable thermometer is designed to be used through the
containment system's restricted gauging system.
.G
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21209, May 17, 1982, as amended by CGD
81-101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987; CGD 81-101, 53 FR 28974,
Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28, 1989]
Special Requirements for Flammable or
C
Combustible Cargoes
§153.460 Fire Protection Systems.
Each self-propelled ship and each manned non-self-propelled
ship must meet the following:
(a) With the exception of the vent riser, each part of a cargo
containment system exposed on the weatherdeck must be
covered by the fire protection system listed beside the cargo in
Table 1 and described in the footnotes to Table 1.
(b) The Commandant (G-MSO) approves the substitution of a dry
chemical (D) type fire protection system for an A or B type on a
case by case basis.
(c) A fire protection system required by this part must meet part
284
34 of this chapter or be specifically approved by the Commandant
(G-MSO).
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7781,
Mar. 12, 1987]
§153.461 Electrical Bonding Of Independent Tanks.
An independent metallic cargo tank that carries a flammable or
combustible cargo must be electrically bonded to the tankship's
hull.
§153.462 Static Discharges From Inert Gas Systems.
An inert gas system on a tank that carries a flammable or
combustible cargo must not create static arcing as the inert gas is
injected into the tank.
§153.463 Vent System Discharges.
The discharge of a venting system must be at least 10 m (approx.
S
32.8 ft) from an ignition source if:
N
(a) The cargo tank is endorsed to carry a flammable or
combustible cargo; and
IO
(b) Table 1 requires the cargo to have a PV venting system.
§153.465 Flammable Vapor Detector.
(a) A tankship that carries a flammable cargo must have two
vapor detectors that meet §35.30-15(b) of this chapter.
T
(b) At least one of the vapor detectors in paragraph (a) of this
section must be portable.
A tankship carrying a flammable or combustible cargo under this
part must meet subchapter J of this chapter.
Design and Equipment for Pollution Control
[SOURCE: Sections 153.470 through 153.491 appear at CGD 81-
101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987, unless otherwise noted.]
§153.470 System For Discharge Of NLS Residue To The Sea:
Categories A, B, C, And D.
Unless waived under §153.491, each ship that discharges
Category A, B, or C NLS residue, or Category D NLS residue not
diluted to 1/10th of its original concentration, into the sea under
§§153.1126 and 153.1128 must have an NLS residue discharge
system meeting the following:
(a) Minimum diameter of an NLS residue discharge outlet.
The outlet of each NLS residue discharge system must have a
diameter at least as great as that given by the following formula:
(Qd)(cosine Ф)
D = ─────────
5L
where:
D = Minimum diameter of the discharge outlet in meters.
Qd = Maximum rate in cubic meters per hour at which the ship
operator wishes to discharge slops (note: Qd affects the
discharge rate allowed under §153.1126(b)(2)).
L = Distance from the forward perpendicular to the discharge
outlet in meters.
Ф = The acute angle between a perpendicular to the shell plating
at the discharge location and the direction of the average velocity
of the discharged liquid.
(b) Location of an NLS residue discharge outlet. Each NLS
residue discharge outlet must be located–
(1) At the turn of the bilge beneath the cargo area; and
(2) Where the discharge from the outlet is not drawn into the
ship's seawater intakes.
(c) Location of dual NLS residue discharge outlets. If the
value of 6.45 for K is used in §153.1126(b)(2), the NLS residue
discharge system must have two outlets located on opposite
sides of the ship.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
81-101, 53 FR 28974, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
1989; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51209, Sept. 30, 1997]
§153.480 Stripping Quantity For Category B And C NLS
Tanks On Ships Built After June 30, 1986: Categories B And
C.
Unless waived under §153.491, Category B and C NLS cargo
tanks on each ship built after June 30, 1986 must have stripping
quantities determined under §153.1604 that are less than–
(a) 0.15 m3 if Category B; and
(b) 0.35 m3 if Category C.
§153.481 Stripping Quantities And Interim Standards For
Category B NLS Tanks On Ships Built Before July 1, 1986:
Category B.
Unless waived under §153.483 or §153.491, each Category B
NLS cargo tank on ships built before July 1, 1986 must meet the
following:
C
(a) Unless the tank meets the interim standard provided by
paragraph (b) of this section and is prewashed in accordance with
LI
§153.1118, the tank must have a stripping quantity determined
under §153.1604 that is less than 0.35m3.
(b) Before October 3, 1994, the tank may have a total NLS
B
residue determined under §153.1608 that is less than 1.0 m3 or
1/3000th of the tank's capacity and an NLS residue discharge
system meeting the following:
U
(1) The system must be capable of discharging at a rate equal to
or less than Q in the following formula:
.P
Q = K U1.4 L1.6 x 10-5 m3/hr
where:
K = 4.3, except K=6.45 if the discharge is equally distributed
.G
between two NLS residue discharge outlets on opposite sides of
the ship (see §§153.470(c) and 153.1126(b)).
L = ship's length in meters.
C
U = for a ship that is self-propelled, the minimum speed in knots
specified in the approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual
for discharging Category B NLS residue, but at least 7;
U = for a ship that is not self-propelled, the minimum speed in
knots specified in the approved Procedures and Arrangements
Manual for discharging Category B NLS residue, but at least 4.
(2) The system must have equipment capable of automatically
recording–
(2)(i) The time of day that discharge of NLS residue through the
residue discharge system starts and ends; and
(2)(ii) The dates on which discharge begins and ends unless the
equipment allows a person to enter these dates on the record
manually.
285
(3) Each system that has the capacity to exceed Q calculated in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section must have equipment that–
(3)(i) Records the NLS residue flow through the system; and
(3)(ii) Is sufficiently accurate that its recorded values averaged
over any 30 second period differ no more than 15% from the
actual flow averaged over the same 30 second period.
(4) Each system that has the capacity to exceed Q calculated
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section and does not automatically
control the flow rate must have–
(4)(i) Manual controls that enable the flow to be adjusted to the
value of Q calculated in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and that
must be moved through at least 25% of their total range of
movement for the discharge rate to change from 0.5Q to 1.5Q;
and
S
(4)(ii) A flow rate meter located where the flow is manually
controlled.
N
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
81-101, 53 FR 28974, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
IO
1989]
§153.482 Stripping Quantities And Interim Standards For
Category C NLS Tanks On Ships Built Before July 1, 1986:
Category C. Unless waived under §153.483 or §153.491, each
T
Category C NLS cargo tank on ships built before July 1, 1986
must meet the following:
A (a) Unless the tank meets the interim standard provided by
paragraph (b) of this section, the tank must have a stripping
quantity determined under 153.1604 that is less than 0.95 m3.
(b) Before October 3, 1994, the tank may have a total NLS
3
residue determined under §153.1608 that is less than 3.0 m or
1/1000th of the tank's capacity.
§153.483 Restricted Voyage Waiver For Category B And C
NLS Tanks On Ships Built Before July 1, 1986: Category B
And C.
At its discretion the Coast Guard waives §§153.481 and 153.482
under this section and allows a ship to carry Category B and C
NLS cargoes between ports or terminals in one or more countries
signatory to MARPOL 73/78 if the ship's owner requests a waiver
following the procedures in §153.10 and includes–
(a) A written pledge to–
(a)(1) Limit the loading and discharge of Category B and C NLS
cargoes in a foreign port to those ports and terminals in countries
signatory to MARPOL 73/78 and listed in accordance with
paragraph (b) of this section; and
(2) Prewash the cargo tank as required under §153.1118 after
each Category B or C NLS is unloaded unless the prewash is
allowed to be omitted under §153.1114;
(b) A list of–
(1) All foreign ports or terminals at which the ship is expected to
load or discharge Category B or C NLS cargo, and
(2) All foreign ports or terminals at which the ship is expected to
discharge Category B or C NLS residue from the tank;
(c) An estimate of the quantity of NLS residue to be discharged to
each foreign port or terminal listed under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section;
(d) Written statements from the owners of adequate reception
facilities in the ports and terminals listed in accordance with
paragraph (b)(2) of this section who have agreed to take NLS
residue from the ship, showing the amount of NLS residue each
agrees to take; and
(e) A written attestation from the person in charge of each port or
terminal listed in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section
that the administration has determined the port or terminal to have
adequate reception facilities for the NLS residue.
[NOTE TO §153.483: Certificates of Inspection and any IMO
Certificates issued to ships on restricted voyage waivers indicate
that while the ship carries an NLS cargo or NLS residue, it is
limited to voyages between the ports or terminals listed on the
certificate.]
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
81-101, 53 FR 28975, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
1989]
§153.484 Prewash Equipment.
Unless the ship operator shows that the prewash equipment
specified in this section will be available at discharge or prewash
facilities or the equipment is waived under §153.491, to have its
Certificate of Inspection or Certificate of Compliance endorsed to
carry a Category A NLS or a Category B or C NLS requiring
viscosity or melting point information under §153.908(a) and (b), a
ship must have the following:
(a) For the tanks that carry the NLS, a tank washing system
capable of washing all interior tank surfaces except those
shielded from the washing system spray by ship's structure, and
consisting of a wash water supply system and–
(1) A fixed tank washing machine in each tank; or
C
(2) A portable tank washing machine and, if required by the Coast
Guard, equipment to move it during washing and when storing.
LI
(b) Piping, valving, and crossovers needed to arrange the cargo
piping so that the wash water passes through the cargo pump and
cargo piping during tank washing or discharge of tank wash
B
water.
(c) If the approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual
U
specifies the hot water prewash required under 153.1108, a
means of supplying water to the tank washing machine under
paragraph (a) of this section at–
.P
(1) A temperature of at least 60°C (140°F) when it leaves the
washing machine; and
(2) The flow rate needed for the washing machine jets to meet
.G
paragraph (a) of this section.
§153.486 Design And Equipment For Removing NLS Residue
By Ventilation: Categories A, B, C, And D.
(a) If NLS residue is to be removed from a cargo tank by
C
ventilation, in addition to the equipment required under paragraph
(b) of this section the ship must have–
(1) Openings in the tank deck near the sump or suction point;
(2) If the openings required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section are
insufficient, an access opening for visually determining whether
liquid remains in the sump area of the cargo tank after ventilation
or some other means for making this determination; and
(3) An approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual with
instructions that meet §153.490(b)(3).
(b) Unless the ship operator shows that the ventilation equipment
specified in this paragraph will be available from shore when
needed, if NLS residue is to be removed from a cargo tank by
286
ventilation, in addition to the equipment required under paragraph
(a) of this section the ship must have–
(1) Portable forced air ventilating equipment fitting the ventilation
openings required in paragraph (a) of this section and able to
ventilate the extremities of the tank to the extent prescribed in
Appendix C of the IMO Standards for Procedures and
Arrangements for the Discharge of Noxious Liquid
Substances, Resolution MEPC 18(22), 1985; and
(2) A connector that allows a fan or air supply to be connected to
the hose connections for the tank at the manifold.
[NOTE: The Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.) allows states
to regulate emissions from tank ventilation. There may be other
regulations, both local and Federal, that affect the use of tank
ventilation for safety or environmental purposes.]
§153.488 Design And Equipment For Tanks Carrying High
S
Melting Point NLSs: Category B.
Unless waived under §153.491, for a ship to have its Certificate of
N
Inspection or Certificate of Compliance endorsed allowing a tank
to carry a Category B NLS with a melting point of 15°C or more,
the cargo tank must have–
IO
(a) An arrangement enabling the cargo to be heated before cargo
transfer, using heat supplied by the ship or by another source;
and
T
(b) Sides and bottom separate from the ship's side or bottom shell
plating.
A §153.490 Cargo Record Book And Approved Procedures And
Arrangements Manual: Categories A, B, C, And D.
(a) Unless waived under §153.491, to have a Certificate of
Inspection or Certificate of Compliance endorsed to carry NLS
cargo, a ship must have–
(1) If U.S., a Cargo Record Book published by the Coast Guard
(OMB App. No. 1625-0094), or, if foreign, a Cargo Record Book
having the same entries and format as Appendix 4 of Annex II;
and
(2) A Procedures and Arrangements Manual meeting paragraph
(b) of this section and approved by–
(2)(i) The Coast Guard, if the ship is a United States ship or one
whose Administration is not signatory to MARPOL 73/78; or
(2)(ii) The Administration, if the ship is one whose Administration
is signatory to MARPOL 73/78.
(b) Each Procedures and Arrangements Manual under paragraph
(a)(2) of this section must include the following:
(1) The standard format and content prescribed in Chapter 2 and
Appendix D of the IMO Standards for Procedures and
Arrangements for the Discharge of Noxious Liquid
Substances, Resolution MEPC 18(22), 1985, or, for ships for
which the only NLS carried is a Category D NLS and ships having
a waiver under §153.483 or §153.491, the format and content
prescribed by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(2) If the ship has a tank that carries a cargo under a waiver
issued under §153.483, procedures ensuring that–
(2)(i) Category B and C NLSs are discharged from the tank only in
the ports or terminals listed in accordance with §153.483(b); and
(2)(ii) The tank is prewashed after discharging each Category B or
C NLS unless §153.1114 allows the prewash to be omitted.
(3) If ventilation is used to clean a tank under §153.1102(b)(2),
ventilation procedures that meet those in Appendix C of the IMO
Standards for Procedures and Arrangements for the
Discharge of Noxious Liquid Substances, Resolution MEPC
18(22), 1985.
(4) If tank cleaning agents are used, quantities to use and
instructions for using the cleaning agents.
(c) Has storage for enough inerting gas to replace that normally
lost while the tank's atmosphere is maintained in an inert
condition (e.g. through tank breathing and relief valve leakage),
but in no case an amount less than 5 percent of the tank's
capacity when measured with the gas at -18°C (approx. 0°F) and
a pressure equal to the cargo tank's relief valve setting; and

(5) If the tank has the discharge recording equipment required in
§153.481(b), procedures to ensure that no NLS residue is
discharged from the tank when the recording equipment is
incapacitated unless the concentration and total quantity limits for
the NLS in Annex II are not exceeded.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
81-101, 53 FR 28975, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
1989]
§153.491 Waiver Of Certain Equipment For Dedicated Cargo
Tanks.
(d) Has connections for any supplemental gas supply necessary
to maintain the inert gas pressure described in paragraph (b) of
this section during cargo discharge.
§153.501 Requirement For Dry Inert Gas.
When Table 1 refers to this section, an inert gas system for the
containment system must supply inert gas containing no more
than 100 ppm water.
§153.515 Special Requirements For Extremely Flammable
Cargoes.
When Table 1 refers to this section:

S
(a) The Coast Guard waives §§153.440(a)(3), 153.480, 153.481,
153.482, and 153.488 and endorses a ship's Certificate of
(a) An enclosed space containing a cargo tank must have an
Inspection or Certificate of Compliance allowing a cargo tank to

N
inerting system that meets the requirements in §153.500 applying
carry a single, specific NLS cargo and no other cargo if the ship's
to the inert gas system of a containment system;
owner–

IO
(b) Cargo discharge pumps must be of a type that does not
(1) Requests a waiver following the procedures in §153.10; and
subject the shaft gland to the cargo under pressure or that is
submerged; and
(2) Pledges in writing that while any waiver is in effect the cargo
tank will–
(c) The cargo tank's relief valve setting must be no less than 21

T
kPa gauge (approx. 3 psig).
(2)(i) Carry only the NLS cargo listed on the Certificate of
Inspection or Certificate of Compliance;
§153.520 Special Requirements For Carbon Disulfide.
(2)(ii) Carry no cargo other than the NLS; and A A containment system carrying carbon disulfide must meet the
following:
C
(2)(iii) Not be washed or ballasted unless the wash water or
(a) Each cargo pump must be of the intank type and encased
ballast water is discharged to a reception facility.
within a cylindrical well that extends from the top of the tank to a
LI

point no more than 10 cm (approx. 4 in.) above the bottom of the

(b) The Coast Guard waives §§153.470 and 153.490(a)(2) if–
tank.
(1) The ship's owner requests a waiver following the procedures
(b) [Reserved]
in §153.10;
B

(c) The cargo piping and venting systems must be completely

(2) The Coast Guard has issued a waiver to each of the ship's
independent of those for other cargo.
NLS cargo tanks under paragraph (a) of this section; and
U

(d) Pressure relief valves must be made of type 304 or 316

(3) The ship's owner adds to the ship's operational manual any
stainless steel.
provisions for preventing NLS discharge specified by the
.P

Commandant (G-MSO) as a condition for issuing the waiver.

[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21209, May 17, 1982]
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7781, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
81-101, 53 FR 28975, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
§153.525 Special Requirements For Unusually Toxic
1989]
.G

Cargoes.
When Table 1 refers to this section a containment system must
Special Requirements meet the following:

§153.500 Inert Gas Systems. (a) Cargo piping and venting systems must be designed so that
C

When Table 1 refers to this section, a cargo containment system they can be separated from any containment system endorsed for
must have a permanent inert gas system that: a cargo not covered by this section.

(a) Maintains the vapor space of the containment system in an
inert state by filling the vapor space with a gas that is neither
reactive with the cargo nor flammable;
(b) Has a pressure control system that:
(b) A cargo tank's relief valve setting must be not less than 21
kPa gauge (approx. 3 psig).
(c) All cargo pumps and valves located below the weatherdeck
must be operable from the weatherdeck.

(1) Prevents the inert gas system from raising the cargo tank
pressure to more than the relief valve setting; and
(2) Maintains at least a 3.5 kPa gauge (approx. 0.5 psig) pressure
within the containment system at all times, including cargo
discharge;
(d) A heat transfer system for the cargo must:
(1) Be independent of other ship service systems, except for other
cargo heat transfer systems, and not enter the engine room;
(2) Be totally external to the cargo containment system; or

287
(3) Be approved by the Commandant (G-MSO) for use with toxic
cargoes.
(e) The cargo must be separated from any bunkers by at least two
bulkheads.
(f) A cargo containment system must have a vapor return
connection.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21209, May 17, 1982; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782,
Feb. 3, 1983]
§153.526 Toxic Vapor Detectors.
(a) When Table 1 refers to this section, a tankship must have two
toxic vapor detectors, at least one of which must be portable,
each able to measure vapor concentrations in the range of the
time weighted average (TWA) for the cargo. The portable detector
may be a direct reading detector tube instrument. These vapor
detectors may be combined with those required by §153.465.
(b) When the toxic vapor detectors required by paragraph (a) of
this section are not available and the cargo referenced to this
section is transferred through a cargo pumproom, the tankship
must meet §153.336(b).
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982]
§153.527 Toxic Vapor Protection.
When Table 1 refers to this section, a tankship must have on
board for each crew member:
(a) An emergency escape breathing apparatus (EEBA) approved
by the Mining Safety and Health Administration (formerly the
Mining Enforcement and Safety Administration) and the National
C
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or the tankship's flag
administration.
LI
(b) Where the emergency escape breathing apparatus does not
protect the eyes from vapors, a set of goggles that either:
(1) Meet the specifications of ANSI Practice for Occupational and
B
Educational Eye and Face Protection, Z-87.1(1979); or
(2) Are approved by the tankship's flag administration.
U
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982]
.P
§153.530 Special Requirements For Alkylene Oxides.
When Table 1 refers to this section, a containment system must
meet the following:
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a
.G
cargo containment system must be made of:
(1) Stainless steel other than types 416 and 442; and
(2) Steel.
C
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, gaskets
must be composites of spirally wound stainless steel and Teflon
or similar flourinated polymer.
(c) The Commandant (G-MSO) approves a cargo containment
system using materials other than those described in this section
for alkylene oxides on a case by case basis if:
(1) The person wishing to have the containment system approved
completes any tests prescribed by the Commandant (G-MSO);
and
(2) The Commandant (G-MSO) approves the results of the tests
and the material for use with alkylene oxides.
288
(d) The following materials are generally found unsatisfactory for
gaskets, packing, insulation, and similar uses in alkylene oxide
containment systems and would require extensive testing as
described in paragraph (c) of this section before being approved:
(1) Neoprene or natural rubber if it might be in contact with the
alkylene oxide.
(2) Asbestos or asbestos mixed with other materials such as with
many common insulations, packing materials, and gasket
materials.
(3) Materials containing oxides of magnesium, such as mineral
wools.
(e) The tank's relief valve setting must not be less than 21 kPa
gauge (approx. 3 psig).
(f) If the containment system is equipped with a cooling system,
S
the cooling system must:
N
(1) Not compress the cargo; and
(2) Regulate the cargo temperature automatically and allow
IO
manual regulation.
(g) The cargo piping system must:
(1) Comply with Part 38 of this chapter;
T
(2) Be completely separate from all other systems;
A (3) Be assembled from valves, fittings, and accessories having a
pressure rating of not less than 1030 kPa gauge (approx. 150
psig) (American National Standards Institute); and
(4) Have no threaded joints.
(h) The cargo containment system vapor space and each space
listed in paragraphs (k) and (l) of this section must have
continuous monitoring of oxygen concentration or have an
arrangement to enable sampling with a portable oxygen analyzer.
(i) Valve disks or disk faces, seats, and other wearing valve parts
must be made of stainless steel containing no less than 11
percent chromium.
(j) The venting system must be independent of other containment
or tankship systems.
(k) When a cargo tank is in an enclosed space, the space must
have:
(1) An inert gas system meeting the requirements that apply to
the inert gas system of a containment system in §153.500, or
(2) A forced ventilation system meeting the requirements that
apply to a cargo handling space ventilation system in §153.312.
(l) Cofferdams, cargo tanks, double bottom spaces, void spaces
and other enclosed spaces adjacent to an integral cargo tank
must have an inert gas system meeting the requirements that
apply to the inert gas system of a containment system in
§153.500.
(m) An intank pump or inert gas displacement must be used to
discharge cargo.
(n) The cargo discharge piping system must have a remotely
actuated quick closing shutoff valve that meets §153.284 at the
cargo transfer hose connection.
(o) Cargo hose must:
(1) Have the specific approval of the Commandant (G-MSO) for
use in alkylene oxide transfer; and
(2) Be marked "For Alkylene Oxide Transfer Only".
(p) All exposed parts of the cargo containment system above or
on the deck, such as tank domes, cargo piping, and loading
manifolds, must be covered by a water spray system that:
(1) Operates automatically in a fire involving the cargo
containment system;
(2) Has at least two remote manual actuators, one in each
emergency shutdown station required by §153.296; and
(3) Covers the area of application with a uniform spray of
2 2
0.175 l/m sec (0.0043 gal/ft sec).
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782,
Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 39629, Sept. 1, 1983; CGD
81-078, 50 FR 21174, May 22, 1985]
§153.545 Special Requirements For Liquid Sulfur.
(a) A containment system carrying liquid sulfur must have:
(1) A cargo tank ventilation system that:
(1)(i) Maintains the H2S vapor concentration below 1.85 percent
by volume; and
(1)(ii) Prevents sulfur buildup within itself; and
(2) An alarm system designed to operate when the ventilation
system blower fails.
C
(b) The void spaces around a cargo tank that carries liquid sulfur
must be oil tight.
LI
(c) A cargo tank that carries liquid sulfur and the void spaces
surrounding the tank must have connections for sampling vapor.
B
§153.554 Special Requirements For Acids.
When Table 1 refers to this section:
U
(a) Each containment system loading and discharge connection
must have a spray shield;
.P
(b) Each cargo containment system must be separated from
bunkers by double walls, such as a cofferdam and piping tunnels;
and
(c) Each vessel must have on board a means to determine
.G
whether cargo has leaked into the spaces adjacent to a cargo
containment system.
§153.555 Special Requirements For Inorganic Acids.
When Table 1 refers to this section, a tankship's shell plating
C
must not be a part of the cargo tank.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982]
§153.556 Special Requirements For Sulfuric Acid And Oleum.
(a) Except as prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
containment systems carrying sulfuric acid, oleum, or
contaminated sulfuric acid are approved by the Commandant (G-
MSO) on a case by case basis.
(b) A containment system carrying sulfuric acid may be:
(1) Made of unlined steel if the cargo composition is between 70
and 80 or between 90 and 100 percent acid by weight;
(2) Lined with lead if the cargo composition does not exceed 96
percent acid by weight; or
289
(3) Lined with natural rubber or neoprene if the cargo composition
does not exceed 51 percent acid by weight.
(c) A containment system for oleum may be of unlined steel if the
concentration of free sulfur trioxide in the oleum exceeds 20
percent by weight.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§153.557 Special Requirements For Hydrochloric Acid.
(a) A containment system that carries hydrochloric acid must be
lined with:
(1) Natural rubber;
(2) Neoprene; or
(3) A material approved for hydrochloric acid tanks by the
S
Commandant (G-MSO).
N
(b) Containment systems for contaminated hydrochloric acid are
approved by the Commandant (G-MSO) on a case by case basis.
IO
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983]
§153.558 Special Requirements For Phosphoric Acid.
A phosphoric acid containment system must be:
T
(a) Lined with natural rubber or neoprene;
A (b) Lined with a material approved for phosphoric acid tanks by
the Commandant (G-MSO); or
(c) Made of a stainless steel that resists corrosion by phosphoric
acid.
[NOTE: "Phosphoric acid", as defined in §153.2, includes
phosphoric acid, superphosphoric acid, and aqueous solutions of
phosphoric acid.]
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40042,
Sept. 29, 1989]
§153.559 Special Requirements For Nitric Acid (Less Than 70
Percent).
A containment system that carries nitric acid (less than 70
percent) must be of stainless steel that resists corrosion by nitric
acid.
§153.560 Special Requirements For Alkyl (C7-C9) Nitrates.
(a) The carriage temperature of octyl nitrates must be maintained
below 100°C (212°F) in order to prevent the occurrence of a self-
sustaining exothermic decomposition reaction.
(b) Octyl nitrates may not be carried in a deck tank unless the
tank has a combination of insulation and a water deluge system
sufficient to maintain the tank's cargo temperature below 100°C
(212°F) and the cargo temperature rise at below
1.5°C(2.7°F)/hour, for a fire of 650°C (1200°F).
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40042, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended by CGD
92-100, 59 FR 17028, Apr. 11, 1994; CGD 94-900, 59 FR 45139,
Aug. 31, 1994]
§153.565 Special Requirement For Temperature Sensors.
If a cargo listed in table 1 of this part refers to this section,
temperature sensors must be used to monitor the cargo pump
temperature to detect overheating due to pump failures, when
carrying that cargo.
[CGD 94-900, 59 FR 45139, Aug. 31, 1994]
§153.602 Special Requirements For Cargoes Reactive With
Water.
When Table 1 refers to this section, the air inlet to the pressure-
vacuum valve for the cargo tank must be located at least 2m
(approx. 6.6 ft) above the weatherdeck.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982]
Testing and Inspection
§153.806 Loading Information.
Each tankship must have a manual containing information that
enables the master to load and ballast the tankship while keeping
structural stresses within design limits.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983]
§153.808 Examination Required For A Certificate Of
Compliance.
Before a vessel receives either an initial or a reissued Certificate
of Compliance endorsed to carry a cargo from Table 1 of this part,
the vessel must call at a U.S. port for an examination during
which the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, determines
whether or not the vessel meets the requirements of this chapter.
[CGD 81-052, 50 FR 8733, Mar. 5, 1985, as amended by CGD
95-027, 61 FR 26009, May 23, 1996]
§153.809 Procedures For Having The Coast Guard Examine A
Vessel For A Certificate Of Compliance.
The owner of a foreign flag vessel wishing to have the Coast
Guard conduct a Certificate of Compliance examination, as
required by §153.808, must proceed as follows:
(a) Notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection of the port
A (c) No ship may carry any bulk liquid cargo not listed in §30.25-1
C
where the vessel is to be inspected at least 7 days before the
vessel arrives and arrange the exact time and other details of the
examination. This notification is in addition to any other pre-arrival
LI
notice to the Coast Guard required by other regulations, but may
be concurrent with the endorsement application in §153.9, and
must include–
B
(1) The name of the vessel's first U.S. port of call;
(2) The date that the vessel is scheduled to arrive;
U
(3) The name and telephone number of the owner's local agent;
and
.P
(4) The names of all cargoes listed in table 1 of this part that are
on board the vessel.
(b) Before the examination required by §153.808 is begun, make
.G
certain that the following plans are on board the vessel and
available to the Marine Inspector. These plans include–
(1) A general arrangement (including the location of fire fighting,
C
safety, and lifesaving gear);
(2) A capacity plan;
(3) A schematic diagram of cargo piping on deck and in tanks
(including the location of all valves and pumps); and
(4) A schematic diagram of cargo tank vent piping (including the
location of relief valves and flame screens).
[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26009, May 23, 1996]
§153.812 Inspection For Certificate Of Inspection.
The rules governing the issuance of Certificates of Inspection are
contained in part 31 of this chapter.
Subpart C – Operations
290
Documents and Cargo Information
§153.900 Certificates And Authorization To Carry A Bulk
Liquid Hazardous Material.
(a) Except as allowed in 33 CFR 151.33(a), no ship may carry a
cargo of bulk liquid hazardous material or an NLS residue if the
bulk liquid hazardous material or NLS is listed in Table 1 or
carried under a written permission under paragraph (d) of this
section unless the ship meets the following:
(1) The cargo must be carried in a cargo tank.
(2) If a United States ship, the ship must have a Subchapter D or I
Certificate of Inspection that is endorsed to allow the cargo tank to
carry the cargo.
(3) If a foreign ship, the ship must have a Certificate of
Compliance that is endorsed to allow the cargo tank to carry the
S
cargo.
(4) The ship must have an IMO Certificate of Fitness issued under
N
§153.12 that is endorsed to allow the cargo tank to carry the
cargo if it is–
IO
(4)(i) A United States self-propelled ship in foreign waters; or
(4)(ii) A United States non-self-propelled ship in the waters of
another Administration signatory to MARPOL 73/78 and the cargo
is a Category A, B, or C NLS.
T
(b) [Reserved]
of this chapter, Table 151.05 of Part 151 of this chapter, Table 1
or Table 2 of this part, Table 4 of Part 154 of this chapter, 33 CFR
151.47, or 33 CFR 151.49 unless the cargo name is endorsed on
the Certificate of Inspection or contained in a letter issued under
paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) The Coast Guard at its discretion endorses the Certificate of
Inspection with the name of or issues a letter allowing the carriage
of an unlisted cargo described under paragraph (c) of this section
if–
(1) The shipowner–
(1)(i) Requests the Coast Guard to add the cargo; and
(1)(ii) Supplies any information the Coast Guard needs to develop
carriage requirements for the bulk liquid cargo; and
(2) The ship–
(2)(i) Has a Certificate of Inspection, Certificate of Compliance, or
IOPP Certificate as specified in this part;
(2)(ii) Meets the design and equipment requirements of this part
specified by the Coast Guard; and
(2)(iii) Meets any additional requirements made by the Coast
Guard.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7783, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
81-101, 53 FR 28975, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
1989]
§153.901 Documents: Posting, Availability, And Alteration.
(a) No person may operate a United States ship unless the
endorsed Certificate of Inspection is readily available on the ship.
(b) No person may operate a foreign ship unless the endorsed
Certificate of Compliance or Certificate of Inspection is readily
available on the ship.
(c) No person may operate a ship under an alternative or waiver §153.907 Cargo Information.
granted under this part unless the document granting the (a) The master shall ensure that the following information for each
alternative or waiver is attached to the ship's Certificate of cargo carried under this part is readily available to those on the
Inspection or Certificate of Compliance. tankship engaged in cargo operations:

(d) Except as allowed in paragraph (e) of this section, the Coast (1) The name of the cargo as listed in table 1.
Guard does not accept the following if altered:
(2) A description of the cargo's appearance and color.
(1) Certificates of Inspection.
(3) Hazards in handling the cargo.
(2) Certificates of Compliance.
(4) Any special handling procedures for the cargo, such as
(3) Certificates of Fitness, unless the alteration is by the issuing inerting.
authority.
(5) Procedures to follow if the cargo spills or leaks.
(4) Approved Procedures and Arrangements Manuals, unless the
alteration is approved by the issuing authority. (6) Procedures for treating a person exposed to the cargo.

(5) NLS Certificates. (7) A list of fire fighting procedures and extinguishing agents

S
effective with cargo fires.
(e) A person wishing to change a Procedures and Arrangements

N
Manual approved by the Coast Guard must submit a copy to the (8) Shipper's name.
Coast Guard following the procedures for requesting an endorsed
Certificate of Inspection in §153.8. (9) Loading point.

IO
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7783, Mar. 12, 1987] (10) Approximate quantity of cargo.

§153.902 Expiration And Invalidation Of The Certificate Of (11) Tank in which the cargo is located.
Compliance.

T
(a) The Certificate of Compliance shows its expiration date. (12) The name of an agent in the United States authorized to
accept service of legal process for the vessel.
(b) The endorsement of a Certificate of Compliance under this
part is invalid if the vessel does not have a valid IMO Certificate of
Fitness. A (b) The master shall make sure that the following information for
cargoes other than those carried under this part is readily
C
available on the tankship:
(c) The endorsement on a Certificate of Compliance invalidated
under paragraph (b) of this section, becomes valid again once the (1) The name of the cargo as listed in Table 4 of Part 154 of this
LI

ship has the IMO Certificate of Fitness revalidated or reissued.
[NOTE: See §153.809 for procedures for having a Certificate of
Compliance reissued.]
B
chapter or §30.25-1 of this chapter if the cargo is listed in one of
these two tables.
(2) The name of the cargo prescribed in the letter authorizing

carriage of the cargo under §153.900(d) if the cargo is a

[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7784, Mar. 12, 1987; CGD 95-072, 60 FR
hazardous or flammable cargo authorized for carriage under that
50465, Sept. 29, 1995; 60 FR 54106, Oct. 19, 1995; CGD 95-027,
section.
61 FR 26009, May 23, 1996]
U

(3) The shipper's name for the cargo and the name of the shipper
§153.903 Operating A United States Ship In Special Areas:
if the cargo is neither a hazardous nor flammable cargo.
Categories A, B, And C.
.P

No person may operate a United States ship that carries an NLS

[CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21174, May 22, 1985; as amended by CGD
or NLS residue in a special area unless–
88-100, 54 FR 40042, Sept. 29, 1989]
(a) The ship's Certificate of Inspection is endorsed in accordance
§153.908 Cargo Viscosity And Melting Point Information;
with §153.30; and
.G

Measuring Cargo Temperature During Discharge: Categories

A, B, And C.
(b) The ship meets the operating requirements applying to special
(a) The person in charge of the ship may not accept a shipment of
areas in Regulations 5, 5A, 8 and the Standards for Procedures
a Category A, B, or C NLS cargo having a reference to this
and Arrangements of Annex II.
paragraph in the "Special Requirements" column of Table 1
C

unless the person has, from the cargo's manufacturer or the

[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7784, Mar. 12, 1987]
person listed as the shipper on the bill of lading, a written
statement of the following:
§153.904 Limitations In The Endorsement.
No person may operate a tankship unless that person complies
(1) For Category A or B NLS, the cargo's viscosity at 20°C in
with all limitations in the endorsement on the tankship's Certificate
mPa.s and, if the cargo's viscosity exceeds 25 mPa.s at 20°C, the
of Inspection or Certificate of Compliance.
temperature at which the viscosity is 25 mPa.s.
[CGD 81-052, 50 FR 8734, Mar. 5, 1985]
(2) For Category C NLS, the cargo's viscosity at 20°C in mPa.s
and, if the cargo's viscosity exceeds 60 mPa.s at 20°C, the
§153.905 Regulations Required To Be On Board.
temperature at which the viscosity is 60 mPa.s. If the cargo's
No person may operate a tankship unless the most recent
viscosity varies from shipment to shipment, the maximum
editions of this part, and parts 35 and 150 of this chapter are on
viscosity and maximum temperature values may be supplied.
board.
(b) The person in charge of the ship may not accept a shipment of
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982]
a Category A, B, or C cargo having a reference to this paragraph

291
in the "Special Requirements" column of Table 1 unless the
person has a written statement of the cargo's melting point in °C
from the cargo's manufacturer or the person listed as the shipper
on the bill of lading. If the cargo's melting point varies from
shipment to shipment, the highest melting point may be supplied.
(c) The person in charge of the ship shall ensure that the cargo
temperature is read and recorded in the Cargo Record Book
following the procedures in paragraph (d) of this section when a
cargo having a reference to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section in
the "Special Requirements" column of Table 1 is unloaded.
(d) The cargo temperature measured in paragraph (c) of this
section must be made using the following procedure:
(1) Each reading must be made with the sensor or thermometer
required by §153.440(a)(3) or (c). If a portable thermometer is
used, it must be located as prescribed for the temperature sensor
in §153.440(a)(3).
(2) A total of 2 readings must be made, the first reading to be
made no more than 30 minutes after cargo transfer begins and
the second reading no more than 30 minutes before the main
cargo pump is shut down.
(3) The cargo's temperature is the average of the 2 readings
made under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7784, Mar. 12, 1987]
§153.909 Completing The Cargo Record Book And Record
Retention: Categories A, B, C, And D.
(a) The person in charge of a ship shall ensure that the Cargo
Record Book required under §153.490 is completed immediately
C
after any of the following occurs:
(1) An NLS cargo is loaded.
LI
(2) An NLS cargo is transferred between tanks on a ship.
(3) An NLS cargo is unloaded from a tank.
B
(4) A tank that last carried an NLS cargo is prewashed under this
part.
U
(5) A tank that last carried an NLS cargo is washed, except as
reported under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, cleaned, or
.P
ventilated.
(6) Washings from a tank that last carried an NLS cargo are
discharged to the sea.
.G
(7) Tanks that last carried an NLS cargo are ballasted.
(8) Ballast water is discharged to the sea from a cargo tank that
last carried an NLS.
C
(9) An NLS cargo or NLS residue is discharged to the sea by
accident or except as allowed by this part.
(10) A Surveyor is present during an operation that this part
requires the presence of a Surveyor.
(11) NLS residue or NLS cargo is transferred from cargo
pumproom bilges or transferred to an incinerator.
(12) A waiver is issued to the ship, ship owner, ship operator, or
person in charge of the ship under this part.
(13) The concentration of a Category A NLS residue is measured
under §153.1120(a).
(14) Any discharge recording equipment required by
§153.481(b)(2) fails.
292
(b) The person in charge of the ship shall ensure that the Cargo
Record Book is on board and readily available for inspection and
copying by the Coast Guard and when the ship is a U.S. ship in
the waters of a foreign country whose Administration is signatory
to MARPOL 73/78, the authorities of that country.
(c) Each officer in charge of an operation listed under paragraph
(a) of this section, and each Surveyor observing an operation that
this part requires the presence of a Surveyor, shall attest to the
accuracy and completeness of each Cargo Record Book entry
concerning those operations by signing after each entry.
(d) After all the entries on a page of the Cargo Record Book are
completed, and if the person in charge of the ship agrees with the
entries, the person in charge of the ship shall sign the bottom of
that page.
(e) The ship owner or operator shall ensure that–
S
(1) Each Cargo Record Book is retained on board the ship for at
least 3 years after the last entry; and
N
(2) Each discharge recording required by §153.1126(b)(1) is
retained on board the ship for at least three years.
IO
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7784, Mar. 12, 1987]
§153.910 Cargo Piping Plan.
No person may operate a tankship unless the tankship has a
T
cargo piping plan that:
(a) Shows all cargo piping on the tankship;
A (b) Shows all cargo valving, pumps, and other equipment that is
used during cargo transfer;
(c) Shows the cargo tanks;
(d) Shows any modifications necessary to a containment system
that is to be separated as prescribed under Part 150 of this
subchapter, or §§153.525 and 153.1020;
(e) Emphasizes the piping and equipment described in
paragraphs (a), (b) and (d) of this section by using contrasting
colors, line widths, or similar methods; and
(f) Shows the cargo loading rates chosen under §153.365(b) for
all applicable cargo lines.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982]
§153.912 Certificate Of Inhibition Or Stabilization.
(a) When a cargo in Table 1 is referred to this section, no person
may operate a tankship carrying the cargo without a written
certification, carried on the bridge of the tankship, from the
shipper that the cargo is:
(1) Inhibited; or
(2) Stabilized.
(b) The certification required by this section must contain the
following information:
(1) Whether the cargo is inhibited or stabilized.
(2) The name and concentration of the inhibitor or stabilizer.
(3) The date the inhibitor or stabilizer was added.
(4) The length of time the inhibitor or stabilizer is effective.
(5) Any temperature limitations qualifying the inhibitor's or
stabilizer's effective lifetime.
(6) The action to be taken should the duration of the voyage
exceed the inhibitor's or stabilizer's useful life.
General Cargo Operational Requirements
§153.920 Cargo Quantity Limitations.
(a) No person may load a cargo tank or operate a tankship that
carries a cargo tank containing in excess of 1250 m3 (approx.
44,138 ft3) of cargo requiring a type I containment system.
(b) No person may load a cargo tank or operate a tankship that
carries a cargo tank containing in excess of 3000 m3 (approx.
105,932 ft3) of a cargo requiring a type II containment system.
§153.921 Explosives.
No person may load, off-load, or carry a cargo listed in this part
on board a vessel that carries explosives unless he has the prior
written permission of the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§153.923 Inerting Systems.
The master shall ensure that the inert gas systems for any cargo
that this part requires to be inerted are operating correctly.
General Vessel Safety
§153.930 Cargo Antidotes.
No person may operate a tankship that carries a cargo listed in
Table 1 unless the tankship has on board the antidotes described
for the cargo in the Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents
A contamination.
C
Involving Dangerous Goods, published by IMO.
§153.931 Obstruction Of Pumproom Ladderways.
LI
The master shall ensure that all cargo pumproom ladderways are
unobstructed at all times.
§153.932 Goggles And Protective Clothing.
B
(a) The master shall ensure that each person wear a face mask or
tight-fitting goggles for eye protection against splashing or
spraying liquids if that person is:
U
(1) Sampling cargo;
(2) Transferring cargo;
.P
(3) Making or breaking a cargo hose connection;
(4) Gauging a cargo tank; or
(5) Opening a cargo tank by opening a Butterworth hatch,
ullage hatch, cargo tank hatch, or similar opening.
.G
(b) The master shall ensure that each person wear a face mask or
tight-fitting goggles for eye protection against splashing or
spraying liquids if the person is:
C
(1) In the area of the deck where the cargo tanks, cargo piping,
and cargo pumprooms are located while a cargo transfer is taking
place; or
(2) In a cargo pumproom, an enclosed space adjacent to a cargo
tank, or a space containing part of a cargo containment system.
(c) The master shall ensure that each person in paragraphs (a)
and (b) of this section wear any additional protective clothing the
master believes necessary to protect the person from the cargo's
hazards.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982]
§153.933 Chemical Protective Clothing.
When table 1 refers to this section, the following apply:
293
(a) The master shall ensure that the following chemical protective
clothing constructed of materials resistant to permeation by the
cargo being handled is worn by all personnel engaged in an
operation listed in paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) Splash protective eyewear.
(2) Long-sleeved gloves.
(3) Boots or shoe covers.
(4) Coveralls or lab aprons.
[NOTE: "Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical Protective
Clothing", Third Edition, 1987, available from the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1330 Kemper
Meadow Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45240-1634, provides information
on the proper clothing for the cargo being handled.]
(b) This section applies during the following operations:
(1) Sampling cargo.
S
(2) Transferring cargo.
(3) Making or breaking cargo hose connections.
N
(4) Gauging a cargo tank, unless gauging is by closed system.
(5) Opening cargo tanks.
IO
(c) Coveralls or lab aprons may be replaced by splash suits or
aprons constructed of light weight or disposable materials if, in the
judgment of the master–
(1) Contact with the cargo being handled is likely to occur only
T
infrequently and accidentally; and
(2) The splash suit or apron is disposed of immediately after
(d) Splash protective eyewear must be tight-fitting chemical-
splash goggles, face shields, or similar items intended specifically
for eye protection from chemical splashing or spraying.
(e) The master shall ensure that each person in the vicinity of an
operation listed in paragraph (b) of this section or in the vicinity of
tanks, piping, or pumps being used to transfer the cargo wears
splash protective eyewear under paragraph (d) of this section.
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40042, Sept. 29, 1989; as amended by
USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53227, Oct. 1, 1999]
§153.934 Entry Into Spaces Containing Cargo Vapor.
(a) No person may enter a cargo tank, cargo handling space,
pumproom or enclosed space in the cargo area without the
permission of the master.
(b) Before permitting anyone to enter a cargo tank, cargo handling
space, pumproom or other enclosed space in the cargo area, the
master shall make sure that:
(1) The space is free of toxic vapors and has sufficient oxygen to
support life; or
(2) Those entering the space wear protective equipment with self-
contained breathing apparatus as described in §153.214(b) and
an officer closely supervises the entire operation.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982]
§153.935 Opening Of Tanks And Cargo Sampling.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the master
shall ensure that all cargo tank hatches, ullage openings, and
tank cleaning openings are tightly closed at all times.
(b) The master may not authorize the opening of a cargo tank,
except:
(1) To clean a tank;
(2) To transfer a cargo that Table 1 allows in a containment
system having an open gauging system;
(3) To sample a cargo that Table 1 allows in a containment
system having an open gauging system; or
(4) To sample a cargo that Table 1 allows in a containment
system having a restricted gauging system if:
(4)(i) The tank is not being filled during sampling;
(4)(ii) The vent system has relieved any pressure in the tank;
(4)(iii) The person sampling the cargo wears the protective
clothing required during cargo transfer; and
(4)(iv) The tank is closed tightly following sampling.
(c) The master shall make sure that cargoes requiring closed
gauging are sampled only through the controlled sampling
arrangement required by §153.404(d).
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21210, May 17, 1982]
§153.935a Storage Of Cargo Samples.
(a) The master shall make sure that any cargo samples are stored
in:
(1) A designated and ventilated space in the cargo area of the
vessel; or
(2) An area approved by the Commandant (G-MSO) or the
tankship's flag administration for the stowage of cargo samples.
C
(b) The master shall make sure that cargo sample bottles are
stored:
LI
(1) In a way that prevents shifting of the sample bottles when the
vessel is at sea;
B
(2) In bins or containers constructed of materials that are resistant
to the cargo samples; and
U
(3) Apart from other sample bottles containing incompatible
liquids (See part 150, subpart A).
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982, as amended by CGD
.P
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§153.936 Illness, Alcohol, Drugs.
The master shall ensure that no person participates in cargo
related operations who appears to be intoxicated by alcohol or
.G
drugs or to be so ill as to be unfit for the particular operation.
Marking of Cargo Transfer Home
C
§153.940 Standards For Marking Of Cargo Hose.
No person may mark a hose assembly as meeting the standards
of this section unless the hose assembly meets the following
requirements:
(a) Each hose assembly must have:
(1) Fully threaded connections;
(2) Flanges that meet ANSI B16.5, B16.24, or B16.31; or
(3) Class 1 quick-disconnect couplings that comply with ASTM F
1122 (incorporated by reference, see §153.4), and are marked
"C1-1."
(b) Each hose assembly must be marked with the:
294
(1) Date of manufacture;
(2) Working pressure discribed in paragraph (d) of this section;
(3) Date of the last test made as prescribed in paragraph (e) of
this section; and
(4) Manufacturer's recommended maximum and minimum
temperatures.
(c) A cargo hose assembly must have a minimum bursting
pressure as stated by the manufacturer of at least 5152 kPa
gauge (approx. 750 psig).
(d) The working pressure marked on a hose must meet the
following:
(1) Be at least 1030 kPa gauge (approx. 150 psig).
S
(2) Not exceeded 20 per cent (one-fifth) of the manufacturer's
stated bursting pressure.
N
(3) Not exceed the manufacturer's recommended working
pressure.
IO
(4) Not exceed the test pressure used in the latest test under
paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(e) A cargo hose assembly must be inspected and tested by
T
placing it in a straight, horizontal position so that its entire external
surface is accessible. It must be ascertained that the hose
assembly:
A (1) Has no loose covers, kinks, bulges, soft spots, and no gouges,
cuts, or slashes that penetrate any hose reinforcement;
(2) Has no external and, to the extent internal inspection is
possible with both ends of the hose open, no internal
deterioration; and
(3) Does not burst, bulge, leak, or abnormally distort under static
liquid pressure at least as great as the recommended working
pressure.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982; CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35827,
July 29, 1991; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
Cargo Transfer Procedures
§153.953 Signals During Cargo Transfer.
The master shall ensure that:
(a) The tankship displays a red flag in the day and a red light at
night when transferring cargo while fast to a dock;
(b) The tankship displays a red flag when transferring cargo while
at anchor; and
(c) The red flag or the red light is visible from all sides of the
tankship.
§153.955 Warning Signs During Cargo Transfer.
(a) When transferring cargo while fast to a dock or at anchor in
port, the master shall ensure that the tankship displays a warning
sign at the gangway facing the shore so that it may be seen from
the shore and another warning sign facing outboard toward the
water so that it may be seen from the water. (See figure 1).
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each
warning sign must have the following legends:
(1) Warning.
 (2) Dangerous Cargo.
(3) No Visitors.
(4) No Smoking.
(5) No Open Lights.
(c) Each letter must be block style, black on a white background.
(d) Each letter must:
(1) Be 7.5 cm (approx. 3 in.) high;
(2) Be 5 cm (approx. 2 in.) wide except for "M" and "W" which
must be 7.5 cm (approx. 3 in.) wide and the letter "I" which may
be 1.3 cm (approx. 1/2 in.) wide; and
(3) Have 1.3 cm (approx. 1/2 in.) stroke width.
(e) The spacing must be:
(1) 1.3 cm (approx. 1/2 in.) between letters of the same word;
(2) 5 cm (approx. 2 in.) between words;
(3) 5 cm (approx. 2 in.) between lines; and
A §153.966 Discharge By Liquid Displacement.
C
(4) 5 cm (approx. 2 in.) at the borders of the sign.
(f) Except as described in §153.1045, the legends "No Smoking"
LI
and "No Open Lights" are not required when the cargoes on
board the tankship are neither flammable nor combustible.
§153.957 Persons In Charge Of Transferring Liquid Cargo In
B
Bulk Or Cleaning Cargo Tanks.
(a) The owner and operator of the vessel, and his or her agent,
and each of them, shall ensure that–
U
(1) Enough "Tankerman-PICs" or restricted "Tankerman-PICs",
and "Tankerman-Assistants", authorized for the classification of
.P
cargo carried, are on duty to safely transfer liquid cargo in bulk or
to safely clean cargo tanks;
(2) Each transfer of liquid cargo in bulk and each cleaning of a
cargo tank is supervised by a qualified person designated as a
.G
person in charge of the transfer or the cleaning under Subpart C
of 33 CFR part 155;
(3) When cargo regulated under this part is due for transfer, the
C
person in charge of the transfer has received special training in
the particular hazards associated with the cargo and in all special
procedures for its handling; and
(4) On each foreign vessel, the person in charge understands his
or her responsibilities as described in this subchapter.
(b) Upon request by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in
whose zone the transfer will take place, the owner and operator of
the vessel, and his or her agent, and each of them, shall provide
documentary evidence that the person in charge has received the
training specified by paragraph (a)(3) of this section and is
capable of competently performing the procedures necessary for
the cargo.
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17158, Apr. 4, 1995]
295
§153.959 Approval To Begin Transfer Operations Required.
No person may make connections for cargo transfer or transfer
cargo unless he has authorization from the person in charge of
cargo transfer.
§153.964 Discharge By Gas Pressurization.
The person in charge of cargo transfer may not authorize cargo
discharge by gas pressurization unless:
(a) The tank to be offloaded has an SR or PV venting system;
(b) The pressurization medium is either the cargo vapor or a
nonflammable, nontoxic gas inert to the cargo; and
(c) The pressurizing line has:
(1) A pressure reducing valve whose setting does not exceed
90% of the tank's relief valve setting and a manual control valve
between the pressure reducing valve and the tank; or
S
(2) For an inert gas medium:
N
(2)(i) A safety relief valve with a cross sectional flow area at least
equal to that of the pressurizing line and whose relieving pressure
IO
does not exceed 90 percent of the tank's relief valve setting;
(2)(ii) A manual control valve between the safety relief valve and
the tank; and
T
(2)(iii) A check valve between the manual control valve and the
tank.
The person in charge of cargo transfer may not authorize cargo
discharge by liquid displacement unless the liquid supply line to
the tank has:
(a) A safety relief or pressure reducing valve set to operate at no
more than 80 percent of the tank's relief valve setting; and
(b) A manual control valve between the tank and the supply line's
safety relief valve or pressure reducing valve.
§153.968 Cargo Transfer Conference.
(a) Before he may begin making connections for cargo transfer,
the person in charge of cargo transfer shall confer with the person
supervising the cargo transfer at the facility.
(b) The person in charge of cargo transfer shall discuss the
important aspects of the transfer operation, such as the following,
with the supervisor at the facility:
(1) The products to be transferred.
(2) The cargo loading rates marked on the cargo piping plan or
the maximum safe transfer rates.
(3) The critical or hazardous stages of the transfer operation.
(4) The emergency procedures in case of a spill.
(5) If the vessel is equipped with the tank overflow alarm
prescribed in §153.408(c), a procedure for shutdown of shore
pumps, shore valves, and ship's valves that prevents piping
system pressures from exceeding those for which the piping
system is designed.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982; CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21174,
May 22, 1985]
§153.970 Cargo Transfer Piping.
The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that:
(a) Cargo is transferred to or from a cargo tank only through the
tankship's cargo piping system;
(b) Vapor not returned to shore through the tankship's vapor
return system is discharged at the height required for the cargo's
vent riser in Table 1, and
(c) All cargo vapor is returned to shore through the valved
connection on the venting system if:
(1) The cargo requires closed gauging, is referenced to §153.372
or is referenced to §153.525;
(2) The transfer terminal has vapor return equipment; and
(3) In his estimation the vapor return equipment is adequate to
handle the vapor expected from the tank.
§153.972 Connecting A Cargo Hose.
The person in charge of cargo transfer may not authorize the
connection of a hose to a cargo containment system unless:
(a) He has ensured himself that the cargo will not weaken or
damage the hose;
(b) The hose is marked as meeting the standards of §153.940;
(c) The date of the hose's last pressure test is within one year of
the date on which the hose is used to transfer cargo;
(d) The recommended working pressure marked on a hose used
for discharge meets or exceeds the working pressure marked on
the cargo piping at the hose connection; and
A (b) Monitor the cargo loading rate to ensure it does not exceed
C
(e) The cargo's temperature is within the manufacturer's
recommended maximum and minimum hose temperatures.
LI
§153.975 Preparation For Cargo Transfer.
The person in charge of cargo transfer may not approve or
continue cargo transfer unless the following conditions are met:
B
(a) No fires or open flames are on deck or in compartments near
the hose connections when Table 1 requires the cargo's
containment system to have a fire protection system.
U
(b) Any electrical bonding of the tankship to the transfer facility is
made before the cargo transfer piping is joined.
.P
(c) Any supplemental inert gas supply necessary to maintain the
3.5 kPa gauge (approx. 0.5 psig) pressure in the tank during
offloading (see §153.500) is connected to the inert gas pressure
control system.
.G
(d) The transfer connections have enough slack to allow for
vessel movement.
(e) The transfer connections are supported by tackles.
C
(f) The cargo high level alarms, tank overflow alarms and overflow
control systems are functioning correctly when the cargo is
loaded.
(g) Joints and couplings are gasketed and mated tightly.
(h) Flanges are bolted tightly.
(i) No repair work is underway in areas where cargo or cargo
vapors may collect.
(j) Cargo and sea valves are properly set, with those sea valves
connected to cargo piping lashed or sealed shut.
(k) Venting system bypass valves are set for cargo transfer and
are operating properly.
296
(l) All scuppers are plugged.
(m) Smoking is limited to safe places.
(n) Fire fighting and safety equipment is ready.
(o) He is in effective communication with the transfer terminal.
(p) The person in charge of the transfer terminal has
acknowledged that he is ready to transfer.
(q) Pressures within the cargo transfer and containment systems
do not exceed the pressure ranges for which the transfer hose
and containment systems are designed.
(r) No vessels that would hazard cargo transfer are alongside the
tankship.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
S
78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982]
N
§153.976 Transfer Of Packaged Cargo Or Ship's Stores.
The person in charge of cargo transfer may neither begin nor
continue the transfer of a flammable or combustible cargo while
IO
packaged cargo or ship's stores are transferred unless transfer of
the packaged cargo or ship's stores does not hazard transfer of
the flammable or combustible cargo.
§153.977 Supervision Of Cargo Transfer.
T
The person in charge of cargo transfer shall:
(a) Supervise the operation of cargo system valves;
that stated on the cargo piping plan; and
(c) Monitor the cargo level in the tanks to make sure they do not
overflow.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982]
§153.979 Gauging With A Sounding Tube.
(a) No person may remove the cover of a sounding tube unless
he has authorization from the person in charge of cargo transfer.
(b) The person in charge of cargo transfer may not authorize
removal of the cover from a sounding tube gauge unless all tank
pressure has been relieved through the tank's venting system.
§153.980 Isolation Of Automatic Closing Valves.
The person in charge of cargo transfer may isolate automatic
closing valves described in §153.408(b) from a cargo containment
system if the following conditions are met:
(a) The containment system carries products to which §153.408
does not apply.
(b) The valves are isolated by:
(1) Removing the valves; or
(2) Installing removable pipes and blind flanges to by-pass the
valves.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982]
§153.981 Leaving Room In Tank For Cargo Expansion.
The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that the
amount of cargo in a tank does not exceed the tank's capacity at
any ambient temperature between -18°C (approx. 0°F) and 46°C
(approx. 115°F).
§153.983 Termination Procedures.
Upon completion of the transfer operation, the person in charge of
cargo transfer shall ensure that:
(a) The cargo transfer connections are closed off;
(b) The transfer lines and hoses are drained of cargo, either into
the tank or back to the transfer terminal;
(c) Any electrical bonding between the vessel and the shore
facility is broken only after the cargo hose is disconnected and all
spills removed; and
(d) Each vent system is returned to its nonloading configuration.
Special Cargo Procedures
§153.1000 Special Operating Requirements For Cargoes
Reactive With Water.
When Table 1 refers to this section, the master must ensure that
the cargo:
(a) Is carried only in a containment system completely isolated
from any systems containing water, such as slop tanks, ballast
tanks, cargo tanks containing slops or ballast, their vent lines or
piping; and
(b) Is separated by double walls, such as cofferdams and piping
tunnels, from any system containing water, as for example those
described in paragraph (a) of this section.
§153.1002 Special Operating Requirements For Heat
Sensitive Cargoes.
When Table 1 refers to this section, the master shall make sure
that:
A (5) A water hose is laid out on deck with water pressure to the
C
(a) The cargo temperature is maintained below the temperature
that would induce polymerization, decomposition, thermal
LI
instability, evolution of gas or reaction of the cargo;
(b) Any heating coils in the cargo tank are blanked off; and
B
(c) The cargo is not carried in uninsulated deck tanks.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982]
U
§153.1003 Prohibited Carriage In Deck Tanks.
When Table 1 refers to this section, cargoes may not be carried in
.P
deck tanks.
[CGD 95-900, 60 FR 34050, June 29, 1995]
§153.1004 Inhibited And Stabilized Cargoes.
.G
(a) Before loading a cargo containment system with a cargo
referenced to this section in Table 1, the person in charge of
cargo transfer shall make sure that the cargo containment system
is free of contaminants that could:
C
(1) Catalyze the polymerization or decomposition of the cargo; or
(2) Degrade the effectiveness of the inhibitor or stabilizer.
(b) The master shall make sure that the cargo is maintained at a
temperature which will prevent crystallization or solidification of
the cargo.
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982]
§153.1010 Alkylene Oxides.
(a) Before each loading of a cargo containment system with a
cargo referenced to this section in Table 1, the person in charge
of cargo transfer shall:
(1) Unless the tankship is equipped with independent cargo piping
that meets paragraph (d) of this section:
297
(1)(i) Obtain verification from a Coast Guard Marine Inspector or
from a representative of the tankship's flag administration that
separation of the alkylene oxide piping system complies with
alkylene oxide handling plans approved by the Coast Guard or
the tankship's flag administration; and
(1)(ii) Make sure that each spectacle flange and blank flange
connection that is required to separate alkylene oxide piping
systems from other systems has a wire and seal attached by a
Coast Guard Marine Inspector or a representative of the
tankship's flag administration.
(2) Purge the containment system until the oxygen content of the
cargo tank is less than 2% by volume.
(b) The person in charge of an alkylene oxide cargo transfer shall
ensure that:
(1) No alkylene oxide vapor or liquid is released to the
S
atmosphere during cargo transfer;
N
(2) No vapor return system connected to an alkylene oxide
containment system is at the same time connected to another
containment system;
IO
(3) Alkylene oxide is discharged only by an intank cargo pump or
inert gas displacement;
(4) Transfer hose is approved by the Commandant (G-MSO)
T
under §153.530(o) for alkylene oxide transfer and is marked "For
Alkylene Oxide Transfer Only"; and
nozzle, and all alkylene oxide spillages are washed away
immediately.
(c) While alkylene oxides are onboard the vessel, the master shall
make sure that the oxygen content of the vapor space above the
alkylene oxide and those spaces specified in §153.530(k) and (l)
is maintained below 2% by volume.
(d) Tankships with independent piping for alkylene oxides must
have onboard:
(1) Alkylene oxide handling plans approved by the Coast Guard or
the tankship's flag administration; and
(2) Certification from the Coast Guard or the tankship's flag
administration that the cargo piping for alkylene oxides is
independent.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782,
Feb. 3, 1983]
§153.1011 Changing Containment Systems And Hoses To
And From Alkylene Oxide Service.
(a) The person in charge of cargo transfer shall make sure that:
(1) No alkylene oxide is loaded into a containment system that
last carried a cargo other than an alkylene oxide unless the
containment system has been cleaned and inspected to make
sure it is in good condition with no heavy rust accumulations or
traces of previous cargoes;
(2) No alkylene oxide is loaded into a containment system that
within the previous three loadings carried a cargo listed in
paragraph (b) of this section unless the containment system has
been cleaned to the satisfaction of a Coast Guard Marine
Inspector or a person specifically authorized by the Commandant
(G-MSO) to approve alkylene oxide tank cleaning;
(3) No cargo but an alkylene oxide is loaded into a containment
system which last carried an alkylene oxide unless the
containment system has been cleaned of alkylene oxide to the
satisfaction of a Coast Guard Marine Inspector or person
specifically authorized by the Commandant (G-MSO) to approve
alkylene oxide tank cleaning; and
(4) No hose marked "For Alkylene Oxide Transfer Only" is used
for the transfer of a cargo other than an alkylene oxide.
(d) No person may enter a cargo tank endorsed for motor fuel
antiknock compounds if he does not follow the conditions in the
authorization under paragraph (c) of this section.
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
78-128, 47 FR 21212, May 17, 1982; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782,
Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40042, Sept. 29, 1989]

(b) The following cargoes are particularly reactive with alkylene §153.1035 Acetone Cyanohydrin Or Lactonitrile Solutions.
oxides: No person may operate a tankship carrying a cargo of acetone
cyanohydrin or lactonitrile solutions, unless that cargo is stabilized
(1) Non-oxidizing mineral acids (e.g. hydrochloric, phosphoric); with an inorganic acid.
(2) Sulfuric acid;
[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 40042, Sept. 29, 1989]
(3) Nitric acid;
(4) Organic acids (e.g. acetic, formic);
§153.1040 Carbon Disulfide.
(5) Halogenated organic acids (e.g. chloroacetic);
(a) No person may load, carry, or discharge carbon disulfide
(6) Sulfonic acids (e.g. alkyl benzene sulfonic);
unless the cargo tank has a water pad over the cargo of at least
(7) Caustic alkalies (e.g. caustic soda, caustic potash; sodium
one meter (approx. 40 in.).
hydrosulfide);

S
(8) Ammonia and ammonia solutions;
(b) The person in charge of a carbon disulfide transfer operation
(9) Aliphatic amines;
shall ensure that carbon disulfide is discharged only by

N
(10)Alkanolamines; and
displacement or intank cargo pump.
(11)Oxidizing substances.
(c) No person may remove a cargo pump for a containment

IO
[CGD 78-128, 47 FR 21211, May 17, 1982, as amended by CGD
system that carries carbon disulfide unless:
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21174,
May 22, 1985]
(1) The containment system has a gas free certificate issued
under the standards in §35.01-1 of this chapter; or
§153.1020 Unusually Toxic Cargoes.

T
(a) No person may load or carry a cargo referenced to this section
(2) The vapor space in the pump well is filled with water.
in Table 1 unless the cargo's piping and venting systems are
separated from piping and venting systems carrying cargoes not
referred to this section.
A §153.1045 Inorganic Acids.
When Table 1 refers to this section, the person in charge of cargo
transfer shall ensure that the legends "NO SMOKING" and "NO
C
(b) The master shall ensure that no heat transfer medium that has
OPEN LIGHTS" are displayed on the warning sign required in
been circulated through a cargo referenced to this section in
§153.955(a) when cargo is transferred.
Table 1 is circulated through a cargo not referenced to this
LI

section unless he determines the medium to be uncontaminated

§153.1046 Sulfuric Acid.
with cargo.
No person may liquefy frozen or congealed sulfuric acid other
than by external tank heating coils.
(c) No person may discharge overboard condensed steam from
B

the heating system of a cargo referenced to this section in Table 1

§153.1052 Carriage Of Other Cargoes In Acid Tanks.
unless he first determines the condensate to be uncontaminated
No person shall load or carry other cargoes in a cargo
with cargo.
containment system of a U.S. flag ship endorsed to carry sulfuric
U

acid, hydrochloric acid, or phosphoric acid with out specific

[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
authorization from the Commandant (G-MSO).
78-128, 47 FR 21212, May 17, 1982]
.P

[CGD 94-900, 59 FR 45139, Aug. 31, 1994]

§153.1025 Motor Fuel Antiknock Compounds.
(a) No person may load or carry any other cargo in a containment
§153.1060 Benzene.
system approved for motor fuel antiknock compounds containing
The person in charge of a Coast Guard inspected vessel must
lead alkyls except a cargo to be used solely in the manufacture of
ensure that the provisions of part 197, subpart C, of this chapter
.G

motor fuel antiknock compounds.

are applied.
(b) The master shall ensure that no person enter a pumproom or
[CGD 88-040, 56 FR 65006, Dec. 13, 1991]
void space that contains piping from a containment system
approved for motor fuel antiknock compounds containing lead
C

§153.1065 Sodium Chlorate Solutions.

alkyls unless:
(a) No person may load sodium chlorate solutions into a
containment system that previously carried another cargo unless
(1) The pumproom or void space atmosphere has been analyzed
the containment system is thoroughly washed before loading.
for its lead (as Pb) content and found to be less than 0.075
mg/m3 ; or
(b) The person in charge of cargo transfer shall make sure that
spills of sodium chlorate solutions are immediately washed away.
(2) The person follows the procedures for entering a cargo tank
described in paragraph (c) of this section.
[CGD 81-078, 50 FR 21174, May 22, 1985]
(c) No person may enter a cargo tank endorsed for motor fuel
antiknock compounds containing lead alkyls without prior specific Approval of Surveyors and Handling of
authorization from the Commandant (G-MSO). This authorization Categories A, B, C, and D Cargo and NLS
may be obtained by telephone ((202) 372-1425) if the person has Residue
previously obtained approval for the cargo tank entry procedure
from the Commandant (G-MSO). [SOURCE: CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7785, Mar. 12, 1987, unless
otherwise noted.]

298
§153.1100 Responsibility Of The Person In Charge.
The person in charge of the ship shall ensure that–
(a) The requirements of §§153.1102 through 153.1132 are met;
and
(b) The procedures in the approved Procedures and
Arrangements Manual are followed.
§153.1101 Procedures For Getting A Surveyor: Approval Of
Surveyors.
(a) At least 24 hours before a Surveyor is needed, the person
wishing the services of a Surveyor must contact the Captain of
the Port or the Marine Safety Office that has jurisdiction over the
port at which the Surveyor will be needed to–
(1) Arrange for the Coast Guard to provide a Surveyor; or
(2) Inform the Coast Guard of the selection of a Surveyor from
one of the organizations accepted by the Coast Guard to provide
Surveyors.
(b) Organizations may be accepted by the Coast Guard to provide
Surveyors if they–
(1) Are engaged, as a regular part of their business, in performing
inspections or tests of bulk liquid cargo tanks or bulk liquid cargo
handling equipment;
(2) Are familiar with the references in §153.0(b) and with the
requirements of this part;
(3) Are not controlled by the owners or operators of ships needing
the services of the Surveyors or the facilities at which those ships
C
would unload cargo;
(4) Are not dependent on Coast Guard acceptance under this
LI
section to remain in business; and
(5) Sign a Memorandum of Understanding with the Coast Guard.
B
(c) Each application for acceptance as a Surveyor must be
submitted to the Commandant (G-MSO) and must contain the
following:
U
(1) The name and address of the organization, including
subsidiaries and divisions, requesting acceptance by the Coast
.P
Guard to provide Surveyors.
(2) A statement that the organization is not controlled by the
owners or operators of ships needing the services of Surveyors or
the facilities at which these ships would unload, or a full
.G
disclosure of any ownership or controlling interest held by such
parties.
(3) A description of the experience and qualifications of the
personnel who would be performing the function of Surveyor.
C
(4) A statement that the persons who will be performing the
function of Surveyor have been trained in and are familiar with the
requirements of Annex II and the regulations in this part.
(5) A statement that the Coast Guard may verify the information
submitted in the application and may examine the persons who
will be performing the function of Surveyor to determine their
qualifications.
(d) The acceptance of an organization may be terminated by the
Commandant if the organization fails to properly perform or
supervise the inspections required in this part.
§153.1102 Handling And Disposal Of NLS Residue:
Cateqories A, B, C, And D.
299
(a) Except those Category A NLS residues that must be
discharged under paragraph (c) of this section, NLS residue from
an NLS whose vapor pressure is 5 kPa (50 mbar) or less at 20°C
(68°F) must be–
[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a): The Marine Protection, Research,
and Sanctuaries Act allows specific liquids to be discharged to the
sea under permits issued by the EPA.]
(1) Unloaded to any consignee;
(2) Returned to the shipper;
(3) Discharged to a reception facility;
(4) Retained on the ship; or
(5) Discharged to the sea under §153.1126 or §153.1128.
(b) Except those Category A NLS residues that must be
discharged under paragraph (c) of this section, NLS residue from
an NLS whose vapor pressure is greater than 5 kPa (50 mbar) at
20°C must be-
S
(1) Handled in the same way as the NLS residue under paragraph
N
(a) of this section; or
(2) Ventilated following a ventilation procedure in the approved
IO
Procedures and Arrangements Manual.
[NOTE: The Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq) allows states
to regulate emissions from tank ventilation. There may be other
regulations, both local and Federal, that affect the use of tank
T
ventilation for safety or environmental purposes.]
(c) NLS residue containing Category A NLS in pumproom bilges
A and in spill trays at the manifold must be discharged to a
reception facility.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7785, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
81-101, 53 FR 28975, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
1989]
§153.1104 Draining Of Cargo Hose: Categories A, B, C, And
D.
Before a cargo hose used in discharging an NLS from a ship's
cargo tank is disconnected, the hose must be drained back to the
transfer terminal unless the tank unloading the cargo has a waiver
under §153.483 or §153.491.
[CGD 81-101, 53 FR 28975, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar.
28, 1989]
§153.1106 Cleaning Agents.
No tank cleaning agent other than water or steam may be used to
clean an NLS residue from a cargo tank except as prescribed in
the approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual.
§153.1108 Heated Prewash For Solidifying NLS, High
Viscosity NLS And Required Prewashes Of NLS Whose
Viscosity Exceeds 25 mPa Sec At 20°C: Categories A, B, And
C.
(a) When a high viscosity or solidifying cargo is unloaded from a
cargo tank, the cargo tank must be prewashed unless §153.1114
or paragraph (c) of this section allows the prewash to be omitted.
(b) When a prewash is required for a tank that has unloaded a
solidifying cargo or a cargo having a viscosity exceeding 25 mPa
sec at 20°C, the wash water used in the prewash must leave the
tank washing machine at a temperature of at least 60°C (140°F).
(c) The prewash required under paragraph (a) of this section may
be omitted if the approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual
contains a procedure for measuring the temperature of all interior
cargo tank surfaces throughout unloading and under the
measuring procedure the temperature of these surfaces remains
above–
(1) The temperature of the cargo's melting point if the cargo is a
Category B or C solidifying NLS; or
(2) The temperature at which the cargo's viscosity exceeds–
(2)(i) 25 mPa.s, if the cargo is a high viscosity Category B NLS; or
(2)(ii) 60 mPa.s, if the cargo is a high viscosity Category C NLS.
[81-101, 53 FR 28975, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
1989]
§153.1112 Prewash For Tanks Containing Category A NLS
Residue.
Unless §153.1114 allows the prewash to be omitted, a cargo tank
that unloads a Category A NLS cargo must be prewashed
following the procedures in §153.1120.
§153.1114 Conditions Under Which A Prewash May Be
Omitted: Categories A, B, And C.
A prewash required by this part may be omitted if one of the
following requirements is met:
(a) A Surveyor has signed a statement in the Cargo Record Book
that the next cargo has been determined to be one that may be
loaded without washing the tank, and the tank is not washed or
ballasted before it is loaded with the next cargo.
(b) A Surveyor has signed a statement in the Cargo Record Book
that the approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual contains
procedures for removing the NLS residue by ventilation, and the
cargo tank is not washed or ballasted before being cleaned
following the ventilation procedure.
A (2)(iii) The name of the NLS;
C
[NOTE: The Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.) allows states
to regulate emissions from tank ventilation. There may be other
regulations, both local and Federal, that affect the use of tank
LI
ventilation for safety or environmental purposes.]
(c) The tank requiring the prewash has a waiver issued under
§153.483 or §153.491 and the waiver states when the tank is to
B
be prewashed.
§153.1116 Prewash For Tanks Unloaded Without Following
U
The Approved Procedures And Arrangements Manual:
Categories B And C.
If for any reason more Category B or C NLS residue remains in a
.P
cargo tank and transfer piping of a ship after unloading than
would remain after a normal discharge of the cargo when the
unloading procedures in the approved Procedures and
Arrangements Manual are followed, the tank must be prewashed
following the procedures in §153.1120 unless–
.G
(a) Section 153.1114 allows the prewash to be omitted; or
(b) The residue is reduced using another procedure, and a
Surveyor estimates and states in the Cargo Record Book that the
C
cargo tank and transfer piping contain no more NLS residue than
they would if discharged following the procedures in the approved
Procedures and Arrangements Manual, and no other prewash is
required by this part.
§153.1118 Prewash Of Categories B And C Cargo Tanks Not
Meeting Stripping Standards: Categories B And C.
(a) Unless §153.1114 allows the prewash to be omitted, a cargo
tank from which a Category B NLS is unloaded must be
prewashed using the procedures in §153.1120(b) if the tank–
(1) Operates under the interim standard in §153.481(b); or
(2) Has a waiver issued under §153.483.
(b) Unless §153.1114 allows the prewash to be omitted, a cargo
tank from which a Category C NLS is unloaded must be
prewashed using the procedures in §153.1120(b) if the tank has a
300
waiver issued under §153.483.
§153.1119 When To Prewash And Discharge NLS Residues
From A Prewash; Unloading An NLS Cargo In A Country
Whose Administration Is Not Signatory To MARPOL 73/78:
Categories A, B, And C.
(a) Except as allowed in paragraphs (b), (c), and (e) of this
section, each prewash required by this subpart must be
completed and all tank washings must be discharged to a
reception facility before the ship leaves the unloading port.
(b) NLS residue from the prewash following the unloading of a
Category B NLS may be transferred to a slop tank for discharge
under §153.1126 instead of being discharged under paragraph (a)
of this section if the prewash is required solely under
§153.1118(a)(1).
(c) A tank that is required by this part to be prewashed may be
prewashed in a port other than the unloading port if the following
S
conditions are met:
N
(1) The person in charge requests permission from the
Commandant (G-MSO) (tel num; 202-372-1425) if the prewash
port is a foreign port, or the Captain of the Port having jurisdiction
IO
over the unloading port if the prewash port is a U.S. port.
(2) The person in charge supplies with the request required under
paragraph (c)(1) of this section–
T
(2)(i) The name of the ship;
(2)(ii) The name of the owner;
(2)(iv) The approximate date the tank will be prewashed if the
relocation of the prewash port is for one time only;
(2)(v) A written agreement to receive the tank washings by a
reception facility in the prewash port;
(2)(vi) When the prewash port or terminal is in a country whose
Administration is signatory to MARPOL 73/78, a written
attestation from the person in charge of each prewash port or
terminal that the Administration has determined the port or
terminal to have adequate reception facilities for the NLS residue;
(2)(vii) Written pledges from the person in charge that–
(2)(vii)(A) The tank to be prewashed will not be washed or
ballasted before being prewashed; and
(2)(vii)(B) The ship will be taken to the reception facility and the
tank prewashed in accordance with the requirements in
§153.1120; and
(2)(viii) Any additional information the Captain of the Port or
Commandant (G-MSO) requests to evaluate granting the
permission.
(3) The Coast Guard or Commandant (G-MSO) has granted the
permission in writing, the permission is carried aboard the ship,
and the person in charge of the ship has made an entry in the
Cargo Record Book stating that the permission has been granted.
(d) Unless the permission granted under paragraph (c)(4) of this
section includes alternate conditions of termination or revocation
in writing, the permission is–
(1) Terminated after the tank is prewashed as pledged in
paragraph (c)(3)(vii) of this section or loaded with another cargo;
(2) Revoked if either of the pledges in paragraph (c)(3)(vii) of this
section is invalidated or the agreement in paragraph (c)(3)(v) of
this section is repudiated; and
(3) Revoked at any time the ship is not operated in accordance
with the pledges in paragraph (c)(3)(vii) of this section and the
conditions listed with the granted permission.
(e) A U.S. ship that would otherwise be required by this part to
prewash in a port without reception facilities must obtain
permission from Commandant (G-MSO) to prewash in an
alternate port.
§153.1120 Procedures For Tank Prewash: Categories A, B,
And C.
Except where the approved Procedures and Arrangements
Manual prescribes a different procedure, each of the following
steps must be done in the order listed for the Coast Guard to
consider the tanks prewashed under this part:
(a) When this part requires a prewash of a tank containing
Category A NLS residue and the alternative prewash procedure in
paragraph (b) of this section is not used, the prewash must meet
the following:
(1) The prewash may not begin until–
(1)(i) A Surveyor is present; and
(1)(ii) Instrumentation or equipment is available that is capable of
measuring the concentration of the Category A NLS in the NLS
residue and determining whether it is below 0.1 per cent by
weight.
(2) The equipment specified in §153.484 must be used as
prescribed in the approved Procedures and Arrangements
C
Manual for the prewash.
(3) The wash water must be heated if required by §153.1108, and
LI
water or tank washings must pass through the cargo pump and
piping, including any stripping equipment, during washing or
during discharge of tank washings.
B
(4) The tank washing machine must be placed in all positions
specified for the tank's Category A NLS prewash procedure in the
approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual.
U
(5) The tank must be pumped out each time there are enough
tank washings collected in the bottom of the tank for the pump to
.P
gain suction, and if the NLS is immiscible with water or is a
solidifying cargo, all floating and suspended NLS must be
discharged.
(6) The washing machine must be operated until samples of the
.G
discharged tank washings taken by the Surveyor are tested using
the equipment required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section and
the concentration of NLS is below 0.1 per cent by weight.
(7) After the washing is stopped, the remaining tank washings
C
must be pumped out.
(8) The Cargo Record Book must have items 12 through 14
completed and must show the Surveyor's written certification of
their accuracy.
(9) The Cargo Record Book must have the Surveyor's written
concurrence that the prewash procedures specified in the
approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual were followed.
(b) When this part requires a prewash of a tank containing
Category B or C NLS residue or when the procedure in this
paragraph is used as an alternative to the prewash procedure
under paragraph (a) of this section, the prewash must meet the
following:
301
(1) If the prewash is for a Category A NLS, the prewash may not
begin until a Surveyor is present.
(2) The equipment specified in §153.484 must be used as
prescribed in the approved Procedures and Arrangements
Manual for the prewash.
(3) The wash water must be heated if required by §153.1108, and
water or tank washings must pass through the cargo pump and
piping, including any stripping equipment, during washing or
during discharge of tank washings.
(4) Except as required in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, the
number of washing machine cycles specified in Table 153.1120
must be completed. If a prewash is required by a section listed
under Column 1 of Table 153.1120 and another section listed
under Column 2, the number of cycles in Column 1 must be
completed but no additional cycles are necessary.
S
(5) If the approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual
specifies that a tank washing machine must be moved for the
N
prewash of a tank from which a Category A NLS or a solidifying
NLS has been unloaded, the number of washing machine cycles
specified in Table 153.1120 must be completed at each position
IO
to which the washing machine is moved.
(6) When the NLS is immiscible with water or is a solidifying
cargo, the tank must be pumped out each time enough tank
washings collect in the bottom of the tank for the pump to gain
T
suction, or the procedures in paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4), and (b)(5)
of this section must be repeated two additional times with the tank
pumped out each time, for a total of three washings.
A (7) Items 12 through 14 in the Cargo Record Book must be
completed and, if the prewash is for a Category A NLS,
verification that the procedures specified in the approved
Procedures and Arrangements Manual were followed shown by
the Surveyor's endorsement in the Cargo Record Book.
TABLE 153.1120–NUMBER OF WASHING MACHINE CYCLES
IN THE PREWASH PROCEDURE
Number of washing machine cycles
Column 1: Column 2:
Prewash under Prewash except
§153.116 or for a those listed under
solidifying NLS column 1
under §153.1108
Category A NLS 2 1
Category B or C NLS 1 1/2
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7785, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
81-101, 53 FR 28975, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
1989]
§153.1122 Discharges Of NLS Residue From Tank Washing
Other Than A Prewash: Categories A, B, And C.
Tank washings that do not result from a prewash and that contain
Category A, B, or C NLS residues must be discharged to a
reception facility or discharged to the sea under §153.1126 or
§153.1128 except those tank washings resulting from washing a
tank that has been cleaned following a ventilation procedure in
the approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual.
§153.1124 Discharges Of Category D NLS Residue.
NLS residue from Category D NLSs must be discharged to a
reception facility or discharged to the sea using the following
procedure:
(a) Before discharge begins, drain or flush the NLS residue in the
tank's piping systems into the tank.
(b) After draining or flushing, discharge the NLS residue to the
sea in accordance with §153.1128 or transfer it to a slop tank and
discharge in accordance with §153.1126.
§153.1126 Discharge Of NLS Residue From A Slop Tank To
The Sea: Categories A, B, C, And D.
NLS residue in a slop tank may not be discharged into the sea
unless–
(a) The ship meets the conditions for discharging the NLS residue
from a cargo tank in §153.1128; and
(b) For Category B NLS residue transferred to the slop tank under
§153.1119(b), the NLS is discharged–
(1) Through an NLS residue discharge system with the flow
recording equipment required in §153.481(b)(2) operating; and
(2) At a rate maintained at or below Q in the following:
For tank contents that are miscible
VKU1.4 L1.6
-5 3
Q = x 10 m /hr
N
For tank contents that are immiscible
1.4 1.6 -5 3
Q = KU L x 10 m /hr
where:
Q = maximum permissible slops discharge rate in cubic meters
per hour.
V = volume of slops in the tank in cubic meters.
C
K = 4.3, except K = 6.45 if Q is distributed between two NLS
residue discharge outlets on opposite sides of the ship (see
LI
§§153.470(c) and 153.481(b)).
U = ship's speed in knots.
B
L = ship's length in meters.
N = number of tanks containing Category B NLS residue pumped
U
into the slop tank.
§153.1128 Discharge Of Nls Residue From A Cargo Tank To
.P
The Sea: Categories A. B, C, And D.
The discharge of NLS residue to the sea must be made with the
ship at least 22.24 km (12 nautical miles) from the nearest land,
and must meet the following additional conditions:
.G
(a) To discharge the following the ship must be in water at least
25 m (76.2 ft) deep:
(1) Category B or C NLS residue diluted to less than 1 ppm of the
NLS.
C
(2) Category B or C NLS residue resulting from washing a tank
after the following washing procedure has been completed:
(2)(i) If the tank is not required to be prewashed under this part,
the tank must be washed following the procedures that apply to a
prewash of a Category B NLS in §153.1120 using one washing
machine cycle, and the tank washings discharged to a reception
facility or to the sea under §153.1126 or paragraph (a)(1), (c) or
(d) of this section.
(2)(ii) After the tank has been prewashed or has been washed
under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, the tank must then be
washed with one cycle of the tank washing machine, and the tank
washings discharged to a reception facility or to the sea in
accordance with §153.1126 or paragraph (a)(1), (c), or (d) of this
section.
302
(b) To discharge a Category D NLS residue to which 10 times its
volume in water is added and mixed, the ship must be–
(1) If self-propelled, maintained at a speed of at least 12.97 km/hr
(7 knots); and
(2) If not self-propelled, maintained at a speed of at least 7.41
km/hr (4 knots).
(c) Each ship built before July 1, 1986 that discharges Category
A, B or C NLS residues before January 1, 1988 must be–
(1) In water at least 25 m (76.2 ft) deep;
(2) If discharging the residue of a Category A NLS cargo,
discharging only residue created by washing the Category A
NLS's cargo tank after a prewash;
(3) If discharging the residue of a Category B NLS cargo,
discharging no more than the larger of 1 m3 or 1/3000th the
S
volume of the Category B cargo loaded;
N
(4) If discharging the residue of a Category C NLS cargo,
discharging no more than the larger of 3 m3 of or 1/1000th the
volume of the Category C cargo loaded;
IO
(5) If self-propelled, maintained at a speed of at least 12.97 km/hr
(7 knots); and
(6) If not self-propelled, maintained at a speed of at least 7.41
T
km/hr (4 knots).
(d) To discharge Category A, B, C, or D NLS residue other than
A as allowed under paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, the
ship must be–
(1) In water at least 25 m (76.2 ft) deep;
(2) Discharging at a rate not exceeding that used for Qd in
§153.470;
(3) If self-propelled, maintained at speed no less than the
minimum specified in the approved Procedures and
Arrangements Manual but at least 12.97 km/hr (7 knots);
(4) If not self-propelled, maintained at a speed no less than the
minimum specified in the approved Procedures and
Arrangements Manual but at least 7.41 km/hr (4 knots);
(5) If discharging the residue of a Category A NLS cargo,
discharging only residue created by washing the Category A
NLS's cargo tank after a prewash;
(6) If discharging the residue of a Category B NLS cargo,
discharging no more than the larger of 1 m3 or 1/3000th the
volume of the Category B cargo loaded;
(7) If discharging the residue of a Category C NLS cargo,
discharging no more than the larger of 3 m3 of or 1/1000th the
volume of the Category C cargo loaded;
(8) Discharging through an NLS residue discharge system
meeting §153.470.
[CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7785, Mar. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD
81-101, 53 FR 28976, Aug. 1, 1988 and 54 FR 12629, Mar. 28,
1989]
§153.1130 Failure Of Slops Discharge Recording Equipment;
Operating With, Reporting Failures, And Replacing Pollution
Equipment: Category A, B, C, D.
(a) If equipment required in §§153.470 through 153.488 fails, the
Coast Guard Marine Inspection Office, Marine Safety Office, or
Captain of the Port must be notified within 24 hours after the
failure.
(b) No person shall replace a piece of equipment required by
§§153.470 through 153.488 unless the replacement is–
(1) Identical to the original equipment; or
(2) Allowed as an alternative under §153.10.
(c) The following conditions apply when discharge recording
equipment required under §153.481(b)(2) fails:
(1) No NLS residue may be discharged unless the approved
Procedures and Arrangements Manual contains procedures for
discharging with incapacitated discharge recording equipment
while meeting the discharge restrictions of §153.1126(b) and
these procedures are followed.
(2) The failure of the discharge recording equipment must be
recorded in the Cargo Record Book within 24 hours after the
failure.
(3) If the ship operates under a Certificate of Inspection, the failed
discharge recording equipment must be repaired or replaced
within 60 days after it fails, and the repair or replacement
recorded in the Cargo Record Book and reported to the Coast
Guard within 24 hours after it is completed.
§153.1132 Reporting Spills And Non-Complying Discharges:
Category A, B, C, And D.
The following shall be reported following the procedures applying
to oil in 33 CFR 151.15(c), (d), (g), (h):
(a) All discharges of the NLS that do not meet the requirements of
this part.
A operator of the ship shall proceed as follows:
C
(b) All spills into the water.
MAINTENANCE
LI
§153.1500 Venting System Rupture Disks.
The master shall ensure that a relief valve exposed to a cargo
after the failure of a rupture disk or breaking pin is cleaned and
B
operates properly before the next cargo is loaded into the tank.
§153.1502 Fixed Ballast Relocation.
U
No person may remove or relocate fixed ballast unless:
(a) The change is approved by the Commandant (G-MSO); or
.P
(b) The ballast is temporarily moved under the supervision of a
Coast Guard Marine Inspector for examination or repair of the
tankship.
.G
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§153.1504 Inspection Of Personnel Emergency And Safety
C
Equipment.
The master shall ensure that the personnel emergency and safety
equipment required by §153.214 is inspected each 30 days and
found to be in good condition and operating properly.
Subpart D – Test and Caclulation Proceedures
for Determining Stripping Quantity, Clingage
NLS Residue, And Total NLS Residue
[SOURCE: CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7788, Mar. 12, 1987, unless
otherwise Noted.]
§153.1600 Equipment Required For Conducting The Stripping
Quantity Test.
The operator shall ensure the stripping quantity test is conducted
with–
303
(a) Equipment that maintains a backpressure of at least 100 kPa
(1 atm) (gauge) at the connection of the discharge line of the tank
to be tested to the cargo transfer hose, including, but not limited
to, piping whose discharge is 10 m above the manifold or a
constant pressure valve in the discharge line and set at 100 kPa;
(b) A container for measuring the volume of water remaining in
the tank to an accuracy of ±5%;
(c) A squeegee or broom to collect standing water on the tank
floor;
(d) One or more containers for collecting and transferring water;
and
(e) One of the following for transferring the water remaining in the
tank to the measuring container:
(1) A wet vacuum.
S
(2) A positive displacement pump.
(3) An eductor with an air/water separator in line.
N
§153.1602 Test Procedure For Determining The Strippinq
Quantity.
IO
(a) The stripping quantity of a tank must be determined by testing
the tank under the procedures in paragraph (b) of this section
unless the Coast Guard agrees under the provisions of §153.10 to
accept the stripping quantity, previously determined under
paragraph (b) of this section, of a tank having similar geometry,
T
internal structure, and piping system.
(b) When testing a tank for stripping quantity, the owner or
(1) Make arrangements with the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, for a Coast Guard Marine Inspector to witness the
stripping test.
(2) Clean and gas free the tanks to be tested.
(3) Determine the least favorable values of list and trim for
drainage within the range allowed by the approved Procedures
and Arrangements Manual.
(4) Maintain the ship's list and trim during the test to that
determined under paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(5) Load the tank with enough water so that unloading the water
simulates the final stages of unloading a full tank of cargo.
(6) Pump out the water and strip the tank using the procedures
specified in the approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual.
(7) After shutting the manifold valve, open any cargo pump foot
valve to allow water trapped in the cargo pump to drain into the
tank.
(8) Open all valves in the piping system except the manifold valve
and allow the water to drain into the tank.
(9) Squeegee or sweep the water drained under paragraphs
(b)(7) and (b)(8) of this section and any water that stands in
puddles on the tank floor to the tank's low point or sump and
collect in the container required by §153.1600(b) using the
equipment required in §153.1600(e).
(10) With the manifold valve still closed, drain any water
remaining in the piping system on the ship's side of the cargo
transfer manifold valve into containers, and add this water to that
collected from the tank under paragraph (b)(9) of this section.
Water collected from a cargo line serving a block of tanks may be
prorated between all the tanks it serves if–
(10)(i) The ship owner requests, under the provisions of §153.10,
that the water be prorated; and
(10)(ii) The ship's approved Procedures and Arrangements
Manual specifies that no tank in the block be washed until all the
tanks in the block have been discharged.
(c) Include any water that is trapped in dead end pipe sections,
either by-
(1) Draining the pipe sections and adding the water to that
collected in the container under paragraphs (b)(9) and (b)(10) of
this section; or
(2) Adding an estimate of the water's volume to the sum
calculated in paragraph (d) of this section using the pipe's
dimensions, the ship's list and trim, and the geometry of the
piping system.
(d) Measure the volume of water collected in the container under
paragraphs (b)(9), (b)(10), and (c)(1) of this section and add to
that volume the volume, if any, estimated under paragraph (c)(2)
of this section.
§153.1604 Determining The Stripping Quantity From The Test
Results.
(a) For a single test, the stripping quantity is the volume of water
calculated under §153.1602(d).
(b) If multiple tests are made on a tank without modifications to
the tank, pumping system, or stripping procedure between the
tests, the stripping quantity must be taken as the average of the
stripping quantities for all of the tests.
A information that may be useful in approximating surface areas of
C
(c) If multiple tests are made on a tank with modifications to the
tank, pumping system, or stripping procedure between the tests,
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C
304
the stripping quantity is the stripping quantity determined under
paragraph (b) of this section using only those tests performed
after the last modification.
§153.1608 Calculation Of Total NLS Residue And Clingage
NLS Residue.
(a) The total NLS residue for each tank is calculated by adding
the stripping quantity and the clingage NLS residue.
(b) The clingage NLS residue for each tank is calculated using the
following formula:
Qclingage = 1.1 x 10-4 Ad + 1.5 x 10-5 Aw + 4.5 x 10-4 L1/2 Ab
where:
Ab = Area of the tank bottom added to the area in square meters
of tank structural components projected on a horizontal surface
S
Ad = Area of the tank underdecks added to the area in square
meters of tank structural components projected on a horizontal
N
surface
Aw = Area of the tank walls added to the area in square meters of
IO
tank structural components projected on a vertical surface
L = Length of tank in meters from fore to aft
Qclingage = volume of clingage in cubic meters
T
When using the formula in this paragraph, areas that are inclined
more than 30° from the horizontal may be assumed to be vertical.
[NOTE: The Commandant (G-MSO) (tel num;202-267-1217) has
typical structural members for the projected area calculations
under §153.1608(b).]
 C
.G
.P
U
B

305
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

306
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

307
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

308
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

309
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

310
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

311
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

312
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

313
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

314
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

315
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

316
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

317
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

318
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

319
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

320
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 153.900, 153.907). Words in italics are not part of the cargo name
but may be used in addition to the cargo name. When one entry
references another entry by use of the word "see", and both
names are in roman type, either name may be used as the cargo
name (e.g., Diethyl ether, see Ethyl ether). However, the
referenced entry is preferred.

The provisions contained in 46 CFR part 197, subpart C, apply to

liquid cargoes containing 0.5% or more benzene by volume.

b. This column lists the IMO Annex II Pollution Category.

A, B, C, D–NLS Category of Annex II of MARPOL 73/78.

III–Appendix III of Annex II (non-NLS cargoes) of MARPOL 73/78.

#–No determination of NLS status. For shipping on an

oceangoing vessel, see 46 CFR 153.900(c).

S
[ ]–A NLS category in brackets indicates that the product is

N
provisionally categorized and that further data are necessary to
complete the evaluation of its pollution hazards. Until the hazard
evaluation is completed, the pollution category assigned is used.

IO
@–The NLS category has been assigned by the U.S. Coast
Guard, in absence of one assigned by the IMO. The category is
based upon a GESAMP Hazard Profile or by analogy to a closely
related product having an NLS assigned.

T
c. This column lists the hazard(s) of the commodity:

A S–The commodity is included because of its safety hazards.

C
P–The commodity is included because of its pollution hazards.

S/P–The commodity is included because of both its safety and

LI

pollution hazards.

d. This column lists the type of containment system the cargo

must have (see 153.230 through 153.232).
B

e. This column lists the height of any vent riser required (see
153.350 and 153.351).
U

f. This column lists any vent control valve required (see 153.355).
.P

g. This column lists the type of gauging system required (see

153.400 through 153.406).

h. This column lists the type of fire protection system required.

Where more than one system is listed, any listed system may be
.G

used. A dry chemical system may not be substituted for either

type of foam system unless the dry chemical system is listed as
an alternative or the substitution is approved by Commandant (G-
MSO) (see 153.460). The types are as follows:
C

A is a foam system for water soluble cargoes (polar solvent

foam).

B is a foam system for water insoluble cargoes (non-polar solvent

foam).

C is a water spray system.

D is a dry chemical system.

NSR means there is no special requirement applying to fire

protection systems.
Column Heading Footnotes:
i. This column lists sections that apply to the cargo in addition to
the general requirements of this part. The 153 Part number is
a. The cargo name must be as it appears in this column (see
omitted.

321
j. This column lists the electrical hazard class and group used for
the cargo when determining requirements for electrical equipment
under Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
A number of electrical hazard class and group assignments are
based upon that which appears in "Classification of Gases,
Liquids and Volatile Solids Relative to Explosion-Proof Electrical
Equipment", Publication NMAB 353-5, national Academy Press,
1982, when not appearing in NFPA 497M, "Manual for
Classification of Gases, Vapors and Dusts for Electrical
Equipment in Hazardous (Classified) Locations."
The I-B electrical hazard does not apply to weather deck locations
(see 46 CFR Part 111) for inorganic acids: Chlorosulfonic acid;
Hydrochloric acid; Nitrating acid; Nitric acid (70% or less); Oleum;
Phosphoric acid; Sulfuric acid.
Abbreviations used in the Table:
NR–No requirement.
NA–Not applicable.
Abbreviations for Noxious Liquid cargoes:
N.F.–non-flammable (flash point greater than 60 deg C (140 deg
F) closed cup (cc)).
F.–flammable (flash point less than or equal to 60 deg C (140 deg
F) closed cup (cc)).
n.o.s.–not otherwise specified.
ST–Ship type.
C
Cat–Pollution category.
LI
Footnotes for Specific Cargoes:
1. Special applicability:
B
153.440 and .908(a) apply to the chemical, and mixtures
containing the chemical, with a viscosity of 25 mPa.s at 20 deg C
(68 deg F).
U
153.440 and .908(b) apply to the chemical, and mixtures
containing the chemical, with a melting point of 0 deg C (32 deg
.P
F) and above.
153.488 applies to the chemical, and mixtures containing the
chemical, with a melting point of 15 deg C (59 deg F) and above.
.G
2. Benzene containing cargoes.
Applies to mixtures containing no other components with safety
hazards and where the pollution category is C or less.
C
3. Diammonium salt of Zinc ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
322
solution; Tetraethylenepentamine.
Aluminum is a questionable material of construction with this
cargo since pitting and corrosion has been reported. The IMO
Chemical Code prohibits aluminum as a material of construction
for this cargo.
4. 2,4-Dichlorophenol.
Some tank pitting has been reported when this cargo is
contaminated with water, including moisture in the air. The IMO
Chemical Code requires that the vapor space over this cargo be
kept dry.
5. Reserved.
6. Diphenylmethane diisocyanate; Hexamethylene diisocyanate;
Isophorone diisocyanate; Polymethylene polyphenyl isocyanate;
Toluene diisocyanate; Trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate
S
(2,2,4- and 2,4,4-isomers).
N
Water is effective in extinguishing open air fires but will generate
hazardous quantities of gas if put on the cargo in enclosed
spaces.
IO
7. Maleic anhydride; Nitroethane; Nitroethane, 1-Nitropropane
mixtures; 1- or 2-Nitropropane; Nitropropane, Nitroethane
mixtures.
T
Dry chemical extinguishers should not be used on fires involving
these cargoes since some dry chemicals may react with the cargo
and cause an explosion.
A 8. Xylenes.
Special requirement .908(b) only applies to the para- (p-) isomer,
and mixtures containing the para-isomer having a melting point of
0 deg C (32 deg F) or more.
[CGD 92 - 100, 59 FR 17028, Apr. 11, 1994, as amended by CGD
94 - 900, 59 FR 45139, Aug. 31, 1994; CGD 94 - 902, 60 FR
34043, June 29, 1995; CGD 95 - 900, 60 FR 34050, 34051, June
29, 1995; 60 FR 39267, Aug. 2, 1995; 65 FR 67136, Nov. 8,
2000]
Table 2 – Cargoes Not Regulated Under Subchapters D Or O
Of This Chapter When Carried In Bulk On Non-Oceangoing
Barges
The cargoes listed in this table are not regulated under
subchapter D or O of this title when carried in bulk on non-
oceangoing barges. Category A, B, or C noxious liquid substance
(NLS) cargo, as defined in §153.2 of this chapter, listed in this
table, or any mixture containing one or more of these cargoes,
must be carried under this subchapter if carried in bulk on an
oceangoing ship. Requirements for Category D NLS cargoes and
mixtures of non-NLS cargoes with Category D NLS cargoes are in
33 CFR part151.
 C
.G
.P
U
B

323
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U

Explanation of Symbols: As used in this table, the following stand

for:
.P

A, B, C, D–NLS Category of Annex II of MARPOL 73/78.

I–Considered an "oil" under Annex I of MARPOL 73/78.

III–Appendix III of Annex II (non-NLS cargoes) of MARPOL 73/78.

.G

LFG–Liquefied flammable gas.

#–No determination of NLS status. For shipping on an

oceangoing vessel, see 46 CFR 153.900(c).
C

[ ]–A NLS category in brackets indicates that the product is

provisionally categorized and that further data are necessary to
complete the evaluation of its pollution hazards. Until the hazard
evaluation is completed, the pollution category assigned is used.

@ The NLS category has been assigned by the U.S. Coast

Guard, in absence of one assigned by the IMO. The category is
based upon a GESAMP Hazard Profile or by analogy to a closely
related product having an NLS assigned.

Abbreviations for Noxious liquid Cargoes:

N.F.–non-flammable (flash point greater than 60 degrees C (140

degrees F) cc).

n.o.s.–not otherwise specified.

324
ST – Ship type.
Cat –Pollution category.

[CGD 88-100, 54 FR 43584, Oct. 26, 1989; CGD 92-100, 59 FR 17044, Apr. 11, 1994, as amended by CGD 94-900, 59 FR 45142, Aug. 31,
1994; CGD 94-902, 60 FR 34043, June 29, 1995; CGD 95-900, 60 FR 34052, June 29, 1995; 65 FR 67136, Nov. 8, 2000]

Appendix I [Reserved]

Appendix II–Metric Units Used in Part 153

Parameter Metric(SI unit) Abbreviation Equivalent to English or
common metric
Force Newton N 0.225lbs.
Length Meter M 39.37 in.
Centimeter Cm .3937 in.
-4 2
Pressure Pascal Pa 1.450x10 lbs/in
2
Kilo-Pascal kPa 0.145 lbs/in .
(1,000 Pascals).
-2 2
Kilo-Pascal kPa 1.02x10 kg/cm .

S
3 2
Do kPa 1x10 N/m .
Temperature Degree Celsius °C 5/9 (°F-32).
Viscosity Milli-Pascal second. mPa sec. 1.0 centipoise.

N
3
Volume Cubic meter m 264 gallons (gal)
3 3
do m 35.3 ft .

IO
[CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977, as amended by CGD Mar. 12, 1987. Redesignated by CGD 92-100, 59 FR 17045, Apr.
78-128, 47 FR 21212, May 17, 1982; CGD 81-101, 52 FR 7799, 11, 1994]

T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

325
 Part 154 – Safety Standards For Self-Propelled Vessels
Carrying Bulk Liquefied Gases
Table Of Contents 154.401 Definitions.
154.405 Design Vapor Pressure (Po) Of A Cargo Tank.
Subpart A—General 154.406 Design Loads For Cargo Tanks And Fixtures: General.
154.407 Cargo Tank Internal Pressure Head.
Sec. 154.408 Cargo Tank External Pressure Load.
154.1 Incorporation By Reference. 154.409 Dynamic Loads From Vessel Motion.
154.3 Purpose. 154.410 Cargo Tank Sloshing Loads.
154.5 Applicability. 154.411 Cargo Tank Thermal Loads.
154.7 Definitions, Acronyms, And Terms. 154.412 Cargo Tank Corrosion Allowance.
154.9 Issuance Of Documents.
154.12 Existing Gas Vessel: Endorsements And Requirements. INTEGRAL TANKS
154.15 U.S. Flag Vessel: Endorsement Application.
154.17 U.S. Flag Vessel Certificate Of Inspection Endorsement 154.418 General.

S
154.19 U.S. Flag Vessel: IMO Certificate Issuance. 154.419 Design Vapor Pressure.
154.22 Foreign Flag Vessel: Certificate Of Compliance 154.420 Tank Design.
Endorsement Application. 154.421 Allowable Stress.

N
154.24 Foreign Flag Vessel: IMO Certificate.
154.30 Liquefied Gases Not Included In Table 4. MEMBRANE TANKS
154.32 Equivalents.

IO
154.34 Special Approval: Requests. 154.425 General.
154.36 Correspondence And Vessel Information: Submission. 154.426 Design Vapor Pressure.
154.40 Right Of Appeal. 154.427 Membrane Tank System Design.
154.428 Allowable Stress.

T
Subpart B–Inspections And Tests 154.429 Calculations.
154.430 Material Test.
EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS FOR FOREIGN FLAG 154.431 Model Test.
VESSELS

154.150 Examination Required For A Certificate Of Compliance.

A 154.432 Expansion And Contraction.

SEMI-MEMBRANE TANKS
C
154.151 Procedures For Having The Coast Guard Examine A
Vessel For A Certificate Of Compliance. 154.435 General.
154.436 Design Vapor Pressure.
LI

Subpart C–Design, Construction, And Equipment

INDEPENDENT TANK TYPE A
HULL STRUCTURE
154.437 General.
B

154.170 Outer Hull Steel Plating.

154.172 Contiguous Steel Hull Structure. 154.438 Design Vapor Pressure.
154.174 Transverse Contiguous Hull Structure. 154.439 Tank Design.
154.440 Allowable Stress.
U

154.176 Longitudinal Contiguous Hull Structure.

154.178 Contiguous Hull Structure: Heating System.
154.180 Contiguous Hull Structure: Welding Procedure. INDEPENDENT TANK TYPE B
.P

154.182 Contiguous Hull Structure: Production Weld Test.

154.188 Membrane Tank: Inner Hull Steel. 154.444 General.
154.195 Aluminum Cargo Tank: Steel Enclosure. 154.445 Design Vapor Pressure.
154.446 Tank Design.
SHIP SURVIVAL CAPABILITY AND CARGO TANK LOCATION 154.447 Allowable Stress.
154.448 Calculations.
.G

154.200 Stability Requirements: General. 154.449 Model Test.

154.235 Cargo Tank Location.
INDEPENDENT TANK TYPE C AND PROCESS PRESSURE
SHIP ARRANGEMENTS VESSELS
C

154.300 Segregation Of Hold Spaces From Other Spaces. 154.450 General.

154.305 Segregation Of Hold Spaces From The Sea. 154.451 Design Vapor Pressure.
154.310 Cargo Piping Systems. 154.452 External Pressure.
154.315 Cargo Pump And Cargo Compressor Rooms. 154.453 Failure To Meet Independent Tank Type C Standards.
154.320 Cargo Control Stations.
154.325 Accommodation, Service, And Control Spaces. SECONDARY BARRIER
154.330 Openings To Accommodation, Service, Or Control
Spaces. 154.459 General.
154.340 Access To Tanks And Spaces In The Cargo Area. 154.460 Design Criteria.
154.345 Air Locks.
154.350 Bilge And Ballast Systems In The Cargo Area. INSULATION
154.355 Bow And Stern Loading Piping.
154.356 Cargo Emergency Jettisoning Piping. 154.465 General.
154.466 Design Criteria.
CARGO CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 154.467 Submission Of Insulation Information.

326
 SUPPORT SYSTEM 154.709 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: Gas Detection Equipment.

154.470 General. CARGO VENT SYSTEMS

154.471 Design Criteria.
154.476 Cargo Transfer Devices And Means. 154.801 Pressure Relief Systems.
154.802 Alternate Pressure Relief Settings.
CARGO AND PROCESS PIPING SYSTEMS 154.804 Vacuum Protection.
154.805 Vent Masts.
154.500 Cargo And Process Piping Standards. 154.806 Capacity Of Pressure Relief Valves.
154.503 Piping And Piping System Components: Protection
From Movement. ATMOSPHERIC CONTROL IN CARGO CONTAINMENT
154.506 Mechanical Expansion Joint: Limits In A Piping System. SYSTEMS
154.512 Piping: Thermal Isolation.
154.514 Piping: Electrical Bonding. 154.901 Atmospheric Control Within Cargo Tanks And Cargo
154.516 Piping: Hull Protection. Piping Systems.
154.517 Piping: Liquid Pressure Relief. 154.902 Atmospheric Control Within Hold And Interbarrier
154.519 Piping Relief Valves. Spaces.
154.520 Piping Calculations. 154.903 Inert Gas Systems: General.
154.522 Materials For Piping. 154.904 Inert Gas System: Controls.

S
154.524 Piping Joints: Welded And Screwed Couplings. 154.906 Inert Gas Generators.
154.526 Piping Joints: Flange Connection. 154.908 Inert Gas Generator: Location.

N
154.528 Piping Joints: Flange Type. 154.910 Inert Gas Piping: Location.
154.530 Valves: Cargo Tank MARVS 69 kPa Gauge (10 Psig) 154.912 Inerted Spaces: Relief Devices.
Or Lower.

IO
154.532 Valves: Cargo Tank MARVS Greater Than 69 kPa ELECTRICAL
Gauge (10 Psig).
154.534 Cargo Pumps And Cargo Compressors. 154.1000 Applicability.
154.536 Cargo Tank Gauging And Measuring Connections. 154.1002 Definition.
154.538 Cargo Transfer Connection. 154.1005 Equipment Approval.

T
154.540 Quick-Closing Shut-Off Valves: Emergency Shut-Down 154.1010 Electrical Equipment In Gas-Dangerous Space Or
System. Zone.
154.544 Quick-Closing Shut-Off Valves. 154.1015 Lighting In Gas-Dangerous Space.
154.546 Excess Flow Valve: Closing Flow.
154.548 Cargo Piping: Flow Capacity. A 154.1020 Emergency Power.
C
154.550 Excess Flow Valve: Bypass. FIREFIGHTING

CARGO HOSE Firefighting System: Exterior Water Spray

LI

154.551 Cargo Hose: General. 154.1105 Exterior Water Spray System: General.
154.552 Cargo Hose: Compatibility. 154.1110 Areas Protected By System.
154.554 Cargo Hose: Bursting Pressure. 154.1115 Discharge.
B

154.556 Cargo Hose: Maximum Working Pressure. 154.1120 Nozzles.

154.558 Cargo Hose: Marking. 154.1125 Pipes, Fittings, And Valves.
154.560 Cargo Hose: Prototype Test. 154.1130 Sections.
U

154.562 Cargo Hose: Hydrostatic Test. 154.1135 Pumps

MATERIALS Firefighting System: Dry Chemical

.P

154.605 Toughness Test. 154.1140 Dry Chemical System: General.

154.610 Design Temperature Not Colder Than 0°C (32°F). 154.1145 Dry Chemical Supply.
154.615 Design Temperature Below 0°C (32°F) And Down To - 154.1150 Distribution Of Dry Chemical.
55°C (-67°F). 154.1155 Hand Hose Line: Coverage.
.G

154.620 Design Temperature Below -55°C (-67°F) And Down To 154.1160 Monitor Coverage Of System.
-165°C (-265°F). 154.1165 Controls.
154.625 Design Temperature Below 0°C (32°F) And Down To - 154.1170 Hand Hose Line: General.
165°C (-265°F).
154.630 Cargo Tank Material. CARGO AREA: MECHANICAL VENTILATION SYSTEM
C

CONSTRUCTION 154.1200 Mechanical Ventilation System: General.

154.1205 Mechanical Ventilations System: Standards.
154.650 Cargo Tank And Process Pressure Vessel Welding. 154.1210 Hold Space, Void Space, Cofferdam, And Spaces
154.655 Stress Relief For Independent Tanks Type C. Containing Cargo Piping.
154.660 Pipe Welding.
154.665 Welding Procedures. INSTRUMENTATION

CARGO PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL 154.1300 Liquid Level Gauging System: General.
154.1305 Liquid Level Gauging System: Standards.
154.701 Cargo Pressure And Temperature Control: General. 154.1310 Closed Gauge Shut-Off Valve.
154.702 Refrigerated Carriage. 154.1315 Restricted Gauge Excess Flow Valve.
154.703 Methane (LNG). 154.1320 Sighting Ports, Tubular Gauge Glasses, And Flat Plate
154.705 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: General. Type Gauge Glasses.
154.706 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: Fuel Lines. 154.1325 Liquid Level Alarm System: All Cargo Tanks.
154.707 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: Ventilation. 154.1330 Liquid Level Alarm System Independent Tank Type C
154.708 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: Valves. 154.1335 Pressure And Vacuum Protection.

327
154.1340 Temperature Measuring Devices. 154.1866 Cargo Hose Connection: Transferring Cargo.
154.1345 Gas Detection. 154.1868 Portable Blowers In Personnel Access Openings.
154.1350 Flammable Gas Detection System. 154.1870 Bow And Stern Loading.
154.1360 Oxygen Analyzer. 154.1872 Cargo Emergency Jettisoning.
154.1365 Audible And Visual Alarms. Table 4 – Summary Of Minimum Requirements
154.1370 Pressure Gauge And Vacuum Gauge Marking. Appendix A To Part 154 – Equivalent Stress
154.1375 Readout For Temperature Measuring Device: Marking. Appendix B To Part 154 – Stress Analyses Definitions

SAFETY EQUIPMENT Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3703, 9101; Department of Homeland

Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
154.1400 Safety Equipment: All Vessels. [SOURCE: CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, unless
154.1405 Respiratory Protection. otherwise noted.]
154.1410 Decontamination Shower.
154.1415 Air Compressor. [EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes affecting Part 154
154.1420 Stretchers And Equipment. appear at CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995 and at CGD
154.1430 Equipment Locker. 96-041, 61 FR 50732, Sept. 27, 1996.]
154.1435 Medical First Aid Guide.
154.1440 Antidotes.
Subpart A—General

S
Subpart D–Special Design And Operating Requirements
[SOURCE: CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31626, Aug. 21, 1987, unless
otherwise Noted.]

N
154.1700 Purpose.
154.1702 Materials Of Construction.
154.1705 Independent Tank Type C. §154.1 Incorporation By Reference.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this part

IO
154.1710 Exclusion Of Air From Cargo Tank Vapor Spaces.
154.1715 Moisture Control. with approval of the Director of the Federal Register in
154.1720 Indirect Refrigeration. accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). The Office of the Federal
154.1725 Ethylene Oxide. Register publishes a list "Material Approved for Incorporation by
154.1730 Ethylene Oxide: Loading And Off-Loading. Reference," which appears in the Finding Aids section of this

T
154.1735 Methyl Acetylene-Propadiene Mixture. volume. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in
154.1740 Vinyl Chloride: Inhibiting And Inerting. paragraph (b) of this section, notice of change must be published
154.1745 Vinyl Chloride: Transferring Operations. in the FEDERAL REGISTER and the material made available. All
154.1750
154.1755
Butadiene Or Vinyl Chloride: Refrigeration System.
Nitrogen. A approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register,
Washington, DC 20408, and at the Commandant (G-MSO), U.S.
Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street SW. Washington, DC 20593-
C
154.1760 Liquid Ammonia.
0001.
Subpart E—Operations
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this
LI

154.1800 Special Operating Requirements Under Part 35 Of This part are:

Chapter.
154.1802 Certificates, Letters, And Endorsements: Foreign Flag American Bureau of Shipping (ABS),
B

Vessels. ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive, Houston, TX 77060

154.1803 Expiration Of Certificates Of Compliance. Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, 1981
154.1808 Limitations In The Endorsement.
U

154.1809 Loading And Stability Manual. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE

154.1810 Cargo Manual. 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036
154.1812 Operational Information For Terminal Personnel. ANSI Z89.1-69 Safety Requirements for Industrial Head
.P

154.1814 Cargo Information Cards. Protection, 1969

154.1816 Cargo Location Plan.
154.1818 Certification Of Inhibition. ANSI Z87.1-79 Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye
154.1820 Shipping Document. and Face Protection, 1979
154.1822 Shipping Document: Copy For Transfer Terminal.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
.G

154.1824 Obstruction Of Pumproom Ladderways.

154.1826 Opening Of Cargo Tanks And Cargo Sampling.
154.1828 Spaces Containing Cargo Vapor: Entry.
154.1830 Warning Sign.
154.1831 Persons In Charge Of Transferring Liquid Cargo In Bulk
C
100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
ASTM A 20/A 20M-97a, Standard Specification for General
Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels– 154.610

Or Preparing Cargo Tanks. ASTM F 1014-92, Standard Specification for Flashlights on

154.1834 Cargo Transfer Piping.
154.1836 Vapor Venting As A Means Of Cargo Tank Pressure
And Temperature Control.
154.1838 Discharge By Gas Pressurization.
154.1840 Protective Clothing.
154.1842 Cargo System: Controls And Alarms.
154.1844 Cargo Tanks: Filling Limits.
154.1846 Relief Valves: Changing Set Pressure.
154.1848 Inerting.
154.1850 Entering Cargo Handling Spaces.
154.1852 Air Breathing Equipment.
154.1854 Methane (LNG) As Fuel.
154.1858 Cargo Hose.
154.1860 Integral Tanks: Cargo Colder Than -10°C (14°F).
154.1862 Posting Of Speed Reduction.
154.1864 Vessel Speed Within Speed Reduction.
Vessels– 154.1400
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATION
Publications Section, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR,
United Kingdom
Resolution A.328(IX), Code for the Construction and Equipment
of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk, 1976
Code For Existing Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk, 1976
Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous
Goods
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC.
12 Laboratory Drive, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995

328
UL No. 783-79 Standard for Safety, Electric Flashlights for Use in firefighting control equipment under §154.1140 to §154.1170, is
Hazardous Locations, Class 1, Groups C and D, 1979. centralized.

[CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31626, Aug. 21, 1987, as amended by CGD
82-042, 53 FR 17705, May 18, 1988; CGD 82-042, 53 FR 18949,
May 25, 1988; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50732, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR
51048, Sept. 30, 1997; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943,
Mar. 1, 2000; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
Design temperature means the minimum cargo temperature the
Coast Guard allows for loading, unloading, or carriage.
Design vapor pressure (Po) means the maximum gauge
pressure at the top of the cargo tank for the design of the cargo
tank.

§154.3 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to prescribe rules for new and existing
gas vessels.
§154.5 Applicability.
This part applies to each self-propelled vessel that has on board
bulk liquefied gases as cargo, cargo residue or vapor, except
subpart C does not apply if the vessel meets §154.12(b), (c), or
(d).
Document means a Certificate of Inspection for a U.S. flag vessel
or a Certificate of Compliance for a foreign flag vessel.
Existing gas vessel means a self-propelled vessel that–
(a) Is delivered on or before October 31, 1976; or
(b) Is delivered between October 31, 1976 and June 30, 1980,
and is not a new gas vessel.

S
Flammable cargoes includes the following liquefied gases from
§154.7 Definitions, Acronyms, And Terms. Table 4 (follows §154.1872):

N
As used in this part:
Acetaldehyde
"A" Class Division means a division as defined in Regulation 3 Butadiene

IO
of Chapter II-2 of the 1974 Safety Convention. Butane
Butylene
Accommodation spaces means public spaces, corridors, Dimethylamine
lavatories, cabins, offices, hospitals, cinemas, game and hobby Ethane
rooms, pantries containing no cooking appliances, and spaces Ethylamine

T
used in a similar fashion. Ethyl chloride
Ethylene
Boiling point means the temperature at which a substance's Ethylene oxide
vapor pressure is equal to the atmospheric barometric pressure.
A Methane (LNG)
Methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture
C
Breadth (B) means the maximum width of the vessel in meters Methyl bromide
measured amidships to the molded line of the frame in a ship with Methyl chloride
a metal shell and to the outer surface of the hull in a ship with a Propane
LI

shell of any other material. Propylene

Vinyl chloride
Cargo area means that part of the vessel that contains the cargo
containment system, cargo pump rooms, cargo compressor Gas-dangerous space includes the following spaces:
B

rooms, and the deck areas over the full beam and the length of
the vessel above them, but does not include the cofferdams, (a) A space in the cargo area without arrangements to provide a
ballast spaces, or void spaces at the after end of the aftermost safe atmosphere at all times.
U

hold space or the forward end of the forwardmost hold space.

(b) An enclosed space outside the cargo area through which any
Cargo containment system means the arrangement for piping that may contain liquid or gaseous cargo passes, or within
.P

containment of the cargo including a primary and secondary
barrier, associated insulation and any intervening spaces, and
adjacent structure that is necessary for the support of these
elements.
.G
which that piping terminates, without arrangements to prevent gas
from escaping into the space.
(c) A cargo containment system and cargo piping.

Cargo service space means space within the cargo area that is (d) A hold space where cargo is carried in a cargo containment
more than 2 m2 (21.5 ft.2) in deck area and used for work shops, system:
lockers, or store rooms.
(1) With a secondary barrier; or
Cargo tank means the liquid tight shell that is the primary
C

container of the cargo. (2) Without a secondary barrier.

Certificate of Compliance means a certificate issued by the
Coast Guard to a foreign flag vessel after it is examined and
found to comply with regulations in this chapter.
Cofferdam means the isolating space between two adjacent steel
bulkheads or decks, which could be a void space or a ballast
space.
Contiguous hull structure includes the inner deck, the inner
bottom plating, longitudinal bulkhead plating, transverse bulkhead
plating, floors, webs, stringers, and attached stiffeners.
Control space means those spaces in which the vessel's radio,
main navigating equipment, or the emergency source of power is
located or in which the fire control equipment, other than
(e) A space separated from a hold space under paragraph (d)(1)
of this definition by a single gastight boundary.
(f) A cargo pumproom and a cargo compressor room.
(g) A zone on the weather deck or a semi-enclosed space on the
weather deck within 3.05 m (10 ft) of any cargo tank outlet, gas or
vapor outlet, cargo pipe flange, cargo valve, or of entrances and
ventilation openings to a cargo pump room or a cargo compressor
room.
(h) Except for existing gas vessels, the weather deck over the
cargo area and 3.05 m (10 ft) forward and aft of the cargo area on
the weather deck to 2.4 m (8 ft) above the weather deck.

329
(i) A zone within 2.4 m (8 ft) of the outer surface of a cargo
containment system where the surface is exposed to the weather.
(j) An enclosed or semi-enclosed space in which there is piping
containing cargo, except those–
(1) With gas sampling lines for gas detection equipment under
§154.1350(n); or
(2) In which boil-off gas is used as fuel under §154.703.
(k) A space for storage of cargo hoses.
(l) An enclosed or semi-enclosed space having an opening into
any gas-dangerous space or zone.
Gas-safe space means a space that is not a gas-dangerous
space.
Hold space means the space enclosed by the vessel's structure
in which there is a cargo containment system.
IMO stands for the lnternational Maritime Organization.
IMO Certificate means a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
Liquefied Gases in Bulk issued under the IMO–
(a) "Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying
Liquefied Gases in Bulk", adopted November 12, 1975 by
Assembly Resolution A.328(IX), as amended;
(b) "Code for Existing Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk",
adopted November 12, 1975, as amended; or
A Process pressure vessel means a pressure vessel that is used
C
(c) "Recommendations Concerning Ships Not Covered by the
Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying
Liquefied Gases in Bulk", (Resolution A.328(IX)), adopted
LI
November 12, 1975 by Assembly Resolution A.329(IX).
Independent tank is a cargo tank that is permanently affixed to
the vessel, is self-supporting, and is not part of the hull or
B
essential to the strength or integrity of the hull.
Independent tank type A is an independent cargo tank designed
U
primarily using classification society classical ship structural
analysis procedures.
.P
Independent tank type B is an independent cargo tank designed
from model tests, refined analytical tools, and analysis methods to
determine stress levels, fatigue life, and crack propagation
characteristics.
.G
Independent tank type C (pressure tank) is an independent
cargo tank meeting pressure vessel criteria where the dominant
stress producing load is design vapor pressure.
Insulation space means a space, that could be an interbarrier
C
space, occupied wholly or in part by insulation.
Integral tank means a cargo tank that is a structural part of the
vessel's hull and is influenced in the same manner and by the
same loads that stress the adjacent hull structure.
Interbarrier space means the space between a primary and a
secondary barrier, with or without insulation or other material.
Length (L) is ninety-six percent of the total length in meters on a
waterline at eighty-five percent of the least molded depth
measured from the top of the keel or the length from the foreside
of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on the waterline,
whichever is greater. In vessels having a rake of keel, the
waterline is parallel to the design waterline.
330
Liquefied gas means a cargo having a vapor pressure of 172
kPa (25 psia) or more at 37.8°C (100°F).
MARVS stands for the Maximum Allowable Relief Valve Setting.
Membrane tank is a cargo tank that is not self-supporting and
consists of a thin layer (membrane) supported through insulation
by the adjacent hull structure.
New gas vessel means a self-propelled vessel that–
(a) Is constructed under a building contract awarded after October
31, 1976;
(b) In the absence of a building contract, has a keel laid or is at a
similar stage of construction after December 31, 1976;
(c) Is delivered after June 30, 1980; or
S
(d) Has undergone a major conversion for which–
N
(1) The building contract is awarded after October 31, 1976;
(2) In the absence of a building contract, conversion is begun
IO
after December 31, 1976; or
(3) Conversion is completed after June 30, 1980.
Primary barrier means the inner boundary that contains the
T
cargo when the cargo containment system includes two
boundaries.
in a reliquefaction, cargo heating, or other system that processes
cargo.
Remote group alarm means an audible and visual alarm that
alerts when an alarm condition exists but does not identify that
condition.
Secondary barrier means the liquid resisting outer boundary of a
cargo containment system when the cargo containment system
includes two boundaries.
Semi-membrane tank is a cargo tank that is not self-supporting
and that can expand and contract due to thermal, hydrostatic, and
pressure loadings. It consists of flat surfaces, supported through
insulation by the adjacent hull structure, and shaped corners that
connect the flat surfaces.
Service space means a space outside the cargo area that is
used for a galley, pantry containing cooking appliances, locker or
store room, workshop except those in machinery spaces, and
similar spaces and trunks to those spaces.
Shut-off valve is a valve that closes a pipeline and provides
nominal metal to metal contact between the valve operating parts,
including the disc and gate, and the valve body.
Specific gravity (p) means the ratio of the density of the cargo at
the design temperature to the density of water at 4°C (39°F).
Tank cover is the structure protecting those parts of the cargo
containment system that protrude through the weather deck and
providing continuity to the deck structure.
Tank dome means the uppermost portion of the cargo tank. For
below deck cargo containment systems, it means the uppermost
portion of the cargo tank that protrudes through the weather deck
or through the tank cover.
Toxic cargoes includes the following liquefied gases from Table
4 (follows §154.1872):
Acetaldehyde (1)(ii) The vessel's IMO Certificate endorsed for the carriage of
Ammonia, anhydrous that cargo is accepted;
Dimethylamine
Ethylamine (2) Meet the plans that were reviewed and marked "Examined" or
Ethyl chloride "Approved" by the Coast Guard, or meet the standards under
Ethylene oxide which the IMO Certificate was issued;
Methyl bromide
Methyl chloride (3) Meet paragraph (e) of this section; and
Sulfur dioxide
Vinyl chloride (4) Meet any additional requirements of this part that the
Commandant (G-MSO) determines to be necessary for safety.
Vapor pressure means the absolute equilibrium pressure of the
saturated vapor above the liquid, expressed in kPa (psia), at a (e) If the owner of a vessel desires any document endorsement
specific temperature. described in paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section, the existing
gas vessel must meet the requirements in each of the following:
Void space means an enclosed space in the cargo area outside
of the cargo containment system, except a hold space, ballast (1) Section 154.310(d) and (e).
space, fuel oil tank, cargo pump or compressor room, or any
space used by personnel. (2) Section 154.320(b) and (c).

S
1974 Safety Convention stands for the International Convention (3) Section 154.330(a) through (e).

N
on Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, done at London, November 1,
1974. (4) Section 154.340(d).

IO
§154.9 Issuance Of Documents. (5) Section 154.345(a), (b)(1) through (b)(5), (b)(7) and (c).
The Coast Guard issues an endorsed Certificate of Inspection to
a U.S. flag vessel or an endorsed Certificate of Compliance to a (6) Section 154.476(a).
foreign flag vessel that meets this part.
(7) Section 154.519(a)(2).

T
§154.12 Existing Gas Vessel: Endorsements And
Requirements. (8) Section 154.534.
(a) Except an existing gas vessel under paragraph (b), (c), or (d)
of this section, an existing gas vessel must meet subpart C of this
part if the owner desires a document endorsed for the carriage of A (9) Section 154.538.
C
a cargo listed in Table 4 (follows §154.1872). (10) Section 154.540(c) and (d).

(b) If an existing gas vessel is issued a document by the Coast (11) Section 154.556.
LI

Guard before November 1, 1987 that is endorsed for the carriage

of a cargo listed in Table 4 (follows §154.1872), and the owner (12) Section 154.558.
desires the same endorsement on a reissued document, the
vessel must– (13) Section 154.560.
B

(1) Continue to meet the same design and construction standards (14) Section 154.562.
under which the Coast Guard issued the original document; and
U

(15) Section 154.703.

(2) Meet paragraph (e) of this section.
(16) Section 154.705.
.P

(c) If an existing gas vessel is issued a document by the Coast

Guard before November 1, 1987 that is endorsed for the carriage (17) Section 154.706.
of a cargo listed in Table 4 (follows §154.1872), and the owner
desires an endorsement for a different cargo listed in that table, (18) Section 154.707.
the vessel must–
.G

(19) Section 154.708.

(1) Continue to meet the same design and construction standards
under which the Coast Guard issued the original document; (20) Section 154.709.

(2) Meet paragraph (e) of this section; (21) Section 154.904.

C

(3) Meet subpart D for the different cargo; and (22) Section 154.906.

(4) Meet any additional requirements of this part that the (23) Section 154.908(a), unless the space is separated from the
Commandant (G-MSO) determines to be necessary for safety. accommodation, service, or control space by a steel door that–

(d) If an existing gas vessel does not meet paragraph (b) or (c) of
this section and the owner desires a document endorsed for the
carriage of a cargo listed in Table 4 (follows §154.1872), the
vessel must–
(1) Have a letter from the Coast Guard dated before November 1,
1987 stating that–
(1)(i) Review of the vessel's plans for the carriage of that cargo is
completed; or
(23)(i) Is watertight when tested with a firehose at not less than
207 kPa gauge (30 psig);
(23)(ii) Has a means to self-close and does not have latches or
other devices designed to hold it open; and
(23)(iii) Has an audible and visual alarm on both sides of the door
which is actuated when the door is open.
(24) Section 154.910.

331
(25) Section 154.912.
(26) Sections 154.1110 through 154.1130, except §§154.1115(b),
154.1120(b), and 154.1125(c) and (f).
(27) Section 154.1145, except an existing gas vessel with a cargo
carrying capacity of less than 2500 m3 (88,200 ft3) may have only
one self-contained dry chemical storage unit if that unit–
(27)(i) is installed before November 1, 1987; and
(27)(ii) Has the capacity to meet §154.1145(d) and (e), and
§154.1170(e).
(28) Section 154.1150(a) and (b).
(29) Section 154.1155.
(30) Section 154.1160.
(31) Section 154.1165(a), (b), (d), and (f).
(32) Section 154.1170(b) through (f).
(33) Section 154.1200(a), (b)(1), and (b)(2).
(34) Section 154.1205(f).
(35) Section 154.1325.
(36) Section 154.1335(e).
(37) Section 154.1350(e), (f), (i), (o), and (u).
A (4) A general arrangement plan of the vessel.
C
§154.15 U.S. Flag Vessel: Endorsement Application.
(a) A person who desires the endorsement required under
§154.1801 for a U.S. flag vessel must submit an application for an
LI
endorsement of the vessel's Subchapter D Certificate of
Inspection under the procedures in §91.55-15 of this chapter.
(b) The person requesting an endorsement under paragraph (a)
B
of this section must submit to the Coast Guard, if requested–
(1) Calculations for hull design required by §172.175 of this
U
chapter;
(2) The plans and information listed in §§54.01-18, 56.01-10,
.P
91.55-5 (a), (b), (d), (g), and (h), and 110.25-1 of this chapter;
(3) Plans for the dry chemical supply and distribution systems,
including the controls; and
.G
(4) Any other vessel information, including, but not limited to
plans, design calculations, test results, certificates, and
manufacturer's data, needed to determine whether or not the
vessel meets the standards of this part.
C
§154.17 U.S. Flag Vessel: Certificate Of Inspection
Endorsement.
The Certificate of Inspection for a U.S. flag vessel allowed to carry
a liquefied gas listed in Table 4 has the following endorsement for
each cargo, with the corresponding carriage requirement data
inserted:
Inspected and approved for the carriage of ______ at a maximum
allowable relief valve setting of ______ kPa gauge (______ psig)
with an F factor of ______, a maximum external pressure of
______ kPa gauge (______ psig), a minimum service
temperature of _____ °C (______ °F), and a maximum specific
gravity of ______. Hull type ______.
§154.19 U.S. Flag Vessel: IMO Certificate Issuance.
(a) Either a classification society authorized under 46 CFR part 8,
or the Coast Guard Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, issues
332
an IMO Certificate to a U.S. flag vessel when requested by the
owner or representative, if–
(1) The vessel meets the requirements of this part; and
(2) It is a new gas vessel, it meets the IMO Resolution A.328(IX),
"Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying
Liquefied Gases in Bulk, 1975"; or
(3) It is an existing gas vessel, it meets the IMO "Code for
Existing Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk, 1975".
(b) The IMO Certificate expires on the same date that the vessel's
Certificate of Inspection expires.
[CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31626, Aug. 21, 1987, as amended by CGD
95-010, 62 FR 67537, Dec. 24, 1997]
§154.22 Foreign Flag Vessel: Certificate Of Compliance
S
Endorsement Application.
(a) A person who desires an endorsed Certificate of Compliance
N
to meet §154.1802(a) for a foreign flag vessel, whose flag
administration issues IMO Certificates, must submit to the
Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center (G-
IO
MSC), 400 Seventh St., SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001, an
application that includes the following:
(1) The vessel's valid IMO Certificate.
T
(2) A description of the vessel.
(3) Specifications for the cargo containment system.
(5) A midship section plan of the vessel.
(6) Schematic plans of the liquid and vapor cargo piping.
(7) A firefighting and safety plan.
(8) If the applicant is requesting an endorsement for the carriage
of ethylene oxide, a classification society certification that the
vessel meets §154.1725(a)(4), (5), and (7).
(9) If the vessel is a new gas vessel, or an existing vessel that
does not meet §154.12(b), (c), or (d)–
(9)(i) A certification from a classification society that the vessel–
(9)(i)(A) Has enhanced grades of steel meeting §154.170(b)(1)
and (b)(2) for crack arresting purposes in the deck stringer, sheer
strake, and bilge strake; and
(9)(i)(B) Meets §154.701, or if the vessel carries methane, meets
§154.703, by having the capability of cargo tank pressure and
temperature control without venting; and
(9)(ii) The vessel's valid SOLAS Cargo Ship Safety Construction
Certificate and Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate.
(10) Any additional plans, certificates, and information needed by
the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center to determine
whether or not the vessel meets this part.
(b) A person who desires an endorsed Certificate of Compliance
to meet §154.1802(b) for a foreign flag vessel, whose flag
administration does not issue IMO Certificates, must submit to the
Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center the plans,
calculations, and information under §154.15(b).
[CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31626, Aug. 21, 1987, as amended by CGD
88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 89-025, 54 FR 19571,
May 8, 1989; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; 60 FR
54106, Oct. 19, 1995]
§154.24 Foreign Flag Vessel: IMO Certificate.
(a) An IMO Certificate issued under the IMO Resolution
A.328(IX),"Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships
Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk, 1975" is usually sufficient
evidence of compliance with this part for the Coast Guard to
endorse a foreign flag vessel's Certificate of Compliance with the
name of each cargo in Table 4 (follows §154.1872) that is listed
on the IMO Certificate, if the information listed in item 3 of the
IMO Certificate shows that–
(1) The design ambient temperatures meet §154.174 and
§154.176;
(2) The cargo tank design stress factors and resulting MARVS of
independent tanks type B or C meet §154.447 or §154.450; and
(3) The cargo tank MARVS of a type IIPG ship meets §172.175(c)
of this chapter.
(b) If a foreign flag existing gas vessel meets §154.12(b), (c), or
(d), the vessel's IMO Certificate issued under the IMO "Code for
Existing Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk, 1975" is usually
sufficient evidence of compliance with the requirements of
§154.12(e) for the Coast Guard to endorse the Certificate of
Compliance with the name of each cargo in Table 4 (follows
§154.1872) that is listed on the IMO Certificate; however if a
foreign flag existing gas vessel does not meet §154.12(b), (c), or
(d), an IMO Certificate issued under the IMO "Code for Existing
Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk, 1975" is not acceptable
evidence of compliance with the requirements of this part for the
endorsement of a Certificate of Compliance.
C
§154.30 Liquefied Gases Not Included In Table 4.
(a) A liquefied gas not appearing in table 4 (follows §154.1872)
LI
must be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO) to be
carried in bulk in U.S. waters.
(b) A person who desires to ship a liquefied gas in bulk that is not
B
listed in table 4 must submit to the Commandant (G-MSO) a
completed form CG-4355. This form may be obtained from the
Commandant (G-MSO) or any Officer in Charge, Marine
U
Inspection (OCMI).
(c) The Commandant (G-MSO) notifies the submitter by letter
.P
whether or not the liquefied gas is specially approved for carriage
in bulk in U.S. waters and the minimum requirements for that
carriage. If the liquefied gas is not specially approved, the
reasons why the special approval is not granted are included.
.G
§154.32 Equivalents.
(a) A vessel that fails to meet the standards in this part for an
endorsement on a Certificate of Inspection or a Certificate of
Compliance may meet an alternate standard if the Commandant
(G-MSO) finds that the alternate standard provides an equivalent
C
or greater level of protection for the purpose of safety.
(b) The Commandant (G-MSO) considers issuance of a finding of
equivalence to the standard required by this part if the person
requesting the finding submits a written application to the
Commandant (G-MSO) that includes–
(1) A detailed explanation of the vessel's characteristics that do
not meet the requirements in this part; and
(2) An explanation of how each substituted standard would enable
the vessel to meet a level of safety that would be equivalent to or
greater than the standard in this part.
(c) Operational methods or procedures may not be substituted for
a particular fitting, material, appliance, apparatus, item, or type of
equipment required in this part.
333
§154.34 Special Approval: Requests.
Each request for special approval must be in writing and
submitted to the Commandant (G-MSO), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100
Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001.
§154.36 Correspondence And Vessel Information:
Submission.
Correspondence to the Coast Guard and all vessel information
submitted to the Coast Guard must be in English, except–
(a) IMO Certificates may be in French; and
(b) SOLAS Certificates may be in the official language of the flag
administration.
§154.40 Right Of Appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
S
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989]
N
Subpart B – Inspections and Tests
IO
EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS FOR FOREIGN FLAG
VESSELS
§154.150 Examination Required For A Certificate Of
Compliance.
T
Before a vessel receives an initial or reissued Certificate of
Compliance endorsed with the name of a cargo from Table 4 of
A this part, the vessel must call at a United States port for an
examination, during which the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, determines whether or not the vessel meets the
requirements of this chapter.
[CGD 81-052, 50 FR 8734, Mar. 5, 1985]
§154.151 Procedures For Having The Coast Guard Examine A
Vessel For A Certificate Of Compliance.
To have the Coast Guard examine the vessel for a Certificate of
Compliance, as required in §154.150, the owner of a foreign flag
vessel must proceed as follows:
(a) After submitting an application under §154.22, await
notification by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center that
review of the vessel's plans or IMO Certificate and supporting
documents is complete.
(b) Except when paragraph (c) of this section applies,
(1) After receiving notification from Commanding Officer, Marine
Safety Center that review is complete and the application is
acceptable, dispatch the vessel to a United States port;
(2) Notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for the port
where the vessel is to be inspected at least seven days before the
vessel arrives and arrange the exact time and other details of the
examination. This notification is in addition to any other pre-arrival
notice to the Coast Guard required by other regulations and must
include:
(2)(i) The name of the vessel's first U.S. port of call;
(2)(ii) The date the vessel is scheduled to arrive;
(2)(iii) The name and telephone number of the owner's local
agent; and
(2)(iv) The names of all cargoes listed in Table 4 of this part that
are on board the vessel;
(3) Make sure that the following items are available on board the
vessel for the use of the Marine Inspector before beginning the
examination required by §154.150:
(3)(i) A general arrangement (including the location of firefighting,
safety, and lifesaving gear); and
(a) Except as allowed in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
plates, forgings, forged and rolled fittings, and rolled and forged
bars and shapes used in the construction of the contiguous steel
hull structure must meet the thickness and steel grade in Table 1
for the temperatures under §§154.174(b) and 154.176(b).

(3)(ii) The cargo manual required by §154.1810.
(c) If the vessel was accepted for U.S. service on the basis of
Coast Guard plan review under §154.5(b), the vessel owner must
notify Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center fourteen days
prior to the vessel's arrival at a U.S. port. This notification must
include:
(1) The name of the vessel's first U.S. port of call;
(b) for a minimum temperature, determined under §§154,174(b)
and 154.176(b), below -25°C (-13°F ), the contiguous steel hull
structure must meet §54.25-10 for that minimum temperature.
(c) If a steel grade that is not listed in Table 1 has the equivalent
chemical properties, mechanical properties, and heat treatment of
a steel grade that is listed, the steel grade not listed may be
specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO), for use in the
contiguous hull structure.

(2) The date the vessel is scheduled to arrive; TABLE 1–MINIMUM TEMPERATURE, THICKNESS, AND
STEEL GRADES IN CONTIGUOUS HULL STRUCTURES
(3) The name and telephone number of the owner's local agent;

S
1
and Min. Temp. Steel thickness Steel grade
0 °C(32 °F). All Standards of the

N
(4) The names of all cargoes listed in Table 4 of this part that are American Bureau
on board the vessel. of Shipping
published in

IO
[CGD 81-052, 50 FR 8734, Mar. 5, 1985; 50 FR 15895, Apr. 23, “Rules for Building
1985; CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987; CGD 95-072, and Classing Steel
60 FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; 60 FR 54106, Oct. 19, 1995] Vessels”, 1981
-10 °(14 °F). T≤112.5 mm (½ in.). B
Subpart C – Design, Construction, and 12.5<t≤25.5 mm (1 in.). D

T
Equipment >25.5 mm (1 in.). E
-25 °(-13 °F). t≤112.5 mm (½ in.). D
Hull Structure
§154.170 Outer Hull Steel Plating.
A 1
>12.5 mm (½ in.). E
Steel grade of the American Bureau of Shipping published in
"Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels", 1981.
C
(a) Except as required in paragraph (b) of this section, the outer
hull steel plating, including the shell and deck plating must meet [CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
the material standards of the American Bureau of Shipping 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31630,
LI

published in "Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels" Aug. 21, 1987]
1981.
§154.174 Transverse Contiguous Hull Structure.
(a) The transverse contiguous hull structure of a vessel having
B

(b) Along the length of the cargo area, grades of steel must be as
follows: cargo containment systems without secondary barriers must meet
the standards of the American Bureau of Shipping published in
"Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels", 1981.
U

(1) The deck stringer and sheer strake must be at least Grade E
steel or a grade of steel that has equivalent chemical properties,
mechanical properties, and heat treatment, and that is specially (b) The transverse contiguous hull structure of a vessel having
cargo containment systems with secondary barriers must be
.P

approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).

designed for a temperature that is:
(2) The strake at the turn of the bilge must be Grade D, Grade E,
or a grade of steel that has equivalent chemical properties, (1) Colder than the calculated temperature of this hull structure
mechanical properties, and heat treatment, and that is specially when:
approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
.G

(1)(i) The temperature of the secondary barrier is the design

(3) The outer hull steel of vessels must meet the standards in temperature, and
§154.172 if the hull steel temperature is calculated to be below -
5°C (23°F) assuming: (1)(ii) The ambient cold condition under §154.176(b)(1)(ii) and (iii)
C

are assumed; or
(3)(i) For any waters in the world, the ambient cold conditions of
still air at 5°C (41°F) and still sea water at 0°C (32°F); (2) Maintained by the heating system under §154.178.

(3)(ii) For cargo containment systems with secondary barriers, the
temperature of the secondary barrier is the design temperature;
and
(3)(iii) For cargo containment systems without secondary barriers,
the temperature of the cargo tank is the design temperature.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31630,
Aug. 21, 1987]
§154.172 Contiguous Steel Hull Structure.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
§154.176 Longitudinal Contiguous Hull Structure.
(a) The longitudinal contiguous hull structure of a vessel having
cargo containment systems without secondary barriers must meet
the standards of the American Bureau of Shipping published in
"Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels", 1981.
(b) The longitudinal contiguous hull structure of a vessel having
cargo containment systems with secondary barriers must be
designed for a temperature that is:

334
(1) Colder than the calculated temperature of this hull structure
when:
(1)(i) The temperature of the secondary barrier is the design
temperature; and
(1)(ii) For any waters in the world except Alaskan waters, the
ambient cold condition of:
(1)(ii)(A) Five knots air at -18°C (0°F); and
(1)(ii)(B) Still sea water at 0°C (32°F); or
(1)(iii) For Alaskan waters the ambient cold condition of:
(1)(iii)(A) Five knots air at -29°C (-20°F); and
For a vessel with membrane tanks, the inner hull plating thickness
must meet the deep tank requirements of the American Bureau of
Shipping published in "Rules for Building and Classing Steel
Vessels", 1981.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
§154.195 Aluminum Cargo Tank: Steel Enclosure.
(a) An aluminum cargo tank and its dome must be enclosed by
the vessel's hull structure or a separate steel cover.
(b) The steel cover for the aluminum cargo tank must meet the
steel structural standards of the American Bureau of Shipping
published in "Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels",
1981.

(1)(iii)(B) Still sea water at -2°C (28°F); or (c) The steel cover for the aluminum tank dome must be:

S
(2) Maintained by the heating system under §154.178, if, without (1) At least 3.2 mm (1/8 in.) thick;
heat, the contiguous hull structure is designed for a temperature

N
that is colder than the calculated temperature of the hull structure (2) Separated from the tank dome, except at the support points;
assuming the: and

IO
(2)(i) Temperature of the secondary barrier is the design (3) Thermally isolated from the dome.
temperature; and
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
(2)(ii) Ambient cold conditions of still air at 5°C (41°F) and still sea 77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
water at 0°C (32°F).

T
Ship Survival Capability and Cargo Tank
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
Location

§154.178 Contiguous Hull Structure: Heating System. A §154.200 Stability Requirements: General.
Each vessel must meet the applicable requirements in subchapter
C
The heating system for transverse and longitudinal contiguous
S of this chapter.
hull structure must:
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51009, Nov. 4, 1983]
LI

(a) Be shown by a heat load calculation to have the heating

capacity to meet §154.174(b)(2) or §154.176(b)(2);
§154.235 Cargo Tank Location.
(a) For type IG hulls, cargo tanks must be located inboard of:
(b) Have stand-by heating to provide 100% of the required heat
B

load and distribution determined under paragraph (a); and

(1) The transverse extent of damage for collision penetration
specified in Table 172.180 of this chapter;
(c) Meet Parts 52, 53, and 54 of this chapter.
U

(2) The vertical extent of damage for grounding penetration

§154.180 Contiguous Hull Structure: Welding Procedure.
specified in Table 172.180 of this chapter; and
Welding procedure tests for contiguous hull structure designed for
.P

a temperature colder than -18°C (0°F) must meet §54.05-15 and

(3) 30 inches (760 mm) from the shell plating.
subpart 57.03 of this chapter.
(b) For type IIG, IIPG, and IIIG hulls, cargo tanks must be located
§154.182 Contiguous Hull Structure: Production Weld Test.
inboard of:
If a portion of the contiguous hull structure is designed for a
.G

temperature colder than -34°C (-30°F) and is not part of the

(1) The vertical extent of damage for grounding penetration
secondary barrier, each 100m (328 ft.) of full penetration butt
specified in Table 172.180 of this chapter; and
welded joints in that portion of the contiguous hull structure must
pass the following production weld tests in the position that the
(2) 30 inches (760 mm) from the shell plating.
joint is welded:
C

(c) In vessels having membrane and semi-membrane tanks, the

(a) Bend tests under §57.06-4 of this chapter.
vertical and transverse extents of damage must be measured to
the inner hull.
(b) A Charpy V-notch toughness test under §57.06-5 of this
chapter on one set of 3 specimens alternating the notch location
(d) For type IIG, IIPG, and IIIG hulls, cargo tank suction wells may
on successive tests between the center of the weld and the most
penetrate into the area of bottom damage specified as the vertical
critical location in the heat affected zone.2
extent of damage for grounding penetration in Table 172.180 of
2 this chapter if the penetration is the lesser of 25% of the double
[ The most critical location in the heat affected zone of the weld
bottom height or 13.8 in. (350 mm).
is based on procedure qualification results, except austenitic
stainless steel need have notches only in the center of the weld.] [CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983]
(c) If the contiguous hull structure does not pass the test under
paragraph (b) of this section, the retest procedures under §54.05- Ship Arrangements
5(c) must be met.
§154.300 Segregation Of Hold Spaces From Other Spaces.
§154.188 Membrane Tank: Inner Hull Steel.

335
Hold spaces must be segregated from machinery and boiler
spaces, accommodation, service and control spaces, chain
lockers, potable, domestic and feed water tanks, store rooms and
spaces immediately below or outboard of hold spaces by a:
(a) Cofferdam, fuel oil tank, or single gastight A-60 Class Division
of all welded construction in a cargo containment system not
required by this part to have a secondary barrier;
(b) Cofferdam or fuel oil tank in a cargo containment system
required by this part to have a secondary barrier; or
(c) If there are no sources of ignition or fire hazards in the
adjoining space, single gastight A-O Class Division of all welded
construction.
§154.305 Segregation Of Hold Spaces From The Sea.
In vessels having cargo containment systems required by this part
to have a secondary barrier, hold spaces must be segregated
from the sea by:
(a) A double bottom if the cargo tanks meet this part for design
temperatures colder than -10°C (14°F); and
(b) Wing tanks if the cargo tanks meet this part for design
temperatures colder than -55°C (-67°F).
§154.310 Cargo Piping Systems.
Cargo liquid or vapor piping must:
(a) Be separated from other piping systems, except where an
interconnection to inert gas or purge piping is required by
§154.901(a);
A there must be a cofferdam providing at least 760 mm (30 inches)
C
(b) Not enter or pass through any accommodation, service, or
control space;
LI
(c) Except as allowed under §154.703, not enter or pass through
a machinery space other than a cargo pump or compressor room;
(d) Be in the cargo area except:
B
(1) As allowed under §154.703;
(2) Bow and stern loading piping; and
U
(3) Emergency jettisoning piping.
(e) Be above the weather deck except:
.P
(1) As allowed under §154.703;
(2) Pipes in a trunk traversing void spaces above a cargo
containment system; and
(3) Pipes for draining, venting, or purging interbarrier and hold
.G
spaces;
(f) Connect into the cargo containment system above the weather
deck except:
C
(1) Pipes in a trunk traversing void spaces above a cargo
containment system; and
(2) Pipes for draining, venting, or purging interbarrier and hold
spaces.
(g) Be inboard of the transverse cargo tank location required by
§154.235, except for athwartship shore connection manifolds not
subject to internal pressure at sea.
§154.315 Cargo Pump And Cargo Compressor Rooms.
(a) Cargo pump rooms and cargo compressor rooms must be
above the weather deck and must be within the cargo area.
(b) Where pumps and compressors are driven by a prime mover
in an adjacent gas safe space:
(1) The bulkhead or deck must be gastight; and
336
(2) The shafting passing through the bulkhead or deck must be
sealed by a fixed oil reservoir gland seal, a pressure grease seal,
or another type of positive pressure seal specially approved by
the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.320 Cargo Control Stations.
(a) Cargo control stations must be above the weather deck.
(b) If a cargo control station is in accommodation, service, or
control spaces or has access to such a space, the station must:
(1) Be a gas safe space;
(2) Have an access to the space that meets §154.330; and
(3) Have indirect reading instrumentation, except for gas
S
detectors.
N
(c) Cargo control stations, including a room or area, must contain
all alarms, indicators, and remote controls associated with each
cargo tank that the station controls.
IO
§154.325 Accommodation, Service, And Control Spaces.
(a) Accommodation, service, and control spaces must be outside
the cargo area.
T
(b) If a hold space having a cargo containment system, required
by this part to have a secondary barrier, is separated from any
accommodation, service, or control space by a cruciform joint,
by 760 mm (30 inches) clearance on one side of the cruciform
joint.
§154.330 Openings To Accommodation, Service, Or Control
Spaces.
(a) Entrances, forced or natural ventilation intakes and exhausts,
and other openings to accommodation, service, or control spaces,
except as allowed in paragraph (c) of this section, must be:
(1) At least L/25 or 3.05m (10 ft) from the athwartship bulkhead
facing the cargo area, whichever is farther, except that the
distance need not exceed 5m (16.4 ft); and
(2) On a house athwartship bulkhead not facing the cargo area or
on the outboard side of the house.
(b) Each port light, located on the athwartship bulkhead of a
house facing the cargo area or the house sides within the
distance specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, must be a
fixed type.
(c) Wheelhouse doors and windows that are not fixed may be
within the distance specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section
from the athwartship bulkhead of a house facing the cargo area, if
they have gaskets and pass a tightness test with a fire hose at not
less than 207 kPa gauge (30 psig).
(d) Port lights in the hull plating below the uppermost continuous
deck and in the first tier of the superstructure must be a fixed
type.
(e) Air intakes and openings into accommodation, service, and
control spaces must have metal closures that pass a tightness
test with a fire hose at not less than 207 kPa gauge (30 psig).
(f) On liquefied toxic gas vessels, the closures required in
paragraph (e) of this section must be capable of being closed
from inside the space.
§154.340 Access To Tanks And Spaces In The Cargo Area.
(a) Each cargo tank must have a manhole from the weather deck,
the clear opening of which is at least 600 mm by 600 mm (23.6 in.
by 23.6 in.).
(b) Each access into and through a void space or other gas-
dangerous space in the cargo area, except spaces described in
paragraph (e) of the definition for "gas-dangerous space" in
§154.7, must–
(1) Have a clear opening of at least 600 mm by 600 mm (23.6 in.
by 23.6 in.) through horizontal openings, hatches, or manholes;
(2) Have a clear opening of at least 600 mm by 800 mm (23.6 in.
by 31.5 in.) through bulkheads, frames or other vertical structural
members; and
(3) Have a fixed ladder if the lower edge of a vertical opening is
more than 600 mm (23.6 in.) above the deck or bottom plating.
(c) Each access trunk in the cargo area must be at least 760 mm
(30 in.) in diameter.
(d) The lower edge of each access from the weather deck to gas-
safe spaces in the cargo area must be at least 2.4 m (7.9 ft.)
above the weather deck or the access must be through an air lock
that meets §154.345.
(e) The inner hull in the cargo area must be accessible for
inspection from at least one side without the removal of any fixed
structure or fitting.
(f) The hold space insulation in the cargo area must be accessible
for inspection from at least one side from within the hold space or
there must be a means, that is specially approved by the
Commandant, of determining from outside the hold space
C
whether or not the hold space insulation meets this part.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
LI
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
§154.345 Air Locks.
(a) An air lock may be used for access from a gas-dangerous
B
zone on the weather deck to a gas-safe space.
(b) Each air lock must:
U
(1) Consist of two steel doors, at least 1.5 m (4.9 ft.) but not more
than 2.5 m (8.2 ft.) apart, each gasketed and tight when tested
.P
with a fire hose at not less 207 kPa gauge (30 psig);
(2) Have self-closing doors with no latches or other devices for
holding them open;
.G
(3) Have an audible and visual alarm on both sides which are
actuated when both door securing devices are in other than the
fully closed position at the same time;
(4) Have mechanical ventilation in the space between the doors
C
from a gas-safe area;
(5) Have a pressure greater than that of the gas-dangerous area
on the weather deck;
(6) Have the rate of air change in the space between the doors of
at least 8 changes per hour; and
(7) Have the space between the doors monitored for cargo vapor
leaks under §154.1350.
(c) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of
this section, no gas-safe space on a liquefied flammable gas
carrier may have an air lock unless the space:
(1) Is mechanically ventilated to make the pressure in the space
greater than that in the air lock; and
337
(2) Has a means of automatically de-energizing all electrical
equipment that is not explosion-proof in the space when the
pressure in the space falls to or below the pressure in the air lock.
§154.350 Bilge And Ballast Systems In The Cargo Area.
(a) Hold, interbarrier, and insulation spaces must have a means of
sounding the space or other means of detecting liquid leakage
specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(b) Each hold and insulation space must have a bilge drainage
system.
(c) Interbarrier spaces must have an eductor or pump for
removing liquid cargo and returning it to the cargo tanks or to an
emergency jettisoning system meeting §154.356.
(d) Spaces in the cargo containment portion of the vessel, except
ballast spaces and gas-safe spaces, must not connect to pumps
in the main machinery space.
S
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
N
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.355 Bow And Stern Loading Piping.
IO
(a) Bow and stern loading piping must:
(1) Meet §154.310;
(2) Be installed in an area away from the accommodation,
T
service, or control space on type IG hulls;
(3) Be clearly marked;
A (4) Be segregated from the cargo piping by a removable spool
piece in the cargo area or by at least two shut-off valves in the
cargo area that have means of locking to meet §154.1870(a);
(5) Have a means for checking for cargo vapor between the two
valves under paragraph (a)(4) of this section;
(6) Have fixed inert gas purging lines; and
(7) Have fixed vent lines for purging with inert gas to meet
§154.1870(b).
(b) Entrances, forced or natural ventilation intakes, exhausts, and
other openings to accommodation, service, or control spaces that
face the bow or stern loading area must meet §154.330.
§154.356 Cargo Emergency Jettisoning Piping.
Emergency jettisoning piping must:
(a) Meet §154.355(a);
(b) Be designed to allow cargo discharge without the outer hull
steel temperature falling below the minimum temperatures under
§§154.170 and 154.172; and
(c) Be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.401 Definitions.
As used in §§154.440 and 154.447:
"σY" means the minimum yield strength of the tank material,
including weld metal, at room temperature.
"σB" means minimum tensile strength of the tank material,
including weld metals, at room temperature.
§154.405 Design Vapor Pressure (Po) Of A Cargo Tank.
(a) The design vapor pressure (Po) of a cargo tank must be equal
to or greater than the MARVS. heq = 10 Po + (hgd)max

(b) The Po of a cargo tank must be equal to or greater than the where:
vapor pressure of the cargo at 45°C (113°F) if:
hgd (the value of internal pressure, in meters of fresh water,
(1) The cargo tank has no temperature control for the cargo; and resulting from the combined effects of gravity and dynamic
β β
accelerations of a full tank) = a Z Y;
(2) The vapor pressure of the cargo results solely from ambient where:
temperature.
β
a = dimensionless acceleration relative to the acceleration of
(c) The Po of a cargo tank may be exceeded under harbor gravity resulting from gravitational and dynamic loads in the b
conditions if specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO). direction (see figure 1);
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD β
Z = largest liquid height (m) above the point where the pressure
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
is to be determined in the β direction (see figure 2);
§154.406 Design Loads For Cargo Tanks And Fixtures: 3
Y = maximum specific weight of the cargo (t/m ) at the design
General.
temperature.
(a) Calculations must show that a cargo tank and its fixtures are

S
designed for the following loads:
(b) The (hgd) max is determined for the b direction, on the ellipse
in Figure 1, which gives the maximum value for hgd.
(1) Internal pressure head.

N
(c) When the longitudinal acceleration is considered in addition to
(2) External pressure load.
the vertical transverse acceleration, an ellipsoid must be used in

IO
the calculations instead of the ellipse contained in Figure 1.
(3) Dynamic loads resulting from the motion of the vessel.

(4) Transient or stationary thermal loads if the design temperature

is colder that -55°C (-67°F) or causes thermal stresses in cargo

T
tank supports.

(5) Sloshing loads, if the cargo tank is designed for partial loads.

(6) Loads resulting from vessel's deflection. A

C
(7) Tank weight, cargo weight, and corresponding support
reaction.
LI

(8) Insulation weight.

(9) Loads of a pipe tower and any other attachments to the cargo
tank.
B

(10) Vapor pressure loads in harbor conditions allowed under

§154.405.
U

(11) Gas pressurization if the cargo tank is designed for gas

pressurization as a means of cargo transfer.
.P

(b) A cargo tank must be designed for the most unfavorable static
heel angle within a 0° to 30° range without exceeding the
allowable stress of the material.
.G

(c) A hydrostatic or hydropneumatic test design load must be

specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).

[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD

C

82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]

§154.407 Cargo Tank Internal Pressure Head.

(a) For the calculation required under §154.406(a)(1) and (b), the
internal pressure head (heq), must be determined from the
following formula:

338
 S
N
IO
T
A
C
§154.408 Cargo Tank External Pressure Load.
For the calculation required under §154.406(a)(2) and (b), the
external pressure load must be the difference between the
LI

minimum internal pressure (maximum vacuum), and the

maximum external pressure to which any portion of the cargo tank
may be simultaneously subjected.
B

§154.409 Dynamic Loads From Vessel Motion.

(a) For the calculation required under §154.406(a)(3) and (b), the
dynamic loads must be determined from the long term distribution
U

of vessel motions, including the effects of surge, sway, heave,

roll, pitch, and yaw on irregular seas that the vessel may
experience during 108 wave encounters. The speed used for this
.P

calculation may be reduced from the ship service speed if

specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO) and if that
reduced speed is used in the hull strength calculation under
§31.10-5(c) of this chapter.
.G

(b) If the loads determined under paragraphs (c), (d), or (e) of this
section result in a design stress that is lower than the allowable
stress of the material under §§154.610, 154.615, or 154.620, the
allowable stress must be reduced to that stress determined in
C

paragraphs (c), (d), or (e).

(c) If a tank is designed to avoid plastic deformation and buckling,

then acceleration components of the dynamic loads must be
determined for the largest loads the vessel may experience during
an operating life corresponding to the probability level of 10-8, by
using one of the following methods:

(1) Method 1 is a detailed analysis of the vessel's acceleration

components.

(2) Method 2 applies to vessels of 50 m (164 ft) or more in length

and is an analysis by the following formulae that corresponds to a
10-8 probability level in the North Atlantic:

(2)(i) Vertical acceleration under paragraph (f)(1) of this section:

339
 S
N
IO
T
A
C
(f) When determining the accelerations for dynamic loads under
paragraph (a) of this section, the accelerations acting in a cargo
tank must be estimated for the cargo tank's center of gravity and
LI

include the following component accelerations:

(1) Vertical accelerations, meaning the motion acceleration of

heave and pitch, and of any roll normal to the vessel base that
B

has an effect on the component acceleration.

(2) Transverse acceleration, meaning the motion acceleration of

U

sway, yaw and roll, and gravity component of roll.

(3) Longitudinal acceleration, meaning the motion acceleration of

.P

surge and pitch and gravity component of pitch.

(d) If a cargo tank is designed to avoid fatigue, the dynamic loads [CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
determined under paragraph (a) of this section must be used to 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
develop the dynamic spectrum.
.G

§154.410 Cargo Tank Sloshing Loads.

(e) If a cargo tank is designed to avoid uncontrolled crack
propagation, the dynamic loads are:
(1) Determined under paragraph (a) of this section; and
C
(a) For the calculation required under §154.406(a)(5) and (b), the
determined sloshing loads resulting from the accelerations under
§154.409(f) must be specially approved by the Commandant (G-
MSO).

(2) For a load distribution for a period of 15 days by the method in (b) If the sloshing loads affect the cargo tank scantlings, an
Figure 3. analysis of the effects of the sloshing loads in addition to the
calculation under paragraph (a) of this section must be specially
approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).

[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD

82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]

§154.411 Cargo Tank Thermal Loads.

For the calculations required under §154.406(a)(4), the following
determined loads must be specially approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO):

(a) Transient thermal loads for the cooling down periods of cargo
tanks for design temperatures lower than -55°C (-67°F).

340
(b) Stationary thermal loads for cargo tanks for design
temperatures lower than -55°C (-67°F) that cause high thermal
stress.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.412 Cargo Tank Corrosion Allowance.
A cargo tank must be designed with a corrosion allowance if the
cargo tank:
(a) is located in a space that does not have inert gas or dry air; or
(b) carries a cargo that corrodes the tank material.
[NOTE: Corrosion allowance for independent tank type C is
contained in §54.01-35 of this chapter.]
Integral Tank
§154.418 General.
An integral tank must not be designed for a temperature colder
than -10°C (14°F), unless the tank is specially approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.419 Design Vapor Pressure.
The Po of an integral tank must not exceed 24.5 kPa gauge (3.55
psig) unless special approval by the Commandant (G-MSO)
allows a Po between 24.5 kPa gauge (3.55 psig) and 69 kPa
gauge (10 psig).
C
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
LI
§154.420 Tank Design.
(a) The structure of an integral tank must meet the deep tank
scantling standards of the American Bureau of Shipping published
in "Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels", 1981.
B
(b) The structure of an integral tank must be designed and shown
by calculation to withstand the internal pressure determined under
U
§154.407.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
.P
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
§154.421 Allowable Stress.
The allowable stress for the integral tank structure must meet the
American Bureau of Shipping's allowable stress for the vessel's
.G
hull published in "Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels",
1981.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
C
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
Membrane Tanks
§154.425 General.
The design of the hull structure and the design of the membrane
tank system, that includes the membrane tank, secondary barrier,
including welds, the supporting insulation, and pressure control
equipment, must be specially approved by the Commandant (G-
MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.426 Design Vapor Pressure.
The Po of a membrane tank must not exceed 24.5 kPa gauge
(3.55 psig) unless special approval by the Commandant (G-MSO)
341
allows a Po between 24.5 kPa gauge (3.55 psig) and 69 kPa
gauge (10 psig).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.427 Membrane Tank System Design.
A membrane tank system must be designed for:
(a) Any static and dynamic loads with respect to plastic
deformation and fatigue;
(b) Combined strains from static, dynamic, and thermal loads;
(c) Preventing collapse of the membrane from:
(1) Over-pressure in the interbarrier space;
(2) Vacuum in the cargo tank;
(3) Sloshing in a partially filled cargo tank; and
S
(4) Hull vibrations; and
N
(d) The deflections of the vessel's hull.
§154.428 Allowable Stress.
IO
The membrane tank and the supporting insulation must have
allowable stresses that are specially approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
T
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.429 Calculations.
A The tank design load calculations for a membrane tank must
include the following:
(a) Plastic deformation and fatigue life resulting from static and
dynamic loads in the membrane and the supporting insulation.
(b) The response of the membrane and its supporting insulation to
vessel motion and acceleration under the worst weather
conditions. Calculations from a similar vessel may be submitted to
meet this paragraph.
(c) The combined strains from static, dynamic, and thermal loads.
§154.430 Material Test.
(a) The membrane and the membrane supporting insulation must
be made of materials that withstand the combined strains
calculated under §154.429(c).
(b) Analyzed data of a material test for the membrane and the
membrane supporting insulation must be submitted to the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.431 Model Test.
(a) The primary and secondary barrier of a membrane tank,
including the corners and joints, must withstand the combined
strains from static, dynamic, and thermal loads calculated under
§154.429(c).
(b) Analyzed data of a model test for the primary and secondary
barrier of the membrane tank must be submitted to the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.432 Expansion And Contraction.
The support system of a membrane tank must allow for thermal
and physical expansion and contraction of the tank.
 Semi-Membrane Tanks
§154.435 General.
(a) The design of a semi-membrane tank, the supporting
insulation for the tank, and the supporting hull structure for the
tank must be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(b) A semi-membrane tank must be designed to meet:
(c) Tank plating must meet the American Bureau of Shipping's
deep tank standards, for an internal pressure head that meets
§154.439(a), published in "Rules for Building and Classing Steel
Vessels", 1981.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31630,
Aug. 21, 1987]

(1) §154.425 through §154.432; Independent Tank Type B

(2) §154.437 through §154.440; or
(3) §154.444 through §154.449. §154.444 General.
An independent tank type B must be designed to meet §§154.445
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD through 154.449.
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.445 Design Vapor Pressure.
§154.436 Design Vapor Pressure. If the surfaces of an independent tank type B are mostly flat
The Po of a semi-membrane tank must not exceed 24.5 kPa surfaces, the Po must not exceed 69 kPa gauge (10 psig).

S
gauge (3.55 psig) unless special approval by the Commandant
(G-MSO) allows a Po between 24.5 kPa gauge (3.55 psig) and 69 §154.446 Tank Design.
kPa gauge (10 psig). An independent tank type B must meet the calculations under

N
§154.448.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983] §154.447 Allowable Stress.

IO
(a) An independent tank type B designed from bodies of
3
Independent Tank Type A revolution must have allowable stresses determined by the
following formulae:
§154.437 General.
σm ≤ f

T
An independent tank type A must meet §154.438 through
§154.440.
σL ≤ 1.5 f
§154.438 Design Vapor Pressure.
(a) If the surface of an independent tank type A are mostly flat
surfaces,the Po must not exceed 69 kPa gauge (10 psig).
A σb ≤ 1.5 F
C
σL + σb ≤ 1.5 F
(b) If the surfaces of an independent tank type A are formed by
bodies of revolution, the design calculation of the Po must be σm + σb ≤ 1.5 F
LI

specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).

where:
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD 4
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983] σm = equivalent primary general membrane stress
B

4
§154.439 Tank Design. σL = equivalent primary local membrane stress
An independent tank type A must meet the deep tank standard of
U

4
the American Bureau of Shipping published in "Rules for Building σb = equivalent primary bending stress
and Classing Steel Vessels", 1981, and must:
f = the lesser of (σB/A) or σY/B)
.P

(a) Withstand the internal pressure determined under §154.407;

F = the lesser of (σB/C) or (σY/D)
(b) Withstand loads from tank supports calculated under
§§154.470 and 154.471; and A, B, C, and D=stress factors in Table 2.
.G

3
(c) Have a corrosion allowance that meets §154.412. See Appendix B for stress analyses definitions.
4
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD See Appendix A for equivalent stress
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
C

TABLE 2–VALUES FOR STRESS FACTORS

§154.440 Allowable Stress. Nickel steel Austenitic Aluminum
(a) The allowable stresses for an independent tank type A must: and carbon steel alloy values
manganese values
(1) For tank web frames, stringers, or girders of carbon steel values
manganese steel or aluminum alloys, meet σB/2.66 or σY/1.33, Stress factors:
whichever is less; and A 4.0 4.0 4.0
B 2.0 1.6 1.5
(2) For other materials, be specially approved by the C 3.0 3.0 3.0
Commandant (G-MSO). D 1.5 1.5 1.5

(b) A greater allowable stress than required in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section may be specially approved by the Commandant (G-
MSO) if the equivalent stress (σc) is calculated from the formula
in Appendix A of this part.
(b) An independent tank type B designed from plane surfaces
must have allowable stresses specially approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]

342
§154.448 Calculations. (b) The calculated tank plating thickness, including any corrosion
The following calculations for an independent tank type B must be allowance, must be the minimum thickness without a negative
specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO): plate tolerance; and

(a) Plastic deformation, fatigue life, buckling, and crack (c) The minimum tank plating thickness must not be less than:
propagation resulting from static and dynamic loads on the tank
and its support. (1) 5mm (3/16 in.) for carbon-manganese steel and nickel steel;
(2) 3mm (1/8 in.) for austenitic steels; or
(b) A three-dimensional analysis of the stress exerted by the hull (3) 7mm (9/32 in.) for aluminum alloys.
on the tank, its support, and its keys.
§154.451 Design Vapor Pressure.
(c) The response of the tank and its support to the vessel's motion The Po (kPa) of an independent tank type C must be calculated
and acceleration in irregular waves or calculations from a similar by the following formula:
vessel.
3/2
Po = 196 + AC(ρ)
(d) A tank buckling analysis considering the maximum
construction tolerance. where:
2
(e) A finite element analysis using the loads determined under A = 1.813 (σm/ΔσA) ;

S
§154.406.
m = design primary membrane stress;

N
(f) A fracture mechanics analysis using the loads determined
under §154.406. ΔσA = (allowable dynamic membrane stress for double amplitude
-8
at probability level Q = 10 ) 53.9 MPa (7821 psi) for ferritic and

IO
(g) The cumulative effects of the fatigue load from the following martensitic steels and 24.5 MPa (3555 psi) for 5083-0 aluminum;
formula:
C = a characteristic tank dimension that is the greatest of h,
0.75b, or 0.45 l;

T
where:

h = the height of the tank or the dimension in the vessel's vertical

where:
A direction, in meters;
C
b = the width of the tank or the dimension in the vessel's
transverse direction; in meters; and
ni = the number of stress cycles at each stress level during the life
LI

of the vessel; l = the length of the tank or the dimension in the vessel's
longitudinal direction, in meters; and
Ni = the number of cycles to failure for corresponding stress levels
from the Wohler (S-N) curve; ρ = the specific gravity of the cargo.
B

Nj = the number of cycles to failure from the fatigue load by §154.452 External Pressure.
loading and unloading the tank; and The design external pressure, Pe, for an independent tank type C
U

must be calculated by the following formula:

Cw = 0.5 or less. A Cw of greater than 0.5 but not exceeding 1.0
may be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MTH). Pe = P1 + P2 + P3 + P4
.P

[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD where:

82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
P1 = the vacuum relief valve setting for tanks with a vacuum relief
§154.449 Model Test. valve, or 24.5 kPa gauge (3.55 psig) for tanks without a vacuum
.G

The following analyzed data of a model test of structural elements relief valve.
for independent tank type B must be submitted to the
Commandant (G-MSO) for special approval: P2 = 0, or the pressure relief valve setting for an enclosed space
containing any portion of a pressure vessel.
(a) Stress concentration factors.
C

P3 = total compressive load in the tank shell from the weight of the
(b) Fatigue life. tank, including corrosion allowance, weight of insulation, weight of
dome, weight of pipe tower and piping, the effect of the partially
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD filled tank, the effect of acceleration and hull deflection, and the
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983] local effect of external and internal pressure.

Independent Tank Type C and Process Pressure Vessels
§154.450 General.
Independent tanks type C and process pressure vessels must be
designed to meet the requirements under Part 54 of this chapter,
except §54.01-40(b), and:
(a) The calculation under §54.01-18(b)(1) must also include the
design loads determined under §154.406;
P4 = 0, or the external pressure from the head of water from any
portion of the pressure vessel on exposed decks.
§154.453 Failure To Meet Independent Tank Type C
Standards.
If the Commandant (G-MSO) determines during plan review, that
a tank designed as an independent tank type C fails to meet the
standards under §154.450, §154.451, and 154.452 and can not
be redesigned to meet those standards, the tank may be
redesigned as an independent tank type A or B.

343
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD (d) Be designed so that a cargo tank failure does not cause a
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983] failure in the secondary barrier.

Secondary Barrier Insulation

§154.459 General. §154.465 General.
(a) Each cargo tank must have a secondary barrier that meets If the design temperature is below -10°C (14°F), the cargo tank
Table 3 and except as allowed in Table 3, the hull must not be the insulation must prevent the temperature of the vessel's hull from
secondary barrier. cooling below the minimum temperature allowed under §154.172.

(b) If the Commandant (G-MSO) specially approves an integral §154.466 Design Criteria.
tank for a design temperature at atmospheric pressure lower than (a) The insulation for a cargo tank without a secondary barrier
-10°C (14°F), the integral tank must have a complete secondary must be designed for the cargo tank at the design temperature,
barrier that meets §154.460. and for a vessel operating in:

(c) If the Commandant (G-MSO) specially approves a semi- (1) Any waters in the world, except Alaskan waters, for the
membrane tank under the requirements of an independent tank ambient cold condition of:
type B, the semi-membrane tank may have a partial secondary

S
barrier specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO). (1)(i) Five knots air at -18°C (0°F); and

(d) If Table 3 allows the hull to be a secondary barrier, the (1)(ii) Still sea water at 0°C (32°F); or

N
vessel's hull must:
(2) Alaskan waters for the ambient cold condition of:
(1) Meet §§154.605 through 154.630; and

IO
(2)(i) Five knots air at -29°C (20°F); and
(2) Be designed for the stresses resulting from the design
temperature. (2)(ii) Still sea water at -2°C (28°F).

TABLE 3–SECONDARY BARRIERS FOR TANKS (b) The insulation for a cargo tank with a secondary barrier must

T
Tank type Cargo temperature (T) at atmospheric be designed for the secondary barrier at the design temperature,
pressure and the ambient cold conditions listed under paragraph (a)(1) or
T≥-10 °C (14
°F)
T≤-10 °C (14
°F)≥55 °C (-
67 °F)
T<-55 °C (-
67 °F) A paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(c) The insulation material must be designed for any loads

C
Integral No secondary Tank type Tank type transmitted from adjacent hull structure.
barrier required not usually not allowed.
allowed
1 (d) Insulation for cargo tank and piping must meet §38.05-20 of
LI

Membrane do do Do. this chapter.

Semi- do do Do.
membrane (e) Powder or granulated insulation must:
Independent: do do Do.
B

Type A (1) Not compact from vibrations of the vessel;

Type B do Partial Partial
(2) Maintain the thermal conductivity listed under §154.467; and
U

secondary secondary
1
barrier barrier.
(3) Not exert a static pressure greater than the external design
Type C do No No
pressure of the cargo tank under §154.408.
secondary secondary
.P

barrier barrier
§154.467 Submission Of Insulation Information.
required required.
1 The following insulation information must be submitted for special
The hull may be a secondary barrier.
approval by the Commandant (G-MSO):
(14 U.S.C. 632; 46 U.S.C. 369, 375, and 416; 49 U.S.C. 1655(b);
.G

(a) Compatibility with the cargo.

49 CFR 1.46(b))
(b) Solubility in the cargo.
(c) Absorption of the cargo.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
(d) Shrinkage.
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
C

(e) Aging.
(f) Closed cell content.
§154.460 Design Criteria.
(g) Density.
At static angles of heel up through 30°, a secondary barrier must
(h) Mechanical properties.
(i) Thermal expansion.
(a) If a complete secondary barrier is required in §154.459, hold
(j) Abrasion.
all of the liquid cargo in the cargo tank for at least 15 days under
(k) Cohesion.
the dynamic loads in §154.409(e);
(l) Thermal conductivity.
(m) Resistance to vibrations.
(b) If a partial secondary barrier is permitted in §154.459, hold any
(n) Resistance to fire and flame spread.
leakage of liquid cargo corresponding to the extent of failure
(o) The manufacturing and installation details of the insulation
under §154.448(a) after initial detection or primary barrier leak for
including:
at least 15 days under the dynamic loads in §154.409(e);
(1) Fabrication;
(2) Storage;
(c) If the primary barrier fails, prevent the temperature of the
(3) Handling;
vessel's structure from falling below the minimum allowable
(4) Erection; and
service temperature of the steel; and
(5) Quality control.

344
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
Support System
§154.470 General.
(a) A cargo tank must have a support system that:
(1) prevents movement of the cargo tank under the static and
dynamic loads in §154.406; and
(2) allows the cargo tank to contract and expand from
temperature variation and hull deflection without exceeding the
design stress of the cargo tank and the hull.
(b) The cargo tank support system must have a key that prevents
rotation of the cargo tank.
(d) Mechanical expansion joints including:
(1) Bellows;
(2) Slip joints;
(3) Ball joints; or
(e) Other means specially approved by the Commandant (G-
MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.506 Mechanical Expansion Joint: Limits In A Piping
System.
Mechanical expansion joints in a piping system outside of a cargo
tank:
(a) May be installed only if offsets, loops or bends cannot be
installed due to limited space or piping arrangement;

S
(c) An independent tank must have supports with an antiflotation
system that withstands the upward force of the tank without
causing plastic deformation that endangers the hull structure (b) Must be a bellows type; and

N
when the tank is:
(c) Must not have insulation or a cover unless necessary to
(1) Empty; and prevent damage.

(2) In a hold space flooded to the summer load draft of the vessel.
§154.471 Design Criteria.
(a) The cargo tank support system must be designed:
IO
§154.512 Piping: Thermal Isolation.
Low temperature piping must be thermally isolated from any
adjacent hull structure to prevent the temperature of that structure
from dropping below the minimum temperature for the hull

T
material under §154.170.
(1) For the loads in §154.406(a);
§154.514 Piping: Electrical Bonding.
(2) To not exceed the allowable stress under this part at a static
angle of heel of 30°;
A (a) Cargo tanks or piping that are separated from the hull
structure by thermal isolation must be electrically bonded to the
C
hull structure by a method under paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) To withstand a collision force equal to at least one-half the
weight of the cargo tank and cargo from forward and one-quarter (b) A pipe joint or a hose connection fitting that has a gasket must
LI

the weight of the cargo tank and cargo from aft; and
(4) For the largest resulting acceleration in Figure 1, including
rotational and translation effects.
B
be electrically bonded by a method under paragraph (c) of this
section that bonds:
(1) Both sides of the connection to the hull structure; or

(b) The cargo tank support design loads in paragraph (a) of this (2) Each side of the connection to the other side.
section may be analyzed separately.
U

(c) An electrical bond must be made by at least one of the

§154.476 Cargo Transfer Devices And Means. following methods:
(a) If a cargo pump in a cargo tank is not accessible for repair
.P

when the cargo tank is in use, the cargo tank must have an (1) A metal bonding strap attached by welding or bolting.
additional means of cargo transfer, such as another pump or gas
pressurization. (2) Two or more bolts that give metal to metal contact between
the bolts and the parts to be bonded.
(b) If cargo is transferred by gas pressurization, the pressurizing
.G

line must have a safety relief valve that is set at less than 90 (3) Metal to metal contact between adjacent parts under designed
percent of the tank relief valve setting. operating conditions.

§154.516 Piping: Hull Protection.

Cargo and Process Piping System A vessel's hull must be protected from low temperature liquid
C

leakage by a drip pan, or other means specially approved by the

§154.500 Cargo And Process Piping Standards.
Commandant (G-MSO), at:
The cargo liquid and vapor piping and process piping systems
must meet the requirements in §§154.503 through 154.562,
(a) Each piping connection dismantled on a routine basis;
Subparts 56.01 through 56.35, §§56.50-20 and 56.50-105, and
Subparts 56.60 through 56.97 of this chapter.
(b) Cargo discharge and loading manifolds; and
§154.503 Piping And Piping System Components: Protection
(c) Pump seals.
From Movement.
Where thermal movement and movements of the cargo tank and
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
the hull structure may cause stresses that exceed the design
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
stresses, the piping and piping system components and cargo
tanks must be protected from movement by:
§154.517 Piping: Liquid Pressure Relief.
The cargo loading and discharge crossover headers, cargo
(a) Offsets;
hoses, and cargo loading arms must have means to relieve cargo
(b) Loops;
pressure and to remove liquid cargo.
(c) Bends;

345
§154.519 Piping Relief Valves.
(a) The liquid relief valve that protects the cargo piping system
from liquid pressure exceeding the design pressure must
discharge into:
(1) A cargo tank; or
(2) A cargo vent mast if that vent mast has a means for the
detection and removal of the liquid cargo that is specially
approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(b) A relief valve on a cargo pump that protects the cargo piping
system must discharge into the pump suction.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.520 Piping Calculations.
A piping system must be designed to meet the allowable stress
values under §56.07-10 of this chapter and, if the design
temperature is -110°C (-166°F) or lower, the stress analysis must
be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO) and must
include:
(a) Pipe weight loads;
(b) Acceleration loads;
(c) Internal pressure loads;
(d) Thermal loads; and
(e) Loads from the hull.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.522 Materials For Piping.
(a) The materials for piping systems must meet §154.625 for the
C
minimum design temperature of the piping, except the material for
open ended vent piping may be specially approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO) if:
LI
(1) The temperature of the cargo at the pressure relief valve
setting is -55°C (-67°F) or warmer; and
B
(2) Liquid can not discharge to the vent piping.
(b) Materials for piping outside the cargo tanks must have a
U
melting point of at least 925°C (1697°F), except for short lengths
of pipes with fire resisting insulation that are attached to the cargo
tanks.
.P
§154.524 Piping Joints: Welded And Screwed Couplings.
Pipe lengths without flanges must be joined by one of the
following:
.G
(a) A butt welded joint with complete penetration at the weld root
except that for design temperatures colder than -10°C (14°F) the
butt weld must be double welded or must be welded using:
(1) A backing ring that for design pressures greater than 979 kPa
C
gauge (142 psig) must be removed after the weld is completed;
(2) A consumable insert; or
(3) An inert gas back-up on the first weld pass.
(b) A slip-on welded joint with sleeves and attachment welds is
allowed for an open ended pipe with an external diameter of 50
mm (2 in.) or less and a design temperature of -55°C (-67°F), or
warmer.
(c) A socket weld fitting with attachment welds is allowed for pipe
with an external diameter of 50 mm (2 in.) or less and a design
temperature of -55°C (-67°F) or warmer.
(d) Screwed couplings are allowed for instrumentation and control
346
piping that meets §56.30-20 and §56.50-105(a)(4) and (b)(4) of
this chapter.
(e) A method or fitting specially approved by the Commandant (G-
MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.526 Piping Joints: Flange Connection.
Flange connections for pipe joints must meet §56.30-10 and
§56.50-105(a)(4) and (b)(4) of this chapter.
§154.528 Piping Joints: Flange Type.
(a) A flange must be one of the following types:
(1) Welding neck.
(2) Slip-on.
(3) Socket weld.
S
(b) If the piping is designed for a temperature between -10°C
N
(14°F) and -55°C (-67°F), the pipe flange may be a:
(1) Slip-on type, if the nominal pipe size is 100 mm (4 in.) or less;
IO
(2) Socket weld, if the nominal pipe size is 50 mm (2 in.) or less;
or
(3) Welding neck.
T
(c) If the piping is designed for a temperature lower than -55°C (-
67°F), the pipe flange must be a welding neck type.
A §154.530 Valves: Cargo Tank MARVS 69 kPa Gauge (10 psig)
Or Lower.
(a) Except those connections for tank safety relief valves and for
liquid level gauging devices other than those under §§154.536
and 154.1310, liquid and vapor connections on a cargo tank with
a MARVS of 69 kPa gauge (10 psig) or lower must have shut-off
valves that–
(1) Are located as close to the tank as practical;
(2) Are capable of local manual operation; and
(3) May be remotely controlled.
(b) The cargo piping system for a cargo tank with a MARVS of 69
kPa gauge (10 psig) or lower must have at least one remotely
controlled quick-closing shut-off valve for closing liquid and vapor
piping between vessel and shore that meets §§154.540 and
154.544.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
§154.532 Valves: Cargo Tank MARVS Greater Than 69 kPa
Gauge (10 psig).
(a) Except connections for tank safety relief valves and except for
liquid level gauging devices other than those under §§154.536
and 154.1310, liquid and vapor connections on a cargo tank with
a MARVS greater than 69 kPa gauge (10 psig) must have, as
close to the tank as practical, a:
(1) Stop valve capable of local manual operation; and
(2) A remotely controlled quick-closing shut-off valve.
(b) If the nominal pipe size of a liquid or vapor connection is less
than 50 mm (2 in.), an excess flow valve may be substituted for
the quick-closing valve under paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) One valve may be substituted for the manual controlled stop
valve and the remotely controlled quick-closing shut-off valve
required under paragraph (a) of this section if that valve:
(1) Meets §§154.540 and 154.544; and
(2) Is capable of local manual operation.
§154.534 Cargo Pumps And Cargo Compressors.
Cargo pumps and cargo compressors must shut-down
automatically when the quick-closing shut-off valves under
§§154.530 and 154.532 are closed by the emergency shut-down
system required under §154.540.
§154.536 Cargo Tank Gauging And Measuring Connections.
Unless the outward flow from a cargo tank is less than the flow
through a circular hole of 1.4 mm (0.055 in.) in diameter, cargo
tank connections for gauging or measuring devices must have the
excess flow, shut-off, or quick-closing shut-off valves under
§154.530 or §154.532.
§154.538 Cargo Transfer Connection.
A cargo transfer connection must have a:
(a) Remotely controlled quick-closing shut-off valve that meets
§§154.540 and 154.544; or
(b) Blank flange.
§154.540 Quick-Closing Shut-Off Valves: Emergency Shut-
Down System.
The quick-closing shut-off valves under §§154.530, 154.532, and
154.538 must have an emergency shut-down system that:
(a) Closes all the valves;
(b) Is actuated by a single control in at least two locations remote
from the quick-closing valves;
C
(c) Is actuated by a single control in each cargo control station
under §154.320; and
LI
(d) Has fusible elements at each tank dome and cargo loading
and discharge manifold that melt between 98°C (208°F) and
104°C (220°F) and actuate the emergency shut-down system.
B
§154.544 Quick-Closing Shut-Off Valves.
The quick-closing shut-off valve under §§154.530, 154.532 and
U
154.538 must:
(a) Be a shut-off valve;
.P
(b) Close from the time of actuation in 30 seconds or less;
(c) Be the fail-closed type; and
(d) Be capable of local manual closing.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
.G
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987]
§154.546 Excess Flow Valve: Closing Flow.
(a) The rated closing flow of vapor or liquid cargo for an excess
flow valve must be specially approved by the Commandant (G-
C
MSO).
(b) An excess flow valve allowed under §154.532(b) must close
automatically at the rated closing flow.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.548 Cargo Piping: Flow Capacity.
Piping with an excess flow valve must have a vapor or liquid flow
capacity that is greater than the rated closing flow under
§154.546.
§154.550 Excess Flow Valve: Bypass.
If the excess flow valve allowed under §154.532(b) has a bypass,
the bypass must be of 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.) or less in diameter.
347
Cargo Hose
§154.551 Cargo Hose: General.
Each of the vessel's liquid and vapor cargo hose for loading or
discharging cargo must meet §§154.552 through 154.562.
§154.552 Cargo Hose: Compatibility.
Liquid and vapor cargo hoses must:
(a) Not chemically react with the cargo; and
(b) Withstand design temperature.
§154.554 Cargo Hose: Bursting Pressure.
Cargo hose that may be exposed to the pressure in the cargo
tank, the cargo pump discharge, or the vapor compressor
discharge must have a bursting pressure of at least five times the
maximum working pressure on the hose during cargo transfer.
S
§154.556 Cargo Hose: Maximum Working Pressure.
A cargo hose must have a maximum working pressure not less
than the maximum pressure to which it may be subjected and at
N
least 1034 kPa gauge (150 psig).
§154.558 Cargo Hose: Marking.
IO
Each cargo hose must be marked with the:
(a) Maximum working pressure; and
(b) Minimum service temperature for service at other than
ambient temperature.
T
§154.560 Cargo Hose: Prototype Test.
A (a) Each cargo hose must be of a type that passes a prototype
test at a pressure of at least five times its maximum working
pressure at or below the minimum service temperature.
(b) Each cargo hose must not be the hose used in the prototype
test.
§154.562 Cargo Hose: Hydrostatic Test.
Each cargo hose must pass a hydrostatic pressure test at
ambient temperature of at least one and a half times its specified
maximum working pressure but not more than two-fifths its
bursting pressure.
Materials
§154.605 Toughness Test.
(a) Each toughness test under §§154.610 through 154.625 must
meet Subpart 54.05 of this chapter.
(b) If subsize test specimens are used for the Charpy V-notch
toughness test, the Charpy V-notch energy must meet Table
54.05-20(a) of this chapter.
§154.610 Design Temperature Not Colder Than 0°C (32°F).
Materials for cargo tanks for a design temperature not colder than
0°C (32°F) must meet the following:
(a) The tank materials must meet §§54.25-1 and 54.25-3 of this
chapter.
(b) Plates, forgings, rolled and forged bars and shapes must be
carbon manganese steel or other material allowed under
§§154.615, 154.620, and 154.625.
(c) Plates must be normalized or quenched and tempered and
where the thickness exceeds 20 mm (0.787 in.), made with fine
grain practice, austenitic grain size of five or finer. A control rolling
procedure may be substituted for normalizing if specially
approved by the Commandant (G-MSO). Plate for an independent
tank type C must also meet the requirements of ASTM A 20
(incorporated by reference, see §154.1) and §54.01-18(b)(5) of
this chapter.
(d) For integral and independent type A tanks, the American
Bureau of Shipping's grade D not exceeding 20 mm (0.787 in.) in
thickness, and Grade E hull structural steel are allowed if the steel
meets §54.05-10 of this chapter.
(e) The tensile properties under paragraph (a) of this section must
be determined for:
(1) Each plate as rolled; and
(2) Each five short ton batch of forgings, forged or rolled fittings,
and forged or rolled bars and shapes.
(f) The specified yield strength must not exceed 637 MPa (92.43
Ksi) and when it exceeds 490 MPa (71.10 Ksi), the hardness of
the weld and the heat affected zone must be specially approved
by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(g) The Charpy V-notch impact energy must be determined for:
(1) Each plate as rolled; and
(2) Each five short ton batch of forgings, forged or rolled fittings
and rolled or forged bars and shapes.
(h) The orientation and required impact energy of a 10 mm x 10
mm (0.394 in. x 0.394 in.) Charpy V-notch specimen must be:
(1) For plates; transverse specimen and 27.4 J (20 ft-lbs); and
(2) For forgings, forged and rolled fittings and rolled and forged
bars: longitudinal specimen and 41.1 J (30 ft-lbs).
(i) The test temperature of the Charpy V-notch specimens is as
C
follows:
Material Thickness Test Temperature
LI
t≤20 mm (0.788 in.) 0 °C (32 °F)
20<t<30 mm (1.182 in.) -20 °C (-4 °F)
30<t<40 mm (1.576 in.) -40 °C (-40 °F)
B
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999;
65 FR 10943, Mar. 1, 2000]
U
§154.615 Design Temperature Below 0°C (32°F) And Down To
-55°C (-67°F).
.P
Plates, forgings, forged or rolled or forged bars and shapes for
cargo tanks and secondary barriers for a design temperature
below 0°C (32°F) and down to -55°C (-67°F) must meet §54.25-
10 of this chapter.
.G
§154.620 Design Temperature Below -55°C (-67°F) And Down
To -165°C (-265°F).
Plates, forgings and forged or rolled fittings, and rolled, forged or
extruded bars and shapes for cargo tanks, secondary barriers,
C
and process pressure vessels for a design temperature below -
55°C (-67°F) and down to -165°C (-265°F) must:
(a) Meet §54.25-10(b)(2), §54.25-15, or §54.25-20 of this chapter;
or
(b) Be of an aluminum alloy that is specially approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.625 Design Temperature Below 0°C (32°F) And Down To
-165°C (-265°F).
Pipes, tubes, forgings, castings, bolting, and nuts for cargo and
process piping for a design temperature below 0°C (32°F) and
down to -165°C (-265°F) must meet §56.50-105 of this chapter.
348
§154.630 Cargo Tank Material.
(a) If a material of a cargo tank is not listed in §§154.610, 154.615
or §154.620, the allowable stress of that material must be
specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(b) For cargo tanks of aluminum alloys with welded connections,
the minimum tensile strength (σB) for the calculations under
§154.440, §154.447 and §154.450 must be the minimum tensile
strength of the alloy in the annealed condition.
(c) Increased yield strength and tensile strength of a material at
low temperature for independent tanks type A, B, and C must be
specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
Construction
S
§154.650 Cargo Tank And Process Pressure Vessel Welding.
(a) Cargo tank and process pressure vessel welding must meet
N
Subpart 54.05 and Part 57 of this chapter.
(b) Welding consumables used in welding cargo tanks must meet
IO
§57.02-4 of this chapter.
(c) Independent tanks must meet the following:
(1) Each welded joint of the shells must be a full penetration butt
T
weld, except dome to shell connections may have full penetration
tee welds.
A (2) Each nozzle weld must be of the full penetration type, except
for small penetrations on domes.
(d) Each welded joint in an independent tank type C or in a
process pressure vessel must meet Part 54 of this chapter,
except that any backing rings must be removed unless specially
approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(e) Each welded joint in a membrane tank must meet the quality
assurance measures, weld procedure qualification, design details,
materials, construction, inspection, and production testing of
components developed during the prototype testing program that
are specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO) under this
part.
(f) Each welded joint in a semi-membrane tank must meet
paragraph (c) or (e) of this section.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.655 Stress Relief For Independent Tanks Type C.
For a design temperature colder than -10°C (14°F), an
independent tank type C of:
(a) Carbon and carbon-manganese steel must be stress relieved
by post-weld heat treatment under §54.25-7 of this chapter or by
mechanical stress relief under Subpart 54.30 of this chapter; or
(b) Materials other than carbon and carbon manganese steel
must be stress relieved as required under Part 54 of this chapter.
The procedure for stress relieving must be specially approved by
the Commandant (G-MSO).
§154.660 Pipe Welding.
(a) Pipe welding must meet Part 57 of this chapter.
(b) Longitudinal butt welds, in piping that does not meet a
standard or specification under §56.60-1 of this chapter, and girth
butt welds must meet the following:
(1) Butt welds of pipes made from carbon, carbon manganese, or
low alloy steels must meet §56.50-105 of this chapter, including
the requirements for post-weld heat treatment.
(2) Except for piping inside an independent cargo tank type A, B,
or C, butt welds must be 100% radiographically tested if the
design temperature is lower than -10°C (14°F), and:
(2)(i) The wall thickness is greater than 10 mm (0.394 in.); or
(2)(ii) The nominal pipe diameter is greater than 100 mm (nominal
4 in.).
(3) If Table 4 references this section, butt welds for deck cargo
piping exceeding 75 mm (3 in.) in diameter must be 100%
radiographically tested.
(4) Butt welds of pipes not meeting paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of
this section must meet the non-destructive testing requirements
under Subpart 56.95 of this chapter.
§154.665 Welding Procedures.
Welding procedure tests for cargo tanks for a design temperature
colder than 0°C (32°F), process pressure vessels, and piping
must meet §54.05-15 and Subpart 57.03 of this chapter.
Cargo Pressure and Temperature Control
§154.701 Cargo Pressure And Temperature Control: General.
Except as allowed under §154.703, cargo tanks must:
(a) Have their safety relief valves set at a pressure equal to or
greater than the vapor pressure of the cargo at 45°C (113°F) but
not greater than the MARVS under §154.405; or
A (2) a space specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
C
(b) Be refrigerated by a system meeting §154.702, and each
refrigerated incompatible cargo refrigerated by a separate system.
LI
§154.702 Refrigerated Carriage.
(a) Each refrigeration system must:
B
(1) Have enough capacity to maintain the cargo vapor pressure in
each cargo tank served by the system below the set pressure of
the relief valves under ambient temperatures of 45°C (113°F) still
U
air and 32°C (89.6°F) still water with the largest unit in the system
inoperative; or
.P
(2) Have a standby unit with a capacity at least equal to the
capacity of the largest refrigeration unit in the system.
(b) For the purpose of this section, a "refrigeration unit" includes a
compressor and its motors and controls.
.G
(c) Each refrigeration system must:
(1) Have a heat exchanger with an excess capacity of 25 percent
C
of the required capacity; or
(2) A standby heat exchanger.
(d) Where cooling water is used in a refrigeration system:
(1) The cooling water pump or pumps must be used exclusively
for the system;
(2) Each pump must have suction lines from sea chests on the
port and starboard sides of the vessel; and
(3) There must be a standby pump, that may be used for:
(3)(i) Non-essential purposes on the vessel; or
(3)(ii) Essential purposes on the vessel, if the pump is sized to
simultaneously provide for the capacity requirements for the
349
essential purposes and the refrigeration cooling water.
(e) Each refrigeration system must use refrigerants that are
compatible with the cargo and, for cascade units, with each other.
(f) The pressure of the heat transfer fluid in each cooling coil in a
tank must be greater than the pressure of the cargo.
§154.703 Methane (LNG).
Unless a cargo tank carrying methane (LNG) can withstand the
pressure build up due to boil-off for 21 days, the pressure in the
cargo tank must be maintained below the set pressure of the
safety relief valve for at least 21 days by:
(a) A refrigeration system that meets §154.702;
(b) A waste heat or catalytic furnace that burns boil-off gas, and:
(1) Maintains the stack exhaust temperature below 535°C
S
(995°F);
N
(2) Exhibits no visible flame; and
(3) Is specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO);
IO
(c) Boilers, inert gas generators, and combustion engines in the
main propelling machinery space that use boil-off gas as fuel; or
(d) Equipment for services, other than those under paragraph (c)
T
of this section, that use boil-off gas as fuel and that are located:
(1) In the main propelling machinery space; or
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.705 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: General.
(a) Each cargo boil-off fuel system under §154.703(c) must meet
§§154.706 through 154.709.
(b) The piping in the cargo boil-off fuel system must have a
connection for introducing inert gas and for gas freeing the piping
in the machinery space.
(c) A gas fired main propulsion boiler or combustion engine must
have a fuel oil fired pilot that maintains fuel flow as required under
§154.1854 if the gas fuel supply is cut-off.
§154.706 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: Fuel Lines.
(a) Gas fuel lines must not pass through accommodation, service,
or control spaces. Each gas fuel line passing through other
spaces must have a master gas fuel valve and meet one of the
following:
(1) The fuel line must be a double-walled piping system with the
annular space containing an inert gas at a pressure greater than
the fuel pressure. Visual and audible alarms must be installed at
the machinery control station to indicate loss of inert gas
pressure.
(2) The fuel line must be installed in a mechanically exhaust-
ventilated pipe or duct, having a rate of air change of at least 30
changes per hour. The pressure in the space between the inner
pipe and outer pipe or duct must be maintained at less than
atmospheric pressure. Continuous gas detection must be installed
to detect leaks in the ventilated space. The ventilation system
must meet §154.1205.
(b) Each double wall pipe or vent duct must terminate in the
ventilation hood or casing under §154.707(a). Continuous gas
detection must be installed to indicate leaks in the hood or casing.
§154.707 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: Ventilation.
(a) A ventilation hood or casing must be installed in areas
occupied by flanges, valves, and piping at the fuel burner to
cause air to sweep across them and be exhausted at the top of
the hood or casing.
(b) The hood or casing must be mechanically exhaust-ventilated
and meet §154.1205.
(c) The ventilated hood or casing must have an airflow rate
specially approved by the Commandant.
§154.708 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: Valves.
(a) Gas fuel lines to the gas consuming equipment must have two
fail-closed automatic valves in series. A third valve, designed to
fail-open, must vent that portion of pipe between the two series
valves to the open atmosphere.
(b) The valves under paragraph (a) of this section must be
arranged so that loss of boiler forced draft, flame failure, or
abnormal gas fuel supply pressure automatically causes the two
series valves to close and the vent valve to open. The function of
one of the series valves and the vent valve may be performed by
a single three-way valve.
(c) A master gas fuel valve must be located outside the machinery
space, but be operable from inside the machinery space and at
the valve. The valve must automatically close when there is:
(1) A gas leak detected under §154.706(a)(2) or §154.706(b);
(2) Loss of the ventilation under §154.706(a)(2) or §154.707(c); or
(3) Loss of inert gas pressure within the double-walled piping
C
system under §154.706(a)(1).
§154.709 Cargo Boil-Off As Fuel: Gas Detection Equipment.
LI
(a) The continuous gas detection system required under
§154.706(a)(2) and (b) must:
(1) Meet §154.1350(c), (d), and (j) through (s); and
B
(2) Have a device that:
U
(2)(i) Activates an audible and visual alarm at the machinery
control station and in the wheelhouse if the methane
concentration reaches 1.5 percent by volume; and
.P
(2)(ii) Closes the master gas fuel valve required under
§154.708(c) before the methane concentration reaches 3 percent
by volume.
.G
(b) The number and arrangement of gas sampling points must be
specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
C
Cargo Vent System
§154.801 Pressure Relief Systems.
3 3
(a) Each cargo tank that has a volume of 20m (706 ft. ) or less
must have at least one pressure relief valve.
(b) Each cargo tank that has a volume of more than 20m (706
3 (a) Except as allowed under paragraph (b) of this section, each
3
ft. ) must have at least two pressure relief valves of the same
nominal relieving capacity.
(c) Each pressure relief valve must:
(1) Meet Subpart 162.018 of this chapter or, if the valve is also
capable of vacuum relief and the MARVS is 69 kPa gauge (10
psig) or less, Subpart 162.017 of this chapter, and have at least
the capacity required under §154.806;
350
(2) Not be set for a higher pressure than the MARVS;
(3) Have a fitting for sealing wire that prevents the set pressure
from being changed without breaking the sealing wire;
(4) Be fitted on the cargo tank to remain in the vapor phase under
conditions of 15° list and of 0.015 L trim by both the bow and
stern;
(5) Vent to a vent mast under §154.805, except a relief valve may
vent to a common tank relief valve header if the back pressure is
included in determining the required capacity under §154.806;
(6) Not vent to a common header or common vent mast if the
relief valves are connected to cargo tanks carrying chemically
incompatible cargoes;
(7) Not have any stop valves or other means of isolating the cargo
tank from its relief valve unless:
S
(7)(i) The stop valves are interlocked or arranged so that only one
N
pressure relief valve is out of service at any one time;
(7)(ii) The interlock arrangement automatically shows the relief
IO
valve that is out of service; and
(7)(iii) The other valves have the relieving capacity required under
§154.806, or all relief valves on the cargo tank are the same size
and there is a spare of the same size, or there is a spare for each
T
relief valve on a cargo tank.
(d) The pressure relief system must:
A (1) If the design temperature is below 0°C (32°F), be designed to
prevent the relief valve from becoming inoperative due to ice
formation; and
(2) Be designed to prevent chattering of the relief valve.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979; 44 FR 59234, Oct. 15,
1979]
§154.802 Alternate Pressure Relief Settings.
Cargo tanks with more than one relief valve setting must have
one of the following arrangements:
(a) Relief valves that:
(1) Are set and sealed under §154.801(c);
(2) Have the capacity under §154.806; and
(3) Are interlocked so that cargo tank venting can occur at any
time.
(b) Relief valves that have spacer pieces or springs that:
(1) Change the set pressure without pressure testing to verify the
new setting; and
(2) Can be installed without breaking the sealing wire required
under §154.801(c)(3).
§154.804 Vacuum Protection.
cargo tank must have a vacuum protection system meeting
paragraph (a)(1) of this section and either paragraph (a)(2) or
(a)(3) of this section.
(1) There must be a means of testing the operation of the system.
(2) There must be a pressure switch that operates an audible and
visual alarm in the cargo control station identifying the tank and
the alarm condition and a remote group audible and visual alarm
in the wheelhouse. Both alarms must be set at or below 80% of
the maximum external design pressure differential of the cargo
tanks. There must be a second, independent pressure switch that
automatically shuts off all suction of cargo liquid or vapor from the
cargo tank and secures any refrigeration of that tank at or below
the maximum external design pressure differential.
(3) There must be a vacuum relief valve that:
(3)(i) Has a gas flow capacity at least equal to the maximum
cargo discharge rate per tank;
(3)(ii) Is set to open at or below the maximum external design
pressure differential; and
(3)(iii) Admits inert gas, cargo vapor from a source other than a
cargo vapor header, or air except as prohibited under §154.1710.
(b) A vacuum protection system does not have to be installed if
Pressure relief valves for each cargo tank must have a combined
relief capacity, including the effects of back pressure from vent
piping, headers, and masts, to discharge the greater of the
following with not more than a 20% rise in cargo tank pressure
above the set pressure of the relief valves:
(a) The maximum capacity of an installed cargo tank inerting
system if the maximum attainable working pressure of the cargo
tank inerting system exceeds the set pressure of the relief valves.
(b) The quantity of vapors generated from fire exposure that is
calculated under §54.15-25 of this chapter.
Atmospheric Control In Cargo Containment
Systems
§154.901 Atmospheric Control Within Cargo Tanks And
Cargo Piping Systems.

S
(a) Each vessel must have a piping system for purging each
the cargo tank is designed to withstand:
cargo tank and all cargo piping.

N
(1) A maximum external pressure differential exceeding 24.5 kPa
(b) The piping system must minimize the pocketing of gas or air
gauge (3.55 psig); and
remaining after purging.

IO
(2) The maximum external pressure differential that can be
(c) For cargo tanks certificated to carry flammable gases, the
obtained:
piping system must allow purging the tank of flammable vapors
before air is introduced and purging the tank of air before the tank
(2)(i) At maximum discharge rates with no vapor return to the
is filled with cargo.
cargo tanks;

T
(d) Each cargo tank must have:
(2)(ii) By operation of the cargo refrigeration system; or

(2)(iii) By drawing off vapor for use in accordance with

§154.703(c) A (1) Gas sampling points at its top and bottom; and

(2) Gas sampling line connections that are valved and capped
C
above the deck.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979; 44 FR 59234, Oct. 15,
1979]
§154.902 Atmospheric Control Within Hold And Interbarrier
LI

Spaces.
§154.805 Vent Masts.
(a) Vessels certificated to carry flammable cargo in cargo
Relief valves or common vent headers from relief valves must
containment systems with full secondary barriers must have an
discharge to a vent mast that:
inert gas system or onboard storage of inert gas that provides
B

enough inert gas to meet the requirements of §154.1848 for 30

(a) Discharges vertically upward;
days consumption.
U

(b) Has a rain cap or other means of preventing the entrance of

(b) Vessels certificated to carry flammable cargo in cargo
rain or snow;
containment systems with partial secondary barriers must:
.P

(c) Has a screen with 25mm (1 inch) wire mesh or bars not more
(1) Have an inert gas system or onboard inert gas storage that
than 25mm (1 in.) apart on the discharge port;
can inert the largest hold and interbarrier space so that the
oxygen concentration is 8 percent or less by volume; and
(d) Extends at least to a height of B/3 or 6m (19.7 ft.), whichever
is greater, above the weather deck and 6m (19.7 ft.) above the
(2) Meet paragraph (a) or (c)(2) of this section.
.G

working level;
(c) Vessels certificated to carry only nonflammable cargo in cargo
(e) For a cargo tank, does not exhaust cargo vapors within a
containment systems with secondary barriers must:
radius of B or 25m (82 ft.), whichever is less, from any forced or
natural ventilation intake or other opening to an accommodation,
C

(1) Meet paragraph (a) of this section; or

service, control station, or other gas-safe space, except that for
vessels less than 90m (295 ft.) in length, shorter distances may
(2) Have air drying systems that reduce the dewpoint of air
be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO);
admitted to hold or interbarrier spaces below the temperature of
any surface in those spaces or -45°C (-49°F), whichever is
(f) For a containment system, except a cargo tank, does not
warmer.
exhaust vapor within a radius of 10m (32.8 ft.) or less from any
forced or natural ventilation intake or other opening to an
(d) Vessels with refrigerated independent tanks type C must have
accommodation, service, control station, or other gas-safe space;
inert gas or air drying systems that reduce the dewpoint of any
inert gas or air admitted to the hold spaces below the temperature
(g) Has drains to remove any liquid that may accumulate; and
of any surface in those spaces or -45°C (-49°F), whichever is
warmer.
(h) Prevents accumulations of liquid at the relief valves.
§154.903 Inert Gas Systems: General.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
(a) Inert gas carried or generated to meet §§154.901, 154.902,
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
and 154.1848 must be non-flammable and non-reactive with the
cargoes that the vessel is certificated to carry and the materials of
§154.806 Capacity Of Pressure Relief Valves.

351
construction of the cargo tanks, hold and interbarrier spaces, and
insulation.
(b) The boiling point and dewpoint at atmospheric pressure of the
inert gas must be below the temperature of any surface in those
spaces or -45°C (-49°F), whichever is warmer.
(c) For the temperatures and pressures at which the gas is stored
and used, storage vessels and inert gas piping must meet
§§154.450 and 154.500 respectively.
§154.904 Inert Gas System: Controls.
The inert gas system must have:
(a) At least one check valve in the cargo area to prevent the back
flow of cargo vapor into the inert gas system, or another means
specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO);
(b) If the inert gas system is in the machinery space or another
space outside the cargo area, a second check valve in the cargo
area meeting paragraph (a) of this section;
(c) Automatic and manual inert gas pressure controls; and
(d) Valves to isolate each inerted space.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.906 Inert Gas Generators.
The inert gas generator must:
(a) Produce an inert gas containing less than 5% oxygen by
volume;
A automatically shuts down power to the pump motor if the pump
C
(b) Have a device to continuously sample the discharge of the
generator for oxygen content; and
LI
(c) Have an audible and visual alarm in the cargo control station
that alarms when the inert gas contains 5% or more oxygen by
volume.
B
§154.908 Inert Gas Generator: Location.
(a) Except as allowed in paragraph (b) of this section, an inert gas
generator must be located in the main machinery space or a
U
space that is not in the cargo area and does not have direct
access to any accommodation, service, or control space.
.P
(b) An inert gas generator that does not use flame burning
equipment may be located in the cargo area if specially approved
by the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
.G
§154.910 Inert Gas Piping: Location.
Inert gas piping must not pass through or terminate in an
accommodation, service, or control space.
C
§154.912 Inerted Spaces: Relief Devices.
Inerted spaces must be fitted with relief valves, rupture discs, or
other devices specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR
39629, Sept. 1, 1983]
Electrical
§154.1000 Applicability.
Sections 154.1005 through 154.1020 apply to flammable cargo
and ammonia carriers.
§154.1002 Definition.
For the purposes of §§154.1005 through 154.1020, "gas-
dangerous" does not include the weather deck of an ammonia
carrier.
352
§154.1005 Equipment Approval.
(a) Electrical equipment that is required to be intrinsically safe or
explosion proof under §154.1010 must be specially approved by
the Commandant or listed as intrinsically safe or explosion proof
by an independent laboratory that is specially approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO), for Class I Division I locations and the
Group that is specified in Table 4 for the cargo carried.
(b) Each submerged cargo pump motor installation must be
specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(c) Electrical equipment that must be intrinsically safe to meet
§154.1010 must meet the definition in §110.15-100(i) of this
chapter.
(d) Electrical equipment that must be explosion proof to meet
§154.1010 must meet §110.15-65(e) of this chapter.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
S
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
N
§154.1010 Electrical Equipment In Gas-Dangerous Space Or
Zone.
(a) Except as allowed in this section, electrical equipment must
IO
not be installed in a gas-dangerous space or zone.
(b) Intrinsically safe electrical equipment and wiring may be in a
gas-dangerous space or zone.
T
(c) A submerged cargo pump motor may be in a cargo tank if:
(1) Low liquid level, motor current, or pump discharge pressure
loses suction;
(2) There is an audible and visual alarm at the cargo control
station that actuates if the motor shuts down under the
requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
(3) There is a lockable circuit breaker or lockable switch that
disconnects the power to the motor.
(d) A supply cable for a submerged cargo pump motor may be in
a hold space.
(e) A hold space that has a tank that is not required to have a
secondary barrier under §154.459 may only have:
(1) Through runs of cable;
(2) Explosion-proof lighting fixtures;
(3) Depth sounding devices in gas-tight enclosures;
(4) Log devices in gas-tight enclosures; and
(5) Impressed current cathodic protection system electrodes in
gas-tight enclosures.
(f) A space that is separated by a gastight steel boundary from a
hold space that has a cargo tank that must have a secondary
barrier, under the requirements of §154.459, may only have:
(1) Through runs of cable;
(2) Explosion-proof lighting fixtures;
(3) Depth sounding devices in gastight enclosures;
(4) Log devices in gastight enclosures;
(5) Impressed current cathodic protection system electrodes in
gastight enclosures;
(6) Explosion-proof motors that operate cargo system valves or
ballast system valves; and
(7) Explosion-proof bells for general alarm systems.
(g) A cargo handling room may only have:
(1) Explosion-proof lighting fixtures; and
(2) Explosion-proof bells for general alarm systems.
(h) A space for cargo hose storage may only have:
(1) Explosion-proof lighting fixtures; and
(2) Through runs of cable.
(i) A space that has cargo piping may only have:
(1) Explosion-proof lighting fixtures; and
(2) Through runs of cable.
(j) A gas-dangerous zone on the weather deck may only have:
(1) Explosion-proof equipment that is for the operation of the
vessel; and
(2) Through runs of cable.
(k) A space, except those under paragraphs (e) through (j) of this
section, that has a direct opening to a gas-dangerous space or
zone may only have the electrical equipment allowed in the gas-
dangerous space or zone.
§154.1015 Lighting In Gas-Dangerous Space.
(a) Each gas-dangerous space that has lighting fixtures must
have at least two branch circuits for lighting.
(b) Each switch and each overcurrent protective device for any
lighting circuit that is in a gas-dangerous space must open each
conductor of the circuit simultaneously.
(c) Each switch and each overcurrent protective device for lighting
in a gas-dangerous space must be in a gas-safe space.
§154.1020 Emergency Power.
C
The emergency generator must be designed to allow operation at
the final angle of heel under §154.230(a).
LI
Firefighting
Firefighting System: Exterior Water Spray
B
§154.1105 Exterior Water Spray System: General.
Each liquefied flammable gas vessel and each liquefied toxic gas
vessel must have an exterior water spray system that meets
U
§§154.1110 through 154.1135.
§154.1110 Areas Protected By System.
.P
Each water spray system must protect:
(a) All cargo tank surfaces that are not covered by the vessel's
hull structure or a steel cover;
.G
(b) Each cargo tank dome;
(c) Each on-deck storage vessel for flammable or toxic liquefied
gases;
C
(d) Each cargo discharge and loading manifold;
(e) Each quick-closing valve under §§154.530, 154.532, and
154.538, and other control valves essential to cargo flow;
(f) Each boundary facing the cargo area of each superstructure
that contains accommodation, service, or control spaces;
(g) Each boundary facing the cargo area of each deckhouse that
contains accommodation, service, or control spaces; and
(h) Each boundary of each deckhouse that is within the cargo
area and that is manned during navigation of the vessel or during
cargo transfer operations, except the deckhouse roof if it is 2.4 m
(8 ft.) or higher above the cargo containing structure.
353
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979; 44 FR 59234, Oct. 15,
1979]
§154.1115 Discharge.
(a) The discharge density of each water spray system must be at
least:
(1) 10000 cm3/m2/min. (0.25 gpm/ft.2) over each horizontal
surface; and
3 2 2
(2) 4000 cm /m /min. (0.10 gpm/ft. ) against vertical surface,
including the water rundown.
(b) The water spray protection under §154.1110(d) and (e) must
cover an area in a horizontal plane extending at least 0.5 m (19
in.) in each direction from the pipes, fittings, and valves, or the
area of the drip tray, whichever is greater.
§154.1120 Nozzles.
S
(a) Nozzles for the water spray system must be spaced to provide
the minimum discharge density under §154.1115 in each part of
N
the protected area.
(b) The vertical distance between water spray nozzles for the
IO
protection of vertical surfaces must be 3.7 m (12 ft.) or less.
§154.1125 Pipes, Fittings, And Valves.
(a) Each pipe, fitting, and valve for each water spray system must
meet Part 56 of this chapter.
T
(b) Each water spray main that protects more than one area listed
in §154.1110 must have at least one isolation valve at each
A branch connection and at least one isolation valve downstream of
each branch connection to isolate damaged sections.
(c) Each valved cross-connection from the water spray system to
the fire main must be outside of the cargo area.
(d) Each pipe, fitting, and valve for the water spray system must
be made of fire resistant and corrosion resistant materials, such
as galvanized steel or galvanized iron pipe.
(e) Each water spray system must have a means of drainage to
prevent corrosion of the system and freezing of accumulated
water in subfreezing temperatures.
(f) Each water spray system must have a dirt strainer that is
located at the water spray system manifold or pump.
§154.1130 Sections.
(a) If a water spray system is divided into sections, each section
must at least include the entire deck area bounded by the length
of a cargo tank and the full beam of the vessel.
(b) If a water spray system is divided into sections, the control
valves must be at a single manifold that is aft of the cargo area.
§154.1135 Pumps.
(a) Water to the water spray system must be supplied by:
(1) A pump that is only for the use of the system;
(2) A fire pump; or
(3) A pump specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
(b) Operation of a water spray system must not interfere with
simultaneous operation of the fire main system at its required
capacity. There must be a valved cross-connection between the
two systems.
(c) Except as allowed under paragraph (d) of this section, each
pump for each water spray system must have the capacity to
simultaneously supply all areas named in §154.1110.
(d) If the water spray system is divided into sections, the pump
under paragraph (a) of this section must have the capacity to
simultaneously supply the required discharge density under
§154.1115(a) for:
(1) The areas in §§154.1110(f) through (h) and 154.1115(b); and
(2) The largest section that includes the required protection under
§154.1110(a), (b), and (c).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
Firefighting System: Dry Chemical
§154.1140 Dry Chemical System: General.
Each liquefied flammable gas carrier must have a dry chemical
firefighting system that meets §§154.1145 through 154.1170, Part
56 and Subpart 162.039 of this chapter.
§154.1145 Dry Chemical Supply.
3
(a) A vessel with a cargo carrying capacity less that 1000 m
3
(35,300 ft. ) must have at least one self-contained dry chemical
storage unit for the cargo area with an independent inert gas
pressurizing source adjacent to each unit.
3
(b) A vessel with a cargo carrying capacity of 1000 m (35,300
3
ft. ) or more must have at least two self-contained dry chemical
storage units for the cargo area with an independent inert gas
pressurizing source adjacent to each unit.
(c) A vessel with bow and stern loading and discharge areas must
have at least one self-contained dry chemical storage unit with an
independent inert gas pressurizing source adjacent to the unit for
each area.
C
(d) Each dry chemical storage unit and associated piping must be
designed for:
LI
(1) Sequential discharge of each hose line and each monitor for
45 seconds; and
B
(2) Simultaneous discharge of all hose lines and monitors for 45
seconds.
U
(e) Each fully charged dry chemical storage unit must have the
greater of the following:
.P
(1) Enough dry chemical to provide for sequential discharge of
each attached hose and monitor for 45 seconds.
(2) Enough dry chemical to provide for simultaneous discharge of
all attached hoses and monitors for 45 seconds.
.G
§154.1150 Distribution Of Dry Chemical.
(a) All locations on the above deck cargo area and the cargo
piping outside that cargo area must be protected by:
C
(1) At least two dry chemical hand hose lines; or
(2) At least one dry chemical hand hose line and one dry chemical
monitor.
(b) At least one dry chemical storage unit and hand hose line or
monitor must be at the after end of the cargo areas.
(c) Each cargo loading and discharge manifold must be protected
by at least one dry chemical monitor.
§154.1155 Hand Hose Line: Coverage.
The coverage for the area for a hand hose line under §154.1150
must not exceed the length of the hand hose line except the
coverage for the protection of areas that are inaccessible to
personnel must not exceed one-half the projection of the hose at
its rated discharge, or 10 m (32.8 ft.), whichever is less.
354
§154.1160 Monitor Coverage Of System.
The coverage of each dry chemical system monitor under
§154.1150 must not exceed:
(a) 10 m (32.8 ft.) at 10 kg/sec (22 lb/sec);
(b) 30 m (98.4 ft.) at 25 kg/sec (55 lb/sec);
(c) 40 m (131.2 ft.) at 45 kg/sec (99 lb/sec);
(d) An interpolation between 10 m (32.8 ft.) at 10 kg/sec (22
lb/sec) and 30 m (98.4 ft.) at 25 kg/sec (55 lb/sec); or
(e) An interpolation between 30 m (98.4 ft.) at 25 kg/sec (55
lb/sec) and 40 m (131.2 ft.) at 45 kg/sec (99 lb/sec).
§154.1165 Controls.
(a) Each dry chemical hand hose line must be one that can be
actuated at its hose reel or hose storage cabinet.
(b) Each dry chemical monitor must be one that can be actuated
S
and controlled at the monitor.
N
(c) A dry chemical monitor for the cargo loading and discharging
manifold areas must be one that can be:
IO
(1) Actuated from a location other than the monitor and manifold
area; and
(2) Except for pre-aimed monitors, controlled from a location other
than the monitor and manifold area.
T
(d) Each dry chemical storage unit must have independent piping
with a stop valve in the piping for each remote hand hose line and
A remote monitor where the piping connects to the storage
container, if the unit has:
(1) More than one hand hose line;
(2) More than one monitor; or
(3) A combination of hand hose lines and monitors.
(e) Each stop valve under paragraph (d) of the section must be
capable of:
(1) Manual operation; and
(2) Being opened from the hose reel or monitor to which it is
connected.
(f) Damage to any dry chemical system hose, monitor, pipe or
control circuits must not prevent the operation of other hoses,
monitors, or control circuit that are connected to the same storage
unit.
§154.1170 Hand Hose Line: General.
Each dry chemical hand hose line must:
(a) Not be longer than 33m (108 ft.);
(b) Be stored on a hose reel or in a hose cabinet and be one that
is operable whether or not it is unwound from a hose reel or
removed from a hose cabinet;
(c) Be non-kinkable;
(d) Have a nozzle with a valve to start and stop the flow of
chemical;
(e) Have a capacity of at least 3.5 kg/sec (7.7 lb./sec); and
(f) Be one that can be operated by one person.
Cargo Area: Mechanical Ventilation System
§154.1200 Mechanical Ventilation System: General.
(a) Each cargo compressor room, pump room, gas-dangerous §154.1210 Hold Space, Void Space, Cofferdam, And Spaces
cargo control station, and space that contains cargo handling Containing Cargo Piping.
equipment must have a fixed, exhaust-type mechanical ventilation (a) Each hold space, void space, cofferdam, and spaces
system. containing cargo piping must have:

(b) The following must have a supply-type mechanical ventilation (1) A fixed mechanical ventilation system; or
system:
(2) A fixed ducting system that has a portable blower that meets
(1) Each space that contains electric motors for cargo handling §154.1205(i) and (j).
equipment.
(2) Each gas-safe cargo control station in the cargo area. (b) A portable blower in any personnel access opening must not
(3) Each gas-safe space in the cargo area. reduce the area of that opening so that the opening does not
(4) Each space that contains inert gas generators, except main meet §154.340.
machinery spaces.
Instrumentation
§154.1205 Mechanical Ventilation System: Standards.
(a) Each exhaust type mechanical ventilation system required
§154.1300 Liquid Level Gauging System: General.
under §154.1200(a) must have ducts for vapors from the
(a) If Table 4 lists a closed gauge for a cargo, the liquid level
following:

S
gauging system under §154.1305 must be closed gauges that do
not have any opening through which cargo liquid or vapor could
(1) The deck level.
escape, such as an ultrasonic device, float type device, electronic

N
or magnetic probe, or bubble tube indicator.
(2) Bilges.
(b) If Table 4 lists a restricted gauge for a cargo, the liquid level

IO
(3) If the vapors are lighter than air, the top of each space that
gauging system under §154.1305 must be closed gauges that
personnel enter during cargo handling operations.
meet paragraph (a) of this section or restricted gauges that do not
vent the cargo tank's vapor space, such as a fixed tube, slip tube,
(b) The discharge end of each duct under paragraph (a) of this
or rotary tube.
section must be at least 10 m (32.8 ft.) from ventilation intakes

T
and openings to accommodations, service, control station, and
§154.1305 Liquid Level Gauging System: Standards.
other gas-safe spaces.
(a) Each cargo tank must have at least one liquid level gauging
(c) Each ventilation system under §154.1200(a) and (b)(1) must
change the air in that space and its adjoining trunks at least 30 A system that is operable:

(1) At pressures up to, and including, the MARVS of the tank; and
C
times each hour.
(2) At temperatures that are within the cargo handling
(d) Each ventilation system for a gas-safe cargo control station in
temperature range for all cargoes carried.
LI

the cargo area must change the air in that space at least eight
times each hour.
(b) Unless the cargo tank has one liquid gauging system that can
be repaired and maintained when the tank contains cargo, each
(e) A ventilation system must not recycle vapor from ventilation
cargo tank must have at least two liquid level gauging systems
B

discharges.
that meet paragraph (a) of this section.
(f) Each mechanical ventilation system must have its operational
(c) Each liquid level gauging system must measure liquid levels
U

controls outside the ventilated space.

from 400 mm (16 in.) or less from the lowest point in the cargo
tank, except collection wells, to 100 percent full.
(g) No ventilation duct for a gas-dangerous space may pass
.P

through any machinery, accommodation, service, or control

§154.1310 Closed Gauge Shut-Off Valve.
space, except as allowed under §154.703.
Each closed gauge that is not mounted directly on the cargo tank
must have a shut-off valve that is as close to the tank as practical.
(h) Each electric motor that drives a ventilation fan must not be
within the ducts for any space that may contain flammable cargo
§154.1315 Restricted Gauge Excess Flow Valve.
.G

vapors.
Each restricted gauge that penetrates a cargo tank must have an
excess flow valve unless the gauge meets §154.536.
(i) Ventilation impellers and the housing in way of those impellers
on a flammable cargo carrier must meet one of the following:
§154.1320 Sighting Ports, Tubular Gauge Glasses, And Flat
C

Plate Type Gauge Glasses.

(1) The impeller, housing, or both made of non-metallic material
(a) Cargo tanks may have sighting ports as a secondary means of
that does not generate static electricity.
liquid level gauging in addition to the gauges under §154.1305, if:
(2) The impeller and housing made of non-ferrous material.
(1) The tank has a MARVS that is less than 69 kPa gauge (10
psig);
(3) The impeller and housing made of austenitic stainless steel.
(2) The port has a protective cover and an internal scale; and
(4) The impeller and housing made of ferrous material with at
least 13mm (0.512 in.) tip clearance.
(3) The port is above the liquid level.
(j) No ventilation fan may have any combination of fixed or
(b) Tubular gauge glasses must not be liquid level gauges for
rotating components made of an aluminum or magnesium alloy
cargo tanks.
and ferrous fixed or rotating components.
(c) Plate type gauge glasses must not be liquid level gauges for
(k) Each ventilation intake and exhaust must have a protective
cargo tanks, except deck tanks if the gauge connections have
metal screen of not more than 13mm (0.512 in.) square mesh.
excess flow valves.

355
§154.1325 Liquid Level Alarm System: All Cargo Tanks.
Except as allowed under §154.1330, each cargo tank must have
a high liquid level alarm system that:
(a) Is independent of the liquid level gauging system under
§154.1305;
(b) Actuates quick-closing valves under §§154.530, 154.532, and
154,538 or a stop valve in the cargo tank loading line to prevent
the tank from becoming 100 percent liquid full and without
causing the pressure in the loading lines to exceed the design
pressure; and
(c) Actuates an audible and visual alarm at the cargo control
station at the liquid level at which the valves under paragraph (b)
of this section are actuated or at some lower liquid level.
§154.1330 Liquid Level Alarm System: Independent Tank
Type C.
Independent tanks type C need not have the high liquid level
alarm system under §154.1325 if:
(a) The tank volume is less than 200 m3 (7,060 ft.3); or
(b) The tank can withstand the maximum possible pressure during
loading, that pressure is below the relief valve setting, and
overflow of the tank cannot occur.
§154.1335 Pressure And Vacuum Protection.
(a) Each cargo tank must have the following:
(1) A pressure gauge that:
(1)(i) Monitors the vapor space;
C
(1)(ii) Is readable at the tank; and
LI
(1)(iii) Has remote readouts at the cargo control station.
(2) If vacuum protection is required under §154.804, a vacuum
gauge meeting paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), and (1)(iii) of this
B
section.
(b) The vessel must have at least one high pressure alarm that:
U
(1) Actuates before the pressure in any cargo tank exceeds the
maximum pressure specially approved by the Commandant (G-
.P
MSO); and
(2) Actuates an audible and visual alarm at the cargo control
station, and a remote group alarm in the wheelhouse.
.G
(c) If vacuum protection is required under §154.804, the vessel
must have at least one low pressure alarm that:
(1) Actuates before the pressure in any cargo tank falls below the
minimum pressure specially approved by the Commandant (G-
C
MSO); and
(2) Actuates an audible and visual alarm at the cargo control
station, and a remote group alarm in the wheelhouse.
(d) At least one pressure gauge must be fitted on each:
(1) Enclosed hold;
(2) Enclosed interbarrier space;
(3) Cargo pump discharge line;
(4) Liquid cargo manifold; and
(5) Vapor cargo manifold.
(e) There must be a local manifold pressure gauge between each
manifold stop valve and each hose connection to the shore.
356
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.1340 Temperature Measuring Devices.
(a) Each cargo tank must have devices that measure the
temperature:
(1) At the bottom of the tank; and
(2) Near the top of the tank and below the maximum liquid level
allowed under §154.1844.
(b) Each device required by paragraph (a) must have a readout at
the cargo control station.
(c) Except for independent tanks type C, each cargo containment
system for a design temperature colder than -55°C (-67°F) must
have temperature measuring devices that meet the following:
S
(1) The number and location of the devices must be specially
approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
N
(2) The devices must be within the cargo tank's insulation or on
the adjacent hull structure.
IO
(3) Each device must show the temperature continuously or at
regular intervals of one hour or less.
(4) Each device must actuate an audible and visual alarm at the
T
cargo control station and a remote group alarm in the wheelhouse
before the temperature of the steel of the adjacent hull structure is
cooled below the lowest temperature allowed for the steel under
A §154.172.
(d) For each cargo tank with a design temperature colder than -
55°C (-67°F), the number and arrangement of the devices that
show the temperature of the tank during cool down procedures
must be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.1345 Gas Detection.
(a) Each vessel carrying a cargo that is designated with an "I" or "I
and T" in Table 4 must have:
(1) A fixed flammable gas detection system that meets
§154.1350; and
(2) Two portable gas detectors that can each measure 0 to 100%
of the lower flammable limit of the cargo carried.
(b) Each vessel carrying a cargo that is designated with a "T" or "I
and T" in Table 4 must have:
(1) Two portable gas detectors that show if the concentration of
cargo is above or below the threshold limit value listed in 29 CFR
1910.1000 for that cargo; and
(2) Fixed gas sampling tubes in each hold space and interbarrier
space with:
(2)(i) The number of tubes specially approved by the
Commandant (G-MSO);
(2)(ii) Each tube valved and capped above the main deck unless it
is connected to a fixed toxic gas detector;
(2)(iii) If the vessel carries cargo that is heavier than the
atmosphere of the space, each tube's open end in the lower part
of the space;
(2)(iv) If the vessel carries cargo that is lighter than the
atmosphere of the space, each tube's open end in the upper part
of the space;
(2)(v) If the vessel carries cargo that is heavier than the
atmosphere of the space and another cargo that is lighter than the
atmosphere of the space, tubes with their open ends in the lower
part of the space and tubes with their open ends in the upper part
of the space; and
(2)(vi) If the vessel carries cargo that can be both heavier and
lighter than the atmosphere of the space, tubes with their open
ends in the lower part of the space and tubes with their open ends
in the upper part of the space.
(c) A vessel that carries methyl bromide or sulfur dioxide must
have a fixed gas detection system that is not located in a gas-safe
space.
(d) A vessel that carries sulfur dioxide must have a fixed gas
detection system that meets §154.1350 except paragraph (j).
(e) Each alarm under §154.1350(e) on a vessel that carries
methyl bromide or sulfur dioxide must be set at or below the
threshold limit value listed in 29 CFR 1910.1000 for the cargo
carried.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.1350 Flammable Gas Detection System.
(a) The vessel must have a fixed flammable gas detection system
that has sampling points in:
(1) Each cargo pump room;
A (p) Each flammable gas detection system must have at least one
C
(2) Each cargo compressor room;
(3) Each motor room for cargo handling machinery;
LI
(4) Each cargo control station that is not gas-safe;
(5) Each hold space, interbarrier space, and other enclosed
B
spaces, except fuel oil or ballast tanks, in the cargo area, unless
the vessel has independent tanks type C; and
U
(6) Each space between the doors of an air lock under §154.345.
(b) The sampling points under paragraph (a) of this section must
.P
meet §154.1345(b)(2)(iii) through (vi).
(c) Gas sampling lines for the flammable gas detection system
must not pass through any gas-safe space, except the gas-safe
space in which the gas detection equipment is located.
.G
(d) Gas detection systems must have a readout with meters that
show flammable gas concentration over the concentration or
volume ranges under paragraph (t) or (u) of this section.
C
(e) Each flammable gas detection system must have audible and
visual alarms that are actuated at a cargo concentration that is
30% or less of the lower flammable limit in air of the cargo carried.
(f) Each flammable gas detection system must have an audible
and visual alarm for power failure and loss of gas sampling flow.
(g) The alarms under paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section must
signal in the space where the gas detection system's readout is
located and must meet §154.1365.
(h) Remote group alarms, that indicate that one of the alarm
conditions under paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section exists,
must meet §154.1365 and must be in each wheelhouse and in
each cargo control station if the gas detection system's readout is
not located in those spaces.
357
(i) Each flammable gas detection system must monitor each
sampling point at 30 minute or shorter intervals.
(j) Electrical equipment for each flammable gas detection system
that is in a gas-dangerous space or area must meet §§154.1000
through 154.1015.
(k) Each flammable gas detection system must have enough
flame arrestors for all gas sampling lines to prevent flame
propagation to the spaces served by the system through the
sampling lines.
(l) Each flammable gas detection system must have a filter that
removes particulate matter in each gas sampling line.
(m) Each filter under paragraph (l) of this section must be located
where it can be removed during vessel operation, unless it can be
freed by back pressure.
S
(n) Each flammable gas detection system in a gas-safe space
must:
N
(1) Have a shut-off valve in each sampling line from an enclosed
space, such as a hold or interbarrier space; and
IO
(2) Exhaust gas to a safe location in the open atmosphere and
away from all ignition sources.
(o) Each flammable gas detection system must not have common
T
sampling lines, except sampling lines may be manifolded at the
gas detector location if each line has an automatic valve that
prevents cross-communication between sampling points.
connection for injecting zero gas and span gas into the system for
testing and calibration.
(q) Each flammable gas detection system must have span gas for
testing and calibration that is of known concentration.
(r) The calibration test procedure and type and concentration of
span gas under paragraph (q) of this section must be on or in
each gas analyzer cabinet.
(s) Each flammable gas detection system must have at least one
flow meter capable of measuring the flow to the gas analyzer, and
must provide a means for ensuring that there is a positive flow in
the right direction in each sampling line at all times.
(t) Each flammable gas detection system must measure gas
concentrations that:
(1) Are at least 0% through 200% of the alarm concentration; and
(2) Allow calibration of the equipment with span gas.
(u) In each hold and each interbarrier space that contains tanks
other than independent tanks type A, B, or C, the flammable gas
detection system must measure cargo concentrations of 0 to
100% by volume with:
(1) An analyzer other than the one under paragraph (t) of this
section; or
(2) The analyzer under paragraph (t) of this section with a scale
switch that automatically returns the analyzer to the concentration
range under paragraph (t) of this section when released.
§154.1360 Oxygen Analyzer.
The vessel must have a portable analyzer that measures oxygen
levels in an inert atmosphere.
§154.1365 Audible And Visual Alarms.
(a) Each audible alarm must have an arrangement that allows it to
be turned off after sounding. For remote group alarms this
arrangement must not interrupt the alarm's actuation by other
faults.
(b) Each visual alarm must be one that can be turned off only
after the fault that actuated it is corrected.
(c) Each visual alarm must be marked to show the type and,
except for remote group alarms, the location of each fault that
actuates it.
(d) Each vessel must have means for testing each alarm.
§154.1370 Pressure Gauge And Vacuum Gauge Marking.
Each pressure gauge and vacuum gauge under §154.1335(a)
must be marked with the maximum and minimum pressures that
are specified on the vessel's certificate for the cargo carried.
§154.1375 Readout For Temperature Measuring Device:
Marking.
Each readout under §154.1340 for a device that measures
temperature in a cargo tank must be marked with the design
temperature specified for the cargo tank on the vessel's
certificate.
Safety Equipment
§154.1400 Safety Equipment: All Vessels.
(a) Instead of the equipment under §35.30-20 of this chapter, a
3
vessel of less than 25,000 m cargo capacity must have the
following personnel safety equipment:
(1) Six self-contained, pressure-demand-type, air-breathing
A listed cargo must have the following additional personnel
C
apparatus approved by the Mining Enforcement and Safety
Administration (MESA) or the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH), each having at least a 30 minute
LI
capacity.
(2) Nine spare bottles of air for the self-contained air-breathing
apparatus, each having at least a 30 minute capacity.
B
(3) Six steel-cored lifelines.
U
(4) Six Type II or Type III flashlights constructed and marked in
accordance with ASTM F 1014 (incorporated by reference, see
§154.1).
.P
(5) Three fire axes.
(6) Six helmets that meet ANSI Safety Requirements for Industrial
Head Protection, Z-89.1 (1969).
.G
(7) Six sets of boots and gloves that are made of rubber or other
electrically non-conductive material.
C
(8) Six sets of goggles that meet the specifications of ANSI
Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face
Protection, Z-87.1 (1979).
(9) Three outfits that protect the skin from scalding steam and the
heat of a fire, and that have a water resistant outer surface.
(10) Three chemical protective outfits that protect the wearers
from the particular personnel hazards presented by the cargo
vapor.
(b) Instead of the equipment under §35.30-20 of this chapter, a
vessel of 25,000 m3 cargo capacity or more must have the
following personnel safety equipment:
(1) Eight self-contained, pressure-demand-type, air-breathing
apparatus approved by the Mining Enforcement and Safety
Administration (MESA) or the National Institute for Occupational
358
Safety and Health (NIOSH), each having at least a 30 minute
capacity.
(2) Nine spare bottles of air for the self-contained air-breathing
apparatus, each having at least a 30 minute capacity.
(3) Eight steel-cored lifelines.
(4) Eight Type II or Type III flashlights constructed and marked in
accordance with ASTM F 1014 (incorporated by reference, see
§154.1).
(5) Three fire axes.
(6) Eight helmets that meet ANSI Safety Requirements for
Industrial Head Protection, Z-89.1 (1969).
(7) Eight sets of boots and gloves that are made of rubber or
other electrically non-conductive material.
S
(8) Eight sets of goggles that meet the specifications of ANSI
N
Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face
Protection, Z-87.1 (1979).
IO
(9) Five outfits that protect the skin from scalding steam and the
heat of a fire, and that have a water resistant outer surface.
(10) Three chemical protective outfits that protect the wearers
from the particular personnel hazards presented by the cargo
T
vapor.
(c) When Table 4 references this section, a vessel carrying the
protection equipment:
(1) Three self-contained, pressure-demand-type, air-breathing
apparatus approved by the Mining Enforcement and Safety
Administration (MESA) or the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH), each having at least a 30 minute
capacity.
(2) Nine spare bottles of air for the self-contained air-breathing
apparatus, each having at least a 30 minute capacity.
(3) Three steel-cored lifelines.
(4) Three Type II or Type III flashlights constructed and marked in
accordance with ASTM F 1014 (incorporated by reference, see
§154.1).
(5) Three helmets that meet ANSI Safety Requirements for
Industrial Head Protection, Z-89.1 (1969).
(6) Three sets of boots and gloves that are made of rubber or
other electrically non-conductive material.
(7) Three sets of goggles that meet the specifications of ANSI
Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face
Protection, Z-87.1 (1979).
(8) Three chemical protective outfits that protect the wearers from
the particular personnel hazards presented by the cargo vapor.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
77-069, 52 FR 31630, Aug. 21, 1987; CGD 82-042, 17705, May
18, 1988; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943, Mar. 1, 2000]
§154.1405 Respiratory Protection.
When Table 4 references this section, a vessel carrying the listed
cargo must have:
(a) Respiratory protection equipment for each person on board
that protects the person from the cargo vapor for at least 5
minutes; and
(b) Two additional sets of respiratory protection equipment that: type C that meets §154.701(a):

(1) Are stowed in the wheelhouse; and (a) Ethylene oxide.

(2) Protects the wearer from the cargo vapor for at least 5
minutes.
§154.1410 Decontamination Shower.
When Table 4 references this section, a vessel carrying the listed
cargo must have a decontamination shower and an eye wash
that:
(a) Are on the weatherdeck; and
(b) Have their location marked EMERGENCY SHOWER in letters:
(b) Methyl bromide.
(c) Sulfur dioxide.
§154.1710 Exclusion Of Air From Cargo Tank Vapor Spaces.
When a vessel is carrying acetaldehyde, butadiene, ethylene
oxide, or vinyl chloride, the master shall ensure that air is:
(a) Purged from the cargo tanks and associated piping before the
cargo is loaded; and
(b) Excluded after the cargo is loaded by maintaining a positive
pressure of at least 13.8 kPa gauge (2 psig) by:

(1) 7.6 cm (3 in.) high; and (1) Introducing a gas that:

(2) 5.1 cm (2 in.) wide.
(1)(i) Is not reactive;

S
§154.1415 Air Compressor.
Each vessel must have an air compressor to recharge the bottles (1)(ii) Is not flammable; and

N
for the air-breathing apparatus.
(1)(iii) Does not contain more than 0.2% oxygen by volume; or
§154.1420 Stretchers And Equipment.

IO
Each vessel must have: (2) Controlling the cargo temperature.

(a) Two stretchers or wire baskets; and §154.1715 Moisture Control.

When a vessel is carrying sulfur dioxide, the master shall ensure
(b) Equipment for lifting an injured person from a cargo tank, hold, that:

T
or void space.
(a) A cargo tank is dry before it is loaded with sulfur dioxide; and
§154.1430 Equipment Locker.
One of each item of equipment under §§154.1400 and 154.1420
must be stowed in a marked locker: A (b) Air or inert gas admitted into a cargo tank carrying sulfur
dioxide during discharging or tank breathing has a moisture
C
content equal to or less than the moisture content of air with a
(a) On the open deck in or adjacent to the cargo area; or dewpoint of -45°C (-49°F) at atmospheric pressure.
LI

(b) In the accommodation house, near to a door that opens onto §154.1720 Indirect Refrigeration.
the main deck. A refrigeration system that is used to cool acetaldehyde, ethylene
oxide, or methyl bromide, must be an indirect refrigeration system
§154.1435 Medical First Aid Guide. that does not use vapor compression.
B

Each vessel must have a copy of the IMO Medical First Aid
Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods, §154.1725 Ethylene Oxide.
printed by IMO, London, U.K. (a) A vessel carrying ethylene oxide must:
U

§154.1440 Antidotes. (1) Have cargo piping, vent piping, and refrigeration equipment
Each vessel must have the antidotes prescribed in the IMO that have no connections to other systems;
.P

Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving

Dangerous Goods, printed by IMO, London, U.K. for the cargoes (2) Have valves, flanges, fittings, and accessory equipment made
being carried. of steel, stainless steel, except types 416 and 442, or other
material specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO);
Subpart D – Special Design and Operating
.G

(3) Have valve disk faces, and other wearing parts of valves made
Requirements of stainless steel containing not less than 11% chromium;
§154.1700 Purpose.
(4) Have gaskets constructed of spirally wound stainless steel
This subpart prescribes design and operating requirements that
with teflon or other material specially approved by the
C

are unique for certain cargoes regulated by this part.

Commandant (G-MSO);
§154.1702 Materials Of Construction.
(5) Not have asbestos, rubber, or cast iron components in the
When Table 4 references one of the following paragraphs in this
cargo containment system and piping;
section, the materials in the referenced paragraph must not be in
components that contact the cargo liquid or vapor:
(6) Not have threaded joints in cargo piping;
(a) Aluminum and aluminum bearing alloys.
(7) Have a water spray system under §154.1105 that protects the
(b) Copper and copper bearing alloys.
above deck cargo piping; and
(c) Zinc or galvanized steel.
(d) Magnesium.
(8) Have a nitrogen inerting system or on board nitrogen gas
(e) Mercury.
storage that can inert the vapor space of an ethylene oxide cargo
(f) Acetylide forming materials, such as copper, silver, and
tank for a period of 30 days under the condition of paragraph (e)
mercury.
of this section.
§154.1705 Independent Tank Type C.
(b) Cargo hose used for ethylene oxide must:
The following cargoes must be carried in an independent tank

359
(1) Be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO); and
(2) Be marked "For (Alkylene or Ethylene) Oxide Transfer Only."
(c) Ethylene oxide must be maintained at less than 30°C (86°F).
(d) Cargo tank relief valves for tanks containing ethylene oxide
must be set at 539 kPa gauge (78.2 psig) or higher.
(e) The vapor space of a cargo tank carrying ethylene oxide must
be maintained at a nitrogen concentration of 45% by volume.
(f) A vessel must have a method for jettisoning ethylene oxide that
meets §§154.356 and 154.1872.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.1730 Ethylene Oxide: Loading And Off Loading.
(a) The master shall ensure that before ethylene oxide is loaded
into a cargo tank:
(1) The tank is thoroughly clean, dry, and free of rust;
(2) The hold spaces are inerted with an inert gas that meets
§154.1710(b)(1); and
(3) The cargo tank vapor space is inerted with nitrogen.
(b) Ethylene oxide must be off loaded by a deepwell pump or inert
gas displacement.
(c) Ethylene oxide must not be carried in deck tanks.
A from other cargo piping, vent piping and refrigeration equipment
C
§154.1735 Methyl Acetylene-Propadiene Mixture.
(a) The composition of the methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture
at loading must be within the following limits or specially approved
LI
by the Commandant (G-MSO):
(1) One composition is:
B
(1)(i) Maximum methyl acetylene and propadiene molar ratio of 3
to 1;
U
(1)(ii) Maximum combined concentration of methyl acetylene and
propadiene of 65 mole percent;
.P
(1)(iii) Minimum combined concentration of propane, butane, and
isobutane of 24 mole percent, of which at least one-third (on a
molar basis) must be butanes and one-third propane; and
(1)(iv) Maximum combined concentration of propylene and
.G
butadiene of 10 mole percent.
(2) A second composition is:
(2)(i) Maximum methyl acetylene and propadiene combined
C
concentration of 30 mole percent;
(2)(ii) Maximum methyl acetylene concentration of 20 mole
percent;
(2)(iii) Maximum propadiene concentration of 20 mole percent;
(2)(iv) Maximum propylene concentration of 45 mole percent;
(2)(v) Maximum butadiene and butylenes combined concentration
of 2 mole percent;
(2)(vi) A minimum saturated C4 hydrocarbon concentration of 4
mole percent; and
(2)(vii) A minimum propane concentration of 25 mole percent.
360
(b) A vessel carrying a methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture must
have a refrigeration system without vapor compression or have a
refrigeration system with the following features:
(1) A vapor compressor that does not raise the temperature and
pressure of the vapor above 60°C (140°F) and 1.72 Mpa
gauge(250 psig) during its operation and that does not allow
vapor to stagnate in the compressor while it continues to run.
(2) Discharge piping from each compressor stage or each cylinder
in the same stage of a reciprocating compressor that has:
(2)(i) Two temperature actuated shutdown switches set to operate
at 60°C (140°F) or less;
(2)(ii) A pressure actuated shutdown switch set to operate at 1.72
MPa gauge (250 psig) or less; and
(2)(iii) A safety relief valve set to relieve at 1.77 MPa gauge (256
S
psig) or less.
N
(3) A relief valve that vents to a mast meeting §154.805 and that
does not relieve into the compressor suction line.
IO
(4) An alarm that sounds in the cargo control station and in the
wheelhouse when any of the high pressure or high temperature
switches under paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(ii) of this section
operate.
T
(c) A vessel carrying a methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture must
have separate cargo piping, vent piping, and refrigeration
equipment for methyl acetylene-propadiene that are segregated
on the vessel.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979; 44 FR 59234, Oct. 15,
1979; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.1740 Vinyl Chloride: Inhibiting And Inerting.
When a vessel is carrying vinyl chloride, the master shall ensure
that:
(a) Section 154.1818 is met; or
(b) Section 154.1710 is met, and the oxygen content of inert gas
is less than 0.1% by volume.
§154.1745 Vinyl Chloride: Transferring Operations.
A vessel carrying vinyl chloride must meet the requirements of
§151.50-34(g) through (k) of this chapter.
[CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48051, Sept. 18, 1995]
§154.1750 Butadiene Or Vinyl Chloride: Refrigeration System.
A refrigeration system for butadiene or vinyl chloride must not use
vapor compression unless it:
(a) Avoids any stagnation points where uninhibited liquid can
accumulate; or
(b) Has inhibited liquid from the cargo tank added to the vapor
upstream of the condenser.
§154.1755 Nitrogen.
Except for deck tanks and their piping systems, cargo
containment systems and piping systems carrying nitrogen must
be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.1760 Liquid Ammonia.
The master shall ensure that no person sprays liquid ammonia
into a cargo tank containing more than 8% oxygen by volume.
 Subpart E – Operations
§154.1800 Special Operating Requirements Under Part 35 Of
This Chapter.
Each vessel must meet the requirements of Part 35 of this
chapter except §35.30-20.
§154.1802 Certificates, Letters And Endorsements: Foreign
Flag Vessels.
(a) No person may operate on the navigable waters of the United
States a foreign flag vessel, whose flag administration issues IMO
Certificates, unless the vessel has:
(1) An IMO Certificate issued by the flag administration that is
endorsed with the name of the cargo that it is allowed to carry,
and, except when entering United States waters to be examined
1
as required by §154.150, a Certificate of Compliance issued by
the Coast Guard endorsed under this part with the name of the
cargo that it is allowed to carry; or
(2) Special approval under §154.30.
(b) No person may operate on the navigable waters of the United
States a foreign flag vessel, whose flag administration does not
issue IMO Certificates, unless the vessel has:
(1) Except when entering United States waters to be examined as
required by §154.150, a Certificate of Compliance1 issued by the
Coast Guard endorsed under this part with the name of the cargo
it is allowed to carry; or
(2) Special approval under §154.30.
(c) No person may operate on the navigable waters of the United
A waters of the United States, or a U.S. flag vessel, unless the
C
States a foreign flag vessel unless the vessel has onboard the
following plans and information which except for the certificates
under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, are in English:
LI
(1) The vessel's Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate and
Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate issued under the
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974.
B
(2) A description and schematic plan of the arrangement for
inerting cargo tanks, hold spaces, and interbarrier spaces.
U
(3) A description of the cargo tank gauging equipment.
.P
(4) A description and instruction manual for the calibration of the
cargo leak detector equipment.
(5) A schematic plan that shows the locations of leak detectors
and sampling points.
.G
(6) If the vessel carries methane, a description of the systems for
cargo temperature and pressure control. (See §§154.703 through
154.709).
C
[1 Until the Certificate of Compliance form is developed, the Letter
of Compliance with a Subchapter O endorsement for the carriage
of liquefied gases will serve the purpose of the endorsed
Certificate of Compliance.]
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
81-052, 50 FR 8735, Mar. 5, 1985; CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31631,
Aug. 21, 1987; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30663, July 26, 1990]
§154.1803 Expiration Of Certificates Of Compliance.
(a) A Certificate of Compliance expires after a period not to
exceed twenty-four months from the date of the examination
under §154.150.
(b) If a vessel's IMO Certificate of Fitness expires or otherwise
becomes invalid, its Certificate of Compliance becomes invalid for
the carriage of cargoes listed in Table 4 of this part or authorized
361
by special approval under §154.12. To maintain the validity of the
Certificate of Compliance, the vessel's owner must submit a copy
of any revised or reissued IMO Certificate to Commanding Officer,
Marine Safety Center.
[CGD 81-052, 50 FR 8735, Mar. 5, 1985; CGD 95-072, 60 FR
50466, Sept. 29, 1995; 60 FR 54106, Oct. 19, 1995]
§154.1808 Limitations In The Endorsement.
No person may operate a vessel unless that person complies with
all limitations in the endorsement on the vessel's Certificate of
Inspection or Certificate of Compliance.
[CGD 81-052, 50 FR 8735, Mar. 5, 1985]
§154.1809 Loading And Stability Manual.
(a) No person may operate a vessel unless that vessel has on
board a loading and stability manual.
S
(b) The loading and stability manual must contain:
N
(1) Information that enables the master to load and ballast the
vessel while keeping structural stresses within design limits; and
IO
(2) The information required by §170.110 of this chapter.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
79-023, 49 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983]
T
§154.1810 Cargo Manual.
(a) No person may operate a foreign flag vessel, whose flag
administration does not issue IMO Certificates, on the navigable
vessel has on board a cargo manual containing the following
information:
(1) A description of each cargo carried, its handling hazards as a
liquid or as a gas including frostbite or asphyxiation, its safety
equipment and necessary first aid measures required by this part.
(2) A description of the dangers of asphyxiation from the inerting
gases used on the vessel.
(3) The measures that mitigate embrittlement of steel structure in
way of cargo leakage.
(4) The use of the firefighting systems on the vessel.
(5) The features of the cargo containment system that affect its
operation and maintenance, including pressure and temperature
ranges and relief valve settings.
(6) Pressures, temperatures, and liquid levels for all operations.
(7) General information derived from the first loading of the
vessel.
(8) Alarm settings.
(9) Descriptions of the components of the cargo system, including
the following:
(9)(i) Liquid cargo system.
(9)(ii) Liquid recirculating or condensate return system.
(9)(iii) Cargo tank cool-down system.
(9)(iv) Cargo tank warm-up or vaporization system.
(9)(v) Gas main system.
(9)(vi) Cargo tank or compressor relief system and blocked liquid
or gas relief system.
(9)(vii) Inerting system.
(9)(viii) Boil-off gas compressor or reliquefaction system.
(9)(ix) Gas detection systems.
(9)(x) Alarm or safety indication systems.
(9)(xi) Cargo jettisoning system.
(9)(xii) The system for using boil-off gas as fuel.
(10) A description of cargo loading and discharge operations,
including simultaneous handling of multigrades of cargo and
ballast.
(11) A description of cargo operations during the voyage.
(12) A description of cargo tank cool-down and warm-up
operations including purging with inert gas and air.
(13) A description of hull and cargo tank temperature monitoring
systems.
(14) A description of gas detection systems and alarm or safety
systems.
(15) A description of the following conditions and their symptoms,
including emergency measures and corrective actions:
(15)(i) Cargo or ballast valve malfunction.
(15)(ii) Low cargo tank gas pressure.
A (1) The location and number of each cargo tank; and
C
(15)(iii) High fill level shutdown.
(15)(iv) Gas compressor shutdown.
LI
(15)(v) Hull cold spots.
(15)(vi) Cargo piping leaks.
B
(15)(vii) Primary or secondary barrier failure.
U
(15)(viii) Hold boundary structural failure.
(15)(ix) Fire in vent mast head.
.P
(15)(x) Reliquefaction plant failure.
(15)(xi) Vaporizer malfunction or failure.
.G
(15)(xii) Piping or cargo valve freeze-up.
(16) Any other matters relating to operation of the cargo systems.
(17) The operational means to maintain the vessel in a condition
C
of positive stability in accordance with the loading and stability
manual under §154.1809 through all conditions of:
(17)(i) Loading and deballasting; and
(17)(ii) Unloading and ballasting.
(b) The master shall ensure that the cargo manual is kept up-to-
date.
§154.1812 Operational Information For Terminal Personnel.
The master shall ensure that terminal personnel are told the
operational information required by §154.1810(a)(17).
§154.1814 Cargo Information Cards.
(a) No person may operate a vessel unless a cargo information
card for each cargo being transported is carried either in the
362
wheelhouse, in the ship's office, or in another location easily
accessible to the person in charge of the watch.
(b) When a vessel is moored at a terminal, the master shall
ensure that a set of information cards is in the possession of the
terminal's person in charge of cargo transfer operations.
(c) Each card must be at least 17 cm x 24 cm (6 3/4 in. x 9 1/2
in.), have printing on one side only, and must contain the following
information about the cargo:
(1) Name as listed in Table 4.
(2) Appearance.
(3) Odor.
(4) Safe handling procedures, including special handling
instructions, and handling hazards.
S
(5) Procedures to follow in the event of spills, leaks, or
N
uncontrolled cargo release.
(6) Procedures to be followed if a person is exposed to the cargo.
IO
(7) Firefighting procedures and materials.
§154.1816 Cargo Location Plan.
The master shall ensure that:
T
(a) A cargo location plan is prepared that gives:
(2) The name of the cargo in each tank;
(b) One cargo location plan is kept with the sets of cargo
information cards required under §154.1814; and
(c) The cargo names in the cargo location plan do not differ from
the names of the cargoes listed in Table 4.
§154.1818 Certification Of Inhibition.
(a) Except as provided in §154.1740(b), no person may operate a
vessel carrying butadiene or vinyl chloride without carrying in the
wheelhouse written certification from the shipper that the product
is inhibited.
(b) The certification required by this section must contain the
following information:
(1) The name and concentration of the inhibitor.
(2) The date the inhibitor was added.
(3) The expected duration of the inhibitor's effectiveness.
(4) Any temperature limitations qualifying the inhibitor's effective
lifetime.
(5) The action to be taken if the time of the voyage exceeds the
inhibitor's lifetime.
§154.1820 Shipping Document.
No person may operate a vessel without carrying a shipping
document in the wheelhouse that lists for each cargo on board:
(a) The cargo tank in which the cargo is stowed;
(b) The name of the shipper;
(c) The location of the loading terminal;
(d) The cargo name as listed in Table 4; and
(e) The approximate quantity of the cargo.
§154.1822 Shipping Document: Copy For Transfer Terminal.
While a vessel is moored at a transfer terminal, the master shall
ensure that at least one copy of the shipping document is given to
the terminal's person in charge of cargo transfer.
§154.1824 Obstruction Of Pumproom Ladderways.
The master shall ensure that each cargo pumproom access is
unobstructed.
§154.1826 Opening Of Cargo Tanks And Cargo Sampling.
(a) The master shall ensure that each cargo tank opening is fully
closed at all times.
(b) The master may authorize the opening of a cargo tank:
(1) During tank cleaning; and
(2) To sample a cargo that Table 4 allows to be carried in a
containment system having a restricted gauging system if:
(2)(i) The cargo tank is not being filled during sampling;
(2)(ii) The vent system has relieved any pressure in the tank; and
(2)(iii) The person sampling the cargo wears protective clothing.
(c) The master shall ensure that cargoes requiring closed gauging
as listed in Table 4 are sampled only through the controlled
sampling arrangement of the cargo tank.
§154.1828 Spaces Containing Cargo Vapor: Entry.
(a) No person may enter a cargo handling space without the
permission of the master or without following a safety procedure
established by the master.
A (3) On each foreign tankship, the person in charge of either a
C
(b) Before allowing anyone to enter a cargo handling space, the
master shall ensure that:
LI
(1) The space is free of toxic vapors and has an oxygen
concentration of at least 19.5 percent oxygen by volume; or
(2) Those entering the space wear protective equipment with
B
breathing apparatus and an officer closely supervises the entire
operation in the space.
U
§154.1830 Warning Sign.
(a) The master shall ensure that a vessel transferring cargo, while
fast to a dock or while at anchor in port, displays a warning sign:
.P
(1) At the gangway facing the shore so that the sign may be seen
from the shore; and
(2) Facing outboard towards the water so that the sign may be
.G
seen from the water.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each
warning sign must have the following words:
C
(1) Warning.
(2) Dangerous Cargo.
(3) No Visitors.
(4) No Smoking.
(5) No Open Lights.
(c) Each letter in the words on the sign must:
(1) Be block style;
(2) Be black on a white background;
(3) Be 7.6 cm (3 in.) high;
(4) Be 5.1 cm (2 in.) wide, except for "M" and "W" which must be
7.6 cm (3 in.) wide, and the letter "I" which may be 1.3 cm (1/2 in.)
wide; and
363
(5) Have 1.3 cm (1/2 in.) stroke width.
(d) The spacing between letters must be:
(1)1.3 cm (1/2 in.) between letters of the same word on the sign;
(2) 5.1 cm (2 in.) between words;
(3) 5.1 cm (2 in.) between lines; and
(4) 5.1 cm (2 in.) at the borders of the sign.
(e) The words "No Smoking" and "No Open Lights" may be
omitted when the cargoes on board a vessel are not flammable.
(f) When a vessel carries or transfers vinyl chloride, the warning
sign under paragraph (b) of this section must also have the words
"Cancer Suspect Agent."
§154.1831 Persons In Charge Of Transferring Liquid Cargo In
Bulk Or Preparing Cargo Tanks.
(a) The owner and operator of the vessel, and his or her agent,
S
and each of them, shall ensure that–
N
(1) Enough "Tankerman-PICs" or restricted "Tankerman-PICs",
and "Tankerman-Assistants", authorized for the classification of
cargo carried, are on duty to safely conduct a transfer of liquid
IO
cargo in bulk or a cool-down, warm-up, gas-free, or air-out of
each cargo tank;
(2) Each transfer of liquid cargo in bulk, and each cool-down,
warm-up, gas-free, or air-out of a cargo tank, is supervised by a
T
person designated as a person in charge of the transfer that
possesses the qualifications required by 33 CFR 155.710;
transfer of liquid cargo in bulk or a cool-down, warm-up, gas-free,
or air-out of a cargo tank possesses the qualifications required by
33 CFR 155.710;
(4) When cargo regulated under this part is being transferred, the
person in charge of the transfer has received special training in
the particular hazards associated with the cargo and in all special
procedures for its handling; and
(5) On each foreign vessel, the person in charge understands his
or her responsibilities as described in this subchapter.
(b) Upon request by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in
whose zone the transfer will take place, the owner and operator of
the vessel, and his or her agent, and each of them, shall provide
documentary evidence that the person in charge has received the
training specified by paragraph (a)(4) of this section and is
capable of competently performing the procedures necessary for
the cargo.
[CGD 79-116, 60 FR 17158, Apr. 4, 1995]
§154.1834 Cargo Transfer Piping.
The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that cargo is
transferred to or from a cargo tank only through the cargo piping
system.
§154.1836 Vapor Venting As A Means Of Cargo Tank
Pressure And Temperature Control.
When the vessel is on the navigable waters of the United States,
the master shall ensure that the cargo pressure and temperature
control system under §§154.701 through 154.709 is operating and
that venting of cargo is unnecessary to maintain cargo
temperature and pressure control, except under emergency
conditions.
§154.1838 Discharge By Gas Pressurization.
The person in charge of cargo transfer may not authorize cargo
discharge by gas pressurization unless:
(a) The tank to be offloaded is an independent tank type B or C;
(b) The pressurizing medium is the cargo vapor or a
nonflammable, nontoxic gas that is inert with the cargo; and
(c) The pressurizing line has:
(1) A pressure reducing valve that has a setting that is 90 percent
or less of the tank's relief valve setting; and
(2) A manual control valve between the pressure reducing valve
and the tank.
§154.1840 Protective Clothing.
The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that each
person involved in a cargo transfer operation, except those
assigned to gas-safe cargo control rooms, wears protective
clothing.
§154.1842 Cargo System: Controls And Alarms.
The master shall ensure that the cargo emergency shut-down
system and the alarms under §154.1325 are tested and working
before cargo is transferred.
§154.1844 Cargo Tanks: Filling Limits.
(a) Unless a higher limit is specified on the certificate the master
shall ensure that a cargo tank is not loaded:
(1) More than 98 percent liquid full; or
(2) In excess of the volume determined under the following
formula:
A (3) Other spaces containing cargo handling equipment.
C
where:
LI
VL = maximum volume to which the tank may be loaded;
V = volume of the tank;
B
dr = density at the reference temperature specified in paragraph
(b) of this section; and
U
dL = density of the cargo at the loading temperature and pressure.
(b) The reference temperature to be used in paragraph (a)(2) of
.P
this section is the temperature corresponding to the vapor
pressure of the cargo at the set pressure of the pressure relief
valves.
§154.1846 Relief Valves: Changing Set Pressure.
.G
The master shall:
(a) Supervise the changing of the set pressure of relief valves
under §154.802(b);
C
(b) Enter the change of set pressure in the vessel's log; and
(c) Ensure that a sign showing the set pressure is posted:
(1) In the cargo control room or station; and
(2) At each relief valve.
§154.1848 Inerting.
(a) The master shall ensure that:
(1) Hold and interbarrier spaces on a vessel with full secondary
barriers are inerted so that the oxygen concentration is 8 percent
or less by volume when flammable cargoes are carried;
364
(2) Hold and interbarrier spaces contain only dry air or inert gas
on:
(2)(i) A vessel with partial secondary barriers;
(2)(ii) A vessel with full secondary barriers when non-flammable
cargoes are carried; and
(2)(iii) A vessel with refrigerated independent tanks type C;
(3) When cargo tanks containing flammable vapor are to be gas
freed, the flammable vapors are purged from the tank by inert gas
before air is admitted; and
(4) When gas free cargo tanks are to be filled with a flammable
cargo, air is purged from the tank by inert gas until the oxygen
concentration in the tank is 8 percent or less by volume before
cargo liquid or vapor is introduced.
S
(b) Inert gas must be supplied from the shore or from the vessel's
inert gas system.
N
§154.1850 Entering Cargo Handling Spaces.
(a) The master shall ensure that the ventilation system under
IO
§154.1200 is in operation for 30 minutes before a person enters
one of the following:
(1) Spaces containing cargo pumps, compressors, and
compressor motors.
T
(2) Gas-dangerous cargo control spaces.
(b) The master shall ensure that a warning sign listing the
requirement for use of the ventilation system, is posted outside of
each space under paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) The master shall ensure that no sources of ignition are put in a
cargo handling space on a vessel carrying flammable cargo
unless the space is gas free.
§154.1852 Air Breathing Equipment.
(a) The master shall ensure that a licensed officer inspects the
compressed air breathing equipment at least once each month.
(b) The master shall enter in the vessel's log a record of the
inspection required under paragraph (a) of this section that
includes:
(1) The date of the inspection; and
(2) The condition of the equipment at the time of the inspection.
§154.1854 Methane (LNG) As Fuel.
(a) If methane (LNG) vapors are used as fuel in the main
propulsion system of a vessel, the master shall ensure that the
fuel oil fired pilot under §154.705(c) is used when the vessel is on
the navigable waters of the United States.
(b) When the methane (LNG) fuel supply is shut down due to loss
of ventilation or detection of gas, the master shall ensure that the
methane (LNG) fuel supply is not used until the leak or other
cause of the shutdown is found and corrected.
(c) The master shall ensure that the required procedure under
paragraph (b) of this section is posted in the main machinery
space.
(d) The master shall ensure that the oxygen concentration in the
annular space of the fuel line under §154.706(a)(1) is 8% or less
by volume before methane (LNG) vapors are admitted to the fuel
line.
§154.1858 Cargo Hose.
The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that cargo
hose used for cargo transfer service meets §§154.552 through
154.562.
§154.1860 Integral Tanks: Cargo Colder Than -10°C (14°F).
The master shall ensure that an integral tank does not carry a
cargo colder than -10°C (14°F) unless that carriage is specially
approved by the Commandant (G-MSO).
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
§154.1862 Posting Of Speed Reduction.
If a speed reduction is specially approved by the Commandant
under §154.409, the master shall ensure that the speed reduction
is posted in the wheelhouse.
§154.1864 Vessel Speed Within Speed Reduction.
The master shall ensure that the speed of the vessel is not
greater than the posted speed reduction.
§154.1866 Cargo Hose Connection: Transferring Cargo.
No person may transfer cargo through a cargo hose connection
unless the connection has the remotely controlled quick closing
shut off valve required under §154.538.
§154.1868 Portable Blowers In Personnel Access Openings.
The master shall ensure that a portable blower in a personnel
access opening does not reduce the area of the opening so that it
does not meet §154.340.
§154.1870 Bow And Stern Loading.
(a) When the bow or stern loading piping is not in use, the master
C
shall lock closed the shut-off valves under §154.355(a)(4) or
remove the spool piece under §154.355(a)(4).
LI
(b) The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that after
the bow or stern loading piping is used it is purged of cargo
vapors with inert gas.
B
(c) The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that
entrances, forced or natural ventilation intakes, exhausts, and
U
.P
.G
C
365
other openings to any deck house alongside the bow or stern
loading piping are closed when this piping is in use.
(d) The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that bow
or stern loading piping installed in the area of the accommodation,
service, or control space is not used for transfer of the following:
(1) Acetaldehyde.
(2) Ammonia, anhydrous.
(3) Dimethylamine.
(4) Ethylamine.
(5) Ethyl Chloride.
(6) Methyl Chloride.
(7) Vinyl Chloride.
§154.1872 Cargo Emergency Jettisoning.
(a) The master shall ensure that emergency jettisoning piping
under §154.356, except bow and stern loading and discharging
piping, is only used when an emergency exists.
S
(b) Emergency jettisoning piping when being used may be outside
N
of the transverse tank location under §154.310.
(c) The master shall ensure that cargo is not jettisoned in a U.S.
IO
port.
(d) When ethylene oxide is carried, the master shall ensure that
the emergency jettisoning piping with associated pumps and
fittings is on-line and ready for use for an emergency.
T
(e) The master shall lock closed the shut-off valves under
§154.356 when the emergency jettisoning piping is not in use.
A (f) The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that after
the emergency jettisoning piping is used it is purged of cargo
vapors with inert gas.
(g) The person in charge of cargo transfer shall ensure that
entrances, forced or natural ventilation intakes, exhausts, and
other openings to accommodation, service, or control spaces
facing the emergency jettisoning piping area and alongside the
emergency jettisoning piping are closed when this piping is in use.
 46 CFR Table 4–Summary Of Minimum Requirements

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

366
 46 CFR Table 4–Summary Of Minimum Requirements
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979; 44 FR 59234, Oct. 15,
1979]
Appendix A To Part 154–Equivalent Stress
I. Equivalent stress (σc) is calculated by the following formula or
A Normal stress means the component of stress normal to the
C
another formula specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSO)
as equivalent to the following:
LI
where:
B
σx = total normal stress in "x" direction.
U
σy = total normal stress in "y" direction.
τxy = total shear stress in "xy" plane.
.P
II. When the static and dynamic stresses are calculated
separately, the total stresses in paragraph I are calculated from
the following formulae or another formulae specially approved by
the Commandant (G-MSO) as equivalent to the following:
.G
C
III. Each dynamic and static stress is determined from its
acceleration component and its hull strain component from hull
deflection and torsion.
[CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26009, May 3, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983]
Appendix B To Part 154–Stress Analyses Definitions
The following are the standard definitions of stresses for the
367
S
N
IO
T
analysis of an independent tank type B:
plane of reference.
Membrane stress means the component of normal stress that is
uniformly distributed and equal to the average value of the stress
across the thickness of the section under consideration.
Bending stress means the variable stress across the thickness
of the section under consideration, after the subtraction of the
membrane stress.
Shear stress means the component of the stress acting in the
plane of reference.
Primary stress means the stress produced by the imposed
loading that is necessary to balance the external forces and
moments. (The basic characteristic of a primary stress is that it is
not self-limiting. Primary stresses that considerably exceed the
yield strength result in failure or at least in gross deformations.)
Primary general membrane stress means the primary
membrane stress that is so distributed in the structure that no
redistribution of load occurs as a result of yielding.
Primary local membrane stress means the resulting stress from
both a membrane stress, caused by pressure or other mechanical
loading, and a primary or a discontinuity effect that produces
excessive distortion in the transfer of loads to other portions of the
structure. (The resulting stress is a primary local membrane
stress although it has some characteristics of a secondary stress.)
A stress region is local if:
where:
S1 = distance in the meridional direction over which the equivalent
stress exceeds 1.1 f.
S2 = distance in the meridional direction to another region where
the limits for primary general membrane stress are exceeded.
R = mean radius of the vessel.
t = wall thickness of the vessel at the location where the primary
general membrane stress limit is exceeded.
f = allowable primary general membrane stress.
Secondary stress means a normal stress or shear stress caused
by constraints of adjacent parts or by self-constraint of a structure.
The basic characteristic of a secondary stress is that it is self-
limiting. Local yielding and minor distortions can satisfy the
conditions that cause the stress to occur.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

368
 Part 170 – Stability Requirements For All Inspected
Vessels
Table Of Contents Subpart I–Free Surface

Subpart A–General Provisions 170.285 Free Surface Correction For Intact Stability
Calculations.
Sec. 170.290 Free Surface Correction For Damage Stability
170.001 Applicability. Calculations.
170.003 Right Of Appeal. 170.295 Special Considerations For Free Surface Of Passive
170.005 Vessel Alteration Or Repair. Roll Stabilization Tanks.
170.010 Equivalents. 170.300 Special Consideration For Free Surface Of Spoil In
170.015 Incorporation By Reference. Hopper Dredge Hoppers.

Subpart B–Definitions Authority: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703; E.O.
12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of

S
170.050 General Terms. Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1 [SOURCE: CGD 79-
170.055 Definitions Concerning A Vessel. 023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, unless otherwise noted.]

N
Subpart C–Plan Approval Subpart A – General Provisions
170.070 Applicability.

IO
§170.001 Applicability.
170.075 Plans. (a) This subchapter, except where specifically stated otherwise,
170.080 Stability Booklet. applies to each vessel contracted for on or after March 11, 1996,
170.085 Information Required Before A Stability Test. that is–
170.090 Calculations.

T
170.093 Specific Approvals. (1) Inspected under another subchapter of this chapter; or
170.095 Data Submittal For A Vessel Equipped To Lift.
170.100 Addresses For Submittal Of Plans And Calculations. (2) A foreign vessel that must comply with the requirements in

Subpart D–Stability Instructions For Operating Personnel A Subchapter 0 of this chapter.

C
(b) Each vessel contracted for before March 11, 1996 may be
170.105 Applicability. constructed in accordance with the regulations in effect at the
170.110 Stability Booklet. time. However, any alterations or repairs must be done in
170.120 Stability Letter.
LI

accordance with §170.005.

170.125 Operating Information For A Vessel Engaged In Lifting.
170.135 Operating Information For A Vessel With Type III (c) Certain regulations in this subchapter apply only to limited
Subdivision. categories of vessels. Specific applicability statements are
B

provided at the beginning of those regulations.

Subpart E–Weather Criteria
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
U

170.160 Specific Applicability. 89-037, 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992; CGD 85-080, 61 FR 943,
170.170 Calculations Required. Jan. 10, 1996]
170.173 Criterion For Vessels Of Unusual Proportion And Form.
.P

§170.003 Right Of Appeal.

Subpart F–Determination Of Lightweight Displacement And Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
Centers Of Gravity this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
170.174 Specific Applicability.
170.175 Stability Test: General.
.G

[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50382, Dec. 6, 1989]

170.180 Plans And Information Required At The Stability Test.
170.185 Stability Test Preparations. §170.005 Vessel Alteration Or Repair.
170.190 Stability Test Procedure Modifications. (a) Alterations and repairs to inspected vessels must be done–
170.200 Estimated Lightweight Vertical Center Of Gravity.
C

(1) Under the direction of the Officer in Charge, Marine

Subpart G–Special Installations Inspection; and

170.235 Fixed Ballast. (2) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, in
170.245 Form Flotation Material. accordance with the regulations in this subchapter, to the extent
practicable.
Subpart H–Watertight Bulkhead Doors
(b) Minor alterations and repairs may be done in accordance with
170.248 Applicability. regulations in effect at the time the vessel was contracted for.
170.250 Types And Classes.
170.255 Class 1 Doors; Permissible Locations. §170.010 Equivalents.
170.260 Class 2 Doors; Permissible Locations. Substitutions for fittings, equipment, arrangements, calculations,
170.265 Class 3 Doors; Required Locations. information, or tests required in this subchapter may be approved
170.270 Door Design, Operation, Installation, And Testing. by the Commandant, the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard
170.275 Special Requirements For Cargo Space Watertight Marine Safety Center, 400 Seventh St., SW., Washington, DC
Doors. 20590-0001 or the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, if the
substitution provides an equivalent level of safety.

369
[CGD 89-025, 54 FR 19572, May 8, 1989, as amended by CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]
§170.015 Incorporation By Reference.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with
the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must
publish notice of change in the FEDERAL REGISTER and make
the material available to the public. All approved material is on file
at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering
Standards (G-MSE), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC
20593-0001 and at the National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go
http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulati
ons/ibr_locations.html. All approved material is available from the
sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part and the sections affected are:
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
ASTM F 1196-94, Standard Specification for Sliding Watertight
Door Assemblies………………………………………………170.270
ASTM F 1197-89 (1994), Standard Specification for Sliding
Watertight Door Control Systems……………………………170.270
Military Specification
Naval Publications and Forms Center, Code 1052, 5801 Tabor
Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120
MIL-P-21929B, Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Foam in
Place, Rigid, 1970...............................................................170.245
International Maritime Organization (IMO)
Publications Section, International Maritime Organization, 4 Albert
Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom Resolution
A.265 (VIII)………………....................................................170.135
B
[CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50468, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50734, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51049, Sept. 30,
U
1997; 64 FR 67170, Dec. 1, 1999; 65 FR 10943, Mar. 1, 2000; 69
FR 18801, Apr. 9, 2004]
.P
Subpart B – Definitions
§170.050 General Terms.
(a) Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center (CO, MSC)
means a district commander described in 33 CFR part 3 whose
.G
command includes a merchant marine technical office or an
authorized representative of the district commander.
(b) Commandant means the Commandant of the Coast Guard or
C
an authorized representative of the Commandant.
(c) Exposed waters means waters more than 20 nautical miles
(37 kilometers) from the mouth of a harbor of safe refuge and
other waters which the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection
determines to present special hazards due to weather or other
circumstances.
(d) Great Lakes includes both the waters of the Great Lakes and
of the St. Lawrence River as far east as a straight line drawn from
Cap de Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island, and west of a line
along the 63rd meridian from Anticosti Island to the north shore of
the St. Lawrence River.
(e) Lakes, Bays, and Sounds includes the waters of any lake,
bay, or sound, except the Great Lakes.
(f) Oceans includes the waters of–
(1) Any ocean;
(2) The Gulf of Mexico;
(3) The Caribbean Sea;
(4) The Gulf of Alaska; and
(5) Any other waters designated as "oceans" by the
Commandant.
(g) Officer in Charge Marine Inspection (OCMI) means an
officer of the Coast Guard who commands a Marine Inspection
Zone described in 33 CFR part 3 or an authorized representative
of that officer.
(h) Oil means oil of any kind or in any form, and includes but is
not limited to petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed
to: with wastes other than dredged spoil.
(i) Partially protected waters means–
(1) Waters within 20 nautical miles (37 kilometers) of the mouth of
S
a harbor of safe refuge, unless determined by the OCMI to be
exposed waters; and
N
(2) Those portions of rivers, harbors, lakes, etc. which the OCMI
determines not to be sheltered.
IO
(j) Protected waters means sheltered waters presenting no
special hazards such as most rivers, harbors, lakes, etc.
(k) Rivers means any river, canal, or any other similar body of
T
water designated by the OCMI.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
A 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988]
C
§170.055 Definitions Concerning A Vessel.
(a) Auxiliary sailing vessel means a vessel capable of being
propelled both by mechanical means and by sails.
LI
(b) Barge means a vessel not equipped with a means of self-
propulsion.
(c) Beam or B means the maximum width of a vessel from–
(1) Outside of planking to outside of planking on wooden vessels;
and
(2) Outside of frame to outside of frame on all other vessels.
(d) Bulkhead deck means the uppermost deck to which
watertight bulkheads and the watertight shell extend.
(e) Downflooding means, except as provided in §174.035(b), the
entry of seawater through any opening into the hull or
superstructure of an undamaged vessel due to heel, trim, or
submergence of the vessel.
(f) Documented alterations means changes to the vessel which
are reflected in the approved stability information carried on board
the vessel.
(g) Downflooding angle means, except as specified by
§§171.055(f), 172.090(d), 173.095(e), 174.015(b), and
174.035(b)(2) of this chapter, the static angle from the intersection
of the vessel's centerline and waterline in calm water to the first
opening that cannot be closed watertight and through which
downflooding can occur.
(h) Draft means the vertical distance from the molded baseline
amidships to the waterline.
(i) Length means the distance between fore and aft points on a
vessel. The following specific terms are used and correspond to
specific fore and aft points:
370
(1) Length between perpendiculars (LBP) means the horizontal
distance measured between perpendiculars taken at the forward-
most and after-most points on the waterline corresponding to the
deepest operating draft. For a small passenger vessel which has
underwater projections extending forward of the forward-most
point or aft of the after-most point on the deepest waterline of the
vessel, the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety
Center, may include the length or a portion of the length of the
underwater projections in the value used for the LBP for the
purposes of this subchapter. The length or a portion of the length
of projections which contribute more than 2 percent of the
underwater volume of the vessel is normally added to the actual
LBP.
(2) Length overall (LOA) means the horizontal distance between
the forward-most and after-most points on the hull.
(3) Length on the waterline (LWL) means the horizontal
distance between the forward-most and after-most points on a
vessel's waterline.
(4) Length on deck (LOD) means the length between the
forward-most and after-most points on a specified deck measured
along the deck, excluding sheer.
(5) Load line length (LLL) has the same meaning that is
provided for the term length in §42.13-15(a) of this chapter.
(6) Mean length is the average of the length between
perpendiculars (LBP) and the length on deck (LOD).
(j) Lightweight means with fixed ballast and with machinery
liquids at operating levels but without any cargo, stores,
consumable liquids, water ballast, or persons and their effects.
C
(k) Main transverse watertight bulkhead means a transverse
bulkhead that must be maintained watertight in order for the
LI
vessel to meet the damage stability and subdivision requirements
in this subchapter.
(l) Major conversion, as applied to Great Lakes bulk carriers,
B
means a conversion of an existing vessel that substantially
changes the dimensions or carrying capacity of the vessel or
changes the the type of vessel or substantially prolongs its life or
U
that otherwise so changes the vessel that it is essentially a new
vessel.
.P
(m) Permeability is the percentage of the volume of a space that
can be occupied by water.
(n) Sailing vessel means a vessel propelled only by sails.
.G
(o) Ship means a self-propelled vessel.
(p) Tank vessel means a vessel that is specially constructed or
converted to carry liquid bulk cargo in tanks.
C
(q) Tank barge means a tank vessel not equipped with a means
of self-propulsion.
(r) Tank ship means a tank vessel propelled by mechanical
means or sails.
(s) Vessel means any vessel and includes both ships and barges.
(t) Weather deck means the uppermost deck exposed to the
weather.
(u) Existing sailing school vessel means a sailing vessel whose
keel was laid prior to (January 9, 1986), which has an application
for initial inspection for certification as a sailing school vessel on
file with the Coast Guard prior to (January 9, 1987), and whose
initial inspection for certification is completed prior to (January 9,
1988).
371
(v) New sailing school vessel means a sailing school vessel
which is not an existing sailing school vessel.
(w) Small passenger vessel means a vessel of less than 100
gross tons–
(1) Carrying more than 6 passengers, including at least one
passenger for hire;
(2) That is chartered with the crew provided or specified by the
owner or owner's representative and carrying more than 6
passengers;
(3) That is chartered with no crew provided or specified by the
owner or owner's representative and carrying more than 12
passengers; or
(4) That is a submersible vessel carrying at least one passenger
for hire.
S
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
N
83-005, 51 FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986; 51 FR 3785, Jan. 30, 1986;
CGD 80-159, 51 FR 33059, Sept. 18, 1986; 51 FR 35515, Oct. 6,
1986; CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992; CGD 82-004
IO
and CGD 86-074, 60 FR 57671, Nov. 16, 1995; CGD 85-080, 61
FR 943, Jan. 10, 1996; CGD 82-004 and CGD 86-074, 62 FR
49353, Sept. 19, 1997]
Subpart C – Plan Approval
T
§170.070 Applicability.
A (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this
subpart applies to each vessel.
(b) This subpart does not apply to any of the following vessels
unless the stability of the vessel is questioned by the OCMI:
(1) A passenger vessel that–
(1)(i) Is less than 100 gross tons;
(1)(ii) Is less than 65 feet (19.8 meters) LOD measured over the
weather deck; and
(1)(iii) Carries 49 or less passengers.
(2) A deck cargo barge that complies with the requirements in
§174.020 of this chapter.
(3) A tank vessel that only carries a product listed in §30.25-1 of
this chapter and that is less than 150 gross tons.
(4) A tank barge that–
(4)(i) Operates only in rivers or lakes, bays, and sounds service;
(4)(ii) Does not have to meet 33 CFR part 157, subpart B; and
(4)(iii) Only carries a product listed in §30.25-1 of this chapter.
(5) A sailing school vessel that is an open boat that complies with
the requirements in §173.063(e) of this subchapter.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
83-005, 51 FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986]
§170.075 Plans.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
applicant for an original certificate of inspection and approval of
plans must also submit three copies for plan review being
conducted by the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center or four
copies for plan review being conducted by the American Bureau
of Shipping (ABS) of each of the following plans:
(1) General arrangement plan of decks, holds, and inner bottoms comply with subpart B of part 173 of this chapter:
including inboard and outboard profiles.
(a) A graph of maximum hook load versus maximum crane radius.
(2) Lines.
(b) A table of crane radius versus the maximum distance above
(3) Curves of form. the main deck to which the hook load can be raised.

(4) Capacity plan showing capacities and vertical, longitudinal, (c) A table showing maximum vertical and transverse moments at
and transverse centers of gravity of stowage spaces and tanks. which the crane is to operate.

(5) Tank sounding tables showing– §170.100 Addresses For Submittal Of Plans And
Calculations.
(5)(i) Capacities, vertical centers of gravity, and longitudinal The plans, information, and calculations required by this subpart
centers of gravity in graduated intervals; and must be submitted to one of the following:

(5)(ii) Free surface data for each tank. (a) The Marine Safety Office in the zone where the vessel is to be
built or altered.
(6) Draft mark locations including longitudinal location and vertical
reference points. (b) Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center,

S
400 Seventh St., SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
(b) Each small passenger vessel that is designed to comply with

N
the alternate intact stability requirements in §178.320 of this (c) The American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), Two World Trade
subchapter and the simplified method of spacing main transverse Center, 106th Floor, New York, NY 10048.
watertight bulkheads in §179.220 of this subchapter does not

have to submit the plans required by paragraph (a) of this section.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
85-080, 61 FR 944, Jan. 10, 1996; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51217,
Sept. 30, 1997]
IO
(d) The American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), ABS Plaza, 16855
North Chase Dr., Houston, TX 77060-6008.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51217, Sept. 30, 1997]

T
Subpart D – Stability Instructions for Operating
§170.080 Stability Booklet.
Before issuing an original certificate of inspection, the following
Personnel
number of copies of the stability booklet required by §170.110
must be submitted for approval; three copies for plan review being A §170.105 Applicability.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this
C
conducted by the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center or four
subpart applies to each vessel.
copies for plan review being conducted by the ABS.
(b) This subpart does not apply to any of the following vessels
LI

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51217, Sept. 30, 1997]

unless the stability of the vessel is questioned by the OCMI:
§170.085 Information Required Before A Stability Test.
(1) A deck cargo barge that complies with the requirements in
If a stability test is to be performed, a stability test procedure that
§174.020 of this chapter.
B

contains the information prescribed in §170.185(g) must be

submitted to the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center or the ABS at
(2) A tank vessel that only carries a product listed in §30.25-1 of
least two weeks before the test.
this chapter and that is less than 150 gross tons.
U

[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51217, Sept. 30, 1997]

(3) A tank barge that–
.P

§170.090 Calculations.
(3)(i) Operates only in rivers or lakes, bays, and sounds service;
(a) Except as provided in §170.098, all calculations required by
this subchapter must be submitted with the plans required by
(3)(ii) Does not have to meet 33 CFR part 157, subpart B; and
§170.075.
(3)(iii) Only carries a product listed in §30.25-1 of this chapter.
.G

(b) If it is necessary to compute and plot any of the following

curves as part of the calculations required in this subchapter,
(b)(4) A sailing school vessel that is an open boat that complies
these plots must also be submitted:
with the requirements in §173.063(e) of this subchapter.
(1) Righting arm or moment curves.
C

[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD

(2) Heeling arm or moment curves.
83-005, 51 FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986; CGD 85-080, 61 FR 944, Jan.
(3) Cross curves of stability.
10, 1996]
(4) Floodable length curves.
§170.110 Stability Booklet.
§170.093 Specific Approvals.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, a stability
Certain rules in this subchapter require specific approval of
booklet must be prepared for each vessel, except for mobile
equipment or arrangements by the Commandant, OCMI, or Coast
offshore drilling units subject to the operating manual
Guard Marine Safety Center. These approval determinations will
requirements of §109.121 of this chapter.
be made as a part of the plan review process. When plan review
is conducted by the ABS, ABS is authorized to make the
(b) Each stability booklet must be approved by the Coast Guard
approval.
Marine Safety Center or the ABS.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51217, Sept. 30, 1997]
(c) Each stability book must contain sufficient information to
enable the master to operate the vessel in compliance with
§170.095 Data Submittal For A Vessel Equipped To Lift.
applicable regulations in this subchapter. Information on loading
The following data must be submitted with the plans required by
restrictions used to determine compliance with applicable intact
§170.075 if the vessel is engaged in lifting and is required to

372
and damage stability criteria must encompass the entire range of
operating drafts and the entire range of the operating trims.
Information must include an effective procedure for supervision
and reporting of the opening and closing of all loading doors,
where applicable.
(d) The format of the stability booklet and the information included
will vary dependent on the vessel type and operation. Units of
measure used in the stability booklet must agree with the units of
measure of the draft markings. In developing the stability booklet,
consideration must be given to including the following information:
(1) A general description of the vessel, including lightweight data.
(2) Instructions on the use of the booklet.
(3) General arrangement plans showing watertight compartments,
closures, vents, downflooding angles, and allowable deck
loadings.
(4) Hydrostatic curves or tables.
(5) Capacity plan showing capacities and vertical, longitudinal,
and transverse centers of gravity of stowage spaces and tanks.
(6) Tank sounding tables showing capacities, vertical centers of
gravity, and longitudinal centers of gravity in graduated intervals
and showing free surface data for each tank.
(7) Information on loading restrictions, such as a maximum KG or
minimum GM curve that can be used to determine compliance
with applicable intact and damage stability criteria.
(8) Examples of loading conditions.
C
(9) A rapid and simple means for evaluating other loading
conditions.
LI
(10) A brief description of the stability calculations done including
assumptions.
B
(11) General precautions for preventing unintentional flooding.
(12) A table of contents and index for the booklet.
U
(13) Each ship condition which, if damage occurs, may require
cross-flooding for survival and information concerning the use of
.P
any special cross-flooding fittings.
(14) The amount and location of fixed ballast.
(15) Any other necessary guidance for the safe operation of the
.G
vessel under normal and emergency conditions.
(16) For each self-propelled hopper dredge with a working
freeboard, the maximum specific gravity allowed for dredge spoil.
C
(e) A stability booklet is not required if sufficient information to
enable the master to operate the vessel in compliance with the
applicable regulations in this subchapter can be placed on the
Certificate of Inspection, Load Line Certificate, or in the stability
letter required in §170.120.
(f) On board electronic stability computers may be used as an
adjunct to the required booklet, but the required booklet must
contain all necessary information to allow for the evaluation of the
stability of any intact condition that can be evaluated by use of the
computer.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
83-071, 52 FR 6979, Mar. 6, 1987; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537,
Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989; CGD
89-037, 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992; CGD 95-028, 62 FR
51217, Sept. 30, 1997]
373
§170.120 Stability Letter.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
vessel must have a stability letter issued by the Coast Guard or
the ABS before the vessel is placed into service. This letter sets
forth conditions of operation.
(b) A stability letter is not required if the information can be placed
on the Certificate of Inspection or the Load Line Certificate.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51217, Sept. 30, 1997]
§170.125 Operating Information For A Vessel Engaged In
Lifting.
In addition to the information required in §170.110, the following
information must be included in the stability booklet of a vessel
that is required to comply with §173.005 of this subchapter:
(a) Non-counterballasted vessel. If a vessel is not
S
counterballasted, stability information setting forth hook load limits
corresponding to boom radii based on the intact stability criterion
N
in §173.020 must be provided.
(b) Counterballasted vessel. If a vessel is counterballasted with
IO
water, the following information must be provided:
(1) Instructions on the effect of the free surface of the
counterballast water.
T
(2) Instructions on the amounts of counterballast needed to
compensate for hook load heeling moments.
A (3) If a vessel has fixed counterballast, a table of draft versus
maximum vertical moment of deck cargo and hook load
combined.
(4) If a vessel has variable counterballast, a table of draft versus
maximum vertical moment of deck cargo and hook load combined
for each counterballasted condition.
§170.135 Operating Information For A Vessel With Type III
Subdivision.
(a) In addition to the information required in §170.110, the stability
booklet of a passenger vessel with Type III subdivision must
contain the information required by Regulation 8(b) of IMO
Resolution A.265 (VIII).
(b) International Maritime Organization Resolution A.265 (VIII) is
incorporated by reference into this part.
(c) As used in IMO Resolution A.265 (VIII), Administration means
the Commandant, U. S. Coast Guard.
Subpart E – Weather Criteria
§170.160 Specific Applicability
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
this subpart applies to each vessel.
(b) This subpart does not apply to any of the following vessels
unless the stability of the vessel is questioned by the OCMI:
(1) A deck cargo barge that complies with the requirements in
§174.020 of this chapter.
(2) A tank vessel that only carries a product listed in §30.25-1 of
this chapter and that is–
(2)(i) Less than 150 gross tons; or
(2)(ii) A tank barge that operates only in river or lakes, bays, and
sounds service.
(3) A sailing school vessel that is an open boat that complies with
the requirements in §173.063(e) of this subchapter.
(c) This subpart does not apply to the following vessels:
(1) A tank barge that carries a product listed in Table 151.01-
10(b) of this chapter.
(2) A mobile offshore drilling unit.
(3) A vessel that performs the test required by §171.030(c) of this
subchapter.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
83-005, 51 FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986; CGD 85-080, 61 FR 944, Jan.
10, 1996]
§170.170 Calculations Required.
(a) Each vessel must be shown by design calculations to have a
metacentric height (GM) that is equal to or greater than the
following in each condition of loading and operation:
PAH
GM ≥ –––––––-
W tan (T)
Where–
P = .005 + (L/14,200)2 tons/ft2 . . . for ocean service, Great Lakes
winter service, or service on exposed waters.
2 2
P = .055 + (L/1309) metric tons/m . . . for ocean service, Great
Lakes winter service, or service on exposed waters.
2 2
P = .0033 + (L/14,200) tons/ft . . . for Great Lakes summer
service or service on partially protected waters.
C
2 2
P = .036 + (L/1309) metric tons/m . . . for Great lakes summer
service or service on partially protected waters.
LI
2 2
P = .0025 + (L/14,200) tons/ft . . . for service on protected
waters.
B
2 2
P = .028 + (L/1309) metric tons/m . . . for service on protected
waters.
U
L = LBP in feet (meters).
A = projected lateral area in square feet (square meters) of the
.P
portion of the vessel and deck cargo above the waterline.
H = the vertical distance in feet (meters) from the center of A to
the center of the underwater lateral area or approximately to the
one-half draft point.
.G
W = displacement in long (metric) tons.
T = either:
C
(1) the lesser of either 14 degrees heel or the angle of heel in
degrees at which one-half the freeboard to the deck edge is
immersed; or
(2) for a sailing vessel, T = the lesser of either 14 degrees or the
angle of heel in degrees to the deck edge.
(6) An area under each righting arm curve between the angles of
30 degrees and 40 degrees, or between 30 degrees and the
downflooding angle if this angle is less than 40 degrees, of not
less than 5.6 foot-degrees (1.72 meter-degrees).
(c) Each vessel must have–
(1) An initial metacentric height (GM) of at least 0.49 feet (0.15
meters);
374
The deck edge is to be taken as the intersection of the sideshell
and the uppermost continuous deck below which the sideshell is
weathertight.
(b) If approved by the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center or the
ABS, a larger value of T may be used for a vessel with a
discontinuous weather deck or abnormal sheer.
(c) When doing the calculations required by paragraph (a) of this
section for a sailing vessel or auxiliary sailing vessel, the vessel
must be assumed–
(1) To be under bare poles; or
(2) If the vessel has no auxiliary propulsion, to have storm sails
set and trimmed flat.
(d) The criterion specified in this section is generally limited in
application to flush deck, mechanically powered vessels of
S
ordinary proportions and form that carry cargo below the main
deck. On other types of vessels, the Coast Guard Marine Safety
N
Center or the ABS requires calculations in addition to those in
paragraph (a) of this section. On a mechanically powered vessel
under 328 feet (100 meters) in length, other than a tugboat or a
IO
towboat, the requirements in §170.173 are applied.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983; 49 FR 37384, Sept.
24, 1984, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7,
1988; CGD 85-080, 61 FR 944, Jan. 10, 1996; 61 FR 20556, May
T
7, 1996; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51217, Sept. 30, 1997]
§170.173 Criterion For Vessels Of Unusual Proportion And
A Form.
(a) If required by the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center or the
ABS, each mechanically powered vessel less than 328 feet (100
meters) LLL, other than a tugboat or towboat, must be shown by
design calculations to comply with–
(1) Paragraph (b) or (c) of this section if the maximum righting
arm occurs at an angle of heel less than or equal to 30 degrees;
or
(2) Paragraph (b) of this section if the maximum righting arm
occurs at an angle of heel greater than 30 degrees.
(b) Each vessel must have–
(1) An initial metacentric height (GM) of at least 0.49 feet (0.15
meters);
(2) A righting arm (GZ) of at least 0.66 feet (0.20 meters) at an
angle of heel equal to or greater than 30 degrees;
(3) A maximum righting arm that occurs at an angle of heel not
less than 25 degrees;
(4) An area under each righting arm curve of at least 10.3 foot-
degrees (3.15 meter-degrees) up to an angle of heel of 30
degrees;
(5) An area under each righting arm curve of at least 16.9 foot-
degrees (5.15 meter-degrees) up to an angle of heel of 40
degrees or the downflooding angle, whichever is less; and
(2) A maximum righting arm that occurs at an angle of heel not
less than 15 degrees;
(3) An area under each righting arm curve of at least 16.9 foot-
degrees (5.15 meter-degrees) up to an angle of heel of 40
degrees or the downflooding angle, whichever is less;
(4) An area under each righting arm curve between the angles of
30 degrees and 40 degrees, or between 30 degrees and the
downflooding angle if this angle is less than 40 degrees, of not
less than 5.6 foot-degrees (1.72 meter-degrees); and
(5) An area under each righting arm curve up to the angle of
maximum righting arm of not less than the area determined by the
following equation:
A = 10.3 + 0.187 (30 - Y) foot-degrees
A = 3.15 + 0.057 (30 - Y) meter-degrees
where–
A = area in foot-degrees (meter-degrees).
Y = angle of maximum righting arm, degrees.
(d) For the purpose of demonstrating compliance with paragraphs
(b) and (c) of this section, at each angle of heel a vessel's righting
arm is calculated after the vessel is permitted to trim free until the
trimming moment is zero.
(e) For the purpose of demonstrating acceptable stability on the
vessels described in §170.170(d) as having unusual proportion
and form, compliance with paragraphs (a) through (d) of this
section or the following criteria is required:
(1) For partially protected routes, there must be–
(1)(i) Positive righting arms to at least 35 degrees of heel;
(1)(ii) No down flooding point to at least 20 degrees; and
(1)(iii) At least 15 foot-degrees of energy to the smallest of the
following angles:
A bottoms.
C
(1)(iii)(A) Angle of maximum righting arm.
(1)(iii)(B) Angle of down flooding.
LI
(1)(iii)(C) 40 degrees.
(2) For protected routes, there must be–
B
(2)(i) Positive righting arms to at least 25 degrees of heel;
U
(2)(ii) No down flooding point to at least 15 degrees; and
(2)(iii) At least 10 foot-degrees of energy to the smallest of the
.P
following angles:
(2)(iii)(A) Angle of maximum righting arm.
(2)(iii)(B) Angle of down flooding.
.G
(2)(iii)(C) 40 degrees.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
85-080, 61 FR 944, Jan. 10, 1996; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51218,
C
Sept. 30, 1997; CGD 85-080, 62 FR 51353, Sept. 30, 1997]
Subpart F – Determination of Lightweight
Displacement and Centers of Gravity.
§170.174 Specific Applicability.
This subpart applies to each vessel for which the lightweight
displacement and centers of gravity must be determined in order
to do the calculations required in this subchapter.
§170.175 Stability Test: General.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section
and in §170.200, the owner of a vessel must conduct a stability
test of the vessel and calculate its vertical and longitudinal centers
of gravity and its lightweight displacement.
375
(b) An authorized Coast Guard or ABS representative must be
present at each stability test conducted under this section.
(c) The stability test may be dispensed with, or a deadweight
survey may be substituted for the stability test, if the Coast Guard
or the ABS has a record of, or is provided with, the approved
results of a stability test of a sister vessel.
(d) The stability test of a vessel may be dispensed with if the
Coast Guard or the ABS determines that an accurate estimate of
the vessel's lightweight characteristics can be made and that
locating the precise position of the vessel's vertical center of
gravity is not necessary to ensure that the vessel has adequate
stability in all probable loading conditions.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51218, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG 1998-4442, 63 FR
52192, Sept. 30, 1998]
S
§170.180 Plans And Information Required At The Stability
Test.
N
The owner of a vessel must provide the following Coast Guard or
ABS approved plans and information to the authorized Coast
Guard or ABS representative at the time of the stability test:
IO
(a) Lines.
(b) Curves of form.
(c) Capacity plans showing capacities and vertical and
longitudinal centers of gravity of stowage spaces and tanks.
T
(d) Tank sounding tables.
(e) Draft mark locations.
(f) General arrangement plan of decks, holds, and inner
(g) Inboard and outboard profiles.
(h) The stability test procedure described in §170.185(g).
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51218, Sept. 30, 1997]
§170.185 Stability Test Preparations.
The following preparations must be made before conducting a
stability test:
(a) The vessel must be as complete as practicable at the time of
the test.
(b) Each tank vessel must be empty and dry, except that a tank
may be partially filled or full if the Coast Guard Marine Safety
Center or the ABS determines that empty and dry tanks are
impracticable and that the effect of filling or partial filling on the
location of the center of gravity and on the displacement can be
accurately determined.
(c) All dunnage, tools, and other items extraneous to the vessel
must be removed.
(d) The water depth at the mooring site must provide ample
clearance against grounding.
(e) Each mooring line must be arranged so that it dmes not
interfere with the inclination of the unit during the test.
(f) The draft and axis of rotation selected for testing a mobile
offshore drilling unit must be those that result in acceptable
accuracy in calculating the center of gravity and displacement of
the unit.
(g) The stability test procedure required by §170.085 must include
the following:
(1) Identification of the vessel to be tested.
(2) Date and location of the test.
(3) Inclining weight data.
 (4) Pendulum locations and lengths.
(5) Approximate draft and trim of the vessel.
(6) Condition of each tank.
(7) Estimated items to be installed, removed, or relocated after
the test, including the weight and location of each item.
(8) Schedule of events.
(9) Person or persons responsible for conducting the test.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51218,
Sept. 30, 1997]
§170.190 Stability Test Procedure Modifications.
The authorized Coast Guard or ABS representative present at a
stability test may allow a deviation from the requirements of
§§170.180 and 170.185 if the representative determines that the
deviation would not decrease the accuracy of the test results.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51218, Sept. 30, 1997]
(3) A submergence test must be conducted for a period of at least
7 days to demonstrate whether the foam has adequate strength to
withstand a hydrostatic head equivalent to that which would be
imposed if the vessel were submerged to its margin line.
(4) The effective buoyancy at the end of the submergence test
must be used as the buoyancy credit; however, in no case will a
credit greater than 55 lbs per cubic foot (881 kilograms per cubic
meter) be allowed.
(5) The structure enclosing the foam must be strong enough to
accommodate the buoyancy of the foam.
(6) Piping and cables must not pass through foamed spaces
unless they are within piping and cable trunks accessible from
both ends.
(7) Sample specimens must be prepared during installation and
the density of the installed foam must be determined.

S
§170.200 Estimated Lightweight Vertical Center Of Gravity.
(8) Foam may be installed adjacent to fuel tanks if the boundary
(a) Each tank vessel that does not carry a material listed in either

N
between the tank and space has double continuous fillet welds.
Table 1 of part 153 or Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter may
comply with this section in lieu of §170.175 if it–
(9) MIL-P-21929B is incorporated by reference into this part.

IO
(1) Is 150 gross tons or greater;
(10) The results of all tests and calculations must be submitted to
(2) Is of ordinary proportions and form;
the OCMI.
(3) Has a flush weather deck, one or more longitudinal
bulkheads, and no independent tanks; and
(11) Blocked foam must–

T
(4) Is designed not to carry cargo above the freeboard deck.
(11)(i) Be used in each area that may be exposed to water; and
(b) When doing the calculations required by §§170.170 and
172.065, the vertical center of gravity of a tank vessel in the
lightweight condition must be assumed to be equal to the
following percentage of the molded depth of the vessel measured
A (11)(ii) Have a protective cover approved by the OCMI.
C
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
from the keel amidship:
83-005, 51 FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986]
(1) For a tank ship–70%.
LI

(2) For a tank barge–60%. Subpart H – Watertight Bulkhead Doors

(c) As used in this section, molded depth has the same meaning §170.248 Applicability.
that is provided for the term in §42.13-15(e) of this chapter. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this
B

section, this subpart applies to vessels with watertight doors in

[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD bulkheads that have been made watertight to comply with the
85-080, 61 FR 944, Jan. 10, 1996] flooding or damage stability regulations in this subchapter
U

(b) A watertight door on a MODU must comply with §174.100 of

Subpart G – Special Installations this subchapter.
.P

§170.235 Fixed Ballast.

(c) A watertight door on a self-propelled hopper dredge with a
(a) Fixed ballast, if used, must be–
working freeboard must comply with §174.335 of this subchapter.
(1) Installed under the supervision of the OCMI; and
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
(2) Stowed in a manner that prevents shifting of position.
.G

76-080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989]

(b) Fixed ballast may not be removed from a vessel or relocated
§170.250 Types And Classes.
unless approved by the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center or the
(a) Watertight doors, except doors between cargo spaces, are
ABS. However, ballast may be temporarily moved for vessel
C

classed as follows:
examination or repair if done under the supervision of the OCMI.
(1) Class 1–Hinged door.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
(2) Class 2–Sliding door, operated by hand gear only.
88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51218,
(3) Class 3–Sliding door, operated by power and by hand gear.
Sept. 30, 1997]
(b) The following types of watertight doors are not permitted:
§170.245 Foam Flotation Material.
(a) Installation of foam must be approved by the OCMI.
(1) A plate door secured only by bolts; and
(b) If foam is used to comply with §171.070(d), §171.095(c), or
(2) A door required to be closed by dropping or by the action of
§173.063(e) of this subchapter, the following applies:
dropping weights.
(1) Foam may be installed only in void spaces that are free of
(c) Whenever a door of a particular class is prescribed by these
ignition sources.
regulations, a door of a class bearing a higher number may be
used.
(2) The foam must comply with MIL-P-21929B including the
requirements for fire resistance.
§170.255 Class 1 Doors; Permissible Locations.

376
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
Class 1 doors within passenger, crew, and working spaces are
permitted only above a deck, the molded line of which, at its
lowest point at side, is at least 7 feet (2.14 meters) above the
deepest load line.
(b) Class 1 doors are permitted within passenger, crew, and
working spaces, wherever located, if–
(1) In the judgment of the OCMI, the door is in a location where it
will be closed at all times except when actually in use; and
(2) The vessel is less than 150 gross tons and will not proceed
more than 20 nautical miles (37 kilometers) from shore; or
(3) The vessel is in rivers or lakes, bays, and sounds service.
(c) Class 1 doors are permitted in any location on a vessel that–
(1) Is less than 100 gross tons; and
(2) Will operate only in the offshore oil industry trade.
(d) Quick-acting Class 1 doors are permitted in any location on a
vessel that operates on the Great Lakes and is required to meet
the damage stability standards of subpart H of part 172 of this
chapter.
(e) For vessels required to meet the damage stability standards of
subpart H of this chapter, when Class 1 doors are installed below
a deck the molded line of which at its lowest point at side is less
than 7 feet (2.14 meters) above the deepest load line, an indicator
light for each door which warns when the door is open must be
installed on the bridge.
C
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
80-159, 51 FR 33059, Sept. 18, 1986]
LI
§170.260 Class 2 Doors; Permissible Locations.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a
Class 2 door is permitted only if–
B
(1) Its sill is above the deepest load line; and
U
(2) It is not a door described in §170.265(d).
(b) If passenger spaces are located below the bulkhead deck,
.P
Class 2 doors with sills below the deepest load line may be used
if–
(1) The number of watertight doors located below the deepest
load line that are used intermittently during operation of the vessel
.G
does not exceed two, and;
(2) The doors provide access to or are within spaces containing
machinery.
C
(c) If no passenger spaces are located below the bulkhead deck,
Class 2 doors may be used if the number of watertight doors
located below the deepest load line that are used intermittently
during operation of the vessel does not exceed five.
(d) In determining whether Class 2 doors are allowed under
paragraph (c) of this section, the watertight doors at the entrance
to shaft tunnels need not be counted. If Class 2 doors are allowed
under paragraph (c) of this section, the doors at the entrance to
shaft tunnels may also be Class 2.
§170.265 Class 3 Doors; Required Locations.
The following doors must always be Class 3:
(a) Doors in all locations not addressed in §§170.255 and
170.260.
377
(b) Doors between coal bunkers below the bulkhead deck that
must be opened at sea.
(c) Doors into trunkways that pass through more than one main
transverse watertight bulkhead if the door sills are less than 2.14
meters above the deepest load line.
(d) Doors below a deck, the molded line of which, at its lowest
point at side, is less than 2.14 meters (7 feet) above the deepest
load line if–
(1) The vessel is engaged on a short international voyage as
defined in §171.010 of this subchapter; and
(2) The vessel is required by §171.065 of this subchapter to have
a factor of subdivision of 0.5 or less.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
85-080, 61 FR 944, Jan. 10, 1996; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734,
S
Sept. 27, 1996]
N
§170.270 Door Design, Operation, Installation, And Testing.
(a) Each Class 1 door must have a quick action closing device
operative from both sides of the door.
IO
(b) Each Class 1 door on a vessel in ocean service must be
designed to withstand a head of water equivalent to the depth
from the sill of the door to the margin line but in no case less than
10 feet (3.05 meters).
T
(c) Each Class 2 and Class 3 door must–
A (1) Be designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance
with ASTM F 1196 (incorporated by reference, see §170.015);
(2) Have controls in accordance with ASTM F 1197 (incorporated
by reference, see §170.015); and
(3) If installed in a subdivision bulkhead, meet Supplemental
Requirements Nos. S1 and S3 of ASTM F 1196 (incorporated by
reference, see §170.015), unless the watertight doors are built in
accordance with plans previously approved by the Coast Guard,
in which case, only Supplemental Requirements Nos. S1 and
S3.1.4 of ASTM F 1196 (incorporated by reference, see
§170.015) must be met. In either case, control systems for
watertight doors must have power supplies, power sources,
installation tests and inspection, and additional remote operating
consoles in accordance with Supplemental Requirements Nos. S1
through S4 of ASTM F 1197 (incorporated by reference, see
§170.015).
(d) Installations of sliding watertight door assemblies must be in
accordance with the following:
(1) Before a sliding watertight door assembly is installed in a
vessel, the bulkhead in the vicinity of the door opening must be
stiffened. Such bulkhead stiffeners, or deck reinforcement where
flush deck door openings are desired, must not be less than 6
inches nor more than 12 inches from the door frame so that an
unstiffened diaphragm of bulkhead plating 6 to 12 inches wide is
provided completely around the door frame. Where such limits
cannot be maintained, alternative installations will be considered
by the Marine Safety Center. In determining the scantlings of
these bulkhead stiffeners, the door frame should not be
considered as contributing to the strength of the bulkhead.
Provision must also be made to adequately support the thrust
bearings and other equipment that may be mounted on the
bulkhead or deck.
(2) Sliding watertight door frames must be either bolted or welded
watertight to the bulkhead.
(2)(i) If bolted, a suitable thin heat and fire resistant gasket or
suitable compound must be used between the bulkhead and the
frame for watertightness. The bulkhead plating must be worked to
a plane surface in way of the frame when mounting.
(2)(ii) If welded, caution must be exercised in the welding process
so that the door frame is not distorted.
(e) For each watertight door which is in a required subdivision
bulkhead, an indicator light must be installed in the pilothouse and
at each other vessel operating station from which the door is not
visible. The indicator must show whether the door is open or
closed.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
88-032, 56 FR 35828, July 29, 1991; CGD 85-080, 61 FR 944,
Jan. 10, 1996; 65 FR 58455, Sept. 29, 2000]
§170.275 Special Requirements For Cargo Space Watertight
Doors.
(a) A door between cargo spaces–
(1) Must not be designed for remote operation;
(2) Must be located as high as practicable; and
(3) Must be located as far inboard of the side shell as practicable
but in no case closer to the side shell than one-fifth of the beam of
the vessel where the beam is measured at right angles to the
centerline of the vessel at the level of the deepest load line.
(b) If the door is accessible while the ship is in operation, it must
have installed a lock or other device that prevents unauthorized
opening.
A reduced in accordance with the following equation:
C
(c) Before installing a watertight door in a cargo space, approval
must be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety
Center.
LI
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988]
B
Subpart I – Free Surface
§170.285 Free Surface Correction For Intact Stability
U
Calculations.
(a) When doing the intact stability calculations required by this
subchapter, the virtual increase in the vessel's vertical center of
.P
gravity due to liquids in tanks must be determined by calculating–
(1) For each type of consumable liquid, the maximum free surface
effect of at least one transverse pair of wing tanks or a single
centerline tank; and
.G
(2) The maximum free surface effect of each partially filled tank
containing non-consumable liquids.
C
(b) For the purpose of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the tank or
combination of tanks selected must be those having the greatest
free surface effect.
§170.290 Free Surface Correction For Damage Stability
Calculations.
(a) When doing the damage stability calculations required by this
subchapter, the virtual increase in the vessel's vertical center of
gravity due to liquids in tanks must be determined by calculating–
(1) For each type of consumable liquid, the free surface effect of
at least one transverse pair of wing tanks or a single centerline
tank; and
378
(2) The free surface effect of each partially filled tank containing
other than consumable liquids.
(b) For the purpose of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the tank or
combination of tanks selected must be those having the greatest
free surface effect.
(c) When doing the calculations in paragraph (a) of this section,
the free surface effect of a liquid in a tank must be determined
by–
(1) Assuming the vessel is heeled five degrees from the vertical;
or
(2) Calculating the shift of the center of gravity of the liquid in the
tank by the moment of transference method.
§170.295 Special Consideration For Free Surface Of Passive
Roll Stabilization Tanks.
S
(a) The virtual increase in the vertical center of gravity due to a
liquid in a roll stabilization tank may be calculated in accordance
N
with paragraph (b) of this section if–
(1) The virtual increase in the vertical center of gravity of the
IO
vessel is calculated in accordance with §170.285(a); and
(2) The slack surface in the roll stabilization tank is reduced
during vessel motions because of the shape of the tank or the
amount of liquid in the tank.
T
(b) The virtual rise in the vertical center of gravity calculated in
accordance with §170.285(a) for a stabilization tank may be
E.F.S. = (K)(F.F.S.)
where–
E.F.S. = the effective free surface.
F.F.S. = the full free surface calculated in accordance with
§170.285(a).
K = the reduction factor calculated in accordance with paragraph
(c) of this section.
(c) The factor (K) must be calculated as follows:
(1) Plot (I/d)tan T on Graph 170.295 where–
(1)(i) (I) is the moment of inertia of the free surface in the roll tank;
(1)(ii) (d) is the density of the liquid in the roll tank; and
(1)(iii) (T) is the angle of heel.
(2) Plot the moments of transference of the liquid in the roll tank
on Graph 170.295.
(3) Construct a line A on Graph 170.295 so that the area under
line A between T = 0 and the angle at which the deck edge is
immersed or 28 degrees, whichever is smaller, is equal to the
area under the curve of actual moments of transference between
the same angles.
(4) The factor (K) is calculated by determining the ratio of the
ordinate of line A to the ordinate of the curve of (I/d)tan T, both
measured at the angle at which the deck edge is immersed or 28
degrees, whichever is smaller.
 §170.300 Special Consideration For Free Surface Of Spoil In
Hopper Dredge Hoppers.
The calculations required by this subchapter for each self-
propelled hopper dredge must include–

(a) The free surface effect of consumable liquids and the free
surface effect of the dredged spoil in the hoppers; and

(b) Either of the following assumptions when performing the

calculations required by §174.310(b) of this chapter:

(1) If the dredged spoil is assumed to be jettisoned, the free

surface of the dredged spoil may be disregarded.

(2) If the dredged spoil is not assumed to be jettisoned. the free

surface of the dredged spoil must be calculated.

[CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989]

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

379
 Part 172 – Special Rules Pertaining To Bulk Cargoes
Table Of Contents [SOURCE: CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, unless
otherwise noted.]
Subpart A – General
[66 FR 55566, Nov. 2, 2001]
Sec.
172.005 Applicability.
Subpart A – General
Subpart B–Bulk Grain
§172.005 Applicability.
This part applies to each vessel that carries one of the following
172.010 Applicability.
cargoes in bulk:
172.015 Document Of Authorization.
172.020 Incorporation By Reference.
(a) Grain.
172.030 Exemptions For Certain Vessels.
(b) A cargo listed in Table 30.25-1 of this chapter.
172.040 Certificate Of Loading.
(c) A cargo regulated under 33 CFR part 157.
Subpart C–Special Rules Pertaining To A Barge That Carries (d) A cargo listed in Table 151.01-10(b) of this chapter.

S
A Cargo Regulated Under Subchapter D Of This Chapter (e) A cargo listed in Table I of part 153 of this chapter.
(f) A cargo listed in Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter.
172.047 Specific Applicability. (g) Any dry bulk cargo carried in a new Great Lakes vessel.

N
172.048 Definitions.
172.050 Damage Stability. [CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
80-159, 51 FR 33059, Sept. 18, 1986]

IO
Subpart D–Special Rules Pertaining To A Vessel That Carries
A Cargo Regulated Under 33 CFR Part 157 Subpart B–Bulk Grain
172.070 Intact Stability. [SOURCE: CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51218, Sept. 30, 1997, unless

T
otherwise noted.]
Subpart E–Special Rules Pertaining To A Barge That Carries
A Hazardous Liquid Regulated Under Subchapter O Of This §172.010 Applicability.

172.080
Chapter

Specific Applicability.
A This subpart applies to each vessel that loads grain in bulk,
except vessels engaged solely on voyages on rivers, lakes, bays,
C
and sounds or on voyages between Great Lake ports and St.
172.085 Hull Type. Lawrence River ports as far east as a straight line drawn from
172.087 Cargo Loading Assumptions. Cape de Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island and as far east of
172.090 Intact Transverse Stability.
LI

a line drawn along the 63rd meridian from Anticosti Island to the
172.095 Intact Longitudinal Stability. north shore of the St. Lawrence River.
172.100 Watertight Integrity.
172.103 Damage Stability. §172.015 Document Of Authorization.
172.104 Character Of Damage.
B

(a) Except as specified in §172.030, each vessel that loads grain

172.105 Extent Of Damage. in bulk must have a Document of Authorization issued in
172.110 Survival Conditions. accordance with one of the following:
U

Subpart F–Special Rules Pertaining To A Ship That Carries A (1) Section 3 of the International Code for the Safe Carriage of
Hazardous Liquid Regulated Under Subchapter O Of This Grain in Bulk if the Document of Authorization is issued on or after
.P

Chapter January 1, 1994. As used in the Code, the term "Administration"

means "U.S. Coast Guard".
172.125 Specific Applicability.
172.127 Definitions. (2) Regulation 10 part (a) of the Annex to IMO Assembly
172.130 Calculations. resolution A.264(VIII) if the Document of Authorization was issued
172.133 Character Of Damage.
.G

before January 1, 1994.

172.135 Extent Of Damage.
172.140 Permeability Of Spaces. (b) The Commandant recognizes the National Cargo Bureau, Inc.,
172.150 Survival Conditions. 30 Vesey Street, New York, NY 10007-2914, for the purpose of
issuing Documents of Authorization in accordance with paragraph
C

Subpart G–Special Rules Pertaining To A Ship That Carries A (a)(1) of this section.
Bulk Liquefied Gas Regulated Under Subchapter O Of This
Chapter §172.020 Incorporation By Reference.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part
172.155 Specific Applicability. under approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5
172.160 Definitions. U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other
172.165 Intact Stability Calculations. than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast
172.170 Damage Stability Calculations. Guard must publish notice of change in the FEDERAL
172.175 Character Of Damage. REGISTER; and the material must be made available to the
172.180 Extent Of Damage. public. All approved material is available for inspection at the
172.185 Permeability Of Spaces. Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street NW., suite
172.195 Survival Conditions. 700, Washington, DC 20002, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Naval
172.205 Local Damage. Architecture Division, Office of Design and Engineering
Standards, 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-
[Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 5115; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 0001, and is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b)
58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland of this section.
Security Delegation No. 0170.1.

380
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part and the sections affected are as follows:
International Maritime Organization (IMO)
Publications Section, 4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR
United Kingdom.
Amendment to Chapter VI of the International Convention for the
Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, Resolution A.264(VIII) 172.015
Publication No. 240-E, International Code for the Safe Carriage of
Grain in Bulk 172.015
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51218, Sept. 30, 1997, as amended by
USCG 1998-4442, 63 FR 52192, Sept. 30, 1998]
§172.030 Exemptions For Certain Vessels.
(a) Vessels are exempt from 172.015 on voyages between:
(1) United States ports along the East Coast as far south as
Cape Henry, VA;
(2) Wilmington, NC and Miami, FL;
(3) United States ports in the Gulf of Mexico;
(4) Puget Sound ports and Canadian west coast ports or
Columbia River ports, or both;
(5) San Francisco, Los Angeles, and San Diego, CA.
(b) Vessels exempt by paragraph (a) of this section must comply
with the following conditions:
(1) The master is satisfied that the vessel's longitudinal strength is
not impaired.
(2) The master ascertains the weather to be encountered on the
C
voyage.
(3) Potential heeling moments are reduced to a minimum by
LI
carrying as few slack holds as possible.
(4) Each slack surface must be leveled.
B
(5) The transverse metacentric height (GM), in meters, of the
vessel throughout the voyage, after correction for liquid free
surface, has been shown by stability calculations to be in excess
U
of the required GM (GMR), in meters.
(5)(i) The GMR is the sum of the increments of GM (GMI)
.P
multiplied by the correction factor, f and r.
Where: r = (available freeboard) (beam) of the vessel and
f = 1 if r is > 0.268 or
.G
f = (0.268 r) if r is < 0.268.
(5)(ii) The GMI for each compartment which has a slack surface
of grain, i.e., is not trimmed full, is calculated by the following
C
formula:
GMI = (B3 x L x 0.0661) (Disp. x SF) where: B = breadth of slack
grain surface (m)
L = Length of compartment (m)
Disp. = Displacement of vessel (tons)
SF = Stowage factor of grain in compartment (cubic meters/tons)
(c) Vessels which do not have the Document of Authorization
required by §172.015 may carry grain in bulk up to one third of
their deadweight tonnage provided the stability complies with the
requirements of Section 9 of the International Code for the Safe
Carriage of Grain in Bulk.
§172.040 Certificate Of Loading.
381
(a) Before it sails, each vessel that loads grain in bulk, except
vessels engaged solely on voyages on the Great Lakes, rivers, or
lakes, bays, and sounds, must have a certificate of loading issued
by an organization recognized by the Commandant for that
purpose. The certificate of loading may be accepted as prima
facie evidence of compliance with the regulations in this subpart.
(b) The Commandant recognizes the National Cargo Bureau, Inc.,
30 Vesey Street, New York, NY, 10007-2914, for the purpose of
issuing certificates of loading.
Subpart C – Special Rules Pertaining To A Barge
That Carries A Cargo Regulated Under
Subchapter D Of This Chapter
§172.047 Specific Applicability.
This section applies to each tank barge that carries, in
independent tanks described in §151.15-1(b) of this chapter, a
S
cargo listed in Table 30.25-1 of this chapter that is a–
(a) Liquefied flammable gas; or
N
(b) Flammable liquid that has a Reid vapor pressure in excess of
25 pounds per square inch (172.4 KPa).
IO
§172.048 Definitions.
As used in this subpart–
T
MARPOL 73/38 means the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the
Protocol of 1978 relating to that Convention
A [66 FR 55566, Nov. 2, 2001]
§172.050 Damage Stability.
(a) Each tank barge is assigned a hull type number by the
Commandant in accordance with §32.63-5 of this chapter. The
requirements in this section are specified according to the hull
type number assigned.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each Type
I and II barge hull must have a watertight weather deck.
(c) If a Type I or II barge hull has an open hopper, the fully loaded
barge must be shown by design calculations to have at least 2
inches (50mm) of positive GM when the hopper space is flooded
to the height of the weather deck.
(d) When demonstrating compliance with paragraph (c) of this
section, credit may be given for the buoyancy of the immersed
portion of cargo tanks if the tank securing devices are shown by
design calculations to be strong enough to hold the tanks in place
when they are subjected to the buoyant forces resulting from the
water in the hopper.
(e) Each tank barge must be shown by design calculations to
have at least 2 inches (50 mm) of positive GM in each condition of
loading and operation after assuming the damage specified in
paragraph (f) of this section is applied in the following locations:
(1) Type I barge hull not in an integrated tow. If a Type I hull is
required and the barge is not a box barge designed for use in an
integrated tow, design calculations must show that the barge hull
can survive damage at any location including on the intersection
of a transverse and longitudinal watertight bulkhead.
(2) Type I barge hull in an integrated tow. If a Type I hull is
required and the barge is a box barge designed for operation in
an integrated tow, design calculations must show that the barge
can survive damage–
(2)(i) To any location on the bottom of the tank barge except on a
transverse watertight bulkhead; and
(2)(ii) To any location on the side of the tank barge including on a
transverse watertight bulkhead.
(3) Type II hull. If a Type II hull is required, design calculations
must show that the barge can survive damage to any location
except to a transverse watertight bulkhead.
(2) If the tank barge is in lakes, bays and sounds or Great Lakes
summer service, the area under the righting arm curve must be at
least 10 foot-degrees (3.05 meter-degrees) up to the smallest of
the following angles:
(2)(i) The angle of maximum righting arm.

(f) For the purpose of paragraph (e) of this section– (2)(ii) The downflooding angle.

(1) Design calculations must include both side and bottom
damage, applied separately; and
(2) Damage must consist of the most disabling penetration up to
and including penetrations having the following dimensions:
(2)(i) Side damage must be assumed to be as follows:
(2)(i)(A) Longitudinal extent–6 feet (183 centimeters).
(3) If the tank barge is in ocean or Great Lakes winter service, the
area under the righting arm curve must be at least 15 foot-
degrees (4.57 meter-degrees) up to the smallest of the following
angles:
(3)(i) The angle of maximum righting arm.
(3)(ii) The downflooding angle.
(b) If the vertical center of gravity of the cargo is below the

S
(2)(i)(B) Transverse extent–30 inches (76 centimeters). weather deck at the side of the tank barge amidships, it must be
shown by design calculations that the barge has at least the

N
(2)(i)(C) Vertical extent–from the baseline upward without limit. following metacentric height (GM) in feet (meters) in each
condition of loading and operation:
(2)(ii) Bottom damage must be assumed to be 15 inches (38.1

IO
centimeters) from the baseline upward. (K)(B)
GM = - - - -
Subpart D–Special Rules Pertaining To A Vessel fe
where–
That Carries A Cargo Regulated Under 33 CFR

T
Part 157 K = 0.3 for river service.

§172.070 Intact Stability. K = 0.4 for lakes, bays and sounds and Great Lakes summer
All tank vessels of 5,000 DWT and above contracted after the
effective date of this rulemaking must comply with the intact
stability requirements of Regulation 25A, annex I of MARPOL
A service.
C
K = 0.5 for ocean and Great Lakes winter service.
73/78.
B = beam in feet (meters).
[66 FR 55566, Nov. 2, 2001]
LI

fe = effective freeboard in feet (meters).

Subpart E–Special Rules Pertaining To A Barge
That Carries A Hazardous Liquid Regulated (c) The effective freeboard is given by–
B

Under Subchapter O Of This Chapter fe = f + fa ; or

§172.080 Specific Applicability.
U

fe = d, whichever is less.
This subpart applies to each tank barge that carries a cargo listed
in Table 151.01-10(b) of this chapter.
where–
.P

§172.085 Hull Type.

f = the freeboard to the deck edge amidships in feet (meters).
If a cargo listed in Table 151.05 of part 151 of this chapter is to be
carried, the tank barge must be at least the hull type specified in
fa = (1.25)(a/L)((2b/B) - 1)(h); or
Table 151.05 of this chapter for that cargo.
.G

fa = h, whichever is less.
§172.087 Cargo Loading Assumptions.
(a) The calculations required in this subpart must be done for
where–
cargo weights and densities up to and including the maximum that
a = trunk length in feet (meters).
is to be endorsed on the Certificate of Inspection in accordance
C

with §151.04-1(c) of this chapter.

L = LOA in feet (meters)
(b) For each condition of loading and operation, each cargo tank
b = breadth of a watertight trunk in feet (meters).
must be assumed to have its maximum free surface.
B = beam of the barge in feet (meters).
§172.090 Intact Transverse Stability.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each tank
h = height of a watertight trunk in feet (meters).
barge must be shown by design calculations to have a righting
arm curve with the following characteristics:
d = draft of the barge in feet (meters).
(1) If the tank barge is in river service, the area under the righting
(d) For the purpose of this section, downflooding angle means the
arm curve must be at least 5 foot-degrees (1.52 meter-degrees)
static angle from the intersection of the vessel's centerline and
up to the smallest of the following angles:
waterline in calm water to the first opening that does not close
watertight automatically.
(1)(i) The angle of maximum righting arm.
§172.095 Intact Longitudinal Stability.
(1)(ii) The downflooding angle.
Each tank barge must be shown by design calculations to have a

382
longitudinal metacentric height (GM) in feet (meters) in each
condition of loading and operation, at least equal to the following:
2
0.02(L)
GM = ---––––-
d
where–
L = LOA in feet (meters)
d = draft in feet (meters).
§172.100 Watertight Integrity.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each Type
I or II hopper barge hull must have a weathertight weather deck.
(b) If a Type I or II barge hull has an open hopper, the fully loaded
barge must be shown by design calculations to have at least 2
inches (50 mm) of positive GM when the hopper space is flooded
to the height of the weather deck.
(c) When doing the calculations required by this section, credit
may be given for the buoyancy of the immersed portion of cargo
tanks if the tank securing devices are shown by design
calculations to be strong enough to hold the tanks in place when
they are subjected to the buoyant forces resulting from the water
in the hopper.
§172.103 Damage Stability.
Each tank barge must be shown by design calculations to meet
the survival conditions in §172.110 assuming the damage
specified in §172.104 to the hull type specified in Table 151.05 of
part 151 of this chapter.
A (g) If a tank barge experiences simultaneous heel and trim, the
C
§172.104 Character Of Damage.
(a) Type I barge hull not in an integrated tow. If a Type I hull is
required and the barge is not a box barge designed for use in an
LI
integrated tow, design calculations must show that the barge can
survive damage at any location including the intersection of a
transverse and a longitudinal bulkhead.
B
(b) Type I barge hull in an integrated tow. If a Type I barge hull
is required and the barge is a box barge designed for operation in
an integrated tow, design calculations must show that the barge
U
can survive damage–
(1) At any location on the bottom of the tank barge except on a
.P
transverse watertight bulkhead; and
(2) At any location on the side of the tank barge including on a
transverse watertight bulkhead.
.G
(c) Type II barge hull. If a Type II hull is required, design
calculations must show that a barge can survive damage at any
location except on a transverse watertight bulkhead.
§172.105 Extent Of Damage.
C
For the purpose of §172.103, design calculations must include
both side and bottom damage, applied separately. Damage must
consist of the most disabling penetration up to and including
penetrations having the following dimensions:
(a) Side damage must be assumed to be as follows:
(1) Longitudinal extent–6 feet (183 centimeters).
(2) Transverse extent–30 inches (76 centimeters).
(3) Vertical extent–from the baseline upward without limit.
(b) Bottom damage must be assumed to be 15 inches (38
centimeters) from the baseline upward.
§172.110 Survival Conditions.
(a) Paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section apply to a hopper barge
and paragraphs (e) through (i) apply to all other tank barges.
383
(b) A barge is presumed to survive assumed damage if it meets
the following conditions in the final stage of flooding:
(c) A hopper barge must not heel or trim beyond the angle at
which–
(1) The deck edge is first submerged; or
(2) If the barge has a coaming that is at least 36 inches (91.5
centimeters) in height, the intersection of the deck and the
coaming is first submerged, except as provided in paragraph (d)
of this section.
(d) A hopper barge must not heel beyond the angle at which the
deck edge is first submerged by more than "fa" as defined in
§172.090(c).
(e) Except as provided in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section,
each tank barge must not heel beyond the angle at which–
S
(1) The deck edge is first submerged; or
N
(2) If the barge has one or more watertight trunks, the deck edge
is first submerged by more than "fa" as defined in §172.090(c).
IO
(f) Except as provided in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section, a
tank barge must not trim beyond the angle at which–
(1) The deck edge is first submerged; or
T
(2) If the barge has one or more watertight trunks, the intersection
of the deck and the trunk is first submerged.
trim requirements in paragraph (f) of this section apply only at the
centerline.
(h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, in no case
may any part of the actual cargo tank top be underwater in the
final condition of equilibrium.
(i) If a barge has a "step-down" in hull depth on either or both
ends and all cargo tank openings are located on the higher deck
level, the deck edge and tank top in the stepped-down area may
be submerged.
Subpart F – Special Rules Pertaining To A Ship
That Carries A Hazardous Liquid Regulated
Under Subchapter O Of This Chapter
§172.125 Specific Applicability.
This subpart applies to each tankship that carries a cargo listed in
Table I of part 153 of this chapter, except that it does not apply to
a tankship whose cargo tanks are clean and gas free.
§172.127 Definitions.
Length or L means load line length (LLL).
§172.130 Calculations.
(a) Except as provided in §153.7 of this chapter, each tankship
must be shown by design calculations to meet the survival
conditions in §172.150 in each condition of loading and operation
assuming the damage specified in §172.133 for the hull type
prescribed in part 153 of this chapter.
(b) If a cargo listed in Table I of part 153 of this chapter is to be
carried, the vessel must be at least the hull type specified in part
153 of this chapter for that cargo.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
81-101, 52 FR 7799, Mar. 12, 1987]
§172.133 Character Of Damage.
(a) If a type I hull is required, design calculations must show that
the vessel can survive damage at any location.
(b) Except as provided in §153.7 of this chapter, if a type II hull is
required, design calculations must show that a vessel–
(1) Longer than 492 feet (150 meters) in length can survive
damage at any location; and
(2) Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, 492 feet
(150 meters) or less in length can survive damage at any location.
(c) If a Type III hull is required, design calculations must show that
a vessel–
(1) Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, 410 feet
(125 meters) in length or longer can survive damage at any
location; and
(2) Less than 410 feet (125 meters) in length can survive damage
at any location except to an aft machinery space.
(d) A vessel described in paragraph (b)(2) or (c)(1) of this section
need not be designed to survive damage to a main transverse
watertight bulkhead bounding an aft machinery space. Except as
provided in §153.7 of this chapter, the machinery space must be
calculated as a single floodable compartment.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
81-101, 52 FR 7799, Mar. 12, 1987]
§172.135 Extent Of Damage.
For the purpose of §172.133–
A (4) Remotely operated sliding watertight doors.
C
(a) Design calculations must include both side and bottom
damage, applied separately; and
LI
(b) Damage must consist of the penetrations having the
dimensions given in Table 172.135 except that, if the most
disabling penetrations would be less than the penetrations given
in Table 172.135, the smaller penetration must be assumed.
B
U
.P
.G
C
384
§172.140 Permeability Of Spaces.
(a) When doing the calculations required in §172.130, the
permeability of a floodable space other than a machinery space
must be as listed in Table 172.060(b).
(b) Calculations in which a machinery space is treated as a
floodable space must be based on an assumed machinery space
permeability of 0.85, unless the use of an assumed permeability
of less than 0.85 is justified in detail.
(c) If a cargo tank would be penetrated under the assumed
damage, the cargo tank must be assumed to lose all cargo and
refill with salt water up to the level of the tankship's final
equilibrium waterline.
§172.150 Survival Conditions.
A tankship is presumed to survive assumed damage if it meets
the following conditions in the final stage of flooding:
S
(a) Final waterline. The final waterline, in the final condition of
sinkage, heel, and trim, must be below the lower edge of
N
openings such as air pipes and openings closed by weathertight
doors or hatch covers. The following types of openings may be
submerged when the tankship is at the final waterline:
IO
(1) Openings covered by watertight manhole covers or watertight
flush scuttles.
(2) Small watertight cargo tank hatch covers.
T
(3) A Class 1 door in a watertight bulkhead within the
superstructure.
(5) Side scuttles of the non-opening type.
(b) Heel angle.
(1) Except as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the
maximum angle of heel must not exceed 15 degrees (17 degrees
if no part of the freeboard deck is immersed).
(2) The Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center will consider
on a case by case basis each vessel 492 feet (150 meters) or
less in length having a final heel angle greater than 17 degrees
but less than 25 degrees.
(c) Range of stability. Through an angle of 20 degrees beyond
its position of equilibrium after flooding, a tankship must meet the
following conditions:
(1) The righting arm curve must be positive.
(2) The maximum righting arm must be at least 3.95 inches (10
cm).
(3) Each submerged opening must be weathertight.
(d) Progressive flooding. Pipes, ducts or tunnels within the
assumed extent of damage must be either–
(1) Equipped with arrangements such as stop check valves to
prevent progressive flooding to other spaces with which they
connect; or
(2) Assumed in the design calculations required by §172.130 to
flood the spaces with which they connect.
(e) Buoyancy of superstructure. The buoyancy of any
superstructure directly above the side damage is to be
disregarded. The unflooded parts of superstructures beyond the
extent of damage may be taken into consideration if they are
separated from the damaged space by watertight bulkheads and machinery space. The machinery space is calculated as a single
no progressive flooding of these intact spaces takes place. floodable compartment.

(f) Metacentric height. After flooding, the tankship's metacentric (c) If a vessel has independent tanks type C with a MARVS of 100
height must be at least 2 inches (50mm) when the ship is in the psi (689 kPa) gauge or greater, is 492 feet (150 meters) or less in
upright position. length, and Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter allows a type IIPG
hull, design calculations must show that the vessel can survive
(g) Equalization arrangements. Flooding equalization damage at any location, except as prescribed in paragraph (e) of
arrangements requiring mechanical operation such as valves or this section.
cross-flooding lines may not be assumed to reduce the angle of
heel. Spaces joined by ducts of large cross sectional area are (d) If a type IIIG hull is required, except as specified in paragraph
treated as common spaces. (e) of this section, design calculations must show that a vessel–

(h) Intermediate stages of flooding. If an intermediate stage of
flooding is more critical than the final stage, the tankship must be
shown by design calculations to meet the requirements in this
section in the intermediate stage.
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
(1) 410 feet (125 meters) in length or longer can survive damage
at any location; and
(2) Less than 410 feet (125 meters) in length can survive damage
at any location, except in the main machinery space.

S
88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988] (e) The calculations in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section need
not assume damage to a transverse bulkhead unless it is spaced

Subpart G–Special Rules Pertaining To A Ship
That Carries A Bulk Liquefied Gas Regulated
Under Subchapter O Of This Chapter
N
closer than the longitudinal extent of collision penetration
specified in Table 172.180 from another transverse bulkhead.

IO
(f) If a main transvers watertight bulkhead or transverse watertight
bulkhead bounding a side tank or double bottom tank has a step
[SOURCE: CGD 80-159, 51 FR 33059, Sept. 18, 1986, unless or a recess that is longer than 10 feet (3.05 meters) located within
otherwise noted.] the extent of penetration of assumed damage, the vessel must be
shown by design calculations to survive damage to this bulkhead.

§172.155 Specific Applicability.
This subpart applies to each tankship that has on board a bulk
liquefied gas listed in Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter as cargo,
cargo residue, or vapor.
T
The step formed by the after peak bulkhead and after peak tank
top is not a step for the purpose of this regulation.

§172.160 Definitions.
A §172.180 Extent Of Damage.
For the purpose of §172.170–
C
(a) Design calculations must include both side and bottom
As used in this subpart– damage, applied separately; and

(a) Length or L means the load line length (LLL).

LI

(b) Damage must consist of the penetrations having the

dimensions given in Table 172.180 except that, if the most
(b) MARVS means the Maximum Allowable Relief Valve Setting disabling penetrations would be less than the penetrations given
of a cargo tank. in Table 172.180, the smaller penetration must be assumed.
B

§172.165 Intact Stability Calculations.

(a) Design calculations must show that 2 inches (50mm) of
U

positive metacentric height can be maintained by each tankship

when it is being loaded and unloaded.
.P

(b) For the purpose of demonstrating compliance with the

requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the effects of the
addition of water ballast may be considered.

§172.170 Damage Stability Calculations.

(a) Each tankship must be shown by design calculations to meet
.G

the survival conditions in §172.195 in each condition of loading

and operation assuming the damage specified in §172.175 for the
hull type specified in Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter.
C

(b) If a cargo listed in Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter is to be

carried, the vessel must be at least the ship type specified in
Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter for the cargo.

§172.175 Character Of Damage.

(a) If a type IG hull is required, design calculations must show that
the vessel can survive damage at any location.

(b) If a type IIG hull is required, design calculations must show

that a vessel–

(1) Longer than 492 feet (150 meters) in length can survive
damage at any location; and

(2) 492 feet (150 meters) or less in length can survive damage at
any location except the transverse bulkheads bounding an aft

385
§172.185 Permeability Of Spaces.
(a) When doing the calculations required in §172.170, the
permeability of a floodable space other than a machinery space
must be as listed in Table 172.060(b).
(b) Calculations in which a machinery space is treated as a
floodable space must be based on an assumed machinery space
permeability of 85%, unless the use of an assumed permeability
of less than 85% is justified in detail.
(c) If a cargo tank would be penetrated under the assumed
damage, the cargo tank must be assumed to lose all cargo and
refill with salt water up to the level of the tankship's final
equilibrium waterline.
§172.195 Survival Conditions.
A vessel is presumed to survive assumed damage if it meets the
following conditions in the final stage of flooding:
(a) Final waterline. The final waterline, in the final condition of
sinkage, heel, and trim, must be below the lower edge of an
opening through which progressive flooding may take place, such
as an air pipe, or an opening that is closed by means of a
weathertight door or hatch cover. This opening does not include
an opening closed by a–
(1) Watertight manhole cover;
(2) Flush scuttle;
(3) Small watertight cargo tank hatch cover that maintains the
high integrity of the deck;
(4) A Class 1 door in a watertight bulkhead within the
C
superstructure;
(5) Remotely operated sliding watertight door; or
LI
(6) A side scuttle of the non-opening type.
(b) Heel angle. The maximum angle of heel must not exceed 30
B
degrees.
(c) Range of stability. Through an angle of 20 degrees beyond
U
its position of equilibrium after flooding, a tankship must meet the
following conditions:
.P
(1) The righting arm curve must be positive.
.G
C
386
(2) The maximum righting arm must be at least 3.94 inches (10
cm).
(3) Each submerged opening must be weathertight.
(d) Progressive flooding. If pipes, ducts, or tunnels are within
the assumed extent of damage, arrangements must be made to
prevent progressive flooding to a space that is not assumed to be
flooded in the damaged stability calculations.
(e) Buoyancy of superstructure. The buoyancy of any
superstructure directly above the side damage is to be
disregarded. The unflooded parts of superstructures beyond the
extent of damage may be taken into consideration if they are
separated from the damaged space by watertight bulkheads and
no progressive flooding of these intact spaces takes place.
(f) Metacentric height. After flooding, the tank ship's metacentric
height must be at least 2 inches (50 mm) when the vessel is in the
S
upright position.
N
(g) Equalization arrangements. Equalization arrangements
requiring mechanical aids such as valves or cross-flooding lines
may not be considered for reducing the angle of heel. Spaces
IO
joined by ducts of large cross-sectional area are treated as
common spaces.
(h) Intermediate stages of flooding. If an intermediate stage of
flooding is more critical than the final stage, the tank vessel must
T
be shown by design calculations to meet the requirements in this
section in the intermediate stage.
A §172.205 Local Damage.
(a) Each tankship must be shown by design calculations to meet
the survival conditions in paragraph (b) of this section in each
condition of loading and operation assuming that local damage
extending 30 inches (76 cm) normal to the hull shell is applied at
any location in the cargo length:
(b) The vessel is presumed to survive assumed local damage if it
does not heel beyond the smaller of the following angles in the
final stage of flooding:
(1) 30 degrees.
(2) The angle at which restoration of propulsion and steering, and
use of the ballast system is precluded.
 Part 173 – Special Rules Pertaining To Vessel Use
Table Of Contents (a) Hook load means the weight of the object lifted by the crane.

Subpart A–General (b) Crane radius means the distance illustrated in Figure
173.010.
Sec.
173.001 Applicability.

Subpart B–Lifting

173.005 Specific Applicability.

173.007 Location Of The Hook Load.
173.010 Definitions.
173.020 Intact Stability Standards: Counterballasted And Non-
Counterballasted Vessels.
173.025 Additional Intact Stability Standards: Counterballasted

S
Vessels.

Subpart E–Towing

N
173.090 General.
173.095 Towline Pull Criterion.

IO
[Authority: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 2113, 3306, 5115; E.O.
12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of
Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.

T
[SOURCE: CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51045, Nov. 4, 1983, unless
otherwise Noted.]

Subpart A – General
A
C
§173.001 Applicability.
Each vessel that is engaged in one of the following activities must
comply with the applicable provisions of this part:
LI

(a) Lifting.
(b) Training (schoolship).
(c) Oceanographic research. §173.020 Intact Stability Standards: Counterballasted And
Non-Counterballasted Vessels.
B

(d) Towing.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each
vessel that is not equipped to counter-ballast while lifting must be
Subpart B – Lifting
U

shown by design calculations to comply with this section in each

condition of loading and operation and at each combination of
§173.005 Specific Applicability. hook load and crane radius.
This subpart applies to each vessel that–
.P

(b) Each vessel must have a righting arm curve with the following
(a) Is equipped to lift cargo or other objects; and characteristics:
(b) Has a maximum heeling moment due to hook load greater (1) If the vessel operates in protected or partially protected
than or equal to– waters, the area under the righting arm curve up to the smallest of
.G

the following angles must be at least 10 foot-degrees (3.05 meter-

(0.67)(W)(GM)(F/B) in meter-metric tons (foot-long tons), where– degrees):
W = displacement of the vessel with the hook load included in (1)(i) The angle corresponding to the maximum righting arm.
C

metric (long) tons.

GM = metacentric height with hook load included in meters (feet).
F = freeboard to the deck edge amidships in meters (feet).
B = beam in meters (feet).
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51045, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
85-080, 61 FR 945, Jan. 10, 1996]
§173.007 Location Of The Hook Load.
When doing the calculations required in this subpart, the hook
load must be considered to be located at the head of the crane.
§173.010 Definitions.
As used in this part–
(1)(ii) The downflooding angle.
(1)(iii) 40 degrees.
(2) If the vessel operates in exposed waters, the area under the
righting arm curve up to the smallest of the following angles must
be at least 15 foot-degrees (4.57 meter-degrees):
(2)(i) The angle corresponding to the maximum righting arm.
(2)(ii) The downflooding angle.
(2)(iii) 40 degrees.
(c) If the vessel's hull proportions fall within all three of the
following limits, in lieu of complying with paragraph (b) of this

387
section, the vessel owner may demonstrate in the presence of the Where–
OCMI that the vessel will not heel beyond the limits specified in
paragraph (d) of this section: GZ(1) is the righting arm curve at the displacement corresponding
to the vessel without hooking load.
(1) Beam to depth–3.40 to 4.75.
(2) Length to beam–3.20 to 4.50. GZ(2) is the righting arm curve at the displacement corresponding
(3) Draft to depth–0.60 to 0.85. to the vessel with hook load.

(d) For the purpose of paragraph (c) of this section, the following
limits of heel apply with the vessel at its deepest operating draft:
(1) Protected and partially protected waters and Great Lakes in
summer–heel to main deck immersion or bilge emergence,
whichever occurs first.
HA(1) is the heeling arm curve due to the combined heeling
moments of the hook load and the counterballast at the
displacement with hook load.
HA(2) is the heeling arm due to the counterballast at the
displacement without hook load.

(2) Exposed waters and Great Lakes in winter-heel permitted to Theta(c) is the angle of static equilibrium due to the combined
one–half of the freeboard or one-half of the draft, whichever hook load and counterballast heeling moments.
occurs first.
Theta(f) is the downflooding angle on the counterballasted side of

S
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51045, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD the vessel.
85-080, 61 FR 945, Jan. 10, 1996]

N
[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51045, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD
§173.025 Additional Intact Stability Standards: 85-080, 61 FR 945, Jan. 10, 1996]
Counterballasted Vessels.

IO
(a) Each vessel equipped to counterballast while lifting must be Subpart E – Towing
shown by design calculations to be able to withstand the sudden
loss of the hook load, in each condition of loading and operation §173.090 General.
and at each combination of hook load and crane radius. This subpart applies to each vessel that is equipped for towing.

T
(b) When doing the calculations required by this section, the hook §173.095 Towline Pull Criterion.
load and counterballast heeling arms and vessel righting arms, as (a) In each towing condition, each vessel must be shown by
plotted on graph 173.025, must define areas that satisfy the
following equation:
A design calculations to meet the requirements of either paragraph
(b) or (c) of this section.
C
Area II > Area I + K (b) The vessel's metacentric height (GM) must be equal to or
greater than the following:
Where–
LI

(1) K = O for operation on protected waters and 7 foot-degrees (N)(PxD)⅔(s)(h)

(2.13 meter-degrees) for operation on partially protected and GM = ───────────
exposed waters. K∆(f/B)
B

(2) Areas I and II are shown on graph 173.025. where–

U

(c) Each heeling arm curve must be defined by– N = number of propellers.

HA = HAO cos (T) P = shaft power per shaft in horsepower (kilowatts).

.P

Where– D = propeller diameter in feet (meters).

HA = heeling arm. s = that fraction of the propeller circle cylinder which would be
intercepted by the rudder if turned to 45 degrees from the vessel's
.G

HAO = heeling arm at 0 degrees of heel. centerline.

T = angle of heel. h = vertical distance from propeller shaft centerline at rudder to

towing bitts in feet (meters).
C

Δ = displacement in long tons (metric tons).

f = minimum freeboard along the length of the vessel in feet

(meters).

B = molded beam in feet (meters).

K = 38 in English units.

K = 13.93 in metric units.

(c) When a heeling arm curve, calculated in accordance with

paragraph (d) of this section, is plotted against the vessel's
righting arm curve–

(1) Equilibrium must be reached before the downflooding angle;

and

388
(2) The residual righting energy must be at least 2 foot-degrees θ = angle of heel.
(.61 meter-degrees) up to the smallest of the following angles:
N, P, D, K, s, h, and Δ are as defined in paragraph (b) of this
(2)(i) The angle of maximum righting arm. section.

(2)(ii) The downflooding angle. (e) For the purpose of this section, downflooding angle means the
static angle from the intersection of the vessel's centerline and
(2)(iii) 40 degrees. waterline in calm water to the first opening that does not close
watertight automatically.
(d) The heeling arm curve specified in paragraph (c) of this
section must be calculated by the following equation: (f) For the purpose of this section, at each angle of heel, a
vessel's righting arm may be calculated considering either–
2
2(N)(PxD)
3
(s)(h)(cos θ) (1) The vessel is permitted to trim free until the trimming moment
HA = ──────────── is zero; or
KΔ
where– (2) The vessel does not trim as it heels.

HA = heeling arm.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

389
 Part 197–General Provisions
Table Of Contents 197.484 Notice Of Casualty.
197.486 Written Report Of Casualty.
Subpart A [Reserved] 197.488 Retention Of Records After Casualty.

Subpart B–Commercial Diving Operations Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1509; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306,
3703, 6101; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No.
GENERAL 0170.1. [SOURCE: CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978,
unless otherwise Noted.]
197.200 Purpose Of Subpart.
197.202 Applicability. Subpart B–Commercial Diving Operations
197.203 Right Of Appeal.
197.204 Definitions. GENERAL
197.205 Availability Of Standards.
197.206 Substitutes For Required Equipment, Materials, §197.200 Purpose Of Subpart.
Apparatus, Arrangements, Procedures, Or Tests. This subpart prescribes rules for the design, construction, and use

S
197.208 Designation Of Person-In-Charge. of equipment, and inspection, operation, and safety and health
197.210 Designation Of Diving Supervisor. standards for commercial diving operations taking place from
vessels and facilities under Coast Guard jurisdiction.

N
EQUIPMENT
§197.202 Applicability.
197.300 Applicability. (a) This subpart applies to commercial diving operations taking

IO
197.310 Air Compressor System. place at any deepwater port or the safety zone thereof as defined
197.312 Breathing Supply Hoses. in 33 CFR part 150; from any artificial island, installation, or other
197.314 First Aid And Treatment Equipment. device on the Outer Continental Shelf and the waters adjacent
197.318 Gages And Timekeeping Devices. thereto as defined in 33 CFR part 147 or otherwise related to

T
197.320 Diving Ladder And Stage. activities on the Outer Continental Shelf; and from all vessels
197.322 Surface-Supplied Helmets And Masks. required to have a certificate of inspection issued by the Coast
197.324 Diver's Safety Harness. Guard including mobile offshore drilling units regardless of their
197.326
197.328
197.330
Oxygen Safety.
PVHO–General.
PVHO–Closed Bells.
A geographic location, or from any vessel connected with a
deepwater port or within the deepwater port safety zone, or from
any vessel engaged in activities related to the Outer Continental
C
197.332 PVHO–Decompression Chambers. Shelf; except that this subpart does not apply to any diving
197.334 Open Diving Bells. operation–
197.336 Pressure Piping.
LI

197.338 Compressed Gas Cylinders. (1) Performed solely for marine scientific research and
197.340 Breathing Gas Supply. development purposes by educational institutions;
197.342 Buoyancy-Changing Devices.
197.344 Inflatable Flotation Devices.
B

(2) Performed solely for research and development for the

197.346 Diver's Equipment. advancement of diving equipment and technology; or

OPERATIONS
U

(3) Performed solely for search and rescue or related public

safety purposes by or under the control of a governmental
197.400 Applicability. agency.
197.402 Responsibilities Of The Person-In-Charge.
.P

197.404 Responsibilities Of The Diving Supervisor. (b) Diving operations may deviate from the requirements of this
197.410 Dive Procedures. subpart to the extent necessary to prevent or minimize a situation
197.420 Operations Manual. which is likely to cause death, injury, or major environmental
damage. The circumstances leading to the situation, the
SPECIFIC DIVING MODE PROCEDURES deviations made, and the corrective action taken, if appropriate, to
.G

reduce the possibility of recurrence shall be recorded by the

197.430 SCUBA Diving. diving supervisor in the logbook as required by §197.482(c).
197.432 Surface-Supplied Air Diving.
197.434 Surface-Supplied Mixed Gas Diving. §197.203 Right Of Appeal.
C

197.436 Liveboating. Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
PERIODIC TESTS AND INSPECTIONS OF DIVING therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
EQUIPMENT
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50382, Dec. 6, 1989]
197.450 Breathing Gas Tests.
197.452 Oxygen Cleaning. §197.204 Definitions.
197.454 First Aid And Treatment Equipment. As used in this subpart:
197.456 Breathing Supply Hoses.
197.458 Gages And Timekeeping Devices. ACFM means actual cubic feet per minute.
197.460 Diving Equipment.
197.462 Pressure Vessels And Pressure Piping. ANSI Code1 means the B31.1 American National Standards
Institute "Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping."
RECORDS
ASME Code means the American Society of Mechanical
197.480 Logbooks. Engineers "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code."
197.482 Logbook Entries.

390
ASME PVHO-1 means the ANSI/ASME standard "Safety
Standard for Pressure Vessels for Human Occupancy."
ATA means a measure of pressure expressed in terms of
atmosphere absolute (includes barometric pressure).
Bell means a compartment either at ambient pressure (open bell)
or pressurized (closed bell) that allows the diver to be transported
to and from the underwater work site, allows the diver access to
the surrounding environment, and is capable of being used as a
refuge during diving operations.
Bottom time means the total elapsed time measured in minutes
from the time the diver leaves the surface in descent to the time to
the next whole minute that the diver begins ascent.
Breathing gas/breathing mixture means the mixed-gas,
oxygen, or air as appropriate supplied to the diver for breathing.
Bursting pressure means the pressure at which a pressure
containment device would fail structurally.
Commercial diver means a diver engaged in underwater work
for hire excluding sport and recreational diving and the instruction
thereof.
Commercial diving operation means all activities in support of a
commercial diver.
Cylinder means a pressure vessel for the storage of gases under
pressure.
Decompression chamber means a pressure vessel for human
occupancy such as a surface decompression chamber, closed
C
bell, or deep diving system especially equipped to recompress,
decompress, and treat divers.
LI
Decompression sickness means a condition caused by the
formation of gas or gas bubbles in the blood or body tissue as a
result of pressure reduction.
B
Decompression table means a profile or set of profiles of ascent
rates and breathing mixtures designed to reduce the pressure on
a diver safely to atmospheric pressure after the diver has been
U
exposed to a specific depth and bottom time.
Depth means the maximum pressure expressed in feet of
.P
seawater attained by a diver and is used to express the depth of a
dive.
Dive location means that portion of a vessel or facility from which
a diving operation is conducted.
.G
Dive team means the divers and diver support personnel involved
in a diving operation, including the diving supervisor.
Diver means a person working beneath the surface, exposed to
C
hyperbaric conditions, and using underwater breathing apparatus.
Diver-carried reserve breathing gas means a supply of air or
mixed-gas, as appropriate, carried by the diver in addition to the
primary or secondary breathing gas supplied to the diver.
Diving installation means all of the equipment used in support of
a commercial diving operation.
Diving mode means a type of diving requiring SCUBA, surface-
supplied air, or surface-supplied mixed-gas equipment, with
related procedures and techniques.
Diving stage means a suspended platform constructed to carry
one or more divers and used for putting divers into the water and
bringing them to the surface when in-water decompression or a
heavy-weight diving outfit is used.
391
Diving supervisor means the person having complete
responsibility for the safety of a commercial diving operation
including the responsibility for the safety and health of all diving
personnel in accordance with this subpart.
Facility means a deepwater port, or an artificial island,
installation, or other device on the Outer Continental Shelf subject
to Coast Guard jurisdiction.
Fsw means feet of seawater (or equivalent static pressure head).
Gas embolism means a condition caused by expanding gases,
which have been taken into and retained in the lungs while
breathing under pressure, being forced into the bloodstream or
other tissues during ascent or decompression.
Heavy-weight diving outfit means diver-worn surface-supplied
deep-sea dress.
S
Hyperbaric conditions means pressure conditions in excess of
surface atmospheric pressure.
N
Injurious corrosion means an advanced state of corrosion which
may impair the structural integrity or safe operation of the
IO
equipment.
Liveboating means the support of a surfaced-supplied diver from
a vessel underway.
T
Maximum working pressure means the maximum pressure to
which a pressure containment device can be exposed under
operating conditions (usually the pressure setting of the pressure
A relief device).
No-decompression limits means the air depth and bottom time
limits of appendix A.
Pressure vessel means a container capable of withstanding an
internal maximum working pressure over 15 psig.
Psi(g) means pounds per square inch (gage).
PVHO means pressure vessel for human occupancy but does not
include pressure vessels for human occupancy that may be
subjected to external pressures in excess of 15 psig but can only
be subjected to maximum internal pressures of 15 psig or less
(i.e., submersibles, or one atmosphere observation bells).
Saturation diving means saturating a diver's tissues with the
inert gas in the breathing mixture to allow an extension of bottom
time without additional decompression.
SCUBA diving means a diving mode in which the diver is
supplied with a compressed breathing mixture from diver carried
equipment.
Standby diver means a diver at the dive location available to
assist a diver in the water.
Surface-supplied air diving means a diving mode in which the
diver is supplied from the dive location or bell with compressed
breathing air including oxygen or oxygen enriched air if supplied
for treatment.
Surface-supplied mixed-gas diving means a diving mode in
which the diver is supplied from the dive location or bell with a
compressed breathing mixture other than air.
Timekeeping device means a device for measuring the time of a
dive in minutes.
Treatment table means a depth, time, and breathing gas profile
designed to treat a diver for decompression sickness.
Umbilical means the hose bundle between a dive location and a
diver or bell, or between a diver and a bell, that supplies the diver
or bell with a life-line, breathing gas, communications, power, and
heat as appropriate to the diving mode or conditions.
Vessel means any waterborne craft including mobile offshore
drilling units required to have a Certificate of Inspection issued by
the Coast Guard or any waterborne craft connected with a
deepwater port or within the deepwater port safety zone, or any
waterborne craft engaged in activities related to the Outer
Continental Shelf.
Volume tank means a pressure vessel connected to the outlet of
a compressor and used as an air reservoir.
Working pressure means the pressure to which a pressure
containment device is exposed at any particular instant during
normal operating conditions.
§197.205 Availability Of Standards.
(a) Several standards have been incorporated by reference in this
subchapter. The incorporation by reference has been approved
by the Director of the Federal Register under the provisions of 1
CFR part 51.
(b) The standards are available from the appropriate
organizations whose addresses are listed below:
(1) American National Standards Institute, 11 West 42nd Street,
New York, NY 10036.
(2) American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United
Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017.
A pressure boundaries as required by §197.462;
C
[CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978, as amended by CGD
96-041, 61 FR 50735, Sept. 27, 1996]
LI
§197.206 Substitutes For Required Equipment, Materials,
Apparatus, Arrangements, Procedures, Or Tests.
(a) The Coast Guard may accept substitutes for equipment,
materials, apparatus, arrangements, procedures, or tests required
B
in this subpart if the substitute provides an equivalent level of
safety.
U
(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the
Commandant that the use of any particular equipment, material,
apparatus, arrangement, procedure, or test is unreasonable or
.P
impracticable, the Commandant may permit the use of alternate
equipment, material, apparatus, arrangement, procedure, or test
to such an extent and upon such condition as will insure, to his
satisfaction, a degree of safety consistent with the minimum
standards set forth in this subpart.
.G
§197.208 Designation Of Person-In-Charge.
(a) The owner or agent of a vessel or facility without a designated
master shall designate, in writing, an individual to be the person-
in-charge of the vessel or facility.
C
(b) Where a master is designated, the master is the person-in-
charge.
§197.210 Designation Of Diving Supervisor.
The name of the diving supervisor for each commercial diving
operation shall be–
(a) Designated in writing; and
(b) Given to the person-in-charge prior to the commencement of
any commercial diving operation.
EQUIPMENT
§197.300 Applicability.
392
(a) Each diving installation used on each vessel or facility subject
to this subpart must meet the requirements of this subpart.
(b) In addition to the requirements of this subpart, equipment
which is permanently installed on vessels and is part of the diving
installation must meet Subchapters F and J of this chapter.
(c) All repairs and modifications to pressure vessels used for
commercial diving operations must be made in accordance with
the requirements of section VIII, division 1 or division 2 of the
ASME Code, ASME PVHO-1, part 54 of this chapter, or 49 CFR
173.34, as applicable.
(d) All repairs and modifications to pressure piping used for
commercial diving operations must be made in accordance with
the requirements of the ANSI Code or part 56 of this chapter, as
applicable.
§197.310 Air Compressor System.
S
A compressor used to supply breathing air to a diver must have–
N
(a) A volume tank that is–
(1) Built and stamped in accordance with section VIII, division 1 of
IO
the ASME Code with–
(1)(i) A check valve on the inlet side;
(1)(ii) A pressure gage;
(1)(iii) A relief valve; and
T
(1)(iv) A drain valve; and
(2) Tested after every repair, modification, or alteration to the
(b) Intakes that are located away from areas containing exhaust
fumes of internal combustion engines or other hazardous
contaminants;
(c) An efficient filtration system; and
(d) Slow-opening shut-off valves when the maximum allowable
working pressure of the system exceeds 500 psig.
§197.312 Breathing Supply Hoses.
(a) Each breathing supply hose must–
(1) Have a maximum working pressure that is equal to or
exceeds–
(1)(i) The maximum working pressure of the section of the
breathing supply system in which used; and
(1)(ii) The pressure equivalent of the maximum depth of the dive
relative to the supply source plus 100 psig;
(2) Have a bursting pressure of four times its maximum working
pressure;
(3) Have connectors that–
(3)(i) Are made of corrosion-resistant material;
(3)(ii) Are resistant to accidental disengagement; and
(3)(iii) Have a maximum working pressure that is at least equal to
the maximum working pressure of the hose to which they are
attached; and
(4) Resist kinking by–
(4)(i) Being made of kink-resistant materials; or
(4)(ii) Having exterior support.
(b) Each umbilical must–
(1) Meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section; and
(2) Be marked from the diver or open bell end in 10-foot intervals
to 100 feet and in 50-foot intervals thereafter.
§197.314 First Aid And Treatment Equipment.
(a) Each dive location must have–
(1) A medical kit approved by a physician that consists of–
(1)(i) Basic first aid supplies; and
(1)(ii) Any additional supplies necessary to treat minor trauma and
illnesses resulting from hyperbaric exposure;
(2) A copy of an American Red Cross Standard First Aid
handbook;
(3) A bag-type manual resuscitator with transparent mask and
tubing; and
(4) A capability to remove an injured diver from the water.
(b) Each diving installation must have a two-way communications
system to obtain emergency assistance except when the vessel
or facility ship-to-shore, two-way communications system is
readily available.
(c) Each dive location supporting mixed-gas dives, dives deeper
than 130 fsw, or dives outside the no-decompression limits must
meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and have–
A (1) Ventilate at least 4.5 ACFM at any depth at which it is
C
(1) A decompression chamber;
(2) Decompression and treatment tables;
LI
(3) A supply of breathing gases sufficient to treat for
decompression sickness;
B
(4) The medical kit required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section
that is–
U
(4)(i) Capable of being carried into the decompression chamber;
and
.P
(4)(ii) Suitable for use under hyperbaric conditions; and
(5) A capability to assist an injured diver into the decompression
chamber.
.G
§197.318 Gages And Timekeeping Devices.
(a) A gage indicating diver depth must be at each dive location for
surface-supplied dives.
(b) A timekeeping device must be at each dive location.
C
§197.320 Diving Ladder And Stage.
(a) Each diving ladder must–
(1) Be capable of supporting the weight of at least two divers;
(2) Extend 3 feet below the water surface;
(3) Be firmly in place;
(4) Be available at the dive location for a diver to enter or exit the
water unless a diving stage or bell is provided; and
(5) Be–(i) Made of corrosion-resistant material; or
(5)(ii) Protected against and maintained free from injurious
corrosion.
393
(b) Each diving stage must–
(1) Be capable of supporting the weight of at least two divers;
(2) Have an open-grating platform;
(3) Be available for a diver to enter or exit the water from the dive
location and for in-water decompression if the diver is–
(3)(i) Wearing a heavy-weight diving outfit; or
(3)(ii) Diving outside the no-decompression limits, except when a
bell is provided; and
(4) Be–(i) Made of corrosion-resistant material; or
(4)(ii) Protected against and maintained free from injurious
corrosion.
S
§197.322 Surface-Supplied Helmets And Masks.
(a) Each surface-supplied helmet or mask must have–
N
(1) A nonreturn valve at the attachment point between helmet or
mask and umbilical that closes readily and positively;
IO
(2) An exhaust valve; and
(3) A two-way voice communication system between the diver
and the dive location or bell.
T
(b) Each surface-supplied air helmet or mask must–
operated; or
(2) Be able to maintain the diver's inspired carbon dioxide partial
pressure below 0.02 ATA when the diver is producing carbon
dioxide at the rate of 1.6 standard liters per minute.
§197.324 Diver's Safety Harness.
Each safety harness used in surface-supplied diving must have–
(a) A positive buckling device; and
(b) An attachment point for the umbilical life line that–
(1) Distributes the pulling force of the umbilical over the diver's
body; and
(2) Prevents strain on the mask or helmet.
§197.326 Oxygen Safety.
(a) Equipment used with oxygen or oxygen mixtures greater than
40 percent by volume must be designed for such use.
(b) Oxygen systems with pressures greater than 125 psig must
have slow-opening shut-off valves except pressure boundary
shut-off valves may be ball valves.
§197.328 PVHO–General.
(a) Each PVHO, contracted for or purchased after February 1,
1979, must be built and stamped in accordance with ASME
PVHO-1.
(b) Each PVHO, contracted for or constructed before February 1,
1979, and not Coast Guard approved, must be submitted to the
Coast Guard for approval prior to February 1, 1984.
(c) To be approved under paragraph (b), a PVHO must be–
(1) Constructed in accordance with part 54 of this chapter; or–
(2) Be built in accordance with section VIII, division 1 or division 2
of the ASME Code; and–
(2)(i) Have the plans approved in accordance with §54.01-18 of
this chapter;
(2)(ii) Pass the radiographic and other survey tests of welded
joints required by section VIII, division 1 or division 2, as
appropriate, of the ASME Code; and
(2)(iii) Pass–(A) The hydrostatic test described in §54.10-10 of
this chapter; or
(2)(iii)(B) The pneumatic test described in §54.10-15 of this
chapter and such additional tests as the Officer-in-Charge, Marine
Inspection (OCMI) may require.
(d) Each PVHO must–
(1) Have a shut-off valve located within 1 foot of the pressure
boundary on all piping penetrating the pressure boundary;
(2) Have a check valve located within 1 foot of the pressure
boundary on all piping exclusively carrying fluids into the PVHO;
(3) Have the pressure relief device required by ASME PVHO-1;
(4) Have a built-in breathing system with at least one mask per
occupant stored inside each separately pressurized compartment;
(5) Have a two-way voice communications system allowing
communications between an occupant in one pressurized
compartment of the PVHO and–
(5)(i) The diving supervisor at the dive location;
(5)(ii) Any divers being supported from the same PVHO; and
C
(5)(iii) Occupants of other separately pressurized compartments
of the same PVHO;
LI
(6) If designed to mechanically couple to another PVHO, have a
two-way communications system allowing communications
between occupants of each PVHO when mechanically coupled;
B
(7) Have a pressure gage in the interior of each compartment that
is–
U
(7)(i) Designed for human occupancy; and
.P
(7)(ii) Capable of having the compartment pressure controlled
from inside the PVHO;
(8) Have viewports that allow observation of occupants from the
outside;
.G
(9) Have viewports that meet the requirements of ASME PVHO-1
except those PVHO's approved under paragraph (b) of this
section which have nonacrylic viewports;
C
(10) Have means of illumination sufficient to allow an occupant
to–
(10)(i) Read gages; and
(10)(ii) Operate the installed systems within each compartment;
(11) Be designed and equipped to minimize sources of
combustible materials and ignition;
(12) Have a protective device on the inlet side of PVHO exhaust
lines;
(13) Have a means of extinguishing a fire in the interior;
394
(14) Have a means of maintaining the oxygen content of the
interior atmosphere below 25 percent surface equivalent by
volume when pressurized with air as the breathing mixture;
(15) Have a means of maintaining the interior atmosphere below
2 percent surface equivalent carbon dioxide by volume;
(16) Have a means of overriding and controlling from the exterior
all interior breathing and pressure supply controls;
(17) Have a speech unscrambler when used with mixed-gas;
(18) Have interior electrical systems that are designed for the
environment in which they will operate to minimize the risk of fire,
electrical shock to personnel, and galvanic action of the PVHO;
and
(19) Be tested after every repair, modification, or alteration to the
pressure boundaries as required by §197.462.
S
§197.330 PVHO–Closed Bells.
N
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
closed bell must meet the requirements of §197.328 and–
IO
(1) Have underwater breathing apparatus for each occupant
stored inside each separately pressurized compartment;
(2) Have an umbilical;
T
(3) Have lifting equipment attached to the closed bell capable of
returning the occupied closed bell when fully flooded to the dive
location;
A (4) Be capable of recompressing on the surface to the maximum
design diving depth;
(5) Be constructed and equipped as required by §197.332;
(6) Have an emergency locating device designed to assist
personnel on the surface in acquiring and maintaining contact
with the submerged PVHO if the umbilical to the surface is
severed;
(7) Have a capability to remove an injured diver from the water;
and
(8) Have a life support capability for the intact closed bell and its
occupants for–
(8)(i) Twelve hours after an accident severing the umbilical to the
surface when the umbilical to the surface is the only installed
means of retrieving the closed bell; or
(8)(ii) A period of time, at least equal to 1 hour plus twice the time
required to retrieve the bell from its designed operating depth and
attach an auxiliary lifesupport system, after an accident severing
the umbilical to the surface when the umbilical is one of the two
independent installed means of retrieving the closed bell, each
meeting the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(b) A closed bell that does not meet the requirements of
paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(4), and (a)(5) of this section, must be
capable of attachment to another PVHO that–
(1) Allows the transfer of personnel and diver's equipment under
pressure from the closed bell to the PVHO;
(2) Meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section;
(3) Is capable of attachment to a decompression chamber
meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this
section; and
(4) Allows the transfer of personnel and diver's equipment under
pressure from the PVHO to the decompression chamber.
§197.332 PVHO–Decompression Chambers.
Each decompression chamber must–
(a) Meet the requirements of §197.328;
(b) Have internal dimensions sufficient to accommodate a diver
lying in a horizontal position and another person tending the diver;
(c) Have a capability for ingress and egress of personnel and
equipment while the occupants are under pressure;
(d) Have a means of operating all installed man-way locking
devices, except disabled shipping dogs, from both sides of a
closed hatch;
(e) Have interior illumination sufficient to allow visual observation,
diagnosis, and medical treatment of an occupant.
(f) Have one bunk for each two occupants;
(g) Have a capability that allows bunks to be seen over their entire
lengths from the exterior;
(h) Have a minimum pressure capability of–
(1) 6 ATA, when used for diving to 300 fsw; or
(2) The maximum depth of the dive, when used for diving
operations deeper than 300 fsw, unless a closed bell meeting the
requirements of §197.330(a)(3), (4), and (5) is used;
A (3) The decompression chamber, when required by
C
(i) Have a minimum pressurization rate of 2 ATA per minute to 60
fsw and at least 1 ATA per minute thereafter;
LI
(j) Have a decompression rate of 1 ATA per minute to 33 fsw;
(k) Have an external pressure gage for each pressurized
compartment;
B
(l) Have a capability to supply breathing mixtures at the maximum
rate required by each occupant doing heavy work; and
U
(m) Have a sound-powered headset or telephone as a backup to
the communications system required by §197.328(c)(5) and (6),
.P
except when that communications system is a sound-powered
system.
§197.334 Open Diving Bells.
Each open diving bell must–
.G
(a) Have an upper section that provides an envelope capable of
maintaining a bubble of breathing mixture available to a diver
standing on the lower section of the platform with his body
through the open bottom and his head in the bubble;
C
(b) Have lifting equipment capable of returning the occupied open
bell to the dive location;
(c) Have an umbilical; and
(d) Be–(1) Made of corrosion-resisting material; or
(2) Protected against and maintained free from injurious
corrosion.
§197.336 Pressure Piping.
Piping systems that are not an integral part of the vessel or
facility, carrying fluids under pressures exceeding 15 psig must–
(a) Meet the ANSI Code;
395
(b) Have the point of connection to the integral piping system of
the vessel or facility clearly marked; and
(c) Be tested after every repair, modification, or alteration to the
pressure boundaries as set forth in §197.462.
§197.338 Compressed Gas Cylinders.
Each compressed gas cylinder must–
(a) Be stored in a ventilated area;
(b) Be protected from excessive heat;
(c) Be prevented from falling;
(d) Be tested after any repair, modification, or alteration to the
pressure boundaries as set forth in §197.462; and
(e) Meet the requirements of–
S
(1) Part 54 of this chapter; or
N
(2) 49 CFR 173.34 and 49 CFR part 178, subpart C.
IO
§197.340 Breathing Gas Supply.
(a) A primary breathing gas supply for surface-supplied diving
must be sufficient to support the following for the duration of the
planned dive:
T
(1) The diver.
(2) The standby diver.
§197.432(e)(2) or by §197.434(a) for the duration of the dive and
for one hour after completion of the planned dive.
(4) A decompression chamber when provided but not required by
this subpart.
(5) A closed bell when provided or required by §197.434(d).
(6) An open bell when provided or required by §197.432(e)(4) or
by §197.434(c).
(b) A secondary breathing gas supply for surface-supplied diving
must be sufficient to support the following:
(1) The diver while returning to the surface.
(2) The diver during decompression.
(3) The standby diver.
(4) The decompression chamber when required by
§197.432(e)(2) or by §197.434(a) for the duration of the dive and
one hour after the completion of the planned dive.
(5) The closed bell while returning the diver to the surface.
(6) The open bell while returning the diver to the surface.
(c) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply for surface-
supplied diving must be sufficient to allow the diver to–
(1) Reach the surface.
(2) Reach another source of breathing gas; or
(3) Be reached by a standby diver equipped with another source
of breathing gas for the diver.
(d) A primary breathing gas supply for SCUBA diving must be
sufficient to support the diver for the duration of the planned dive
through his return to the dive location or planned pick-up point.
(e) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply for SCUBA diving
must be sufficient to allow the diver to return to the dive location
or planned pick-up point from the greatest depth of the planned
dive.
(f) Oxygen used for breathing mixtures must–
(1) Meet the requirements of Federal Specification BB-0-925a;
and
(2) Be type 1 (gaseous) grade A or B.
(g) Nitrogen used for breathing mixtures must–
(1) Meet the requirements of Federal Specification BB-N-411c;
(2) Be type 1 (gaseous);
(3) Be class 1 (oil free); and
(4) Be grade A, B, or C.
(h) Helium used for breathing mixtures must be grades A, B, or C
produced by the Federal Government, or equivalent.
(i) Compressed air used for breathing mixtures must–
(1) Be 20 to 22 percent oxygen by volume;
(2) Have no objectionable odor; and
A (3) Have a hose group consisting of the breathing gas hose and
C
(3) Have no more than–
(3)(i) 1,000 parts per million of carbon dioxide;
LI
(3)(ii) 20 parts per million carbon monoxide;
(3)(iii) 5 milligrams per cubic meter of solid and liquid particulates
B
including oil; and
(3)(iv) 25 parts per million of hydrocarbons (includes methane and
U
all other hydrocarbons expressed as methane).
§197.342 Buoyancy-Changing Devices.
.P
(a) A dry suit or other buoyancy-changing device not directly
connected to the exhaust valve of the helmet or mask must have
an independent exhaust valve.
(b) When used for SCUBA diving, a buoyancy-changing device
.G
must have an inflation source separate from the breathing gas
supply.
§197.344 Inflatable Floatation Devices.
An inflatable floatation device for SCUBA diving must–
C
(a) Be capable of maintaining the diver at the surface in a faceup
position;
(b) Have a manually activated inflation device;
(c) Have an oral inflation device;
(d) Have an over-pressure relief device; and
(e) Have a manually operated exhaust valve.
§197.346 Diver's Equipment.
(a) Each diver using SCUBA must have–
(1) Self-contained underwater breathing equipment including–
396
(1)(i) A primary breathing gas supply with a cylinder pressure
gage readable by the diver during the dive; and
(1)(ii) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply provided by–
(1)(ii)(A) A manual reserve (J valve); or
(1)(ii)(B) An independent reserve cylinder connected and ready
for use;
(2) A face mask;
(3) An inflatable floatation device;
(4) A weight belt capable of quick release;
(5) A knife;
(6) Swim fins or shoes;
S
(7) A diving wristwatch; and
N
(8) A depth gage.
IO
(b) Each diver using a heavyweight diving outfit must–
(1) Have a helmet group consisting of helmet, breastplate, and
associated valves and connections;
T
(2) Have a diving dress group consisting of a basic dress that
encloses the body (except for head and hands) in a tough,
waterproof cover, gloves, shoes, weight assembly, and knife;
fittings, the control valve, the lifeline, communications cable, and
a pneumofathometer; and
(4) Be provided with a helmet cushion and weighted shoes.
(c) Each surface-supplied dive operation using a heavyweight
diving outfit must have an extra breathing gas hose with attaching
tools available to the standby diver.
(d) Each diver using a lightweight diving outfit must have–
(1) A safety harness;
(2) A weight assembly capable of quick release;
(3) A mask group consisting of a lightweight mask and associated
valves and connections;
(4) A diving dress group consisting of wet or dry diving dress,
gloves, shoes or fins, and knife; and
(5) A hose group consisting of the breathing gas hose and fittings,
the control valve, the lifeline, communications cable, and a
pneumofathometer (if the breaking strength of the
communications cable is at least equal to that required for the
lifeline, the communications cable can serve as the lifeline).
(e) Each surface-supplied air dive operation within the no-
decompression limits and to depths of 130 fsw or less must have
a primary breathing gas supply at the dive location.
(f) Each surface-supplied dive operation outside the no-
compression limits, deeper than 130 fsw, or using mixed-gas as a
breathing mixture must have at the dive location–
(1) A primary breathing gas supply; and
(2) A secondary breathing gas supply.
(g) Each diver diving outside the no-decompression limits, deeper
than 130 fsw, or using mixed-gas must have a diver-carried
reserve breathing gas supply except when using a heavy-weight
diving outfit or when diving in a physically confining area.
Operations
§197.400 Applicability.
Diving operations may only be conducted from a vessel or facility
subject to the subpart if the regulations in this subpart are met.
§197.402 Responsibilities Of The Person-In-Charge.
(a) The person-in-charge shall–
(1) Be fully cognizant of the provisions of this subpart;
(2) Prior to permitting any commercial diving operation to
commence, have–
(2)(i) The designation of the diving supervisor for each diving
operation as required by §197.210;
(2)(ii) A report on–
(2)(ii)(A) The nature and planned times of the planned diving
operation; and
(2)(ii)(B) The planned involvement of the vessel or facility, its
equipment, and its personnel in the diving operation.
(b) Prior to permitting any commerical diving operation involving
liveboating to commence, the person-in-charge shall insure that–
(1) A means of rapid communications with the diving supervisor
C
while the diver is entering, in, or leaving the water is established;
and
LI
(2) A boat and crew for diver pickup in the event of an emergency
is provided.
(c) The person-in-charge shall insure that a boat and crew for
B
SCUBA diver pickup is provided when SCUBA divers are not line-
tended from the dive location.
U
(d) The person-in-charge shall coordinate the activities on and of
the vessel or facility with the diving supervisor.
.P
(e) The person-in-charge shall insure that the vessel or facility
equipment and personnel are kept clear of the dive location
except after coordinating with the diving supervisor.
§197.404 Responsibilities Of The Diving Supervisor.
.G
(a) The diving supervisor shall–
(1) Be fully cognizant of the provisions of this subpart;
(2) Be fully cognizant of the provisions of the operations manual
C
required by §197.420;
(3) Insure that diving operations conducted from a vessel or
facility subject to this subpart meet the regulations in this subpart;
(4) Prior to the commencement of any commercial diving
operation, provide the report required by §197.402 to the person-
in-charge;
(5) Coordinate with the person-in-charge any changes that are
made to the report required by §197.402; and
(6) Promptly notify the person-in-charge of any diving related
casualty, accident, or injury.
(b) The diving supervisor is in charge of the planning and
397
execution of the diving operation including the responsibility for
the safety and health of the dive team.
§197.410 Dive Procedures.
(a) The diving supervisor shall insure that–
(1) Before commencing diving operations, dive team members
are briefed on–
(1)(i) The tasks to be undertaken;
(1)(ii) Any unusual hazards or environmental conditions likely to
affect the safety of the diving operation; and
(1)(iii) Any modifications to the operations manual or procedures
including safety procedures necessitated by the specific diving
operation;
(2) The breathing gas supply systems, masks, helmets, thermal
S
protection, when provided, and bell lifting equipment, when a bell
is provided or required, are inspected prior to each diving
N
operation;
(3) Each diver is instructed to report any physical problems or
IO
physiological effects including aches, pains, current illnesses, or
symptoms of decompression sickness prior to each dive;
(4) A depth, bottom time profile, including any breathing mixture
changes, is maintained at the dive location for each diver during
T
the dive, except that SCUBA divers shall maintain their own
profiles;
A (5) A two-way voice communication system is used between–
(5)(i) Each surface-supplied diver and a dive team member at the
dive location or bell (when provided); and
(5)(ii) The bell (when provided) and the dive location;
(6) A two-way communication system is available at the dive
location to obtain emergency assistance;
(7) After the completion of each dive–
(7)(i) The physical condition of the diver is checked by–
(7)(i)(A) Visual observation; and
(7)(i)(B) Questioning the diver about his physical well-being;
(7)(ii) The diver is instructed to report any physical problems or
adverse physiological effects including aches, pains, current
illnesses, or symptoms of decompression sickness or gas
embolism;
(7)(iii) The diver is advised of the location of an operational
decompression chamber; and
(7)(iv) The diver is alerted to the potential hazards of flying after
diving;
(8) For any dive outside the no-decompression limits, deeper than
130 fsw, or using mixed-gas as a breathing mixture–
(8)(i) A depth, time, decompression profile including breathing
mixture changes is maintained for each diver at the dive location;
(8)(ii) The diver is instructed to remain awake and in the vicinity of
the dive location decompression chamber for at least one hour
after the completion of a dive, decompression, or treatment; and
(8)(iii) A dive team member, other than the diver, is trained and
available to operate the decompression chamber; and
(9) When decompression sickness or gas embolism is suspected
or symptoms are evident, a report is completed containing–
(9)(i) The investigation for each incident including–
(9)(i)(A) The dive and decompression profiles;
(9)(i)(B) The composition, depth, and time of breathing mixture
changes;
(9)(i)(C) A description of the symptoms including depth and time
of onset; and
(9)(i)(D) A description and results of the treatment;
(9)(ii) The evaluation for each incident based on–
(9)(ii)(A) The investigation;
(9)(ii)(B) Consideration of the past performance of
decompression table used; and
(9)(ii)(C) Individual susceptibility; and
(9)(iii) The corrective action taken, if necessary, to reduce the
probability of recurrence.
(b) The diving supervisor shall ensure that the working interval of
a dive is terminated when he so directs or when–
(1) A diver requests termination;
(2) A diver fails to respond correctly to communications or signals
from a dive team member;
(3) Communications are lost and can not be quickly reestablished
between–
LI
(3)(i) The diver and a dive team member at the dive location; or
(3)(ii) The person-in-charge and the diving supervisor during
B
liveboating operations; or
(4) A diver begins to use his diver-carried reserve breathing gas
U
supply.
§197.420 Operations Manual.
.P
(a) The diving supervisor shall–
(1) Provide an operations manual to the person-in-charge prior to
commencement of any diving operation; and
.G
(2) Make an operations manual available at the dive location to all
members of the dive team.
(b) The operations manual must be modified in writing when
adaptation is required because of–
C
(1) The configuration or operation of the vessel or facility; or
(2) The specific diving operation as planned.
(c) The operations manual must provide for the safety and health
of the divers.
(d) The operations manual must contain the following:
(1) Safety procedures and checklists for each diving mode used.
(2) Assignments and responsibilities of each dive team member
for each diving mode used.
(3) Equipment procedures and checklists for each diving mode
used.
(4) Emergency procedures for–
(4)(i) Fire;
(4)(ii) Equipment failure;
(4)(iii) Adverse environmental conditions including, but not limited
to, weather and sea state;
(4)(iv) Medical illness; and
(4)(v) Treatment of injury.
(5) Procedures dealing with the use of–
(5)(i) Hand-held power tools;
(5)(ii) Welding and burning equipment; and
S
the (5)(iii) Explosives.
N
Specific Diving Mode Procedures
§197.430 SCUBA Diving.
IO
The diving supervisor shall insure that–
(a) SCUBA diving is not conducted–
(1) Outside the no-decompression limits;
T
(2) At depths greater than 130 fsw;
A (3) Against currents greater than one (1) knot unless line-tended;
and
C
(4) If a diver cannot directly ascend to the surface unless line-
tended;
(b) The SCUBA diver has the equipment required by §197.346(a);
(c) A standby diver is available while a diver is in the water;
(d) A diver is line-tended from the surface or accompanied by
another diver in the water in continuous visual contact during the
diving operation;
(e) When a diver is in a physically confining space, another diver
is stationed at the underwater point of entry and is line-tending the
diver; and
(f) A boat is available for diver pickup when the divers are not line-
tended from the dive location.
§197.432 Surface-Supplied Air Diving.
The diving supervisor shall insure that–
(a) Surface-supplied air diving is conducted at depths less than
190 fsw, except that dives with bottom times of 30 minutes or less
may be conducted to depths of 220 fsw;
(b) Each diving operation has a primary breathing gas supply;
(c) Each diver is continuously tended while in the water;
(d) When a diver is in a physically confining space, another diver
is stationed at the underwater point of entry and is line-tending the
diver;
(e) For dives deeper than 130 fsw or outside the no-
decompression limits–
(1) Each diving operation has a secondary breathing gas supply;
(2) A decompression chamber is ready for use at the dive
398
location;
(3) A diving stage is used except when a bell is provided;
(4) A bell is used for dives with an in-water decompression time
greater than 120 minutes, except when the diver is using a heavy-
weight diving outfit or is diving in a physically confining space;
(5) A separate dive team member tends each diver in the water;
(6) A standby diver is available while a diver is in the water; and
(7) Each diver has a diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply
except when using a heavy-weight diving outfit or when diving in a
physically confining space; and
(f) The surface-supplied air diver has the equipment required by
§197.346(b) or (d).
§197.434 Surface-Supplied Mixed-Gas Diving.
The diving supervisor shall insure that–
(a) When mixed-gas diving is conducted, a decompression
chamber or a closed bell meeting the requirements of §197.332 is
ready for use at the dive location;
(b) A diving stage is used except when a bell is provided;
(c) A bell is used for dives deeper than 220 fsw or when the dive
involves in-water decompression times greater than 120 minutes,
except when the diver is using a heavy-weight diving outfit or is
diving in a physically confining space;
(d) A closed bell is used for dives at depths greater than 300 fsw,
C
except when diving is conducted in a physically confining space;
(e) A separate dive team member tends each diver in the water;
LI
(f) A standby diver is available during all nonsaturation dives;
(g) When saturation diving is conducted–
B
(1) A standby diver is available when the closed bell leaves the
dive location until the divers are in saturation; and
U
(2) A member of the dive team at the dive location is a diver able
to assist in the recovery of the closed bell or its occupants, if
.P
required;
(h) When closed bell operations are conducted, a diver is
available in the closed bell to assist a diver in the water;
.G
(i) When a diver is in a physically confining space, another diver is
stationed at the underwater point of entry and is line-tending the
diver;
(j) Each diving operation has a primary and secondary breathing
C
gas supply meeting the requirements of §197.340; and
(k) The surface-supplied mixed-gas diver has the equipment
required by §197.346(b) or (d).
§197.436 Liveboating.
(a) During liveboating operations, the person-in-charge shall
insure that–
(1) Diving is not conducted in seas that impede station-keeping
ability of the vessel;
(2) Liveboating operations are not conducted–
(2)(i) From 1 hour after sunset to 1 hour before sunrise; or
(2)(ii) During periods of restricted visibility;
399
(3) The propellers of the vessel are stopped before the diver
enters or exits the water; and
(4) A boat is ready to be launched with crew in the event of an
emergency.
(b) As used in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, restricted
visibility means any condition in which vessel navigational visibility
is restricted by fog, mist, falling snow, heavy rainstorms,
sandstorms or any other similar causes.
(c) During liveboating operations, the diving supervisor shall
insure that–
(1) Diving is not conducted at depths greater than 220 fsw;
(2) Diving is not conducted in seas that impede diver mobility or
work function;
S
(3) A means is used to prevent the diver's hose from entangling in
the propellers of the vessel;
N
(4) Each diver carries a reserve breathing gas supply;
IO
(5) A standby diver is available while a diver is in the water;
(6) Diving is not conducted with in-water decompression times
greater than 120 minutes; and
T
(7) The person-in-charge is notified before a diver enters or exits
the water.
A PERIODIC TESTS AND INSPECTIONS OF DIVING
EQUIPMENT
§197.450 Breathing Gas Tests.
The diving supervisor shall insure that–
(a) The output of each air compressor is tested and meets the
requirements of §197.340 for quality and quantity by means of
samples taken at the connection point to the distribution system–
(1) Every 6 months; and
(2) After every repair or modification.
(b) Purchased supplies of breathing mixtures supplied to a diver
are checked before being placed on line for–
(1) Certification that the supply meets the requirements of
§197.340; and
(2) Noxious or offensive odor and oxygen percentage;
(c) Each breathing supply system is checked, prior to
commencement of diving operations, at the umbilical or
underwater breathing apparatus connection point for the diver, for
noxious or offensive odor and presence of oil mist; and
(d) Each breathing supply system, supplying mixed-gas to a diver,
is checked, prior to commencement of diving operations, at the
umbilical or underwater breathing apparatus connection point for
the diver, for percentage of oxygen.
§197.452 Oxygen Cleaning.
The diving supervisor shall ensure that equipment used with
oxygen or oxygen mixtures greater than 40 percent by volume is
cleaned of flammable materials–
(a) Before being placed into service; and
(b) After any repair, alteration, modification, or suspected
contamination.
§197.454 First Aid And Treatment Equipment.
The diving supervisor shall ensure that medical kits are checked
monthly to insure that all required supplies are present.
§197.456 Breathing Supply Hoses.
(a) The diving supervisor shall insure that–
(1) Each breathing supply hose is pressure tested prior to being
placed into initial service and every 24 months thereafter to 1.5
times its maximum working pressure;
(2) Each breathing supply hose assembly, prior to being placed
into initial service and after any repair, modification, or alteration,
is tensile tested by–
(2)(i) Subjecting each hose-to-fitting connection to a 200 pound
axial load; and
(2)(ii) Passing a visual examination for evidence of separation,
slippage, or other damage to the assembly;
(3) Each breathing supply hose is periodically checked for–
(3)(i) Damage which is likely to affect pressure integrity; and
(3)(ii) Contamination which is likely to affect the purity of the
breathing mixture delivered to the diver; and
(4) The open ends of each breathing supply hose are taped,
capped, or plugged when not in use.
(b) To meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section,
each breathing supply hose must be–
A pressure shall be no less than 90 percent of the setting of the
C
(1) Carefully inspected before being shipped to the dive location;
(2) Visually checked during daily operation; and
LI
(3) Checked for noxious or offensive odor before each diving
operation.
B
§197.458 Gages And Timekeeping Devices.
The diving supervisor shall insure that–
U
(a) Each depth gage and timekeeping device is tested or
calibrated against a master reference gage or time- keeping
device every 6 months;
.P
(b) A depth gage is tested when a discrepancy exists in a depth
gage reading greater than 2 percent of full scale between any two
gages of similar range and calibration;
.G
(c) A timekeeping device is tested when a discrepancy exists in a
timekeeping device reading greater than one-quarter of a minute
in a 4-hour period between any two timekeeping devices; and
(d) Each depth gage and timekeeping device is inspected before
C
diving operations are begun.
§197.460 Diving Equipment.
The diving supervisor shall insure that the diving equipment
designated for use in a dive under §197.346 is inspected before
each dive.
§197.462 Pressure Vessels And Pressure Piping.
(a) The diving supervisor shall ensure that each pressure vessel,
including each volume tank, cylinder and PVHO, and each
pressure piping system is examined and tested as required by
this section and after any repair, modification or alteration to
determine that they are in satisfactory condition and fit for the
service intended.
(b) Pressure vessels and pressure piping shall be examined
annually for mechanical damage or deterioration. Any defect that
400
may impair the safety of the pressure vessel or piping shall be
repaired and pressure tested to the satisfaction of the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
(c) The following tests shall be conducted at least every three
years:
(1) All piping permanently installed on a PVHO shall be pressure
tested.
(2) PVHOs subject to internal pressure shall be leak tested at the
maximum allowable working pressure using the breathing mixture
normally used in service.
(3) Equivalent nondestructive testing may be conducted in lieu of
pressure testing. Proposals to use nondestructive testing in lieu of
pressure testing shall be submitted to the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection.
S
(d) Unless otherwise noted, pressure tests conducted in
accordance with this section shall be either hydrostatic tests or
N
pneumatic tests.
(1) When a hydrostatic test is conducted on a pressure vessel,
IO
the test pressure shall be no less than 1.25 times the maximum
allowable working pressure.
(2) When a pneumatic test is conducted on a pressure vessel, the
test pressure shall be the maximum allowable working pressure
T
stamped on the nameplate.
(3) When a pneumatic test is conducted on piping, the test
relief device.
(4) Pressure tests shall be conducted only after suitable
precautions are taken to protect personnel and equipment.
(5) When pressure tests are conducted on pressure vessels or
pressure piping, the test pressure shall be maintained for a period
of time sufficient to allow examination of all joints, connections
and high stress areas.
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51220, Sept. 30, 1997]
RECORDS
§197.480 Logbooks.
(a) The person-in-charge of a vessel or facility, that is required by
46 U.S.C. 11301 to have an official logbook, shall maintain the
logbook on form CG-706.
(b) The person-in-charge of a vessel or facility not required by 46
U.S.C. 11301 to have an official logbook, shall maintain, on
board, a logbook for making the entries required by this subpart.
(c) The diving supervisor conducting commercial diving
operations from a vessel or facility subject to this subpart shall
maintain a logbook for making the entries required by this
subpart.
[CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978, as amended by CGD
95-028, 62 FR 51220, Sept. 30, 1997]
§197.482 Logbook Entries.
(a) The person-in-charge shall insure that the following
information is recorded in the logbook for each commercial diving
operation:
(1) Date, time, and location at the start and completion of dive
operations.
(2) Approximate underwater and surface conditions (weather,
visibility, temperatures, and currents).
(3) Name of the diving supervisor.
(4) General nature of work performed.
(b) The diving supervisor shall insure that the following
information is recorded in the logbook for each commercial diving
operation:
(1) Date, time, and location at the start and completion of each
dive operation.
(2) Approximate underwater and surface conditions (weather,
visibility, temperatures, and currents).
(3) Names of dive team members including diving supervisor.
(4) General nature of work performed.
(5) Repetitive dive designation or elapsed time since last
hyperbaric exposure if less than 24 hours for each diver.
(6) Diving modes used.
(7) Maximum depth and bottom time for each diver.
(8) Name of person-in-charge.
(9) For each dive outside the no-decompression limits, deeper
than 130 fsw, or using mixed-gas, the breathing gases and
decompression table designations used.
(10) When decompression sickness or gas embolism is
suspected or symptoms are evident–
A those entries.]
C
(10)(i) The name of the diver; and
(10)(ii) A description and results of treatment.
LI
(11) For each fatality or any diving related injury or illness that
results in incapacitation of more than 72 hours or requires any
dive team member to be hospitalized for more than 24 hours–
B
(11)(i) The date;
U
(11)(ii) Time;
(11)(iii) Circumstances; and
.P
(11)(iv) Extent of any injury or illness.
(c) The diving supervisor shall insure that the following is
recorded in the logbook for each diving operation deviating from
.G
the requirements of this subpart:
(1) A description of the circumstances leading to the situation.
(2) The deviations made.
C
(3) The corrective action taken, if appropriate, to reduce the
possibility of recurrence.
(d) The diving supervisor shall insure that a record of the following
is maintained:
(1) The date and results of each check of the medical kits.
(2) The date and results of each test of the air compressor.
(3) The date and results of each check of breathing mixtures.
(4) The date and results of each check of each breathing supply
system.
401
(5) The date, equipment cleaned, general cleaning procedure,
and names of persons cleaning the diving equipment for oxygen
service.
(6) The date and results of each test of the breathing supply
hoses and system.
(7) The date and results of each inspection of the breathing gas
supply system.
(8) The date and results of each test of depth gages and
timekeeping devices.
(9) The date and results of each test and inspection of each
PVHO.
(10) The date and results of each inspection of the diving
equipment.
S
(11) The date and results of each test and inspection of pressure
piping.
N
(12) The date and results of each test and inspection of volume
tanks and cylinders.
IO
(e) The diving supervisor shall insure that a notation concerning
the location of the information required under paragraph (d) is
made in the logbook.
T
[NOTE: 46 U.S.C. 11301 requires that certain entries be made in
an official logbook in addition to the entries required by this
section; and 46 U.S.C. 11302 prescribes the manner of making
[CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978, as amended by
USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53229, Oct. 1, 1999]
§197.484 Notice Of Casualty.
(a) In addition to the requirements of subpart 4.05 of this chapter
and 33 CFR 146.30, the person-in-charge shall notify the Officer-
in-Charge, Marine Inspection, as soon as possible after a diving
casualty occurs, if the casualty involves any of the following:
(1) Loss of life.
(2) Diving-related injury to any person causing incapacitation for
more than 72 hours.
(3) Diving-related injury to any person requiring hospitalization for
more than 24 hours.
(b) The notice required by this section must contain the following:
(1) Name and official number (if applicable) of the vessel or
facility.
(2) Name of the owner or agent of the vessel or facility.
(3) Name of the person-in-charge.
(4) Name of the diving supervisor.
(5) Description of the casualty including presumed cause.
(6) Nature and extent of the injury to persons.
(c) The notice required by this section is not required if the written
report required by §197.486 is submitted within 5 days of the
casualty.
[CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978, as amended by CGD
95-072, 60 FR 50469, Sept. 29, 1995]
§197.486 Written Report Of Casualty.
The person-in-charge of a vessel or facility for which a notice of
casualty was made under §197.484 shall submit a report to the
Officer-in-Charge, Marine Inspection, as soon as possible after
the casualty occurs, as follows:
(a) On Form CG-2692, when the diving installation is on a vessel.
(b) Using a written report, in narrative form, when the diving
installation is on a facility. The written report must contain the
information required by §197.484.
1983; CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47536, Dec. 14, 1987]
§197.488 Retention Of Records After Casualty.
(a) The owner, agent, or person-in-charge of a vessel or facility
for which a report of casualty is made under §197.484 shall retain
all records onboard that are maintained on the vessel or facility
and those records required by this subpart for 6 months after the
report of a casualty is made or until advised by the Officer-in-
Charge, Marine Inspection, that records need not be retained
onboard.

(c) The report required by this section must be accompanied by a
copy of the report required by §197.410(a)(9) when
decompression sickness is involved.
(d) The report required by this section must include information
relating to alcohol or drug involvement as required by §4.05-12 of
this chapter.
(b) The records required by paragraph (a) of this section to be
retained on board include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) All logbooks required by §197.480.
(2) All reports required by §197.402(a)(2)(ii), §197.404(a)(4),
§197.410(a)(9).

S
(The reporting requirement in paragraph (a) was approved by (c) The owner, agent, person-in-charge, or diving supervisor shall,
OMB under control number 1625-0001) upon request, make the records described in this section

N
available for examination by any Coast Guard official authorized
[CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978, as amended by CGD to investigate the casualty.
82-023, 47 FR 35748, Aug. 16, 1982; 48 FR 43328, Sept. 23,

IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

402
Appendix A – Forms required or useful for foreign vessels operating in us waters found
in Book 1

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

403
 C
.G
.P
U
B

404
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

405
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

406
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

407
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

408
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

409
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

410
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

411
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 SCHEDULE OF VESSELS

ASSURED
VESSEL GROSS TONS OPERATOR

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

Insurance Guaranty Form CG-5586 No. ______

SCHEDULE OF VESSELS

412
 VESSELS ADDED TO ABOVE VESSELS

DATE
VESSEL GROSS TONS OPERATOR ADDED

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

Insurance Guaranty Form CG-5586 No. _____

413
Appendix C To Part 138-Master Insurance Guaranty Form

Insurance Co. Form No. ____________________

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
U.S. COAST GUARD
CG-5586-1

MASTER INSURANCE GUARANTY FURNISHED AS EVIDENCE OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR BUILDERS, REPAIRERS,
SCRAPPERS, LESSORS, OR SELLERS OF VESSELS UNDER THE OIL POLLUTION ACT OF 1990 AND THE COMPREHENSIVE
ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY ACT, AS AMENDED
The undersigned insurer or insurers ("Insurer") hereby certifies that for purposes of complying with the financial responsibility provisions of the
Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA 90") and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended
("CERCLA"), (referred to collectively as the "Acts"),

(Name of Assured Operator)

S
and any owner (collectively referred to as "Assured") of each vessel covered hereunder are insured by it against liability for costs and
damages to which the Assured may be subject under either section 1002 of OPA 90, as limited by section 1004(a), or section 107(a)(1) of
CERCLA, as limited by sections 107(c)(1)(A) and (B), or both, in an amount equal to the total applicable amount determined in accordance

N
with the Applicable Amount Table below, respecting each covered vessel. This guaranty is applicable in relation to any vessel for which either
or both Acts require financial responsibility and which the Assured holds for purposes of construction, repair, scrapping, lease, or sale.

IO
The amount and scope of insurance coverage hereby provided by the Insurer is not conditioned or dependent in any way upon any contract,
agreement, or understanding between the Assured and the Insurer. Coverage hereunder is for purposes of evidencing financial responsibility
under each of the Acts, separately, at the levels in effect at the time of the incident(s), release(s), or threatened release(s) giving rise to claims.

T
(Name of Agent)

with offices at_________________________________

________________________________________________
A
C
is designated as the Insurer's agent in the United States for service of process for purposes of this guaranty and for receipt of notices of
designation and presentations of claims under the Acts. If the designated agent cannot be served due to death, disability, or unavailability, the
Director, Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center ("Center"), is the agent for these purposes.
LI

The Insurer consents to be sued directly with respect to any claim, including any claim by right of subrogation, for costs and damages arising
under section 1002 of OPA 90, as limited by section 1004(a), or section 107(a)(1) of CERCLA, as limited by sections 107(c)(1)(A) and (B), or
both, against the Assured. However, in any direct action under OPA 90, the Insurer's liability per vessel per incident shall not exceed the
amount determined under part I of the Applicable Amount Table below and, in any direct action under CERCLA, the Insurer's, liability per
B

vessel per release or threatened release shall not exceed the amount determined under part II of the Applicable Amount Table below. The
Insurer's obligation hereunder with respect to any one incident or release or threatened release shall be reduced by all payments of
succession of payments for costs and damages, to one or more claimants, made by or on behalf of the Assured under OPA 90 or CERCLA or
U

both, as applicable, for which the Assured is liable. The Insurer shall be entitled to invoke only the following rights and defenses in any direct
action:
.P

(1) The incident, release, or threatened release was caused by the willful misconduct of the Assured.

(2) Any defense that the Assured may raise under the Acts.

(3) A defense relating to the amount of a claim or claims, filed in any action in any court or other proceeding, that exceeds the amount of this
.G

guaranty with respect to an incident or with respect to a release or threatened release.

(4) A defense relating to the amount of a claim or claims that exceeds the amount of this guaranty, which amount is based on the gross
tonnage of a covered vessel as entered on the vessel's International Tonnage Certificate or other official, applicable certificate of
C

measurement, except where the guarantor knew or should have known that the applicable tonnage certificate was incorrect.

(5) The claim is not one made Under either of the Acts.

No more than four Insurers (including lead underwriters) may execute this guaranty. If more than one Insurer executes this guaranty, each
Insurer binds itself jointly and severally for the purpose of allowing joint action or actions against any or all of the insurers, and for all other
purposes each Insurer is bound for the payment of sums only in accordance with the percentage of participation set forth opposite the name of
the Insurer below. If no percentage of participation is indicated for an Insurer or Insurers, the liability of such Insurer or Insurers shall be joint
and several for the total of the unspecified portions.

(Name of lead guarantor)

is designated as the lead guarantor having authority to bind all guarantors for actions of guarantors under the Acts, including but not limited to
receipt of designation of source, advertisement of a designation, and receipt and settlement of claims (inapplicable if only one Insurer
executes this guaranty).

414
The insurance evidenced by this guaranty shall be applicable only in relation to each incident, release, or threatened release occurring on or
after the effective date of this guaranty and before the termination date of this guaranty and shall be applicable only in relation to each
incident, release and threatened release giving rise to claims under section 1002 of OPA 90 or section 107(a)(1) of CERCLA, or both, with
respect to any covered vessel. The termination date is 30 days after the date of receipt by the Center of written notice that the Insurer has
elected to terminate the insurance evidenced by this guaranty and has so notified the above named Assured operator.

Termination of this guaranty does not affect the liability of the Insurer in connection with an incident, release, or threatened release occurring
prior to the date the termination becomes effective.

Title 33 CFR part 138 governs this guaranty.

Effective Date:

(day/month/year)

(Name of insurer)

S
(Percentage of Participation)

N
(Mailing Address)

IO
T
By: ____________________________________________________
(Signature of Official Signing On Behalf of Insurer) A
C
(Typed Name and Title of Signer)
LI

[NOTE: For each additional Insurer, provide information in the same manner as for Insurer above.]
Master Insurance Guaranty Form CG-5586-1 No. ___________
B
U
.P
.G
C

415
Surety Co. Bond No. ______________________

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
U.S. COAST GUARD
CG-5586-2

SURETY BOND GUARANTY FURNISHED AS EVIDENCE OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THE OIL POLLUTION ACT OF 1990
AND THE COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY ACT, AS AMENDED
________________________________________________
(Name of Vessel Operator)

of _____________________________________________
(City, State and Country)

("Principal"), and the undersigned surety company or companies ("Surety" or "Sureties"), each authorized by the United States Department of
the Treasury to do business in the United States as an approved surety, are held and firmly bound unto the United States of America and
other claimants in the penal sum of

$_______________________________________

S
for costs and damages for which the Principal is liable under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA 90") and the Comprehensive Environmental

N
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended ("CERCLA") (referred to collectively as the "Acts"). "Principal" includes, in addition to
the vessel operator and the owner of each vessel covered by this guaranty ("covered vessel").

IO
The Principal has elected to file with the Director, Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center ("Center") this surety bond guaranty as
evidence of financial responsibility to obtain from the Coast Guard a Certificate, or Certificates, of Financial Responsibility (Water Pollution)
under 33 CFR part 138, to meet any liability for costs and damages incurred in connection with a covered vessel under section 1002 of OPA
90, as limited by section 1004(a), or section 107(a)(1) of CERCLA, as limited by sections 107(c)(1)(A) and (B), or both.

T
The Surety agrees that the penal sum of this surety bond guaranty shall be available to pay to the United States of America or other claimants
under the Acts any sum or sums for which the Principal may be held liable under the Acts. The penal sum shall be the total applicable amount,
determined in accordance with the Applicable Amount Table below, for which payment we, the undersigned, bind ourselves and our heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally.
A
C
No more than 10 Sureties (including lead Sureties) may execute this guaranty. If there is more than one surety company executing this
guaranty, we, the Sureties, bind ourselves in the penal sum jointly and severally for the purpose of allowing a Joint action or actions against
any or all of us, and for all other purposes each Surety binds itself, jointly and severally with the Principal, for the payment of the percentage of
LI

the penal sum only as is set forth opposite the name of each Surety. If no percentage is indicated for a Surety or Sureties, the liability of such
Surety or Sureties shall be joint and several for the total of the unspecified portions.

________________________________________________
B

(Name of lead guarantor)

is designated as lead guarantors having authority to bind all guarantors for actions of guarantors under the Acts, including but not limited to
receipt of designation of source, advertisement of a designation, and receipt and Settlement of claims (inapplicable if only one Surety executes
U

this guaranty).

Principal and the Surety or Sureties agree that if all or a portion of the penal sum is paid, the penal sum is considered reinstated to its full
.P

amount until 30 days after receipt from the Surety of written notice to the Director, NPFC, that the penal sum has not been reinstated. Principal
and the Surety or Sureties further agree that if at the time of an incident, release, or threatened release a covered vessel is a tank vessel or is
carrying a hazardous substance as cargo, the penal sum of this surety bond guaranty automatically increases, if necessary, to the total
applicable amount appropriate for such vessel as determined in accordance with the Applicable Amount Table below. In no case, however,
shall the penal sum be increased to an amount greater than the total applicable amount.
.G

The penal sum is not further conditioned or dependent in any way upon any contract, agreement or understanding between the Principal and
Surety. If the Principal is responsible for more than one vessel covered by this guaranty, then the penal sum is the total applicable amount for
the vessel having the greatest liability under the Acts.
C

The liability of the Surety as guarantor under OPA or CERCLA, or both, shall not be discharged by any payment or succession of payments
hereunder, unless and until such payment or payments amount in the aggregate to the penal sum of this bond guaranty.

Any claim, including any claim by right of subrogation, against the Principal for costs and damages arising under either section 1002 of OPA
90, as limited by section 1004(a), or section 107(a)(1) of CERCLA, as limited by sections 107(c)(1)(A) and (B), or both, may be brought
directly against the Surety, and the Surety consents to suit with respect to these claims. However, in any direct action under OPA 90 the
Surety's liability shall not exceed the amount determined under part I of the Applicable Amount Table below and, in any direct action under
CERCLA the Surety's liability shall not exceed the amount determined under part II of the Applicable Amount Table below. The Surety's
obligation hereunder with respect to any one incident or release or threatened release shall be reduced by all payments or succession of
payments for costs and damages, to one or more claimants, made by or on behalf of the Principal under OPA 90 or CERCLA or both, as
applicable, for which the Principal is liable. In the event of a direct claim, the Surety may invoke only the following rights and defenses:

(1) The incident, release, or threatened release was caused by the willful misconduct of the Principal.

(2) Any defense that the Principal may raise under the Acts.

416
(3) A defense relating to the amount of a claim or claims, filed in any action in any court or other proceeding, that exceeds the amount of this
guaranty with respect to an incident or with respect to a release or threatened release.

(4) A defense relating to the amount of a claim or claims that exceeds the amount of this guaranty, which amount is based on the gross
tonnage of the vessel as entered on the vessel's International Tonnage Certificate or other official, applicable certificate of measurement,
except where the surety knew or should have known that the applicable tonnage certificate was incorrect.

(5) The claim is not one made under either of the Acts.

This bond is effective the _____________ day of ________________, 12:01 a.m., standard time at the address of the Surety first named
herein, and shall continue in force until discharged or terminated as herein provided. The above named Vessel Operator or the Surety may at
an time terminate this bond guaranty by written notice sent by certified mail, registered mail, overnight delivery, or other comparable service to
the other party, with a copy (showing that the original notice was sent to the other party by certified mail, registered mail, overnight delivery, or
other comparable service) to the Center. The termination is effective thirty (30) days after the Center receives the written notice of termination.
The Surety shall not be liable hereunder in connection with an incident, release, or threatened release occurring after the termination of this
bond guaranty as herein provided, but the termination shall not affect the liability of the Surety in connection with an incident, release, or
threatened release occurring prior to the date the termination becomes effective. Nor shall the Surety be liable hereunder in connection with a
non-covered vessel, which is a vessel specifically named in other evidence of financial responsibility, which is applicable to that vessel on
behalf of the above named Vessel Operator, and which is accepted by and on file with the Center during an incident, release, or threatened

S
release giving rise to a claim against the Surety or Principal.

N
The Surety designates __________________________
(Name of Agent)
with offices at ________________________________________________

IO
________________________________________________
as the Surety's agent in the United States for service of process for the purposes of this surety bond guaranty and for receipt of notices of
designation and presentations Of claims under the Acts. If the designated agent cannot be served due to death, disability, or unavailability, the
Director, Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center, is the agent for these purposes.

T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

417
Title 33 CFR part 138 governs this bond guaranty.
In witness whereof, the Vessel Operator, for itself and owners, and Surety have executed this instrument on the __ day of -________,______.

VESSEL OPERATOR

__________________________________________ ___________________________
(Signature of Sole Proprietor or Partner) (Business Address)

__________________________________________ ___________________________
(Typed)
___________________________

__________________________________________ ___________________________
(Signature of Sole Proprietor or Partner) (Business Address)

__________________________________________ ___________________________

S
(Typed)
___________________________

N
__________________________________________ ___________________________

IO
(Signature of Sole Proprietor or Partner) (Business Address)

__________________________________________ ___________________________
(Typed)

T
___________________________

__________________________________________
(Corporation) A
C
__________________________________________
(Business Address)
LI

__________________________________________ (Affix Corporate Seal)

B

__________________________________________
(Signature)
U

__________________________________________

(Typed Name and Title)

.P

SURETY
__________________________________________ __________________________
(Name) (Percentage of Participation)
.G

__________________________________________
(Address)
__________________________
__________________________________________ (Affix Corporate Seal)
C

__________________________________________ __________________________
(Signature(s))

__________________________________________ __________________________
(State of Incorporation) (Typed Name(s) and Title(s))

[NOTE: For every co-Surety, provide information in the same manner as for Surety above.]

CG-5586-2

418
 Financial Guaranty Form
Financial Guaranty No. ______

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
U.S. COAST GUARD
CG-5586-3

FINANCIAL GUARANTY FURNISHED AS EVIDENCE OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THE OIL POLLUTION ACT OF 1990 AND
THE COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY ACT, AS AMENDED

1________________________________________________________________________
(Name of Vessel Operator)
the operator of each vessel named in the annexed schedules ("covered vessel"), desires to establish evidence of financial responsibility for the
owner and operator (referred to collectively as "Operator") of each covered vessel in accordance with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA 90")
and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended ("CERCLA") (referred to collectively as the
"Acts"). The undersigned Financial Guarantor or Guarantors ("Guarantor") hereby guarantees, subject to the provisions hereof, to discharge
the Operator's liability with respect to each covered vessel for costs and damages under section 1002 of OPA 90, as limited by section
1004(a), or section 107(a)(1) of CERCLA, as limited by sections 107(c)(1)(B) and (A), or both, in an amount equal to the total applicable

S
amount determined in accordance with the Applicable Amount Table below. The Operator and the Guarantor agree that if at the time of an
incident, release, or threatened release a covered vessel is a tank vessel or is carrying a hazardous substance as cargo, the limit of liability of
the Guarantor hereunder shall be the total applicable amount appropriate for such a vessel determined in accordance with the Applicable

N
Amount Table below. The amount and scope of the Guarantor's liability are not further conditioned or dependent in any way upon any
contract, agreement, or understanding between the Operator and the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall furnish written notice to the Director,
Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center ("Center"), of all judgments rendered and payments made by the Guarantor under this Financial

IO
Guaranty.

2. Any claim, including any claim by right of subrogation, against the Operator for costs and damages arising under either section 1002 of OPA
90 as limited by section 1004(a), or section 107(a)(1) of CERCLA as limited by sections 107(c)(1)(A) and (B), or both, may be brought directly
against the Guarantor and the Guarantor consents to suit with respect to these claims. However, in any direct action under OPA 90 the

T
Guarantor's liability per vessel per incident shall not exceed the amount determined under part I of the Applicable Amount Table below and, in
any direct action under CERCLA the Guarantor's liability per vessel per release or, threatened release shall not exceed the amount

A
determined under part II of the Applicable Amount Table below. The Guarantor's obligation hereunder with respect to any one incident or
release or threatened release shall be reduced by all payments or succession of payments for costs and damages, to one or more claimants,
made by or on behalf of the Operator under OPA 90 or CERCLA or both, as applicable, for which the Operator is liable. The Guarantor shall
C
be entitled to invoke only the following rights and defenses in any direct action:

(1) The incident, release, or threatened release was caused by the willful misconduct of the Operator.
LI

(2) Any defense that the Operator may raise under the Acts.

(3) A defense relating to the amount of a claim or claims, filed in any action in any court or other proceeding, that exceeds the amount of this
B

Guaranty with respect to an incident or with respect to a release or threatened release.

(4) A defense relating to the amount of a claim or claims that exceeds the amount of this Guaranty, which amount is based on the gross
U

tonnage of the covered vessel as entered on the Vessel's International Tonnage Certificate or other official, applicable certificate of
measurement, except where the guarantor knew or should have known that the applicable certificate was incorrect.
.P

(5) The claim is not one made under either of the Acts.

3. The Guarantor's liability under this Guaranty shall attach only in relation to each incident, release, or threatened release occurring on or
after the effective date and before the termination date of this Guaranty. The effective date of this Guaranty for each covered vessel listed
below is the date the vessel is named in or added to the schedules below. For each covered vessel, the termination date of the Guaranty is 30
.G

days after the date of receipt by the Center of written notice that the Guarantor has elected to terminate this Guaranty, with respect to any of
the covered vessels, and has so notified the vessel Operator identified above on the schedule below. Termination of this Guaranty as to any
vessel does not affect the liability of the Guarantor in connection with an incident, release, or threatened release occurring prior to the date the
termination becomes effective.
C

4. If during the Currency of this Guaranty, the Operator requests that a vessel become subject to this Guaranty, and if the Guarantor accedes
to that request and so notifies the Center in writing, then that vessel shall be considered included in Schedule B as a covered vessel and
subject to this Guaranty.

5. The Guarantor designates_____________________________________________________________

(Name of Agent)
with offices at _____________________________________________________________________________________________________
as the Guarantor's agent in the United States for service of process for purposes of this Guaranty and for receipt of notices of designation and
presentations of claims under the Acts. If the designated agent cannot be served due to death, disability or unavailability, the Director, Coast
Guard National Pollution Funds Center, is the agent for service of process.

6. No more than four Financial Guarantors may execute this Guaranty. If more than one Guarantor executes this Guaranty, each Guarantor
binds itself jointly and severally for the purpose of allowing a joint action or actions against any or all of the Guarantors, and for all other
purposes each Guarantor binds itself, jointly and severally with the Operator, for the payment of the percentage of sums only as is set forth
opposite the name of the Guarantor. If no limit is indicated for a Guarantor or Guarantors, the liability of such Guarantor or Guarantors shall be
joint and several for the total of the unspecified portions.

419
 ________________________________________________
(Name of Lead Guarantor)
is designated as the lead guarantor having authority to bind all guarantors for actions of guarantors under the Acts, including but not limited to
receipt of designation of source, advertisement of a designation, and receipt and settlement of claims (inapplicable if only one Financial
Guarantor executes this Guaranty).

7. Title 33 CFR part 138 governs this Financial Guaranty.

EFFECTIVE DATE: _____________________________

(Month/Day/Year and Place of Execution)

_____________________________________________
(Typed Name of Guarantor)

_____________________________________________
(Address of Guarantor)

_____________________________________________

S
_____________________________________________

N
(Percentage of Participation)

By: _________________________________________

IO
(Signature)

_____________________________________________

T
(Type Name and Title of Person Signing Above)

A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

420
 SCHEDULE A

VESSELS INITIALLY LISTED

VESSEL GROSS TONS OPERATOR

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

Insurance Guaranty Form CG-5586 No. ______

421
 SCHEDULE B

VESSELS ADDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE 4

DATE
VESSEL GROSS TONS OPERATOR ADDED

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

Insurance Guaranty Form CG-5586 No. ______

422
33 CFR Appendix F To Part 138-Master Financial Guaranty Form
Financial Guaranty No. ______

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
U.S. COAST GUARD
CG-5586-4

MASTER FINANCIAL GUARANTY FURNISHED AS EVIDENCE OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR BUILDERS, REPAIRERS,
SCRAPPERS, LESSORS, OR SELLERS OF VESSELS UNDER THE OIL POLLUTION ACT OF 1990 AND THE COMPREHENSIVE
ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY ACT, AS AMENDED
1. ________________________
(Name of Builder, Repairer, Scrapper, Lessor, or Seller)
is in, or from time to time may come into, possession of a vessel or vessels ("Vessel" or "Vessels") held for purposes of construction, repair,
scrapping, lease, or sale, and desires to establish evidence of financial responsibility for itself and any owner (collectively referred to as
"Operator") of each Vessel in accordance with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA 90") and the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended ("CERCLA") (referred to collectively as the "Acts"). The undersigned Financial Guarantor or
Guarantors ("Guarantor") hereby guarantees, subject to the provisions hereof, to discharge the Operator's liability with respect to each Vessel
for costs and damages under section 1002 of OPA 90, as limited by section 1004(a), or section 107(a)(1) of CERCLA, as limited by sections
107(c)(1)(A) and (B), or both, in an amount equal to the total applicable amount determined in accordance with the Applicable Amount Table

S
below. The Operator and the Guarantor agree that if at the time of an incident, release, or threatened release a covered vessel is a tank
vessel or is carrying a hazardous substance as cargo, the limit of liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall be the total applicable amount

N
appropriate for such vessel determined in accordance with the Applicable Amount Table below. The amount and scope of liability are not
further conditioned or dependent in any way upon any contract, agreement or understanding between the Operator and the Guarantor. The
Guarantor shall furnish written notice to the Director, Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center ("Center"), of all judgments rendered and

IO
payments made by the Guarantor under this Financial Guaranty.

2. Any claim, including any claim by right of subrogation, against the Operator for costs and damages arising under either section 1002 of OPA
90 as limited by section 1004(a), or section 107(a)(1) of CERCLA as limited by sections 107(c)(1)(A) and (B), or both, may be brought directly
against the Guarantor and the Guarantor consents to suit with respect to these claims. However, in any direct action under OPA 90 the

T
Guarantor's liability per vessel per incident shall not exceed the amount determined under part I of the Applicable Amount Table below and, in
any direct action under CERCLA the Guarantor's liability per vessel per release or threatened release shall not exceed the amount determined
under part II of the Applicable Amount Table below. The Guarantor's obligation hereunder with respect to any one incident or release or
A
threatened release shall be reduced by all payments or succession of payments for costs and damages, to one or more claimants, made by or
on behalf of the Operator under OPA 90 or CERCLA or both, as applicable, for which the Operator is liable. The Guarantor shall be entitled to
C
invoke only the following rights and defenses in any direct action:

(1) The incident, release, or threatened release was caused by the willful misconduct of the Operator.
LI

(2) Any defense that the Operator may raise under the Acts.

(3) A defense relating to the amount of a claim or claims, filed in any action in any court or other proceeding, that exceeds the amount of this
B

Guaranty with respect to an incident or with respect to a release or threatened release.

(4) A defense relating to the amount of a claim or claims that exceeds the amount of this Guaranty, which amount is based on the gross
U

tonnage of the covered vessel as entered on the Vessel's International Tonnage Certificate or other official, applicable certificate of
measurement, except where the guarantor knew or should have known that the applicable tonnage certificate was incorrect.
.P

(5) The claim is not one made under either of the Acts.

3. The Guarantor's liability under this Guaranty shall attach only in relation to each incident, release, or threatened release occurring on or
after the effective date and before the termination date of this Guaranty. The termination date is 30 days after the date of receipt by the Center
of written notice that the Guarantor has elected to terminate this Guaranty and has so notified the Operator. Termination of this Guaranty shall
.G

not affect the liability of the Guarantor in connection with an incident, release, or threatened release occurring prior to the date the termination
becomes effective.

4. The Guarantor designates ____________________________,

(Name of Agent)
C

with offices at_________________________________________

as the Guarantor's agent in the United States for service of process for purposes of this Guaranty and for receipt of notices

CG-5586-4 2

423
of designation and presentations of claims under the Acts. if the designated agent cannot be served due to death, disability, or unavailability,
the Director, National Pollution Funds Center, is the agent for these purposes.

5. No more than four Financial Guarantors may execute this Guaranty. If more than one Guarantor executes this Guaranty, each Guarantor
binds itself jointly and severally for the purpose of allowing a joint action or actions against any or all of the Guarantors, and for all other
purposes each Guarantor binds itself, jointly and severally with the Operator, for the payment of the percentage of sums only as is set forth
opposite the name of the Guarantor. If no percentage is indicated for a Guarantor or Guarantors, the liability of such Guarantor or Guarantors
shall be joint and several for the total of the unspecified portions.

____________________________________________________
(Name of lead guarantor)
is designated as the lead guarantor having authority to bind all guarantors for actions of guarantors under the Acts, including but not limited to
receipt of designation of source, advertisement of a designation, and receipt and settlement of claims (inapplicable if only one Financial
Guarantor executes this Guaranty).

6. Title 33 CFR part 138 governs this Financial Guaranty.

EFFECTIVE DATE: _________________

(Month/Day/Year and Place of Execution)

S
______________________
(Typed Name of Guarantor)

N
______________________
(Address of Guarantor)

IO
(Percentage of Participation)

By: __________________
(Signature)

T
______________________________________
(Type Name and Title of Person Signing Above)

A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

424
 C
.G
.P
U
B

425
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
 C
.G
.P
U
B

426
LI
C
A
T
IO
N
S
Appendix B – Forms required or useful for foreign vessels operating in us waters found
in Book 2

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

427
 APPENDIX IV TO PART 150 – DATA SHEET

CHEMICAL REACTIVITY TEST DATA

Chemicals A ___________________________ B ___________________________

___________________________ ___________________________

___________________________ ___________________________

Description of Products:
A B

S
Manufacturer

N
Sample Source

IO
Composition (by weight
%)

T
Inhibitors or Stabilizers
A
C
LI

Deviations from
Prescribed Method
(including special
B

equipment)
U
.P
.G

Step Number 1

Products miscible? ______________________________ Gases evolved? ________________

C

Other Observations:

428
Step Number 2
2/18 10/10 18/2
A/B Ratio:

Initial
Temperature

Maximum Δ T

Time to reach
Max. Temp.

S
Products
miscible?

N
Gases evolved?

IO
Other Observations

Size of Dewer Flask (inside measurements): Width _________ mm Height

T
_________ mm

Step Number 3 A
C
A/B Ration
LI

Oil Bath Temperature

Maximum Δ T
B

Time to read Max.

Temp
U

Gases evolved?
.P

Other Observations
.G

Date of
Test:________________________________________________________________________
C

Submitting Organization:
______________________________________________________________

Test Data Approval By:

_______________________________________________________________

429
 ISPS CODE
RESOLUTIONS OF THE CONFERENCE OF
CONTRACTING GOVERNMENTS TO THE
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY
OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974, ADOPTED IN DECEMBER
2002
CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 2
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
ADOPTION OF THE INTERNATIONAL CODE FOR
THE SECURITY OF SHIPS AND OF PORT
FACILITIES
THE CONFERENCE,
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as
amended (hereinafter referred to as .the Convention.),
concerning special measures to enhance maritime
safety and security,
CONSIDERING that the new chapter XI-2 of the
Convention makes a reference to an International Ship
and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code and requires that
ships, companies and port facilities to comply with the
relevant requirements of part A of the International Ship
and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code, as specified in
part A of the ISPS Code,
C
BEING OF THE OPINION that the implementation by
Contracting Governments of the said chapter will
greatly contribute to the enhancement of maritime
LI
safety and security and safeguarding those on board
and ashore,
HAVING CONSIDERED a draft of the International
B
Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities
prepared by the Maritime Safety Committee of the
International Maritime Organization (hereinafter referred
U
to as .the Organization.), at its seventy-fifth and
seventy-sixth session, for consideration and adoption
by the Conference,
.P
1. ADOPTS the International Code for the Security
of Ships and of Port Facilities (hereinafter referred to
as .the Code.), the text of which is set out in the Annex
to the present resolution;
.G
2. INVITES Contracting Governments to the
Convention to note that the Code will take effect on 1
July 2004 upon entry into force of the new chapter XI-2
C
of the Convention;
3. REQUESTS the Maritime Safety Committee to
keep the Code under review and amend it, as
appropriate;
4. REQUESTS the Secretary-General of the
Organization to transmit certified copies of the present
resolution and the text of the Code contained in the
Annex to all Contracting Governments to the
Convention;
5. FURTHER REQUESTS the Secretary-General to
transmit copies of this resolution and its Annex to all
Members of the Organization, which are not
430
Contracting Governments to the Convention.
ANNEX
INTERNATIONAL CODE FOR THE SECURITY OF
SHIPS AND OF PORT FACILITIES
PREAMBLE
1 The Diplomatic Conference on Maritime Security
held in London in December 2002 adopted new
provisions in the International Convention for the Safety
of Life at Sea, 1974 and this Code* to enhance
maritime security. These new requirements form the
international framework through which ships and port
S
facilities can co-operate to detect and deter acts which
threaten security in the maritime transport sector.
N
2 Following the tragic events of 11th September 2001,
the twenty-second session of the Assembly of the
International Maritime Organization (the Organization),
IO
in November 2001, unanimously agreed to the
development of new measures relating to the security
of ships and of port facilities for adoption by a
Conference of Contracting Governments to the
T
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea,
1974 (known as the Diplomatic Conference on
Maritime Security) in December 2002. Preparation for
A the Diplomatic Conference was entrusted to the
Organization’s Maritime Safety Committee (MSC) on
the basis of submissions made by Member States,
intergovernmental organizations and non-governmental
organizations in consultative status with the
Organization.
3 The MSC, at its first extraordinary session, held also
in November 2001, in order to accelerate the
development and the adoption of the appropriate
security measures established an MSC Intersessional
Working Group on Maritime Security. The first meeting
of the MSC Intersessional Working Group on Maritime
Security was held in February 2002 and the outcome of
its discussions was reported to, and considered by, the
seventy-fifth session of the MSC in March 2002, when
an ad hoc Working Group was established to further
develop the proposals made. The seventy-fifth session
of the MSC considered the report of that Working
Group and recommended that work should be taken
forward through a further MSC Intersessional Working
Group, which was held in September 2002. The
seventy-sixth session of the MSC considered the
outcome of the September 2002 session of the MSC
Intersessional Working Group and the further work
undertaken by the MSC Working Group held in
conjunction with the Committee’s seventy-sixth session
in December 2002, immediately prior to the Diplomatic
Conference and agreed the final version of the
proposed texts to be considered by the Diplomatic
Conference.
4 The Diplomatic Conference (9 to 13 December 2002)
also adopted amendments to the existing provisions of
the International Convention for the Safety of Life at
Sea, 1974 (SOLAS 74) accelerating the implementation
of the requirement to fit Automatic Identification
Systems and adopted new Regulations in Chapter XI-1
of SOLAS 74 covering marking of the Ship’s
Identification Number and the carriage of a Continuous
Synopsis Record. The Diplomatic Conference also
adopted a number of Conference Resolutions including
those covering implementation and revision of this
Code, Technical Co-operation, and co-operative work
with the International Labour Organization and World
Customs Organization. It was recognized that review
and amendment of certain of the new provisions
regarding maritime security may be required on
completion of the work of these two Organizations.
5 The provision of Chapter XI-2 of SOLAS 74 and this
Code apply to ships and to port facilities. The extension
of SOLAS 74 to cover port facilities was agreed on the
basis that SOLAS 74 offered the speediest means of
ensuring the necessary security measures entered into
force and given effect quickly. However, it was further
agreed that the provisions relating to port facilities
should relate solely to the ship/port interface. The wider
issue of the security of port areas will be the subject of
further joint work between the International Maritime
Organization and the International Labour Organization.
It was also agreed that the provisions should not extend
to the actual response to attacks or to any necessary
clear-up activities after such an attack.
6 In drafting the provision care has been taken to
ensure compatibility with the provisions of the
International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping and Certification for
Seafarers, 1978, as amended, the International Safety
Management (ISM) Code and the harmonised system
of survey and certification.
C
7 The provisions represent a significant change in the
approach of the international maritime industries to the
LI
issue of security in the maritime transport sector. It is
recognized that they may place a significant additional
burden on certain Contracting Governments. The
importance of Technical Co-operation to assist
B
Contracting Governments implement the provisions is
fully recognized.
U
8 Implementation of the provisions will require
continuing effective co-operation and understanding
between all those involved with, or using, ships and port
.P
facilities including ship’s personnel, port personnel,
passengers, cargo interests, ship and port management
and those in National and Local Authorities with
security responsibilities. Existing practices and
procedures will have to be reviewed and changed if
.G
they do not provide an adequate level of security. In the
interests of enhanced maritime security additional
responsibilities will have to be carried by the shipping
and port industries and by National and Local
Authorities.
C
9 The guidance given in part B of this Code should be
taken into account when implementing the security
provisions set out in Chapter XI-2 of SOLAS 74 and in
part A of this Code. However, it is recognized that the
extent to which the guidance applies may vary
depending on the nature of the port facility and of the
ship, its trade and/or cargo.
10 Nothing in this Code shall be interpreted or applied
in a manner inconsistent with the proper respect of
fundamental rights and freedoms as set out in
international instruments, particularly those relating to
maritime workers and refugees including the
International Labour Organization Declaration of
431
Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work as well as
international standards concerning maritime and port
workers.
11 Recognizing that the Convention on the Facilitation
of Maritime Traffic, 1965, as amended, provides that
foreign crew members shall be allowed ashore by the
public authorities while the ship on which they arrive is
in port, provided that the formalities on arrival of the
ship have been fulfilled and the public authorities have
no reason to refuse permission to come ashore for
reasons of public health, public safety or public order,
Contracting Governments when approving ship and
port facility security plans should pay due cognisance to
the fact that ship’s personnel live and work on the
vessel and need shore leave and access to shore
based seafarer welfare facilities, including medical care.
S
PART A
N
MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS REGARDING THE
PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER XI-2 OF THE
IO
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY
OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974, AS AMENDED
1 GENERAL
T
1.1 Introduction
This part of the International Code for the Security of
Ships and Port Facilities contains mandatory provisions
A to which reference is made in chapter XI-2 of the
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea,
1974 as amended.
1.2 Objectives
The objectives of this Code are:
.1 to establish an international framework
involving co-operation between Contracting
Governments, Government agencies, local
administrations and the shipping and port
industries to detect security threats and take
preventive measures against security
incidents affecting ships or port facilities used
in international trade;
.2 to establish the respective roles and
responsibilities of the Contracting
Governments, Government agencies, local
administrations and the shipping and port
industries, at the national and international
level for ensuring maritime security;
.3 to ensure the early and efficient collection
and exchange of security-related information;
.4 to provide a methodology for security
assessments so as to have in place plans
and procedures to react to changing security
levels; and
.5 to ensure confidence that adequate and
proportionate maritime security measures are
in place.
* The complete name of the Code is the International Code for the
Security of Ships and of Port Facilities. The abbreviated name of theis
Code, as referred to in regulation XI-2/1 of SOLAS 74 as amended, is the
International Ship and Port Facility Security(ISPS) Code, or in short, the
ISPS Code.
1.3 Functional requirements
In order to achieve its objectives, this Code embodies a
number of functional requirements. These include, but
are not limited to:
.1 gathering and assessing information with
respect to security threats and exchanging
such information with appropriate Contracting
Governments;
.2 requiring the maintenance of communication
protocols for ships and port facilities;
.3 preventing unauthorized access to ships, port
facilities and their restricted areas;
.7 Company security officer means the person
designated by the Company for ensuring that
a ship security assessment is carried out; that
a ship security plan is developed, submitted
for approval, and thereafter implemented and
maintained and for liaison with port facility
security officers and the ship security officer.
.8 Port facility security officer means the
person designated as responsible for the
development, implementation, revision and
maintenance of the port facility security plan
and for liaison with the ship security officers
and company security officers.
.9 Security level 1 means the level for which
minimum appropriate protective security

S
.4 preventing the introduction of unauthorized measures shall be maintained at all times.
weapons, incendiary devices or explosives to

N
ships or port facilities; .10 Security level 2 means the level for which
appropriate additional protective security
.5 providing means for raising the alarm in measures shall be maintained for a period of

IO
reaction to security threats or security time as a result of heightened risk of a
incidents; security incident.

.6 requiring ship and port facility security plans .11 Security level 3 means the level for which
based upon security assessments; and further specific protective security measures

T
shall be maintained for a limited period of
.7 requiring training, drills and exercises to time when a security incident is probable or
ensure familiarity with security plans and imminent, although it may not be possible to
procedures.

2 DEFINITIONS
A identify the specific target.

2.2 The term .ship., when used in this Code, includes

C
mobile offshore drilling units and high-speed craft as
2.1 For the purpose of this part, unless expressly defined in regulation XI-2/1.
LI

provided otherwise:
2.3 The term .Contracting Government. in connection
.1 Convention means the International with any reference to a port facility, when used in
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 sections 14 to 18, includes a reference to the
B

as amended. .Designated Authority..

.2 Regulation means a regulation of the 2.4 Terms not otherwise defined in this part shall have
U

Convention. the same meaning as the meaning attributed to them in

chapters I and XI-2.
.3 Chapter means a chapter of the Convention.
.P

3 APPLICATION
.4 Ship security plan means a plan developed to
ensure the application of measures on board 3.1 This Code applies to:
the ship designed to protect persons on
board, cargo, cargo transport units, ship’s .1 the following types of ships engaged on
.G

stores or the ship from the risks of a security international voyages:

incident.
.1 passenger ships, including high-speed
.5 Port facility security plan means a plan passenger craft;
developed to ensure the application of
C

measures designed to protect the port facility .2 cargo ships, including high-speed craft, of
and ships, persons, cargo, cargo transport 500 gross tonnage and upwards; and
units and ship’s stores within the port facility
from the risks of a security incident. .3 mobile offshore drilling units; and

.6 Ship security officer means the person on
board the ship, accountable to the master,
designated by the Company as responsible
for the security of the ship, including
implementation and maintenance of the ship
security plan and for liaison with the company
security officer and port facility security
officers.
.2 port facilities serving such ships engaged on
international voyages.
3.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of section 3.1.2,
Contracting Governments shall decide the extent of
application of this Part of the Code to those port
facilities within their territory which, although used
primarily by ships not engaged on international
voyages, are required, occasionally, to serve ships
arriving or departing on an international voyage.

432
3.2.1 Contracting Governments shall base their
decisions, under section 3.2, on a port facility security
assessment carried out in accordance with this Part of
the Code.
3.2.2 Any decision which a Contracting Government
makes, under section 3.2, shall not compromise the
level of security intended to be achieved by chapter XI-
2 or by this Part of the Code.
3.3 This Code does not apply to warships, naval
auxiliaries or other ships owned or operated by a
Contracting Government and used only on Government
non-commercial service.
3.4 Sections 5 to 13 and 19 of this part apply to
Companies and ships as specified in regulation XI-2/4.
3.5 Sections 5 and 14 to 18 of this part apply to port
facilities as specified in
regulation XI-2/10.
3.6 Nothing in this Code shall prejudice the rights or
obligations of States under international law.
4 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTING
GOVERNMENTS
4.1 Subject to the provisions of regulation XI-2/3 and
XI-2/7, Contracting Governments shall set security
levels and provide guidance for protection from security
incidents. Higher security levels indicate greater
likelihood of occurrence of a security incident. Factors
A .2
C
to be considered in setting the appropriate security level
include:
LI
.1 the degree that the threat information is
credible;
B
.2 the degree that the threat information is
corroborated;
U
.3 the degree that the threat information is
specific or imminent; and
.P
.4 the potential consequences of such a security
incident.
4.2 Contracting Governments, when they set security
level 3, shall issue, as necessary, appropriate
.G
instructions and shall provide security related
information to the ships and port facilities that may be
affected.
4.3 Contracting Governments may delegate to a
C
recognized security organization certain of their security
related duties under chapter XI-2 and this Part of the
Code with the exception of:
.1 setting of the applicable security level;
.2 approving a Port Facility Security
Assessment and subsequent amendments to
an approved assessment;
.3 determining the port facilities which will be
required to designate a Port Facility Security
Officer;
433
.4 approving a Port Facility Security Plan and
subsequent amendments to an approved
plan;
.5 exercising control and compliance measures
pursuant to regulation XI-2/9; and
.6 establishing the requirements for a
Declaration of Security.
4.4 Contracting Governments shall, to the extent they
consider appropriate, test the effectiveness of the Ship
or the Port Facility Security Plans, or of amendments to
such plans, they have approved, or, in the case of
ships, of plans which have been approved on their
behalf.
S
5 DECLARATION OF SECURITY
N
5.1 Contracting Governments shall determine when a
Declaration of Security is required by assessing the risk
the ship/port interface or ship to ship activity poses to
IO
persons, property or the environment.
5.2 A ship can request completion of a Declaration of
Security when:
T
.1 the ship is operating at a higher security level
than the port facility or another ship it is
interfacing with;
there is an agreement on a Declaration of
Security between Contracting Governments
covering certain international voyages or
specific ships on those voyages;
.3 there has been a security threat or a security
incident involving the ship or involving the
port facility, as applicable;
.4 the ship is at a port which is not required to
have and implement an approved port facility
security plan; or
.5 the ship is conducting ship to ship activities
with another ship not required to have and
implement an approved ship security plan.
5.3 Requests for the completion of a Declaration of
Security, under this section, shall be acknowledged by
the applicable port facility or ship.
5.4 The Declaration of Security shall be completed by:
.1 the master or the ship security officer on
behalf of the ship(s); and, if appropriate,
.2 the port facility security officer or, if the
Contracting Government determines
otherwise, by any other body responsible for
shore-side security, on behalf of the port
facility.
5.5 The Declaration of Security shall address the
security requirements that could be shared between a
port facility and a ship (or between ships) and shall
state the responsibility for each.
5.6 Contracting Governments shall specify, bearing in
mind the provisions of regulation XI-2/9.2.3, the
minimum period for which Declarations of Security shall
be kept by the port facilities located within their territory.
5.7 Administrations shall specify, bearing in mind the
provisions of regulation XI-2/9.2.3, the minimum period
for which Declarations of Security shall be kept by ships
entitled to fly their flag.
6 OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
6.1 The Company shall ensure that the ship security
plan contains a clear statement emphasizing the
master’s authority. The Company shall establish in the
ship security plan that the master has the overriding
authority and responsibility to make decisions with
7.5 Whenever security level 2 or 3 is set by the
Administration, the ship shall acknowledge receipt of
the instructions on change of the security level.
7.6 Prior to entering a port or whilst in a port within the
territory of a Contracting Government that has set
security level 2 or 3, the ship shall acknowledge receipt
of this instruction and shall confirm to the port facility
security officer the initiation of the implementation of the
appropriate measures and procedures as detailed in
the ship security plan, and in the case of security level
3, in instructions issued by the Contracting Government
which has set security level 3. The ship shall report any
difficulties in implementation. In such cases, the port
facility security officer and ship security officer shall
liase and co-ordinate the appropriate actions.

S
respect to the safety and security of the ship and to 7.7 If a ship is required by the Administration to set, or
request the assistance of the Company or of any is already at, a higher security level than that set for the

N
Contracting Government as may be necessary. port it intends to enter or in which it is already located,
then the ship shall advise, without delay, the competent
6.2 The Company shall ensure that the company authority of the Contracting Government within whose

security officer, the master and the ship security officer
are given the necessary support to fulfill their duties and
responsibilities in accordance with chapter XI-2 and this
Part of the Code.
IO
territory the port facility is located and the port facility
security officer of the situation.
7.7.1 In such cases, the ship security officer shall liaise
with the port facility security officer and co-ordinate

T
7 SHIP SECURITY appropriate actions, if necessary.

7.1 A ship is required to act upon the security levels set 7.8 An Administration requiring ships entitled to fly its
by Contracting Governments as set out below.

7.2 At security level 1, the following activities shall be

A flag to set security level 2 or 3 in a port of another
Contracting Government shall inform that Contracting
Government without delay.
C
carried out, through appropriate measures, on all ships,
taking into account the guidance given in part B of this 7.9 When Contracting Governments set security levels
LI

Code, in order to identify and take preventive measures and ensure the provision of security level information to
against security incidents: ships operating in their territorial sea, or having
communicated an intention to enter their territorial sea,
.1 ensuring the performance of all ship security such ships shall be advised to maintain vigilance and
B

duties; report immediately to their Administration and any

nearby coastal States any information that comes to
.2 controlling access to the ship; their attention that might affect maritime security in the
U

area.
.3 controlling the embarkation of persons and
their effects; 7.9.1 When advising such ships of the applicable
.P

security level, a Contracting Government shall, taking

.4 monitoring restricted areas to ensure that into account the guidance given in the part B of this
only authorized persons have access; Code, also advise those ships of any security measure
that they should take and, if appropriate, of measures
.5 monitoring of deck areas and areas that have been taken by the Contracting Government to
.G

surrounding the ship; provide protection against the threat.

.6 supervising the handling of cargo and ship’s 8 SHIP SECURITY ASSESSMENT

stores; and
8.1 The ship security assessment is an essential and
C

.7 ensuring that security communication is integral part of the process of developing and updating
readily available. the ship security plan.

7.3 At security level 2, the additional protective
measures, specified in the ship security plan, shall be
implemented for each activity detailed in section 7.2,
taking into account the guidance given in part B of this
Code.
8.2 The company security officer shall ensure that the
ship security assessment is carried out by persons with
appropriate skills to evaluate the security of a ship, in
accordance with this section, taking into account the
guidance given in part B of this Code.

7.4 At security level 3, further specific protective 8.3 Subject to the provisions of section 9.2.1, a
measures, specified in the ship security plan, shall be recognized security organization may carry out the ship
implemented for each activity detailed in section 7.2, security assessment of a specific ship.
taking into account the guidance given in part B of this
Code.

434
8.4 The ship security assessment shall include an on-
scene security survey and, at least, the following
elements:
.1 identification of existing security measures,
procedures and operations;
.2 identification and evaluation of key ship board
operations that it is important to protect;
.3 identification of possible threats to the key
ship board operations and the likelihood of
their occurrence, in order to establish and
prioritise security measures; and
.4 identification of weaknesses, including
human factors in the infrastructure, policies
and procedures.
8.5 The ship security assessment shall be documented,
reviewed, accepted and retained by the Company.
9 SHIP SECURITY PLAN
9.1 Each ship shall carry on board a ship security plan
approved by the Administration. The plan shall make
provisions for the three security levels as defined in this
Part of the Code.
9.1.1 Subject to the provisions of section 9.2.1, a
recognized security organization may prepare the ship
security plan for a specific ship.
C
9.2 The Administration may entrust the review and
approval of ship security plans, or of amendments to a
LI
previously approved plan, to recognized security
organizations.
9.2.1 In such cases the recognized security
B
organization, undertaking the review and approval of a
ship security plan, or its amendments, for a specific
ship shall not have been involved in either the
U
preparation of the ship security assessment or of the
ship security plan, or of the amendments, under review.
.P
9.3 The submission of a ship security plan, or of
amendments to a previously approved plan, for
approval shall be accompanied by the security
assessment on the basis of which the plan, or the
amendments, have been developed.
.G
9.4 Such a plan shall be developed, taking into account
the guidance given in part B of this Code and shall be
written in the working language or languages of the
ship. If the language or languages used is not English,
C
French or Spanish, a translation into one of these
languages shall be included. The plan shall address, at
least, the following:
.1 measures designed to prevent weapons,
dangerous substances and devices intended
for use against persons, ships or ports and
the carriage of which is not authorized from
being taken on board the ship;
.2 identification of the restricted areas and
measures for the prevention of unauthorized
access to them;
.3 measures for the prevention of unauthorized
access to the ship;
435
.4 procedures for responding to security threats
or breaches of security, including provisions
for maintaining critical operations of the ship
or ship/port interface;
.5 procedures for responding to any security
instructions Contracting Governments may
give at security level 3;
.6 procedures for evacuation in case of security
threats or breaches of security;
.7 duties of shipboard personnel assigned
security responsibilities and of other
shipboard personnel on security aspects;
.8 procedures for auditing the security activities;
S
.9 procedures for training, drills and exercises
N
associated with the plan;
.10 procedures for interfacing with port facility
IO
security activities;
.11 procedures for the periodic review of the plan
and for updating;
T
.12 procedures for reporting security incidents;
.13 identification of the ship security officer;
A .14 identification of the company security officer
including 24-hour contact details;
.15 procedures to ensure the inspection, testing,
calibration, and maintenance of any security
equipment provided on board;
.16 frequency for testing or calibration of any
security equipment provided on board;
.17 identification of the locations where the ship
security alert system activation points are
provided; * and
.18 procedures, instructions and guidance on the
use of the ship security alert system,
including the testing, activation, deactivation
and resetting and to limit false alerts.*
9.4.1 Personnel conducting internal audits of the
security activities specified in the plan or evaluating its
implementation shall be independent of the activities
being audited unless this is impracticable due to the
size and the nature of the Company or of the ship.
9.5 The Administration shall determine which changes
to an approved ship security plan or to any security
equipment specified in an approved plan shall not be
implemented unless the relevant amendments to the
plan are approved by the Administration. Any such
changes shall be at least as effective as those
measures prescribed in chapter XI-2 and this Part of
the Code.
*Administrations may allow, in order to avoid compromising in any way the
objective of providing on board the ship security alert system, this
information to be kept elsewhere on board in a document known to the
master, the ship security officer and other senior shipboard personnel as
may be decided by the Company.
9.5.1 The nature of the changes to the ship security
plan or the security equipment that have been
specifically approved by the Administration, pursuant to
section 9.5, shall be documented in a manner that
clearly indicates such approval. This approval shall be
available on board and shall be presented together with
the International Ship Security Certificate (or the Interim
International Ship Security Certificate). If these changes
are temporary, once the original approved measures or
equipment are reinstated, this documentation no longer
needs to be retained by the ship.
9.6 The plan may be kept in an electronic format. In
such a case, it shall be protected by procedures aimed
at preventing its unauthorized deletion, destruction or
amendment.
9.7 The plan shall be protected from unauthorized
access or disclosure.
9.8 Ship security plans are not subject to inspection by
officers duly authorized by a Contracting Government to
carry out control and compliance measures in
accordance with regulation XI-2/9, save in
circumstances specified in section 9.8.1.
9.8.1 If the officers duly authorized by a Contracting
Government have clear grounds to believe that the ship
is not in compliance with the requirements of chapter
XI-2 or part A of this Code, and the only means to verify
or rectify the non-compliance is to review the relevant
requirements of the ship security plan, limited access to
the specific sections of the plan relating to the
A ships they operate designate several persons as
C
noncompliance is exceptionally allowed, but only with
the consent of the Contracting Government of, or the
master of, the ship concerned. Nevertheless, the
LI
provisions in the plan relating to section 9.4 subsections
.2, .4, .5, .7, .15, .17 and .18 of this Part of the Code are
considered as confidential information, and cannot be
subject to inspection unless otherwise agreed by the
B
Contracting Governments concerned.
U
10 RECORDS
10.1 Records of the following activities addressed in the
.P
ship security plan shall be kept on board for at least the
minimum period specified by the Administration,
bearing in mind the provisions of regulation XI-2/9.2.3:
.1 training, drills and exercises;
.G
.2 security threats and security incidents;
.3 breaches of security;
C
.4 changes in security level;
.5 communications relating to the direct security
of the ship such as specific threats to the ship
or to port facilities the ship is, or has been;
.6 internal audits and reviews of security
activities;
.7 periodic review of the ship security
assessment;
.8 periodic review of the ship security plan;
436
.9 implementation of any amendments to the
plan; and
.10 maintenance, calibration and testing of any
security equipment provided on board
including testing of the ship security alert
system.
10.2 The records shall be kept in the working language
or languages of the ship. If the language or languages
used are not English, French or Spanish, a translation
into one of these languages shall be included.
10.3 The records may be kept in an electronic format.
In such a case, they shall be protected by procedures
aimed at preventing their unauthorized deletion,
destruction or amendment.
S
10.4 The records shall be protected from unauthorized
N
access or disclosure.
11 COMPANY SECURITY OFFICER
IO
11.1 The Company shall designate a company security
officer. A person designated as the company security
officer may act as the company security officer for one
or more ships, depending on the number or types of
T
ships the Company operates provided it is clearly
identified for which ships this person is responsible. A
Company may, depending on the number or types of
company security officers provided it is clearly identified
for which ships each person is responsible.
11.2 In addition to those specified elsewhere in this Part
of the Code, the duties and responsibilities of the
company security officer shall include, but are not
limited to:
.1 advising the level of threats likely to be
encountered by the ship, using appropriate
security assessments and other relevant
information;
.2 ensuring that ship security assessments are
carried out;
.3 ensuring the development, the submission for
approval, and thereafter the implementation
and maintenance of the ship security plan;
.4 ensuring that the ship security plan is
modified, as appropriate, to correct
deficiencies and satisfy the security
requirements of the individual ship;
.5 arranging for internal audits and reviews of
security activities;
.6 arranging for the initial and subsequent
verifications of the ship by the Administration
or the recognized security organization;
.7 ensuring that deficiencies and non-
conformities identified during internal audits,
periodic reviews, security inspections and
verifications of compliance are promptly
addressed and dealt with;
.8 enhancing security awareness and vigilance;
.9 ensuring adequate training for personnel
responsible for the security of the ship;
.10 ensuring effective communication and co-
operation between the ship security officer
and the relevant port facility security officers;
.11 ensuring consistency between security
requirements and safety requirements;
.12 ensuring that, if sister-ship or fleet security
plans are used, the plan for each ship reflects
the ship-specific information accurately; and
.13 ensuring that any alternative or equivalent
arrangements approved for a particular ship
or group of ships are implemented and
maintained.
12 SHIP SECURITY OFFICER
12.1 A ship security officer shall be designated on each
ship.
12.2 In addition to those specified elsewhere in this Part
of the Code, the duties and responsibilities of the ship
security officer shall include, but are not limited to:
.1 undertaking regular security inspections of
A 13.5 The company security officer shall ensure the
C
the ship to ensure that appropriate security
measures are maintained;
LI
.2 maintaining and supervising the
implementation of the ship security plan,
including any amendments to the plan;
B
.3 co-ordinating the security aspects of the
handling of cargo and ship’s stores with other
U
shipboard personnel and with the relevant
port facility security officers;
.P
.4 proposing modifications to the ship security
plan;
.5 reporting to the company security officer any
deficiencies and non-conformities identified
.G
during internal audits, periodic reviews,
security inspections and verifications of
compliance and implementing any corrective
actions;
C
.6 enhancing security awareness and vigilance
on board;
.7 ensuring that adequate training has been
provided to shipboard personnel, as
appropriate;
.8 reporting all security incidents;
.9 co-ordinating implementation of the ship
security plan with the company security
officer and the relevant port facility security
officer; and
437
.10 ensuring that security equipment is properly
operated, tested, calibrated and maintained,
if any.
13 TRAINING, DRILLS AND EXERCISES ON SHIP
SECURITY
13.1 The company security officer and appropriate
shore-based personnel shall have knowledge and have
received training, taking into account the guidance
given in part B of this Code.
13.2 The ship security officer shall have knowledge and
have received training, taking into account the guidance
given in part B of this Code.
13.3 Shipboard personnel having specific security
S
duties and responsibilities shall understand their
responsibilities for ship security as described in the ship
N
security plan and shall have sufficient knowledge and
ability to perform their assigned duties, taking into
account the guidance given in part B of this Code.
IO
13.4 To ensure the effective implementation of the ship
security plan, drills shall be carried out at appropriate
intervals taking into account the ship type, ship
personnel changes, port facilities to be visited and other
T
relevant circumstances, taking into account the
guidance given in part B of this Code.
effective coordination and implementation of ship
security plans by participating in exercises at
appropriate intervals, taking into account the guidance
given in part B of this Code.
14 PORT FACILITY SECURITY
14.1 A port facility is required to act upon the security
levels set by the Contracting Government within whose
territory it is located. Security measures and procedures
shall be applied at the port facility in such a manner as
to cause a minimum of interference with, or delay to,
passengers, ship, ship’s personnel and visitors, goods
and services.
14.2 At security level 1, the following activities shall be
carried out through appropriate measures in all port
facilities, taking into account the guidance given in part
B of this Code, in order to identify and take preventive
measures against security incidents:
.1 ensuring the performance of all port facility
security duties;
.2 controlling access to the port facility;
.3 monitoring of the port facility, including
anchoring and berthing area(s);
.4 monitoring restricted areas to ensure that
only authorized persons have access;
.5 supervising the handling of cargo;
.6 supervising the handling of ship’s stores; and
.7 ensuring that security communication is
readily available.
14.3 At security level 2, the additional protective
measures, specified in the port facility security plan,
shall be implemented for each activity detailed in
section 14.2, taking into account the guidance given in
part B of this Code.
14.4 At security level 3, further specific protective
measures, specified in the port facility security plan,
shall be implemented for each activity detailed in
section 14.2, taking into account the guidance given in
part B of this Code.
14.4.1 In addition, at security level 3, port facilities are
required to respond to and implement any security
instructions given by the Contracting Government within
whose territory the port facility is located.
14.5 When a port facility security officer is advised that
a ship encounters difficulties in complying with the
requirements of chapter XI-2 or this part or in
implementing the appropriate measures and
procedures as detailed in the ship security plan, and in
the case of security level 3 following any security
instructions given by the Contracting Government within
whose territory the port facility is located, the port
facility security officer and ship security officer shall
liase and co-ordinate appropriate actions.
14.6 When a port facility security officer is advised that
a ship is at a security level, which is higher than that of
the port facility, the port facility security officer shall
report the matter to the competent authority and shall
liase with the ship security officer and co-ordinate
A assessment and a description of counter measures that
C
appropriate actions, if necessary.
LI
15 PORT FACILITY SECURITY ASSESSMENT
15.1 The port facility security assessment is an
essential and integral part of the process of developing
B
and updating the port facility security plan.
15.2 The port facility security assessment shall be
U
carried out by the Contracting Government within
whose territory the port facility is located. A Contracting
Government may authorise a recognized security
.P
organization to carry out the port facility security
assessment of a specific port facility located within its
territory.
15.2.1 When the port facility security assessment has
.G
been carried out by a recognized security organization,
the security assessment shall be reviewed and
approved for compliance with this section by the
Contracting Government within whose territory the port
facility is located.
C
15.3 The persons carrying out the assessment shall
have appropriate skills to evaluate the security of the
port facility in accordance with this section, taking into
account the guidance given in part B of this Code.
15.4 The port facility security assessments shall
periodically be reviewed and updated, taking account of
changing threats and/or minor changes in the port
facility and shall always be reviewed and updated when
major changes to the port facility take place.
15.5 The port facility security assessment shall include,
at least, the following elements:
438
.1 identification and evaluation of important
assets and infrastructure it is important to
protect;
.2 identification of possible threats to the assets
and infrastructure and the likelihood of their
occurrence, in order to establish and prioritize
security measures;
.3 identification, selection and prioritization of
counter measures and procedural changes
and their level of effectiveness in reducing
vulnerability; and
.4 identification of weaknesses, including
human factors in the infrastructure, policies
and procedures.
S
15.6 The Contracting Government may allow a port
N
facility security assessment to cover more than one port
facility if the operator, location, operation, equipment,
and design of these port facilities are similar. Any
IO
Contracting Government, which allows such an
arrangement shall communicate to the Organization
particulars thereof.
15.7 Upon completion of the port facility security
T
assessment, a report shall be prepared, consisting of a
summary of how the assessment was conducted, a
description of each vulnerability found during the
could be used to address each vulnerability. The report
shall be protected from unauthorized access or
disclosure.
16 PORT FACILITY SECURITY PLAN
16.1 A port facility security plan shall be developed and
maintained, on the basis of a port facility security
assessment, for each port facility, adequate for the
ship/port interface. The plan shall make provisions for
the three security levels, as defined in this Part of the
Code.
16.1.1 Subject to the provisions of section 16.2, a
recognized security organization may prepare the port
facility security plan of a specific port facility.
16.2 The port facility security plan shall be approved by
the Contracting Government in whose territory the port
facility is located.
16.3 Such a plan shall be developed taking into account
the guidance given in part B of this Code and shall be in
the working language of the port facility. The plan shall
address, at least, the following:
.1 measures designed to prevent weapons or
any other dangerous substances and devices
intended for use against persons, ships or
ports and the carriage of which is not
authorized, from being introduced into the
port facility or on board a ship;
.2 measures designed to prevent unauthorized
access to the port facility, to ships moored at
the facility, and to restricted areas of the
facility;
.3 procedures for responding to security threats
or breaches of security, including provisions
for maintaining critical operations of the port
facility or ship/port interface;
.4 procedures for responding to any security
instructions the Contracting Government, in
whose territory the port facility is located, may
give at security level 3;
.5 procedures for evacuation in case of security
threats or breaches of security;
.6 duties of port facility personnel assigned
security responsibilities and of other facility
personnel on security aspects;
.7 procedures for interfacing with ship security
activities;
.8 procedures for the periodic review of the plan
and updating;
.9 procedures for reporting security incidents;
.10 identification of the port facility security officer
including 24-hour contact details;
.11 measures to ensure the security of the
information contained in the plan;
.12 measures designed to ensure effective
security of cargo and the cargo handling
A .3
C
equipment at the port facility;
LI
.13 procedures for auditing the port facility
security plan;
.14 procedures for responding in case the ship
B
security alert system of a ship at the port
facility has been activated; and
U
.15 procedures for facilitating shore leave for
ship’s personnel or personnel changes, as
well as access of visitors to the ship including
.P
representatives of seafarers’ welfare and
labour organizations.
16.3.1 Personnel conducting internal audits of the
security activities specified in the plan or evaluating its
.G
implementation shall be independent of the activities
being audited unless this is impracticable due to the
size and the nature of the port facility.
16.4 The port facility security plan may be combined
C
with, or be part of, the port security plan or any other
port emergency plan or plans.
16.5 The Contracting Government in whose territory the
port facility is located shall determine which changes to
the port facility security plan shall not be implemented
unless the relevant amendments to the plan are
approved by them.
16.6 The plan may be kept in an electronic format. In
such a case, it shall be protected by procedures aimed
at preventing its unauthorized deletion, destruction or
amendment.
439
16.7 The plan shall be protected from unauthorized
access or disclosure.
16.8 Contracting Governments may allow a port facility
security plan to cover more than one port facility if the
operator, location, operation, equipment, and design of
these port facilities are similar. Any Contracting
Government, which allows such an alternative
arrangement, shall communicate to the Organization
particulars thereof.
17 PORT FACILITY SECURITY OFFICER
17.1 A port facility security officer shall be designated
for each port facility. A person may be designated as
the port facility security officer for one or more port
facilities.
S
17.2 In addition to those specified elsewhere in this Part
N
of the Code, the duties and responsibilities of the port
facility security officer shall include, but are not limited
to:
IO
.1 conducting an initial comprehensive security
survey of the port facility taking into account
the relevant port facility security assessment;
T
.2 ensuring the development and maintenance
of the port facility security plan;
implementing and exercising the port facility
security plan;
.4 undertaking regular security inspections of
the port facility to ensure the continuation of
appropriate security measures;
.5 recommending and incorporating, as
appropriate, modifications to the port facility
security plan in order to correct deficiencies
and to update the plan to take into account of
relevant changes to the port facility;
.6 enhancing security awareness and vigilance
of the port facility personnel;
.7 ensuring adequate training has been
provided to personnel responsible for the
security of the port facility;
.8 reporting to the relevant authorities and
maintaining records of occurrences which
threaten the security of the port facility;
.9 co-ordinating implementation of the port
facility security plan with the appropriate
Company and ship security officer(s);
.10 co-ordinating with security services, as
appropriate;
.11 ensuring that standards for personnel
responsible for security of the port facility are
met;
.12 ensuring that security equipment is properly
operated, tested, calibrated and maintained,
if any; and
.13 assisting ship security officers in confirming
the identity of those seeking to board the ship
when requested.
17.3 The port facility security officer shall be given the
necessary support to fulfill the duties and
responsibilities imposed by chapter XI-2 and this Part of
the Code.
18 TRAINING, DRILLS AND EXERCISES ON PORT
FACILITY SECURITY
18.1 The port facility security officer and appropriate
port facility security personnel shall have knowledge
and have received training, taking into account the
guidance given in part B of this Code.
18.2 Port facility personnel having specific security
duties shall understand their duties and responsibilities
for port facility security, as described in the port facility
security plan and shall have sufficient knowledge and
ability to perform their assigned duties, taking into
account the guidance given in part B of this Code.
18.3 To ensure the effective implementation of the port
facility security plan, drills shall be carried out at
appropriate intervals taking into account the types of
operation of the port facility, port facility personnel
changes, the type of ship the port facility is serving and
other relevant circumstances, taking into account
guidance given in part B of this Code.
18.4 The port facility security officer shall ensure the
A equipment of the ship after verification shall be
C
effective coordination and implementation of the port
facility security plan by participating in exercises at
LI
appropriate intervals, taking into account the guidance
given in part B of this Code.
19 VERIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION FOR SHIPS
B
19.1 Verifications
U
19.1.1 Each ship to which this Part of the Code applies
shall be subject to the verifications specified below:
.P
.1 an initial verification before the ship is put in
service or before the certificate required
under section 19.2 is issued for the first time,
which shall include a complete verification of
its security system and any associated
.G
security equipment covered by the relevant
provisions of chapter XI-2, this Part of the
Code and the approved ship security plan.
This verification shall ensure that the security
system and any associated security
C
equipment of the ship fully complies with the
applicable requirements of chapter XI-2 and
this Part of the Code, is in satisfactory
condition and fit for the service for which the
ship is intended;
.2 a renewal verification at intervals specified by
the Administration, but not exceeding five
years, except where section 19.3 is
applicable. This verification shall ensure that
the security system and any associated
security equipment of the ship fully complies
with the applicable requirements of chapter
XI-2, this Part of the Code and the approved
ship security plan, is in satisfactory condition
440
and fit for the service for which the ship is
intended;
.3 at least one intermediate verification. If only
one intermediate verification is carried out it
shall take place between the second and
third anniversary date of the certificate as
defined in regulation I/2(n). The intermediate
verification shall include inspection of the
security system and any associated security
equipment of the ship to ensure that it
remains satisfactory for the service for which
the ship is intended. Such intermediate
verification shall be endorsed on the
certificate;
.4 any additional verifications as determined by
S
the Administration.
N
19.1.2 The verifications of ships shall be carried out by
officers of the Administration. The Administration may,
however, entrust the verifications to a recognized
IO
security organization referred to in regulation XI-2/1.
19.1.3 In every case, the Administration concerned
shall fully guarantee the completeness and efficiency of
the verification and shall undertake to ensure the
T
necessary arrangements to satisfy this obligation.
19.1.4 The security system and any associated security
maintained to conform with the provisions of regulations
XI-2/4.2 and XI-2/6, this Part of the Code and the
approved ship security plan. After any verification under
section 19.1.1 has been completed, no changes shall
be made in security system and in any associated
security equipment or the approved ship security plan
without the sanction of the Administration.
19.2 Issue or endorsement of certificate
19.2.1 An International Ship Security Certificate shall be
issued after the initial or renewal verification in
accordance with the provisions of section 19.1.
19.2.2 Such certificate shall be issued or endorsed
either by the Administration or by a recognized security
organization acting on behalf of the Administration.
19.2.3 Another Contracting Government may, at the
request of the Administration, cause the ship to be
verified and, if satisfied that the provisions of section
19.1.1 are complied with, shall issue or authorize the
issue of an International Ship Security Certificate to the
ship and, where appropriate, endorse or authorize the
endorsement of that certificate on the ship, in
accordance with this Code.
19.2.3.1 A copy of the certificate and a copy of the
verification report shall be transmitted as soon as
possible to the requesting Administration.
19.2.3.2 A certificate so issued shall contain a
statement to the effect that it has been issued at the
request of the Administration and it shall have the same
force and receive the same recognition as the
certificate issued under section 19.2.2.
19.2.4 The International Ship Security Certificate shall
be drawn up in a form corresponding to the model given
in the appendix to this Code. If the language used is not
English, French or Spanish, the text shall include a
translation into one of these languages.
19.3 Duration and validity of certificate
19.3.1 An International Ship Security Certificate shall be
issued for a period specified by the Administration
which shall not exceed five years.
19.3.2 When the renewal verification is completed
within three months before the expiry date of the
existing certificate, the new certificate shall be valid
from the date of completion of the renewal verification
to a date not exceeding five years from the date of
expiry of the existing certificate.
19.3.2.1 When the renewal verification is completed
after the expiry date of the existing certificate, the new
certificate shall be valid from the date of completion of
the renewal verification to a date not exceeding five
years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate.
19.3.2.2 When the renewal verification is completed
more than three months before the expiry date of the
existing certificate, the new certificate shall be valid
from the date of completion of the renewal verification
to a date not exceeding five years from the date of
completion of the renewal verification.
19.3.3 If a certificate is issued for a period of less than
five years, the Administration may extend the validity of
the certificate beyond the expiry date to the maximum
A .3
C
period specified in section 19.3.1, provided that the
verifications referred to in section 19.1.1 applicable
LI
when a certificate is issued for a period of five years are
carried out as appropriate.
19.3.4 If a renewal verification has been completed and
B
a new certificate cannot be issued or placed on board
the ship before the expiry date of the existing certificate,
the Administration or recognized security organization
U
acting on behalf of the Administration may endorse the
existing certificate and such a certificate shall be
accepted as valid for a further period which shall not
.P
exceed five months from the expiry date.
19.3.5 If a ship at the time when a certificate expires is
not in a port in which it is to be verified, the
Administration may extend the period of validity of the
.G
certificate but this extension shall be granted only for
the purpose of allowing the ship to complete its voyage
to the port in which it is to be verified, and then only in
cases where it appears proper and reasonable to do so.
No certificate shall be extended for a period longer than
C
three months, and the ship to which an extension is
granted shall not, on its arrival in the port in which it is
to be verified, be entitled by virtue of such extension to
leave that port without having a new certificate. When
the renewal verification is completed, the new certificate
shall be valid to a date not exceeding five years from
the expiry date of the existing certificate before the
extension was granted.
19.3.6 A certificate issued to a ship engaged on short
voyages which has not been extended under the
foregoing provisions of this section may be extended by
the Administration for a period of grace of up to one
month from the date of expiry stated on it. When the
renewal verification is completed, the new certificate
441
shall be valid to a date not exceeding five years from
the date of expiry of the existing certificate before the
extension was granted.
19.3.7 If an intermediate verification is completed
before the period specified in section 19.1.1, then:
.1 the expiry date shown on the certificate shall
be amended by endorsement to a date which
shall not be more than three years later than
the date on which the intermediate
verification was completed;
.2 the expiry date may remain unchanged
provided one or more additional verifications
are carried out so that the maximum intervals
between the verifications prescribed by
S
section 19.1.1 are not exceeded.
N
19.3.8 A certificate issued under section 19.2 shall
cease to be valid in any of the following cases:
IO
.1 if the relevant verifications are not completed
within the periods specified under section
19.1.1;
.2 if the certificate is not endorsed in
T
accordance with section 19.1.1.3 and
19.3.7.1, if applicable;
when a Company assumes the responsibility
for the operation of a ship not previously
operated by that Company; and
.4 upon transfer of the ship to the flag of another
State.
19.3.9 In the case of:
.1 a transfer of a ship to the flag of another
Contracting Government, the Contracting
Government whose flag the ship was
formerly entitled to fly shall, as soon as
possible, transmit to the receiving
Administration copies of, or all information
relating to, the International Ship Security
Certificate carried by the ship before the
transfer and copies of available verification
reports, or
.2 a Company that assumes responsibility for
the operation of a ship not previously
operated by that Company, the previous
Company shall as soon as possible, transmit
to the receiving Company copies of any
information related to the International Ship
Security Certificate or to facilitate the
verifications described in section 19.4.2.
19.4 Interim certification
19.4.1 The certificates specified in section 19.2 shall be
issued only when the Administration issuing the
certificate is fully satisfied that the ship complies with
the requirements of section 19.1. However, after 1 July
2004, for the purposes of:
.1 a ship without a certificate, on delivery or
prior to its entry or re-entry into service;
.2 transfer of a ship from the flag of a
Contracting Government to the flag of
another Contracting Government;
.3 transfer of a ship to the flag of a Contracting
Government from a State which is not a
Contracting Government; or
.4 when a Company assumes the responsibility
for the operation of a ship not previously
operated by that Company; until the
certificate referred to in section 19.2 is
issued, the Administration may cause an
Interim International Ship Security Certificate
to be issued, in a form corresponding to the
model given in the Appendix to this Part of
the Code.
19.4.2 An Interim International Ship Security Certificate
shall only be issued when the Administration or
recognized security organization, on behalf of the
Administration, has verified that:
.1 the ship security assessment required by this
Part of the Code has been completed,
.2 a copy of the ship security plan meeting the
requirements of chapter XI-2 and part A of
this Code is provided on board, has been
submitted for review and approval, and is
.3
being implemented on the ship;
the ship is provided with a ship security alert
A shall be valid for 6 months, or until the certificate
C
system meeting the requirements of
regulation XI-2/6, if required,
LI
.4 the company security officer:
.1 has ensured:
B
.1 the review of the ship security
plan for compliance with this Part
U
of the Code,
.2 that the plan has been submitted
.P
for approval, and
.3 that the plan is being
implemented on the ship, and
.G
C
442
.2 has established the necessary
arrangements, including arrangements for
drills, exercises and internal audits, through
which the company security officer is satisfied
that the ship will successfully complete the
required verification in accordance with
section 19.1.1.1, within 6 months;
.5 arrangements have been made for carrying
out the required verifications under section
19.1.1.1;
.6 the master, the ship’s security officer and
other ship’s personnel with specific security
duties are familiar with their duties and
responsibilities as specified in this Part of the
Code; and with the relevant provisions of the
S
ship security plan placed on board; and have
been provided such information in the
N
working language of the ship’s personnel or
languages understood by them; and
IO
.7 the ship security officer meets the
requirements of this Part of the Code.
19.4.3 An Interim International Ship Security Certificate
may be issued by the Administration or by a recognized
T
security organization authorized to act on its behalf.
19.4.4 An Interim International Ship Security Certificate
required by section 19.2 is issued, whichever comes
first, and may not be extended.
19.4.5 No Contracting Government shall cause a
subsequent, consecutive Interim International Ship
Security Certificate to be issued to a ship if, in the
judgment of the Administration or the recognized
security organization, one of the purposes of the ship or
a Company in requesting such certificate is to avoid full
compliance with chapter XI-2 and this Part of the Code
beyond the period of the initial interim certificate as
specified in section 19.4.4.
19.4.6 For the purposes of regulation XI-2/9,
Contracting Governments may, prior to accepting an
Interim International Ship Security Certificate as a valid
certificate, ensure that the requirements of sections
19.4.2.4 to 19.4.2.6 have been met.
 APPENDIX TO PART A

APPENDIX 1
Form of the International Ship Security Certificate

INTERNATIONAL SHIP SECURITY CERTIFICATE

(official seal) (State)

Certificate Number

Issued under the provisions of the

INTERNATIONAL CODE FOR THE SECURITY OF SHIPS AND OF PORT FACILITIES

(ISPS CODE)

S
Under the authority of the Government of

N
___________________________________________
(name of State)

IO
T
by __________________________________________________________________________

(persons or organization authorized)

A
Name of ship :............................................................................................................................................................
C
Distinctive number or letters :.....................................................................................................................................
LI

Port of registry :..........................................................................................................................................................

Type of ship :..............................................................................................................................................................

B

Gross tonnage :..........................................................................................................................................................

IMO Number :.............................................................................................................................................................

U

Name and address of the Company :.........................................................................................................................

.P

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:

1 that the security system and any associated security equipment of the ship has been verified in accordance with
section 19.1 of part A of the ISPS Code;
2 that the verification showed that the security system and any associated security equipment of the ship is in all
.G

respects satisfactory and that the ship complies with the applicable requirements of chapter XI-2 of the Convention
and part A of the ISPS Code;
3 that the ship is provided with an approved Ship Security Plan.
C

Date of initial / renewal verification on which this certificate is based ........................................................................

This Certificate is valid until ............................ subject to verifications in accordance with section 19.1.1 of part A of the
ISPS Code.

Issued at .....................................................................................................................................................................
(place of issue of the Certificate)

Date of issue .......... ...................................................................................................................................................

(signature of the duly authorized official issuing the Certificate)

(Seal or stamp of issuing authority, as appropriate)

443
ENDORSEMENT FOR INTERMEDIATE VERIFICATION
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that at an intermediate verification required by section 19.1.1 of part A of the ISPS Code the ship
was found to comply with the relevant provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and part A of the ISPS Code.

Intermediate verification Signed .........................................................................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place ...........................................................................................

Date ...........................................................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

S
N
ENDORSEMENT FOR ADDITIONAL VERIFICATIONS*

Additional verification Signed .........................................................................................

IO
(Signature of authorized official)

Place ...........................................................................................

T
Date ...........................................................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

A
C
LI

Additional verification Signed .........................................................................................

(Signature of authorized official)
B

Place ...........................................................................................
U

Date ...........................................................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

.P
.G

Additional verification Signed .........................................................................................

(Signature of authorized official)

Place ...........................................................................................
C

Date ...........................................................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

___________
* This part of the certificate shall be adapted by the Administration to indicate whether it has established additional
verifications as provided for in section 19.1.1.4.

444
 ADDITIONAL VERIFICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION A/19.3.7.2 OF
THE ISPS CODE

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that at an additional verification required by section 19.3.7.2 of part A of the ISPS Code the ship
was found to comply with the relevant provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and part A of the ISPS Code.

Signed .........................................................................................
(Signature of authorized official)

Place ...........................................................................................

Date ...........................................................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

S
N
IO
ENDORSEMENT TO EXTEND THE CERTIFICATE IF VALID FOR LESS THAN
5 YEARS WHERE SECTION A/19.3.3 OF THE ISPS CODE APPLIES

The ship complies with the relevant provisions of part A of the ISPS Code, and the Certificate shall, in accordance with
section 19.3.3 of part A of the ISPS Code, be accepted as valid until .....................................................................................

T
Signed .........................................................................................
(Signature of authorized official)
A
Place ...........................................................................................
C
Date ...........................................................................................
LI

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

B
U

ENDORSEMENT WHERE THE RENEWAL VERIFICATION HAS BEEN

.P

COMPLETED AND SECTION A/19.3.4 OF THE ISPS CODE APPLIES

The ship complies with the relevant provisions of part A of the ISPS Code, and the Certificate shall, in accordance with
section 19.3.4 of part A of the ISPS Code, be accepted as valid until .....................................................................................
.G

Signed .........................................................................................
(Signature of authorized official)

Place ...........................................................................................
C

Date ...........................................................................................

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

445
 ENDORSEMENT TO EXTEND THE VALIDITY OF THE CERTIFICATE UNTIL REACHING THE PORT OF
VERIFICATION WHERE SECTION A/19.3.5 OF THE ISPS CODE APPLIES OR FOR A PERIOD OF GRACE WHERE
SECTION A/19.3.6 OF THE ISPS CODE APPLIES

This Certificate shall, in accordance with section 19.3.5 / 19.3.6* of part A of the ISPS Code, be accepted as valid until

..................................................................................................................................................................................................

Signed .........................................................................................
(Signature of authorized official)

Place ...........................................................................................

Date ...........................................................................................

S
N
(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

IO
T
ENDORSEMENT FOR ADVANCEMENT OF EXPIRY DATE
WHERE SECTION A/19.3.7.1 OF THE ISPS CODE APPLIES
A
In accordance with section 19.3.7.1 of part A of the ISPS Code, the new expiry date** is .....................................................
C
Signed .........................................................................................
LI

(Signature of authorized official)

Place ...........................................................................................
B

Date ...........................................................................................
U

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

.P
.G

* Delete as appropriate.
** In case of completion of this part of the certificate the expiry date shown on the front of the certificate shall also
be amended accordingly.
C

446
 APPENDIX 2

Form of the Interim International Ship Security Certificate

INTERIM INTERNATIONAL SHIP SECURITY CERTIFICATE

(official seal) (State)

Certificate No…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Issued under the provisions of the

S
INTERNATIONAL CODE FOR THE SECURITY OF SHIPS AND OF PORT FACILITIES

N
(ISPS CODE)

Under the authority of the Government of

IO
_________________________________________
(name of State)

T
by _________________________________________________________________________
(persons or organization authorized)

A
Name of ship : .............................................................................................................................................................

Distinctive number or letters : ......................................................................................................................................

C
Port of registry : ...........................................................................................................................................................
LI

Type of ship : ...............................................................................................................................................................

Gross tonnage : ...........................................................................................................................................................

B

IMO Number : ..............................................................................................................................................................

U

Name and address of company : .................................................................................................................................

Is this a subsequent, consecutive interim certificate? Yes/ No*

.P

If Yes, date of issue of initial interim certificate.............................................................................................................

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT the requirements of section A/19.4.2 of the ISPS Code have been complied with.
.G

This Certificate is issued pursuant to section A/19.4 of the ISPS Code.

This Certificate is valid until ..........................................................................................................................................

Issued at .......................................................................................................................................................................
C

(place of issue of the certificate)

Date of issue .................................... ............................................................................................................................

(signature of the duly authorized official issuing the Certificate)

(Seal or stamp of issuing authority, as appropriate)

* Delete as appropriate

447
 PART B - approving the Ship Security Plan and relevant
amendments to a previously approved plan;
GUIDANCE REGARDING THE PROVISIONS OF
- verifying the compliance of ships with the provisions of
CHAPTER XI-2 OF THE ANNEX TO THE
chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code and issuing to
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY
ships the International Ship Security Certificate;
OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974 AS AMENDED AND PART A
OF THIS CODE
- determining which of the port facilities located within
their territory are required to designate a Port Facility
1 INTRODUCTION
Security Officer who will be responsible for the
preparation of the Port Facility Security Plan;
General
- ensuring completion and approval of the Port Facility
1.1 The preamble of this Code indicates that chapter
Security Assessment and of any subsequent
XI-2 and part A of this Code establish the new
amendments to a previously approved assessment;
international framework of measures to enhance
maritime security and through which ships and port
- approving the Port Facility Security Plan and any

S
facilities can co-operate to detect and deter acts which
subsequent amendments to a previously approved
threaten security in the maritime transport sector.
plan; and

N
1.2 This introduction outlines, in a concise manner, the
- exercising control and compliance measures;
processes envisaged in establishing and implementing
the measures and arrangements needed to achieve

IO
- testing approved plans; and
and maintain compliance with the provisions of chapter
XI-2 and of part A of this Code and identifies the main
- communicating information to the International
elements on which guidance is offered. The guidance is
Maritime Organization and to the shipping and port
provided in paragraphs 2 through to 19. It also sets
industries.

T
down essential considerations, which should be taken
into account when considering the application of the
1.7 Contracting Governments can designate, or
guidance relating to ships and port facilities.
establish, Designated Authorities within Government to
1.3 If the reader’s interest relates to ships alone, it is
strongly recommended that this Part of the Code is still
A undertake, with respect to port facilities, their security
duties under chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code and
allow Recognized Security Organizations to carry out
C
read as a whole, particularly the sections relating to port
certain work with respect to port facilities but the final
facilities. The same applies to those whose primary
decision on the acceptance and approval of this work
interest are port facilities; they should also read the
LI

should be given by the Contracting Government or the

sections relating to ships.
Designated Authority. Administrations may also
delegate the undertaking of certain security duties,
1.4 The guidance provided in the following sections
relating to ships, to Recognized Security Organizations.
relates primarily to protection of the ship when it is at a
B

The following duties or activities cannot be delegated to

port facility. There could, however, be situations when a
a Recognized Security Organization:
ship may pose a threat to the port facility, e.g. because,
once within the port facility, it could be used as a base
U

- setting of the applicable security level;

from which to launch an attack. When considering the
appropriate security measures to respond to ship-based
- determining which of the port facilities located within
security threats, those completing the Port Facility
.P

the territory of a Contracting Government are required

Security Assessment or preparing the Port Facility
to designate a Port Facility Security Officer and to
Security Plan should consider making appropriate
prepare a Port Facility Security Plan;
adaptations to the guidance offered in the following
sections.
- approving a Port Facility Security Assessment or any
.G

subsequent amendments to a previously approved

1.5 The reader is advised that nothing in this Part of
assessment;
the Code should be read or interpreted in conflict with
any of the provisions of either chapter XI-2 or part A of
- approving a Port Facility Security Plan or any
this Code and that the aforesaid provisions always
subsequent amendments to a previously approved
C

prevail and override any unintended inconsistency

plan;
which may have been inadvertently expressed in this
Part of the Code. The guidance provided in this Part of
- exercising control and compliance measures; and
the Code should always be read, interpreted and
applied in a manner which is consistent with the aims,
- establishing the requirements for a Declaration of
objectives and principles established in chapter XI-2
Security.
and part A of this Code.
Setting the security level
Responsibilities of Contracting Governments
1.8 The setting of the security level applying at any
1.6 Contracting Governments have, under the
particular time is the responsibility of Contracting
provisions of chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code,
Governments and can apply to ships and port facilities.
various responsibilities, which, amongst others, include:
Part A of this Code defines three security levels for
international use. These are:
- setting the applicable security level;

448
- Security Level 1, normal; the level at which ships and
port facilities normally operate;
- Security Level 2, heightened; the level applying for as
long as there is a heightened risk of a security incident;
and
- Security Level 3, exceptional, the level applying for the
period of time when there is the probable or imminent
risk of a security incident.
The Company and the Ship
1.9 Any Company operating ships to which chapter XI-2
and part A of this Code apply has to designate a
Company Security Officer for the Company and a Ship
Security Officer for each of its ships. The duties,
responsibilities and training requirements of these
officers and requirements for drills and exercises are
defined in part A of this Code.
1.10 The Company Security Officer’s responsibilities
include, in brief amongst others, ensuring that a Ship
Security Assessment is properly carried out, that a Ship
Security Plan is prepared and submitted for approval
by, or on behalf of, the Administration and thereafter is
placed on board each ship to which part A of this Code
applies and in respect of which that person has been
appointed as the Company Security Officer.
1.11 The Ship Security Plan should indicate the
operational and physical security measures the ship
itself should take to ensure it always operates at
A fundamentally a risk analysis of all aspects of a port
C
security level 1. The plan should also indicate the
additional, or intensified, security measures the ship
LI
itself can take to move to and operate at security level 2
when instructed to do so. Furthermore, the plan should
indicate the possible preparatory actions the ship could
take to allow prompt response to the instructions that
B
may be issued to the ship by those responding at
security level 3 to a security incident or threat thereof.
U
1.12 The ships to which the requirements of chapter XI-
2 and part A of this Code apply are required to have,
and operated in accordance with, a Ship Security Plan
.P
approved by, or on behalf of, the Administration. The
Company and Ship Security Officer should monitor the
continuing relevance and effectiveness of the plan,
including the undertaking of internal audits.
Amendments to any of the elements of an approved
.G
plan, for which the Administration has determined that
approval is required, have to be submitted for review
and approval before their incorporation in the approved
plan and their implementation by the ship.
C
1.13 The ship has to carry an International Ship
Security Certificate indicating that it complies with the
requirements of chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code.
Part A of this Code includes provisions relating to the
verification and certification of the ship’s compliance
with the requirements on an initial, renewal and
intermediate verification basis.
1.14 When a ship is at a port or is proceeding to a port
of a Contracting Government, the Contracting
Government has the right, under the provisions of
regulation XI-2/9, to exercise various control and
compliance measures with respect to that ship. The
ship is subject to port State control inspections but
such inspections will not normally extend to
449
examination of the Ship Security Plan itself except in
specific circumstances. The ship may, also, be subject
to additional control measures if the Contracting
Government exercising the control and compliance
measures has reason to believe that the security of the
ship has, or the port facilities it has served have, been
compromised.
1.15 The ship is also required to have onboard
information, to be made available to Contracting
Governments upon request, indicating who is
responsible for deciding the employment of the ship’s
personnel and for deciding various aspects relating to
the employment of the ship.
The port facility
S
1.16 Each Contracting Government has to ensure
completion of a Port Facility Security Assessment for
N
each of the port facilities, located within its territory,
serving ships engaged on international voyages. The
Contracting Government, a Designated Authority or a
IO
Recognized Security Organization may carry out this
assessment. The completed Port Facility Security
Assessment has to be approved by the Contracting
Government or the Designated Authority concerned.
This approval cannot be delegated. Port Facility
T
Security Assessments should be periodically reviewed.
1.17 The Port Facility Security Assessment is
facility’s operation in order to determine which part(s) of
it are more susceptible, and/or more likely, to be the
subject of attack. Security risk is a function of the threat
of an attack coupled with the vulnerability of the target
and the consequences of an attack. The assessment
must include the following components:
- the perceived threat to port installations and
infrastructure must be determined;
- the potential vulnerabilities identified; and
- the consequences of incidents calculated.
On completion of the analysis, it will be possible to
produce an overall assessment of the level of risk. The
Port Facility Security Assessment will help determine
which port facilities are required to appoint a Port
Facility Security Officer and prepare a Port Facility
Security Plan.
1.18 The port facilities which have to comply with the
requirements of chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code
are required to designate a Port Facility Security
Officer. The duties, responsibilities and training
requirements of these officers and requirements for
drills and exercises are defined in part A of this Code.
1.19 The Port Facility Security Plan should indicate the
operational and physical security measures the port
facility should take to ensure that it always operates at
security level 1. The plan should also indicate the
additional, or intensified, security measures the port
facility can take to move to and operate at security level
2 when instructed to do so. Furthermore, the plan
should indicate the possible preparatory actions the
port facility could take to allow prompt response to the
instructions that may be issued by those responding at
security level 3 to a security incident or threat thereof.
1.20 The port facilities which have to comply with the
requirements of chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code
are required to have, and operate in accordance with, a
Port Facility Security Plan approved by the Contracting
Government or by the Designated Authority concerned.
The PFSO should implement its provisions and monitor
the continuing effectiveness and relevance of the plan,
including commissioning internal audits of the
application of the plan. Amendments to any of the
elements of an approved plan, for which the
Contracting Government or the Designated Authority
concerned has determined that approval is required,
have to be submitted for review and approval before
their incorporation in the approved plan and their
implementation at the port facility. The Contracting
Government or the Designated Authority concerned
may test the effectiveness of the plan. The Port Facility
Security Assessment covering the port facility or on
which the development of the plan has been based
should be regularly reviewed. All these activities may
lead to amendment of the approved plan. Any
amendments to specified elements of an approved plan
will have to be submitted for approval by the
Contracting Government or by the Designated Authority
concerned.
1.21 Ships using port facilities may be subject to the
port State control inspections and additional control
measures outlined in regulation XI-2/9. The relevant
authorities may request the provision of information
regarding the ship, its cargo, passengers and ship’s
personnel prior to the ship’s entry into port. There may
be circumstances in which entry into port could be
A Security Assessments and Port Facility Security Plans,
C
denied.
LI
Information and communication
1.22 Chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code require
Contracting Governments to provide certain information
B
to the International Maritime Organization and for
information to be made available to allow effective
communication between Contracting Governments and
U
between Company/Ship Security Officers and the Port
Facility Security Officers.
.P
2 DEFINITIONS
2.1 No guidance is provided with respect to the
definitions set out in chapter XI-2 or part A of this Code.
.G
2.2 For the purpose of this Part of the Code:
.1 .section. means a section of part A of the
Code and is indicated as .section A/<followed
by the number of the section>.;
C
.2 .paragraph. means a paragraph of this Part of
the Code and is indicated as .paragraph
<followed by the number of the paragraph>.;
and
.3 .Contracting Government., when used in
paragraphs 14 to 18, means the .Contracting
Government within whose territory the port
facility is located. And includes a reference to
the .Designated Authority.
3 APPLICATION
General
450
3.1 The guidance given in this Part of the Code should
be taken into account when implementing the
requirements of chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code.
3.2 However, it should be recognized that the extent to
which the guidance on ships applies will depend on the
type of ship, its cargoes and/or passengers, its trading
pattern and the characteristics of the port facilities
visited by the ship.
3.3 Similarly, in relation to the guidance on port
facilities, the extent to which this guidance applies will
depend on the port facilities, the types of ships using
the port facility, the types of cargo and/or passengers
and the trading patterns of visiting ships.
3.4 The provisions of chapter XI-2 and part A of this
S
Code are not intended to apply to port facilities
designed and used primarily for military purposes.
N
4 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTING
GOVERNMENTS
IO
Security of assessments and plans
4.1 Contracting Governments should ensure that
appropriate measures are in place to avoid
T
unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, security
sensitive material relating to Ship Security
Assessments, Ship Security Plans, Port Facility
and to individual assessments or plans.
Designated authorities
4.2 Contracting Governments may identify a
Designated Authority within Government to undertake
their security duties relating to port facilities as set out
in chapter XI-2 or part A of this Code.
Recognized Security Organizations
4.3 Contracting Governments may authorize a
Recognized Security Organization (RSO) to undertake
certain security related activities, including:
.1 approval of Ship Security Plans, or
amendments thereto, on behalf of the
Administration;
.2 verification and certification of compliance of
ships with the requirements of chapter XI-2
and part A of this Code on behalf of the
Administration; and
.3 conducting Port Facility Security
Assessments required by the Contracting
Government.
4.4 An RSO may also advise or provide assistance to
Companies or port facilities on security matters,
including Ship Security Assessments, Ship Security
Plans, Port Facility Security Assessments and Port
Facility Security Plans. This can include completion of a
Ship Security Assessment or Plan or Port Facility
Security Assessment or Plan. If an RSO has done so in
respect of a ship security assessment or plan that RSO
should not be authorized to approve that ship security
plan.
4.5 When authorizing an RSO, Contracting
Governments should give consideration to the
competency of such an organization. An RSO should
be able to demonstrate:
.1 expertise in relevant aspects of security;
.2 appropriate knowledge of ship and port
operations, including knowledge of ship
design and construction if providing services
in respect of ships and port design and
construction if providing services in respect of
port facilities;
.3 their capability to assess the likely security
risks that could occur during ship and port
facility operations including the ship/port
interface and how to minimise such risks;
.4 their ability to maintain and improve the
expertise of their personnel;
.5 their ability to monitor the continuing
trustworthiness of their personnel;
.6 their ability to maintain appropriate measures
to avoid unauthorized disclosure of, or
access to, security sensitive material;
.7 their knowledge of the requirements chapter
XI-2 and part A of this Code and relevant
national and international legislation and
security requirements;
A or amendment of instructions issued by those
C
.8 their knowledge of current security threats
LI
and patterns;
.9 their knowledge on recognition and detection
of weapons, dangerous substances and
B
devices;
.10 their knowledge on recognition, on a non-
U
discriminatory basis, of characteristics and
behavioural patterns of persons who are
likely to threaten security;
.P
.11 their knowledge on techniques used to
circumvent security measures; and
.12 their knowledge of security and surveillance
.G
equipment and systems and their operational
limitations. When delegating specific duties to
a RSO, Contracting Governments, including
Administrations, should ensure that the RSO
has the competencies needed to undertake
C
the task.
4.6 A Recognized Organization, as defined in regulation
I/6 and fulfilling the requirements of regulation XI-1/1,
may be appointed as a RSO provided it has the
appropriate security related expertise listed in
paragraph 4.5.
4.7 A Port or Harbour Authority or Port Facility operator
may be appointed as a RSO provided it has the
appropriate security related expertise listed in
paragraph 4.5.
Setting the security level
451
4.8 In setting the security level Contracting
Governments should take account of general and
specific threat information. Contracting Governments
should set the security level applying to ships or port
facilities at one of three levels:
- Security level 1: normal, the level at which the ship or
port facility normally operates;
- Security level 2: heightened, the level applying for as
long as there is a heightened risk of a security incident;
and
- Security level 3: exceptional, the level applying for the
period of time when there is the probable or imminent
risk of a security incident.
S
4.9 Setting security level 3 should be an exceptional
measure applying only when there is credible
N
information that a security incident is probable or
imminent. Security level 3 should only be set for the
duration of the identified security threat or actual
IO
security incident. While the security levels may change
from security level 1, through security level 2 to security
level 3, it is also possible that the security levels will
change directly from security level 1 to security level 3.
T
4.10 At all times the Master of a ship has the ultimate
responsibility for the safety and security of the ship.
Even at security level 3 a Master may seek clarification
responding to a security incident, or threat thereof, if
there are reasons to believe that compliance with any
instruction may imperil the safety of the ship.
4.11 The Company Security Officer (CSO) or the Ship
Security Officer (SSO) should liase at the earliest
opportunity with the Port Facility Security Officer
(PFSO) of the port facility the ship is intended to visit to
establish the security level applying for that ship at the
port facility. Having established contact with a ship, the
PFSO should advise the ship of any subsequent
change in the port facility’s security level and should
provide the ship with any relevant security information.
4.12 While there may be circumstances when an
individual ship may be operating at a higher security
level than the port facility it is visiting, there will be no
circumstances when a ship can have a lower security
level than the port facility it is visiting. If a ship has a
higher security level than the port facility it intends to
use, the CSO or SSO should advise the PFSO without
delay. The PFSO should undertake an assessment of
the particular situation in consultation with the CSO or
SSO and agree on appropriate security measures with
the ship, which may include completion and signing of a
Declaration of Security.
4.13 Contracting Governments should consider how
information on changes in security levels should be
promulgated rapidly. Administrations may wish to use
NAVTEX messages or Notices to Mariners as the
method for notifying such changes in security levels to
ship and CSO and SSO. Or, they may wish to consider
other methods of communication that provide
equivalent or better speed and coverage. Contracting
Governments should establish means of notifying
PFSOs of changes in security levels. Contracting
Governments should compile and maintain the contact
details for a list of those who need to be informed of
changes in security levels. Whereas the security level
need not be regarded as being particularly sensitive,
the underlying threat information may be highly
sensitive. Contracting Governments should give careful
consideration to the type and detail of the information
conveyed and the method by which it is conveyed, to
SSOs, CSOs and PFSOs.
Contact points and information on Port Facility
Security Plans
4.14 Where a port facility has a PFSP, that fact has to
be communicated to the Organization and that
information must also be made available to Company
and Ship Security Officers. No further details of the
PFSP have to be published other than that it is in place.
Contracting Governments should consider establishing
either central or regional points of contact, or other
means of providing up to date information on the
locations where PFSPs are in place, together with
contact details for the relevant PFSO. The existence of
such contact points should be publicised. They could
also provide information on the recognized security
organizations appointed to act on behalf of the
Contracting Government, together with details of the
specific responsibility and conditions of authority
delegated to such recognized security organizations.
4.15 In the case of a port that does not have a PFSP
(and therefore does not have a PFSO) the central or
regional point of contact should be able to identify a
suitably qualified person ashore who can arrange for
A Contracting Governments should establish the best
C
appropriate security measures to be in place, if needed,
for the duration of the ship’s visit.
LI
4.16 Contracting Governments should also provide the
contact details of Government officers to whom an
SSO, a CSO and a PFSO can report security concerns.
B
These Government officers should assess such reports
before taking appropriate action. Such reported
concerns may have a bearing on the security measures
U
falling under the jurisdiction of another Contracting
Government. In that case, the Contracting
Governments should consider contacting their
.P
counterpart in the other Contracting Government to
discuss whether remedial action is appropriate. For this
purpose, the contact details of the Government officers
should be communicated to the International Maritime
Organization.
.G
4.17 Contracting Governments should also make the
information indicated in paragraphs 4.14 to 4.16,
available to other Contracting Governments on request.
C
Identification documents
4.18 Contracting Governments are encouraged to issue
appropriate identification documents to Government
officials entitled to board ships or enter port facilities
when performing their official duties and to establish
procedures whereby the authenticity of such documents
might be verified.
Fixed and floating platforms and mobile offshore
drilling units on location
4.19 Contracting Governments should consider
establishing appropriate security measures for fixed
and floating platforms and mobile offshore drilling units
452
on location to allow interaction with ships which are
required to comply with the provisions of chapter XI-2
and part A of this Code*.
Ships which are not required to comply with part A
of this Code
4.20 Contracting Governments should consider
establishing appropriate security measures to enhance
the security of ships to which this chapter XI-2 and part
A of this Code does not apply and to ensure that any
security provisions applying to such ships allow
interaction with ships to which part A of this Code
applies.
Threats to ships and other incidents at sea
4.21 Contracting Governments should provide general
S
guidance on the measures considered appropriate to
reduce the security risk to ships flying their flag when at
N
sea. They should provide specific advice on the action
to be taken in accordance with security levels 1 to 3, if:
IO
.1 there is a change in the security level
applying to the ship while it is at sea, e.g.
because of the geographical area in which it
is operating or relating to the ship itself; and
T
.2 there is a security incident or threat thereof
involving the ship while at sea.
methods and procedures for these purposes. In the
case of an imminent attack the ship should seek to
establish direct communication with those responsible
in the flag State for responding to security incidents.
4.22 Contracting Governments should also establish a
point of contact for advice on security for any ship:
.1 entitled to fly their flag; or
.2 operating in their territorial sea or having
communicated an intention to enter their
territorial sea.
4.23 Contracting Governments should offer advice to
ships operating in their territorial sea or having
communicated an intention to enter their territorial sea,
which could include advice:
.1 to alter or delay their intended passage;
.2 to navigate on a particular course or proceed
to a specific location;
.3 on the availability of any personnel or
equipment that could be placed on the ship;
.4 to co-ordinate the passage, arrival into port or
departure from port, to allow escort by patrol
craft or aircraft (fixed-wing or helicopter).
* Refer to Establishment of appropriate measures to enhance the security
of ships, port facilities, mobile offshore drilling units on location and fixed
and floating platforms not covered by chapter XI-2 of the 1974 SOLAS
Convention, adopted by the 2002 SOLAS Conference by resolution 7.
Contracting Governments should remind ships
operating in their territorial sea, or having
communicated an intention to enter their territorial sea,
of any temporary restricted areas that they have
published.
4.24 Contracting Governments should recommend that
ships operating in their territorial sea, or having
communicated an intention to enter their territorial sea,
implement expeditiously, for the ship’s protection and
for the protection of other ships in the vicinity, any
security measure the Contracting Government may
have advised.
4.25 The plans prepared by the Contracting
Governments for the purposes given in paragraph 4.22
should include information on an appropriate point of
contact, available on a 24- hour basis, within the
Contracting Government including the Administration.
These plans should also include information on the
circumstances in which the Administration considers
assistance should be sought from nearby coastal
States, and a procedure for liaison between port facility
security officers and ship security officers.
Alternative security agreements
4.26 Contracting Governments, in considering how to
implement chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code, may
conclude one or more agreements with one or more
Contracting Governments. The scope of an agreement
is limited to short international voyages on fixed routes
between port facilities in the territory of the parties to
the agreement. When concluding an agreement, and
thereafter, the Contracting Governments should consult
A a control measure) when duly authorized officers have
C
other Contracting Governments and Administrations
with an interest in the effects of the agreement. Ships
LI
flying the flag of a State that is not party to the
agreement should only be allowed to operate on the
fixed routes covered by the agreement if their
Administration agrees that the ship should comply with
B
the provisions of the agreement and requires the ship to
do so. In no case can such an agreement compromise
the level of security of other ships and port facilities not
U
covered by it, and specifically, all ships covered by such
an agreement may not conduct ship-to-ship activities
with ships not so covered. Any operational interface
.P
undertaken by ships covered by the agreement should
be covered by it. The operation of each agreement
must be continually monitored and amended when the
need arises and in any event should be reviewed every
5 years.
.G
Equivalent arrangements for port facilities
4.27 For certain specific port facilities with limited or
special operations but with more than occasional traffic,
C
it may be appropriate to ensure compliance by security
measures equivalent to those prescribed in chapter XI-
2 and in part A of this Code. This can, in particular, be
the case for terminals such as those attached to
factories, or quaysides with no frequent operations.
Manning level
4.28 In establishing the minimum safe manning of a
ship the Administration should take into account* that
the minimum safe manning provisions established by
regulation V/14† only address the safe navigation of the
ship. The Administration should also take into account
any additional workload which may result from the
implementation of the ship’s security plan and ensure
453
that the ship is sufficiently and effectively manned. In
doing so the Administration should verify that ships are
able to implement the hours of rest and other measures
to address fatigue which have been promulgated by
national law, in the context of all shipboard duties
assigned to the various shipboard personnel.
‡
Control and compliance measures
General
4.29 Regulation XI-2/9 describes the control and
compliance measures applicable to ships under chapter
XI-2. It is divided into three distinct sections; control of
ships already in a port, control of ships intending to
enter a port of another Contracting Government, and
additional provisions applicable to both situations.
S
4.30 Regulation XI-2/9.1, control of ships in port,
N
implements a system for the control of ships while in
the port of a foreign country where duly authorized
officers of the Contracting Government (duly authorized
IO
officers) have the right to go on board the ship to verify
that the required certificates are in proper order. Then if
there are clear grounds to believe the ship does not
comply, control measures such as additional
inspections or detention may be taken. This reflects
T
current control systems.** Regulation XI-2/9.1 builds on
such systems and allows for additional measures
(including expulsion of a ship from a port to be taken as
clear grounds for believing that a ship is in non-
compliance with the requirements of chapter XI-2 or
part A of this Code. Regulation XI-2/9.3 describes the
safeguards that promote fair and proportionate
implementation of these additional measures.
4.31 Regulation XI-2/9.2 applies control measures to
ensure compliance to ships intending to enter a port of
another Contracting Government and introduces an
entirely different concept of control within chapter XI-2,
applying to security only. Under this regulation
measures may be implemented prior to the ship
entering port, to better ensure security. Just as in
regulation XI-2/9.1, this additional control system is
based on the concept of clear grounds for believing the
ship does not comply with chapter XI-2 or part A of this
Code, and includes significant safeguards in regulations
XI-2/9.2.2 and XI-2/9.2.5 as well as in regulation XI-
2/9.3.
*Refer to Further work by the International Maritime Organization
Pertaining to enhancement of maritime security, adopted by the 2002
SOLAS Conference by resolution 3, inviting, amongst others, the
Organization to review Assembly resolution A.890(21) on Principles of
safe manning. This review may also lead to amendments of regulation
V/14.
**See regulation I/19 and ergulation IX/6.2 of SOLAS 74 as amended,
article 21 of Load Line 66 as modified by the 1988 Load Line Protocol,
articles 5 and 6 and regulation 8A of Annex I and regulation 8A of Annex I
and regulation 15 of Annex II of MARPOL 73/78 as amended, article X of
STCW 78 as amended and IMO Assembly resolutions A.787(19) and
A.882(21).
†
As was in force on the date of adoption of this Code.
‡
Refer to Further work by the International Maritime Organization
pertaining to enhancement of maritime security, adopted by the 2002
SOLAS Conference by resolution 3, inviting, amongst others, the
Organization to review Assembly resolutions A.787(19) and A.882(21) on
Procedures for port State control.
4.32 Clear grounds that the ship is not in compliance
means evidence or reliable information that the ship
does not correspond with the requirements of chapter
XI-2 or part A of this Code, taking into account the
guidance given in this Part of the Code.
Such evidence or reliable information may arise from
the duly authorized Officer’s professional judgement or
observations gained while verifying the ship’s
International Ship Security Certificate or Interim
International Ship Security Certificate issued in
accordance with part A of this Code (certificate) or from
other sources.Even if a valid certificate is on board the
ship, the duly authorized officers may still have clear
grounds for believing that the ship is not in compliance
based on their professional judgment.
4.33 Examples of possible clear grounds under
regulations XI-2/9.1 and XI-2/9.2 may include, when
relevant:
.1 evidence from a review of the certificate that
it is not valid or it has expired;
.2 evidence or reliable information that serious
deficiencies exist in the security equipment,
documentation or arrangements required by
chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code;
.3 receipt of a report or complaint which, in the
professional judgment of the duly authorized
officer, contains reliable information clearly
indicating that the ship does not comply with
the requirements of chapter XI-2 or part A of
.4
this Code;
evidence or observation gained by a duly
A Government.
C
authorized officer using professional
judgment that the master or ship’s personnel
LI
is not familiar with essential shipboard
security procedures or cannot carry out drills
related to the security of the ship or that such
procedures or drills have not been carried
B
out;
.5 evidence or observation gained by a duly
U
authorized officer using professional
judgment that key members ship’s personnel
are not able to establish proper
.P
communication with any other key members
of ship’s personnel with security
responsibilities on board the ship;
.6 evidence or reliable information that the ship
.G
has embarked persons, or loaded stores or
goods at a port facility or from another ship
where either the port facility or the other ship
is in violation of chapter XI-2 or part A of this
Code, and the ship in question has not
C
completed a Declaration of Security, nor
taken appropriate, special or additional
security measures or has not maintained
appropriate ship security procedures;
.7 evidence or reliable information that the ship
has embarked persons, or loaded stores or
goods at a port facility or from another source
(e.g., another ship or helicopter transfer)
where either the port facility or the other
source is not required to comply with chapter
XI-2 or part A of this Code, and the ship has
not taken appropriate, special or additional
security measures or has not maintained
appropriate security procedures; and
454
.8 if the ship holds a subsequent, consecutively
issued Interim International Ship Security
Certificate as described in section A/19.4,
and if, in the professional judgment of an
officer duly authorized, one of the purposes
of the ship or a Company in requesting such
a certificate is to avoid full compliance with
chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code beyond
the period of the initial interim certificate as
described in section A/19.4.4.
4.34 The international law implications of regulation XI-
2/9 are particularly relevant, and the regulation should
be implemented with regulation XI-2/2.4 in mind, as the
potential exists for situations where either measures will
be taken which fall outside the scope of chapter XI-2, or
where rights of affected ships, outside chapter XI-2,
S
should be considered. Thus, regulation XI-2/9 does not
prejudice the Contracting Government from taking
N
measures having a basis in, and consistent with,
international law, to ensure the safety or security of
persons, ships, port facilities and other property in
IO
cases where the ship, although in compliance with
chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code, is still considered
to present a security risk.
4.35 When a Contracting Government imposes control
T
measures on a ship, the Administration should, without
delay, be contacted with sufficient information to enable
the Administration to fully liaise with the Contracting
Control of ships in port
4.36 Where the non-compliance is either a defective
item of equipment or faulty documentation leading to
the ship’s detention and the non-compliance cannot be
remedied in the port of inspection, the Contracting
Government may allow the ship to sail to another port
provided that any conditions agreed between the port
States and the Administration or master are met.
Ships intending to enter the port of another
Contracting Government
4.37 Regulation XI-2/9.2.1 lists the information
Contracting Governments may require from a ship as a
condition of entry into port. One item of information
listed is confirmation of any special or additional
measures taken by the ship during its last ten calls at a
port facility. Examples could include:
.1 records of the measures taken while visiting a
port facility located in the territory of a State
which is not a Contracting Government
especially those measures that would
normally have been provided by port facilities
located in the territories of Contracting
Governments; and
.2 any Declarations of Security that were
entered into with port facilities or other ships.
4.38 Another item of information listed, that may be
required as a condition of entry into port, is confirmation
that appropriate ship security procedures were
maintained during ship-to-ship activity conducted within
the period of the last 10 calls at a port facility. It would
not normally be required to include records of transfers
of pilots, customs, immigration, security officials nor
bunkering, lightering, loading of supplies and unloading
of waste by ship within port facilities as these would
normally fall within the auspices of the Port Facility
Security Plan. Examples of information that might be
given include:
.1 records of the measures taken while engaged
in a ship to ship activity with a ship flying the
flag of a State which is not a Contracting
Government especially those measures that
would normally have been provided by ships
flying the flag of Contracting Governments;
.2 records of the measures taken while engaged
in a ship to ship activity with a ship that is
flying the flag of a Contracting Government
but is not required to comply with the
provisions of chapter XI-2 and part A of this
Code such as a copy of any security
certificate issued to that ship under other
provisions; and
.3 in the event that persons or goods rescued at
sea are on board, all known information
about such persons or goods, including their
identities when known and the results of any
checks run on behalf of the ship to establish
the security status of those rescued. It is not
the intention of chapter XI-2 or part A of this
Code to delay or prevent the delivery of those
in distress at sea to a place of safety. It is the
sole intention of chapter XI-2 and part A of
this Code to provide States with enough
A .9
C
appropriate information to maintain their
security integrity.
LI
4.39 Examples of other practical security related
information that may be required as a condition of entry
into port in order to assist with ensuring the safety and
B
security of persons, port facilities, ships and other
property include:
U
.1 information contained in the Continuous
Synopsis Record;
.P
.2 location of the ship at the time the report is
made;
.3 expected time of arrival of the ship in port;
.G
.4 crew list;
.5 general description of cargo aboard the ship;
.6 passenger list; and
C
.7 information required to be carried under
regulation
4.40 Regulation XI-2/9.2.5 allows the master of a ship,
upon being informed that the coastal or port State will
implement control measures under regulation XI-2/9.2,
to withdraw the intention for the ship to enter port. If the
master withdraws that intention, regulation XI-2/9 no
longer applies, and any other steps that are taken must
be based on, and consistent with, international law.
Additional provisions
455
4.41 In all cases where a ship is denied entry or
expelled from a port, all known facts should be
communicated to the authorities of relevant States. This
communication should consist of the following when
known:
.1 name of ship, its flag, the ship’s identification
number, call sign, ship type and cargo;
.2 reason for denying entry or expulsion from
port or port areas;
.3 if relevant, the nature of any security non-
compliance;
.4 if relevant, details of any attempts made to
rectify any non-compliance, including any
S
conditions imposed on the ship for the
voyage;
N
.5 past port(s) of call and next declared port of
call;
IO
.6 time of departure and likely estimated time of
arrival at those ports;
.7 any instructions given to ship, e.g., reporting
T
on route;
.8 available information on the security level at
which the ship is currently operating;
information regarding any communications
the port State has had with the
Administration;
.10 contact point within the port State making the
report for the purpose of obtaining further
information;
.11 crew list; and
.12 any other relevant information.
4.42 Relevant States to contact should include those
along the ship’s intended passage to its next port,
particularly if the ship intends to enter the territorial sea
of that coastal State. Other relevant States could
include previous ports of call, so that further information
might be obtained and security issues relating to the
previous ports resolved.
4.43 In exercising control and compliance measures,
the duly authorized officers should ensure that any
measures or steps imposed are proportionate. Such
measures or steps should be reasonable and of the
minimum severity and duration necessary to rectify or
mitigate the noncompliance.
4.44 The word .delay. in regulation XI-2/9.3.5.1 also
refers to situations where, pursuant to actions taken
under this regulation, the ship is unduly denied entry
into port or the ship is unduly expelled from port.
Non-party ships and ships below convention size
4.45 With respect to ships flying the flag of a State
which is not a Contracting Government to the
Convention and not a Party to the 1988 SOLAS
Protocol*, Contracting Governments should not give
more favourable treatment to such ships. Accordingly,
the requirements of regulation XI-2/9 and the guidance
provided in this Part of the Code should be applied to
those ships.
4.46 Ships below Convention size are subject to
measures by which States maintain security. Such
measures should be taken with due regard to the
requirements in chapter XI-2 and the guidance provided
in this Part of the Code.
5 DECLARATION OF SECURITY
General
5.1 A Declaration of Security (DoS) should be
completed when the Contracting Government of the
port facility deems it to be necessary or when a ship
deems it necessary.
5.1.1 The need for a DoS may be indicated by the
results of the Port Facility Security Assessment (PFSA)
and the reasons and circumstances in which a DoS is
required should be set out in the Port Facility Security
Plan (PFSP).
5.1.2 The need for a DoS may be indicated by an
Administration for ships entitled to fly its flag or as a
result of a ship security assessment and should be set
out in the ship security plan.
5.2 It is likely that a DoS will be requested at higher
security levels, when a ship has a higher security level
than the port facility, or another ship with which it
interfaces, and for ship/port interface or ship to ship
A .3
C
activities that pose a higher risk to persons, property or
the environment for reasons specific to that ship,
LI
including its cargo or passengers or the circumstances
at the port facility or a combination of these factors.
5.2.1 In the case that a ship or an Administration, on
B
behalf of ships entitled to fly its flag, requests
completion of a DoS, the Port Facility Security Officer
(PFSO) or Ship Security Officer (SSO) should
U
acknowledge the request and discuss appropriate
security measures.
.P
5.3 A PFSO may also initiate a DoS prior to ship/port
interfaces that are identified in the approved PFSA as
being of particular concern. Examples may include the
embarking or disembarking passengers, and the
transfer, loading or unloading of dangerous goods or
.G
hazardous substances. The PFSA may also identify
facilities at or near highly populated areas or
economically significant operations that warrant a DoS.
5.4 The main purpose of a DoS is to ensure agreement
C
is reached between the ship and the port facility or with
other ships with which it interfaces as to the respective
security measures each will undertake in accordance
with the provisions of their respective approved security
plans.
5.4.1 The agreed DoS should be signed and dated by
both the port facility and the ship(s), as applicable, to
indicate compliance with chapter XI-2 and part A of this
Code and should include its duration, the relevant
security level, or levels and the relevant contact details.
5.4.2 A change in the security level may require that a
new or revised DoS be completed.
456
5.5 The DoS should be completed in English, French or
Spanish or in a language common to both the port
facility and the ship or the ships, as applicable.
5.6 A model DoS is included in Appendix 1 to this Part
of the Code. This model is for a DoS between a ship
and a port facility. If the DoS is to cover two ships this
model should be appropriately adjusted.
6 OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
General
6.1 Regulation XI-2/5 requires the company to provide
the master of the ship with information to meet the
requirements of the Company under the provisions of
this regulation. This information should include items
S
such as:
N
.1 parties responsible for appointing shipboard
personnel, such as ship management
companies, manning agents, contractors,
IO
concessionaries (for example, retail sales
outlets, casinos, etc.);
.2 parties responsible for deciding the
employment of the ship including, time or
T
bareboat charterer(s) or any other entity
acting in such capacity; and
in cases when the ship is employed under the
terms of a charter party, the contact details of
those parties including time or voyage
charterers.
6.2 In accordance with regulation XI-2/5 the Company
is obliged to update and keep this information current
as and when changes occur.
6.3 This information should be in English, French or
Spanish language.
6.4 With respect to ships constructed before 1 July
2004, this information should reflect the actual condition
on that date.
6.5 With respect to ships constructed on or after 1 July
2004 and for ships constructed before 1 July 2004
which were out of service on 1 July 2004, the
information should be provided as from the date of
entry of the ship into service and should reflect the
actual condition on that date.
6.6 After 1 July 2004 when a ship is withdrawn from
service the information should be provided as from the
date of re-entry of the ship into service and should
reflect the actual condition on that date.
6.7 Previously provided information that does not relate
to the actual condition on that date need not be retained
on board.
* Protocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention for the Safety of
Life at Sea, 1974
6.8 When the responsibility for the operation of the ship
is assumed by another Company, the information
relating to the Company, which operated the ship, is not
required to be left on board.
In addition other relevant guidance is provided under .4 techniques used to circumvent security
sections 8, 9 and 13. measures;

7 SHIP SECURITY .5 methods used to cause a security incident;

Relevant guidance is provided under sections 8, 9 and .6 effects of explosives on ship’s structures and
13. equipment;

8 SHIP SECURITY ASSESSMENT .7 ship security;

Security assessment .8 ship/port interface business practices;

8.1 The Company Security Officer (CSO) is responsible .9 contingency planning, emergency
for ensuring that a Ship Security Assessment (SSA) is preparedness and response;
carried out for each of the ships in the Company’s fleet
which is required to comply with the provisions of .10 physical security;
chapter XI-2 and part A of this Code for which the CSO

S
is responsible. While the CSO need not necessarily .11 radio and telecommunications systems,
personally undertake all the duties associated with the including computer systems and networks;

N
post, the ultimate responsibility for ensuring that they
are properly performed remains with the individual .12 marine engineering; and
CSO.

IO
.13 ship and port operations.
8.2 Prior to commencing the SSA, the CSO should
ensure that advantage is taken of information available 8.5 The CSO should obtain and record the information
on the assessment of threat for the ports at which the required to conduct an assessment, including:
ship will call or at which passengers embark or

T
disembark and about the port facilities and their .1 the general layout of the ship;
protective measures. The CSO should study previous
reports on similar security needs. Where feasible, the .2 the location of areas which should have
CSO should meet with appropriate persons on the ship
and in the port facilities to discuss the purpose and
methodology of the assessment. The CSO should
A restricted access, such as navigation bridge,
machinery spaces of category A and other
control stations as defined in chapter II-2,
C
follow any specific guidance offered by the Contracting etc.;
Governments.
LI

.3 the location and function of each actual or

8.3 A SSA should address the following elements on potential access point to the ship;
board or within the ship:
.4 changes in the tide which may have an
B

.1 physical security; impact on the vulnerability or security of the

ship;
.2 structural integrity;
U

.5 the cargo spaces and stowage

.3 personnel protection systems; arrangements;
.P

.4 procedural policies; .6 the locations where the ship’s stores and

essential maintenance equipment is stored;
.5 radio and telecommunication systems,
including computer systems and networks; .7 the locations where unaccompanied baggage
and is stored;
.G

.6 other areas that may, if damaged or used for
illicit observation, pose a risk to persons,
property, or operations on board the ship or
within a port facility.
C
.8 the emergency and stand-by equipment
available to maintain essential services;
.9 the number of ship’s personnel, any existing

security duties and any existing training

8.4 Those involved in a SSA should be able to draw requirement practises of the Company;
upon expert assistance in relation to:
.10 existing security and safety equipment for the
.1 knowledge of current security threats and protection of passengers and ship’s
patterns; personnel;

.2 recognition and detection of weapons,
dangerous substances and devices;
.3 recognition, on a non-discriminatory basis, of
characteristics and behavioural patterns of
persons who are likely to threaten security;
.11 escape and evacuation routes and assembly
stations which have to be maintained to
ensure the orderly and safe emergency
evacuation of the ship;
.12 existing agreements with private security
companies providing ship/waterside security
services; and

457
.13 existing security measures and procedures in .1 damage to, or destruction of, the ship or of a
effect, including inspection and, control port facility, e.g. by explosive devices, arson,
procedures, identification systems, sabotage or vandalism;
surveillance and monitoring equipment,
personnel identification documents and .2 hijacking or seizure of the ship or of persons
communication, alarms, lighting, access on board;
control and other appropriate systems.
.3 tampering with cargo, essential ship
8.6 The SSA should examine each identified point of equipment or systems or ship’s stores;
access, including open weather decks, and evaluate its
potential for use by individuals who might seek to .4 unauthorized access or use, including
breach security. This includes points of access presence of stowaways;
available to individuals having legitimate access as well
as those who seek to obtain unauthorized entry. .5 smuggling weapons or equipment, including
weapons of mass destruction;
8.7 The SSA should consider the continuing relevance
of the existing security measures and guidance, .6 use of the ship to carry those intending to

S
procedures and operations, under both routine and cause a security incident and/or their
emergency conditions and should determine security equipment;

N
guidance including:
.7 use of the ship itself as a weapon or as a
.1 the restricted areas; means to cause damage or destruction;

IO
.2 the response procedures to fire or other .8 attacks from seaward whilst at berth or at
emergency conditions; anchor; and

.3 the level of supervision of the ship’s .9 attacks whilst at sea.

T
personnel, passengers, visitors, vendors,
repair technicians, dock workers, etc.; 8.10 The SSA should take into account all possible
vulnerabilities, which may include:
.4 the frequency and effectiveness of security
patrols; A .1 conflicts between
measures;
safety and security
C
.5 the access control systems, including
identification systems; .2 conflicts between shipboard duties and
LI

security assignments;
.6 the security communications systems and
procedures; .3 watch-keeping duties, number of ship’s
personnel, particularly with implications on
B

.7 the security doors, barriers and lighting; and crew fatigue, alertness and performance;

.8 the security and surveillance equipment and .4 any identified security training deficiencies;
U

systems, if any. and

8.8 The SSA should consider the persons, activities, .5 any security equipment and systems, includ-
.P

services and operations that it is important to protect. ing communication systems.

This includes:
8.11 The CSO and SSO should always have regard to
.1 the ship’s personnel; the effect that security measures may have on ship’s
personnel who will remain on the ship for long periods.
.G

.2 passengers, visitors, vendors, repair When developing security measures, particular

technicians, port facility personnel, etc; consideration should be given to the convenience,
comfort and personal privacy of the ship’s personnel
.3 the capacity to maintain safe navigation and and their ability to maintain their effectiveness over long
emergency response; periods.
C

.4 the cargo, particularly dangerous goods or 8.12 Upon completion of the SSA, a report shall be
hazardous substances; prepared, consisting of a summary of how the
assessment was conducted, a description of each
.5 the ship’s stores; vulnerability found during the assessment and a
description of counter measures that could be used to
.6 the ship security communication equipment address each vulnerability. The report shall be
and systems, if any; and protected from unauthorized access or disclosure.

.7 the ship’s security surveillance equipment
and systems, if any.
8.9 The SSA should consider all possible threats, which
may include the following types of security incidents:
8.13 If the SSA has not been carried out by the
Company, the report of the SSA should be reviewed
and accepted by the CSO.
On-scene security survey

458
8.14 The on-scene security survey is an integral part of
any SSA. The on-scene security survey should
examine and evaluate existing shipboard protective
measures, procedures and operations for:
.1 ensuring the performance of all ship security
duties;
.2 monitoring restricted areas to ensure that
only authorized persons have access;
.3 controlling access to the ship, including any
identification systems;
.6 provide for regular review, or audit, of the
SSP and for its amendment in response to
experience or changing circumstances; and
.7 reporting procedures to the appropriate
Contracting Governments contact points.
9.3 Preparation of an effective SSP should rest on a
thorough assessment of all issues that relate to the
security of the ship, including, in particular, a thorough
appreciation of the physical and operational
characteristics, including the voyage pattern, of the
individual ship.

.4 monitoring of deck areas and areas 9.4 All SSPs should be approved by, or on behalf of,
surrounding the ship; the Administration. If an Administration uses a
Recognized Security Organization (RSO) to review or

S
.5 controlling the embarkation of persons and approve the SSP the RSO should not be associated
their effects (accompanied and with any other RSO that prepared, or assisted in the

N
unaccompanied baggage and ship’s preparation of, the plan.
personnel personal effects);
9.5 CSOs and Ship Security Officers (SSOs) should

IO
.6 supervising the handling of cargo and the develop procedures to:
delivery of ship’s stores; and
.1 assess the continuing effectiveness of the
.7 ensuring that ship security communication, SSP; and
information, and equipment are readily

T
available. .2 prepare amendments of the plan subsequent
to its approval.
9 SHIP SECURITY PLAN

General A 9.6 The security measures included in the SSP should

be in place when the initial verification for compliance
with the requirements of chapter XI-2 and part A of this
C
9.1 The Company Security Officer (CSO) has the Code will be carried out. Otherwise the process of issue
responsibility of ensuring that a Ship Security Plan to the ship of the required International Ship Security
LI

(SSP) is prepared and submitted for approval. The
content of each individual SSP should vary depending
on the particular ship it covers. The Ship Security
Assessment (SSA) will have identified the particular
B
Certificate cannot be carried out. If there is any
subsequent failure of security equipment or systems, or
suspension of a security measure for whatever reason,
equivalent temporary security measures should be

features of the ship and the potential threats and adopted, notified to, and agreed by, the Administration.
vulnerabilities. The preparation of the SSP will require
these features to be addressed in detail. Organization and performance of ship security
U

Administrations may prepare advice on the preparation duties

and content of a SSP.
9.7 In addition to the guidance given in section 9.2, the
.P

9.2 All SSPs should: SSP should establish the following which relate to all
security levels:
.1 detail the organizational structure of security
for the ship; .1 the duties and responsibilities of all shipboard
personnel with a security role;
.G

.2 detail the ship’s relationships with the

Company, port facilities, other ships and .2 the procedures or safeguards necessary to
relevant authorities with security allow such continuous communications to be
responsibility; maintained at all times;
C

.3 detail the communication systems to allow .3 the procedures needed to assess the
effective continuous communication within continuing effectiveness of security
the ship and between the ship and others, procedures and any security and surveillance
including port facilities; equipment and systems, including
procedures for identifying and responding to
.4 detail the basic security measures for security equipment or systems failure or malfunction;
level 1, both operational and physical, that
will always be in place; .4 the procedures and practices to protect
security sensitive information held in paper or
.5 detail the additional security measures that electronic format;
will allow the ship to progress without delay to
security level 2 and, when necessary, to .5 the type and maintenance requirements, of
security level 3; security and surveillance equipment and
systems, if any;

459
.6 the procedures to ensure the timely
submission, and assessment, of reports
relating to possible breaches of security or
security concerns; and
.7 procedures to establish, maintain and up-
date an inventory of any dangerous goods or
hazardous substances carried on board,
including their location.
9.8 The remainder of this section addresses specifically
the security measures that could be taken at each
security level covering:
.1 access to the ship by ship’s personnel,
passengers, visitors, etc;
.2 restricted areas on the ship;
.3 handling of cargo;
.4 delivery of ship’s stores;
.5 handling unaccompanied baggage; and
.6 monitoring the security of the ship.
Access to the ship
9.9 The SSP should establish the security measures
covering all means of access to the ship identified in the
SSA. This should include any:
C
.1 access ladders;
LI
.2 access gangways;
.3 access ramps;
B
.4 access doors, side scuttles, windows and
ports;
U
.5 mooring lines and anchor chains; and
.6 cranes and hoisting gear.
.P
9.10 For each of these the SSP should identify the
appropriate locations where access restrictions or
prohibitions should be applied for each of the security
levels. For each security level the SSP should establish
.G
the type of restriction or prohibition to be applied and
the means of enforcing them.
9.11 The SSP should establish for each security level
the means of identification required to allow access to
C
the ship and for individuals to remain on the ship
without challenge, this may involve developing an
appropriate identification system allowing for permanent
and temporary identifications, for ship’s personnel and
visitors respectively. Any ship identification system
should, when it is practicable to do so, be co-ordinated
with that applying to the port facility. Passengers should
be able to prove their identity by boarding passes,
tickets, etc., but should not be permitted access to
restricted areas unless supervised. The SSP should
establish provisions to ensure that the identification
systems are regularly updated, and that abuse of
procedures should be subject to disciplinary action.
9.12 Those unwilling or unable to establish their identity
460
and/or to confirm the purpose of their visit when
requested to do so should be denied access to the ship
and their attempt to obtain access should be reported,
as appropriate, to the SSOs, the CSOs, the Port Facility
Security Officer (PFSO) and to the national or local
authorities with security responsibilities.
9.13 The SSP should establish the frequency of
application of any access controls particularly if they are
to be applied on a random, or occasional, basis.
Security Level 1
9.14 At security level 1, the SSP should establish the
security measures to control access to the ship, where
the following may be applied:
S
.1 checking the identity of all persons seeking to
board the ship and confirming their reasons
N
for doing so by checking, for example, joining
instructions, passenger tickets, boarding
passes, work orders etc;
IO
.2 in liaison with the port facility the ship should
ensure that designated secure areas are
established in which inspections and
searching of persons, baggage (including
T
carry on items), personal effects, vehicles
and their contents can take place;
A .3 in liaison with the port facility the ship should
ensure that vehicles destined to be loaded on
board car carriers, ro-ro and other passenger
ships are subjected to search prior to loading,
in accordance with the frequency required in
the SSP;
.4 segregating checked persons and their
personal effects from unchecked persons and
their personal effects;
.5 segregating embarking from disembarking
passengers;
.6 identification of access points that should be
secured or attended to prevent unauthorized
access;
.7 securing, by locking or other means, access
to unattended spaces adjoining areas to
which passengers and visitors have access;
and
.8 providing security briefings to all ship
personnel on possible threats, the
procedures for reporting suspicious persons,
objects or activities and the need for
vigilance.
9.15 At security level 1, all those seeking to board a
ship should be liable to search. The frequency of such
searches, including random searches, should be
specified in the approved SSP and should be
specifically approved by the Administration. Such
searches may best be undertaken by the port facility in
close co-operation with the ship and in close proximity
to it. Unless there are clear security grounds for doing
so, members of the ship’s personnel should not be
required to search their colleagues or their personal
effects. Any such search shall be undertaken in a
manner which fully takes into account the human rights .8 preparing for a full or partial search of the ship.
of the individual and preserves their basic human
dignity. Restricted areas on the ship

Security Level 2
9.16 At security level 2, the SSP should establish the
security measures to be applied to protect against a
heightened risk of a security incident to ensure higher
vigilance and tighter control, which may include:
9.18 The SSP should identify the restricted areas to be
established on the ship, specify their extent, times of
application, the security measures to be taken to control
access to them and those to be taken to control
activities within them. The purpose of restricted areas
are to:

.1 assigning additional personnel to patrol deck .1 prevent unauthorized access;

areas during silent hours to deter
unauthorized access;
.2 limiting the number of access points to the
ship, identifying those to be closed and the
.2 protect passengers, ship’s personnel, and
personnel from port facilities or other
agencies authorized to be on board the ship;

S
means of adequately securing them; .3 protect sensitive security areas within the
ship; and

N
.3 deterring waterside access to the ship,
including, for example, in liaison with the port .4 protect cargo and ship’s stores from
facility, provision of boat patrols; tampering.

IO
.4 establishing a restricted area on the shore- 9.19 The SSP should ensure that there are clearly
side of the ship, in close co-operation with the established policies and practices to control access to
port facility; all restricted areas them.

T
.5 increasing the frequency and detail of 9.20 The SSP should provide that all restricted areas
searches of persons, personal effects, and should be clearly marked indicating that access to the
vehicles being embarked or loaded onto the area is restricted and that unauthorized presence within

.6
ship;

escorting visitors on the ship;

A the area constitutes a breach of security.

9.21 Restricted areas may include:

C
.7 providing additional specific security briefings .1 navigation bridge, machinery spaces of
LI

to all ship personnel on any identified threats,
re-emphasising the procedures for reporting
suspicious persons, objects, or activities and
the stressing the need for increased
B
category A and other control stations as
defined in chapter II-2;
.2 spaces containing security and surveillance

vigilance; and equipment and systems and their controls

and lighting system controls;
.8 carrying out a full or partial search of the ship.
U

.3 ventilation and air-conditioning systems and

Security Level 3 other similar spaces;
.P

9.17 At security level 3, the ship should comply with the .4 spaces with access to potable water tanks,
instructions issued by those responding to the security pumps, or manifolds;
incident or threat thereof. The SSP should detail the
security measures which could be taken by the ship, in .5 spaces containing dangerous goods or
close co-operation with those responding and the port hazardous substances;
.G

facility, which may include:

.6 spaces containing cargo pumps and their
.1 limiting access to a single, controlled, access controls;
point;
.7 cargo spaces and spaces containing ship’s
C

.2 granting access only to those responding to stores;

the security incident or threat thereof;
.8 crew accommodation; and
.3 directions of persons on board;
.9 any other areas as determined by the CSO,
.4 suspension of embarkation or dis- through the SSA to which access must be
embarkation; restricted to maintain the security of the ship.

.5 suspension of cargo handling operations, Security Level 1

deliveries etc;
9.22 At security level 1, the SSP should establish the
.6 evacuation of the ship; security measures to be applied to restricted areas,
which may include:
.7 movement of the ship; and .1 locking or securing access points;

461
.2 using surveillance equipment to monitor the
areas;
.3 using guards or patrols; and
.4 using automatic intrusion detection devices to
alert the ship’s personnel of unauthorized
access.
Security Level 2
9.23 At security level 2, the frequency and intensity of
the monitoring of, and control of access to restricted
areas should be increased to ensure that only
authorized persons have access. The SSP should
establish the additional security measures to be
applied, which may include:
.1 routine checking of cargo, cargo transport
units and cargo spaces prior to, and during,
cargo handling operations;
.2 checks to ensure that cargo being loaded
matches the cargo documentation;
.3 ensuring, in liaison with the port facility, that
vehicles to be loaded on board car carriers,
ro-ro and passenger ships are subjected to
search prior to loading, in accordance with
the frequency required in the SSP; and
.4 checking of seals or other methods used to
prevent tampering.
9.28 Checking of cargo may be accomplished by the

S
following means:
.1 establishing restricted areas adjacent to

N
access points; .1 visual and physical examination; and

.2 continuously monitoring surveillance .2 using scanning/detection equipment,

IO
equipment; and mechanical devices, or dogs.

.3 dedicating additional personnel to guard and 9.29 When there are regular, or repeated, cargo
patrol restricted areas. movement the CSO or SSO may, in consultation with
the port facility, agree arrangements with shippers or

T
Security Level 3 others responsible for such cargo covering off-site
checking, sealing, scheduling, supporting
9.24 At security level 3, the ship should comply with the documentation, etc. Such arrangements should be
instructions issued by those responding to the security
incident or threat thereof. The SSP should detail the
security measures which could be taken by the ship, in
A communicated to and agreed with the PFSO
concerned.
C
close co-operations with those responding and the port Security Level 2
facility, which may include:
LI

9.30 At security level 2, the SSP should establish the

.1 setting up of additional restricted areas on the additional security measures to be applied during cargo
ship in proximity to the security incident, or handling, which may include:
the believed location of the security threat, to
B

which access is denied; and .1 detailed checking of cargo, cargo transport

units and cargo spaces;
.2 searching of restricted areas as part of a
U

search of the ship. .2 intensified checks to ensure that only the

intended cargo is loaded;
Handling of cargo
.P

.3 intensified searching of vehicles to be loaded

9.25 The security measures relating to cargo handling on car-carriers, ro-ro and passenger ships;
should: and

.1 prevent tampering; and .4 increased frequency and detail in checking of

.G

seals or other methods used to prevent

.2 prevent cargo that is not meant for carriage tampering.
from being accepted and stored on board the
ship. 9.31 Detailed checking of cargo may be accomplished
by the following means:
C

9.26 The security measures, some of which may have

to be applied in liaison with the port facility, should .1
include inventory control procedures at access points to
the ship. Once on board the ship, cargo should be
capable of being identified as having been approved for .2
loading onto the ship. In addition, security measures
should be developed to ensure that cargo, once on
board, is not tampered with.
.3
Security Level 1
9.27 At security level 1, the SSP should establish the
security measures to be applied during cargo handling,
which may include: Security Level 3
increasing the frequency and detail of visual
and physical examination;
increasing the frequency of the use of
scanning/detection equipment, mechanical
devices, or dogs; and
co-ordinating enhanced security measures
with the shipper or other responsible party in
accordance with an established agreement
and procedures.

462
9.32 At security level 3, the ship should comply with the
instructions issued by those responding to the security
incident or threat thereof. The SSP should detail the
security measures which could be taken by the ship, in
close co-operation with those responding and the port
facility, which may include:
.1 suspension of the loading or unloading of
cargo; and
.2 verify the inventory of dangerous goods and
hazardous substances carried on board, if
any, and their location.
Delivery of ship’s stores
9.33 The security measures relating to the delivery of
ship’s stores should:
.1 ensure checking of ship’s stores and package
integrity;
.2 prevent ship’s stores from being accepted
without inspection;
.3 prevent tampering; and
.4 prevent ship’s stores from being accepted
unless ordered.
9.34 For ships regularly using the port facility it may be
appropriate to establish procedures involving the ship,
its suppliers and the port facility covering notification
A and including 100 percent, which may include use of x-
C
and timing of deliveries and their documentation. There
should always be some way of confirming that stores
LI
presented for delivery are accompanied by evidence
that they have been ordered by the ship.
Security Level 1
B
9.35 At security level 1, the SSP should establish the
security measures to be applied during delivery of
U
ship’s stores, which may include:
.1 checking to ensure stores match the order
.P
prior to being loaded on board; and
.2 ensuring immediate secure stowage of ship’s
stores.
.G
Security Level 2
9.36 At security level 2, the SSP should establish the
additional security measures to be applied during
delivery of ship’s stores by exercising checks prior to
C
receiving stores on board and intensifying inspections.
Security Level 3
9.37 At security level 3, the ship should comply with the
instructions issued by those responding to the security
incident or threat thereof. The SSP should detail the
security measures which could be taken by the ship, in
close co-operation with those responding and the port
facility, which may include:
.1 subjecting ship’s stores to more extensive
checking;
463
.2 preparation for restriction or suspension of
handling of ship’s stores; and
.3 refusal to accept ship’s stores on board the
ship.
Handling unaccompanied baggage
9.38 The SSP should establish the security measures
to be applied to ensure that unaccompanied baggage
(i.e. any baggage, including personal effects, which is
not with the passenger or member of ship’s personnel
at the point of inspection or search) is identified and
subjected to appropriate screening, including searching,
before it is accepted on board the ship. It is not
envisaged that such baggage will be subjected to
screening by both the ship and the port facility, and in
S
cases where both are suitably equipped, the
responsibility for screening should rest with the port
N
facility. Close co-operation with the port facility is
essential and steps should be taken to ensure that
unaccompanied baggage is handled securely after
IO
screening.
Security Level 1
9.39 At security level 1, the SSP should establish the
T
security measures to be applied when handling
unaccompanied baggage to ensure that
unaccompanied baggage is screened or searched up to
ray screening.
Security Level 2
9.40 At security level 2, the SSP should establish the
additional security measures to be applied when
handling unaccompanied baggage which should
include 100 percent x-ray screening of all
unaccompanied baggage.
Security Level 3
9.41 At security level 3, the ship should comply with the
instructions issued by those responding to the security
incident or threat thereof. The SSP should detail the
security measures which could be taken by the ship, in
close co-operation with those responding and the port
facility, which may include:
.1 subjecting such baggage to more extensive
screening, for example x-raying it from at
least two different angles;
.2 preparation for restriction or suspension of
handling of unaccompanied baggage; and
.3 refusal to accept unaccompanied baggage on
board the ship.
Monitoring the Security of the Ship
9.42 The ship should have the capability to monitor the
ship, the restricted areas on board and areas
surrounding the ship. Such monitoring capabilities may
include use of:
.1 lighting;
.2 watch-keepers, security guards and deck
watches including patrols; and
.3 automatic intrusion detection devices and
surveillance equipment.
9.43 When used, automatic intrusion detection devices
should activate an audible and/or visual alarm at a
location that is continuously attended or monitored.
9.44 The SSP should establish the procedures and
equipment needed at each security level and the
means of ensuring that monitoring equipment will be
able to perform continually, including consideration of
the possible effects of weather conditions or of power
disruptions.
Security Level 1
9.45 At security level 1, the SSP should establish the
security measures to be applied which may be a
combination of lighting, watch keepers, security guards
or use of security and surveillance equipment to allow
ship’s security personnel to observe the ship in general,
and barriers and restricted areas in particular.
9.46 The ship’s deck and access points to the ship
should be illuminated during hours of darkness and
periods of low visibility while conducting ship/port
interface activities or at a port facility or anchorage
when necessary. While underway, when necessary,
ships should use the maximum lighting available
consistent with safe navigation, having regard to the
A hull of the ship.
C
provisions of the International Regulations for the
Prevention of Collisions at Sea in force. The following
LI
should be considered when establishing the appropriate
level and location of lighting:
.1 the ship’s personnel should be able to detect
activities beyond the ship, on both the shore
B
side and the waterside;
.2 coverage should include the area on and
U
around the ship;
.3 coverage should facilitate personnel
.P
identification at access points; and
.4 coverage may be provided through
coordination with the port facility.
.G
Security Level 2
9.47 At security level 2, the SSP should establish the
additional security measures to be applied to enhance
the monitoring and surveillance capabilities, which may
C
include:
.1 increasing the frequency and detail of
security patrols;
.2 increasing the coverage and intensity of
lighting or the use of security and surveillance
and equipment;
.3 assigning additional personnel as security
lookouts; and
.4 ensuring coordination with waterside boat
patrols, and foot or vehicle patrols on the
shore-side, when provided.
464
9.48 Additional lighting may be necessary to protect
against a heightened risk of a security incidents. When
necessary, the additional lighting requirements may be
accomplished by coordinating with the port facility to
provide additional shore side lighting.
Security Level 3
9.49 At security level 3, the ship should comply with the
instructions issued by those responding to the security
incident or threat thereof. The SSP should detail the
security measures which could be taken by the ship, in
close co-operation with those responding and the port
facility, which may include:
.1 switching on of all lighting on, or illuminating
the vicinity of, the ship;
.2 switching on of all on board surveillance
S
equipment capable of recording activities on,
or in the vicinity of, the ship;
N
.3 maximising the length of time such
surveillance equipment can continue to
IO
record;
.4 preparation for underwater inspection of the
hull of the ship; and
T
.5 initiation of measures, including the slow
revolution of the ship’s propellers, if
practicable, to deter underwater access to the
Differing security levels
9.50 The SSP should establish details of the
procedures and security measures the ship could adopt
if the ship is at a higher security level than that applying
to a port facility.
Activities not covered by the Code
9.51 The SSP should establish details of the
procedures and security measures the ship should
apply when:
.1 it is at a port of a State which is not a
Contracting Government;
.2 it is interfacing with a ship to which this Code
does not apply*;
.3 it is interfacing with fixed or floating platforms
or a mobile drilling unit on location; or
*Refer to further work by the International Maritime Organization
pertaining to the enhancement of maritime security and to Establishment
of appropriate measures to enhance the security of ships, port facilities,
mobile offshore drilling units on location and fixed and floating platforms
not covered by chapter XI-2 of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, adopted by
the 2002 SOLAS conference by resolutions 3 and 7 respectively.
.4 it is interfacing with a port or port facility which is
not required to comply with chapter XI-2 and part A of
this Code.
Declarations of security
9.52 The SSP should detail how requests for DoS from
a port facility will be handled and the circumstances
under which the ship itself should request a DoS.
Audit and review
9.53 The SSP should establish how the CSO and the
SSO intend to audit the continued effectiveness of the
SSP and the procedure to be followed to review, update
or amend the SSP.
10 RECORDS
.13 recognition and detection of weapons,
dangerous substances and devices;
.14 recognition, on a non discriminatory basis, of
characteristics and behavioural patterns of
persons who are likely to threaten security;

General .15 techniques used to circumvent security

measures;
10.1 Records should be available to duly authorized
officers of Contracting Governments to verify that the .16 security equipment and systems and their
provisions of ship security plans are being operational limitations;
implemented.
.17 methods of conducting audits, inspection,
10.2 Records may be kept in any format but should be control and monitoring;
protect from unauthorized access or disclosure.
.18 methods of physical searches and non-

S
11 COMPANY SECURITY OFFICER intrusive inspections;

N
Relevant guidance is provided under sections 8, 9 and .19 security drills and exercises, including drills
13. and exercises with port facilities; and

IO
12 SHIP SECURITY OFFICER .20 assessment of security drills and exercises.

Relevant guidance is provided under sections 8, 9 and 13.2 In addition the SSO should have adequate
13. knowledge of, and receive training, in some or all of the
following, as appropriate:

T
13 TRAINING, DRILLS AND EXERCISES ON SHIP
SECURITY .1 the layout of the ship;

Training

13.1 The Company Security Officer (CSO) and

A .2 the ship security plan and related procedures
(including scenario-based training on how to
respond);
C
appropriate shore based Company personnel, and the
Ship Security Officer (SSO), should have knowledge of, .3 crowd management and control techniques;
LI

and receive training, in some or all of the following, as

appropriate: .4 operations of security equipment and
systems; and
.1 security administration;
B

.5 testing, calibration and whilst at sea

.2 relevant international conventions, codes and maintenance of security equipment and
recommendations; systems.
U

.3 relevant Government legislation and 13.3 Shipboard personnel having specific security
regulations; duties should have sufficient knowledge and ability to
.P

perform their assigned duties, including, as appropriate:

.4 responsibilities and functions of other security
organizations; .1 knowledge of current security threats and
patterns;
.5 methodology of ship security assessment;
.G

.2 recognition and detection of weapons,

.6 methods of ship security surveys and dangerous substances and devices;
inspections;
.3 recognition of characteristics and behavioural
.7 ship and port operations and conditions; patterns of persons who are likely to threaten
C

security;
.8 ship and port facility security measures;
.4 techniques used to circumvent security
.9 emergency preparedness and response and measures;
contingency planning;
.5 crowd management and control techniques;
.10 instruction techniques for security training
and education, including security measures .6 security related communications;
and procedures;
.7 knowledge of the emergency procedures and
.11 handling sensitive security related information contingency plans;
and security related communications;
.8 operations of security equipment and
.12 knowledge of current security threats and systems;
patterns;

465
.9 testing, calibration and whilst at sea 13.8 Company participation in an exercise with another
maintenance of security equipment and Contracting Government should be recognized by the
systems; Administration.
.10 inspection, control, and monitoring
techniques; and 14 PORT FACILITY SECURITY
Relevant guidance is provided under section 15, 16 and
.11 methods of physical searches of persons, 18.
personal effects, baggage, cargo, and ship’s
stores. 15 PORT FACILITY SECURITY ASSESSMENT

13.4 All other shipboard personnel should have General

sufficient knowledge of and be familiar with relevant
provisions of the SSP, including: 15.1 The Port Facility Security Assessment (PFSA)
may be conducted by a Recognized Security
.1 the meaning and the consequential Organization (RSO). However, approval of a completed
requirements of the different security levels; PFSA should only be given by the relevant Contracting
Government.

S
.2 knowledge of the emergency procedures and
contingency plans; 15.2 If a Contracting Government uses a RSO, to

N
review or verify compliance of the PFSA, the RSO
.3 recognition and detection of weapons, should not be associated with any other RSO that
dangerous substances and devices; prepared or assisted in the preparation of that

IO
assessment.
.4 recognition, on a non discriminatory basis, of
characteristics and behavioural patterns of 15.3 A PFSA should address the following elements
persons who are likely to threaten security; within a port facility:
and

T
.1 physical security;
.5 techniques used to circumvent security
measures. .2 structural integrity;

Drills and exercises A .3 personnel protection systems;

C
13.5 The objective of drills and exercises is to ensure .4 procedural policies;
that shipboard personnel are proficient in all assigned
LI

security duties at all security levels and the
identification of any security related deficiencies, which
need to be addressed.
B
.5 radio and telecommunication systems,
including computer systems and networks;
.6 relevant transportation infrastructure;

13.6 To ensure the effective implementation of the

provisions of the ship security plan, drills should be .7 utilities; and
conducted at least once every three months. In
U

addition, in cases where more than 25 percent of the .8 other areas that may, if damaged or used for
ship’s personnel has been changed, at any one time, illicit observation, pose a risk to persons,
with personnel that has not previously participated in property, or operations within the port facility.
.P

any drill on that ship, within the last 3 months, a drill

should be conducted within one week of the change.
These drills should test individual elements of the plan
such as those security threats listed in paragraph 8.9.
.G
15.4 Those involved in a PFSA should be able to draw
upon expert assistance in relation to:
.1 knowledge of current security threats and

13.7 Various types of exercises which may include patterns;

participation of company security officers, port facility
security officers, relevant authorities of Contracting .2 recognition and detection of weapons,
Governments as well as ship security officers, if dangerous substances and devices;
available, should be carried out at least once each
C

calendar year with no more than 18 months between .3 recognition, on a non-discriminatory basis, of
the exercises. These exercises should test characteristics and behavioural patterns of
communications, coordination, resource availability, persons who are likely to threaten security;
and response. These exercises may be: .4 techniques used to circumvent security
measures;
.1 full scale or live;
.5 methods used to cause a security incident;
.2 tabletop simulation or seminar; or
.6 effects of explosives on structures and port
.3 combined with other exercises held such as facility services;
search and rescue or emergency response
exercises. .7 port facility security;

.8 port business practices;

466
.9 contingency planning, emergency pre-
paredness and response;
.10 physical security measures e.g. fences;
.11 radio and telecommunications systems,
including computer systems and networks;
.12 transport and civil engineering; and
.13 ship and port operations.
Identification and evaluation of important assets
and infrastructure it is important to protect
15.5 The identification and evaluation of important
assets and infrastructure is a process through which the
relative importance of structures and installations to the
functioning of the port facility can be established. This
identification and evaluation process is important
because it provides a basis for focusing mitigation
strategies on those assets and structures which it is
more important to protect from a security incident. This
process should take into account potential loss of life,
the economic significance of the port, symbolic value,
and the presence of Government installations.
15.6 Identification and evaluation of assets and
infrastructure should be used to prioritise their relative
importance for protection. The primary concern should
be avoidance of death or injury. It is also important to
consider whether the port facility, structure or
installation can continue to function without the asset,
A .1
C
and the extent to which rapid re-establishment of
normal functioning is possible.
LI
15.7 Assets and infrastructure that should be
considered important to protect may include:
B
.1 accesses, entrances, approaches, and
anchorages, manoeuvring and berthing
areas;
U
.2 cargo facilities, terminals, storage areas, and
cargo handling equipment;
.P
.3 systems such as electrical distribution
systems, radio and telecommunication
systems and computer systems and
networks;
.G
.4 port vessel traffic management systems and
aids to navigation;
.5 power plants, cargo transfer piping, and
C
water supplies;
.6 bridges, railways, roads;
.7 port service vessels, including pilot boats,
tugs, lighters etc;
.8 security and surveillance equipment and
systems; and
.9 the waters adjacent to the port facility.
15.8 The clear identification of assets and infrastructure
is essential to the evaluation of the port facility’s
security requirements, the prioritisation of protective
467
measures, and decisions concerning the allocation of
resources to better protect the port facility. The process
may involve consultation with the relevant authorities
relating to structures adjacent to the port facility which
could cause damage within the facility or be used for
the purpose of causing damage to the facility or for illicit
observation of the facility or for diverting attention.
Identification of the possible threats to the assets
and infrastructure and the likelihood of their
occurrence, in order to establish and prioritise
security measures
15.9 Possible acts that could threaten the security of
assets and infrastructure, and the methods of carrying
out those acts, should be identified to evaluate the
vulnerability of a given asset or location to a security
S
incident, and to establish and prioritise security
requirements to enable planning and resource
N
allocations. Identification and evaluation of each
potential act and its method should be based on various
factors, including threat assessments by Government
IO
agencies. By identifying and assessing threats, those
conducting the assessment do not have to rely on
worst-case scenarios to guide planning and resource
allocations.
T
15.10 The PFSA should include an assessment
undertaken in consultation with the relevant national
security organizations to determine:
any particular aspects of the port facility,
including the vessel traffic using the facility,
which make it likely to be the target of an
attack;
.2 the likely consequences in terms of loss of
life, damage to property, economic disruption,
including disruption to transport systems, of
an attack on, or at, the port facility;
.3 the capability and intent of those likely to
mount such an attack; and
.4 the possible type, or types, of attack,
producing an overall assessment of the level
of risk against which security measures have
to be developed.
15.11 The PFSA should consider all possible threats,
which may include the following types of security
incidents:
.1 damage to, or destruction of, the port facility
or of the ship, e.g. by explosive devices,
arson, sabotage or vandalism;
.2 hijacking or seizure of the ship or of persons
on board;
.3 tampering with cargo, essential ship
equipment or systems or ship’s stores;
.4 unauthorized access or use including
presence of stowaways;
.5 smuggling weapons or equipment, including
weapons of mass destruction;
.6 use of the ship to carry those intending to
cause a security incident and their
 equipment;
.7 use of the ship itself as a weapon or as a
means to cause damage or destruction;
.8 blockage; of port entrances, locks,
approaches etc; and
.9 nuclear, biological and chemical attack.
15.12 The process should involve consultation with the
relevant authorities relating to structures adjacent to the
port facility which could cause damage within the facility
or be used for the purpose of causing damage to the
facility or for illicit observation of the facility or for
diverting attention.
Identification, selection, and prioritisation of
countermeasures and procedural changes and their
level of effectiveness in reducing vulnerability
15.13 The identification and prioritisation of
countermeasures is designed to ensure that the most
effective security measures are employed to reduce the
vulnerability of a port facility or ship/port interface to the
possible threats.
15.14 Security measures should be selected on the
basis of factors such as whether they reduce the
probability of an attack and should be evaluated using
information that includes:
.1 security surveys, inspections and audits;
A General
C
.2 consultation with port facility owners and
LI
operators, and owners/operators of adjacent
structures if appropriate;
.3 historical information on security incidents;
B
and
.4 operations within the port facility.
U
Identification of vulnerabilities
.P
15.15 Identification of vulnerabilities in physical
structures, personnel protection systems, processes, or
other areas that may lead to a security incident can be
used to establish options to eliminate or mitigate those
vulnerabilities. For example, an analysis might reveal
.G
vulnerabilities in a port facility’s security systems or
unprotected infrastructure such as water supplies,
bridges etc that could be resolved through physical
measures, e.g. permanent barriers, alarms, surveillance
equipment etc.
C
15.16 Identification of vulnerabilities should include
consideration of:
.1 waterside and shore-side access to the port
facility and ships berthing at the facility;
.2 structural integrity of the piers, facilities, and
associated structures;
.3 existing security measures and procedures,
including identification systems;
.4 existing security measures and procedures
relating to port services and utilities;
468
.5 measures to protect radio and
telecommunication equipment, port services
and utilities, including computer systems and
networks;
.6 adjacent areas that may be exploited during,
or for, an attack;
.7 existing agreements with private security
companies providing waterside/shoreside
security services;
.8 any conflicting policies between safety and
security measures and procedures;
.9 any conflicting port facility and security duty
S
assignments;
N
.10 any enforcement and personnel constraints;
.11 any deficiencies identified during training and
IO
drills; and
.12 any deficiencies identified during daily
operation, following incidents or alerts, the
report of security concerns, the exercise of
T
control measures, audits etc.
16 PORT FACILITY SECURITY PLAN
16.1 Preparation of the Port Facility Security Plan
(PFSP) is the responsibility of the Port Facility Security
Officer (PFSO). While the PFSO need not necessarily
personally undertake all the duties associated with the
post the ultimate responsibility for ensuring that they
are properly performed remains with the individual
PFSO.
16.2 The content of each individual PFSP should vary
depending on the particular circumstances of the port
facility, or facilities, it covers. The Port Facility Security
(PFSA) will have identified the particular features of the
port facility, and of the potential security risks, that have
led to the need to appoint a PFSO and to prepare a
PFSP. The preparation of the PFSP will require these
features, and other local or national security
considerations, to be addressed in the PFSP and for
appropriate security measures to be established so as
to minimise the likelihood of a breach of security and
the consequences of potential risks. Contracting
Governments may prepare advice on the preparation
and content of a PFSP.
16.3 All PFSPs should:
.1 detail the security organization of the port
facility,
.2 the organization’s links with other relevant
authorities and the necessary communication
systems to allow the effective continuous
operation of the organization and its links with
others, including ships in port;
.3 detail the basic security level 1 measures,
both operational and physical, that will be in
place;
.4 detail the additional security measures that measures needed to allow their individual
will allow the port facility to progress without effectiveness to be assessed;
delay to security level 2 and, when
necessary, to security level 3; .3 the port facility security organization’s links
with other national or local authorities with
.5 provide for regular review, or audit, of the security responsibilities;
PFSP and for its amendments in response to
experience or changing circumstances; and .4 the communication systems provided to allow
effective and continuous communication
.6 reporting procedures to the appropriate between port facility security personnel, ships
Contracting Governments contact points. in port and, when appropriate, with national
or local authorities with security
16.4 Preparation of an effective PFSP will rest on a responsibilities;
thorough assessment of all issues that relate to the
security of the port facility, including, in particular, a .5 the procedures or safeguards necessary to
thorough appreciation of the physical and operational allow such continuous communications to be
characteristics of the individual port facility. maintained at all times;

S
16.5 Contracting Government should approve the .6 the procedures and practices to protect

N
PFSPs of the port facilities under their jurisdiction. security sensitive information held in paper or
Contracting Governments should develop procedures electronic format;
to assess the continuing effectiveness of each PFSP

IO
and may require amendment of the PFSP prior to its .7 the procedures to assess the continuing
initial approval or subsequent to its approval. The PFSP effectiveness of security measures,
should make provision for the retention of records of procedures and equipment, including
security incidents and threats, reviews, audits, training, identification of, and response to, equipment
drills and exercises as evidence of compliance with failure or malfunction;

T
those requirements.
.8 the procedures to allow the submission, and
16.6 The security measures included in the PFSP assessment, of reports relating to possible
should be in place within a reasonable period of the
PFSP’s approval and the PFSP should establish when
each measure will be in place. If there is likely to be any
A .9
breaches of security or security concerns;

procedures relating to cargo handling;

C
delay in their provision this should be discussed with
the Contracting Government responsible for approval of .10 procedures covering the delivery of ship’s
LI

the PFSP and satisfactory alternative temporary stores;

security measures that provide an equivalent level of
security should be agreed to cover any interim period. .11 the procedures to maintain, and update,
records of dangerous goods and hazardous
B

16.7 The use of firearms on or near ships and in port substances and their location within the port
facilities may pose particular and significant safety facility;
risks, in particular in connection with certain dangerous
U

or hazardous substances and should be considered .12 the means of alerting and obtaining the
very carefully. In the event that a Contracting services of waterside patrols and specialist
Government decides that it is necessary to use armed search teams, including bomb searches and
.P

personnel in these areas, that Contracting Government underwater searches;

should ensure that these personnel are duly authorized
and trained in the use of their weapons and that they
are aware of the specific risks to safety that are present
in these areas. If a Contracting Government authorizes
.G
.13 the procedures for assisting ship security
officers in confirming the identity of those
seeking to board the ship when requested;

the use of firearms they should issue specific safety and

guidelines on their use. The PFSP should contain
specific guidance on this matter in particular with regard
its application to ships carrying dangerous goods or
hazardous substances.
C
.14 the procedures for facilitating shore leave for
ship’s personnel or personnel changes, as
well as access of visitors to the ship including

representatives of seafarers. welfare and

Organization and performance of port facility labour organizations.
security duties
16.9 The remainder of this section addresses
16.8 In addition to the guidance given under section specifically the security measures that could be taken at
16.3, the PFSP should establish the following which each security level covering:
relate to all security levels:
.1 access to the port facility;
.1 the role and structure of the port facility
security organization; .2 restricted areas within the port facility;

.2 the duties, responsibilities and training .3 handling of cargo;

requirements of all port facility personnel with
a security role and the performance .4 delivery of ship’s stores;

469
.5 handling unaccompanied baggage; and
.6 monitoring the security of the port facility.
Access to the port facility
16.10 The PFSP should establish the security
measures covering all means of access to the port
facility identified in the PFSA.
16.11 For each of these the PFSP should identify the
appropriate locations where access restrictions or
prohibitions should be applied for each of the security
levels. For each security level the PFSP should specify
the type of restriction or prohibition to be applied and
the means of enforcing them.
16.12 The PFSP should establish for each security
level the means of identification required to allow
access to the port facility and for individuals to remain
within the port facility without challenge, this may
involve developing an appropriate identification system
allowing for permanent and temporary identifications,
for port facility personnel and for visitors respectively.
Any port facility identification system should, when it is
practicable to do so, be co-ordinated with that applying
to ships that regularly use the port facility. Passengers
should be able to prove their identity by boarding
passes, tickets, etc., but should not be permitted
access to restricted areas unless supervised. The
PFSP should establish provisions to ensure that the
identification systems are regularly updated, and that
abuse of procedures should be subject to disciplinary
A 16.18 At security level 1, all those seeking access to
C
action.
LI
16.13 Those unwilling or unable to establish their
identity and/or to confirm the purpose of their visit when
requested to do so should be denied access to the port
facility and their attempt to obtain access should be
B
reported to the PFSO and to the national or local
authorities with security responsibilities.
U
16.14 The PFSP should identify the locations where
persons, personal effects, and vehicle searches are to
be undertaken. Such locations should be covered to
.P
facilitate continuous operation regardless of prevailing
weather conditions, in accordance with the frequency
laid down in the PFSP. Once subjected to search
persons, personal effects and vehicles should proceed
directly to the restricted holding, embarkation or car
.G
loading areas.
16.15 The PFSP should establish separate locations for
checked and unchecked persons and their effects and if
possible separate areas for embarking/disembarking
C
passengers, ship’s personnel and their effects to
ensure that unchecked persons are not able to come in
contact with checked persons.
16.16 The PFSP should establish the frequency of
application of any access controls particularly if they are
to be applied on a random, or occasional, basis.
Security Level 1
16.17 At security level 1, the PFSP should establish the
control points where the following security measures
may be applied:
470
.1 restricted areas which should be bound by
fencing or other barriers to a standard which
should be approved by the Contracting
Government;
.2 checking identity of all persons seeking entry
to the port facility in connectionwith a ship,
including passengers, ship’s personnel and
visitors and confirming their reasons for doing
so by checking, for example, joining
instructions, passenger tickets, boarding
passes, work orders, etc;
.3 checking vehicles used by those seeking
entry to the port facility in connection with a
ship;
S
.4 verification of the identity of port facility
personnel and those employed within the port
N
facility and their vehicles;
.5 restricting access to exclude those not
IO
employed by the port facility or working within
it, if they are unable to establish their identity;
.6 undertaking searches of persons, personal
effects, vehicles and their contents; and .7
T
identification of any access points not in
regular use which should be permanently
closed and locked.
the port facility should be liable to search. The
frequency of such searches, including random
searches, should be specified in the approved PFSP
and should be specifically approved by the Contracting
Government. Unless there are clear security grounds
for doing so, members of the ship’s personnel should
not be required to search their colleagues or their
personal effects. Any such search shall be undertaken
in a manner which fully takes into account the human
rights of the individual and preserves their basic human
dignity.
Security Level 2
16.19 At security level 2, the PFSP should establish the
additional security measures to be applied, which may
include:
.1 assigning additional personnel to guard
access points and patrol perimeter barriers;
.2 limiting the number of access points to the
port facility, and identify those to be closed
and the means of adequately securing them;
.3 providing for means of impeding movement
hrough the remaining access points, e.g.
security barriers;
.4 increasing the frequency of searches of
persons, personal effects, and vehicle;
.5 deny access to visitors who are unable to
provide a verifiable justification for seeking
access to the port facility; and
.6 using of patrol vessels to enhance waterside
security.
Security Level 3
16.20 At security level 3, the port facility should comply
with instructions issued by those responding to the
security incident or threat thereof. The PFSP should
detail the security measures which could be taken by
the port facility, in close co-operation with those
responding and the ships at the port facility, which may
include:
.3 movement and storage of cargo and ship’s
stores; and
.4 unaccompanied baggage or personal effects.
16.23 The PFSP should provide that all restricted areas
should be clearly marked indicating that access to the
area is restricted and that unauthorized presence within
the area constitutes a breach of security.

.1 suspension of access to all, or part of, the 16.24 When automatic intrusion detection devices are
port facility; installed they should alert a control center which can
respond to the triggering of an alarm.
.2 granting access only to those responding to
the security incident or threat thereof; 16.25 Restricted areas may include:
.1 shore and waterside areas immediately
.3 suspension of pedestrian or vehicular adjacent to the ship;

S
movement within all, or part, of the port
facility; .2 embarkation and disembarkation areas,

N
passenger and ship’s personnel holding and
.4 increased security patrols within the port processing areas including search points;
facility, if appropriate;

IO
.3 areas where loading, unloading or storage of
.5 suspension of port operations within all, or cargo and stores is undertaken;
part, of the port facility;
.4 locations where security sensitive
.6 direction of vessel movements relating to all, information, including cargo documentation,

T
or part, of the port facility; and is held;

.7 evacuation of all, or part of, the port facility. .5 areas where dangerous goods and

Restricted areas within the port facility A .6

hazardous substances are held;

vessel traffic management system control

C
16.21 The PFSP should identify the restricted areas to rooms, aids to navigation and port control
be established within the port facility, specify their buildings, including security and surveillance
LI

extent, times of application, the security measures to be control rooms;

taken to control access to them and those to be taken
to control activities within them. This should also .7 areas where security and surveillance
include, in appropriate circumstances, measures to equipment are stored or located;
B

ensure that temporary restricted areas are security

swept both before and after that area is established. .8 essential electrical, radio and
The purpose of restricted areas is to: telecommunication, water and other utility
U

installations; and
.1 protect passengers, ship’s personnel, port
facility personnel and visitors, including those .9 other locations in the port facility where
.P

visiting in connection with a ship; access by vessels, vehicles and individuals

should be restricted.
.2 protect the port facility;
16.26 The security measures may extend, with the
.3 protect ships using, and serving, the port agreement of the relevant authorities, to restrictions on
.G

facility; unauthorized access to structures from which the port

facility can be observed.
.4 protect sensitive security locations and areas
within the port facility; Security Level 1
C

.5 to protect security and surveillance 16.27 At security level 1, the PFSP should establish the
equipment and systems; and security measures to be applied to restricted areas,
which may include:
.6 protect cargo and ship’s stores from
tampering. .1 provision of permanent or temporary barriers
to surround the restricted area whose
16.22 The PFSP should ensure that all restricted areas standard should be accepted by the
have clearly established security measures to control: Contracting Government;

.1 access by individuals; .2 provision of access points where access can

be controlled by security guards when in
.2 the entry, parking, loading and unloading of operation and which can be effectively locked
vehicles; or barred when not in use;

471
.3 providing passes which must be displayed to security threat, to which access is denied;
identify individuals entitlement to be within and
the restricted area;
.2 preparing for the searching of restricted areas
.4 clearly marking vehicles allowed access to as part of a search of all, or part, of the port
restricted areas; facility.

.5 providing guards and patrols; Handling of cargo

.6 providing automatic intrusion detection 16.30 The security measures relating to cargo handling
devices, or surveillance equipment or should:
systems to detect unauthorized access into,
or movement within restricted areas; and .1 prevent tampering; and
.2 prevent cargo that is not meant for carriage
.7 control of the movement of vessels in the from being accepted and stored within the
vicinity of ships using the port facility. port facility.

S
Security Level 2 16.31 The security measures should include inventory
control procedures at access points to the port facility.

N
16.28 At security level 2, the PFSP should establish the Once within the port facility cargo should be capable of
enhancement of the frequency and intensity of the being identified as having been checked and accepted
monitoring of, and control of access to, restricted areas. for loading onto a ship or for temporary storage in a

IO
The PFSP should establish the additional security restricted area while awaiting loading. It may be
measures, which may include: appropriate to restrict the entry of cargo to the port
facility that does not have a confirmed date for loading.
.1 enhancing the effectiveness of the barriers or
fencing surrounding restricted areas, Security Level 1

T
including the use of patrols or automatic
intrusion detection devices; 16.32 At security level 1, the PFSP should establish the
security measures to be applied during cargo handling,
.2 reducing the number of access points to
restricted areas and enhancing the controls
applied at the remaining accesses;
A which may include:

.1 routine checking of cargo, cargo transport

C
units and cargo storage areas within the port
.3 restrictions on parking adjacent to berthed facility prior to, and during, cargo handling
LI

ships; operations;

.4 further restricting access to the restricted .2 checks to ensure that cargo entering the port
areas and movements and storage within facility matches the delivery note or
B

them; equivalent cargo documentation;

.5 use of continuously monitored and recording .3 searches of vehicles; and

U

surveillance equipment;
.4 checking of seals and other methods used to
.6 enhancing the number and frequency of prevent tampering upon entering the port
.P

patrols including waterside patrols facility and upon storage within the port
undertaken on the boundaries of the facility.
restricted areas and within the areas;
16.33 Checking of cargo may be accomplished by
.7 establishing and restricting access to areas some or all of the following means:
.G

adjacent to the restricted areas; and

.1 visual and physical examination; and
.8 enforcing restrictions on access by
unauthorized craft to the waters adjacent to .2 using scanning/detection equipment,
ships using the port facility. mechanical devices, or dogs.
C

Security Level 3 16.34 When there are regular, or repeated, cargo

16.29 At security level 3, the port facility should comply
with the instructions issued by those responding to the
security incident or threat thereof. The PFSP should
detail the security measures which could be taken by
the port facility, in close co-operation with those
responding and the ships at the port facility, which may
include:
movement the Company Security Officer (CSO) or the
Ship Security Officer (SSO) may, in consultation with
the port facility, agree arrangements with shippers or
others responsible for such cargo covering off-site
checking, sealing, scheduling, supporting
documentation, etc. Such arrangements should be
communicated to and agreed with the PFSO
concerned.

.1 setting up of additional restricted areas within Security Level 2

the port facility in proximity to the security
incident, or the believed location of the 16.35 At security level 2, the PFSP should establish the

472
additional security measures to be applied during cargo
handling to enhance control, which may include:
.1 detailed checking of cargo, cargo transport
units and cargo storage areas within the port
facility;
.2 intensified checks, as appropriate, to ensure
that only the documented cargo enters the
port facility, is temporarily stored there and
then loaded onto the ship;
.3 intensified searches of vehicles; and
.4 increased frequency and detail in checking of
seals and other methods used to prevent
tampering.
16.36 Detailed checking of cargo may be accomplished
by some or all of the following means:
.1 increasing the frequency and detail of
checking of cargo, cargo transport units and
cargo storage areas within the port facility
(visual and physical examination);
.2 increasing the frequency of the use of
scanning/detection equipment, mechanical
devices, or dogs; and
.3 co-ordinating enhanced security measures
with the shipper or other responsible party in
addition to an established agreement and
A .2
C
procedures.
LI
Security Level 3
16.37 At security level 3, the port facility should comply
with the instructions issued by those responding to the
B
security incident or threat thereof. The PFSP should
detail the security measures which could be taken by
the port facility, in close co-operation with those
U
responding and the ships at the port facility, which may
include:
.P
.1 restriction or suspension of cargo movements
or operations within all, or part, of the port
facility or specific ships; and
.2 verifying the inventory of dangerous goods
.G
and hazardous substances held within the
port facility and their location.
Delivery of ship’s stores
C
16.38 The security measures relating to the delivery of
ship’s stores should:
.1 ensure checking of ship’s stores and package
integrity;
.2 prevent ship’s stores from being accepted
without inspection;
.3 prevent tampering;
.4 prevent ship’s stores from being accepted
unless ordered;
.5 ensure searching the delivery vehicle; and
473
.6 ensure escorting delivery vehicles within the
port facility.
16.39 For ships regularly using the port facility it may be
appropriate to establish procedures involving the ship,
its suppliers and the port facility covering notification
and timing of deliveries and their documentation. There
should always be some way of confirming that stores
presented for delivery are accompanied by evidence
that they have been ordered by the ship.
Security Level 1
16.40 At security level 1, the PFSP should establish the
security measures to be applied to control the delivery
of ship’s stores, which may include:
S
.1 checking of ship’s stores;
N
.2 advance notification as to composition of
load, driver details and vehicle registration;
and
IO
.3 searching the delivery vehicle.
16.41 Checking of ship’s stores may be accomplished
by some or all of the following means:
T
.1 visual and physical examination; and
using scanning/detection
mechanical devices or dogs.
equipment,
Security Level 2
16.42 At security level 2, the PFSP should establish the
additional security measures to be applied to enhance
the control of the delivery of ship’s stores, which may
include:
.1 detailed checking of ship’s stores;
.2 detailed searches of the delivery vehicles;
.3 co-ordination with ship personnel to check
the order against the delivery note prior to
entry to the port facility; and
.4 escorting the delivery vehicle within the port
facility.
16.43 Detailed checking of ship’s stores may be
accomplished by some or all of the following means:
.1 increasing the frequency and detail of
searches of delivery vehicles;
.2 increasing the use of scanning/detection
equipment, mechanical devices, or dogs; and
.3 restricting, or prohibiting, entry of stores that
will not leave the port facility within a
specified period.
Security Level 3
16.44 At security level 3, the port facility should comply
with the instructions issued by those responding to the
security incident or threat thereof. The PFSP should
detail the security measures which could be taken by
the port facility, in close co-operation with those
responding and the ships at the port facility which may
include preparation for restriction, or suspension, of the
delivery of ship’s stores within all, or part, of the port
facility.
Handling unaccompanied baggage
16.45 The PFSP should establish the security
measures to be applied to ensure that unaccompanied
baggage (i.e. any baggage, including personal effects,
which is not with the passenger or member of ship’s
personnel at the point of inspection or search) is
identified and subjected to appropriate screening,
including searching, before is allowed in the port facility
and, depending on the storage arrangements, before it
is transferred between the port facility and the ship. It is
not envisaged that such baggage will be subjected to
screening by both the port facility and the ship, and in
cases where both are suitably equipped, the
responsibility for screening should rest with the port
facility. Close co-operation with the ship is essential and
steps should be taken to ensure that unaccompanied
baggage is handled securely after screening.
Security Level 1
16.46 At security level 1, the PFSP should establish the
security measures to be applied when handling
unaccompanied baggage to ensure that
unaccompanied baggage is screened or searched up to
and including 100 percent, which may include use of x-
ray screening.
C
Security Level 2
LI
16.47 At security level 2, the PFSP should establish the
additional security measures to be applied when
handling unaccompanied baggage which should
include 100 percent x-ray screening of all
B
unaccompanied baggage.
Security Level 3
U
16.48 At security level 3, the port facility should comply
with the instructions issued by those responding to the
.P
security incident or threat thereof. The PFSP should
detail the security measures which could be taken by
the port facility, in close co-operation with those
responding and the ships at the port facility, which may
include:
.G
.1 subjecting such baggage to more extensive
screening, for example x-raying it from at
least two different angles;
C
.2 preparations for restriction or suspension of
handling or unaccompanied baggage; and
.3 refusal to accept unaccompanied baggage
into the port facility.
Monitoring the security of the port facility
16.49 The port facility security organization should
have the capability to monitor the port facility and its
nearby approaches, on land and water, at all times,
including the night hours and periods of limited visibility,
the restricted areas within the port facility, the ships at
the port facility and areas surrounding ships. Such
monitoring can include use of:
474
.1 lighting;
.2 security guards, including foot, vehicle and
waterborne patrols; and
.3 automatic intrusion detection devices and
surveillance equipment.
16.50 When used, automatic intrusion detection
devices should activate an audible and/or visual alarm
at a location that is continuously attended or monitored.
16.51 The PFSP should establish the procedures and
equipment needed at each security level and the
means of ensuring that monitoring equipment will be
able to perform continually, including consideration of
the possible effects of weather or of power disruptions.
S
Security Level 1
N
16.52 At security level 1, the PFSP should establish the
security measures to be applied which may be a
combination of lighting, security guards or use of
IO
security and surveillance equipment to allow port facility
security personnel to:
.1 observe the general port facility area,
including shore and water-side accesses to it;
T
.2 observe access points, barriers and restricted
areas; and
A .3 allow port facility security personnel to
monitor areas and movements adjacent to
ships using the port facility, including
augmentation of lighting provided by the ship
itself.
Security Level 2
16.53 At security level 2, the PFSP should establish the
additional security measures to be applied to enhance
the monitoring and surveillance capability, which may
include:
.1 increasing the coverage and intensity of
lighting and surveillance equipment, including
the provision of additional lighting and
surveillance coverage;
.2 increasing the frequency of foot, vehicle or
waterborne patrols; and
.3 assigning additional security personnel to
monitor and patrol.
Security Level 3
16.54 At security level 3, the port facility should comply
with the instructions issued by those responding to the
security incident or threat thereof. The PFSP should
detail the security measures which could be taken by
the port facility, in close co-operation with those
responding and the ships at the port facility, which may
include:
.1 switching on all lighting within, or illuminating
the vicinity of, the port facility;
.2 switching on all surveillance equipment
capable of recording activities within, or
adjacent to, the port facility; and
.3 maximising the length of time such
surveillance equipment can continue to
record.
Differing security levels
16.55 The PFSP should establish details of the
procedures and security measures the port facility could
adopt if the port facility is at a lower security level than
that applying to a ship.
Activities not covered by the Code
16.56 The PFSP should establish details of the
procedures and security measures the port facility
should apply when:
.1 it is interfacing with a ship which has been at
a port of a State which not a Contracting
Government;
.2 it is interfacing with a ship to which this Code
does not apply; and
.3 it is interfacing with fixed or floating platforms
or mobile offshore drilling units on location.
Declarations of security
16.57 The PFSP should establish the procedures to be
followed when on the instructions of the Contracting
Government the PFSO requests a Declaration of
A .5
C
Security or when a DoS is requested by a ship.
LI
Audit, review and amendment
16.58 The PFSP should establish how the PFSO
intends to audit the continued effectiveness of the
B
PFSP and the procedure to be followed to review,
update or amend the PFSP.
U
16.59 The PFSP should be reviewed at the discretion of
the PFSO. In addition it should be reviewed:
.P
.1 if the PFSA relating to the port facility is
altered;
.2 if an independent audit of the PFSP or the
Contracting Government’s testing of the port
.G
facility security organization identifies failings
in the organization or questions the
continuing relevance of significant element of
the approved PFSP;
C
.3 following security incidents or threats thereof
involving the port facility; and
.4 following changes in ownership or operational
control of the port facility.
16.60 The PFSO can recommend appropriate
amendments to the approved plan following any review
of the plan. Amendments to the PFSP relating to:
.1 proposed changes which could fundamentally
alter the approach adopted to maintaining the
security of the port facility; and
475
.2 the removal, alteration or replacement of
permanent barriers, security and surveillance
equipment and systems etc., previously
considered essential in maintaining the
security of the port facility; should be
submitted to the Contracting Government that
approved the original PFSP for their
consideration and approval. Such approval
can be given by, or on behalf of, the
Contracting Government with, or without,
amendments to the proposed changes. On
approval of the PFSP the Contracting
Government should indicate which
procedural or physical alterations have to be
submitted to it for approval.
Approval of port facility security plans
S
16.61 PFSPs have to be approved by the relevant
Contracting Government which should establish
N
appropriate procedures to provide for:
.1 the submission of PFSPs to them;
IO
.2 the consideration of PFSPs;
.3 the approval of PFSPs, with or without
amendments;
T
.4 consideration of amendments submitted after
approval; and
procedures for inspecting or auditing the
continuing relevance of the approved PFSP.
At all stages steps should be taken to ensure that the
contents of the PFSP remains confidential.
Statement of Compliance of a Port Facility
16.62 The Contracting Government within whose
territory a port facility is located may issue an
appropriate Statement of Compliance of a Port Facility
(SoCPF) indicating:
.1 the port facility;
.2 that the port facility complies with the
provisions of chapter XI-2 and part A of the
Code;
.3 the period of validity of the SoCPF which
should be specified by the Contracting
Governments but should not exceed five
years; and
.4 the subsequent verification arrangements
established by the Contracting Government
and a confirmation when these are carried
out.
16.63 The Statement of Compliance of a Port Facility
should be in the form set out in the appendix to this
Part of the Code. If the language used is not Spanish,
French or English, the Contracting Government, if it
considers it appropriate, may also include a translation
into one of these languages.
17 PORT FACILITY SECURITY OFFICER
General
17.1 In those exceptional instances where the ship .17 methods of conducting audits, inspection,
security officer has questions about the validity of control and monitoring;
identification documents of those seeking to board the
ship for official purposes, the port facility security officer .18 methods of physical searches and non-
should assist. intrusive inspections;

17.2 The port facility security officer should not be
responsible for routine confirmation of the identity of
those seeking to board the ship.
In addition other relevant guidance is provided under
sections 15, 16 and 18.
18 TRAINING, DRILLS AND EXERCISES ON PORT
FACILITY SECURITY
Training
.19 security drills and exercises, including drills
and exercises with ships; and
.20 assessment of security drills and exercises.
18.2 Port facility personnel having specific security
duties should have knowledge and receive training, in
some or all of the following, as appropriate:
.1 knowledge of current security threats and

S
patterns;
18.1 The Port Facility Security Officer should have

N
knowledge and receive training, in some or all of the .2 recognition and detection of weapons,
following, as appropriate: dangerous substances and devices;

IO
.1 security administration; .3 recognition of characteristics and behavioural
patterns of persons who are likely to threaten
.2 relevant international conventions, codes and security;
recommendations;
.4 techniques used to circumvent security

T
.3 relevant Government legislation and measures;
regulations;
.5 crowd management and control techniques;
.4 responsibilities and functions of other security
organizations; A .6 security related communications;
C
.5 methodology of port facility security .7 operations of security equipment and
assessment; systems;
LI

.6 methods of ship and port facility security .8 testing, calibration and maintenance of
surveys and inspections; security equipment and systems;
B

.7 ship and port operations and conditions; .9 inspection, control, and monitoring
techniques; and
.8 ship and port facility security measures;
U

.10 methods of physical searches of persons,

.9 emergency preparedness and response and personal effects, baggage, cargo, and ship’s
contingency planning; stores.
.P

.10 instruction techniques for security training 18.3 All other port facility personnel should have
and education, including security measures knowledge of and be familiar with relevant provisions of
and procedures; the PFSP, in some or all of the following, as
appropriate:
.G

.11 handling sensitive security related information

and security related communications; .1 the meaning and the consequential
requirements of the different security levels;
.12 knowledge of current security threats and
patterns; .2 recognition and detection of weapons,
C

dangerous substances and devices;

.13 recognition and detection of weapons,
dangerous substances and devices; .3 recognition of characteristics and behavioural
patterns of persons who are likely to threaten
.14 recognition, on a non discriminatory basis, of the security; and
characteristics and behavioural patterns of
persons who are likely to threaten the .4 techniques used to circumvent security
security; measures.

.15 techniques used to circumvent security Drills and exercises

measures;
18.4 The objective of drills and exercises is to ensure
.16 security equipment and systems, and their that port facility personnel are proficient in all assigned
operational limitations; security duties, at all security levels, and to identify any

476
security related deficiencies, which need to be security officers in joint exercises should be made
addressed. bearing in mind the security and work implications for
the ship. These exercises should test communication,
18.5 To ensure the effective implementation of the coordination, resource availability and response. These
provisions of the port facility security plan, drills should exercises may be:
be conducted at least every three months unless the
specific circumstances dictate otherwise. These drills .1 full scale or live;
should test individual elements of the plan such as
those security threats listed in paragraph 15.11. .2 tabletop simulation or seminar; or

18.6 Various types of exercises which may include .3 combined with other exercises held such as
participation of port facility security officers, in emergency response or other port State
conjunction with relevant authorities of Contracting authority exercises.
Governments, company security officers, or ship
security officers, if available, should be carried out at 19 VERIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION OF SHIPS
least once each calendar year with no more than 18
months between the exercises. Requests for the

S
participation of company security officers or ships No additional guidance.

N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

477
 APPENDIX TO PART B

APPENDIX 1

Form of a Declaration of Security between a ship and a port facility*

DECLARATION OF SECURITY

Name of Ship:

Port of Registry:

IMO Number:

Name of Port Facility:

S
N
This Declaration of Security is valid from .......................................................until......................................................., for the
following activities

IO
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
(list the activities with relevant details)

T
under the following security levels

A
Security level(s) for the ship:
C
Security level(s) for the port facility:

The port facility and ship agree to the following security measures and responsibilities to ensure compliance with the
LI

requirements of Part A of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities.
B

_____________________
U

* This form of Declaration of Security is for use between a ship and a port facility. If the Declaration of Security is to cover
two ships, this model should be appropriately modified.
.P
.G
C

478
 The affixing of the initials of the SSO or PFSO under
these columns indicates that the activity will be done,
in accordance with relevant approved plan, by
Activity The port facility: The ship:

Ensuring the performance of all

security duties

Monitoring restricted areas to ensure

that only authorized personnel have
access
Controlling access to the port facility

Controlling access to the ship

Monitoring of the port facility, including

S
berthing areas and areas surrounding
the ship

N
Monitoring of the ship, including
berthing areas and areas surrounding
the ship

IO
Handling of cargo
Delivery of ship’s stores

Handling unaccompanied baggage

T
Controlling the embarkation of
persons and their effects

Ensuring that security communication

is readily available between the ship
A
C
and port facility

The signatories to this agreement certify that security measures and arrangements for both the port facility and the ship
LI

during the specified activities meet the provisions of chapter XI-2 and Part A of Code that will be implemented in
accordance with the provisions already stipulated in their approved plan or the specific arrangements agreed to and set
out in the attached annex.
B

Dated at .........................................................................................................on the ...............................................................

U
.P
.G
C

479
 Signed for and on behalf of

the port facility: the ship:

(Signature of Port Facility Security Officer) (Signature of Master or Ship Security Officer)

Name and title of person who signed

Name: Name:

S
Title : Title :

N
Contact Details

IO
(to be completed as appropriate)
(indicate the telephone numbers or the radio channels or frequencies to be used)
for the port facility: for the ship:

T
Port Facility Master
A
C
Port Facility Security Officer Ship Security Officer

Company
LI

Company Security Officer

B
U
.P
.G
C

480
 APPENDIX 2

Form of a Statement of Compliance of a Port Facility

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE OF A PORT FACILITY

(Official seal) (State)

Statement Number……………………………….

Issued under the provisions of Part B of the

INTERNATIONAL CODE FOR THE SECURITY OF SHIPS AND OF PORT

S
FACILITIES (ISPS CODE)

N
IO
The Government of

T
(name of the State)

Name of the Port Facility : ……………………………………………………………………………………………………...............

A
C
Address of the Port Facility : ....................................................................................................................................................

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the compliance of this port facility with the provisions of chapter XI-2 and part A of the
LI

International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities (ISPS Code) has been verified and that this port facility
operates in accordance with the approved Port Facility Security Plan. This plan has been approved for the following
<specify the types of operations, types of ship or activities or other relevant information> (delete as appropriate):
B

Passenger ship
Passenger high speed craft
Cargo high speed craft
U

Bulk carrier
Oil tanker
Chemical tanker
.P

Gas carrier
Mobile offshore Drilling Units
Cargo ships other than those referred to above

This Statement of Compliance is valid until ............................................................................................................., subject

.G

to verifications (as indicated overleaf)

Issued at....................................... .........................................................................................................................................

C

(place of issue of the statement)

Date of issue................ ..........................................................................................................................................................

(Signature of the duly authorized official issuing the document)

(Seal or stamp of issuing authority, as appropriate)

481
ENDORSEMENT FOR VERIFICATIONS

The Government of <insert name of the State> has established that the validity of this Statement of Compliance is subject
to <insert relevant details of the verifications (e.g. mandatory annual or unscheduled)>.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, during a verification carried out in accordance with paragraph B/16.62.4 of the ISPS Code, the
port facility was found to comply with the relevant provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and Part A of the ISPS
Code.

1st VERIFICATION Signed: .........................................................

(Signature of authorized official)
Place: ..........................................................

Date: .............................................................
2nd VERIFICATION

Signed: .........................................................

S
(Signature of authorized official)
Place: ..........................................................

N
Date: .............................................................

IO
3rd VERIFICATION
Signed: .........................................................
(Signature of authorized official)
Place: ..........................................................

T
Date: .............................................................

4th VERIFICATION
A
Signed: .........................................................
(Signature of authorized official)
Place: ..........................................................
C
Date: .............................................................
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

482
 Conference resolution 1
(ADOPTED ON 12 DECEMBER 2002)
ADOPTION OF AMENDMENTS TO THE ANNEX TO
THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE
SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974
THE CONFERENCE,
BEARING IN MIND the purposes and principles of the
Charter of the United Nations concerning the
maintenance of international peace and security and
the promotion of friendly relations and co-operation
among States,
DEEPLY CONCERNED about the world-wide
escalation of acts of terrorism in all its forms, which
endanger or take innocent human lives, jeopardize
fundamental freedoms and seriously impair the dignity
of human beings,
BEING AWARE of the importance and significance of
shipping to the world trade and economy and,
therefore, being determined to safeguard the worldwide
supply chain against any breach resulting from terrorist
attacks against ships, ports, offshore terminals or other
facilities,
CONSIDERING that unlawful acts against shipping
jeopardize the safety and security of persons and
property, seriously affect the operation of maritime
services and undermine the confidence of the peoples
of the world in the safety of maritime navigation,
A IMO instruments relevant to the scope of resolution
C
CONSIDERING that the occurrence of such acts is a
LI
matter of grave concern to the international community
as a whole, while also recognizing the importance of
the efficient and economic movement of world trade,
B
BEING CONVINCED of the urgent need to develop
international co-operation between States in devising
and adopting effective and practical measures,
U
additional to those already adopted by the International
Maritime Organization (hereinafter referred to as .the
Organization.), to prevent and suppress unlawful acts
.P
directed against shipping in its broad sense,
RECALLING the United Nations Security Council
resolution 1373(2001), adopted on 28 September 2001,
requiring States to take measures to prevent and
.G
suppress terrorist acts, including calling on States to
implement fully anti-terrorist conventions,
HAVING NOTED the Co-operative G8 Action on
Transport Security (in particular, the Maritime Security
C
section thereof), endorsed by the G8 Leaders during
their Summit in Kananaskis, Alberta (Canada) in June
2002,
RECALLING article VIII(c) of the International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as
amended (hereinafter referred to as .the Convention.),
concerning the procedure for amending the Convention
by a Conference of Contracting Governments,
NOTING resolution A.924(22) entitled .Review of
measures and procedures to prevent acts of terrorism
which threaten the security of passengers and crew and
the safety of ships., adopted by the Assembly of the
Organization on 20 November 2001, which, inter alia:
483
(a) recognizes the need for the Organization to
review, with the intent to revise, existing
international legal and technical measures,
and to consider appropriate new measures,
to prevent and suppress terrorism against
ships and to improve security aboard and
ashore in order to reduce the risk to
passengers, crew and post personnel on
board ships and in port areas and to the
vessels and their cargoes; and
(b) requests the Organization.s Maritime Safety
Committee, the Legal Committee and the
Facilitation Committee under the direction of
the Council to undertake, on a high priority
basis, a review to ascertain whether there is
a need to update the instruments referred to
S
in the preambular paragraphs of the
aforesaid resolution and any other relevant
N
IMO instrument under their scope and/or to
adopt other security measures and, in the
light of such a review, to take action as
IO
appropriate;
HAVING IDENTIFIED resolution A.584(14) entitled
“Measures to prevent unlawful acts which threaten the
safety of ships and the security of their passengers and
T
crew”, MSC/Circ.443 on”Measures to prevent unlawful
acts against passengers and crew on board ships” and
MSC/Circ.754 on .Passenger ferry security. among the
A.924(22),
RECALLING resolution 5 entitled .Future amendments
to chapter XI of the 1974 SOLAS Convention on special
measures to enhance maritime safety., adopted by the
1994 Conference of Contracting Government to the
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea,
1974,
HAVING CONSIDERED amendments to the Annex of
the Convention proposed and circulated to all Members
of the Organization and to all Contracting Governments
to the Convention,
1. ADOPTS, in accordance with article VIII(c)(ii)
of the Convention, amendments to the Annex
of the Convention, the text of which is given
in the Annex to the present resolution;
2. DETERMINES, in accordance with article
VIII(b)(vi)(2)(bb) of the Convention, that the
aforementioned amendments shall be
deemed to have been accepted on 1 January
2004, unless, prior to that date, more than
one third of the Contracting Governments to
the Convention or Contracting Governments
the combined merchant fleets of which
constitute not less than 50% of the gross
tonnage of the world.s merchant fleet, have
notified their objections to theamendments;
3. INVITES Contracting Governments to the
Convention to note that, in accordance with
article VIII(b)(vii)(2) of the Convention, the
said amendments shall enter into force on 1
July 2004 upon their acceptance in
accordance with paragraph 2 above;
4. REQUESTS the Secretary-General of the
 Organization, in conformity with article
VIII(b)(v) of the Convention, to transmit
certified copies of the present resolution and
the text of the amendments contained in the
Annex to all Contracting Governments to the
Convention;
5. FURTHER REQUESTS the Secretary-
General to transmit copies of this resolution
and its Annex to all Members of the
Organization, which are not Contracting
Governments to the Convention.
ANNEX
AMENDMENTS TO THE ANNEX TO THE
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY
OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974 AS AMENDED
CHAPTER V
SAFETY OF NAVIGATION
Regulation 19
Carriage requirements for shipborne navigational
systems and equipment
1 The existing subparagraphs .4, .5 and .6 of paragraph
2.4.2 are replaced by the following:
.4 in the case of ships, other than passenger
ships and tankers, of 300 gross tonnage and
upwards but less than 50,000 gross tonnage,
not later than the first safety equipment
A any other equivalent method of marking the ship
C
survey* after 1 July 2004 or by 31 December
2004, whichever occurs earlier; and”
LI
2 The following new sentence is added at the end of
the existing subparagraph .7 of paragraph 2.4:
B
“Ships fitted with AIS shall maintain AIS in operation at
all times except where international agreements, rules
or standards provide for the protection of navigational
U
information.”
CHAPTER XI
.P
SPECIAL MEASURES TO ENHANCE MARITIME
SAFETY
3 The existing chapter XI is renumbered as chapter XI-
.G
1.
Regulation 3
Ship identification number
C
4 The following text is inserted after the title of the
regulation:
“(Paragraphs 4 and 5 apply to all ships to which this
regulation applies. For ships constructed before [1 July
2004], the requirements of paragraphs 4 and 5 shall be
complied with not later than the first scheduled dry-
docking of the ship after 1 July 2004)”
5 The existing paragraph 4 is deleted and the following
new text is inserted:
“4 The ship.s identification number shall be
permanently marked:
484
.1 in a visible place either on the stern of the
ship or on either side of the hull, amidships
port and starboard, above the deepest
assigned load line or either side of the
superstructure, port and starboard or on the
front of the superstructure or, in the case of
passenger ships, on a horizontal surface
visible from the air; and
.2 in an easily accessible place either on one of
the end transverse bulkheads of the
machinery spaces, as defined in regulation II-
2/3.30, or on one of the hatchways or, in the
case of tankers, in the pump-room or, in the
case of ships with ro-ro spaces, as defined in
regulation II-2/3.41, on one of the end
transverse bulkheads of the ro-ro spaces.
S
5.1 The permanent marking shall be plainly visible,
N
clear of any other markings on the hull and shall be
painted in a contrasting colour.
IO
5.2 The permanent marking referred to in paragraph 4.1
shall be not less than 200 mm in height. The permanent
marking referred to in paragraph 4.2 shall not be less
than 100 mm in height. The width of the marks shall be
proportionate to the height.
T
5.3 The permanent marking may be made by raised
lettering or by cutting it in or by centre punching it or by
identification number which ensures that the marking is
not easily expunged.
5.4 On ships constructed of material other than steel or
metal, the Administration shall approve the method of
marking the ship identification number.”
6 The following new regulation 5 is added after the
existing regulation 4:
“Regulation 5
Continuous Synopsis Record
1 Every ship to which chapter I applies shall be issued
with a Continuous Synopsis Record.
2.1 The Continuous Synopsis Record is intended to
provide an on-board record of the history of the ship
with respect to the information recorded therein.
2.2 For ships constructed before 1 July 2004, the
Continuous Synopsis Record shall, at least, provide the
history of the ship as from 1 July 2004.
__________________________________________
*The first safety equipment survey means the first annual survey the first
periodical survey or the first renewal survey for safety equipment,
whichever is due first after 1 July 2004 and, in addition, in the case of
ships under construction, the initial survey.
3 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be issued by
the Administration to each ship that is entitled to fly its
flag and it shall contain at least, the following
information:
.1 the name of the State whose flag the ship is
entitled to fly;
.2 the date on which the ship was registered
with that State;
.3 the ship.s identification number in
accordance with regulation 3;
.4 the name of the ship;
.5 the port at which the ship is registered;
.6 the name of the registered owner(s) and their
registered address(es);
.7 the name of the registered bareboat
charterer(s) and their registered address(es),
if applicable;
.8 the name of the Company, as defined in
regulation IX/1, its registered address and the
address(es) from where it carries out the
safety management activities;
.9 the name of all classification society(ies) with
which the ship is classed;
.10 the name of the Administration or of the
Contracting Government or of the recognized
organization which has issued the Document
of Compliance (or the Interim Document of
Compliance), specified in the ISM Code as
defined in regulation IX/1, to the Company
operating the ship and the name of the body
which has carried out the audit on the basis
A 6 Whenever a ship is transferred to the flag of another
C
of which the document was issued, if other
than that issuing the document;
LI
.11 the name of the Administration or of the
Contracting Government or of the recognized
organization that has issued the Safety
B
Management Certificate (or the Interim Safety
Management Certificate), specified in the ISM
Code as defined in regulation IX/1, to the ship
U
and the name of the body which has carried
out the audit on the basis of which the
certificate was issued, if other than that
.P
issuing the certificate;
.12 the name of the Administration or of the
Contracting Government or of the recognized
security organization that has issued the
.G
International Ship Security Certificate (or an
Interim International Ship Security
Certificate), specified in part A of the ISPS
Code as defined in regulation XI-2/1, to the
ship and the name of the body which has
C
carried out the verification on the basis of
which the certificate was issued, if other than
that issuing the certificate; and
.13 the date on which the ship ceased to be
registered with that State.
4.1 Any changes relating to the entries referred to in
paragraphs 3.4 to 3.12 shall be recorded in the
Continuous Synopsis Record so as to provide updated
and current information together with the history of the
changes.
4.2 In case of any changes relating to the entries
referred to in paragraph 4.1, the Administration shall
485
issue, as soon as is practically possible but not later
than three months from the date of the change, to the
ships entitled to fly its flag either a revised and updated
version of the Continuous Synopsis Record or
appropriate amendments thereto.
4.3 In case of any changes relating to the entries
referred to in paragraph 4.1, the Administration,
pending the issue of a revised and updated version of
the Continuous Synopsis Record, shall authorise and
require either the Company as defined in regulation
IX/1 or the master of the ship to amend the Continuous
Synopsis Record to reflect the changes. In such cases,
after the Continuous Synopsis Record has been
amended the Company shall, without delay, inform the
Administration accordingly.
S
5.1 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be in
English, French or Spanish language. Additionally, a
N
translation of the Continuous Synopsis Record into the
official language or languages of the Administration
may be provided.
IO
5.2 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be in the
format developed by the Organization and shall be
maintained in accordance with guidelines developed by
the Organization. Any previous entries in the
T
Continuous Synopsis Record shall not be modified,
deleted or, in any way, erased or defaced.
State or the ship is sold to another owner (or is taken
over by another bareboat charterer) or another
Company assumes the responsibility for the operation
of the ship, the Continuous Synopsis Record shall be
left on board.
7 When a ship is to be transferred to the flag of another
State, the Company shall notify the Administration of
the name of the State under whose flag the ship is to be
transferred so as to enable the Administration to
forward to that State a copy of the Continuous Synopsis
Record covering the period during which the ship was
under their jurisdiction.
8 When a ship is transferred to the flag of another State
the Government of which is a Contracting Government,
the Contracting Government of the State whose flag the
ship was flying hitherto shall transmit to the
Administration as soon as possible after the transfer
takes place a copy of the relevant Continuous Synopsis
Record covering the period during which the ship was
under their jurisdiction together with any Continuous
Synopsis Records previous issued to the ship by other
States.
9 When a ship is transferred to the flag of another
State, the Administration shall append the previous
Continuous Synopsis Records to the Continuous
Synopsis Record the Administration will issue to the
ship so to provide the continuous history record
intended by this regulation.
10 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be kept on
board the ship and shall be available for inspection at
all times.”
7 The following new chapter XI-2 is inserted after the
renumbered chapter XI-1:
“CHAPTER XI-2
 SPECIAL MEASURES TO ENHANCE MARITIME Life at Sea, 1974 as may be amended by the
SECURITY Organization, provided that:

Regulation 1 .1 amendments to part A of the Code are

adopted, brought into force and take effect in
Definitions accordance with article VIII of the present
Convention concerning the amendment
1 For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly procedures applicable to the Annex other
provided otherwise: than chapter I; and

.1 Bulk carrier means a bulk carrier as defined .2 amendments to part B of the Code are
in regulation IX/1.6. adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee in
accordance with its Rules of Procedure.
.2 Chemical tanker means a chemical tanker as
defined in regulation VII/8.2. .13 Security incident means any suspicious act or
circumstance threatening the security of a
.3 Gas carrier means a gas carrier as defined in ship, including a mobile offshore drilling unit

S
regulation VII/11.2. and a high speed craft, or of a port facility or
of any ship/port interface or any ship to ship

N
.4 High-speed craft means a craft as defined in activity.
regulation X/1.2.
.14 Security level means the qualification of the

.5 Mobile offshore drilling unit means a
mechanically propelled mobile offshore
drilling unit, as defined in regulation IX/1, not
on location.
IO
degree of risk that a security incident will be
attempted or will occur.
.15 Declaration of security means an agreement
reached between a ship and either a port

T
.6 Oil tanker means an oil tanker as defined in facility or another ship with which it interfaces
regulation II-1/2.12. specifying the security measures each will
implement.
.7 Company means a Company as defined in
regulation IX/1. A .16 Recognized security organization means an
organization with appropriate expertise in
C
.8 Ship/port interface means the interactions security matters and with appropriate
that occur when a ship is directly and knowledge of ship and port operations
LI

immediately affected by actions involving the authorized to carry out an assessment, or a

movement of persons, goods or the verification, or an approval or a certification
provisions of port services to or from the ship. activity, required by this chapter or by part A
of the ISPS Code.
B

.9 Port facility is a location, as determined by

the Contracting Government or by the 2 The term "ship", when used in regulations 3 to 13,
Designated Authority, where the ship/port includes mobile offshore drilling units and high-speed
U

interface takes place. This includes areas craft.

such as anchorages, waiting berths and
approaches from seaward, as appropriate. 3 The term .all ships., when used in this chapter, means
.P

any ship to which this chapter applies.

.10 Ship to ship activity means any activity not
related to a port facility that involves the 4 The term .Contracting Government., when used in
transfer of goods or persons from one ship to regulations 3, 4, 7, 10, 11, 12 and 13 includes a
another. reference to the .Designated Authority.
.G

.11 Designated Authority means the Regulation 2

organization(s) or the administration(s)
identified, within the Contracting Government, Application
as responsible for ensuring the
C

implementation of the provisions of this 1 This chapter applies to:

chapter pertaining to port facility security and
ship/port interface, from the point of view of
the port facility.
.
.12 International Ship and Port Facility Security
(ISPS) Code means the International Code
for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities
consisting of Part A (the provisions of which
shall be treated as mandatory) and part B
(the provisions of which shall be treated as
recommendatory), as adopted, on 12
December 2002, by resolution 2 of the
Conference of Contracting Governments to
the International Convention for the Safety of
.1 the following types of ships engaged on
international voyages:
.1.1 passenger ships, including high-speed
passenger craft;
.1.2 cargo ships, including high-speed craft,
of 500 gross tonnage and upwards; and
.1.3 mobile offshore drilling units; and
.2 port facilities serving such ships engaged on
international voyages.

486
2 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1.2,
Contracting Governments shall decide the extent of
application of this chapter and of the relevant sections
of part A of the ISPS Code to those port facilities within
their territory which, although used primarily by ships
not engaged on international voyages, are required,
occasionally, to serve ships arriving or departing on an
international voyage.
2.1 Contracting Governments shall base their
decisions, under paragraph 2, on a port facility security
assessment carried out in accordance with the
provisions of part A of the ISPS Code.
2.2 Any decision which a Contracting Government
makes, under paragraph 2, shall not compromise the
level of security intended to be achieved by this chapter
or by part A of the ISPS Code.
3 This chapter does not apply to warships, naval
auxiliaries or other ships owned or operated by a
Contracting Government and used only on Government
non-commercial service.
4 Nothing in this chapter shall prejudice the rights or
obligations of States under international law.
Regulation 3
Obligations of Contracting Governments with respect to
security
1 Administrations shall set security levels and ensure
A .3
C
the provision of security level information to ships
entitled to fly their flag. When changes in security level
LI
occur, security level information shall be updated as the
circumstance dictates.
2 Contracting Governments shall set security levels
B
and ensure the provision of security level information to
port facilities within their territory, and to ships prior to
entering a port or whilst in a port within their territory.
U
When changes in security level occur, security level
information shall be updated as the circumstance
dictates.
.P
Regulation 4
Requirements for Companies and ships
.G
1 Companies shall comply with the relevant
requirements of this chapter and of part A of the ISPS
Code, taking into account the guidance given in part B
of the ISPS Code.
C
2 Ships shall comply with the relevant requirements of
this chapter and of part A of the ISPS Code, taking into
account the guidance given in part B of the ISPS Code,
and such
compliance shall be verified and certified as provided
for in part A of the ISPS Code.
3 Prior to entering a port or whilst in a port within the
territory of a Contracting Government, a ship shall
comply with the requirements for the security level set
by that Contracting Government, if such security level is
higher than the security level set by the Administration
for that ship.
487
4 Ships shall respond without undue delay to any
change to a higher security level.
5 Where a ship is not in compliance with the
requirements of this chapter or of part A of the ISPS
Code, or cannot comply with the requirements of the
security level set by the Administration or by another
Contracting Government and applicable to that ship,
then the ship shall notify the appropriate competent
authority prior to conducting any ship/port interface or
prior to entry into port, whichever occurs earlier.
Regulation 5
Specific responsibility of Companies
The Company shall ensure that the master has
S
available on board, at all times, information through
which officers duly authorised by a Contracting
N
Government can establish:
.1 who is responsible for appointing the
IO
members of the crew or other persons
currently employed or engaged on board the
ship in any capacity on the business of that
ship;
T
.2 who is responsible for deciding the
employment of the ship; and
in cases where the ship is employed under
the terms of charter party(ies), who are the
parties to such charter party(ies).
Regulation 6
Ship security alert system*
1 All ships shall be provided with a ship security alert
system, as follows:
.1 ships constructed on or after 1 July 2004;
.2 passenger ships, including high-speed
passenger craft, constructed before 1 July
2004, not later than the first survey of the
radio installation after 1 July 2004;
.3 oil tankers, chemical tankers, gas carriers,
bulk carriers and cargo high speed craft, of
500 gross tonnage and upwards constructed
before 1 July 2004, not later than the first
survey of the radio installation after 1 July
2004; and
* Refer to the performance standards for a ship security alert system
adopted by resolution MSC.136(76)
.4 other cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upward
and mobile offshore drilling units constructed before 1
July 2004, not later than the first survey of the radio
installation after 1 July 2006.
2 The ship security alert system, when activated, shall:
.1 initiate and transmit a ship-to-shore security
alert to a competent authority designated by
the Administration, which in these
circumstances may include the Company,
 identifying the ship, its location and indicating
that the security of the ship is under threat or
it has been compromised;
.2 not send the ship security alert to any other
ships;
.3 not raise any alarm on-board the ship; and
.4 continue the ship security alert until
deactivated and/or reset.
3 The ship security alert system shall:
.1 be capable of being activated from the
navigation bridge and in at least one other
location; and
.2 conform to performance standards not
inferior to those adopted by the Organization.
4 The ship security alert system activation points shall
be designed so as to prevent the inadvertent initiation
of the ship security alert.
5 The requirement for a ship security alert system may
be complied with by using the radio installation fitted for
compliance with the requirements of chapter IV,
provided all requirements of this regulation are
complied with.
6 When an Administration receives notification of a ship
security alert, that Administration shall immediately
A ensure that such conflicts are resolved and that the
C
notify the State(s) in the vicinity of which the ship is
presently operating.
LI
7 When a Contracting Government receives notification
of a ship security alert from a ship which is not entitled
to fly its flag, that Contracting Government shall
B
immediately notify the relevant Administration and, if
appropriate, the State(s) in the vicinity of which the ship
is presently operating.
U
Regulation 7
.P
Threats to ships
1 Contracting Governments shall set security levels and
ensure the provision of security level information to
ships operating in their territorial sea or having
.G
communicated an intention to enter their territorial sea.
2 Contracting Governments shall provide a point of
contact through which such ships can request advice or
assistance and to which such ships can report any
C
security concerns about other ships, movements or
communications.
3 Where a risk of attack has been identified, the
Contracting Government concerned shall advise the
ships concerned and their Administrations of:
.1 the current security level;
.2 any security measures that should be put in
place by the ships concerned to protect
themselves from attack, in accordance with
the provisions of part A of the ISPS Code;
and
488
.3 security measures that the coastal State has
decided to put in place, as appropriate.
Regulation 8
Master.s discretion for ship safety and security
1 The master shall not be constrained by the Company,
the charterer or any other person from taking or
executing any decision which, in the professional
judgement of the master, is necessary to maintain the
safety and security of the ship. This includes denial of
access to persons (except those identified as duly
authorized by a Contracting Government) or their
effects and refusal to load cargo, including containers
or other closed cargo transport units.
S
2 If, in the professional judgement of the master, a
conflict between any safety and security requirements
N
applicable to the ship arises during its operations, the
master shall give effect to those requirements
necessary to maintain the safety of the ship. In such
IO
cases, the master may implement temporary security
measures and shall forthwith inform the Administration
and, if appropriate, the Contracting Government in
whose port the ship is operating or intends to enter. Any
such temporary security measures under this
T
regulation shall, to the highest possible degree, be
commensurate with the prevailing security level. When
such cases are identified, the Administration shall
possibility of recurrence is minimized.
Regulation 9
Control and compliance measures
1 Control of ships in port
1.1 For the purpose of this chapter, every ship to
which this chapter applies is subject to
control when in a port of another Contracting
Government by officers duly authorised by
that Government, who may be the same as
those carrying out the functions of regulation
I/19. Such control shall be limited to verifying
that there is onboard a valid International
Ship Security Certificate or a valid Interim
International Ships Security Certificate issued
under the provisions of part A of the ISPS
Code (Certificate), which if valid shall be
accepted, unless there are clear grounds for
believing that the ship is not in compliance
with the requirements of this chapter or part A
of the ISPS Code.
1.2 When there are such clear grounds, or where
no valid Certificate is produced when
required, the officers duly authorized by the
Contracting Government shall impose any
one or more control measures in relation to
that ship as provided in paragraph 1.3. Any
such measures imposed must be
proportionate, taking into account the
guidance given in part B of the ISPS Code.
1.3 Such control measures are as follows:
inspection of the ship, delaying the ship,
detention of the ship, restriction of operations
including movement within the port, or
 expulsion of the ship from port. Such control
measures may additionally or alternatively
include other lesser administrative or
corrective measures.
2 Ships intending to enter a port of another
Contracting Government
2.1 For the purpose of this chapter, a Contracting
Government may require that ships intending
to enter its ports provide the following
information to officers duly authorized by that
Government to ensure compliance with this
chapter prior to entry into port with the aim of
avoiding the need to impose control
measures or steps:
.1 that the ship possesses a valid
Certificate and the name of its
issuing authority;
.2 the security level at which the
ship is currently operating;
.3 the security level at which the
ship operated in any previous
port where it has conducted a
ship/port interface within the
timeframe specified in paragraph
2.3;
.4 any special or additional security measures
that were taken by the ship in any previous
A or
C
port where it has conducted a ship/port
interface within the timeframe specified in
LI
paragraph 2.3;
.5 that the appropriate ship security procedures
were maintained during any ship to ship
B
activity within the timeframe specified in
paragraph 2.3; or
U
.6 other practical security related information
(but not details of the ship security plan),
taking into account the guidance given in part
.P
B of the ISPS Code.
If requested by the Contracting Government, the ship or
the Company shall provide confirmation, acceptable to
that Contracting Government, of the information
.G
required above.
2.2 Every ship to which this chapter applies
intending to enter the port of another
Contracting Government shall provide the
C
information described in paragraph 2.1 on the
request of the officers duly authorized by that
Government. The master may decline to
provide such information on the
understanding that failure to do so may result
in denial of entry into port.
2.3 The ship shall keep records of the information
referred to in paragraph 2.1 for the last 10
calls at port facilities.
2.4 If, after receipt of the information described in
paragraph 2.1, officers duly authorised by the
Contracting Government of the port in which
the ship intends to enter have clear grounds
489
for believing that the ship is in non-
compliance with the requirements of this
chapter or part A of the ISPS Code, such
officers shall attempt to establish
communication with and between the ship
and the Administration in order to rectify the
non-compliance. If such communication does
not result in rectification, or if such officers
have clear grounds otherwise for believing
that the ship is in non-compliance with the
requirements of this chapter or part A of the
ISPS Code, such officers may take steps in
relation to that ship as provided in paragraph
2.5. Any such steps taken must be
proportionate, taking into account the
guidance given in part B of the ISPS Code.
S
2.5 Such steps are as follows:
N
.1 a requirement for the rectification of the
non-compliance;
IO
.2 a requirement that the ship proceed to a
location specified in the territorial sea or
internal waters of that Contracting
Government;
T
.3 inspection of the ship, if the ship is in the
territorial sea of the Contracting Government
the port of which the ship intends to enter;
.4 denial of entry into port.
Prior to initiating any such steps, the ship shall be
informed by the Contracting Government of its
intentions. Upon this information the master may
withdraw the intention to enter that port. In such cases,
this regulation shall not apply.
3 Additional provisions
3.1 In the event:
.1 of the imposition of a control measure,
other than a lesser administrative or
corrective measure, referred to in paragraph
1.3; or
.2 any of the steps referred to in paragraph
2.5 are taken, an officer duly authorized by
the Contracting Government shall forthwith
inform in writing the Administration specifying
which control measures have been imposed
or steps taken and the reasons thereof. The
Contracting Government imposing the control
measures or steps shall also notify the
recognized security organization, which
issued the Certificate relating to the ship
concerned and the Organization when any
such control measures have been imposed or
steps taken.
3.2 When entry into port is denied or the ship is
expelled from port, the authorities of the port
State should communicate the appropriate
facts to the authorities of the State of the next
appropriate ports of call, when known, and
any other appropriate coastal States, taking
into account guidelines to be developed by
 the Organization. Confidentiality and security
of such notification shall be ensured.
3.3 Denial of entry into port, pursuant to
paragraphs 2.4 and 2.5, or expulsion from
port, pursuant to paragraphs 1.1 to 1.3, shall
only be imposed where the officers duly
authorized by the Contracting Government
have clear grounds to believe that the ship
poses an immediate threat to the security or
safety of persons, or of ships or other
property and there are no other appropriate
means for removing that threat.
3.4 The control measures referred to in
paragraph 1.3 and the steps referred to in
paragraph 2.5 shall only be imposed,
pursuant to this regulation, until the non-
compliance giving rise to the control
measures or steps has been corrected to the
satisfaction of the Contracting Government,
taking into account actions proposed by the
ship or the Administration, if any.
3.5 When Contracting Governments exercise
control under paragraph 1 or take steps
under paragraph 2:
.1 all possible efforts shall be made to avoid a
ship being unduly detained or delayed. If a
ship is thereby unduly detained, or delayed, it
shall be entitled to compensation for any loss
or damage suffered; and
A Regulation 12
C
.2 necessary access to the ship shall not be
LI
prevented for emergency or humanitarian
reasons and for security purposes.
Regulation 10
B
Requirements for port facilities
U
1 Port facilities shall comply with the relevant
requirements of this chapter and part A of the ISPS
Code, taking into account the guidance given in part B
.P
of the ISPS Code.
2 Contracting Governments with a port facility or port
facilities within their territory, to which this regulation
applies, shall ensure that:
.G
.1 port facility security assessments are carried
out, reviewed and approved in accordance
with the provisions of part A of the ISPS
Code; and
C
.2 port facility security plans are developed,
reviewed, approved and implemented in
accordance with the provisions of part A of
the ISPS Code.
3 Contracting Governments shall designate
and communicate the measures required to
be addressed in a port facility security plan
.1 the names and contact details of their
national authority or authorities responsible
for ship and port facility security;
.2 the locations within their territory covered by
the approved port facility security plans.
490
for the various security levels, including when
the submission of a Declaration of Security
will be required.
Regulation 11
Alternative security agreements
1 Contracting Governments may, when implementing
this chapter and part A of the ISPS Code, conclude in
writing bilateral or multilateral agreements with other
Contracting Governments on alternative security
arrangements covering short international voyages on
fixed routes between port facilities located within their
territories.
2 Any such agreement shall not compromise the level
S
of security of other ships or of port facilities not covered
by the agreement.
N
3 No ship covered by such an agreement shall conduct
any ship-to-ship activities with any ship not covered by
IO
the agreement.
4 Such agreements shall be reviewed periodically,
taking into account the experience gained as well as
any changes in the particular circumstances or the
T
assessed threats to the security of the ships, the port
facilities or the routes covered by the agreement.
Equivalent security arrangements
1 An Administration may allow a particular ship or a
group of ships entitled to fly its flag to implement other
security measures equivalent to those prescribed in this
chapter or in part A of the ISPS Code, provided such
security measures are at least as effective as those
prescribed in this chapter or part A of the ISPS Code.
The Administration, which allows such security
measures, shall communicate to the Organization
particulars thereof.
2 When implementing this chapter and part A of the
ISPS Code, a Contracting Government may allow a
particular port facility or a group of port facilities located
within its territory, other than those covered by an
agreement concluded under regulation 11, to
implement security measures equivalent to those
prescribed in this chapter or in Part A of the ISPS Code,
provided such security measures are at least as
effective as those prescribed in this chapter or part A of
the ISPS Code. The Contracting Government, which
allows such security measures, shall communicate to
the Organization particulars thereof.
Regulation 13
Communication of information
1 Contracting Governments shall, not later than 1 July
2004, communicate to the Organization and shall make
available for the information of Companies and ships:
.3 the names and contact details of those who
have been designated to be available at all
times to receive and act upon the ship-to-
shore security alerts, referred to in regulation
6.2.1;
.4 the names and contact details of those who
have been designated to be available at all
times to receive and act upon any
communications from Contracting
Governments exercising control and
compliance measures, referred to in
regulation 9.3.1; and
.5 the names and contact details of those who
have been designated to be available at all
times to provide advice or assistance to ships
and to whom ships can report any security
concerns, referred to in regulation 7.2;
and thereafter update such information as and when
changes relating thereto occur. The Organization shall
circulate such particulars to other Contracting
Governments for the information of their officers.
2 Contracting Governments shall, not later than 1 July
2004, communicate to the Organization the names and
contact details of any recognized security organizations
authorized to act on their behalf together with details of
the specific responsibility and conditions of authority
delegated to such organizations. Such information shall
be updated as and when changes relating thereto
occur. The Organization shall circulate such particulars
to other Contracting Governments for the information of
their officers.
3 Contracting Governments shall, not later than 1 July
2004 communicate to the Organization a list showing
the approved port facility security plans for the port
A .3
C
facilities located within their territory together with the
location or locations covered by each approved port
LI
facility security plan and the corresponding date of
approval and thereafter shall further communicate when
any of the following changes take place:
B
.1 changes in the location or locations covered
by an approved port facility security plan are
to be introduced or have been introduced. In
U
such cases the information to be
communicated shall indicate the changes in
the location or locations covered by the plan
.P
and the date as of which such changes are to
be introduced or were implemented;
.2 an approved port facility security plan,
previously included in the list submitted to the
.G
Organization, is to be withdrawn or has been
withdrawn. In such cases, the information to
be communicated shall indicate the date on
which the withdrawal will take effect or was
implemented. In these cases, the
C
communication shall be made to the
491
Organization as soon as is practically
possible; and
.3 additions are to be made to the list of
approved port facility security plans. In such
cases, the information to be communicated
shall indicate the location or locations
covered by the plan and the date of approval.
4 Contracting Governments shall, at five year intervals
after 1 July 2004, communicate to the Organization a
revised and updated list showing all the approved port
facility security plans for the port facilities located within
their territory together with the location or locations
covered by each approved port facility security plan and
the corresponding date of approval (and the date of
approval of any amendments thereto) which will
S
supersede and replace all information communicated to
the Organization, pursuant to paragraph 3, during the
N
preceding five years.
5 Contracting Governments shall communicate to the
IO
Organization information that an agreement under
regulation 11 has been concluded. The information
communicated shall include:
.1 the names of the Contracting Governments
T
which have concluded the agreement;
.2 the port facilities and the fixed routes covered
by the agreement;
the periodicity of review of the agreement;
.4 the date of entry into force of the agreement;
and
.5 information on any consultations which have
taken place with other Contracting
Governments; and thereafter shall
communicate, as soon as practically
possible, to the Organization information
when the agreement has been amended or
has ended.
6 Any Contracting Government which allows, under the
provisions of regulation 12, any equivalent security
arrangements with respect to a ship entitled to fly its
flag or with respect to a port facility located within its
territory, shall communicate to the Organization
particulars thereof.
7 The Organization shall make available the information
communicated under paragraph 3 to other Contracting
Governments upon request.
__________
 CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 3
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
FURTHER WORK BY THE INTERNATIONAL MARITIME
ORGANIZATION
PERTAINING TO THE ENHANCEMENT OF MARITIME
SECURITY
THE CONFERENCE,
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (hereinafter
referred to as .the Convention.), concerning special measures to
enhance maritime safety and security,
RECOGNIZING the need for further work in the area of
enhancement of maritime security and in order to ensure the
global and uniform application and implementation of the special
measures to enhance maritime security adopted by the
Conference,
1. INVITES the International Maritime Organization (hereinafter
referred to as .the Organization.), bearing in mind the provisions
of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and the International Ship and
Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code (hereinafter referred to as .the
ISPS Code.), to:
(a) develop training guidance such as model courses for
ship security officers, company security officers, port
facility security officers and company, ship and port
security personnel;
(b) review the Organization.s Assembly resolution
A.787(19) as amended by resolution A.882(21) on
C
Procedures for port State control and, if found
necessary, develop appropriate amendments thereto;
LI
(c) consider the need and, if necessary, develop further
guidance on control and compliance measures on
aspects other than those already addressed in part B of
the ISPS Code;
B
(d) consider the need and, if necessary, develop
guidelines on recognized security organizations;
U
(e) review the Organization.s Assembly resolution
A.890(21) on Principles of safe manning and, if found
.P
necessary, develop appropriate amendments thereto;
(f) review the aspect of security of ships to which chapter
XI-2 of the Convention applies when interfacing with
floating production storage units and floating storage
.G
units and take action as appropriate;
(g) consider, in the context of security, relevant aspects of
facilitation of maritime traffic such as, for example, port
arrivals and departures, standardized forms of reporting
C
and electronic data interchange and take action as
appropriate;
(h) review the Organization.s Assembly resolution
A.872(20) on Guidelines for the Prevention and
Suppression of the Smuggling of Drugs, Psychotropic
Substances and Precursor Chemicals on Ships
Engaged in International Maritime Traffic and, if
necessary, develop appropriate amendments thereto;
and
(i) consider the need and, if necessary, develop any other
guidance or guidelines to ensure the global, uniform
and consistent implementation of the provisions of
chapter XI-2 of the Convention or part A of the ISPS
Code;
492
and to adopt them in time before the entry into force of the
amendments to the Convention adopted by the Conference or as
and when the Organization considers appropriate;
2. INVITES ALSO the Organization to carry out, as a matter of
urgency, an impact assessment of the proposals to implement the
long-range identification and tracking of ships and, if found
necessary, develop and adopt appropriate performance standards
and guidelines for long-range ship identification and tracking
systems.
CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 4
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
FUTURE AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTERS XI-1 AND XI-2 OF
THE 1974 SOLAS CONVENTION ON SPECIAL MEASURES TO
ENHANCE MARITIME SAFETY AND SECURITY
THE CONFERENCE,
S
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention
N
for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974, as amended
(hereinafter referred to as .the Convention.), concerning special
measures to enhance maritime safety and security,
IO
NOTING the special nature of the measures now included in the
new chapter XI-2 of the Convention aimed at enhancing maritime
security,
T
RECOGNIZING the need for urgent and special measures to
enhance maritime security and the desire of Contracting
Governments to bring these measures into force as soon as
A possible,
NOTING ALSO that it may be necessary, due to the special
nature of the issues involved, to frequently amend, in the future,
the provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention in order to
respond, in a proactive manner, to new or emerging security risks
and threats,
RECALLING Resolution 5 entitled .Future amendments to
Chapter XI of the 1974 SOLAS Convention on special measures
to enhance maritime safety., adopted by the 1994 Conference of
Contracting Government to the International Convention for the
Safety of Life at
Sea, 1974,
DESIRING that future amendments to chapters XI-1 and XI-2 of
the Convention are adopted, brought into force and given effect in
the shortest possible time, RECOMMENDS that future
amendments to the provisions of chapters XI-1 and XI-2 of the
Convention should be adopted by either the Maritime Safety
Committee of the International Maritime Organization in
accordance with article VIII(b) of the Convention or by a
Conference of Contracting Governments to the Convention in
accordance with article VIII(c) thereof.
CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 5
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
PROMOTION OF TECHNICAL CO-OPERATION AND
ASSISTANCE
THE CONFERENCE,
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (hereinafter
referred to as .the Convention.), concerning special measures to
enhance maritime safety and security,
RECALLING operative paragraph 5 of resolution A.924(22) on
Review of measures and procedures to prevent acts of terrorism
which threaten the security of passengers and crews and the
safety of ships, adopted on 20 November 2001 by the Assembly
of the International Maritime Organization (hereinafter referred to
as .the Organization.), whereby the Secretary-General of the
Organization is requested to take appropriate measures within the
Integrated Technical Co-operation Programme to assist
Governments to assess, put in place or enhance, as the case
may be, appropriate infrastructure and measures to strengthen
port safety and security so as to prevent and suppress terrorist
acts directed against ports and port personnel as well as ships in
port areas, passengers and crew,
BEING APPRECIATIVE of the steps already taken by the
Secretary-General of the Organization, in response to request of
the Assembly of the Organization, to provide assistance to States
in strengthening their maritime and port security infrastructure and
measures,
RECOGNIZING the need for the development of appropriate
legislation and the putting in place of appropriate infrastructure for
ship and port facility security and relevant training facilities in
order to ensure the global and uniform application and
implementation of the special measures adopted to enhance
maritime security,
RECOGNIZING ALSO the importance of adequate education and
training for seafarers and port facility personnel to contribute to
the overall efforts to enhance maritime security,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER that, in some cases, there may be
limited infrastructure, facilities and training programmes for
obtaining the experience required for the purpose of preventing
acts which threaten the security of ships and of port facilities,
particularly in developing countries,
BELIEVING that the promotion of technical co-operation at the
C
international level will assist those States not yet having adequate
expertise or facilities for providing training and experience to
assess, put in place or enhance appropriate infrastructure and, in
LI
general, implement the measures required by the adopted
amendments necessary to strengthen maritime security on board
ships and ashore,
EMPHASIZING, in this regard, the vital role that safe and secure
B
shipping and port operations play in sustainable socio-economic
development,
U
1. STRONGLY URGES Contracting Governments to the
Convention and Member States of the Organization to:
.P
(a) provide, in co-operation with the Organization,
assistance to those States which have difficulty in
implementing or meeting the requirements of the
adopted amendments or the ISPS Code; and
.G
(b) use the Integrated Technical Co-operation Programme
of the Organization as one of the main instruments to
obtain assistance in advancing effective implementation
of, and compliance with, the adopted amendments and
the ISPS Code;
C
2. REQUESTS the Secretary-General of the Organization to
make adequate provision, within the Integrated Technical Co-
operation Programme, to strengthen further the assistance that is
already being provided and to promote, in co-operation, as
appropriate, with relevant international organizations, the
enhancement of the Organization.s capacity to address the future
needs of developing countries for continued education and
training and the improvement of their maritime and port security
infrastructure and measures;
3. INVITES donors, international organizations and
the shipping and port industry to contribute financial,
human and/or in-kind resources to the Integrated
Technical Co-operation Programme of the
Organization for its maritime and port security
activities;
493
4. INVITES ALSO the Secretary General to give early
consideration to establishing a Maritime Security Trust Fund for
the purpose of providing a dedicated source of financial support
for maritime security technical-co-operation activities and, in
particular, for providing support for national initiatives in
developing countries to strengthen their maritime security
infrastructure and measures.
CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 6
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
EARLY IMPLEMENTATION OF THE
SPECIAL MEASURES TO ENHANCE MARITIME SECURITY
THE CONFERENCE,
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (hereinafter
S
referred to as .the Convention.), concerning special measures to
enhance maritime safety and security,
N
RECOGNIZING the important contribution that the
implementation of the special measures adopted will make
IO
towards the safe and secure operation of ships, for pollution
prevention and for the safety and security of those on board and
ashore,
RECOGNIZING ALSO that the task of implementing the
T
requirements of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and of the
International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code
(hereinafter referred to as .the Code.) will place a significant
A burden on Contracting Governments, Administrations, recognized
security organizations,
RECALLING that the Code from 1 July 2004, requires each ship
to which the provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and part
A of the Code apply, to be provided with an appropriate Ship
Security Plan,
RECALLING ALSO that each such ship is required to be provided
with an International Ship Security Certificate not later than 1 July
2004,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER that the process of verifying the
compliance of a ship, to which the provisions of chapter XI-2 of
the Convention and part A of the Code apply, with the
requirements of the chapter XI-2 and of the Code cannot be
undertaken until the Ship Security
Plan has been approved and its provisions have been
implemented on board, DESIRING to ensure the smooth
implementation of the provisions of chapter XI-2 of the
Convention and of the Code,
BEARING IN MIND the difficulties experienced during
implementation of the International Safety Management (ISM)
Code,
1. DRAWS the attention of Contracting Governments to
the Convention and the industry to the fact that neither
chapter XI-2 of the Convention nor the Code provide for
any extension of the implementation dates for the
introduction of the special measures concerned to
enhance maritime security;
2. URGES Contracting Governments to take, as a matter
of high priority, any action needed to finalize as soon as
possible any legislative or administrative arrangements,
which are required at the national level, to give effect to
the requirements of the adopted amendments to the
Convention (and the Code) relating to the certification
of ships entitled to fly their flag or port facilities situated
in their territory;
3. RECOMMENDS that Contracting Governments and
Administrations concerned designate dates, in advance
of the application date of 1 July 2004 by which requests
for:
.1 review and approval of Ship Security
Plans;
.2 verification and certification of ships; and
.3 review and approval of Port Facility Security
Assessments and of Port Facility Security Plans;
should be submitted in order to allow Contracting Governments,
Administrations and recognized security organizations, time to
complete the review and approval and the verification and
certification process and for Companies, ships and port facilities
to rectify any non-compliance;
4. INVITES Contracting Governments, on and after 1 July 2004,
to recognize and accept as valid and as meeting the requirements
of chapter XI-2 of the Convention and part A of the Code any:
.1 Ship Security Plans approved, prior to 1 July 2004,
pursuant to the provisions of part A of the Code, by
Administrations or on their behalf; and
.2 International Ship Security Certificates issued, prior to 1
July 2004, in accordance with the provisions of part A of
the Code, by Administrations or on their behalf;
as far as these relate to ships which, on 1 July 2004, were entitled
to fly the flag of the State of the Administration which, or on behalf
of which, the plan in question was approved or the certificate in
C
question was issued;
5. FURTHER RECOMMENDS that Contracting Governments and
LI
the industry take early appropriate action to ensure that all
necessary infrastructure is in place in time for the effective
implementation of the adopted measures to enhance maritime
security on board ships and ashore.
B
CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 7
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
U
ESTABLISHMENT OF APPROPRIATE MEASURES
TO ENHANCE THE SECURITY OF SHIPS, PORT FACILITIES,
.P
MOBILE OFFSHORE DRILLING UNITS ON LOCATION AND
FIXED AND FLOATING PLATFORMS NOT COVERED BY
CHAPTER XI-2 OF THE 1974 SOLAS CONVENTION
THE CONFERENCE,
.G
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (hereinafter
referred to as .the Convention.), concerning special measures to
enhance maritime safety and security,
C
RECALLING that chapter XI-2 of the Convention applies only to:
(a) the following types of ships engaged on international voyages:
.1 passenger ships including passenger high-speed
craft; and
.2 cargo ships, including cargo high speed craft, of 500
gross tonnage and upwards; and
.3 mobile offshore drilling units; and
(b) port facilities serving such ships engaged on international
voyages,
494
RECOGNIZING the important contribution that the
implementation of the special measures adopted will make
towards the safe and secure operation of ships, for pollution
prevention and for the safety and security of those on board and
ashore,
RECOGNIZING ALSO the need to address and establish
appropriate measures to enhance the security of ships and of port
facilities other than those covered by chapter XI-2 of the
Convention,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER that the establishment of such
measures will further enhance and positively contribute towards
the international efforts to ensure maritime security and to prevent
and suppress acts threatening the security in the maritime
transport sector,
1. INVITES Contracting Governments to the Convention
to establish, as they may consider necessary, and to
S
disseminate, as they deem fit, appropriate measures to
enhance the security of ships and of port facilities other
N
than those covered by chapter XI-2 of the Convention;
2. ENCOURAGES, in particular, Contracting
IO
Governments to establish, as they may consider
necessary, and to disseminate, as they deem fit,
information to facilitate the interactions of ships and of
port facilities to which chapter XI-2 of the Convention
applies with ships which are not covered by chapter XI-
T
2 of the Convention;
3. ALSO ENCOURAGES Contracting Governments to
A establish, as they may consider necessary, and to
disseminate as they deem fit, information to facilitate
contact and liaison between company and ship security
officers and the authorities responsible for the security
of port facilities not covered by chapter XI-2 of the
Convention, prior to a ship entering, or anchoring off,
such a port;
4. FURTHER ENCOURAGES Contracting Governments,
when exercising their responsibilities for mobile
offshore drilling units and for fixed and floating
platforms operating on their Continental Shelf or within
their Exclusive Economic Zone, to ensure that any
security provisions applying to such units and platforms
allow interaction with those applying to ships covered
by chapter XI-2 of the Convention, that serve, or
operate in conjunction with, such units or platforms;
5. REQUESTS Contracting Governments to inform the
Organization of any action they have taken in this
respect.
CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 8
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
ENHANCEMENT OF SECURITY IN CO-OPERATION WITH THE
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANIZATION
(Seafarers. Identity documents and Work on the wider issues of
Port Security)
THE CONFERENCE,
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (hereinafter
referred to as .the Convention.), concerning special measures to
enhance maritime safety and security,
RECOGNIZING the important contribution that the
implementation of the special measures adopted will make
towards the safe and secure operation of ships, for pollution
prevention and for the safety and security of those on board and
ashore,
RECOGNIZING ALSO the need to continue the work and
establish, as the need arises, further appropriate measures to
enhance the security of ships and of port facilities,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER that the development and use of a
verifiable Seafarers. Identity Document will further enhance and
positively contribute towards the international efforts to ensure
maritime security and to prevent and suppress acts threatening
the security in the maritime transport sector,
COGNIZANT of the competencies and work of the International
Labour Organization (hereinafter referred to as .the ILO.) in the
area of development and adoption of the international labour
standards,
RECALLING the Seafarers. Identity Documents Convention, 1958
(No.108), adopted by the International Labour Conference on 13
May 1958, which entered into force on 19 February 1961,
RECALLING ALSO that the Governing Body of the ILO at its
283rd Session, in March 2002, placed the question of .Improved
security for seafarers. identification. as an urgent item on the
agenda of the 91st Session of the International Labour
Conference, to be held in June 2003, with a view to the adoption
of a Protocol to the Seafarers Identity Documents Convention,
1958 (No. 108),
RECALLING FURTHER the long-standing co-operation between
the International Maritime Organization (hereinafter referred as
.the Organization.) and the ILO in the area of international
maritime transport,
C
NOTING, with satisfaction, the work undertaken, so far, by the
Governing Body of the ILO and by the International Labour Office
LI
on seafarers. identity documents and on port and dockworkers
security,
1. INVITES the ILO to continue the development of a
B
Seafarers. Identity Document as a matter of urgency,
which should cover, inter alia, a document for
professional purposes; a verifiable security document
U
and a certification information document;
2. REQUESTS the Organization to consider the results of
.P
the 91st Session of the International Labour
Conference on the .Improved security for Seafarers.
Identification. and to take appropriate action, as it
deems appropriate;
.G
3 .INVITES States through their tripartite delegations to
participate in the 91st Session of the International
Labour Conference, in June 2003, and to give
favourable consideration to the earliest possible
C
ratification, acceptance, approval or accession to the
new ILO instrument concerning seafarers. identification
documents, once it is adopted;
4. INVITES the Organization and the ILO to establish a
joint ILO/IMO Working Group to undertake any further
work, which may be required, on the wider issue of port
security, based on the terms of reference set out in the
attached Annex;
5. REQUESTS the Secretary-General of the Organization
to contribute, with appropriate expertise, to the work of
the ILO on the .Improved security for Seafarers.
Identification. and to the proposed joint work of on the
wide issue of port security;
495
6. REQUESTS the Secretary-General of the Organization
to transmit a copy of this resolution to the Director-
General of the International Labour Office.
Annex
IMO/ILO WORK ON PORT SECURITY
POSSIBLE TERMS OF REFERENCE
1. The joint IMO/ILO Working Group on Port Security, having
regard to the amendments to the International Convention for the
Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 and the International Ship and Port
Facility Security (ISPS) Code adopted by the December 2002
Conference of Contracting Governments to the International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 for the purpose of
introducing mandatory requirements and guidance relating to the
enhancement of the safety
and security of ships and of port facilities, should:
S
.1 consider and recommend, for the purpose of
N
enhancing security, safety and the protection of the
environment, the form and content of any further
guidance, which may be required, on the wider issue of
IO
port security including the relationship between ship
and port security and the wider security and safety and
the protection of the environment considerations
relevant to port areas, including the question of
verifiable identification of those working within these
T
areas or having access to such areas;
.2 consider the need for any mandatory requirements
A relating to the above and, if such a need is identified, to
recommend the form and content of such requirements;
and
.3 prepare and submit a report (including interim work
and progress reports) on the aforesaid, together with
the relevant reasons and justifications thereto, as well
as, an assessment of the impact, benefits and costs of
the recommendations, for the consideration of the
International Maritime Organization and of the
International Labour Organization.
2. The International Maritime Organization and the International
Labour Organization will monitor the work of the joint IMO/ILO
Working Group on Port Security and, as the need arises, will
issue appropriate instructions and guidance to the Working
Group.
CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 9
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
ENHANCEMENT OF SECURITY IN CO-OPERATION WITH THE
WORLD CUSTOMS ORGANIZATION
(Closed Cargo Transport Units)
THE CONFERENCE,
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (hereinafter
referred to as .the Convention.), concerning special measures to
enhance maritime safety and security,
RECOGNIZING the important contribution that the
implementation of the special measures adopted will make
towards the safe and secure operation of ships, for pollution
prevention and for the safety and security of those on board and
ashore,
RECOGNIZING ALSO the need to address and establish
appropriate measures to enhance the security of ships and of port
facilities in aspects other than those covered by chapter XI-2 of
the Convention,
RECALLING that the Convention on Facilitation of International
Maritime Traffic, 1965 already contains requirements related to
the provision to administrations of commercial data related to the
movement of cargoes by sea,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER the need to include, in due course, in
the Convention appropriate requirements to address specifically
the security of closed cargo transport units (hereinafter referred to
as .closed CTUs.) and that such requirements will further
enhance and positively contribute towards the international efforts
to ensure maritime security and to prevent and suppress acts
threatening the security in the maritime transport sector,
FURTHERMORE RECOGNIZING the inter-modal and
international nature of closed CTUs movements, the need to
ensure security of the complete supply chain and the respective
roles of, all those involved,
RECALLING ALSO the role of frontier agencies, in particular
Customs Administrations, in controlling the international
movement of closed CTUs,
COGNIZANT of the competencies and work of the World
Customs Organization (hereinafter referred to as .the WCO.) in
the area of international maritime transport,
RECALLING FURTHER the long-standing co-operation of the
International Maritime Organization (hereinafter referred to as .the
Organization.) with the WCO in the area of international maritime
transport,
C
NOTING with satisfaction the signing on 23 July 2002 of a
Memorandum of Understanding to strengthen the co-operation
between the two Organizations,
LI
1. INVITES the WCO to consider, urgently, measures to
enhance security throughout international movements
of closed CTUs;
B
2. REQUESTS the Secretary-General of the Organization
to contribute expertise relating to maritime transport
U
and, in particular, to the carriage of closed CTUs. by
sea to the discussions at the WCO;
.P
3. AGREES that the Convention should be amended, if
and when appropriate, to give effect to relevant
decisions taken by the WCO and endorsed by the
Contracting Governments to the Convention insofar as
they relate to the carriage of closed CTUs by sea;
.G
4. REQUESTS the Secretary-General of the Organization
to transmit a copy of this resolution to the Secretary-
General of the WCO.
C
CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 10
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
EARLY IMPLEMENTATION OF
LONG-RANGE SHIP’S IDENTIFICATION AND TRACKING
THE CONFERENCE,
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (hereinafter
referred to as .the Convention.), concerning special measures to
enhance safety and security,
RECALLING that long-range identification and tracking of ships at
sea is a measure that fully contributes to the enhancement of the
maritime and coastal States security as a whole,
496
HAVING ACKNOWLEDGED that Inmarsat C polling is currently
an appropriate system for long-range identification and tracking of
ships,
RECOGNIZING the importance of an early implementation of
long-range identification and tracking of ships,
RECOGNIZING ALSO that the equipment installed on board and
ashore is available for immediate use and will allow the early
implementation of such measures,
1. URGES Contracting Governments to take, as a matter
of high priority, any action needed at national level to
give effect to implementing and beginning the long-
range identification and tracking of ships;
2. INVITES Contracting Governments to encourage ships
entitled to fly the flag of their State to take the
necessary measures so that they are prepared to
S
respond automatically to Inmarsat C polling, or to other
available systems;
N
3. REQUESTS Contracting Governments to consider all
aspects related to the introduction of long-range
IO
identification and tracking of ships, including its
potential for misuse as an aid to ship targeting and the
need for confidentiality in respect of the information so
gathered.
T
CONFERENCE RESOLUTION 11
(adopted on 12 December 2002)
A HUMAN ELEMENT RELATED ASPECTS AND SHORE LEAVE
FOR SEAFARERS
THE CONFERENCE,
HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (hereinafter
referred to as the Convention), concerning special measures to
enhance maritime safety and security,
RECOGNIZING that the shipping industry and the smooth
transportation of goods are essential to world trade,
RECALLING that the Assembly of the International Maritime
Organization (hereinafter referred to as .the Organization.)
adopted resolution A.907(22) on the long term work programme
of the Organization (up to 2008) and that the human element is an
important item
thereof,
RECALLING ALSO the provisions of the Convention on
Facilitation of International Maritime Traffic, 1965, as amended,
which has, inter alia, established a general right for foreign crew
members to be entitled to shore leave while the ship on which
they arrived is in port, provided that the formalities on arrival of
the ship have been fulfilled and the public authorities have no
reason to refuse permission to come ashore for reasons of public
health, public safety or public order;
RECALLING FURTHER the generally accepted principles of
international human rights applicable to all workers, including
seafarers,
CONSIDERING that, given the global nature of the shipping
industry, seafarers need special protection,
BEING AWARE that seafarers work and live on ships involved in
international trade and that access to shore facilities and shore
leave are vital elements of seafarers. general well-being and,
therefore, to the realisation of safer seas and cleaner oceans,
BEING AWARE ALSO that the ability to go ashore is essential for
joining and leaving a ship after the agreed period of service,
1. URGES Contracting Governments to take the human
element, the need to afford special protection to
seafarers and the critical importance of shore leave into
account when implementing the provisions of chapter
XI-2 of the Convention and the International Ship and
Port Facility (ISPS) Code (hereinafter referred to as .the
Code.);
2. ENCOURAGES Contracting Governments, Member
States of the Organization and nongovernmental
organizations with consultative status at the
Organization to report to the Organization any
instances where the human element has been
adversely impacted by the implementation of the
provisions of chapter XI-2 of the Convention or the
Code; and
3. REQUESTS the Secretary-General to bring to the
attention of the Maritime Safety Committee and the
Facilitation Committee of the Organization, any human
element related problems, which have been
communicated to the Organization as a result of the
implementation of chapter XI-2 of the Convention or the
Code.

S
N
IO
T
A
C
LI
B
U
.P
.G
C

497